: ya AAT

i os ci fe Aare 2 2 FO pi Re Py

AnANahSe5 7 MAE An © Pan AS pe or re af’ “4 Mee Bir aa VOMARA PAP, PaAanter?

PAN '& B ee a ao Pt : Pe hie 5, ae . ery. Lag ee b 2

ee FT OTL. VARA as gase: a r Lade | pp prperre”

ppaPerr f Dep prt wir. F a; ; a Pa aan k A”

AA Top a

aunt :

. A | |

BABAR i255 ph Papas! AA Car Po TL ery Faia “an

; } nepste ase a eco aged pos ff

senate nv) mae Tags Pete A abe Sete pene acccenrententelt

PPR aa aay 7 eaeee A oT pean ir ecAhihay

Wd) ty ee Aa ai" ght ‘a “ny moment

» sem nae al fp AAAape AAAS ARAL AAE

lA AAR AAG a alee gra aaa

; ata Pays MDA

An,

eee hae MA Le n ie ma ye sanasaApanthan?

eee anya babtteeth 4

ee LE ANGE gill nD AE init at

Py Obie te Cal

afr A ee

pe AT AAO ie ry 8 Saar

PEA CAA : +t Rene BO a ArT ‘4

fr rte ‘a's malar fam fafa fava is ATA &. if nae | fe afar afis4s

alsin Sepeate Aaa aan’ ‘a See E - ARI yanks f

A A \ { Der RLM

pan fat Ast PEy

”“

ee™

BLE, AANA, Aa |

A dd

a 1A

ote peas of

eae saai@es eat pel pr

jek a nan Hitt sahPPre, pee’ Aaa Py aale

ET a, Pons pein ry aa APRA A

A sess / MihAARA

1 EEL Caer tal tL a rw Tt, hat

aid dalat cate llalieent AAA Ay paler APArRRRA AAA ap

a pA ANA anh aT Cry | Aaa aee

Anal MAMA aaartannhi AA ma appa mAQAnABnAhe “4

agian tana nnneeaaataneheny

PARA Aa PT ear ay PaparAne ean) HAMAR AAAcranan ld

neotaban Miaanens, peaneme BAR ~” at see f per hath AAR” rea mAh AAPAn a aby

BARNA 5 amr +; i i A f Ve ALS

re ry. SP ot NN Tt el naan” “~ Aaa net > \ MAREAL A Uhh, Spal

ai Rese ¥ oes FF ’ a Ane s led 1 tay Pg a ar af iy AAP sachin a5 a 3 AE

; Aan aan esas ar” fog arr l ter FS RAP seppPAn BEE PMAI NA YI

sige: A a, wit \ opel Aline Ma alal alway | 1" i“ aa!

a aaa” . “

Pi pitcais ttc easatgarnad Maa anh et i

Aaa _

igaaa nega Pinal Ys i :

ns DT aaa, whoa, poste Rast Ores

Pararapee

papel op rr ieee talat anit als ince

Bae Aaa caaaes

, ne ~ 3 | ac,

Payette eT Nibe anna *aiocat aaaasi

-_ ae AAR aA An aon

ag marr AB pan nnnn

wat sft pe aif Pe as

ARONA af is aaa vr areal fv vert yy ANS paper,

oy Vai D shes spderreroeneh Papp aaa santas’ co An meni

“ “ane trer thy heailan Crete amiss tA iw POR a ; a v4

vi ry tied ae fe

‘ PL agaaaee ie ; Pomiton nMcsemes

AM Fe ccna aA aaata ast eltttstn

WReO hay aan aA ya ph ARAM ays

ga? DP OPP arree Py}: pbb pgs

“nn mbit

a AK et

* ‘al rey th aa Re Ae A!

g CAPPER MET bT GTEC aI (TT TET pee aAahAsaer-.- > oa

one

Ee p

Rat :

Pitt ny

y \

ce:

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTII'S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

VOL. V.—EIGHTH SERIES. at

—_—_—— — - a

Lagi ea a

~~sSonian I, P “

\xhSOl 1 MST ty» ~,

ot iy

EO: NPG:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;

BAILLIFRE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN :

AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1910;

“Omnes res creatz sunt divine sapientise et potentiz testes, divitix felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapéentia Domini ;

ex ceconomid in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sestimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.””—Linnaus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

hse ies « «8. he sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-fiower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS OF VOL: V.

(EIGHTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER 25.

Page

I, On some Permo-Carboniferous Fishes from Madagascar. By

A. Smrru Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., of the British Museum.

(lator latiocs TG. )) sec Mant ato tee yevars rn gltis o’ersvcra v Sevatald oie ae 1

II. Notes on some Upper Paleozoic Shells from Madagascar.

By R. Burien Newron, F.G.S., of the British Museum. (Plate iM

BURRS ES Ter are oasis akan’ 01d ce son ENS REe TToty SOs Os scat 6

III. Descriptions of Oriental s Picsaite By Wo, Disvanr 2...) 10

IV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XAXAIV. By T. D. A,

Cockrsrns, Universiny of Colorado % c: F.,. o6 ose tscden oyun 22

V. New Species of Diploptera in the Collection of the British

Museum. By GrorFrEyY MrapE-WALDO, B.A. .........00-0055 30

VJ. Notes on Crustacea found in the Gizzard of a Deep-sea

Cephalopod. By Tuomas Scott, LL.D.,F.L.S. (Plates I. & IL) 51

VII. Notes on Cleride and Descriptions of some new Genera and

Species of this Family of Coleoptera. By Cuaries J. Gaunan,

M.A., of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) ..0....02.-essesereees 55

VIII. Descriptions of new Species of Monkeys of the Genera

Galayo, Cebus, Alouatta, and Cercopithecus. By D. G. Etuior,

IDSs, IEA RSH) DACA Stel Gr sticine tar ots Sia RENN Cipaes caSC Es CnG ceo CORTON 77

IX. New African Mammals. By OtpFirtp THoMas ........ 83

X. New African Mammals. By Guy Dotuman, B.A. ........ 92

XI. Preliminary Description of a new Genus of Epomophorine

pats. by KNGD ANDERSEN Qi. cog ee wnyre ote vee ees te ene 97

XII. On some Species of the Genus Epomops. By Knup o

IARNEERESERS ERNIE ova ocd oe Co. oF Gr cting ch oil eins vassy'eeie: cuss ove cols ys vasa) eleveuseelledeycted

XIII. New African Mammals of the Genera Cricetomys and Pro-

Canlae ew, © WROUGHTON 00. da eee cues cwnsis teens mean 106

iv CONTENTS.

XIV. Diagnoses of new Species of Marine and Freshwater Shells

from the Falkland Islands, including Descriptions of Two new

Genera of Marine Pelecypoda. By J. E. Cooper and H. B.

PRESTON, F.Z.S. (Plate IV.) ......---sceeceerrcues a aeons 110

XV. A new Indian Species of Musca. By Ernest E. Austen. 114

XVI. On some Points in the Nomenclature of Echinoids. By

Dr UNE a NORTENSEN jeieie ren eein ici eieies ecicl eave lente eee eee jb;

New Books :—A Treatise in Zoology. Edited by Sir Ray LanxeEs-

TER, K.C.B., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. (1) Part VII. Appendicu-

lata: Third Fascicle. Crustacea. By W. T. Catman, D.Sc.

(2) Part I. Introduction and Protozoa: First Fascicle. By

S. J. Hickson, F.R.S., J. J. Listrr, F.B.S., F. W. GaMBur,

D.Se., F.RS., A. Witiey, M.A.; D.Sc., F.R.S., H. M. Woop-

cock, D.Sc., the late W. I’. R. Wxutpon, F.RS., and E. Ray

Lanxkester, K.C.B., F.R.S.—Hull Museum Publications.

No. 63. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Dobrée Collection of

European Noctueze. Compiled by Horace B. Browne, M.A.,

Assistant Master at Hymers College, Hull ............ 1256—127

Proceedings of the Geological Society ............005..00> 128, 129

RicHARD BowpLER SHARPE, LL.D.; on the Dates of Publication

of Costa’s ‘Fauna del Regno di Napoli, 1829-1886 .... 180—182

NUMBER 26,

XVII. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XXV. By T. D. A.

GOCKHRELL, University of Colorado Gy osc sacs. sls he les 183

XVIII. Some undescribed Gerrine. By W. L. Distant ...... 140

XIX. On the Lameliicorn Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus, with

Descriptions of Four new Species. By Grtpert J. ARRow ...... 153

XX. Crustacea collected by the late Mr. R. L. Ascroft and

Mr. Harvey in the North of the Bay of Biscay. By ALFrep O.

PV CASSIS AE esos Zion a ieomasle aya che) ose wip ele wie eine ees Oe se 158

XXI. On some new Species of Silver-Pheasants. By EvGENE

OVARIES De hen beet ee Fibs 6 RNG ee RT RE ee oy one 162

_ XXII. On the Wallabies usually referred to Macropus agilis,

Gould: “By MRNST SCR WARZ a, 0. 9: dnc aes Chae EN ee ORO 164

XXII. New Pterasteride from the North Pacific. By WALTER

K. FisHer, Stanford University, California ..............02.0.5 167

XXIV. New Genera of Starfishes. By Watrrer K. Fisuer,

Stanford Unvyersity, Califor a (4.50. on wc e cain cick > seeee cect TAL

XXV. On a Collection of Mammals made by Mr. S. A. Neare,

during his Expedition in Northern Rhodesia. By Guy Dorman, 173

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

XXVI. On Two new ern of Wood-boring Crustacea from

Christmas Island. By W.T. Catman, D.Sc. (Plate V.)........ 181

XXVII. Notes on the Choanoflagellate Genera Salpingeca ot

Polyeca, with Description of Polyceca dumosa, sp.n. By J.S8.

DunKerty, B.Sc., Assistant in Zoology Department, Birkbeck

College, London. (Plates NUTR Gra V UN ahs toro ras ad reretv ete anata ahs 186

XXVIII. Further new African Mammals. By OLprizip THomas. 191

XXIX. Descriptions of new Forms of Cercopithecus and Gr ge ;

urus from British East Africa. By Guy Dotiman, B.A. ........ 202

XXX. Some Servals and an Otomys from East Africa. By Rk. C.

AU CNT G EAC ree st clare’ al «) evyel Vesela eee) Wins cle Pocre eee ol is NG Wie Ow 5/6 8 ae 205

XXXI. On Hexactinellid Sponge Spicules and their Names. By

PeWmnaEA TRICK. | Plate VINE) e yoo ns cts Fi suldws were yy 208

Proceedings of the Geological Society ......cscesssseeeenreees 214

Ricuarp B. SHarpsx, LL.D. ; on the Nomenclature of Echinoderms,

by F. A. Bather; Note on the Occurrence of Hippolyte gracilis

(Heller) in the British Area, by A. O.Walker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 215, 216

NUMBER 27

XXXII. Some Notes on the Life-history and Rate of Growth in

Gobius minutus. By Epwarp SuHann, B.Sc., Gatty Marine Labora-

GOTY, ot. Andrews. hisieaue aera Ma ee tes « sltypten tire nine Cn e eee a = 217

XXXII. A Collection of Mammals from Eastern Buenos Ayres,

with Descriptions of related new Mammals from other Localities.

ENiya: OP vae EOUeE We ap MUELCYAIA SORE 3 cy drs 0) 07 ay lore ev as clei oy er dom ows Stata ves Sap vee ward < 239

XXXIV. Remarks on Prof. L. von Méhely’s recent Contribution

to the Knowledge of the Lizards allied to Lacerta murals. By G.

eee ACM RING ICR PE EU oe niare«.aienss Reha. aap ode nigh dl oy sine a vn vid By eis. wes 247

XXXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XXVI. By 'T. D. A.

COCKERELE University Of Colorado, va. cies chien eee Fee es 256

XXXVI. On new Species of West-African Culicide. By Dr. W.

DNS Grays ee cer tog, op Pa kd olen a <ceaeliolafie oes eels s ‘Wiajs) 66) 576 8s, wy oe 264

XXXVII. Two new Duikers related to Cephalophus abyssinicus

and a new Dendromus from Mt. Elgon, By Kk. C. WrouGuton .. 275

XXXVIII. Eight new African Rodents. By Witrrep H.

BGO OTR ee args udare sale atin Seis wale lo ae dat nal ne de yale Pods 276

XXXIX. Further new African Mammalia, By OLDFIELD THoMAs, 282

XL. Two new Species of African Dormice belonging to the

Genus Graphiurus. By Guy DoLiuMAN, B.A. ......... eee eee 285

XLI. Further Notes on Merlia normani, Kirkp. By R. Kirx-

PAT MCee eae Terei tare) s eeend oS «Tine seein wb oels ow es o's oem ewes emake 288

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XLII. Description of a new Species and a new Subspecies of

European Bats. By G. E. H. Barretr-HAMILTON ............ 291

New Book :—Third Annual Report of the Committee of Control of

the South African Central Locust Bureau. Prepared for publi-

cation and edited by Cuas. P. Lounspury, Government

Entomolopist, Cape of Good Hope =... .........-+-s-0neeee 294

Proceedings of the Geolopical Society ......%- + ese.s-sseestes 294

NUMBER 28.

XLUI. Rhyuchotal Notes—L. By W. L. DIsTAnT .......... 297

XLIV. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the

Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :—

IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J. Bur-

chell in Brazil, 1825-1830. By E.G. JosErps, of Lincoln

College Omi onde rniticrne.«.6 wat ee Binion Migr ne nice peas 322

XLV. On Hexactinellid Spicules and their Names.—Part II.

Supplementary. (By Gt. KIRKPATRICK lia icc. eter sts esl emer 347

XLVI. A new Chinese Mole of the Genus Scaptochirus. By

OLDEELD INHOMAS 254 ct t.Sulg oe ae atte pier erin ete ei 350

XLVII. Three new West African Mammals. By OLpFre.p

PREOMIAB? o cbee sce tiie 8 '% Qibcaletayelsteean aie isrees beer i welds aie cia Beane 351

XLVIII. The Caudal Fin of the Zlopide and of some other

Teleuvstean Fishes. -By C.-Tave RuGan, M.A. .......0..eeene set Bod

XLIX. An interesting Structural Analogy. By Austin Hoparr

OUGABIE Ti aectniche, oio hie uie sags plot ah taa phe eis eee No wlatagsins SRT 358

L. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XXVII. By T. D. A.

CockrRunn, Uuiversity ot Colorado (sini kn.c eh cose aie meee 361

LI. Two new African Shrews. By WitFrep H. Oseoop .<.... 369

LIL. List with Notes on some Land-Shells from the Island of

Muswar, Dutch New Guinea, and Descriptions of new Species and

Varieties of Planispzra (Cristigibba), Papuina, Calycia, and Lepto-

pore. By Haga CU TON 4: /6.c serie, a cies Oe eee ad Me THOR 370

LIII, Five new Culicide from Ashanti. By F. V. THropaxp,

SECS aate ke eso ies on hols.» step Regn cots eae en aL, Hae Sars eRe re ters 373

LIV. The Application of Mr. G. W. Smith’s Theory of Dwarf

Males to Myzostoma. By A. F. Coventry, Magdalen College,

OREOTO ere Sarr ee ere ae OTTER SIGS CEE. tT Rae ere ae 378

LV. On the Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister. By R.

KIRKPATRICK.4 GUb1afe saa)! > a cn vu dee ah sone oe okaivs eh a oe 380

LVI. New Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelago. By Oxn-

FIRLD LHOMAS .c.Meatiatttmder ito nol ton meee reser TaN 383

CONTENTS, Vil

Page

New Books :—Prmrcr, W. Dwieur. A Monographic Revision of

the Twisted Winged Insects comprising the Order Strepsiptera,

Kirby.—Indian Insect Life. A Manual of the Insects of the

Plains (Tropical India). By H. Maxwernui-Lerroy, M.A.,

F.E.S., F.Z.5., Entomologist, Imperial Department of Agricul-

ture for India. Assisted by F. M. Howzert, B.A., F.ES.,

Second Entomologist, Imperial Department of Agriculture for

India.—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and

Burma. Edited by A. E. Suiptmy, M.A. &c. Dermaptera

(Harwigs)) By Mancorm Burp D See i... o's pees 387—389

Proceedings of the Geological Society ....,..0..0cecccsees 390, 391

NUMBER 29.

LVII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical Africa. By Herpert Drucr, FS. &c............... 393

~~ LVIII. A Revision of the Genus Pelecorhynchus of the Family

Manica. By GERTRUDE RIGARDO™ oj. 5.0i.cn re bos Gh oe ene es 402

LIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees —XXVIII. By T. D. A.

Sekine, University of Coloradem ageqaca. «sc = a<h = sce a ecen 409

LX. Three new African Rodents. By OLpriztp THomas .... 419

LXI. Notes on some Palm-Civets. By Ernst Scowarz ...... 422

LXII. Two new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. By OLp-

ED LHOMAS)\< 3. Vac oun cee eens ae tePere gingers hs 0 8 a gets a 424

J.XIIT. Some Remarks on the Teleostean Caudal Fin. By

Ricuarp H. Wurrensovss, M.Sc., University of Birmingham .... 426

LXIV. A Preliminary Note on the Alciopine, Tomopteride, and

Typhloscolecide from the Atlantic adjacent to Ireland. By R.

SoviHern, B.Sc., Irish National Museum, Dublin .............. 428

LXV. Descriptions of new African Moths. By Sir Grorer F.

Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &...... BRS tae Saved «508 Be eee 430

New Book:—Yorkshire Type Ammonites. Edited by S. 8,

ESI RE AiO Erect Soh ether eee ac ot eicSccd A PART eyes «de WOR 5 464

NUMBER 30.

LXVI. Descriptions of new African Moths. By Sir Grorenr F.

BCE EIIN GH PS ET A, COCs aici iale cv dsinis cc valet as bt eo de stan s eete 465

LXVII. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XXIX. By T.D.A.

MePECEREDE, University of Colorado ......0...cceerccecenncess 496

LXVII. Descriptions of a new Hawk-Moth and some new

Syntomide. By the Hon. Watrer RoruscHip, Ph.D.,,,....... 506

Vill CONTENTS.

: : Page

LXIX. Descriptions of Four new African Snakes in the British

Museum. By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S. .........-.eeeeeeeeees 512

LXX. Notes on the Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. By

Hitpa M. Bisnor, University College of Wales, Aberystwyth.

(Plates KIL & XTIL)... sc. coe he eee eo eos +0 ok te eee 513

LXXI. Note on Two Species of the Genus Pandalus. By W.T.

Carman, DiS. 5 55. ooh she Sede EER GMD ini + oir ss owiehe baie 524

LXXII. On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena. By

ERNST SCHWARZ ....--cceceeeeeenceee tee seterencenseneace 527

LXXIII. On the Caudal Fin of the Clupeide, and on the Tele-

ostean Urostyle. By C. Tare Reaan, M.aA.............-- eee eee 531

LXXIV. Three new Asiatic Mammals. By OLprietp THomas . 534

New Book :—Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phaleene in the British

Museum. Vol. IX. Cat&logue of the Nocturde in the Collection -

of the British Museum. By Sir Grorer F. Hampson, Bart... 536

Proceedings of the Geological Society... .....++.seee eens 537, 5388

PLATES IN VOL. V.

PiatE I, Permo-Carboniferous fishes and Upper Paleozoic shells from

Madagascar.

1005

1V. Marine and freshwater shells from the Falkland Islands.

V. Wood-boring Crustacea from Christmas Island,

Crustacea found in a deep-sea Cephalopod.

oe Salpingeeca vaginicola and Polyceca dumosa.

VIII. Hexactiuellid sponge spicules.

gel Gobius minutus, &c.

X.}

XI. Astrosclera willeyana.

XII.

XUL Gastropod foot and branchial cavity.

— 5. = --s RIGHTH SERIES. — No. 25.

: THE ANNALS-

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING |

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.B.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

‘MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH FOUR PLATES.

: LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Sim kin. Marshall, Hamilton. Kent. & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris :

odges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

Double Number. Price Five Shillings.

: =H

| THE |

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY ¢

“Published under the authority of the a etary of State f

By THEODORE COOKE, i L E.,

M.A. MAL, LID. Fie F284 OC ee ees

fa in Council.

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COL LEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. re aR

Vol. I., Part I. 8s., Part II. 9s., Part IIT, 10s. hos

Vol, II., Parts I. & IL. 9s. each, Parts ILI. & IV. 8s. each, Part V. Ws.

TayLor and Pane, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA,

Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN, |

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS,

ZOOLOGY.

Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R. I. Pocock, (Pp. 12 152, ple. a; roa)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 8 (RayYNcHOPHORA: Cureulionide). By

P.Suare. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV, part 7 (RuyncnopHora: Curculicnida, continued).

By G. ©. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-48, pls. i, li.)

The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Durav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

KIRBY’S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES

OF _ INSECTS. -

SUPPLEMENT TO DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 1871-

1877. 8s. 6d. net.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. — SPHINGES and BOM-

BYCES. 1892. £2 2s. net.

NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 16s. net.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Cout, Fleet Street, E.C,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

Soe tenaitanenc cht = per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo tenervs hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphs Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Bel, 1.

No. 25. JANUARY 1910.

J.—On some Permo-Carboniferous Fishes from Madagascar.

By A. SmitH Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., of the British

Museum.

[Plate I. figs. 1-5.]

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Mr. Georce G. Drxon has recently presented to the British

Museum a collection of nodules containing fossil fishes,

which he obtained from a shaly formation on the right bank

of the Mahavavy River, opposite the village of Andogozo,

near the extreme north-west coast of Madagascar. These

specimens are of much interest, because they clearly belong to

Upper Paleozoic types which have not hitherto been described

from Madagascar* ; and they are associated with obscure

traces of small freshwater shells, which Mr. R. Bullen Newton

determines to be new. ‘The shape of each nodule, as usual,

depends on the contour of the contained fish, but prominent

slender portions, such as parts of the caudal fin and the

* The occurrence of Permian Reptiles, Fishes, and Plants in Madaga-

scar has been only briefly recorded by M. Boule, ‘Comptes Rendus,’

vol. exlvi. (1908), p. 502.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8. Vol. v. 1

2 Dr. A. S. Woodward on some

apices of the dorsal and anal fins, are generally wanting.

‘he fishes belong only to two genera and species, the one

Platysomid, the other Coeacanth.

I. Ecrinesomus dixont, gen. et sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 1-4.)

The Platysomid fish, which attained a length of not less

than 25 cm., appears to be very common, and the series of

specimens obtained by Mr. Dixon exhibits nearly all its

principal characters. Itis very deeply fusiform, with rounded,

not angulated, dorsal and ventral borders; the tail forming

at least half the total length of the fish and tapering rapidly

to avery slender pediele for the caudal fin, The maximum

depth of the trunk is about equal to its length from the

pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. All the external

bones and scales, with the larger rays of the median fins, are

ornamented with closely-arranged parallel strize or very fine

ridges, which are generally disposed in a nearly vertical

direction.

The head is always crushed in the fossils, and the parts

have so much decayed that they can only be studied in

impression. It is therefore difficult to distinguish the several

bones. ‘he most conspicuous element is a nearly square

post-temporal plate (Pl. I. figs. 1, 2, pét.), on which the

vertical striation tends to become subdivided into tubercles

near the upper and median border. A similar subdivision of

the ornament also occurs near the median ridge of the frontal

region. ‘The cheek is completely covered with thin plates,

on which the ornamental strize sometimes tend to become

concentric instead of vertical. The posterior cireumorbitals

(fig. 2, po.) seem to have been divided into more numerous

plates than in known Platysomids; but this may be a false

appearance due to infilled radiating branches of the traversing

sensory canal. The maxilla is evidently a deepened plate,

but its precise shape is uncertain. ‘The teeth are never seen,

and must have been minute. The operculum (fig. 2, op.) is

at least twice as deep as wide, and completely covered with

the neaily vertical wavy striz, which do not conform to its

border. The suboperculum (sop.) is relatively small and

similarly ornamented.

The endoskeleton of the trunk is imperfectly ossified, the

cartilaginous vertebral arches and fin-supports being only

superficially hardened and thus appearing hollow in the fossils.

‘There are no traces of vertebral centra, and the arches are

only rarely seen. A close series of neurals is exposed in the

anterior part of the abdominal region in the type-specimen

Permo- Carboniferous Fishes from Madagascar. 3

(fig. 1, 2.) ; but it can only be stated that they are stout rods.

As shown by a vague impression in nearly all specimens

(e. g. fig. 1, «), the abdominal cavity is bordered behind by a

large curved bone, which extends downwards and forwards

from the vertebral axis to the origin of the anal fin. This is

of uncertain nature, but evidently corresponds with a bone

which is always conspicuous in the naked Permian Platy-

somid, Dorypterus *.

In the pectoral arch the clavicle is relatively large, and

ends below in a convex expansion (fig. 2, c/.). This ex-

pansion and all the exposed plates of the arch are closely

ornamented, like the head-bones, with more or less nearly

vertical and wavy striations. The pectoral fin (figs. 2, 3, pet.)

is inserted just above the expansion, on the flank, and its

longest rays extend across about 12 vertical rows of flank-

scales. It consists of not less than 25 rays, supported by 7

or 8 elongated, hourglass-shaped basals (b.), which are only

superficially calcified. The foremost rays rapidly lengthen

in succession at the front or upper border of the fin, and the

longest rays are within its anterior or upper half. All are

crossed by distant articulations, and all except the foremost

lengthening rays are finely subdivided distally. The fin

bears no fulcra. ‘There are no traces of pelvic fins even in

well-preserved specimens. The dorsal and anal fins are

remarkably extended, the anal arising at the hinder end of

the abdominal cavity and terminating on the contracted

caudal pedicle, while the dorsal arises even slightly further

forwards with the same hinder termination. Hach fin is

borne by stout endoskeletal supports much less numerous

than the dermal rays; and those of the dorsal fin are clearly

shown in the usual double series (fig. 4, b0., ao.). The two

fins are similar in shape, the foremost rays being crowded,

rapidly increasing in length at the anterior border to a low peak,

and then more gradually shortening again until the hinder

half of the fin is low and fringe-like, with less crowded and

finer rays. All the rays are crossed by distant articulations,

and those of the stout front portion (fig. 3) are ornamented

with oblique and partially longitudinal striz, which are fewer

and coarser than the striw of the scale-ornament. Of the

caudal fin, only the base is observable in the type-specimen

(fig. 1,¢.). ‘Ihe upper candal lobe bears large ridge-scales,

while the slender fin-rays are crowded and crossed by distant

articulations. ‘There are no fulcra on the median fins.

* A, Hancock and R. Howse, “On Dorypterus hoffmannt, Germar,

from the Marl Slate of Midderidge, Durhain,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

vol. xxvi. (1870), p. 632, to

4 Dr. A. S. Woodward on some

The scales completely cover the trunk and are in regular

vertical series, except near the base of the anal fin, where

they taper and are reflexed, and below the hinder half

of the dorsal fin, where they also turn sharply forwards. As

shown by impressions in the type-specimen, the inner face of

each scale is smooth, thickened only at the front edge, and

the peg-and-socket articulation is both wide and deep. The

outer face is always completely covered with an ornament of

closely-arranged striz, which are only slightly wavy and

are generally directed obliquely downwards and forwards

(fig. 3a), though sometimes almost vertical on the principal

flank-scales in the anterior half of the abdominal region.

The strize of adjacent scales are not conformable, and on a

few dorsal scales they sometimes show a subdivision into

tubercles. On the ridge-scales of the ventral border in

advance of the anal fin there is a conspicuous close series of

backwardly-inclined denticles or serrations. The principal

flank-scales on the anterior part of the abdominal region are

more than twice as deep as wide. A single regular series of

small square or oblong scales forms the base-line of the

dorsal and anal fins. ‘he course of the lateral line is only

very feebly marked by a series of short vertical slits, one near

the upper end of most scales in a row extending backwards

from the post-tenzporal plate.

‘he fish thus described agrees with Platysomus and differs

from all other Platysomide* in the relatively large size

both of the square post-temporal and of the deep operculum.

It also resembles the typical Platysomus in its external

ornamentation. Itis distinguished from that genus, however,

by the high position of the pectoral fin on the flank and

apparently by the absence of pelvic fins; also by the great

relative length of its caudal region. It may therefore be

referred to a new genus Herinesomus, defined as follows :—

Trunk deeply fusiform, with rounded contour, and caudal

region relatively elongated. External bones and scales finely

ornamented with nearly vertical strize; post-temporal plate

Jarge and quadrate in shape; operculum much larger and

deeper than suboperculum. Fin-rays distantly articulated

and distally bifurcated; no fulera. Pectoral fins large,

raised on the flank ; pelvic fins #bsent ; dorsal and anal fins

much extended, acuminate in front, low and fringe-like

behind. Scales completely covering the trunk, in regular

* R.H. Traquair, “On the Structure and Affinities of the Platy-

somide,” Trans, Roy, Soc. Edinb. yol. xxix. (1879), pp. 343-391,

pls. divi.

Permo- Carboniferous Fishes from Madagascar. oy)

vertical series, which taper and are reflexed at the base of

the anal fin,

The type-species, of the form and proportions already

described, may be appropriately named /. divont, after its

discoverer.

It may be added that a single specimen of this fish was

also obtained by Mr. Dixon from the Loky district in N.E.

Madagascar, exactly in the same condition as the specimens

from Andogozo.

II. Celacanthus madagascariensis, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.)

The only specimen of this species represents a fish about

18 cm. in total length. It is much obscured by the oxides

of iron and manganese, and the head-bones and fins are

crushed and broken, but it merely lacks the supplementary

eaudal fin. ‘The length of the head with opercular apparatus

somewhat exceeds the maximum depth of the trunk at the

anterior dorsal fin, and must have equalled one quarter of

the total length of the fish.

There is nothing worthy of note in the remains of the

head, except that some of the cheek-plates are ornamented

with the usual concentric ridges; but the operculum, which

is much deeper than wide, is remarkable as being ornamented

with large irregularly-ovoid tubercles, which are very closely

arranged. ‘Their appearance in impression is shown in

fig. 5a, magnified three times, and it is clear that they are not

arranged in lines concentric with the border of the bone.

In the axial skeleton of the trunk there are remains of the

ordinary neural arches and caudal hemal arches, each con-

sisting of a single piece, forked at the base and only super-

ficially calcified. No ribs are preserved, and the air-bladder

is only imperfectly indicated.

The pelvic fins are inserted just behind the anterior dorsal,

which comprises nine stout rays. ‘The posterior dorsal fin

consists of very delicate though long rays, and the distance

between its origin and that of the anterior dorsal equals that

between the latter and the occiput. ‘The principal caudal fin

comprises about 12 rays above and below.

As shown by impressions, all the scales are ornamented

with very fine and closely-arranged longitudinal ridges or

strie (tig. 56). These ridges tend to converge backwards

on each scale, and they are very rarely subdivided into

elongated tubercles.

In the nature of its scale-ornament, the Madagascar fossil

agrees with the known Carboniferous species rather than

6 Mr. R. B. Newton on some

with the typical Upper Permian species*. It differs from

all known forms in the ornamentation of its operculum, and

evidently represents a new species which may be named

Cewlacanthus madagascariensis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fies, 1-5.

Ganoid Fishes from a Permo-Carboniferous Formation at Andogozo,

Mahavavy River, N.W. Madagascar.

Fig. 1. Ecrinesomus direni, gen. et sp. n.; type-specimen in right side

view. The scales below the vertebral axis in the abdominal

region shown as impression of inner face, the other scales as

impression of outer face. (B.M. no. P. 10756.)

Fig. 2. Ditto; head and anterior abdominal region. (B.M.no. P. 10758.)

Fig. 3. Ditto; fragment showing pectoral fin, with (8) flank-scale and

(3 6) portion of anal fin-rays enlarged three times, (B.M. no.

P. 10759.)

Fig. 4. Ditto ; portion of dorsal fin with some of the endoskeletal sup-

ports. (B.M. no, P. 10760.)

Fig. 5. Celacanthus madagascariensis, sp. n.; type-specimen, with (5 a)

portion of impression of operculum and (56) scales enlarged

three times. (B.M. no. P. 10768.)

a., anal fin ; ao., axonosts of dorsal fin; 4., basals of pectoral fin ; 60., base-

osts of dorsal fin; ¢., base of caudal fin; c/., lower end of clavicle;

d., dorsal fin; @./., scale of lateral line; 2., neural spines ; op., oper-

culum ; o7d., orbit; pet., pectoral fin; p#t., post-temporal ; sop., sub-

operculum; z., internal bone at hinder border of abdominal cavity.

Unless otherwise stated, the figures are of the natural size.

II.—Notes on some Upper Paleozoic Shells from Mada-

gascar. By R. Burien Newron, F.G.S., of the British

Museum.

[Plate I. figs. 6-11.]

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Accompanyiné the fish-remains discovered by Mr. George

G. Dixon at Andogozo, near the west coast of the northern

end of Madagascar, which are recognized by Dr. A. S.

Woodward as of late Paleozoic age, are certain small mol-

lusca of rather imperfect preservation, although sufficiently

interesting to claim some remarks on this occasion.

The specimens consist of (1) a discoidal gastropod, em-

bedded as a limonite cast on the inner surface of a narrow

* A. 8. Woodward, ‘Catalogue of Fossil Fishes in the British

Museum,’ pt. ii, (1891), pp. 899-408,

Upper Paleozoic Shells from Madagascar. 7

elongate nodule, associated with one of the fish-fragments ;

and (2) aseries of minute pelecypod valves crowded together

in a similar but smaller nodule and of more oval shape,

which apparently belong to one species. The gastropod

seems to be easily determined as a form of Plarorbdis, whilst

the bivalves may be referred to the genus Naiadites of

J. W. Dawson, originally described from the Upper Car-

boniferous rocks of Nova Scotia.

So far as can be ascertained, no Planorbis has been

recorded from rocks older than the Lias, Charles Moore

having described a species from the lower part of that

formation together with other freshwater mollusca which

had been found in the Mendip country of England (Quart.

Journ, Geol. Soc. 1867, vol. xxiii. pl. xv. fig. 10, p. 548).

Strange to say, the affinities of the Malagasy shell appear

to resemble the well-known modern form of Planorbis

carinatus of Miiller, on account of its possessing, among its

other characters, a peripheral carination, the presence of

which would place it in Stein’s genus Tropidiscus (established

on the Miiller shell just mentioned), but for present purposes

it is, perhaps, advisable to recognize the specimen under the

more popular name of Planorbis.

The occurrence of Naiadites is also of considerable interest,

since it assists im confirming the view that these fossiliferous

nodules are of Upper Paleozoic age. It is only quite

recently that Paleozoic fossils have been discovered in

Madagascar by Captain Colcanap, of the French army.

Previously, Professor Marcellin Boule had remarked on a

series of sandstones, conglomerates, and schists forming the

base of the sedimentary series in that country, which reposed

on the crystalline rocks and extended with them from north

to south of the island. Apparently unfossiliferous, with

the exception of silicified trunks of trees which had never

been satisfactorily determined, these deposits were regarded

as of Triassic age, being compared with the Karoo formation

of South Africa and the Gondwana Series of India (‘ La

Géologie et la Paléontologie de Madagascar”: Congrés

Géologique International, vill. session, France, 1900 [ Paris

1901], p. 5, pl. xii. = Geological Map of Madagascar).

When the new material from Capt. Colcanap was examined,

Professor Boule was able to announce the discovery of a

Permian fauna and flora as well as coal deposits in the

Mahafaly district of the south-western part of the country—

forming part of the supposed Triassic rocks previously

mentioned, —including remains of reptiles, fishes, and

Glossopteris ; the latter determined by Professor Zeiller as

8 Mr. R. B. Newton on some

Glossopteris indica (Compt. Rendus, 1908, vol. exlvi. pp. 502-

504 & vol. exlvii. pp. 818, 819), a species of fern known from

the late Paleozoic deposits of South Africa, India, Australia,

Tasmania, Falkland Islands, and South America (Argentina).

The discovery of such an assemblage of fossils was a

great advance on our previous knowledge of Madagascan

geology, because it proved, on the one hand, relationships

with the Karoo beds of Southern Africa, and, on the other,

with the Gondwana deposits of India and other geologically

related regions. With regard to the molluscan remains

brought home by Mr. Dixon from this northern district

of the island, it may be mentioned that neither a Planorbi-

form shell of so ancient an horizon nor Naiadites have yet

been recorded from Africa or India. The Karoo formation

of Africa, and especially the Beaufort-beds division, has

yielded freshwater pelecypods belonging to the genera

Paleomutela and Paleanodonta of Professor Amalitzky, which,

that author some years since pointed out, resembled almost

species for species a fauna characteristic of the upper part

of the Russian Permian formation, and so he considered

those distant deposits as homotaxially equivalent (Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. 1895, vol. li. pp. 887-351, pls. xii., xiil.).

In the latest work on South African geology we find that

Dr. A. W. Rogers acknowledges Amalitzky’s work and

brackets the Beaufort series with the Permian of Europe

(A. W. Rogers and A. L. Du Toit, ‘An Introduction to the

Geology of Cape Colony,’ 1909, 2nd edition, pp. 231, 248).

No similar bivalve mollusca are known {rom the Gondwana

beds of India, and it is chiefly from the facies of the

Glossopteris flora characterizing those deposits that a

homotaxial relationship with the African Karoo has been

demonstrated.

It would seem, therefore, that in future correlation schemes

connected with the geolegical history of Madagascar we

have to recognize not only Captain Colcanap’s and Professor

Boule’s important discoveries as to the presence of Upper

Paleozoic deposits in that island, but also to include the

valuable fish and molluscan remains collected by Mr. Dixon,

which add a new interest to the paleontological features of

those beds.

Description oF THE Mo.uuusca.

GASTROPODA.

Planorbis dixoni, sp.n. (Pl. I. figs. 6, 7.)

Shell small, discoidal, plano-convex, and furnished with a

smooth peripheral carination ; outer whorl wide and equal

Upper Paleozoic Shells from Madagascar. 9

near the aperture to the width of the remainder of the

spiral system.

Dimensions : 5°5 by 4 mm.

This fossil bears a remarkable resemblance to Miiller’s

modern species Planorbis carinatus, which forms the type of

Stein’s genus Tropidiscus, on account of the possession of a

peripheral carination. From its condition as a limonite

cast sculpture-markings are scarcely decipherable. It occurs

embedded on the inner surface of one of the nodules

accompanied by a fish-fragment, which, according to Dr. A.

S. Woodward, is not capable of determination. A basal

disc view of the specimen is exhibited on one half of the

nodule, whilst its counterpart in the other half shows a

discoidal interior of the outer volution as well as obscure

traces of the internal volutions. The specific name is applied

in honour of the discoverer.

PELECYPODA.

Naiadites madagascariensis, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 8-11.)

Shell small, subquadrate, oblique, submedianly elevated,

sloping laterally ; hinge-line straight ; umbones anterior ;

pallial lime entire ; sculpture consisting of rather distant

concentric lines of growth and finer striations on the lateral

regions.

Dimensions: 3°5 by 3 mm,

The valves of this shell are grouped together on the

inner surface of one of the small nodules and appear

mostly as internal cavities, although a wax impression

reproduces satisfactorily their original external condition.

From this it is apparent that the shell with such characters

as are referred to may be identified with Dawson’s genus

Naiadites, a freshwater form originally described from the

Coal-measure deposits of Nova Scotia, and founded on

the type of Naiadites carbonarius of the same author

(‘Acadian Geology,’ supplement to Ist edition, 1860,

p. 43, & 2nd edition, 1868, p. 204). Some of the interiors

show very clearly the simple and non-sinuate character of

the pallial impression; but the details of the hinge are

quite obscure, from the result probably of immature growth,

so that no horizontal striations are observable, such as

Dr. Wheelton Hind regards as characteristic of this genus

(‘ Monograph Palzontographical Society,’ 1895, p. 126).

It is possible that the affinities of this mollusc may be

looked for between Dawson’s N. carbonarius and N. modio-

laris of J. de C. Sowerby, both of which occur in the coal-

formation of Britain and the Continent.

10 Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

Madagascar is quite a new area for the genus Naiadites,

and it has not yet been recorded from the Karoo formation

of South Africa, which contains other forms of fresh-

water bivalves, such as Paleomutela and Paleanodonta.

Some years since Professor Amalitzky described several

forms of this genus from the Russian Permian, but on a

closer study he found that they were Anodonta-like shells

and differed materially from the original type of Naiadites

of 1860; he therefore founded the new genus Paleanodonta

for the reception of those species (Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc. 1895, vol. li. pp. 346, 347). It is now generally

recognized that Salter’s Authracoptera of a later date is the

equivalent of Dawson’s Naiadites.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fries. 6-11.

Upper Paleeozoic (Permo-Carboniferous) Mollusca from Andogozo, on

the Mahavavy River, North-western Madagascar ; presented to

the British Museum by the collector, Mr, Geor ee G. Dixon.

Figs. 6,7. Planorbis divoni, sp.n. xX 4. Fig. 6=basal dise view ; fig. 7

=counterpart of same, with obscure evidence of inner whorls.

Fig. 8. Naiadites madagascariensis, sp. n. Internal face of nodule

showing the gregarious nature of the valves, slightly enlarged.

Fig. 9. External gi of aright valve.| Drawn from wax

Fig. 10. » left valve. impression. xX 4.

Fig. 11. Interior of a left valve showing pallial fine. x 4.

JlI.—Deseriptions of Oriental Capside.

By W. L. Distant.

[Concluded from vol, iv. p. 523.]

AZIZUS, gen. nov.

Head deflected in front of eyes, longer than broad, eyes

large and globose, prominently projecting beyond the ante-

rior margins of the pronotum ; antennz somewhat long and

robust, first joint stoutest, a little longer than head, slightly

curved, second joint nearly three times as long as first, third

about two-thirds the length of second and nearly twice as

long as fourth ; rostrum passing the posterior coxe ; pronotum

nearly twice as broad at base as long and nearly three times

as broad as anterior margin, the basal margin concave, trans-

versely constricted near anterior margin, the anterior area

with a small tubercle on each lateral margin, the lateral

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 11

margins oblique, the disk strongly deflected anteriorly ;

scutellum large, broad at base, moderately deflected poste-

riorly ; corium about three times as long as broad, its apical

margins subtruncate, the lateral margins nearly straight ;

cuneus longer tlian broad; membrane considerably passing

abdominal apex, with an elongate, oblong, posteriorly trun-

cate cell before cuneus and a very small cell at base, anterior

aud intermediate lees of moderate size, the tibiz spinulose ;

posterior legs mutilated in typical specimen.

This genus I include in the division ‘Veratodellaria as used

in my Indian enumeration.

Azizus basilicus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black, very finely and

obscurely palely pilose; antennze with the first and fourth

joints castaneous, the second and third joints ochraceous ;

clavus and corium dull castaneous brown, distinctly, thickly,

finely, palely pilose, the extreme costal margin of the latter

ochraceous ; cuneus pale bright castaneous, pilose as on

corium ; menibrane fuscous, with iridescent reflections ; body

beneath fuscous brown; anterior and intermediate femora

castaneous, tibize and tarsi pale ochraceous, coxe and

acetabulee more or less testaceous (posterior legs mutilated

in typical specimen); structural characters as in generic

diagnosis,

Length 53 mm.

Hab. Bengal; Pusa (Lefroy).

Mr. Maxwell-Lefroy sent me a single example of this

species,

SEREBAUS, gen. nov.

Head globose, longer than broad, apically acuminate, ante-

riorly deflected, eyes small, moderately adpressed, their

posterior margins reaching base of head; antenne slender,

first joint distinctly thickened and inwardly finely spinulose,

second about three times as long as first and subequal in

length to third, fourth about half as long as third; rostrum

reaching the posterior coxze; pronotum at base twice as

broad as long and nearly three times as broad as an-

terior margin, posterior margin concave, exposing the meso-

notum, lateral margins sinuately oblique, a short distinct

anterior collar, behind which it is obscurely transversely

impressed ; scutellum small, tumid, transversely impressed ;

corium (including cuneus) as long as posterior tibia ; cuneus

a little longer than broad, the apex subacute; membrane

12 Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

considerably passing the abdominal apex; legs somewhat

slender, the femora moderately thickened, the posterior tibiz

spinulose, posterior tarsi with the first joint a little longer

than second.

In the Indian enumeration this genus may be placed near

Tyraquellus.

Serebeus discriminatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum castaneous brown, eyes

dull sanguineous; antenne pale ochraceous, the basal joint

castaneous; corium pale greyish, subhyaline, base of clavus

and a transverse broad fascia crossing corium and apex of

clavus fuscous brown; cuneus bright, pale castaneous;

membrane pale fuliginous with iridescent reflections ; body

beneath sanguineous, legs and rostrum stramineous, spinules

to the posterior tibiz fuscous ; first joint of antenne longly

spinulose anteriorly ; lateral pronotal margins with a few

long hairs; scutellum and corium distinctly palely pilose ;

structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya (Green).

DIOCLERUS, gen. nov.

Head strongly deflected anteriorly, viewed from above

short and broad, eyes prominent, oblique, considerably ex-

tending beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum ; an-

tenne with the first joint a little longer than pronotum,

slightly thickened near base, second joint twice as long as

first, third a little more than half the length of second ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxee; pronotum thickly

punctate, at base about one-third broader than long, and

three times broader than anterior margin, a distinct narrow

anterior collar, behind which it is transversely impressed, and

on the anterior area centrally longitudinally sulcate, basal

and anterior margins truncate, the lateral margins oblique ;

scutellum small, broadly subtriangular, finely obscurely pilose ;

corium (including cuneus) subequal in length to posterior

tibia, excluding costal area and including clavus distinctly

thickly punctate and subpilose, the costal margin moderately

convex, narrowing to apex, cuneus slender, longer than

broad, pilose ; membrane almcst as long as corium (excluding

cuneus), and with a longitudinal posteriorly curved cell on

basal area ; legs of moderate length, pilose.

In the Indian enumeiation this genus may be placed

between Cyrlorrhinus and Zanchius.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 13

Dioclerus prefectus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, clavus, and body beneath

golden-yellow ; coriunm, cuneus, membrane, and legs pale

stramineous; eyes and an apical spot to abdomen black ;

antennz fuscous brown, the basal joint obscure stramineous ;

apices of femora slightly infuscate, tarsal claws black ; corium

with a small dark spot on each side of claval apex, the costal

area impunctate and thus appearing paler in hue; other

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ; Peradeniya (Green).

Dorvws, gen. nov.

Head longer than broad, but very strongly deffected in

front of eyes, which are large and prominent and extend

beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum; antenne

longly pilose, first joint about as long as head, scarcely

thickened, second more than twice as long as first, third and

fourth together shorter than second; rostrum passing the

intermediate cox; pronotum at base much broader but not

twice as broad as long, but more than twice broader than

anterior margin, a very narrow anterior collar, transversely

impressed before anterior margin, and thus enclosing two

transverse callosities, with the exception of which the surface

is thickly punctate, lateral margins sinuately oblique, lateral

posterior margins oblique, truncate before scutellum; scu-

tellum moderately tumid, subtriangular ; corium (excluding

cuneus) about as long as posterior tibize; clavus and corium

(excepting costal area) thickly punctate, cuneus nearly as

broad at base as long, and longly pilose; membrane con-

siderably passing the abdominal apex, its greatest length

equal to that of corium (excluding cuneus); legs of moderate

length, strongly pilose, femora only moderately thickened,

the posterior femora slightly more so.

Near Cyrtorrhinus, Fieb.

Dortus primarius, sp. n.

Head pale brownish ochraceous, centrally longitudinally

darker in hue, eyes black ; antennz ochraceous, pilose, apex

of the second joint black, third and fourth joints faliginous

base of third ochraceous ; pronotum pale brownish ochra-

ceous, thickly punctate, the lateral margins broadly pieceous

the transverse anterior callosities smooth; scutellum pale

brownish ochraceous, with a central longitudinal piceous

14 Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

fascia ‘and faintly transversely wrinkled; clavus and pro-

notum pale brownish ochraceous, thickly more darkly punc-

tate, the costal area paler and impunctate, cuneus ochraceous,

the apical area piceous, somewhat longly pilose ; membrane

pale fuliginous; body beneath and legs ochraceous, lateral

margins of sternum and abdomen and apical area of abdomen

broadly piceous ; other characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 5 mm.

Hab. Tenasserim ; Myitta (Doherty).

SOHENUS, gen. nov.

Head considerably longer than broad, tumid, eyes some-

what small and adpressed and placed about midway between

base and apex, the apical area strongly deflected in front of

eyes, the basal area moderately attenuated from eyes to poste-

rior margin; antenne rather long, first joint shorter than

head, second three times as long as first, third almost as long

as second and half as long again as fourth ; rostrum reaching

the intermediate cox; pronotum much broader at base than

long and more than twice broader than anterior margin,

three transverse impressions before anterior margin, the

basal area gibbous and deflected to the first transverse

impression, and the lateral margins to that impression a

little convexly oblique, remaining lateral margins to apex

distinctly dislocated at the remaining impressions, posterior

margin angularly concave ; scutellum about as long as broad

at base, strongly deflected posteriorly and transversely im-

pressed near middle, the lateral margins moderately con-

cavely sinuate; corium (including cuneus) as long as head,

pronotum, and scutellum together, the costal margin strongly

concavely sinuate, apex of clavus almost reaching base of

cuneus, which is a little broader than long ; membrane about

half the length of corium (including cuneus); legs long,

posterior tibize about as long as scutellum and hemelytra

together, posterior tarsi with the first joint a little longest.

Allied to Armachanus, Dist., but with the head longer, and

with no apical spinous protuberance, &c.

Sohenus proditus, sp. n.

Pale cinnamomeous; eyes black ; corium with a somewhat

oblique white fascia crossing it and greater part of clavus a

little beyond middle, apical inner area of corium somewhat

infuscate, membrane fuliginous; antenne with the first,

second, and fourth joints pale fuscous brown, third joint pale

ochraceous; scutellum darker and a little more castaneous in

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 15

hue; head, pronotum, and scutellum very finely obscurely

punctate ; head beneath, rostrum, sternum, and legs ochra-

ceous; abdomen beneath (excepting base) piceous ; other

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 54 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya ( Green).

BADEZORUS, gen. nov.

Head robust, subtriangular, about as long as broad, cen-

trally moderately arched, obscurely transversely striate ;

antenne with the first joint thickened, shorter than head,

second joint three times as long as first, third and fourth

joints subequal in length and together little more than the

length of second ; rostrum not quite reaching the intermediate

cox; pronotum at base about twice as long as broad and

less than twice as broad as anterior margin, moderately

deflected anteriorly, the lateral margins oblique, the posterior

angles obtusely rounded ; scutellum broad, subtriangular ;

corium (including cuneus) as long as posterior tibiw, cuneus

broad, at base considerably broader than long; membrane

passing abdominal apex, its greatest length almost equalling

that of corium {excluding cuneus) ; legs of moderate length,

longly spinulose, the posterior femora distinctly thickened,

posterior tarsi with the first and second joints subequal in

length.

This genus seems to be clearly located in the division

Camptotylaria, Reut.

Badezorus tyrianus, sp. n.

Head dull greyish ; antenne obscure ochraceous, the first

joint (more or less) and the base of the second joint piceous ;

pronotum and scutellum virescent, sparsely palely pilose;

corium dull greyish, the clavus virescent, the costal area

strongly palely pilose, cuneus dull greyish, darkly pilose, at

the internal angle with a small black punctate spot; mem-

brane dull grevish, with pale fuscous mottlings; body

beneath and legs pale ochraceous, posterior femora apically

black, tibize spotted with black, and from these spots on the

posterior tibize the spinules arise in pairs, all the spinules

black, apices of tarsi black ; other characters as in generic

diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Punjab; Lahore (Annandale).

16 Mr. W. L. Distant on Ordental Capside.

ACRATHEUS, gen. nov.

Head about as long as broad, strongly depressed anteriorly,

a little centrally foveately impressed between the eyes, which

are of moderate size, reach the base of head, and obliquely

slightly project beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum ;

antennze slender, first joint almost as long as head, second

twice as long as first, third and fourth subequal in length,

each a little shorter than second; rostrum robust, reaching

the intermediate coxe ; pronotum anteriorly deflected at a short

distance from base, thickly strongly punctate, the lateral

margins acute, at base twice as broad as long and about one

and a half times as broad as anterior margin, anterior and

posterior margins truncate, the lateral margins oblique, poste-

rior lateral angles subprominent; scutellum small, broad,

subtriangular, a little longitudinally elevate and on lateral

areas punctate ; corium (including cuneus) as long as _ poste-

rior tibia, including clavus thickly punctate, posteriorly

widened and rounded, cuneus very much broader than long,

interiorly transversely angulate, cuneal fracture profound ;

membrane longly passing “the abdominal apex, its greatest

length almost equalling that of corium without cuneus; legs

of moderate length, not spinulose.

To be placed in the division Laboparia and by the profound

cuneal fracture near Bilia, Dist.

Acratheus nocturnus, sp. n.

Head orange-yellow, eyes black; antenne stramineous,

apical joint infuscate ; pronotum, scutellum, and corium

black; cuneus greyish white, with the basal marginal area

black ; membrane pale fuscous, with a large greyish-white

spot on lateral margin; head beneath orange-yellow or pale

reddish ; sternum and abdomen black; legs and rostrum pale

stramineous; apices of tarsi black ; structural characters as

in generic diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Bengal; Bhogaon, Purneah Distr. (Pazva) ; Calcutta

(Lud. Mus.) ; Kumaon, Bhim Tal, 4500 feet (Annandale).

ARISTOBULUS, gen. nov.

Head about as broad as long, strongly deflected in front of

eyes, which are situate at base of head and project beyond the

anterior margin of the pronotum; antenne pilose, with the

first joint a little shorter than head and with a few long hairs,

second more than twice as long as first, gradually moJerately

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 17

thickened on apical half, where it is also more strongly

pilose, third twice as long as fourth and together as long as

second; rostrum almost reaching the posterior cox; pro-

notum at base about one and a half times as broad as long

and about one-third longer than anterior margin, the lateral

margins rather roundly oblique, the anterior area transversely

bi-callose, the posterior area transversely striate ; scutellum

triangular, transversely constricted near base; corium

covering about two-thirds of the abdomen, longitudinally

ridged, apical and lateral margins a little rounded, cuneus

and membrane undeveloped ; abdomen widened posteriorly,

deflected on its apical area and pilose; legs of moderate

length; tibize pilose.

Somewhat allied to the Palearctic genus Luryopocoris.

Aristobulus filius, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium shining piceous

black ; abdomen above and body beneath shining jet-black ;

legs pale ochraceous ; body shortly, finely, greyishly pilose ;

structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Darjiling, 6000 ft.

SAMPSIGERAMUS, gen. nov.

Head broader than long, anteriorly deflected ; eyes small,

situate at base of head, scarcely projecting beyond the

anterior margins of the pronotum; antenne moderately

slender, first joint shorter than head, second about three

times as long as first, third shorter than second, but con-

siderably longer than fourth ; rostrum distinctly passing the

posterior coxee ; pronotum at base more than twice as broad

as Jong and about half as broad again as anterior margin,

dc flected on anterior half, very obscurely transversely callose

on anterior area, anterior and posterior margins truncate,

lateral margins a little roundly oblique, the posterior angles

obtusely rounded; scutellum subtriangular; corium (ex-

cluding cuneus) about as long as posterior tibiz, including

clavus twice as long as broad; cuneus about as broad at base

as outwardly long ; membrane considerably passin g abdominal

apex, its greatest length as long as intermediate tibie ; head,

pronotum, scutellum, corium, and cuneus densely pilose ;

legs spinulose, the tibia more thickly and strongly so, the

femora, especially the posterior, distinctly thickened ; poste-

rior tarsi with the basal joint longest.

The position of this genus is near the Palearctic Plagio-

tylus, Scott.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 2

18 Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

Sampsigeramus pilosulus, sp. n.

Head obscure dull ochraceous, thickly pilose; antennz

piceous black, the second joint centrally broadly annulated

with dull ochraceous, eyes black; pronotum thickly strongly

pilose and darkly granulose, dull ochraceous, the disk more

or less discoloured and darker in hue; scutellum somewhat

palely piceous, thickly strongly pilose and darkly granulose ;

corium somewhat palely piceous, the costal area and cuneus

pale ochraceous, strongly, thickly, darkly pilose; membrane

very pale fuliginous with paler mottlings, especially at the

apices of the cells; body beneath black, finely pilose ; legs

ochraceous, annulated with black, the posterior femora much

more distinctly so than the anterior or intermediate femora,

tibial spinules long, black, placed in pairs at the black

annulations, apices of the tarsi black; structural characters

as in generic diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Hakgata (Green).

On Anaphalis oblonga, D. L. (E. E. Green),

RAGMUS, gen. nov.

Head as long as broad, deflected anteriorly, eyes globular,

of moderate size, placed at base of head, scarcely projecting

beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum ; antennz with

the first joint shorter than head, slightly thickened and with

two spinules, second joint more than three times as long as

first and spinulose ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ;

pronotum at base more than twice as broad as long and less

than twice as broad as anterior margin; posterior margin

concave, exposing the mesonotum, two transverse callosities

before anterior margin, the lateral margins oblique ; scutel-

lum subtriangular ; corium (including cuneus) only slightly

longer than posterior tibiz ; cuneus as broad at base as out-

wardly jong and distinctly longly sparsely pilose ; membrane

considerably passing the abdominal apex ; legs of moderate

length, anterior and intermediate femora slightly, posterior

femora much more distinctly spinulose, tibie distinctly, longly

spinulose ; posterior tarsi with the basal joint longest.

Ragmus importunitas, sp. n.

Pale ochraceous, probably more virescent in living speci-

mens; eyes and third and fourth joints of antennz piceous

black ; head with two transverse darker impressions in front

of eyes and a more or less distinct central foveation near

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 19

base; cuneus distinctly, more or less darkly, sparsely pilose ;

membrane hyaline; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous,

anterior and intermediate femora slightly, posterior femora

more distinctly spotted with black, tibia (the anterior less

prominently so) spotted with black, the spinules black and

placed near the black spots, apices of the tarsi black ; other

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 34 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ; Peradeniya (Green).

Punctures leaves of Crotalaria verrucosa and C. incarna

(EK. E. Green).

Ragmus pellucidus, sp. n.

Allied to R. dmportunitas, but smaller, paler, and somewhat

uniformly greyish ochraceous; antenne concolorous, the

third and fourth joints not piceous; legs more obscurely

spotted with black.

Length 3 mm.

flab. Simla Hills; Dharampur, 5000 ft. (Annanda/e).

Punjab; Lahore (Annandale). Malabar; Cochin State,

Ernakulam (Annandale),

This species seems to be quite distinct from its Ceylonese

ally, which is perfectly constant in a long series sent to me

by Mr. Green.

Psallus kurseongensis, sp. n.

3. Black, thickly palely pilose; lateral margins of the

corium narrowly ochraceous ; cuneus sometimes pale casta-

neous, its basal and apical margins more or less distinctly

pale ochraceous; membrane fuliginous, the cellular and

apical margins paler; body beneath black, greyishly pilose ;

legs ochraceous, apices of anterior and intermediate femora,

posterior femora (excluding basal areas), bases of anterior

and intermediate tibia, macular annulations to posterior

tibizs, and the apices of the tarsi black; first and second

joints of antennze black, third and fourth palely fuscous,

first joint as long or nearly as long as head, second joint more

than twice the length of first ; rostrum ochraceous, about

reaching the intermediate coxe ; pronotum with a transverse

foveate impression on each side of anterior area; tibie

spiuulose, the spinules on the posterior tibiz inserted at the

black spots ; femora moderately but distinctly thickened, the

posterior femora more distinctly so.

Length 34 to 4 mm.

Hab. K. Himalayas; Kurseong, 5000 ft. (Ind. Mus.).

20 Mi. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

IDATIUS, gen. nov.

Head abont as long as broad, not foveately sulcate between

the eyes, which project considerably beyond the anterior

margins of the pronotum ; antennz with the first and second

joints moderately thickened, the first distinctly shorter than

head, second four times the length of first, third and fourth

slender, but together not so long as second ; rostrum robust,

reaching the intermediate cox; pronotum at base twice as

broad as long and about twice as broad as at anterior margin,

deflected anteriorly, the lateral margins a little roundly

oblique, the posterior margin subtruncate ; scutellam some-

what large and triangular, moderately transversely impressed

before middle; corium (excluding cuneus) considerably

longer than second joint of antenna; cuneus with the basal

and outer margins subequal in length; membrane con-

siderably passing the abdominal apex, with a distinct basal

cell; posterior femora moderately thickened, posterior tibi

spinulose.

Idatius priscillianus, sp. n.

Black ; eyes black; antenne with the basal joint brownish

ochraceous, second joint black, with its basal area brownish

ochraceous, third and fourth joints palely fuscous, basal

area of third ochraceous; cuneus with two greyish spots

near base ; membrane pale fuliginous ; body beneath black ;

legs ochraceous, posterior femora castaneous, the spinules to

the posterior tibia and the apices of the tarsi black; pro-

notum and scutellum shining black, faintly transversely

striate; coriam obscurely pilose and finely punctate; other

structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

‘Hab. Bengal; Paresnath, 4000 to 4500 ft. (Annandale).

Simla Hills; Dharampur, 5000 fi. (Annandale).

SEJANUS, gen. nov.

Head about as long as broad, deeply, broadly, roundly,

foveately suleate between the eyes, which are large and pro-

ject beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum; antennz

with the first and second joints moderately thickened, the

second more robust than the first, which is short and about

the length of the eyes, second joint about five times the

length of tirst, third and fourth slender, third about twice as

long as first, fourth as long as first ; rostrum robust and

reaching the posterior cox; pronotuin twice as broad as

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 21

long, the lateral margins oblique, posterior margin sub-

truncate ; scutellum somewhat large and triangular ; corium

(excluding cuneus) about as long as second joint of antenna,

cuneus with the basal and outer margins subequal in length,

angularly narrowed at apex ; membrane considerably passing

the abdominal apex with a single basal cell; legs mutilated

in typical specimen.

This genus is founded on a single specimen sent me by

Mr. Green from Ceylon, and although wanting the legs can-

not be left out of the enumeration of the Capsidee of British

India.

Sejanus funereus, sp. n.

Black; eyes castaneous brown; antenne with the basal joint

brownish ochraceous, the second joint black, with its basal area

brownish ochraceous, third and fourth joints stramineous ;

cuneus with two basal greyish spots; membrane fuscous, the

margins paler ; rostrum black, its basal area brownish ochra-

ceous ; body beneath black ; corium shortly, finely, palely

pilose ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis,

Length 24 nm.

Hab. Cey lon (Green).

‘This species was contained in some miscellaneous sweepiugs

kindly collected tor me by our helpful friend Mr. E. E. Green,

SABACTUS, gen. nov.

Head about as long as broad, deflected and narrowed in

front of eyes, which are transverse and strongly project beyond

the anterior margins of the pronotum ; antenne slender, first

joint shorter than head, second about four times as long as

first, third longer than fourth and together distinctly shorter

than second ; rostrum reaching the posterior coxze; pronotum

at base twice as broad as long and about two and a half times

as broad as anterior margin, moderately convex, deflected

anteriorly, the basal margin before scutellum truncate,

oblique towards posterior angles; scutellum subtriangular ;

corium (excluding cuneus) as Tong as second joint of antenne,

including clavus and cuneus twice as long as broad, cuneus

considerably broader than long ; posterior femora moderately

thickened, intermediate and posterior tibia spinulose.

A genus to be placed near Campylomma, Reut.

Subactus institutus, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous ; eyes, a small spot at apex of claval

suture, and the apex of cuneus black ; antenne ochraceous,

22 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

third and fourth jo‘nts palely fuscous ; lateral areas of corium

and the cuneus pale ochraceous; membrane pale fuliginous,

the margins pale ochraceous; body beneath and legs ochra-

ceous, intermediate and posterior tibie finely spotted with

black, the spinules black ; structural characters as in generic

diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ; Peradeniya (Green).

1V.—Deseriptions and Records of Bees.— XXIV.

By T. D. A. CockeReELL, University of Colorado.

Ashmeadiclla howardi, sp. n.

g .—Length about 54 mm.

Similar to A. gillette:, Titus, but smaller, the femora and

tibia entirely black; ventral scopa white ; tegule amber-

c lour ; fifth and sixth dorsal abdominal segments pruinose,

with fine white hair. The first three abdominal segments

are red, the rest black, abruptly contrasting ; the abdominal

hair-bands are white and distinct.

gd -—Resembles the female, but flagellum black beneath,

and first three abdominal segments red only at sides. The

end of the abdomen has the usual four teeth ; the median ones

quite long and pallid, the lateral triangular and oblique.

"he wings are slightly dusky.

Hab. § (=type), San Gubriel Mts., Los Angeles County,

California, 3000 feet, June 16, 1909 (F. Grinnell, Jr.);

¢, Pasadena, Oalifornia, May 31, 1909 (FP. Grinnell, Jr.).

This is evidently the species discovered by Dr. L. QO.

Howard at La Mesa, California, in April 1898, referred to by

Mr. Titus in Proc. Entom. Soc. Washington, vol. vi. p- 100.

Alcidamea grinnelli, sp. ne

9 .—Like A. simplex (Cresson), except that the mesothorax

is much more regularly and evenly punctured, the tegula are

pellucid testaceous, and the wings are darker, especially in

the region about the stigma. Mandibles tridentate; flagellum

ferruginous beneath; ventral scopa white ; first r. n. entering

second s.m. about as far from base as second {rom apex. ‘The

eyes are pale browiish and much narrower than in Ashimead-

della meliloti (Ckll.).

Hab. San Gabriel Mts., near Pasadena, California, 1750

feet, July 15, 1909 (2. Grinnell, Jr.).: 22. = 0 7 aa

Records of Bees. 23

Chelostoma jacintanum, sp. n. (Cephalapis, subgen. nov.).

3 .—Length a little over 8 mm.

Black (including the legs) except the sides of the first two

abdominal segments, which are chestnut-red, the red more

extensive on the base of the first; head and thorax very

densely and minutely punctured, and with quite abundant

white hair; head large, quadrate, with very broad cheeks and

vertex, which are covered with appressed hair; face covered

with white hair; clypeus very densely and minutely punc-

tured, faintly carinate, the lower margin very obtusely angularly

produced in the middle, and with a minute denticle at each

side ; mandibles hairy basally, faintly reddish toward apex,

tridentate, the two apical teeth prominent, the third separated

by a long interval and easily overlooked; antenne short, like

those of a normal female of this group, the flagellum faintly

reddish beneath; eyes large, very prominent, green ; ocelli

large, in a low triangle; area of metathorax shining ; tegule

shining, rufo-testaceous. Wings reddish hyaline ; sé¢gmatie

part of marginal cell only about half as long as that bounding

jirst submarginal ; b. n. not quite reaching t.-m. ; second s.m.

wth first r. n. joining tt nearer, but not much nearer, its base

thun second r. n. its apex, the distance of first r, n. from base

hardly half length of first t.-c. Legs normal, small, joints of

anterior tarsi teriuginous and of second slightly so; hind

femora bulging at base below ; hind spurs pallid, s¢mple ;

pulvillus large. Abdomen shining, rather sparsely punctured ;

hind margins of first five segments with narrow white hair-

bands; basin of first segment not bounded by a transverse

carina ; seven dorsal segments ; sixth with the margin reddish

hyaline, with a very low obtuse tooth on each side; seventh

black, produced into two large broad truncate teeth, the interval

between them about as great as the breadth of one; five

ventral segments visible, tringed with pale hair, the fitth

emarginate, the disk of the second with punctures running in

trausverse rows.

Hab. Kenworthy, San Jacinto Mts., California, 5000 feet,

June 8 (L. Grinnell, Jr.).

In Robertson’s table of ‘'rypetine genera (l'rans, Am. Ent.

Soc. xxix. p. 167) this runs out at 2, but on the whole comes

nearest to Aleudamea. It is tar from being a typical Chelo-

stuma; by reason of the characters italicized it may be

regarded as the type of a new subgenus or genus Cephalapis,

It is, perhaps, nearer to Protertades than to Chelostoma,

24 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseripiions and

Halictoides mulleri, Ckll., 1898.

This species was described from a single female. At Pasa-

dena, California, April 8, 1909, Mr. Grinnell caught an

insect which must be itsmale, having all the essential characters

of the species, including the strongly bluish vertex, the broad

head, &c. It is remarkable for the hind legs, of which the

femora and tibie are greatly swollen (the latter also curved),

while the flattened shining basitarsus is exceedingly short

and broad, and broadly truncate apically. he flagellum is

quite thick, with the apical two-thirds ribbed beneath.

Flesperapis semirudis, sp. n.

Q .—Length about 103 mm.

Black, with dense entire creamy-white hair-bands on the

apical margins of the abdominal segments ; hair of head and

thorax rather dull white, long and bluck on vertex; meso-

thorax and scutellum with short greyish hairs, giving a

dusty effect, around their margins, and scanty erect black hairs

on the disk; face (and especially vertex) shining, but meso-

thorax, scutellum, and Jarge basal area of metathorax dull

and minutely roughened; flagellum stout, dull reddish

beneath; tegule blackish anteriorly, hyaline testaceous

posteriorly. Wings dusky hyaline, stigma dull ferruginous,

nervures fuscous ; b. n. falling some distance short of t.-m. ;

second s.m. long, narrowed more than half to marginal,

receiving first r. n. a trifle nearer base than second to apex ;

third discoidal cell with its apical angle much less than a

right angle. Legs black, ordinary, the hind legs carrying

much light yellow pollen; hind spurs white. Abdomen with

a sericeous surface; in addition to the apical hair-bands

there are thin basal ones; hind coxze with a small apical

tooth or spine on inner side.

Related to H. eumorpha (Ckll.) and H. rhodocerata (Ckll.),

but easily known by the thoracic sculpture and large amount

of black hair.

Hab. Kenworthy, San Jacinto Mts., California, 5000 feet,

June 8 (fF. Grinnell, Jr.).

Diandrena puthua, sp. n.

g.—Length about 64 mm.

Green; similar to D. nothcealaid’s, Ckll., except that the

hair of the face is wholly white, without any black ; the eyes

are rather broader and very prominent; the size is rather

less ; the spurs are white; and the area of metathorax has no

Records of Bees. 25

central raised line. The apical abdominal plate is broadly

tru: cate, with rounded corners ; its colour chestnut-red, with

the apical margin broadly whitish.

? .—Length about 64 mm.

Similar to the male except for the usual sexual differences ;

flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base (in the male it

is dark) ; hind margins of abdominal segments pale testa-

ceous ; third antennal joint as long as the next three com-

bined ; clypeus densely covered with shining white hair ;

facial fovee linear, black. ‘Lhe hind legs are covered with

white hair, but it hardly seems to amount to a polleniferous

scopa (no pollen has been collected), and there is no curled

basal floccus.

Can the insect be parasitic? The female is totally distinct

from D, nothocalaidis and D. chalybea by its small size, lack

of black hair, &c, The tirst abdominal segment is shining in

the female, dull in the male. In both sexes the process of

labrum is bituberculate.

Hab. Pasadena, California, April 8, 1909, 2 g, 1 ?

(PF. Grinnell, Jr.).

The specific name, from the Malay, means white-haired,

Judging from appearance, this seems to be a species which

has adopted parasitic habits, in agreement with which the

female (large in the pollen-collecting allies) has degenerated

to the size of the male, and has lost its special polleniferous

scopa. At the same locality, on the same day, Mr. Grinnell

took Andrena prunorum, Ckll., two males.

Epeolus asperatus, Sp. n.

9 .—Length about 8 mm.

Black, with the usual ornamentation, pale yellowish cine-

reous ; mandibles red except at tips; labrum black, reddish

laterally ; clypeus black, very densely punctured ; head much

broader than long; eyes pale purplish; vertex rugoso-

punctate ; antennze black, second joint dull reddish toward

apex ; mesothorax and scutellum rough with extremely dense

punctures ; scutellum bigibbous, the lateral teeth black and

very short; lower two-thirds of pleura bare, densely punc-

tured; tubercles red, but covered with hair ; tegule bright

apricot-red ; anterior part of mesothorax with two curved

bands of pubescence and one joining them, making a letter H,

Wings with the apical margin broadly dusky ; nervures and

stigma piceous; second t.-c. reduced to a small stump on

both sides, so that there are only two submarginal cells.

Abdomen deep black, with all the bands widely interrupted

26 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

in the middle; on the first segment the lateral portions of the

black area are truncate, and about as long as the median

portion measured by the interruption of the apical band; on

the second segment the band gradually broadens laterally,

with indications of an oblique notch; on the third and fourth

the band is divided into two patches on each side, the inner

one oval, the outer on the third subquadrate, with a pointed

projection directed inwards, and on the fourth more or less

hourglass-shaped ; fifth segment with only an apical lunule ;

Jast ventral not prolonged or curved downwards. Legs black,

with the knees, apices of tibiz, and small joints of tarsi

ferruginous ; hind spurs dark, somewhat reddish.

On account of the ornamentation of the abdomen it closely

resembles T'riepeolus verbesine (Ckll.). The venation would

almost put it in Phileremus, but it is not very near to other

species so referred.

Hab. Los Angeles, California, April 24, 1909 (7. Grinnell,

Jr.).

Tricpeolus gabrielis, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 7 mm.

Black, with the usual ornamentation, which dorsally, espe-

cially on the abdomen, has a yellowish tinge, but on the face,

pleura, &c. is white; mandibles ferruginous; labrum and

clypeus black, the former with two little tubercles near its

lower edge ; clypeus densely and minutely punctured ; eyes

brown, converging below ; antennz black, third joint slightly

reddish; vertex coarsely rugoso-punctate; mesothorax and

scutellum coarsely. and very densely punctured; pubescent

mark on anterior part of mesothorax forming a large reversed

U, of which the basin is about half filled in and the edges

flare outwards a little; scutellum hardly bigibbous, the lateral

teeth black and very short ; pleura hairy all over, but in the

middle the hair is denser, making a sort of broad white band ;

tubercles and tegulz apricot-red. Wings broadly dusky on

apical margin ; marginal cell so blunt as to be practically

truncate ; second s.m. narrowed almost to a point above.

Femora with short silvery hair; legs black, the femora at

extreme apex, tibize at apex and base, and tarsi ferruginous ;

spurs light ferruginous. Abdomen with the ground-colour

intense black and the bands broad, that on first with a rather

wide interruption, on second and third with a linear inter-

ruption, on fourth and fifth entire; black area on first seg-

meut a broad band, obliquely truncate but with rounded

corners at sides; upper edge of light band on second segment

with a double curve on each side, the lateral enlargement

Records of Bees. Pa:

gradual; second and third ventral sezments with much white

tomentum, those beyond the third dark.

Hab. San Gabriel Mountains, near Pasadena, California,

1750 feet, July 15, 1909 (Ff. Grinnell, Jr.).

The size and general appearance is like that of J. nore,

Ckll., but the new species is easily separated by the colour of

the legs, the marking of the second abdominal segment, &ce.

At the same locality, on the same day) Mr. Grinnell took

Bombus vosnesenskit, Rad.

PsEUDOMELECTA, Radoszk.

This genus was based on certain Asiatic species in which

the scutellum is bituberculate and the hair of the thorax is

short, as in Crocisa. The American species of the group of

M. miranda, Fox, are very distinct from true Melecta, and I

had some idea of separating them under a new generic name,

but I believe they may be correctly referred to Pseudomeleeta.

The ornamentation of the abdomen is /peolus-like, and the

five-jointed maxillary palpi are very small ; for particulars

concerning the mouth-parts see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

July 1902, p. 45. Genuine Melecta is much more like

Bombomelecta than Pseudomelecta in appearance, and even in

scutellar structure. I have examined the mouth-parts of

M.armata, Panz., and find them to be similar to those of

Pseudomelecta mir anda, but the maxillary palpi, though tive-

jointed, are quite long (970 yw), while those of P. miranda,

a bee of about the same size, are only about 425 4. The

hyaline area of the maxillary blade is much broader in M. ar-

mata than in P. miranda. Thus Melecta (which does not

occur in America) falls exactly between Bumbomelecta (exclu-

sively American) and Pseudomelecta (Asiatic and American).

Of these, Bombomelecta is the most primitive, having very

long six-jointed maxillary palpi, while Pseudomelecta is the

most advanced. ‘lhe group probably originated in America,

migrated to Eurasia, and finally gave back to America the

much modified type "Pseudomelecta. The American forms of

the latter genus are :-—

Pseudomelecta californica (Cresson).

Pseudomelecta californica miranda (Fox).

Pseudomelecta interrupta (Cresson).

Pseudomelecta interrupta fallugie (Ckll.).

Pseudomelecta interrupta rociadensis (Ckll.).

Pseudomelecta pasadenensis, sp. n.

9 .— Length about 12 mm.

Agreeing with P. californica miranda, except as follows:

28 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

a tuft of black hair below each antenna, and a large tuft

above (in miranda and californica the tuft above is always

white) ; middle tufts of black on anterior part of mesothorax

large and not taking the form of stripes; tegule finely

punctured, very dark, only the edges reddish ; points of

scutellar lobes not so close together ; tarsi all black ; marginal

cell less truncate; first abdominal segment with the band

more widely interrupted; no light spots on basal declivity.

Perhaps only a subspecies of cal/fornica.

Hab. Pasadena, California, April 30, 1909 (F. Grin-

nell, Jr.).

The characters of the claws and mandibles, cited by

Patton and Fox as distinctive of Bombomelecta, are also

found in true Adelecta.

Ceratina acantha, Provancher, 1895.

Mr. H. S. Smith, in Trans. American Ent. Soe. xxxiii.

p- 121, has stated that C. acantha, of which he examined

the female type, is identical with C. submaritima, Ckll. In

this I think he is mistaken, owing to the failure to separate a

distinct species common in Los Angeles County, California,

to which the name acantha properly applies. ‘The female

submaritima, of which I have seen many examples, has no

light mark on the clypeus; whereas Provancher’s description

calls for such a mark, and it is present in a species agreeing

well with the description, taken by Mr. Grinnell in some

numbers at Pasadena, April 8, May 21 and 31, and Aug. 26.

The females, except for the dark tubercles and strongly dusky

wings, are much like C. nanu/a, Ckll. Fortunately there are

two males, noteworthy for the following characters: yellow

mark on clypeus with the lateral projections much larger

than the median, the latter faintly or decidedly bifid; labrum

with a large pale yellow mark; front a fine deep blue;

thorax strongly bluish; tubercles dark ; wings strongly

dusky ; abdomen blue-green; apical plate with the terminal

process broader than Smith figures for acantha, though not

so broad as nanula, and slightly angled or pointed at the

apex.

‘This is certainly distinct from submaritima, though related.

The type of acantha was from Jos Angeles. Mr. Grinnell

took a small female submaritima in Arroya Seco Cafion, San

Gabriel Mts., California, October 8.

A female C. nanula was taken by Mr. Grinnell in Arroyo

Seco Caton, June 17. Although this has light tubercles, the

wings are darker than usual in nanula, so I hesitated whether

to regard it as a variety of C. acantha. I observe, however,

Records of Bees. 29

that the occipital region is more developed in ranula than

in acantha; and as this condition is even rather exaggerated

in Mr. Grinnell’s specimen, I place it with nanula.

Ceratina tejonensis, Cresson.

This species, based on a single male from Fort Tejon,

California, seems to be extremely rare. What I take to be

its female was obtained by Mr. Grinnell at 3000 ft. in the

San Gabriel Mts., California, June 16. It has dark tubercles

like acantha, but it is much larger (8 mm. or a little over) ;

the wings are strongly dusky, and the clypeus has a cunei-

form ivory-coloured mark. ‘The whole insect is very much

darker and bluer than C. neomexicana, Ckll. The pleura is

very strongly and coarsely punctured.

‘. Megachile chrysopyga, Smith, 1853.

A cotype froin F. Smith’s collection, with the locality-label

* Australia,” is identical with my A. macular‘formis. ‘The

description of chrysopyga disagrees with the specimens in

respect to the ventral scopa and apparently the abdominal

bands; it is just possible that typical chrysopyga (from

Tasmania) is separable..

Prosopis polifolit, Ckil., 1901.

Mr. Grinnell has taken this in some numbers at Pasadena,

California, April 8, 1909. The males vary, some having

a black line on each side of the clypeus, between it and the

lateral marks. ‘The female, not previously known, is very

much like P. tuertonds, Ckll., but has the face rather broader.

Sometimes the tegule have no light spot, and the lateral

tace-marks are extremely narrow.

Prosopis hesperiphila, sp. n.

$.—Similar to P. polifolii, but differing thus: supra-

elypeal mark represented by a hardly visible transverse line

(probably not constant); clypeus broader; lateral marks

truncate above and strongly notched by antennal sockets.

Wings dusky ; marginal cell very narrowly obliquely truncate

at apex; second s.m. broader ; tegule with a light mark.

The mesothorax is extremely densely and minutely punctured,

and the face-markings are of the pale-t possible shade of

yellowish,

30 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

Hab. Tahquitz Valley, San Jacinto Mts., California,

8000 ft., July 21 (F. Grinnell, Jr.).

A female taken at the same time and place proves to be

only P. polifolit.

Prosopis pasadene, sp. 0.

3.—A very small species, in every way related to

P. mesille, Ckll., but distinguished by the upward extensions

of the lateral face-marks, which, instead of being short and

broad, are long and slender, curving away from the orbits.

The tubercles are variable, dark or spotted. Unlike the

P. digitata group, the outer margin of the lateral face-marks

is even, without any notch or angle at the beginning of the

upward process. The first abdominal segment is very shiny,

the second dullish.

? .—Like that of P. cressoni, Ckll., but the wings greyish ;

or when the clypeus is not entirely dark, like that of P. mesille

in its darker forms, but lateral face-marks pointed above,

away from orbit, and upper margin of prothorax all black.

Hab. Pasadena, California, April 8 to May 31 (F."

Grinnell, Jr.) ; near Pasadena, at 1100 ft., July 21 (Ff.

Grinnell, Jr.).

V.—New Species of Diploptera in the Collection of the British

Museum. By Grorrrey Meape-Watpo, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Parr I.

Durine arecent rearrangement of this family in the National

Collection J have found a number of species which are

apparently undescribed ; of these species I have now written

descriptions, which I hope to publish in two or three

consecutive papers.

In the present paper there are descriptions of new species

of the families Masaride and Eumenide (as far as the

genus Rhynchium).

All measurements of length are taken from the front of

the head to the apical margin of the second abdominal

segment, except where the ¢ota/ length is expressly mentioned,

The types are all in the National Collection,

new Species of Diploptera.

DirLtopreRa, Latyr.

Masaridz, Leach.

Key to the Genus Paragia, Shuckard.

A. Median segment produced into spines at poste-

rior angles,

a. First recurrent nervure interstitial with first

transverse cuhital nervure .......ceeeee.

6. Both recurrent nervures received by second

cubital cell.

a*, Wings without a fuscous band along the

costa.

a’, Wings flavo-hyaline, broadly fuscous at

ele stain fa alee asa ees Sila <iee a:

6°. Wings pale flavo-hyaline, radial cell

PSO a terse canted a anlerceeta wale ate @

b*. Wings stained with fuscous along the

costa.

a’, Second abdominal segment mostly

orange.

a‘, Second abdominal segment with small

black mark at} hace’? sisi. ea aes 0

6*. Second abdominal segment with nar-

row black fascia at base ..........

6°, Second abdominal segment almost or

quite black.

a‘. Median segment wholly orange

6‘. Median segment nearly or entirely

black.

a’, Median segment entirely black.

a’, Basal half of third abdominal

segment black ..... GARG 8s

6§, Third abdominal segment almost

entirely orange.

a’, Scutellum entirely black ....

67, Scutellum marked with orange.

6°, Spines of median segment orange.

a®, Segments 4-6 of abdomen almost

CHIMGLY. DBC ccc cides als « wis

b®. Segments 4-5 of abdomen with

GOLAN Ge PASE Fasc e clei whales

B. Median segment rounded or not produced into

spines at posterior angles,

a. Angles of the median segment subtuberculate,

colours black and reddish orange.

a’, Scutellum totally reddish orange.

a, First abdominal segment reddish orange.

b*, First abdominal segment black ; a small

reddish-orange spot on each side.,....

b®. Seutellum reddish orange on posterior mar-

PAE aah orthoses sls tv so: 5ié aerers s

b. Angles of median segment rounded.

a’. First abdominal segment as broad as

second; colours black and yellow.

a’, Abdomen wholly yellow ............

P. maculata, sp. 0.

P. walkeri, sp. n.

P. morosa, Sin.

P. calida, Sm.

P. excellens, Sm.

P, sobrina, Sm.

P. odyneroides, Sm.

P. bidens, Sauss.

P. predator, Sauss,

P. nasuta, Sm.

P. venusta, Sin.

P. concinna, Sm.

P. deceptor, Sm.

P. yretifrons, Sm,

P. decipiens, Shick.

32 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

6°. Abdomen black and yellow.

a‘, Scutellum yellow, segments 1-4 of

abdomen broadly yellow on sides.... P. tricolor, Sm.

b*. Scutellum black, segments 2-5 of ab-

domen with narrow yellow fasciz on

rotgnissr iveatl aru aa ori y 50 ahah . P. saussuret, Sm.

6?. First abdominal segment narrower than

second.

a®, Abdomen banded with orange-yellow,

second segment black .............. P. magdalena, Turn.

b®. Five basal abdominal segments with

narrowly interrupted yellow lines .... P. vespiformis, Sm.

P. australis, Sauss.,and P. bicolor, Sauss., are not included

in the above key, as I have not seen specimens of them, and

the descriptions are too short to render their inclusion

possible.

Paracia, Shuckard.

Paragia maculata, sp. n.

9. Black ; a spot on the clypeus, in the sinus of each eye,

behind the eyes, the anterior margin and posterior angles of

the pronotum, the tegulz, except at the base, a large spot

on the mesopleurz below the base of each fore wing, a spot

on the anterior angles of the scutellum, a vertical mark on

each side of the median segment, a band on the apex of the

first abdominal segment, broadening at the sides, a median

series of transverse spots, lateral transverse lines on each

side of segments 2-5, a spot on ventral surface of second

abdominal segment, orange-yellow. Mandibles, the legs, a

spot on the tegule at the base, ferrugineous. Tibi and tarsi

of legs densely covered with a greyish-white pubescence on

the outside. Wings hyaline; costa, radial, first cubital cell,

and nervures fuscous ; second cubital cell not receiving both

recurreut nervures, but first recurrent nervure interstitial

with first transverse cubital nervure. Clypeus snbtriangular,

depressed and truncate at the apex, with a median longitu-

dinal carina; pronotum broadly rounded in front ; scutellum

prominent, covering postscutellum, median segment truncate,

apical. angles produced to a sharp point. Abdomen elongate-

ovate, first segmeut distinctly narrower than second, strongly

constricted at apex.

Punctured, thorax and vertex of head rugosely, clypeus

and abdomen minutely, truncation of median segment trans-

versely rugulose, with a median carina.

Total length 12 mm.

new Species of Diploptera. 33

&. Similar, orange-yellow spot on clypeus larger than in

female, markings in general more yellow.

Total length 101 mm.

Hab. Western Austraha: Eo, 31 3°.

Paragia walkeri, sp. n.

3d. Reddish orange; mandibles at apex, a small area on

frout round the base of each antenna, mesonotum and tegule,

pleurze (except a quadrate spot on mesopleurz on each side),

apical 2 of second and whole of third abdominal segments,

black.

Wings flavo-hyaline, fuscous at apex, especially in the

radial cell. Clypeus wider than long, narrowly truncate at

the apex; pronotum slightly arched on the anterior margin ;

scutellum prominent, strongly convex, and overhanging the

postscutellum, median segment truncate, a massive tubercle

on each side. Abdomen: first abdominal segment broadly

cup-shaped, rather narrower than the second, following

segments elongate-ovate. Head and thorax evenly studded

with small granular puncturations, two furrows on meso-

notum converging posteriorly, the abdomen most minutely

punctured. Fulvous pubescence on vertex of head, thorax,

legs, and abdomen (except segments 2 and 3).

Total length 20 mm.

Hab. Adelaide River, Northern Territory, Australia; 1 ¢,

collected by Commander J. J. Walker during cruise of

H.M.S. ‘ Penguin.’

This splendid species most strikingly resembles the insects

of the Eumenid genus Adispa, Mitchell. None of the other

described species of Paragia have similar wing-coloration,

the flavo-hyaline ground-colour and fuscous apical area of

P. walkeri rendering the likeness between the two genera

extraordinary.

JUGURTIA, Sauss.

Jugurtia escalere, sp. n.

2, Black ; the apical half of clypeus, the sinus of each

eye, a broad band between the eyes, a line behind them, basal

portion of mandibles, scape of antenne, the flagellum below,

the pronotum in front, broadening on the sides, a line on

each side of the posterior margin reaching to the tegule, a

spot in the centre of the mesonotum, the tegulz, the apex of

the scutellum, the postscutellum, two large marks (one oval,

the other linear and curved) on mesopleure on each side,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 3

34 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

the entire median segment, with the exception of two black

pipe-shaped marks placed back to back, a band on the apex

of segments 1-5 broadening laterally, apical half of segment 6

totally, ventral surface of segments 1-5 (with exception of a

small black spot on each side of segments 2-5), an oval mark

on segment 6, the legs entirely, sulphur-yellow.

Apex of mandibles, flagellum of antenne above, a spot on

the tegule ferrugineous. Vertex, pronotum in front, covered

with a short dense pile.

Wings clear hyaline, a slight shade of fuscous in radial

cell, the nervures fuscous. The clypeus deeply emarginate

at the apex, broadly subtriangular; pronotum rounded in

front; scutellum very prominent, rounded, covering the

postscutellum ; median segment truncate, rounded,

Abdomen elongate-ovate, slender. Punctured; the clypeus,

vertex, and thorax coarsely, scutellum very coarsely, median

segment very finely rugulose, the abdomen more finely

punctured.

Total length 8 mm.

Hab. S.W. Persia (Escalera); 4 9.

This species seems very nearly allied to J. chlorotica, Mor.,

from Transcaspia, but differs in several respects. The ventral

surface of J. ehlorotica is black, whereas the general colouring

of the ventral surface of J. escalere is sulphur-yellow, and

there are other conspicuous differences in coloration. The

disparity in size is also worthy of note, J. escalere being a

considerably larger species.

Eumenide, Westwood.

Ruaruipocrossa, 8. 8. Saunders.

Rhaphidoglossa punctata, sp. u.

&. Black; the clypeus, a transverse spot between the

eyes, the lower angle of the sinus of eyes, scape of antennz

beneath, a line on anterior margin of pronotum broken in

the middle, two small spots on postscutellum, two spots

rather larger on each side of apex of median segment, a

small triangular mark on each side of first abdominal seg-

ment, second abdominal segment distinctly, segments 3-6

more obscurely marked with transverse lines on apical

margin, tibize on outside, creamy yellow. Apical margin of

second abdominal segment on ventral surface creamy yellow.

Mandibles at the apex, segments 2, 3, 4 of the antevne, a

spot behind each eye, tegulz, a minute spot on mesopleure

on cach side, an arched carina on the extreme apex of first

new Species of Diploptera. 35

abdominal segment, base of second segment, the legs (except

the coxz), ferrugineous.

Wings hyaline, somewhat diffused with fuscous on the

apical area. Clypeus as broad as long, with a small semi-

circular emargination at the apex ; pronotum sharply angular

in front ; mesonotum posteriorly with a longitudinal carina,

obscure and shining; scutellum prominent, postscutellum

with a minute spine on each side, median segment with a

distinct longitudinal furrow.

Abdomen: the first segment as long as thorax, slender,

broadening gradually to apex, second segment cup-shaped.

Punctured; the clypeus and whole thorax very coarsely

and rugosely, first abdominal segment less coarsely, re-

maining segments minutely.

Length 10 mm.

Hab. Angola (J. J. Monteiro); 1 ¢.

Has a strong resemblance to R. natalensis, Sm., from

Natal, but differs in having no tubercles on the petiole, and

in the coarser puncturation of the petiole. It may possibly

prove to be the male of R. natalensis, although the distance

separating the two species geographically is very great.

Calligaster turneri, sp. n.

@. Black; two small round spots on pronotum on each

side ferrugineous; tibiz and tarsi of intermediate and poste-

rior legs covered with a dense short fulvous pile, the vertex

and clypeus with a sparse grey pubescence. Clypeus as

broad as long, subtriangular ; pronotum narrow anteriorly,

widening to the tegule; scutellum flat, median segment

rounded posteriorly, with a conspicuous longitudinal depres-

sion between the two sides, punctured ; clypeus, mesopleure,

and mesonotum longitudinally striate, a short longitudinal

carina between the antenne, vertex rugosely, scutellum and

postscutellum coarsely punctured, two longitudinal furrows

on mesonotum ; an obscure furrow on scutellum and post-

scutellum ; abdomen shining, petiole more finely, following

segments minutely punctured, an arched keel on apical end

of petiole, a distinct transverse furrow anterior to it.

Wings pale fuscous, with a metallic-bronze gloss.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Shillong, Assam (R. E. Turner).

Easily distinguished from the nearly allied species by the

shape of the petiole, which is much shorter and more ovate

than in any cther species with the exception of Calligaster

3-maculatus, Cam., from Darjeeling ; in both of these species

36 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

the petiole is not much more than twice as long as broad.

It differs from C. 3-maculatus in the absence of any ferru-

gineous band on the apex of the petiole, and in the less coarse

puncturation from C. himalayensis, Cam., which is an alto-

gether larger insect, with a long depressed petiole; from

C. interstitialis, Cam., in the absence of any yellow markings ;

and from C. etchellsii, Cam., in the absence of a tooth on

the apex of the first abdominal segment and in the shape of

the petiole.

Lasvus, Sauss.

Labus annulatus, sp. u.

9. Black; a small transverse mark at the base of the

clypeus, a spot on each angle of the anterior margin of the

pronotum, a minute spot on the tegule, a band on the apex

of the petiole and of the second abdcminal segment, the

anterior femora beneath, pale yellow. Tegule, anterior

tibia, ferrngineous. Head and thorax, segments 2-6 of

abdomen, more or less covered with a short brown pubes-

cence. Wings fusco-hyaline, the costa ferrugineous. Cly-~

peus as broad as long, depressed and broadly rounded at the

apex, with two obscure teeth; vertex with a longitudinal

depression ; pronotum broad in front, the anterior angles

forming sharp pomts ; mesonotum: flattened posteriorly, a

short longitudinal carina running along the surface, median

segment convex, with apical angles produced to a point on

each side, divided by a Jongitudinal furrow. Petiole of

abdomen as long as thorax, slender, gradually broadening

towards the apex, second abdominal segment cup-shaped.

Punctured ; head and thorax (with exception of median

segment) coarsely, median segment and abdomen shining

and sparsely punctured.

Length 7 mm.

g. Differs from female in having the clypeus and scape

of antenve on underside yellow.

Hab. Durban (F. Muir); 2 9,4 3.

Nearly allied to Labus (?) macrostylus, Kohl, from Sierra

Leone ; both species have petioles of the same form. They

may be distinguished by the clypeus, which is convex and

slightly emarginate at the apex in L.? macrostylus, neither

of which characters occurs in L. annulatus.

Labus superbus, sp. n.

3. Black ; clypeus, the scape in front, a small line behind

the eyes, the anterior margin of the pronotum broadening on

new Species of Diploptera. 37

each side, the tegule, two spots on the scutellum, the post-

scutellum, a longitudinal mark on each side of the median

segment, a spot on each side of petiole, a band on the

apical margin of petiole broken in centre, a large elongate-

ovate spot on each side of second abdominal segment,

the apical margin of second abdominal segment, a band

on the apical margin of segments 3, 4, 5, continued on

the ventral surface, the legs, except the cox and trochanters

and in posterior legs the femora, bright orange-yellow.

Apex of mandibles, terminal segment of flagellum, the eosta

ot wings, ferrugimeous.

Clypeus shallowly and widely triangularly emarginate ;

pronotum rounded, narrower in front than behind, median

segment depressed and arched. Petiole as long as thorax,

niuch attenuated at apex, second segment elongate-ovate.

Punctured ; head (except clypeus), thorax, and abdomen

coarsely. ‘The whole head and thorax and the first abdominal

segment with a greyish-white pubescence.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. White Nile; 2 ¢.

Labus punctatus, sp. n.

3. Black; the scape of antenne beneath, a line on pro-

notum in front broken in the middle, apex of petiole above

and second segment dorsally and ventrally yellow; man-

dibles at the apex, tegulz, apex of femora, the tibiz and tarsi

of anterior legs, intermediate tibize and tarsi, base of poste-

rior tibiz, ferrugineous.

Wings hyaline ; costa, radial cell, and stigma ferrugineous ;

the whole insect more or less covered with a pale pile.

Clypeus subtriangular and convex; pronotum square,

angular on the anterior margin; mesonotum and scutellum

gradually rounded, postscutellum sharply raised to form two

teeth, median segment rounded posteriorly. Petiole of

abdomen rather shorter than thorax, widening somewhat

abruptly towards the apex; second abdominal segment cup-

shaped.

Punctured ; head, thorax, and petiole coarsely, remaining

segments of abdomen more finely.

Length 7 mm.

Hab. Kangra Valley, 4500 feet (G. C. Dudgeon); 1 .

Closely resembles L. armatus, Cam., from Khasia Hills,

but may be distinguished by several differences in the colour-

pattern, viz. absence of yellow on scutellum, clypeus, and

tegule. L. punctatus is considerably more coarsely punc-

38 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

tured, particularly on the petiole. Differs from L. humberti-

anus, Sauss., by the coarser puncturation.

Discoe.ivus, Latr.

Discoelius carinatus, sp. n.

?. Black ; a small spot between the antennz, a band on

the apical margin of the petiole dorsally, a broad band on

apical 2 of second abdominal segment, the following segments

dorsally, anterior tibize, ferrugineous red. Head, thorax

(especially the median segment) with sparse short grey

pubescence. Wings fusco-ferrugineous. Clypeus convex,

ovate; mandibles broad; vertex broader than pronotum,

whch is produced to a sharp point at each angle of the

anterior margin; median segment truncate, shghtly concave.

Abdomen : the petiole short, the swollen apical portion as

broad as long, slightly constricted at the apex, the remaining

segments elongate-ovate.

Punctured; mandibles and clypeus very coarsely, the

head and thorax deeply, sides of median segment striate.

Mesonotum with four longitudinal furrows, the two central

furrows longer than the others; scutellum traversed by a

longitudinal furrow ; abdomen more finely punctured.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. Victoria (C. French); 1 2.

Strongly resembles D. verreauxi, Sauss., in coloration, but

is easily distinguished by much slenderer form of the thorax

and the conspicuous row of carinze on the mesonotum,

besides which there are differences in the colour-pattern,

The length of the thorax serves to distinguish this species

from all the described species of this genus from Australia.

Eximus, Sauss.

Elimus, Sauss., Et. fam. Vesp. vol. i, Eumen. p. 7.

Ischnocoelia, Perkins, Proc. Haiw. Ent. Soc. 1908, p. 32.

Saussure makes no mention of the fact that Elimus has

two calcaria on the intermediate tibiz and the tarsal claws

bidentate. Both of these characters are applicable to [schno-

coelia, which appears identical in other respects to Elimus,

and thus sinks as a synonym to the older genus.

Elimus ferrugineus, sp. n.

3. Black ; the clypeus, antennz (with exception of the

scape beneath), mandibles, a spot in the sinus of each eye,

the pronotum (except the posterior angles), the tegule, a

new Species of Deploptera. a9

smal] oval spot on mesopleure on each side, a transverse line

on the scutellum, the petiole, and segments 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 of

the abdomen, the legs (with exception of coxe and tro-

chanters), ferrugineous. Wings clear hyaline, costa and

nervures ferrugineous. Scape beneath yellow.

Clypeus slightly broader than long; prothorax narrow in

front, considerably more narrow than vertex of head, widening

considerably at the posterior angles; median segment

slightly concave medially, rounded posteriorly. Petiole of

abdomen of almost even thickness throughout, slightly

constricted at base and apex ; second segment of abdomen

cup-shaped.

Head and thorax throughout evenly and deeply punctured,

the abdomen more finely punctured, the mesonotum longi-

tudinally traversed by two shallow furrows.

Length 10 mm.

Had. 8. Australia; 2 ¢.

Elimus mackayensis, sp. ni.

9. Black; two longitudinal marks on the sides of the

clypeus, a minute spot above the insertion of each antenna,

a small spot in the sinus of the eyes, a spot behind each eye,

the pronotum in front, posterior margin of the tegul, the

transverse keel of the postscutellum, two minute spots on

the apex of the petiole, narrow border to apical margin of

each of the following abdominal segments, yellow. Mandibles,

the scape, second and third joimts of the antennz, apex of

femora, tibiz and tarsi, tegulz in front, petiole of abdomen

at base and apex, ferrugineous. Wings clear hyaline, slightly

fuscous on the costa; the stigma and nervures testaccous ;

second cubital cell subtriangular.

The clypeus truncate, as broad as long, median segment

strongly depressed, the apical angles produced into spines ;

petiole as long as the thorax, constricted at the ends.

Punctured ; head and thorax deeply and evenly. Meso-

notum traversed longitudinally by two shallow sulci; abdo-

men shining, minutely punctured.

Length 11 mm.

Hab. Mackay, N. Queensland (R. E. Turner).

6. Strongly resembles the female, but differs in the

following respects :—Mandibles and clypeus yellow ; terminal

joint of antennz bent back ina hook; clypeus with a shallow

emargination at the apex ; second abdominal segment much

narrower than in female.

Nearly allied to H. australis, Sauss., which it strongly

“i

40 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

resembles in colour, but may be distinguished by the more

slender petiole and differences in the distribution of the

markings.

Elimus robustus, sp. n.

9. Black; the mandibles at the base, two oval spots at

the base of the clypeus, scape, a spot in the sinus of each

eye, a spot on each side behind the eyes, the pronotum, a

spot on the mesopleurz on each side, tegule, two spots on

the posterior margin of scutellum, two obscure marks on

median segment behind, petiole of abdomen along the sides

and at apex, second abdominal segment at base and a broad

band on the apical margin, the legs (with exception of coxz

and trochanters), ferrugineous. Wings pale hyaline, shghtly

ferrugineous along the costa.

Clypeus subtriangular, rather broader than long, median

segment strongly depressed, a distinct carina along each

side, petiole as long as thorax, following segments elongate-

ovate.

Punctured ; the head and thorax (except median segment) ~

coarsely, median segment and abdomen minutely; two

carine converging posteriorly on mesonotum. More or less

covered with a pale pubescence, most noticeable on clypeus,

vertex, median segment, and the tibie.

Length 123 mm.

Hab. S2 Australias/2 79 .

Elimus arabicus, sp. n.

?. Black ; antennz, mandibles, clypeus at apex, pronotum,

tegule, the petiole along the sides aud beneath, second abdo-

minal segment at base, legs (with exception of tibia above),

ferrugineous brown. ‘Tibize above, narrow band interrupted

above in centre on apical margin of petiole, abdominal

segments 2-5, pale yellow.

Wings clear hyaline, slightly fuscous along the costal

margin, second abscissa of the radius about 3 as long as the

third. Clypeus broader than long; thorax massive; petiole

as long as thorax, tapering gradually towards apex; second

abdominal segment petiolate at. base,

Punctured ; head and thorax coarsely, abdomen more

finely, apex of median segment on each side produced to

form a sharp up-curved process. Dense grey pubescence on

head, thorax (except mesonotum), and abdomen, giving the

insect a dusty appearance.

Length 14 mm.

new Spectes of Diploptera. Al

Hab. Tajura, Straits of Bab-el-Mandeb; 1 ¢.

All the other described species of this genus are from

Australia.

This insect is rendered very conspicuous by the denseness

of the pubescence, which gives it the appearance of being

covered with a bloom, as on grapes, when looked at from a

little distance.

Eumenss, Fabr.

Eumenes assamensis, sp. n.

2. Black; a spot between antennz, pronotum in front,

apex of tegule, postscutellum, petivle at the apex, a narrow

band on apical margin of second abdominal segment, a small

spot on each side of it, a few marks on legs, dull brick-red.

Wings fusco-hyaline, costa and radial cell dark fuscous.

Clypeus broadened from the base, greatest width about

half as long as length, produced and narrowed towards apex,

convex, a slight emargination at apex. Pronotum narrow

and rounded anteriorly, median segment rounded posteriorly ;

petiole of abdomen as long as thorax, of uniform width, very

slender at the base, depressed along the dorsal surface;

second abdominal segment arched when viewed laterally.

The whole insect coarsely punctured, with the exception of

abdominal segments 3-6.

Clypeus covered with a dense silvery pile ; vertex of head,

the thorax, and abdomen more sparsely covered.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. Shillong, Assam (R. EL. Turner); 2 9,4 8.

do. Rather smaller, the last joint of antenne bent back on

penultimate joint.

Length 10 mm.

Very nearly allied to HL. punctata, Sauss., described from

China, a species occuring also in Sikkim and Burma, in

which the markings are yellow. Mr. Turner, who collected

for some months in the neighbourhood of Shillong, tells me

that the brick-red markings are a characteristic feature of

the insect fauna in that region. In addition to the species

here described, he captured specimens of an Odynerus and of

the fossorial genera Cerceris and Crabro, of Celiorys among

the Apide, also specimens of a saw-fly. Had not living

individuals been observed, it might have been surmised that

a damp cyauide bottle had caused a discoloration.

Eumenes nicobarica, sp. n.

3. Black; clypeus, sinus of the eyes, pronotum in front,

disk of mesonotum with two short lines running longitu-

42 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

dinally, and two transverse curved lines above them, meso-

pleure, outer margin of tegule, two spots on scutellum,

postscutellum, median segment (except for a black mark in

shape of a Maltese cross), petiole with a pair of short yellow

lines on each side at base and a pair about centre, a trans-

verse band at apex, yellow. Whole of second abdominal

segment (with exception of base, a minute black spot on

dorsal area, and narrow transverse band on posterior mar-

gin) yellow. Segments 3, 4,5 black, with subapical margins

yellow, interrupted narrowly above and broadly below ;

segment 6 with a yellow spot on each side above. Anterior

tibiee yellow above.

Length 24 mm.

Hab. Nicobar Islands; 3 ¢.

Probably a geographical race of Eumenes arcuata, Fabr.,

as there does not appear to be any structural difference

between the two species. The insect would come next to

E. arcuata in Bingham’s key (‘ Fauna Brit. India,” Hymeno-

ptera, vol. i. p. 335). The second abdominal segment is

most conspicuously marked with yellow, and renders identi-

fication possible at a glance.

Eumenes ovalauensis, Sauss.

Belonogaster bidentata, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 410

(1884) (Fiji).

Described as a female, is a male of ELumenes ovalauensis,

Sauss. The genus Belonogaster appears to be confined to

Africa, Madagascar, and Japan.

Eumenes waltoni, sp. 0.

@. Black; a narrow line behind the eyes, pronotum in

front, postscutellum, apical margin of petiole above, con-

spicuous elongate oval mark on each side of second abdominal

segment, a broad band on apical margin of second abdominal

segment regular above, uneven on the ventral surface, tibiz

and tarsi yellow. Apex of mandibles and flagellum of

antenne ferrugineous beneath.

Clypeus subtriangular, truncate, somewhat depressed at

the apex, broadest part of thorax considerably broader than

vertex, median segment rounded posteriorly, slightly de-

pressed. Petiole of abdomen short and fairly stout, second

abdominal segment about as broad as thorax at the tegule.

Punctured ; vertex of the head, thorax, median segment,

new Species of Diploptera. 43

and petiole coarsely and evenly; clypeus, second and

following segments shining and minutely punctured.

Wings hyaline, golden brown along the costa, pale fuscous

at the apex.

Vertex of the head, thorax (especially the hinder parts),

and the petiole with a long pile of pale fuscous hair,

Length 16 mm.

3d. Smaller; clypeus whitish yellow, antenne black.

Length 14 mm.

Hab, Khamba Jong, Sikhim (15,000-16,000 ft.) ; Gyang-

tse, Tibet (18,000 ft.). Collected by H. J. Walton on the

Tibet Expedition, 1903-4; 18 29,2 ¢.

Eumenes higletti, sp. n.

?. Black; clypeus, mark between antennz at base,

a line behind them, pronotum almost reaching to tegule,

large ovate spot (interrupted in the centre) on mesopleure on

each side, posterior margin of postscutellum, median segment

broadly on each side, apical margin of the petiole on each

side, apical margin of second abdominal segment, except

medio-dorsally, and two small isolated spots, apical margins

of segments 3, 4, 5 (interrupted dorsally and continuous

ventrally), yellow. Anterior femora and tibiz on outside,

base of intermediate and posterior tibiz, yellow. Antenne

beneath, two quadrate spots on scutellum, tegule, meta-

pleuree on each side, petiole medially, apical segment of

abdomen, legs (except where yellow), ferrugineous. Wings

hyaline, tinted with a golden sheen towards costal area,

radial- cell fuscous. Clypeus broadly ovate, truncate at

the apex, rather longer than broad; pronotum angular in

front; median segment truncate, produced towards apex

on each side to form a V-shaped depression; petiole rather

longer than thorax, slender, the apical portion broader, a

sinall tubercle on each side, following segments elongate-

ovate. Punctured; vertex and thorax finely and evenly ;

n.esonotum with a short longitudinal carina, not reaching

the middle; petiole and abdomen shining anteriorly, petiole

very minutely and sparsely punctured.

Vertex of head and median segment with a dense grey

pubescence.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. Tamsoo, Gold Coast (G. A. Higlett); 1 ¢.

Eumenes nigritarsis, sp. n.

3. Black ; clypeus, the lower part of the sinus of each

44 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

eye, a mark at base of antenne, pronotum, a small spot on

dise of mesonotum on each side, yellow ; mandibles, joints

1-6 of antenne, line behind the eyes, a long mark on meso-

pleurz on each side, postscutellum behind, median segment

(except a longitudinal mark in centre), petiole (except the

base, a small spot on upper surface near apex), second abdo-

minal segment ventrally and laterally, abdominal segments

3-6 on apical margin, the whole ventral surface of abdomen,

legs (with the exception of trochanters, tarsi, and posterior

femora on the inside), ferrugineous,.

Wings golden hyaline, slightly fuscous in radial cell

and on the apical area. Clypeus broadened from the base,

greatest width rather more than half the length, truncate,

produced and narrowed towards apex. Petiole long and very

slender, as long as thorax, gradually widening towards apex,

a small spine on each side. Following segments of abdomen

elongate-ovate. Punctured ; vertex and thorax evenly and

finely, second abdominal segment finely striate. ‘Terminal

joints of antenne gradually increasing in size towards the

apex, terminal joint forming a hook.

Length 20 mm.

Hab. Port Darwin, N. Queensland (G. Turner), 1 3;

Dec. 1902.

Nearly allied to E. latreil/ei, Sauss., and E. bicincta, Sauss.,

but differing from them in the much slenderer petiole, and

in the ferrugmeous bands on the apical margin of the

abdominal segments.

Eumenes (Pareumenes?) australensis, sp. n.

6. Black ; clypens, scape of autenne beneath, sinus of

the eyes, a line behind the eyes on each side, large quad-

rangular mark between antennz at base extending back

along the vertex, pronotum reaching back to tegule, a large

ovate spot on mesopleure on each side, a minute spot on the

tegulz, two large median quadrate spots and a small spot on

each anterior angle of scutellum, a large elongate vellow mark

on median segment on each side, an irregular broken line on

apex of petiole above, apical margin above and a conspicuous

mark at the base of second abdominal segment on each side,

third and fourth abdominal segments dorsally, yellow.

Anterior and intermediate femora and tibiz yellow. Flagel-

lum of antenne and tarsiferrugineous. Wings hyaline, with

a pale golden effulgence, rather more conspicuous along the

costal area; second abscissa of radial cell very short, about } as

Jong as the ‘third. Clypeus broadly ovate, truncate at the base,

new Species of Diploptera. 45

deeply emarginate at the apex, median segment truncate,

divided longitudinally by a narrow furrow ; scutellum flat.

Petiole of abdomen as long as thorax, very slender at base,

gradually widening towards the apex; second abdominal seg-

ment about twice as broad as petiole at apex. Punctured

slightly on vertex of head ; the whole insect shining, sparsely

covered with testaceous pubescence.

Length LO mm.

Hab. Cairns, N. Queensland, April 1902 (R. EB. Turner) ;

All the specimens were captured on one flowering bush at

Kuranda, about 14 miles from Cairns, at an elevation of

1100 feet.

Intermediate between Humenes and Pareumenes as defined

by Saussure, Et. fam. Vesp. Suppl. p. 133. It resembles

Pareumenes in the form of the petiole, but the tubercles

are only indicated by minute swellings on each side. This

is the first described Australian species with any tendeucy

towards Pareumenes.

PAREUMENSS, Sauss.

Pareumenes marshalli, sp. n.

?. Black-pruinose ; mandibles, clypeus, sinus of eyes,

cheeks, vertex, pronotum, mesopleure in front, tegule,

hinder part of scutellum and of postscutellum, sides of

median segment and the surface of the truncation partially,

petiole at base and ventro-laterally, basal half of second

abdominal segment, segments 4, 5, 6 of abdomen, dark

ferrugineous brown.

Antenne, legs, dark ferrugineous brown.

Four narrow longitudinal lines on petiole, two on the

ventral surface, two on the dorso-lateral surface, and narrow

band on apex of petiole, a mark on hind femora outside,

yellow.

Wings hyaline, tinged with fuscous on the fore wing

towards apex; costal area flavo-hyaline.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs covered with short dense

whitish pubescence, long and conspicuous on the surface of

the truncation of the median segment.

Clypeus rather longer than broad, narrowly produced

towards apex, terminated in two small teeth, intervening area

transverse. Mandibles deeply toothed. ‘Thorax robust ;

pronotum in front as wide as head, widening towards tegule ;

scutellum flat, traversed by a slight longitudinal keel, median

46 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

segment oblique, with sharply defined lateral margins, apical

angles spined. Petiole robust, widening gradually towards

apex; a tubercle on each side near the base; a furrow

running longitudinally on the dorsal surface towards apex ;

second abdominal segment pyriform, following segments

normal.

The whole smooth, impunctate, except for a few shallow

punctures on apical margin of abdominal segments 2 and 3.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, Sept. 1900 (G. A. K.

Marshall); 1 @.

Dedicated to the donor.

This insect appears to be the first Parewmenes described

from Africa, the other species being principally Indian.

Eumenes imperatriz, Smith, described from Northern China,

and #. pictifrons, Smith, from Celebes, should also be placed

in the genus.

KATAMENES, gen. nov.

Head as in typical Eumenes; mandibles long, not dentate,

sharply pointed. Antenne massive, hooked at apex. Maxil-

lary palpi 6-jointed ; joints 1, 2,3 long, subequal; joint 4

half as long as third joint, joints 5 and 6 very short, together

as long as fourth, jomts 5 and 6 articulated to joint 4 below

the apex. Labial palpi 4-jomted. Petiole as long as thorax

and median segment, slender at base, apical half swollen,

constricted at apex. Claws of tarsi simple. One spur, very

obscure and rudimentary, on intermediate tibiz, situated on

the inner side. 1 ¢.

In generai superficial appearance strongly resembles

Eumenes, but has a peculiar look owing to the heavy, thickly

built antenne, which seem large in proportion to the insect,

and to the long, somewhat abruptly broadened robust petiole.

The articulation of the two terminal joints of the maxillary

palpi to the fourth joint below the apex seems to be ana-

logous to the terminal joints in the labial palpi of some

genera of bees, such as Megachile, &c.

Katamenes watsoni, sp. n.

&. Black ; clypeus, mandibles, except the extreme apical

points, scape beneath, a narrow line behind each eye, the

cheeks, pronotum in front, broadening laterally, scutellum

in front, the postscutellum, two marks on mesopleure on

each side, apical margin of petiole, and an apical band on

segments 2-6 of abdomen, both dorsally and ventrally,

new Species of Diploptera. AT

anterior and intermediate tarsi and tibiz, yellow. Apex of

mandibles, a mark on the clypeus, flagellum, except the

terminal 5 segments, tegulz, sides of median segment, petiole,

except base, and a median dorsal mark shaped like a

reversed T, a broad band round the centre of second

abdominal segment, anterior and intermediate femora, a

mark on anterior and intermediate tibiz on the outside,

posterior legs totally, ferruagineous. Wings clear hyaline,

slightly fulvous along costa. Clypeus rather longer than

broad, truncate at base and apex, broadest in centre,

narrowly produced towards apex; pronotum slightly nar-

rowed anteriorly, obtuse-angled at sides; median segment

truncate, slightly arched, the apical angles forming a V-shaped

hollow ; petiole about as long as thorax, very slender at base,

rather abruptly increasing medially, slightly constricted to-

wards the apex, second abdominal segment elongate-ovate.

Head, thorax, and petiole covered with distinct, even,

punctures; clypeus and remaining segments of abdomen

impunctate. Covered with a greyish-white pubescence ;

long on cheeks, vertex, and median segment; short and

dense on abdomen and clypeus.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Peshawur (17. Y. Watson); 1 3.

Montezumta, Sauss.

Montezumia pulchella.

Gayella pulchella, Sm. Journ. Proe. Linn. Soe., Zool. ii. 1857, p. 108.

Smith’s species, described from Borneo, is certainly not a

Gayella. The only two known species of Gayella are both

from Chile.

Montezuma burmanica.

Montezumia burmaniea, Bingham, Hym. Brit. India, vol. i. (1897).

Montezumia bisulcata, Cameron, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. vi.

p: 535 (1900).

Cameron’s species from Khasia is indistinguishable from

M. burmanica, which ranges through to China.

Cameron says “allied to M. durmanica, Bingh.,” but gives

no points of ditference.

Montezumia wallacei, sp. n.

9. Black; a small spot at the base of the mandibles, two

minute spots bctween the antenne, the scape faintly beneath,

48 Mr. G. Meade-~Waldo on

two conspicuous marks on median segment, yellow. Head

and thorax bluish black, abdomen jet-black. Wings suffused

with a dark purple effulgence. Tuibize and tarsi covered with

a short, thick, golden pubescence, almost yellow in some lights.

Clypeus subtriangular truncate ; mesonotum with two short

and conspicuous longitudinal furrows, median segment with

a deep medial longitudinal groove widening at the apex, the

apex on each side produced to form a small emargination

with conspicuous teeth on each side, sides of median segment

forming ridges. Petiole of abdomen flat dorsally, a small

tubercle on each side beneath. Punctured; head, pronotum,

mesonotum in front, and part of petiole rather coarsely

granular, rest of thorax and abdomen (except petiole)

minutely and sparsely punctured, petiole coarsely striate ov.

dorsal surface.

Length 22 mm.

Hab. Sumatra (A. R. Wallace); 1 ¢.

Seems to be rather nearly allied to MW. orientalis, Grib.,

from Pulo Laut, but differs in having the head coarsely

granular and in many respects in colour-pattern. The

two curious emarginations on the apex of the median seg-

ment are quite peculiar to the species.

Norton, Sauss.

Nortonia gilberti, Turner.

Euchalcomenes gilberti, Turner, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1908, p. 90.

The mouth-parts are those of a normal Norionia, a fact

noticed by Turner after his description was in the press.

Pachymenes viridis, Smith, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

Zool. vol. ili. p. 163, from Key Island, arid P. elegantula,

D. T., Cat. Hym. vol. ix. p. 23, from Batchian, stated by

Turner as belonging to the genus KEuchalcomenes con-

sequently come into Nortonia.

Thus the genus Luchalcomenes, Turner, sinks as a synonym

of Nortonia.

Nortonia elegans, Smith.

Ewnenes elegantula, D. T. Genera Insectorum, fase. 19, Hymenoptera

28 ELEY ’ ) Aes ptera,

Vespidee, p. 22.

Pachymenes elegans, Smith, Journ. Proc, Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. Suppl.

Y ‘ ? ’ ’ pp

p. 131 (1860).

Nortonia viridis, Smith.

Pachymenes viridis, Smith, Journ. Pree. Linn, Soc. Lond. vol. iii.

p. 163 (Aru).

new Species of Diploptera. 49

Nortonia rechbergi.

Nortonia viridis, Schulthess-Rechberg, Ver. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

vol. liii. p. 8362 (1903), New Guinea.

The species from New Guinea described by Schulthess-

Rechberg under this name consequently sinks to the older

species described by Smith in 1859. I propose that it should

be renamed Nortonia rechbergi, in honour of the author.

Asispa, Mitchell.

Abispa australis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. vol. v. p. 42.

The type is here stated to be a female, but the type-label

is under a male. The sexual difference in the eclypeus is

marked ; the two teeth on that of the male are sharp and

distinctly prominent, whereas in the female they are hlunt

and hardly perceptible.

Abispa paragivides, sp. un.

3. Reddish orange; mesonotum posteriorly, second

abdominal segment (except apical margin), black. Meso-

notum dark ferrugineous anteriorly. Wings flavo-hyaline,

fuscous at the apex, darkest in radial cell. Clypeus rather

longer than broad, narrowly produced towards apex, which

is emarginate ; scutellum with an inconspicuous longitudinal

furrow, postscutellum divided from it by a considerable

fissure, a blunt tubercle at each end; median segment

truncate and medially depressed, the apical angle on each

side produced to form a spine. Abdomen elongate-ovate,

first abdominal segment rather narrower than the second ;

with a shallow longitudinal furrow. Punctured ; head and

thorax finely, median segment coarsely, and abdomen

minutely.

Length 18 mm.

Hab. Port Darwin, Northern Territory, Australia (Gilbert

Turner); 2\¢..

Distinguished from A. australis, Sm., from Port Essington,

which has 3-tuberculate postscutellum, and the base of the

first abdominal segment black ; from A. ephippium, which

also has the postscutellum 3-tuberculate and the clypeus

more broadly emarginate ; and from A. splendida in the form

of the clypeus and general distribution of colour,

The resemblance between the insects of this genus and

Paragia walkert has been mentioned under the description

of that species, but between no two species is the likeness

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, v. 4

50 On new Species of Diploptera.

more remarkable than between P. walkeri and A. paragioides,

which certainly occur together, as Port Darwin is not more

than 40 miles distant from Adelaide River.

Rayncutiu, Spinola.

Rhynchium hemorrhoidale, Fabr., race salomonis, subsp. n.

2. Black; antenne, mandibles, spot behind each orbit, a

small mark above insertion of antenne. tibie and _ tarsi,

ferrngineous. Wings flavo-hyaline. Clypeus subtriangular,

narrowly truncate; pronotum rather slender anteriorly,

widening towards the tegule; scutellum and postscutellum

slightly arched, the latter overhanging the median segment,

which is truncate, rounded laterally, and depressed medially.

Abdomen with the first segment rather narrower than the

second, about as broad as median segment. Head and

thorax uniformly coarsely punctured, abdomen more finely,

median segment with a series of small tubercles on each

side, mesonotum with a short longitudinal carina running

to the posterior margin.

Length 20 mm.

Hab. Solomon Islands (C. M. Woodford); 1 ¢.

This race most closely resembles specimens of R. hemor-

rhoidale from Celebes and Ceram, but differs from them con-

siderably in the amount of puncturation on the mesonotum

and scutellum, and in the absence of any fuscous on the

wings. The insect has a slender appearance when compared

with typical R. hemorrhoidale.

Rhynchium abispoides, sp. n.

9. Reddish ferrugineous ; two minute spots on the base

of each mandible, a small spot behind the insertion of each

antenna, mesonotum, tegulz on the inside, median segment

on hind surface, first abdominal segment at base, second

abdominal segment, black. Wings flavo-hyaline, more

golden towards costa, apical area fuscous. Tibiz and tarsi

covered with a short dense golden pile. COlypeus ovate,

produced towards the apex and narrowly emarginate ; pro-

notum square anteriorly, rather narrower than thorax at the

tegule; scutellum ad postscutellum separated by a con-

spicuous transverse furrow; median segment truncate and

depressed medially, sides produced to form blunt angles.

Clypeus longitudinally striate towards apex, a carina broadly

V-shaped on vertex behind ocelli; thorax and abdomen finely

and evenly punctured, two shallow longitudinal sulci on

mesonotum, median segment transversely striate.

On Crustacea found in a Deep-sea Cephalopod. 51

Length 14 mm.

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd); Mackay, Queensland

(R. E. Turner) ; Clave, S. Australia (W. Wesché).

Unlike any other described species of the genus from

Australia, strongly resembles Abispa paragioides in general

colour. The specimens from S. Australia differ from the

Queensland individuals in having the vertex and mesopleure

black. Some specimens from Swan River, W. Australia,

resemble the South Australian form.

3. Unknown.

VI.— Votes on Crustacea found in the Gizzard of a Deep-

sea Cephalopod. By Tuomas Scott, LL.D., F.L.S.

[Plates II. & ITI. ]

Dr. W. E. Hoy ie, the well-known authority on the Cepha-

lopoda, when examining one of these organisms captured

in deep water in the South Atlantic, discovered in its gizzard

a number of fragments and one or two moderately whole

specimens of small crustaceans, on which apparently the

creature had been feeding some time before it was captured,

The crustacean remains comprised several species, and

included representatives of the Isopoda, the Amphipoda, and

the Copepoda. Very few of them, however, were sufficiently

perfect for identification, and one of these is a rather inter-

esting species belonging to the () Jopepoda..

I am indebted to the Rey. T. Rh. R. Stebbing for the privi-

lege of overhauling this somewhat curious collection, and

also to my son Mr. Andrew Scott for the drawings which

illustrate this paper and for assistance otherwise.

I have on several occasions found interesting Crustacea,

not only minute Copepods, but tolerably big crabs, such as

Hyas, Pagurus, Geryon triden, and full-grown Norway

lobsters, in the stomachs of fishes, and in one case no fewer

than fifty-four pairs of cuttlefish jaws were obtained in the

stomach of a king-fish, Lampris luna*, but I think this is

the first time I have had the opportunity of examining a

carcinological collection obtained in the stomach of a

Cephalopod.

The Cephalopod referred to—Stauroteuthis hippocrepium,

Hoyle t, was captured at a depth of 2425 fathoms in lat.

* See Twenty-first Report Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 219

(with a photograph of the jaws).

+ See Bull. Mus, Comp. Zool, vol, xlii, no, 1, pp. 1-77 (with 12 plates),

52 Dr. T. Scott on Crustacea found in the

66° 40' S., long. 40° 35’ W., on March 10th, 1908. The

contents of the gizzard of this Cephalopod, as stated above,

consisted for the most part of fragments representing different

species of Crustacea. Those belonging to the Isopoda and

the Amphipoda have been examined by the Rev. Mr. Steb-

bing ; he has sent me the following notes on the various

forms, and has kindly permitted me to incorporate his notes

here. 1 gladly avail myself of this permission, for the infor-

mation they give appears to include all that can be satis-

factorily made ont concerning these forms. Tis notes are as

follow :—

1. The Isopoda.

(1) “ Fragments of a very spiny specimen which has

uropods like those of Beddard’s Trichopleon ramulosum,

peduncle long, rami long, inner ramus with short second joint,

telson produced to a rather long point. Beddard’s Eurycope

spinosa Was without pleon, and therefore remains indefinite.”’

Trichopleon ramulosum, Beddard, was described from speci-

mens from the Philippines.

(2) “ Another species may belong to J/yarachna, Sars, or

perhaps rather to Echinozone, Sars.”

(3) “A small nearly perfect specimen seems near to

Nannoniscus, Sars. The masculine appendage of the second

pleopods ends in a broad oval expansion. ‘he operculum is

not abnormal as in N. oblongus, Sars, but is as in his Caspian

species NV. caspius.”’

2. The Amphipoda.

(4) “An Amphipod wanting the pleon.” Neither the

genus nor species of this could be satisfactorily determined.

(5) “ Another Amphipod without the pleon, this being

Andaniotes corpulentus (G. M. Thomson).” Andaniotes

corpulentus was described from specimens collected in the

South Pacific.

3. The Copepoda.

The Copepoda comprised an Qithona rather immature

and scarcely perfect enough to be determined; a male

Euterpe acutifrons ; another form too imperfect for identifica-

tion; and one or two tolerably perfect specimens of Ponto-

stratiotes abyssicola, G. S. Brady. ‘The following short

description of the Pontostratiotes is culled from that by

Gizzard of a Decp-sea Cephalopod, 53

Dr. Brady in his Report on the Copepoda of the ‘ Challenger’

Expedition, supplemented by a careful examination of the

specimens from the stomach of the Stawroteuth’s.

Family Pontostratiotide, A. Scott *.

Genus PonTosTRATIOTES, G. S. Brady.

Pontostratiotes abyssicola, G. 8. Brady.

(Plas ils so EET.)

1883. Pontostratiotes abyssicola, Brady, Report on the Scientific Results

of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ Zool. vol. viii. p. 105, pl. xliv.

Description.— Anterior antenne tolerably elongate, slender,

and composed of eight joints; the first three are moderately

elongated, but the second and third are each rather shorter

than the joint that precedes it; the upper distal angle of the

second joint is produced into a strong forwardly-projecting

tooth ; the remaining joints are small, but the fourth from

the end is rather longer than the others. Posterior antennz

slender, two-branched ; inner ramus elongated, outer short and

four-jointed. Mandibles stout, armed with strong teeth and

provided with a large two-branched palp. Maxille stout and

furnished with several spiniform marginal bristles and long,

rather slender sete. First maxillipeds moderately elongate,

stout, and bearing several setiferous processes on the inner

aspect. Second maxillipeds smaller and composed of four

joints, first joint considerably longer than the combined

lengths of the other three, end-joints small, no terminal claw.

The first four pairs of thoracic legs with both rami three-

jointed, outer and inner rami of about equal length ; both

rami of the first pair rather shorter than in the other three

pairs, and an elongated spiniform seta springs from the inner

angle of the second basal joint, and extends to near the end

of the inner ramus.

The fifth pair consist each of a single, elongated, narrow,

two-jointed branch, end-joint about five times longer than

broad and provided with several long spiniform marginal and

terminal sete. Caudal rami, which are somewhat abnormal

and resemble tho-e of Aégisthus, Giesbrecht, are extremely

long and slender and close together, and assume a setiform

appearance.

The carapace is armed with several long and strong toothed

spines, which are directed backwards.

* This family was instituted for Pontostratiotes and the nearly related

genus Atgisthus, Giesbrecht : see Report on the Copepoda of the ‘ Siboga’

Exped., by A. Scott, p. 252 (1909).

54 On Crustacea found in a Deep-sea Cephalopod.

Length of the specimens scarcely 2 mm.

Pontostratioles (the sea-soldier) appears to bea true bottom

form ; it was discovered by Dr. Brady amongst some mud

brought up from a depth of over 2000 fathoms. Dr. Brady,

in his remarks on this Harpactid, says :—“ This wonderful

species was found—but unfortunately one specimen only, and

that in a dried state—amongst material taken in the tow-net

at a depth of 2200 fathoms in lat. 37° 29'S., long. 27° 31’ W.

This single specimen was apparently much shrunk and dis-

torted, owing to its having been dried amongst the mud in

which it was taken, and on this account many of the details of

structure have been very imperfectly made out. The tail-sete,

for instance, and the minor details of the mouth-organs were

partly indistinguishable, the limbs much matted together,

and the natural contours doubtless in other parts much

altered.” Notwithstanding that Dr. Brady had only one

specimen, and that not in the best condition, his description

is remarkably full and in accord with the specimens trom

the gizzard of the Stauroteuthis, and it is only because these

specimens enable me, with my son’s assistance, to supply

some missing parts that I have ventured to supplement

Dr. Brady’s excellent description.

This curious species does not appear to have been met with

since Dr. Brady’s discovery of it in the ‘Challenger’ collec-

tions till now, and it is owing to Dr. Hoy le’s interest in other

departments of natural history besides his own that we are

indebted for the opportunity of examining these specimens

from a widely different locality from that where the species

was first discovered.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuateE II,

Pontostratiotes abyssicola, Brady, 2.

Fig. 1. Antennule, x 50. 2. Second maxilliped, x 102. 3. Foot of

first pair of thoracic legs, x 76. 4. Foot of second pair, x 72,

5. Second thoracic.segment, x 50. 6. Third thoracic segment,

x 50, 7. Fourth thoracic segment, xX 50. 8. Caudal rami,

XW:

PuiatTeE III,

Pentostratiotes abyssicola, Brady, 9.

Fig. 1. Antenna, x 388. 2. Mandible and palp, x 1038. 5. Maxilla,

x 103. 4. Second maxilliped, x 103, 5. Foot of third pair

of thoracic legs, x 72. 6. Foot of fourth pair, x 72. 7. Foot

of fifth pair, x 108.

Mr. C. J. Gahan—YVotes on Cleride. a

VII. — Notes on Cleride and Descriptions of some new

Genera and Species of this Family of Coleoptera. By

Cuar.es J. Ganan, M.A., of the British Museum (Nat.

Plist.).

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Havine been occupied for some months past in arranging

the Cleride in the collection of the British Museum, I had

necessarily to make myself pretty well acquainted with the

characters on which the classification of the family is based

and ou which the relationship between the different genera

is determined. ‘The work of arrangement might have been

simplified had I been content to follow the order set out in

the latest general work on the classification of the family.

But this was not to be. My work was not long in progress

before I became dissatisfied with the order and arrangement

of the genera adopted by my friend Herr Schenkling in the

‘Genera Insectorum,’ partly because I found a certain

number of undoubted errors left uncorrected, and chiefly

because the order of the genera did not seem to me in many

cases to be in accordance with natural affinities.

Instead, therefore, of following his arrangement, I have

endeavoured to place the genera in our collection in what

appeared to me to be the most natural order ; and the study

which this eutailed has enabled me to offer the following

notes, criticisms, and suggestions for the consideration of

other workers on the family. In one or two points they

will be found to have more general bearing on the classifi-

cation of the Coleoptera.

Types of Cleridee in the Collection of the British Museum.

Herr Sigmund Schenkling has been good enough to

describe several new species, the types of which are now in

the British Museum; and it is due to him that I should

express here my great indebtedness for the kind help he has

given in identifying the greater part of the unnamed material

sent to him for examination. ‘These identifications, coming

from so well-acknowledged an authority on the Cleride,

have been of the greatest value to me, and have made my

work much easier than it would otherwise have been.

The Museum is fortunate also in possessing now a large

number of the types described by the Rev. H. 8. Gorham.

These came to it chiefly in the splendid collections from

Central America presented by Dr, F. D. Godman and the late

56 Mr. GC. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride.

Mr. Osbert Salvin, and in the almost equally valuable col-

lection bequeathed to the Museum by the late Mr. Alexander

Fry. A few of his types also were found in the Pascoe

collection ; and types or cotypes of species described by him

are included in the valuable sets of Coleoptera, chiefly from

Rhodesia and Natal, presented at different times by Mr. Guy

Maigshall.

Incorporated in the general collection of Cleridz, there

are to be found also ¢ypes of species described by Newman,

Adam White, Westwood (one or two), Andrew Murray (one),

Chevrolat (a few Mexican types), G. Waterhouse, C. O.

Waterhouse, Pascoe, and D. Sharp; while kept apart in

separate cabinets are the types described by Wollaston, and

those few from the Banks collection described by Fabricius.

The Classification of the Cleridee.

Lacordaire, in his ‘ Genera des Coléopteres,’ divided the

Cleride into two main sections or tribes characterized as

follows :-—

1. Cing articles aux tarses ; pronotum confondu avec

les parapleures du prothorax® 2...) 4.4 ..:6es05 Clérides vrais.

2. Quatre articles aux tarses; pronotum distinet des

parapletres du prothorax, .i1).05 << «ase seals vo Enoplides.

The distinction thus drawn between the two tribes or sub-

families, though real, is not quite accurately stated and

requires some explanation.

In all Cleridee, with scarcely an exception, the tarsi are

5-jomted; butin many genera, and not alone those belonging

to one subfamily, the first joint is very much reduced in size,

even in some cases almost to the point of disappearance. It

usually lies below the basal part of the second and cannot

be seen when the tarsus is looked at from above. This

apparently tetramerous condition is, however, not the one to

which Lacordaire refers in the diagnosis given above. In

the true Cleridz, or those belonging to the subfamily Clerine,

the fourth tarsal joint is normally developed, generally as

large as the third, and, like it, furnished with a membranous

lobe beneath ; but in the Enopliides (or, as we should now

call them, the Corynetinz) the fourth joint is very small and

inconspicuous, having almost the same relation to the other

joints as it has in the so-called tetramerous Coleoptera. So

small, as a rule, is this joint, that in many cases it has been

entirely lost sight of, with the consequence that not a few

genera of Cleride have been placed in the wrong subfamily.

Mr. C. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride. 57

Lacordaire’s whole “ groupe’? Phyllobéenides, for example,

and other genera to which I shall have to direct attention

are in this case.

With regard to the second of Lacordaire’s distinctions

between the Clerine and the Corynetine, this, more

accurately stated, should be, that in the Clerine there is no

lateral margin or carina on the prothorax, whereas in the

Corynetine the prothorax almost invariably has either a

lateral margin or carina, or at least shows some traces of it.

In no Cleridze, and in no other beetles of the suborder

Polyphaga with some few doubtful exceptions, have I ever

seen any traces of the primitive sutures that separate the

pronotum from the pleurz of the prothorax. The presence

of such sutures seems to be confined to the Adephaga, and

constitutes, in my opinion, oue of the most distinctive

characters of that suborder ; and here I may state that since

I find these sutures present and very well marked in Omma

aud Tetraphalerus, two genera of Cupedide, I consider that

much-debated family to be rightly placed in the suborder

Adephaga.

Coleopterologists, myself included, very often in their

descriptive writings refer to the lateral margin of the pro-

thorax, when present, as marking the boundary line between

the pronotum and the pleure. But there is no real justi-

fication for this practice. The lateral margin may, and in

many cases probably does, coincide with the primitive

dividing-line ; but in the Polyphaga there is no means of

telling, since the sutures have in nearly every case dis-

appeared. If, however, we turn to the Adephaga, we find

there that the sutures are generally placed at some distance

below the lateral edge, and that the pronotum itself forms

no inconsiderable part of the flanks of the prothorax, that

part to which Leconte and Horn have given the name of

epipleura. In the Cupedide the relative proportions of the

pleure and the epipleura vary a good deal. The pleure in

the two genera mentioned above are wide and form a good

part of the sides of the prothorax, but in the genus Cupes

itself they seem to be restricted to very narrow limits.

This leads to a question which has a direct bearing upon

the classification of the Cleride. Is the presence or not of

a lateral margin on the prothorax a matter of primary

importance ?

In some recently published systems of the classification of

the Coleoptera, I find the Cleridz of Lacordaire no longer

maintained, but split up into two distinct families, the

Cleride and the Corynetide. Since no details as to the

58 Mr. C. J. Gahian— Notes on Cleridee.

exact limits of the two families are given, I can only con-

jecture that this new view is the outcome of my friend

Prof. Lameere’s remarks concerning the Cleride im his

‘ Notes pour la Classification des Coléoptéres,’ published in

1900. “It is in effect quite impossible,” he says, ‘to

maintain the family Cleride as it is generally adopted at the

present day.” ‘The Corynetinz having retained the lateral

margin of the prothorax cannot be descended from the

Clerinz, which have lost it; on the other hand, the latter

cannot be derived from the Corynetine, since they stil

possess a well-developed fourth joint in the tarsi.” “ It is

manifest,” he continues, “that the Clerine are descended

from Melyride, and equally manifest that the Corynetinze

are also descended from Melyride, but from different

Melyride though near akin to the ancestors of the Clerine.”

I am not convinced by this argument. For while I admit _

it to be highly improbable (and not merely on the grounds

stated by Prof. Lameere) that the Clerinz are derived from

the Corynetine, I see no reason why the latter may not be

derived from the former. The lateral margin of the pro-

thorax, even supposing it not to have been present in the

predecessors of existing Clerine, may quite conceivably

have arisen as a secondary development. It is often very

much more fully developed in some of the later and more

specialized groups of a family than it isin the more primitive

ones. Compare, for example, the Cassidinz with the Crio-

cerine in the family Chrysomelidz. There appears to me to

be, on the whole, a much closer relationship between the

Clerinz and the Corynetine than thereis between either and

the Melyridz ; and this would hardly be the case if they were

derived from different Melyrid ancestors, though possibly it

might be explamed on the theory of convergence of

characters.

More plausible to me seems Prof. Lameere’s further

suggestion that all three—the Clerine, Corynetinz, and

Melyridee—should constitute a single family. The characters

that separate the Cleridz from some at least of the Melyride

are very slight, although perhaps not more slight than those

which distinguish the Melyride from some of the Malaco-

dermata. But I am afraid that Lameere’s suggestion, if

followed to its logical conclusion, might lead us too far, and

so I prefer to regard the Cleridz as a separate family con-

stituted very much as it was left by Lacordaire, but with the

exclusion of a few genera admitted by him, and the addition

of a great number of genera described since his time.

The characters on which Lacordaire relied for the sub-

Mr. C. J. Galian— Notes on Cleride. 59

division of his Tribes into lesser groups seem to be amongst

the best that could have been selected, and have since been

made use of by Leconte and Horn in their ‘ Classification,’

and more recently by Herr Schenkling in his work on the

Cleridz in Wytsman’s ‘ Genera Insectorum.’

Some of Lacordaire’s mistakes, resulting chiefly from

inaccuracy of observation and not from any fault in his

system, have been repeated in both of these works. These

I shall have to point out, as well as other errors that have

come under my notice; and I propose also to make some

suggestions that will, I hope, lead to a more natural arrange-

ment of the genera, especially in the group Clerini.

The subfamily Clerinze was split up by Lacordaire into

four groups: the Tillini, Clerini, Phyllobzenini, and Hydno-

cerini. In the last three groups the first joint of the tarsi is

supposed to be covered over by the second. But in the

three genera Phyllobenus, Spin., Epiphleus, Spin., and

Plocamocera, Spin., forming his group Phyllobenini, the

first joint of the tarsi is quite distinct, being nearly or quite

as long as the second joint, while the fourth joint is very

small. In these genera also the prothorax usually has a

more or less distinct margin or carina on each side. The

group should therefore be placed in the subfamily Coryne-

tine. The peculiar character of this group—the emargi-

nation of the eyes placed on the inner side instead of in

front—is to be met with again in certain genera now placed

in the group Enopliini, so that the group Phyllobenini can

no longer be maintained as a distinct one. The genus

Ellipotoma, Spin., which is at present placed in the group

Hydnocerini, must on the same grounds be removed to the

group Enopliini of the subfamily Corynetine. The above-

mentioned facts, so far as the genus Phyllobenus is con-

cerned, have already, I find, been pointed out by Leconte

and Horn (‘Classification of the Coleoptera of North

America’); but their observations on the matter have evi-

dently escaped the notice of Mr. Gorham, Herr Schenkling,

and other writers on the Cleride.

The following four genera also, now placed in the Clerinz,

must, on account of the small size of the 4th tarsal joint

and other characters, be removed to the subfamily Cory-

netinz :—

1. Tarsostenus, Spin.—The description Lacordaire has

given of the tarsi in this genus is altogether inaccurate, as

I have discovered from my own observations. His mistake,

however, had already been found out long ago by Jacquelin

60 Mr. C. J. Galian— Notes on Cleride.

du Val, who, in the ‘Genera des Coléoptéres d’Europe,’

has given a correct description and figure of the tarsi in

Tarsostenus, and proposed that this genus, having no lateral

carina to the prothorax, should constitute a new group

intermediate between the Clerine and the Enophina. It is

remarkable that this correction and this new view in regard

to the position of Yarsostenus should have escaped the

notice of almost every subsequent worker on the Cleride.

Reitter, so far as I can find, is the only one of them who

seemed to be acquainted with the true structure of the tarsi

in Tarsostenus. But he has placed the genus in the group

Tillini. There is, however, in my mind no doubt that the

true place for Tarsostenus is the subfamily Corynetine,

where it has a very close ally in the genus Paratillus, Gorh.

If a sufficient number of specimens of 7. wnivittatus, Rossi,

be carefully examined, there will be seen in most of them a

rather smooth shining space, near the base, on each side of

the prothorax, and, limiting this space above, a short carina.

In Paratillus the structure is practically the same, the

carina being only a little more distinct.

2. Tarsostenodes, Blackb., has the tarsal structure of the

Corynetinz, and, although possessing scarcely a trace of a

lateral carina on the prothorax, must also, I think, on

general grounds be placed in the Corynetine.

3. Thanasimorpha, Blackb.—In this genus the prothorax

has a short lateral carina as in Paratillus, and the genus

seems best placed between Paratillus and Thriocera.

4. Mathesis, Waterh.—This genus is so closely related to

Phymatophea, Pasc., that it can hardly be maintained as

distinct. The type species, M. quadrigutiata, Waterh., has,

in fact, been subsequently described by Sharp as a species of

Phymatophea, viz. P. hilaris, Sharp; and a second very

nearly allied species, P. violacea, Broun (nec Fab.), has also

been referred to Phymatophea.

Subfamily Czzrrm2.

The Group Tillini.—The distinctive character of this group

rests upon the fact that the first jomt of the tarsiis normally

placed, so that all five joints are distinctly visible from

above. In nearly all the genera of this group the acetabula

of the front coxe are closed behind, the closure being

effected chiefly by the prolongation inwards of the epimeral

lobes of the prothorax. These lobes meet or almost meet

together in the middle line. But in Callimerus, Gorh., one

Mr. C. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride. 61

of the genera referred to the group, the acetabula of the

front coxze are more widely open behind than in any other

genus of Cleride, the epimera not being in the least pro-

duced behind the cox. Callimerus differs also from other

Tillini in the form and structure of the eyes and antenne,

these being more suggestive of what obtains in the Hydno-

cerini. I think, therefore, that, notwithstanding the length

and distinctiveness of the first tarsal joint, the genus has no

close natural affinity with the Tillini, and should be regarded

as the type of a separate group.

Gastrocentrum, Gorham.—To this genus the Notovus

unicolor of White belongs, the latter species being identical

with G. pauper, Gorh., the type of the genus.

The Tillus dux of Westwood should also, I think, be

referred to Gastrocentrum. It is in form and_ general

structure very like G. unicolor, White, and agrees with it

in having the basal tooth of the tarsal claws very small and

obtuse, not sharp and distinct as it is in the genus 7idlus.

Cylidroctenus, Schklg—Herr Schenkling, who first cha-

racterized this genus, has placed it in the group Clerini

immediately after Tillicera, Spin. He was wrong, however,

in stating that it has the same kind of tarsi as 7%/licera.

The first joint of the tarsi is quite distinctly visible from

above, especially in the hind tarsi, where it is quite as long

as the second joint. The claws, moreover, are not simply

appendiculate at the base as in Tu/licera, but furnished with

two teeth, a stout one near the base and a more slender one

towards the apex, the kind of structure met with in Ti/lus

and other genera of Tillini. ‘The condition of the gula is

also very much the same as in Jillus, so that I believe

Cylidroctenus to be on the whole very nearly allied to Ti/lus ;

it ought certainly to be placed in the same group.

Strotocerus, Schklg. (1902), scems to be hardly distinct

from Diplophorus, Fairm. (1887).

The Group Clerini.—In deciding upon the affinities of

genera within this group certain characters, such, for

example, as the structure of the antenne, seem to me to

have been taken too much into account, while others have

been almost or quite neglected. I find that Lacordaire,

Leconte and Horn, and Schenkling seldom or never mention

the condition of the front coxal cavities, whether closed or

open behind, in the genera they have characterized. And

yet this condition has been made to play an important part

in the classification of many other families of beetles.

Leconte and Hora do, in fact, state in their definition of the

62 Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride.

family, that the coxal cavities of the front legs are open ;

but this only shows that they had neglected to observe the

condition in a great many of the genera.

Another character not yet made use of in the classifi-

cation of the Cleridz, but which will probably yield some

interesting results, is that which may be drawn from the

variations in the form &c. of the gular area on the head.

The gular sutures in some cases diverge posteriorly, so that

the gula is distinctly broader behind. In Tildlus aud many

other genera the gula is posteriorly divided off from the

sides of the head by a more or less narrow slit on each side,

and is continued back as a sort of free plate—a most unusual

condition in Coleoptera. A further modification of the

gula, characteristic of Clerus and those genera which, on

other grounds, I consider to be most nearly related to Clerus,

arises from the convergence of the sutures posteriorly, so

that the gula becomes very narrow at its hinder end.

Taking this character among others into consideration, I

believe that the following genera constitute a natural sub-

group within the group :—Colyphus, Cleronomus, Systeno-

deres, Pacilochroa, Blaxima, Enoclerus (= Clerus of Schenk-

ling), Sallea, Thanasimus, Tillicera, Clerus, Fab., Stigmatium,

Operculiphorus, Dasyceroclerus, Rhytidoclerus, Xestonolus,

Cyclotomocerus, Pheocyclotomus, Cardiostichus, Hemitrachys,

Omadius, and Corynommadius. Some of these genera are

widely separated in Lacordaire’s arrangement ; and the same

is true, but to an even greater extent, of the arrangement

followed by Herr Schenkling. This subgroup (in which

the eyes are finely facetted and distinctly emarginate, the

acetabula of the front legs open behind, the tarsal claws

appendiculate at the base, and the last joint of the labial

palpi alone triangular) might come in the second place, the

first subgroup being constituted, as by Lacordaire, of those

genera in which the eyes are coarsely facetted, namely,

Axina, Priocera, Phleocopus, Notoxus (= Opilo), Thanasi-

modes, Natalis, Cormodes, Gyponyx, Xenorthrius, Orthrius,

Aphelochroa, and (?) Erymanthus. In the last genus the

eyes are less coarse than in the others; but yet not so fine

as in any of the genera of the remaining subgroups, ex”

cepting perhaps Jhaneroclerus, a genus to which | must

again refer. In these genera of the first subgroup the eyes

are as a rule feebly emarginate, sometimes almost eutire ;

the gular sutures diverge posteriorly ; the acetabula of the

front coxe are sometimes open, sometimes closed behind (in

the latter case the prosternum is usualiy expanded behind

—

Mr. C. J. Gahan—Notes on Cleride. 63

the coxze) ; the tarsal claws usually simple, sometimes with

a very small, generally obtuse, tooth at the base.

Although giving as the chief character of the group

Clermi “eyes emarginate in front,’ Lacordaire included

in the group one or two genera in which the eyes are almost,

if not quite, entire. Other genera in which the condition

is the same have since been added. Thaneroclerus, Lefebv.,

and its near ally Neoclerus, Lewis, are, from a systematic

point of view, difficult to deal with, as they present excep-

tional characters : the first tarsal joint has almost disappeared,

the next three joints are very short, and, except on the

front tarsi, scarcely lobed bencath, and the claw-joint is

long. In 7. buqueti, Lefebv., the type of Thaneroclerus, the

eyes, almost entire, are rather small and round, and coarsely

facetted; the prothorax has on each side a distinct line or

carina; the acetabula of the front coxz are closed behind.

T. sanguineus, Say, differs from it in having the eyes rather

finely facetted, the acetabula open behind, and the pro-

thorax without a trace of a lateral carina. The presence in

T. buqueti of the lateral carina, of which a trace also appears

in Neoclerus, suggests that these two genera should go in

the subfamily Corynetine ; but, on the other hand, the

fourth tarsal joint is almost as well developed as the third.

Until I can work out their affinities with more certainty, I

must leave them as a separate subgroup in the Clerini.

Lyctosoma, Lewis, which 1 do not know, will probably go

with them.

Graptoclerus, Blesiophthalmus, Allonyx, and Anthicoclerus,

though having the eyes entire or very nearly so, seem not

out of place in the group Clerini and would form a small

subgroup leading towards the next, in which the eyes are

more or less distinctly emarginate, the gular sutures straight

or divergent behind, the acetabula of the front coxe gene-

rally open, the last jot of both labial and maxillary palpi

triangular (with a few exceptions), the tarsal claws simple

as a rule or having only a feeble tooth at the base. In the

latter subgroup 1 should place the following genera :—

Platyclerus, Lissaulicus, Baleus, Aulicus, Phlogistus, Trogo-

dendron, Olesterus, Scrobiger, Eburiphora, Zenithicola,

Dieropsis, Trichodes, and Eleale. In three of these genera,

viz. Platyclerus, Lissaulicus, and Eburiphora, the acetabula

of the front coxe are closed behind, the prosternum being

broad between the cox, and widely curved out on each

side behind. ‘These three genera occur in Madagascar, the

rest, in which the acetabula are open behind, are, with the

64 Mr. GC. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride.

exception of the American Aulicus, the African Dieropsis,

and the Mediterranean 7’richodes, peculiar to Australia and

New Zealand, one genus only (Balcus) occurring in the

latter country. Cleropiestus, Yairm., another genus from

Madagascar, which Schenkling places in the group Hydno-

ceri, would, I think, go better in the present group near one

of the three genera just mentioned. In the form of the

prosternum, as well as in its wing-venation, it agrees closely

with Eéuriphora, whereas, except for its somewhat prominent

eyes, it has little resemblance in form or structure to any of

the Hydnocerini.

Calendyma, Lac., and Epiclines, Chev., the two remaining

genera of those included by Lacordaire in the group Clerint,

differ in some important respects from the other members of

the group. The first joint of the tarsi is in both quite

distinct, especially in the hind tarsi, where it is almost or

quite as long as the second joint, and equally visible from

above. If this character were alone to be considered, they

ought to be included in the group Tillini; but Lacordaire

probably preferred to risk destroying the accuracy and value

of his synoptic tables rather than to violate natural affinities.

For these two genera do seem on the whole much more

nearly allied to certain genera of the present group than to

any genus of Tillini; but they should, in my opinion, be

placed as a distinct subgroup characterized as follows :—

Five distinct joints to the tarsi, the first jomt in the hind

tarsi nearly or quite as long as the second; head rather

narrow, prolonged anteriorly; eyes finely facetted, emarginate

in front; front coxe transverse with distinct trochantins,

their acetabula widely open behind, the prosternum very

narrow between the coxee and not prolonged behind; last

joint of labial palpi tr-angular, of maxillary subcylindrical,

maxillary lobe long; tarsal claws simple or with only a

feeble obtuse swelling at base. From this subgroup the

numerous species constituting the genus Hurycranus, Blanch.,

must, however, be excluded. For some stra: ge reason,

Lacordaire and since both Gorham and Schenkling have

regarded this genus as a synonym of Epiclines, Chev. ; but

it is altogether distinct, the only point in common being

that the species are mostly Chilian. In Eurycranus the

head is short, widened above, with the eyes prominent and

almost entire, not at all like the head of Hypiclines; the first

tarsal joint is quite small and hidden below the second joint ;

and the rest of the characters are such that, except for a

slight difference in the structure of the antennal club, there

is no reason why this genus should not go in the group

Hydnocerini, and there I propose to place it.

Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleridee. 65

The Group Hydnocerini.—With the exclusion of Ellipotoma,

Spin., which helongs to the next subfamily, and Clerepiestus,

Fairm., which I have suggested should go in the group

Clerini, the present group would now be composed of the

following genera: Eurycranus, Blanch., Hydnocera, Newm.,

Lsolemidia, Gorham, Lemidia, Spin., Parmius, Sharp, Neo-

hydnus, Gorham, Cephaloclerus, Kuw., and Allelidea,

Waterh., with perhaps Hvenus, Cast, Adrosius, Fairm.,

Emmepus, Motsch., and Tkeano, Cast., genera which are at

present unknown to me. Paupris, Sharp, which is included

in the group by Schenkling, is somewhat doubtfully to be

placed there, owing to the coarse facetting of the eyes.

But I do not at present know of a better place for this

genus,

The genus Thanasimodes, Murray, which I have placed

next Notorus, Fab. (in the group Cilerini), differs from the

latter only in having the acetabula of the front coxz com-

pletely closed in behind. The type, 7. metallicus, Murray,

a species from Old Calabar, is, I feel sure, identical with one

from the same locality described later by Chevrolat, viz.

Opilo chloropterus.. Opilo cyaneopurpureus, Fairm., is closely

allied to it, and there are other African species, including

dorsalis, Lucas, gigas, Cast., and nigerrimus, Kraatz, now

placed in Opilo, which agree with T. metallicus in having

the front coxal cavities closed in behind, and would therefore

be better placed in Thanasimodes.

It will be seen that | have substituted the name Noforus,

Fab., for Opilo, Latr.; and some explanation for this is

necessary, and the reason also why I have proposed the new

name Snoclerus for the genus characterized by Schenkling

under the name of Clerus:(‘ Genera Insectorum,’ Cleridi,

p. 48, 1903). ,

On the Application of certain Generic Names.

The name Clerus was first proposed as a generic name by

Geoffroy, but since Geoffroy did not in his first work make

use of the binomial nomenclature he is no longer recognized

as the author of this and of several other names that he was

the first to employ. It appears that Fabricius was the first

author who at the same time characterized the genus Clerus

and made use of the binomial system, and he is therefore

admitted to be the author of the genus Clerus. ‘The species

included by him in the genus at its first publication, Syst.

Ent. p. 157 (1775), were in order as follows: muttllarius,

Fab., formicarius, Linn., sipylus, Linn., and apiarus, Linn.

dan. & Mag. N> Hist. Sere 8. Vol.. v. oO

66 Mr. C. J. Gahan—wNotes on Cleride.

In an appendix appearing at the end of the same volume he

added to the genus another species—serguttatus, Fab. These

species are not all congeneric, and the question has arisen,

which species is to be regarded as the type of the genus?

In one of his papers, Mr. Gorham has rashly stated that

Fabricius clearly indicated formicarius as the type. He did

nothing of the kind. © If there is any indication by Fabricius

of the type, that type must be mutillarius; for in a later

work—Syst. Eleuth. i. p. 279 (1801)—we find this species

followed by a description of the generic characters, and it

seems to have been a practice with Fabricius in some of his

works to add the generic characters immediately after the

species from which they were chiefly drawn. But the case

for mutillarius does not stop here. Two of the original four

species, the two last, were in the Syst. Eleuth. removed by

Fabricius to the genus Trichodes. Of the four, there re-

mained now pnly the two first. Clerus formicarius became

subsequently the type of Latreille’s genus Thanasimus, and

then only mutillarius was left. Nearly half a century later

mutillarius was made the type of another name—Pseudo-

clerops, Jacq. du Val. It is Herr Schenkling’s contention

that as all these four species have gone from the genus, we

must now take the species of the supplement as the type.

With this I cannot agree, for the simple reason that it is

absurd to take as the type of a genus a species that was

apparently unknown to the author at the time when he first

described the genus. And so I am forced to maintain that

Clerus mutillarius, Fab., is the type of the Fabrician genus

Clerus.

Noloxus is another of those names first proposed by

Geoffroy, but in which all the rights of priority have passed

over to Fabricius. At present, the name is used for a genus

of Heteromera, and it was obviously vented to express a |

character of that genus; but for a very long time it was

applied to a genus of Cleridz; and now, so far as J can see,

we shall have to use it in that sense again, to take the place

of Opilo, Latr. Fabricius (Syst. Ent. p. 158) applied the

name first to two species—mollis, Linn., and monoceros,

Linn. Later (Syst. Eleuth.), he placed monoeeros in the

genus Anthicus, while under Notorus he has ranged the

following species, all Cleridie: porcatus, Fab., violaceus,

Fab., mollis, Linn., indicus, Fab.,and chinensis, Fab. Unless

it can be shown that some other author hadin the meantime

used Notoxus in a different sense, it seems clear that we

must take mollis, Linn., to be the type of that genus.

Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride. 67

Subfamily Corrwerryz.

The principal character of this subfamily is the great

reduction in size of the fourth joint of the tarsi; this joint

is never lobed beneath and is usually so small as to be barely

visible between the lobes of the third joint. The first joint

undergoes the same modifications as in the first subfamily,

being sometimes long and distinctly visible from above,

while in other cases it is quite small and almost wholly

hidden below the base of the second joint, the tarsi in such

cases appearing to be three-jointed. With very few excep-

tions the prothorax is marginate or carinate at the sides in

the genera of this subfamily.

Two groups, the Enopliini and the Corynetini, have been

distinguished by Lacordaire, based upon differences in the

form of the antenne. Herr Reitter mm adopting the same

groups (‘ Bestimmungs-Tabelle der Cleriden’) distinguishes

them chiefly by the number of visible sternites in the abdo-

men, the Enopliini having six and the Corynetine only five

sternites visible.

It is not clear from the arrangement in his recently

published ‘ Catalogue of the European Coleoptera,’ whether

Herr Reitter regards the Corynetine as a family or as a

subfamily ; but it 1s quite evident that he considers the

number of visible sternites in the abdomen to be a matter of

primary importauce, since he there includes in the Corynetinz

only such genera as were previously placed in his second

group. If the additional sternite were at the base of the

abdomen, there might he some slight justification for this

view. But itis not. The sixth sternite, when visible, is at

the apex, a condition which crops up in isolated genera or

groups in various families of beetles. Even in the Cleride

the character would be very difficult of application, for there

are many genera of true Clerine in which there is so little

of the sixth sternite visible that one would be justified in

describing them as having only five visible sternites to the

abdomen.

Although I consider the characters on which Lacordaire

based his two groups to be unimportant, I cannot at present

suggest any better arrangement. The introduction, how-

ever, of the Phyllobznini into this subfamily will necessitate

some slight rearrangement of the genera. The genus

Pelonium, Spin., requires to be split up, containing as it

does at the present time species with finely facetted eyes

and coarsely facetted eyes, with simple tarsal claws and with

68 Mr. C. Ri Gahan— Notes on Cleride.

appendiculate tarsal claws, differences accompanied by a

marked difference in the general facies of the insects, and

which to my mind are of more importance than the number

of joints in the antenne, whether 10 or 11, the character

recently used by Herr Schenkling for dividing the genus

into two sections.

It is a remarkable fact that, although this character—the

number of joints in the antennee—is largely used as a dis-

tinction between various other genera in the same group, I

have more often than not found the number to be inaccu-

rately stated. Thus Lacordaire, criticising the statements

of his predecessors in reference to /chnea, Cast., proceeds to

say that in all the species of Jchnea, without exception, he

had counted 11 joints in the antenne. Gorham, in dealing

with the Central-American species of the same genus (‘ Bio-

logia Centrali-Americana,’ Coleopt. ili. 2, p. 178), divided

them into two sections with these characters :—a. Antenne

distinctly 1l-jointed; 4. Antenne apparently 10-jointed.

I have looked at the antennz in all of these Central-American

species with great care, both with a good lens and under the

microscope, and in no species of the first section could I find

more than ten joints, while in all the species of the second

section there are evidently only ten joints, but the ten are all

quite distinct, much more so than in the species of the first

section. The sections are, nevertheless, natural ones, be-

cause the joints composing the funiculus of the antenne are,

in the first section, transverse, with the 5th and 7th joints

small, whereas the joints of the funiculus are all subeylin-

drical in the species of the second section. I have further

examined all other species of Jchnea accessible to me, in-

cluding the genus type, and, except in two, could make out

only ten joints in the antenne: Jf. batesiana, Gorham, and

I. pelonioides, Gorham (the second not more than a variety

of the first), have eleven joints ; but these two species must

have been quite unknown to Lacordaire when he made the

statement referred to above.

The Group Enopliini.— There is hardly any group of

insects of the same limited extent in which the phenomenon

of mimicry is better displayed than it is by the beetles of

this small group. Within its limits are comprised the exact

counterparts of various other Coleoptera, b.longing chiefly

to the families Lycidz, Lampyridz, Telephorid, Cistelide,

Chrysomeline, Galerucinz, and Coccinellide. But, however

attractive this may be to the student of mimicry, it becomes

somewhat of a nuisance to the systematist, since it tends to

create a difficulty in classification by obscuring the natural

Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride. 69

relationship existing between the different forms. The

really good systematist, such as Lacordaire, could, of course,

see beneath all these disguises; but that this has not been done

in every case will, I think, be shown by the remarkable opinion

expressed by that experienced entomologist Count Castelnau

wheu writing upon Cleridez of this particular group, led to it

by a consideration of such resemblances as I have mentioned :

“Hn tout il me semble probable que lorsqu’on abandonnera

enfin le systéme tarsaire pour se rapprocher d’une classifica-

tion naturelle, les insectes dont nous nous occupons ici seront

partagés en groupes gui se placeront trés loin les uns des

autres.” ‘lhe tarsal system has been to a considerable extent

abandoned, but the mimetic Cleride are still retained in the

same old group, and are not to be found placed in the Hete-

romera, Malacodermata, Phytophaga, and other such groups,

as Castelnau suggested they should be. Were he alive now

he would doubtless be astonished to find many of them placed

all in one single genus.

In his arrangement of the genera of this group Herr

Schenkling places first Allochotes, Westw., and almost im-

mediately after it the genus Jenerus, Casteln.; and in this I

think he is, on morphological grounds, quite justified. But

at first sight the two genera seem utterly remote from one

another—the one composed of short, ovate, convex forms

coloured exactly like Coccinellidze and Chrysomelide; the

other made up of elongate species suggestive in some cases

of Telephoridz and Lycide. In the first genus the antennz

are rather short and gradually clavate towards the apex, in

the other longer and strongly serrate or subpectinate ; but

apart from the general difference in form, this is about the

only well-marked difference in structure between the two.

The gular area on the underside of the head is exceptionally

short in the genus Tenerus, and becomes narrower behind, as

in the genus Clerus ; the same part is a good deal longer in

Allochotes, but, as in Tenerus, the gular sutures converge

behind.

Orthopleuroides, Kuw., and Orthopleura, Spin., are the

only other described genera of the present subfamily in

which I have noticed a similar form of gula. In other

respects also these genera agree very weli with Tenerws,

though having a different form of autennz and a slightly

different structure of the tarsi. Instead of being placed, as

at present, at the end of the Enopliini, they would come

better, | think, soon after Tene. us.

Trenuroipes (Gorham, MS.), subgen. noy.

Under this name I have found in the Fry Collection a

70 Mr. C. J. Gahan—Notes on Cleride.

species having characters like those of Tenerus, Cast., but

differing in the fact that the third joint of the antenne is

dilated and resembles the fourth in form and size, and,

further, that the hind femora in the male are strongly

thickened and subfusiform. It appears to be undescribed.

Teneroides tavoyanus (Gorh. MS.), sp. n.

Rather elongate and narrow ; fulvous-yellow or fulvous in

eolour, with the antenne entirely black, the tibize, tarsi, and

the apex of the femora piceous. Prothorax sparsely pubescent,

subnitid, marked with a shallow, sinuately transverse im-

pression near the apex, and having a small feeble tubercle

before the middle of the base; elytra pubescent, each with

three or four feeble costz, the imtervals between which are

somewhat suleate. In the female, the meso- and metathorax

and the sides of the prothorax are very dark, nearly black.

The antenne are slightly longer in the male than in the

female, and more strongly serrate.

Length, ¢ 54, 2 7 mm.; breadth 14 and 2 mm.

Hab. Tavoy in Tenasserim (W. Doherty).

The species described by me as Tenerus sulcipennis (P. Z. 8.

1902, 11. p. 279) will have to go into this subgenus, but not

knowing the male, I cannot say whether the hind femora are

in this sex thickened or not.

In another very closely allied species, also belonging to

this subgenus, and which I have determined from description

to be Tenerus subsimilis, Schklg., the hind femora of the

male are very strongly thickened.

One or two other species, apparently undescribed, which I

found amongst the Lycidze in the Fry Collection, labelled by

Mr. Gorham Calochromus sp., belong also to the subgenus

Tenervides.

TENEROMIMUS, gen. Nov.

This genus is formed for two species which have com-

pletely the aspect of Tenerus, and agree with that genus in

most of its characters; the head is similar in structure, and

the gular area just as much reduced in size; the first joint

of the tarsi is visible from above, and the tarsal claws are

distinctly appendiculate at the base; the prothorax is some-

what parallel-sided, distinctly marginate on each side from

the base up to the middle, and then less distinctly so in front ;

the pronotum is evenly and not strongly convex ; the elytra

are gradually but slightly widened behind, and are rounded

at the apex, they are only slightly convex above. The an-

tenne are, however, 10-jointed, and quite different in form

Mr. C. J. Gahan—Notes on Cleride. fii

from those of Tenerus; the last three joints are expanded

and elongated, forming a flattened serrate club, which is

more thau thr-e times as long as the rest of the antenne, the

intermediate joints, constituting the funiculus, are very short;

some of them are difficult to distinguish in the first of the

two species.

Teneromimus vitticollis, sp. n.

Pronotum, except along each side and a band along the

middle, ochreous red; elytra entirely ochreous red; all the

rest of the body, including the appendages, quite black.

Upper surface, except on the black parts, covered with a

rather dense reddish pubescence ; head and_ prothorax

minutely and very densely punctulate; elytra appearing to

be impunctate, feebly convex, and along the disk, especially

posteriorly, nearly flat, each with a few very faint coste ;

ventral surface nitid, sparsely furnished with hairs.

Length 7 mm.; breadth 2 mm.

Hab. Melbourne in Australia. One example only in the

British Museum.

Teneromimus humeralis, sp. n.

Head, prothorax, and elytra reddish testaceous, the latter

moderately convex, long, widening posteriorly, blackish at

the apex, each also with a distinct black, nitid spot extending

back a little way from the shoulder ; meso- and metathorax,

abdomen, legs, and antennz black. Upper surface not very

densely pubescent; head very finely and densely punctulate,

the prothorax still more minutely but somewhat less acutely

punctulate.

Length 84 mm.; breadth at base of elytra 2 mm., at two-

thirds of their length from the base 3 mm.

Hab. Alu Island, Solomon Archipelago (C. M. Woodford).

The single example of this species was sent among the

unnamed Yeneri to Herr Schenkling, and was returned

labelled Tenerus n. sp. He must have overlooked the

structure of the antenne.

EripHia@vs, Spin.

This genus, rid of some of its species, would be a very

well marked one, the sinuation or emargination of the eyes

being very distinct and placed on the inner side at a good

distance above the point of insertion of the antenne. The

antennee are correctly described by Herr Schenkling as

having 11 joints, but he has included in the genus a certain

Te Mr. C. J. Gahan— Votes on Cleridee.

number of species in which the antennz are 10-jointed.

Two of these, viz., H. sericeus, Klug, and E. humeralis, Spin.,

are rather different in facies from the more typical species of

Epiphlcus, and the emargination of the eyes is feebler and

less removed from the antenne. They approach somewhat

closely afew of the species of Ichnea, and might either form

with these a new genus or else be included in Jchnea.

Leconte and Horn, in referring to the latter genus, state

that the pronotum is entirely continuous with the flanks of

the prothorax, as in Clerinz ; but this can only be true of

North American species which I have not seen. They say

also that the eyes are emarginate on the inner side; this is

the case with some species only, not the more typical ones,

and the emargination is never much above the point where

the antenne are inserted.

Four other species of Epiphlaus having only ten joints in

the antennz are of a somewhat narrow elongated form, and

would be better placed in the genus Phyllobenus; these are

E. capitatus, Gorham, E. nitidus, Gorham, L. erythrocephalus,

Gorham, and E. punctatus, Gorham.

Epiphious fasciatus, Klug (1842)=E. chevolati, Gorham

(1877).

Epiphleus velutinus, Gorham (1877) =. ruficeps, Kuwert

(1893).

Epiphleus schenklingi, sp. n.

Yellowish brown, with the head, prothorax, and a broad

transverse band behind the middle of the elytra blackish

brown; clypeus, labrum, and mouth-parts, excepting the

mandibles (which are quite black), testaceous, the antenne,

legs, and body beneath of a similar colour, but somewhat

darker. Head densely, minutely punctulate, sparsely covered

with pale sete; face rather broad and flat; eyes distinctly

emarginate rather high up on the inner side. Prothorax

very densely, finely punctulate, subtuberculately rounded

at the middle of each side. Elytra rounded at the apex,

strongly and very closely punctured from the base up to the

front margin of the dark transverse band, and thence to the

apex less thickly and less strongly punctate; the area between

the black band and the apex is divided into a yellowish-

brown anterior, and a somewhat blackish, apical zone, the

latter being so covered with yellowish pubescence as partly

to obscure the colour of the derm; the anterior zone 1s

crossed by two bands of yellowish pubescence.

Length 9, breadth 25 mm.

Mr. C. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride. 73

Hab. Rio Janeiro (A. Fry). One example only in Brit.

Museum.

Plocamocera, Spin.—This genus is closely allied to Epz-

phieus, and differs chiefly by its much more slender antennz,

which are covered with long bristle-like hairs. The antenne

are described by Schenkling as having eleven joints, but I

cannot distinguish more than ten.

Ellipotoma, Spin.—In the type £. tenuicornis, Spin., of

this genus, I have after some trouble been able to make out

ten joints in the antenne, which at first appeared to me to

have only nine. The genus seems to be nearly related to

Phyllobenus, Spin., in which also the antenne are ten-

jointed. Pyticeroides, Kuw., a genus which I do not know,

seems from the description to come near to, and possibly to

be identical with, Hdlipotoma.

I suggest later under Apolopha that two of the species

placed by Gorham in that genus would be best placed in

Lillipotoma, trom which they differ little except in having

only nine joints to the antenne.

Phyllobenus, Spin.—This genus, if my suggestion be

adopted, will now include the following species :—

P. punctatus, Gorh. (Epiphleus).

P. erythrocephalus, Gorh. (Epiphlaus).

P. capitatus, Gorh. (Epiphlwus).

P. nitidus, Gorh. (Epiphleus).

P. dislocatus, Say.

P. merkeli, Horn.

P, linearis, Gorh. (Apolopha).

Avotopna, Spin. Mon. Clérides, i. p. 381 (1844).

Type, A. reichet, Spin. |. c. p. 383, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1.

‘This genus appears to me to have been quite wrongly

identified by Gorham, who in this matter has been followed

by Schenkling. Although I have seen no species that

answers exactly to the description of A. reichei, I have not

the least doubt that Ichnea vitticollis, Gorliam, is congeneric,

and indeed very closely related to it, possibly even only a

variety. The tact that in Gorham’s species the antenne

are 10-jointed, whereas Spinola described the antenne in

his species as having only eight joints, cannot be taken as

an objection. In the figure of his species the antennz are

represented as having nine joints. Similarly in the case of

Pyticera he has described the antennz as 9- -jointed, figured

74 Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride.

them with ten joints, while in reali'y they have eleven.

Spinola’s statements as to the number of the antennal

joints in species of this group are no more trustworthy than

are some of those made by Mr Gorham himself. Mr. Gor-

ham has placed in the genus Apolopha three Central American

species—trilineata, Chev., chiriqguiana, Gorh., and linearis,

Gorh.; and his chief ground for doing so was, as he states, that

the antenne in these species have apparently only eight joints.

There is, [ admit, some difficulty mm determining exactly the

number of joints. In the first two of the species I make

out nine joints, in the third ten joints in the antenne. In

all three the head in front is rather flat and without trace of

a frontal costa, the presence of which is the chief charac-

teristic of Spinola’s genus. The first two species have very

much the characters of Ellipotoma, and might very well go

in that genus, while the third would be better placed in

Phyllobenus.

The characters of Apolupha, asI interpret the genus, are

as follows:—Head rather convex in front aud having a

frontal carina, anteclypeus membranous; labrum emar-

ginate ; last joint of labial and maxillary palpi flat, elongate,

subtriangular ; eyes rather finely facetted, deeply emarginate,

with the antennee placed under a short carina opposite the

emargination ; antenne 10-jointed, the 5th and 7th joints

not transversely produced. Acetabula of front coxe closed

behind by the prolongation inwards of the epimera to meet

the prosternum. [First joint of hind tarsi moderately long,

rather narrow, the second and third joints with membranous

lobe beneath.

To this genus the following species belong :—

A. reichei, Spin. |

A, vitticollis, Gorh. (Ichnea).

A. nitida, Gorh. (Ichnea).

A, suturalis, Klug (Enoplium).

A, fryana, Gorh. (Ichnea).

A, fronticosta, Kuw. (Ichnea).

Pelonium, Spin.—This genus, as at present constituted, is

not a homogeneous one, and may very well be divided up

into at least three different genera, for one of which the

name Lasiodera, proposed by Gray, may be adopted.

(1) Lastoprra (Gray), gen. nov.

Eyes finely facetted, deeply emarginate in front, widely

separated from one another both above and below ; acetabula

Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride. Ta

of front cox not closed in behind; femora rather stout,

especially those of the front legs in the male; first tarsal

joint visible from above, claws simple.

Type of the genus, L. kirbyi, Gray.

This genus will include also the following species now

placed in Pelonium, and probably some others at present

unknown to me :—

L. trifasciata, Cast.

L. rufipes, Klug.

L. ruficollis, Gorham.

(2) PrLonium.

If, as Gorham suggested, P. pilosum, Forst., be taken as

the type, this genus can scarcely be separated from Chariessa,

Newm. If, on the other hand, P. lampyroides, Spin., the

first species mentioned and described by Spinola, be regarded

as the type, as I think it should be, then Peloniwm remains

a distinct genus with characters as follows :—

Eyes large, coarsely facetted, emarginate in front, uot

widely separated above ; acetabula of front coxe open or

sometimes closed behind, tarsal claws simple.

Here may be placed P. lampyroides, Spin., optabile, Gorh.,

luridum, Gorh., luturatum, Kirby, plactdum, Schklg., and

all other species now placed in the genus in which at the

same time the eyes are coarsely facetted and the tarsal claws

simple. ‘These species are mostly those of larger size and

more elongated form.

(3) GALERUCLERUS, gen. nov.

This genus is proposed to include all those species of

Pelonium in which the eyes are coarsely facetted and the

tarsal claws distinctly appendiculate at the base. These

species are nearly all smaller than those of the genus

Pelonium proper, with the elytra shorter in proportion and

more widened and obtusely rounded behind. They have a

great resemblance to Galerucide, and not a few of them are

exact mimics of species of Diabrotica.

Pelonium sexnotatum, Klug, may be taken as the type of

the genus. In this species, as in the majority, the antennz

are 10-jointed, in others they are 11-jointed.

The Group Corynetini.—I have no changes to suggest in

the order of the genera of this group as they appear in

Herr Schenkling’s work. Laricobius, as is now generally

76 Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Clerid:e.

admitted, belongs to the family Derodontide, and must be

removed from the group. On the other hand, the following

genera, as [ have earlier shown in this paper, must be

admitted into the group, viz., Tarsos’enus, Spin., Tarso-

stenodes, Blekb., and Thanasimorpha, Blekb.

NECcROBIOIDES, gen. nov.

Head short ; anteclypeus membranous, labrum short, broad,

arcuately emarginate in front; eyes finely facetted, emar-

ginatein front ; gulavery narrow behind. Antenne inserted

under a carina opposite the emargination of the eye, eleven-

jointed, the last three joints forming a somewhat compact

club, Sth joint very short, but nearly as broad as the base of

the 9ih ; 3rd to 7th joints short, subequal in length. Pro-

thorax distinctly marginate at each side, marked above witi

a faint sinuately transverse depression at about one-fourth

of its length from the apex. Elytra as in Necrodia, but

having each a slight swelling on the disc near the base.

Acetabula of front coxze open behiud. First joint of tarsi

placed below the base of the second; fourth joint very small;

claws bifid, the inner tooth shorter than the outer.

This genus is formed fur a Mexican species, which in

colour and form as well as in many points of structure very

closely resembles the genus Necrodia. It differs, however, in

the structure of its claws, the anterior depression on the

the pronotum, and its very much smaller gular area.

Necrobioides mexicana, sp. nu.

In colour and shape quite like some of the larger blue

specimens of Necrodbia rufipes, but with the legs and antennz

entirely black. Head thickly but not strongly punctured in

front. Prothorax sparsely and feebly punctate. Llytra

distinctly and very thickly punctured.

Length 6, breadth 24 mm.

Hab. Mexico: Hacienda de la Imagen in Guerrero,

4000 ft. (H. H. Smith).

One specimen only in the British Museum. This speci-

men was sent amongst the Necrobie to Herr Schenkling,

and was returned by him labelled Necrobia n. sp.; but

although so very hke a Necrobia, I consider that the

difference in the structure of the claws, the size and shape of

the gula, the presence of a depression anteriorly on the

pronotum, and of a hump at tke base of the elytra, justify

me in regarding it as the type of a new genus.

On new Species of Monkeys. 77

VITI.— Descriptions of new Species of Monkeys of the

Genera Galago, Cebus, Alouatta, and Cercopithecus.

By D. G., Exuior, D:Se., F-R-S.E., Ge.

Family Nycticebide.

Subfamily Gazaervz.

Genus GALAGO.

Galago pupulus, sp. n.

Type locality. Yola, Nigeria.

Gen. char. Size small; colour pale; ears very large;

rostrum long, molar series large, tail long.

Cofour. ‘lop of head, hind-neck, and back to root of tail

brownish grey, the brown tinge less noticeable between

shoulders, which part 1s a more decided grey, between eyes

whitish; sides of head, chin, throat, underside of body and

inner side of thighs greyish white; forearms and legs cream-

buff; inner side of arms buffy white ; hands and feet cream-

buff ; tail drab grey; ear reddish brown.

Measurements. 'Votal length 869 mm.; tail 220 ; foot 37.

Skull: total length 40°2; intertemporal width 28°6 ; breadth

of brain-case 22°4; hensel 26°2; zygomatic width 25;

length of nasals 12°8; palatal length 12°5 ; length of upper

molar series 13; length of mandible 22; length of lower

molar series 11°5.

Type. Adult male in British Museum, no. 9. 9. 3. 1.

In general appearance this species is very like G. mozam-

bicus, living some thousands of miles distant, but the skull-

characters are very different. ‘lhe species just named is

remarkable for its very short rostrum, while the present

animal has a long rostrum with slender nasals of about equal

width for their entire length, while those of its relative

broaden considerably at the tip; the bulls also are much

larger and narrower, and the teeth of the molar series much

larger.

Family Cebide.

Genus CEBUS.

Cebus versuta, sp. n.

Type locality. Rio Jordao, western part of Minas Geraes,

Brazil.

Gen. char, Hair on head very thick, long, depressed in

73 Dr. D. G. Elliot on

the centre and rising on each side on broad ridges extending

from forehead to occiput, unlike horns or tufts; size large,

tail long, thick; hairs of body long, loose ; arms above

elbows pale colour; fingers and toes grey.

Colour (male). Top of head from forehead to nape, ex-

tending to hind-neck, black; temples and cheeks yellowish

white; dark brown band in front of ear down side to lower

jaw, but not meeting beneath chin; dorsal region Prout’s

brown, rest of upper parts and flanks bistre; arms above

elbows and sides of neck cream-buff; thighs ochraceous buff;

forearms and legs below knees black speckled with reddish,

most marked on forearms; throat, chest, under parts to

scrotum, inner side of arms above elbows and innermost side

of thighs golden yellow, inner side of forearms, outer portion

of thighs, and legs below knees, scrotum, and anal region

black; hands and feet black, fingers and toes covered with

grey hairs; tail above three-fourths black speckled with red,

remainder black, beneath brownish black, hairs pale yellow

at base then brownish black, or towards tip greyish white at

base then black.

Measurements, 'Yotallength 910 mm.; tail 460; foot 132 ;

ear 35 (collector). Skull: total length 94:1; occipito-nasal

length 81°7; intertemporal width 70°3; palatal length 32:1;

length of nasals 28-1; length of upper molar series 23°5 ;

length of mandible 64°5; length of lower molar series 28°3.

Type. Adult male in the British Museum, no. 1.11. 3.4.

This species belongs to the Azare group as indicated by

the grey fingers and toes. It is, however, a much darker

animal than either C. azar@ or C.a. pallidus. ‘Vhe patch

on the head is more extensive, heavier, and blacker than that

of C. azare, and of course entirely different from that of

C. a. pallidus, with its two imperfect black patches. The

black cap of C. azar@ has low ridges on either side, in some

specimens these form upright tufts over forehead, quite

different from the conspicuous ridges of the present species,

which rise close together at the forehead, widen out as they

extend backwaid, until, with the exception of a narrow

division in the centre, they occupy the entire occipital portion

of the head. The colouring of the two forms, as the de-

scriptions show, is quite unlike. Five specimens were

procured by M. Robert on the Rio Jordao, in Araguay,

Western Minas Geraes, Brazil, all of which are in the

British Museum.

Cebus caliginosus, sp. n.

Type locality. Sta. Catharina, Sao Paulo, Brazil.

new Species of Monkeys. (a

Gen. char. Size large; head tufted, tooth-rows straight,

teeth large.

Colour. Face flesh-colour about eyes and forehead ; lips

apparently brownish ; superciliary band extending backwards

to temples yellowish white ; hairs on upper lip at corners of

mouth and onchin whitish ; head with tufts, band in front

of ears, body above and beneath, limbs and tail jet-black ;

hands and feet brownish black ; hairs on fingers and toes

brownish grey.

Measurements. Total length 1095 mm.; tail 560 ; foot 135;

Skull: total length 99°3; occipito-nasal length 89-2 ; inter-

temporal width 40; width of brain-case 53°5 ; hensel 70°4 ;

zygomatic width 73°2; length of nasals 18°2; palatal length

33°5; length of upper molar series 24°8; length of mandible

70; length of lower molar series 28°5.

Type. Adult, in British Museum, no. 3.9.1. 15.

This is a very large Cebus, and was received from the

Museum in Sao Paulo, Brazil, under the name of C. robustus.

The skull is large, with the molar series straight, and the

teeth larger than those of C. fatuellus. This example came

under my notice last spring, and I was then satisfied it must

represent a new species, but did not include it in my paper

with other undescribed species, preferring to wait and see if

perkaps I could find another example in the continental

museums. In this search I failed, no specimen resembling

this one in any way having been seen. It is the only

black Cebus I have met with, and its large size, prominent

tufts, and coal-black dress make it a very conspicuous object.

It is, of course, needless to add that it bears no resemblance

whatever to C. robustus.

Subfamily Azovarrryz.

Genus ALOUATTA.

Alcuatta insulanus, sp. n.

Type locality. Island of Trinidad.

Gen. char. Size small ; colour nearly uniform throughout;

limbs only slightly darker than the body.

Colour. Head and whiskers maroon, darkest on chin and

throat ; upper part of body and flanks red, in certain lights

with a golden hue; limbs, hands, and feet bright red, with a

maroon tinge on forearms ; tail at root bright maroon, grading

into golden and growing paler at tip.

Measurements. Total length 1120 mm.; tail 600; foot 105.

No skull.

80 Dr. D. G. Elliot on

Type in British Museum, no. 93. 7. 5. 1.

This rel Howler in general appearance resembles some-~

what the Rio Juara species on the Rio Juara; but is con-

siderably smaller, has less of the golden hue on the body,

and paler limbs and tail.

Alouatta macconnelli, sp. n.

Type locality. Coast of Demerara.

Geogr. distr. English and French Guiana, Cayenne to

coast north of the Amazon.

Gen. char. Upper parts unicolor; under parts orange-

red.

Colour.. Head rich maroon-red; entire upper parts and

flanks golden yellow, tips of hairs in certain lights fiery

golden ; base of hairs black ; arms to elbows and thighs and

under parts deep orange-red ; forearms, hands, legs below

knees, feet maroon-red; tail maroon-red at base, growing

paler towards tip.

Measurements. Total length 1390 mm. ; tail 670. Skull:

occipital region wanting ; intertemporal width 44:5 ; palatal

leneth 46°8 ; zygomatic width about 86°8; length of nasals

21:3; length of upper molar series 38'1; length of mandible

107°7; length of lower molar series 42°2.

Type (adult) in British Museum, no. 8. 3. 7. 3.

This form differs from A. senteulus in not having the dark

hues on the upper part of the back, limbs, hands, feet, and

tail. The upper parts and flanks in the adults are a rich

golden hue from the nape to the tail, and the under parts and

limbs a beautiful orange-red, quite different from the typical

style on the north-western part of the continent.

Alouatia juara, sp. n.

Type locality. Rio Juara, Peruvian Amazon.

Gen. char. General colour golden-red; arms and legs

darker.

Colour. Head and whiskers bright maroon, darkest under

the chin; upper parts of body and flanks golden-red ; arms

and legs, hands and feet maroon, darker than body; under

parts and inner side of body red; tail maroon at base,

grading into golden-red, similar to body.

Measurements. Total length 1145 mm.; tail625 ; feet 130.

Skull: total length 126°3 5; occipito-nasal length 104°) ;

intertemporal width 40-2 ; breadth of brain-case 54°5 ; hensel

1062; zygomatic width 81:4; length of nasals 25°9; palatal

new Species of Monkeys. 81

length 44°3 ; length of upper molar series 35:8; length of

mandible 94°8; length of lower molar series 42°9.

Type (adult) in British Museum, no. 3. 9. 1. 1.

‘Uhe peculiarity of this species is its general red colour, the

bright maroon of the head grading into the golden-red of the

body, without any marked line separating the hues. Its

general aspect is that of a red monkey, with limbs darker than

body. ‘he basal portion of the tail is nearer the colour of

the thighs, the remaining part much lighter.

T'wo specimens are in the British Museum collection, both

from the Rio Juara.

Alouatta sara, sp. n.

Type locality. Province of Sara, Bolivia.

Gen. char. Colour of body uniform, limbs only slightly

darker, under parts yellowish, not orange-red as in the

Guiana species. Black band around face to beneath chin.

Colour. Head very dark maroon; band across forehead,

down sides of head in front of ears, meeting beneath chin,

black ; upper parts of body and flanks, arms to elbows pale

golden-orange, darkest on dorsal line, base of hairs black ;

forearms, legs, hands, feet, and tail above orange-red ; chin

red, paler than sides ‘of head ; hairs on under parts nearly

gone, but are apparently yellowish with a red tinge ; hairs of

flanks along abdomen yellowish red, quite unlike the orange-

red of Guiana examples; underside of thighs yellowish red,

and tail beneath pale red.

Measurements. Total length 1120 mm. ; tail 590 ; foot 130;

ear 40 (collector). ~ Skull: total length 110°4; occipito-nasal

length 92 ; intertemporal width 43 ; hensel 19: 6; zygomatic

width 68:2; length of nasals 17-4; palatal length 35°95 ;

length of upper molar series 32 ; length of mandible 81-2;

length of lower molar series 38°2.

Type in British Museum, no. 7. 8. 2. 1.

This example from Bolivia is a female. It differs from’

others of the red Howlers, as typified by A. sentculus, in the

black band around the face, the uniform golden-orange colour

of the upper parts, and the yellowish or orange-red of the

hairs on the sides of the abdomen.

Family Cercopithecida.

Genus CERCOPITHECUS.

Cercopithecus inobservatus, sp. n.

Type locality. West Africa (exact locality unknown).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8. Vol, v. 6

82 On new Species of Monkeys.

Gen. char. Allied to C. cephus, but upper parts ochraceous,

not red, and a conspicuous rufous band on brow behind the

black superciliary line, as in C. brazze.

Colour (adult male). Supereiliary band black, extending

backward on sides of head from eyes to ears, and down sides

of face to upper lip; cheeks also black ; a rufows band across

forehead behind the superciliary line ; top and back of head

mixed yellow and black, the yellow most prominent on fore

part of head; entire rest of upper parts, shoulders, and thighs

ochraceous and black, much paler than the same parts in

C. cephus, the hairs being pale grey at base, then banded with

black and ochraceous, and tipped with black ; broad patch

over temples to ears yellowish ; hairs on lips and chin black ;

throat greyish white ; entire under parts, inner side of arms

to elbows, and legs to ankles dark smoke-grey, much darker

than C. cephus; forearms and hands and feet blackish,

sparsely speckled with pale yellow; legs below knees

speckled black and yellow; tail above, basal portion like

back, then blackish maroon, grading into pale bright red;

beneath dark grey at base, grading into pale red.

Measurements. Total length 1330 mm. ; tail 750; foot 145.

Skull: total length 119°6 ; occipito-nasal length 90°7 ; inter-

temporal width 40-9; breadth of brain-case 56°8 ; hensel 79 ;

zygomatic width 73°2; palatal length 41°5 ; length of upper

canine 20; length of upper molar series 25°5; length of

mandible 78:3 ; length of lower molar series 32°2.

Type in British Museum, no. 47. 3. 1. 6.

The skull when compared with that of C. cephus has a

much greater length, a longer and more protruding rostrum,

and a longer brain-case, broader posteriorly. The orbits are

differently shaped, more circular than oblong, with a greater

extreme width. The teeth are much larger and the upper

molar series longer by nearly the width of the first premolar ;

the palate is longer and wider and the basioccipital much

shorter and narrower. ‘The difference in the size of this bone

in the two skulls compared is remarkable.

This is a rather extraordinary specimen. It has been in

the British Museum for a long time, was obtained by

Mr. Bartlett, and is stated to have come from West Africa,

but no particular locality given. Beside the great difference

in thee lour of the pelage b. tween this example and specimens

of C. cephus, the rufous-browu band at once separates it from

that species and seems to point to a relationship with C. ne-

glectus and C. brazze. It is not so broad as the brow-bands

of those species, and it is the only character these animals

have in common so far as their coloration is concerned. If

On new African Mammals. 83

there is any relationship between this species and the others

it would naturally be with C. brazze from the Congo rather

than with C. neglectus from the White Nile.

I take this opportunity to call attention to an error in my

paper describing numerous monkeys, lately published in this

Journal (Sept. 1909, p. 261), arising from copying from the

original MS., where Cercopithecus grayt pallidus is printed

Cercopithecus pogonias pallidus. The name should be changed

to C. grayt pallidus. The context in the article clearly shows

that the race is more closely allied to C. grayi than to

C. pogonias, as all the comparisons are made with the former

species and not with the latter.

1X.—New African Mammals. By OtprreLp THoMas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Petrodromus tordayi, sp. n.

A very dark-coloured species of the P. tetradactylus group.

Size about as in P. venustus. Fur very soft, more woolly

than in other species; hairs of back about 13 mm. in length.

General colour above conspicuously darker than in any of the

allied species, near broccoli-brown when looked at from be-

hind, Prout’s brown or almost seal-brown when seen from

above or in front. The usual line of grey on each side of

the median dorsal area almost suppressed. Flanks ochra-

ceous buff, dulling to clay-colour anteriorly on the cheeks.

Under surtace cream-buff, the bases of the hairs slaty. Face

like back ; a well-defined median black line along the top of

the muzzle. Face-markings all much darker than usual.

Light eye-rings very narrow, a dull buffy patch above the

posterior half of the eye. Usual dark line from back of eye

below ear darkened nearly to black and continued as a

marbled slaty-black patch behind the level of the ear; above,

at the base of the ear, there is a blackish ring on each side

separating the colour of the crown from the usual light basal

ring so conspicuous in other species; this, however, is only

buffy, not white, and is therefore much less conspicuous than

usual. Hands and feet dull buffy, the inner side of the

forearms, and all round the thighs, naked. ‘Tail very thinly

haired, practically naked, the black skin quite unhidden by

the hairs.

84 Mr, O. Thomas oz

Hind foot 52 mm.; other dimensions not available.

Hab. Misumba, Sankuru River, South Central Congo.

Type. Adult skin without skull. B.M. no. 9. 12. 12. 5.

Collected and presented by E. Torday, Esq.

This is the first Petrodromus found within the Congo basin,

and its remarkably dark colour is no doubt the result of the

saturate conditions there prevailing. JI have named it in

honour of its discoverer, to whom the Museum owes a number

of interesting mammals from this little-known region.

Chrysochloris congicus, sp. n.

Closely allied to C. leucorhina, Huet, from the coast of

French Congo, but markedly smaller (see skull-dimensions)

and of a different colour. Fur of medium length ; hairs of back

about 7 mm. in length. General colour dark “slate”? ‘or

‘“‘ mouse-grey ” (Ridgway) instead of ‘** brun chocolat foneé ”

(Huet) ; under surface slightly paler. Face creamy white, as

in leucorhina.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-

men) :— ~

Head and body 63 mm.; hind foot, s.u. 9, cu. 11;

breadth of nasal pad 7.

Skull: greatest length 19, greatest breadth 13°5; length

of upper tooth-row 7°4.

Hab. Lusambo, Upper Sankuru R., South Central Congo.

Type. Subadult in spirit. B.M. no. 9.12.10.2. Pre-

sented by the Liverpool School of ‘Tropical Medicine.

Collected during Drs. Dutton and ‘l'odd’s expedition. ‘wo

skins without skulls collected at Misumba in the same

district have also been presented by Mr. E. Torday.

This species is readily distinguishable from C. leucorhina

by its smaller size and different colour. In tooth-formula

and the conspicuous white face it quite agrees with that

animal,

Chrysochloris vermiculus, sp. n.

A species of about the size of C. leucorhina, but of a uni-

form pale brown colour, approximately “‘ fawn” of Ridgway,

a colour quite unlike that found in any other member of the

family. Under surface slightly lighter. Face quite uniform

with the body, not contrasted white as in leucorhina. Fur

of back 8 mm. in length.

Skull and teeth u:known.

Head and body, measured in skin, (c.) 105 mm.; hind foot,

Ss Ua Oaeie. Wrekin

new African Mammals. 85-

Hab. Yambuya, Aruwimi R., Congo.

Type. Adult skin. B.M. no. 0.3.2.1. Collected during

» the Emin Relief Expedition and presented by J. S. Jameson,

Esq.

This very peculiarly’ coloured species cannot be confused

with any hitherto described.

Protoxerus stangert sigratus, subsp. n.

Agreeing with P. s. ebor/vorus, Du Chaillu, in all essential

respects, but the grizzled blackish line at the lower edge of

the upper colour on the flanks quite without the fine

white tickings, and consequently deep uniform black, well

contrasted with the grizzled brownish above it, and the

fine whitish line which separates it from the belly. Posterior

back of the somewhat warmer tone found in P. s. centricola.

Feet rich rufous. Hands also tending towards rufous, which

is unusual in this group.

Hab. Central and Southern Congo. Type from Lodja,

Upper Lukenye R., Southern Congo. A second specimen

from Ikau, Central Congo.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9.12.12.7. Collected and

presented by Mr. E. Torday.

A special Genus for Mus univittatus, Peters,

The position of the peculiar W. African rat described by

Peters under the above name has long been doubtful, and it has

sometimes been placed in Mus and sometimes in Arvicanthis.

It differs, however, from both so much that I think it should

form a special genus, which may be called HyBomys.

Externally it resembles Arvicanthis in its black dorsal line

and shortened fifth hind toe (not so much shortened, however),

but differs by its much more slender build and its almost

naked tail. Mamme 0—2=4.

Its skull is peculiarly bowed, of quite different shape to

that of either Arvicanthis or Mus. Its molars are, on the

whole, like those of the former.

Good accounts of it have b-en given by Peters (MB. Ak.

Berl. 1876, p. 479) and Tullberg (MT. Ges. Upsala, 1893,

p- 20, with figures of the skull and teeth), so that further

description is not now necessary.

Arvicanthis wroughtoni, sp. n.

Allied to the common E. African A. massatcus, but the

dark ground-colour of the back black instead of brown, so

56 Mr. O. Thomas on

that instead of it being a brown animal with one median

black and a number of lateral light lines of spots, it is

simply a black animal with lines of light spots. The

median line is absolutely deep black without any fine light

tickings ; then three stripes on each side are black with a

few minute light tickings in them ; then from the fourth to

the edge of the belly there is enough admixture of light in

the daik bands to make them brown rather than black.

Lines of light spots cream-coloured, rather narrower than in

massaicus. Under surface white, not sharply defined late-

rally. Head blackish, finely lined with cream. Ears dark

brown, the ochraceous spot at their anterior base far less

conspicuous than in massaicus. Arms and hands dull buffy.

Rump and hind legs with scarcely any rufous suffusion.

Feet dull ochraceous. ‘Tail brown above, dull buffy on sides

and below. ;

Skull intermediate in size between those of A. massaicus

and macculus, the greatest lengths being 31, 29, and 28 mm.

respectively. Palatal foramina more narrowed posteriorly

than in the allied species.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 110 mm.; tail 119; hind foot 25.

Skull: greatest length 29; basilar length 23; greatest

breadth 18°7; palatal length 15; palatal foramina 5°7; upper

molar series 5:1.

Hab. Nono, W. of Addis Abbaba, 8. Abyssinia. Alt.

3600 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6. 11. 1. 30. Original

number 77, Collected 30th April, 1905, by Ph. C. Zaphiro,

and presented by Mr. W. N. McMillan.

I have named this handsome and distinct species in honour

of Mr. R. C. Wroughton, to whom so much of our knowledge

of the genus Arvicanthis is due.

Leggada minutoides umbrata, subsp. n.

Essential characters of true Cape minutotdes, but the back

much darkened by an intermixture of blackish hairs, the

resulting colcur of the whole dorsal area, from crown to rump,

dark greyish, between “sepia” and “hair-brown.” Sides

dull buffy. Belly, as usual, pure sharply-defined white.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and kody 71 mm. ; tail 50; hind foot 14; ear 10.

Skull: greatest length 19°5.

Hab. Wakkerstroom, 8.E. Transvaal. Alt. 5900’. One

specimen from Zuurbron, 4900’,

new African Mammals. 87

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 4. 9. 1. 57. Original

number 715. Collected 22nd March, 1904, by C. H. B.

Grant. Presented by C. D. Rudd, Esq. Five specimens

examined.

In fully adult specimens of true Cape minutotdes the back

is sandy or fawn, only immature examples being greyish.

The Wakkerstroom series are all adult, and one of them quite

old.

Leggada bella, sp. n.

Allied to the true 8. African ZL. minutoides, but smaller.

Size small, barely larger than the little Z. tenella of the

Soudan. Fur crisp; hairs of back about 5-5°5 mm. in

length. General colour above rather warmer and more buffy

than in L. grata; sides buffy, the buffy encroaching on the

dorsal area more than in ZL. grata, less than in tenella. Belly

pure sharply-defined white, the hairs along the lower edge of

the butfy beceming abruptly white to their roots. Crown

like back ; face and cheeks scarcely lighter. Ears generally

without white spot at their posterior bases. Hands and feet

white. ‘Tail brown above, whitish below.

Skull small, its structure about as in L. grata. Distin-

guishable from that of LZ. minutoides by its smaller size and

from that of L. tenella by its normal, not elongated palate ;

the palation about half a millimetre behind the back of m’.

Masseteric knob on zygomatic plate nearer its front than its

hinder edge.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 60 mm.; tail 44; hind foot 12,

Skull: greatest length 17-4; condylo-basal length 16:2 ;

breadth across brain-case 9; nasals 6°3; interorbital width 3-3;

palatal length 8°7; diastema 4°5 ; upper molar series 3:2.

Hab. (of type). Machakos, British E. Africa. Alt. 5000’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1. 8. 7. 11. Original

number 75. Collected 21st March, 1901, and presented by

S. L. Hinde, Esq.

L. bella seems to be the common white-bellied form through-

out Central Africa from Abyssinia and the Upper Nile south-

wards to the Transvaal and Zululand, specimens from many

localities in this large area agreeing in their size and more

important characters. But besides the typical E. African

form, I propose to recognize the following local subspecies.

Peters’s name minimus would have been applicable to this

species had it not been pre-occupied.

The 8. African ZL. minutordes is distinctly larger,

88 Mr. O. Thomas on

Leggada bella gallarum, subsp. n.

Like L. bella in all respects, but distinctly smaller. Fur

close and crisp; hairs of back abont 3°6-3°8 mm. in length.

Colour essentially as in bella, but rather less rich, the back

less darkened and the sides not so bright.

Skull, apart from its smaller size, quite as in L. bella.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :-—

Head and body 54 mm.; tail 38; hind foot 11; ear 10.

Skull: greatest length 16°7 ; breadth of brain-case 8'1 ;

upper tooth-row 2°9.

Hab. Harar, E. Abyssinia. Alt. 6000!.

Type. Adult male. B.M.no.1. 7.6.17. Original number 2.

Collected 22nd November, 1900, and presented by A. E.

Pease, Esq.

Leggada bella vicina, subsp. n.

Essential characters of Z. bella, but the fur shorter and

rather crisper (hairs of back less than 4 mm. in length), the

light colour of its sides more extended, and the cheeks and

area round the eyes light buffy, the dark colour of the crown

ending in a point opposite the anterior canthus of the eye.

A slight indication of a subaural white spot.

Skull as in L. bella. |

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :-—

Head and body 57 mm. ; tail 45; hind foot 12; ear 10.

Upper molar series 3:0.

Hab. Takaungu, near Mombasa. Alt. 70’.

Type. Subadult female. B.M. no. 1. 5.1.82. Original

number 10. Collected 10th December, 1900, and presented

by A. B. Percival, Esq.

Obviously a hot-climate coast representative of L. bedla.

Leggada bella marica, subsp. n.

Differing from true E. African bella somewhat as umbrata

does from minutoides, the buffy or tawny tones altered along

the upper surface, and especially on the crown, by an

increased amount of black hairs, so that the colour is lined

brown above, while the sides are a much less bright and con-

spicuous buffy.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 57 mm.; tail 43; hind foot 12; ear 9:7.

Skull: greatest length 18.

Hab. (of type). Beira, Portuguese E. Africa. Alt. 45’.

Other specimens from Nyasaland, Inhambane, and Zululand.

new African Mammals. 89

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 7. 6. 2. 93. Original

number 1757. Collected 28th December, 1906, by C. H. B.

Grant. Presented by C. D. Rudd, Esq.

Leggada bella induta, subsp. n.

Size about as in ZL. bella. Fur long, soft, and rich, the

ordinary hairs of the back about 6 mm., and the unusually

numerous fine ones projecting beyond it about 10-11 mm. in

length. General colour dull buffy or clay-colour, being buffy

ochraceous on the sides, edging the sharply-defined pure

white belly. Centre of crown scarcely darker than the area

round the eyes. Outer surface of arms and legs like sides.

Tail with its upper surface pale brown, sides and below

whitish.

Skull very much as in true della; the teeth slightly

broader; the palate produced a little behind the front end of

the parapterygoid fosse.

Hab. Molopo, W. of Morokwen, Northern Bechuanaland.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 4. 10. 1. 85. Original

number 91. Collected 15th July, 1904, by R. B. Woosnam,

Found side by side with Leggada deserti.

Leggada pasha, sp. n.

A very large species of the white-bellied group.

Size about equal to that of L. triton, the largest species of

the grey-bellied group. General colour above uniform

cinnamon, rather more ochraceous on sides, but not con-

spicuously so; dorsal area not specially darkened. Under-

side wholly white to the bases of the hairs. Head like body ;

no lighter rings round eyes. Hars without basal white spot.

Hands and feet white.

Skull about the size of that of L. triton; palate not

elongated.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 87 ; tail (?) ; hind foot 15.

Skull: tip of nasals to back of interparietal 20; upper

molar series 4.

Hab, Tingasi, Monbuttu.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 87.12.1.93. Collected

6th July, 1883; presented by Emin Pasha.

This fine species is readily distinguished from every other

white-bellied Leggada by its large size, all the larger Leggadas

hitherto known belonging to the grey-bellied group.

90 Mr. O. Thomas on

Leggada neavei, sp. n.

A richly-coloured tawny species of the minutoides group.

Size about as in true Cape minutordes. Fur crisp; hairs of

back about 4°3-4:5 mm. Colour of back mixed black and

tawny, the tawny becoming dominant on the sides, where it

contrasts sharply and abruptly with the pure white under

surface. Dark of back contracting on crown and between

eyes, the latter surrounded by a tawny area. Region below

and behind ears lighter tawny.

Skull about as long as in m7nutozdes, but more delicately

built, with smaller brain-case. Incisors more thrown forward

than in other species, their front surface terminally vertical,

not turned in towards the throat. Posterior nares narrowed,

opening nearly a millimetre further back than the front ends

ot the parapterygoid fossee. Masseteric knob on zygomatic

plate unusually small, close to the anterior edge of the plate.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Iiead and body 58 mm.; tail 39; hind foot 13.

Skuli: greatest length 19°2; basilar length 15°6 ; greatest

breadth 10; nasals 7*2; interorbital breadth 3°2; palatilar

length 9°38; upper molar series 3°3.

Hab. Petauke, E. Loangwe District, N.E. Rhodesia.

Alt. 2400".

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 7. 1. 11. 65. Original

number 55. Collected 28th December, 1904, by Mr. 8. A.

Neave.

This species differs from all others by its rich tawny colour

and more forwardly directed incisors.

Leggada desert, sp. n.

A pale-coloured desert species, with white tail and narrowed

posterior nares.

Size about as in L. bella. Fur long (hairs of back 7 mm.),

soft and fine, not at all spinous. General colour above

“pinkish buffy,” darkened on the back, clear along the

sides edging the abruptly pure white underside. Sides of

face buffy, the dark area on the crown little marked. Lateral

line of demarcation high, above the whole of the limbs, so

that these from shoulders and hips downwards are completely

snowy white ; in other species the forearms and legs are

more or less of the colour of the body. ‘Tail wholly white,

above and below.

Skull about as in Z. bella, except that the posterior nares

are almost covered over by the close approximation of the

bases of the pterygotds, the breadth of the opening proximally

new African Mammals. 91

being about one-sixth of a millimetre, and the opening itself

rather farther back than usual, though not so far as in

LL. tenella, In the usual correlation with this character the

zygomatic plate is shorter than usual, and its masseteric knob

is slightly nearer its posterior than its anterior edge.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 51 mm.; tail 44; hind foot 12°5; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 17°5; basilar length 13°5; greatest

breadth 9°2 ; nasals 6°8 ; upper molar series 2°9.

Hab. Molopo, W. of Morokwen, Northern Bechuanaland.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no.. 4. 10. 1. 86. Original

number 94. Collected 15th July, 1904, by R. B. Woosnam.

This beautiful little desert species is widely different from

any other Leggada. Curiously enough, the other specimen

obtained with it*, and superficially very like it, proves to

be a local subspecies of the ordinary Central African species

L. bella (see above).

Leggada triton murilla, subsp. n.

Colour very much as in true Mus musculus, therefore paler

and greyer than in the mountain forms ZL. ériton of Elgon and

fors of Ruwenzori. Upper surface nearest to sepia of Ridg-

way, rather paler on sides and becoming faintly buffy along

the edge of the belly colour. Under surtace greyish white,

the bairs slaty for two-thirds of their length; line of demar-

cation on sides not sharply marked. Hands and feet dull

white.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body (c.) 70 mm.; tail 50; hind foot 16.

Skull: greatest length 22°5 ; upper molar series 3°7.

Hab. (of type). Machakos, British E. Africa. Alt. 5400’.

Type. pele male. B.M. no. 1. 12. 9. 13. Original

number 92. Collected 14th June, 1901, and presented by

Dr. S. L. Hinde.

On comparing all the grey-bellied Leggadas of this group

it would appear that triton and fors are mountain forms from

Elgon and Ruwenzori respectively of a widely-spread species

very like Mus musculus in general appearance. The mountain

forms are much darker and more ‘“‘saturate”’ than murddla,

whose range extends from Hast Africa and Uganda southward

into North-eastern Rhodesia. Owing to the accidental delay

in the publication of the Ruwenzori report, the name triton

takes precedence of fors for the primary name of the species.

* Cf. Leggada minutoides, Schwann, P. ZS, 1906, i. p. 110.

92 Mr. G. Dollman on

Cephalophus simpsont, sp. n.

Closely similar in colour to C. nyase, but considerably

smaller, and with the ordinary small short skull of the Blue-

bucks generally, instead of the unusually elongated skull of

C. nyase. Median dorsal area dark vandyke-brown, over a

breadth of about three inches, passing laterally through

“burnt umber” into deep russet on the flanks and limbs,

Belly paler russet, its median area whitish, the hairs every-

where grey basally. Interramia whitish ; throat dull russet.

Crown and top of muzzle dark brown, the supraorbital line

and cheeks reddish. Limbs, both fore and hind, rufous, in

continuation with the flanks, to the feet, a line on the inner

side of the forearms and thighs white.

Skull smalJer than in the allied species, of normal propor-

tions, not elongated.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot (c. u.) 165 mm.

Skull: greatest length 115; basal length 99:5; greatest

breadth 51:5; nasals 39 x 20°53; breadth of brain-case 41°5 ;

muzzle 36°5; palatal length 57; length of upper tooth-

series 32°5, of molars only 18°3.

Horns 36 x 12.

Hab. Kole, Upper Lukenye R., South Central Congo.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 12..12.13. Collected

and presented by Mr. EH. Torday.

By its general reddish colour this Duiker is at once

separable from C. equatorialis, Matsch., the other Congo

species of the group, while it is distinguishable by its short

skull from C. nyase, which it so closely resembles externally.

I have had much pleasure in naming it in honour of

Mr. M. W. Hilton Simpson, Mr. Torday’s companion during

his expedition and himself a donor to the National Museum

of several interesting mammals.

X.—New African Mammals.

By Guy Douay, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Galago dunni, sp. 0.

Related to G. braccatus albipes, Dollm., but larger and

paler in colour in the grey parts.

Size large; hands and feet considerably larger than those of

new African Mammals. 93

G. braccatus, Elliot, or G. b. albipes, Tars rather small in

proportion to sizeof body. Hair soft and of medium length.

General colour of back pale greyish brown (smoke-grey no. 1,

‘Repertoire de Couleurs’), rather darker down the middle

and paler on the flanks. Individual hairs of back slate-grey,

with greyish-white tips. Upper surface of fore limbs pale

grey, washed over with creamy buff. Upper surface of hind

limbs very similar in colour to those of G. 6. albipes, but

rather more buffy, and paler in the grey parts. Backs of

hands and feet yellowish (Naples yellow no. 2, ‘ Repertoire’),

Underside of body and fore limbs white, washed over with

cream-colour ; under surface of hind limbs greyish white,

tinted with yellow, but not so rich in colour as in G. brac-

catus. ‘l'ail above similar in colour to back, apical half

rather browner; under surface paler and greyer.

Skull large and strongly built. Nasals very broad ante-

riorly, narrowing towards the middle, and spreading out

again posteriorly.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 200 mm.; tail 275; hind foot 72 ; ear 38,

Skull: greatest length 48; zygomatic breadth 34°55 basi-

lar length 33°5 ; nasals, greatest length 14, greatest width 4-9,

least width 2°4; palatilar length 14°7; length of upper

tooth-row from front of first premolar to back of last

molar 13:3.

flab. Fafan, 35 miles east of Harrar, Somaliland.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 4.5.9.1. Original number

128. Collected by Major H. N. Dunn on November 18th,

1403, and presented by him to the British Museum.

This species is easily distinguished from G. braccatus by its

larger size and much lighter grey-coloured upper surface.

Galago talboti, sp. n.

In general appearance somewhat similar to G. elegantulus,

Lec., but differing in having a buffy-white under surface

instead of dark slaty grey.

Size and general proportions as in G. elegantulus. Hair

soft and very thick. General colour of back pale brownish

red (dark fawn no, 2, ‘ Repertoire de Couleurs ”), rather richer

on the flanks and rump. Median dorsal stripe well defined ;

brownish orange in colour (burnt umber no, 2, ‘ Repertoire’).

Individual hairs of back dark slaty grey for basal half, be-

coming paler and yellower towards middle ; apical portion

buffy brown. Face and sides of head reddish buff (between

dead leaf no. 1 and cinnamon no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’). Top of

94 Mr. G. Dollman on

head greyish buff mixed with red (between otter-brown no. 3

and mineral brown no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’), greyer on the neck and

back between shoulders. Sides of neck behind ears greyish

white. Upper surface of fore limbs greyish red. Upper

surface of hind limbs very similar in colour to back, paler

and rather yellower. Backs of hands and feet yellowish

white. Underside of body buffy white; hairs on chest and

down middle of belly grey at base. Sides of belly pure

buffy white, strongly contrasting with the reddish-brown

flanks. As in G. e/egantulus, the light-coloured fur of the

belly extends upwards for a short distance towards the dorsal

surface in the region of the axille and on the flanks just

anterior to the insertion of the hind limbs. ‘Throat reddish,

the hairs with grey bases and red tips. Under surface of

fore limbs pure buffy white ; under surtace of hind limbs very

similar in colour, but the hairs are greyish at their bases.

Upper side of tail brownish buff, washed over with grey,

rather greyer towards the tip. Individual hairs of tail

greyish buff at base, apical half brownish (warm sepia no. 2,

‘ Repertoire’), tip light greyish buff.

Skull rather broad and strongly built; muzzle well deve-

loped, zygoma very broad, measuring nearly 6°5 mm. across

jugal region.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 166 mm. ; tail 274; hind foot 64; ear 31.

Skull: greatest length 49°4; zygomatic breadth 35:7 ;

basal length 37°5 ; condylo-basal length 43; nasals, greatest

length 13:4; greatest breadth 4 ; palatal length 18°5; length

of upper tooth-row from. front of first premolar to back of

last molar 14.

Hab. Nkami, Southern Nigeria. Altitude 600 feet.

Type. Adult male. Original number 23. Collected by

Mr. bP. A. Talbot on October 22nd, 1909.

On account of the great differences in colour, especially of

the underparts, this Nigerian form must be considered quite

distinct trom G. e/egantulus, and deserving of specific rank.

G. elegantulus pallidus, Gray, is readily distinguished from

this new species by its dull greyish under surface, greyer

back, and much larger size.

Galago elegantulus tonsor, subsp. n.

Allied to G. elegantulus, Lec., but much paler in colour.

Size and general proportions similar to G. elegantulus.

Hair soft and very thick, especially on the under surface.

General colour of back pale orange (cinnamon no. 2, ‘ Reper-

toire de Couleurs’). Median dorsal line indistinct, rather

new African Mammals. 95

richer in colour than rest of back. Individual hairs of back

slaty grey, with buff tips. Flanks similar in colour to back.

Face and sides of head grey; top of head grey, washed over

with pale buff. Upper surface of fore limbs grey mixed with

buff. Upper surface of hind limbs yellowish grey (near

snuff-brown no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’). Backs of hands and feet

grey. Underside of body and limbs greyish white. Indi-

vidual hairs of belly slate grey, with whitish tips. The grey

colour of the under surface extends upwards on the flanks in

the region of the axille and just in front of the hind limbs,

as in G. elegantulus and the foregoing species. Upperside of

tail greyish buff for basal half, apical portion grey, tip white.

Individual hairs at root of tail pale grey for basal half, re-

mainder buff-coloured. Individual hairs on apical portion

dark greyish brown (dark neutral tint no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’),

with whitish tips. Underside of tail grey, basal region

washed over with buff.

Skull a good deal smaller than that of the foregoing species,

Nasal region short.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 215 mm.; tail 280; hind foot 61; ear 30,

Skull: greatest length 45°4; zygomatic breadth 36; basal

length 35 ; basilar length 33; condylo-basilar length 38-5 ;

greatest length of nasals 11°6; palatal length 17:3; length

of upper tooth-row, from front of first premolar to back of

Jast molar 13.

Hab. 15 miles from mouth of the Benito River, Spanish

Guinea, West Africa.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 98.5.4. 1. Original

number 834. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates on February 4th,

1898.

In addition to the type and a further specimen from the

Benito River, Mr, Bates has collected two specimens referable

to this new form at Kfulen, in the Cameroons.

The striking difference in colour between Mr. Bates’s

series and the G. elegantulus obtained by Du Chaillu indicates

that they must be regarded as subspecifically distinct.

Elephantulus dundasi, sp. n.

Related to E. somalicus, Thos., but more buffy on the

flanks.

Size and general proportions similar to EZ. somalicus.

General colour of back yellowish brown (snuff-brown no, 2,

‘ Repertoire de Couleurs’), paling to a pure buff tint (cinna-

mon no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’) on the flanks. Sides of face and

96 On new African Mammals.

top of head as in EZ. somalicus. Nape of neck rather darker

in colour, the light buff-coloured patches restricted to the areas

just behind the ears. Back of hands and feet white, a few

yellowish hairs intermingled with the white on the feet.

Underside of body and limbs white, rather buffy on chin and

throat. Individual hairs of belly slate-grey at base, termi-

nating in a long white tip. Upper surface of tail darker than

in E. somalicus, the butty tint predominating only at base.

Lower surface of tail greyish white.

Skull like that of E. somalicus; nasals rather longer and

auditory bull larger; last upper molar small.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 135 mm. ; tail 111; hind foot 32; ear 24.

Skull: basal length 32°3: condylo-basal length 34:3 ;

zygomatic breadth 20°5; length of nasals 15; palatilar

length 18; length of upper tooth-row, from front of first

incisor to back of last molar, 19.

Hab. Harich, near Lake Baringo, British East Africa.

Altitude 3000 feet.

Type. Adult. B.M. no. 9. 5.18.3. Original number 2.

Collected in December 1908 by Mr. K. R. Dundas, and pre-

sented by him to the British Museum.

In addition to the type Mr. Dundas obtained a second

specimen from the same locality, quite similar in colour to the

type.

cre Baringo species may be regarded as allied to the

Somaliland form . somalicus, but is distinguished by the

more buffy coloration of the flanks and darker upperside of

the tail. From Z&. boranus, Thos., it is readily separated by

its far paler upper surface and pure white belly.

I have named this species after Mr. K. R. Dundas, whose

collections from Baringo and Mumias have proved to be of

considerable interest and of great value as regards the geogra-

phical distribution of some of the Kast-African mammals.

Graphiurus raptor, sp. n.

Allied to the Ruwenzori species recently describel by

Thomas and Wroughton, but rather darker in colour and with

a very much broader skull.

Fur soft and of medium length, measuring about 7 mm. in

length on back. General colour of upper surface dark brown

(sepia no. 1, ‘ Repertoire de Couleurs’), slightly paler on the

flanks. Individual hairs of back dirk grey (Payne’s grey

no. 4, ‘ Repertoire’) at base, tips brownish buff. Face, sides

of head, and region just behind ears greyish buff. Eyes

On a new Genus of Epomophorine Bats. 97

surrounded by dark rings; no dark line between eyes and

ears. Backs of hands and feet greyish brown; toes dark

brown. Underside of body dark slaty grey, washed over

with greyish white. [airs of belly dark slate-coloured, with

greyish-white tips. ‘Tail rather lighter in colour than back ;

lower surface greyer, especially near the base.

Skull very broad across middle of zygomatic region.

Auditory bulle comparatively small. Cranial region broad.

Nasals rather short, and broad anteriorly.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 94 mm. ; tail 68; hind foot 16°5; ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 27; condylo-basal length 25;

basal Jength 23 ; condylo-basilar length 23; basilar length 21 ;

zygomatic breadth 16; breadth of brain-case behind squa-

mosal region 13; greatest length of nasals 10°5; palatal

length 10°7; palatilar length 9; width of palate between

last molars 3°8; length of palatal foramina 3; length of

upper molar series 3-4.

Hab. West slope of Mount Kenya, British East Africa.

Altitude 11,000 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 0. 2.1.17. Original num-

ber 19. Collected on August 22nd, 1899, by Mr. H. J.

Mackinder.

The darker-coloured fur and unusual breadth of the skull,

especially as regards the zygomatic region, necessitate this

Kenya Graphiurus being considered quite distinct from the

Ruwenzori species.

XI.—Preliminary Description of a new Genus of

Epomophorine Bats. By KNuUD ANDERSEN,

PLEROTES*, gen. nov,

Type, Plerotes anchiete= Kpomophorus anchiete, Seabra,

J. Sci. Lisboa, (2) vi. p. 116 (1900), from Galanga, Ben-

guela.

Differential characters.—Allied te Epomops, with the post-

dental palate flattened as in Megachiroptera generally, not

* TlAnporys, filling out (e. g. a gap, an interspace), in allusion to the

fact thatin the number of postcanine teeth (#4) Plerotes is intermediate

between the Rousettine group of genera ($) and the hitherto known

genera of the Epomophorine group (2).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. d

98 On a new Genus of Epomophorine Bats.

deeply hollowed out posteriorly as in Epomophorus, but

peculiar in the following respects :—

(1) Cheek-teeth 4: p' and mg present. In all other Epo-

mophorine genera cheek-teeth 3: p* and wg absent.

(2) Dentition on the whole exceedingly weak ; p’-m* and

Ps-M, unusually narrow, only half, or less than half, as broad

as long (anterc-posteriorly). Dentition of Hpomops scarcely

weaker than usual in the Epomophorine group; breadth of

cheek-teeth two-thirds their length.

(3) p*, m!, py, m,, and mg very low, almost perfectly dat-

tened, with no trace of the usual cusp-like elevations of the

outer and inner ridges, upper teeth with a slight, lower teeth

with a scarcely detectable remnant of the median longitudinal

groove. Chieek-teeth of Epomops unmodified Kpomophorine,

with well-developed lateral ridges and median groove.

(4) Outer and inner ridge of p*® and p3 so completely fused

as to leave scarcely any trace of a median groove. Hpomops:

outer and inner ridge of p® and ps nevcr so completely fused

as to obliterate the median groove.

(5) Upper incisors extremely small, barely piercing gum,

crown blunt; lower incisors simple, obtuse. Hyomops:

upper incisors not reduced, crowns acutely pointed; lower

incisors distinctly bilobed.

(6) Palate unusually broad, breadth across outer surfaces

of crowns of m'—n.’ more than total length of maxillary tooth-

row (c-m’). Palate of Epomops broader than in Lousettus,

but not broadened to the same degree as in Plerotes, breadth

across outer surfaces of crowns of m’—m' less than total length

of maxillary tooth-row.

(7) Brain-case considerably deflected against facial axis.

In all other Epomophorine genera only very slightly deflected.

(8) Soft palate crossed by cight thin, serrate, almost equi-

distant ridges foiming regu’ar curves from side to side (figured

by Seabra, J. Sci, Lisboa, (2) v. pl. i. fig. 3, 1898). Three

anterior (interdental) palate-ridges of Mpomops thick and

prominent, conspicuously contrasting with thin and serrate

postdental ridges.

(9) Interfemoral extreme'y nairow laterally, breadth at

middle of tibia scarcely more than that of tibia bone ; calcar

absent (or rudimentary; the only known specimen is

mounted). Interfemoral of all other Epomophorine genera

unmodified, breadth at middle of tibia tour to tive times that

of tibia bone ; calcar well developed.

(10) Metacarpal of second digit much less (in Epomops

much more) than half the length of the forearm; fourth (in

Epomops third) metacarpal longest; seeend phalanx of third

On some Species of the Genus Kpomops. 99

digit subequal to (in Zpomops much shorter than) metacarpal

of same digit.

(11) Vertical fascize of mesopatagium few (about 7-8) and

broadly spaced. In Hpomops unusually numerous (36-47)

and crowded.

General size of single species known very small, as Micro-

pteropus pusillus: forearm about 50-60 mm. Size of known

species of Hpomops much larger: forearm 82—100°5 mm.

Small whitish hair-tufts at anterior and posterior base of

ears, as in all Epomophorine genera.

For the loan of the type of this highly interesting fruit-bat

[ am indebted to Sr. A. I°. de Seabra, Museu Bocage, Lisbon,

The specimen is a fully adult female, teeth practically

unworn.

XIT.—On some Species of the Genus Epomops *.

By Knup ANDERSEN.

I. Epomops franqueti and comptus.

Epomophorus franquett, Tomes, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 54,

pl. Ixxv.—Type locality, Gaboon. ‘Type, in the Paris Mu-

* Epomops, originally founded by Gray (1866), was by Dobson (1878)

not distinguished from Epomophorus ; by Matschie (1899) it was allowed

to stand as a “subgenus” of Lpomophorus, but by Miller (1907) again

united with Lpomophorus, probably owing to its general resemblance to

the latter genus in dentition and external aspect. I find myself com-

pelled to disagree with Miller. Both Epomops and Epomophorus subsist

on soft fruits, but in having adapted themselves to this diet they have,

in certain respects, followed essentially different lines of development. In

Epomops the rostrum and palate are breadened, in Epomophorus, on the

contrary, unusually narrow ; in Epomops the postdental palate has pre-

served the common ‘ Rousettine ” (flattened) shape, in Epomophorus it is

deeply hollowed out posteriorly ; in Epomops the three anterior inter-

dental palate-ridges are thick and prominent, conspicuously contrasting

with the thin and serrate postdental set of ridges, in Mpomophorus the

whole set of ridges are peculiarly modified, without contrast between the

interdental and postdental ridges; also the hyoid bones and pharynyeal

sacs are different in the two genera. Epomops is in fact much more

closely related to Hypsignathus and Plervtes than it is to Epomophorus.

If we leave Eponops and the short-nosed (in the skull almost Cynopterus-

like) Micropteropus in Epomophorus, then Epomophorus becomes decidedly

the most heterogeneous genus of fruit-bats ; if we separate Zpomops and

Micropteropus, then Epomophorus stands as a periectly homogeneous

group, sharply defined against all other genera of the Epomophorine

section, and in the shape of the postdental palate contrasting even with

ali other genera of Megachiroptera.

100 Mr. Kk. Andersen on some

seum, an adult male, mounted skin, skull extracted, soft palate

destroyed, two pairs of upper incisors. Skull figured in

P. Z. 8. 1861, pl. i. fig. 8. Type examined.

Epomophorus comptus, H. Allen, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad.

1861, p. 158.—Type locality, according to Allen, ‘ W.

Africa” ; as belonging to Du Chaillu’s collections the speci-

men was no doubt obtained in Gaboon ; type in the collection

of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. All that

can be seen from Allen’s long description is that £. comptus

must be an Hpomops, not an Epomophvrus, and that the single

specimen he had before him must have been a female (he

does not mention the sex). Now, the fact that the type

locality of H. comptus is the same as that of EF. franquete

easily suggests the idea, if not, perhaps, . comptus is simply

the female of HE. franquet?. Allen does not seem to have

known the description of 4. franquctt, in any case he does

not compare /. cemptus with that species, but only with

Epomophorus “ gambianus” and “ schoénsis.” But even if

Allen had known Tomes’s description, it is doubtful if he

would have identified Du Chaillu’s specimen with £. fran-

quett, considering that the type of franquetd is a large male,

that of comptus a small female; the sexual difference, in size

as well as in certain other characters, is in Hpomops con-

siderable. I may add that my suspicion as to the possible

identity of H. comptus and franqueti was strengthened by

the circumstance that, although I have had the privilege of

examining a larger series of Hpomops than any other single

writer, I have never been able to find more than one species

of the present genus in Gaboon or in the neighbouring

countries to the north, east, and south. Atl doubt has now

been removed by the additional information most kindly sent

me by Mr. James A. G. Rehn, Philadelphia, after a re-exami-

nation of the type of H. comptus. It is a female of HL. fran-

gueti; all the decisive characters and measurements entirely

agree with those of females of the eastern race of that species,

EL. f. franquett. The type is an unmounted skin, skull ex-

tracted, soft palate destroyed ; as mentioned by Allen, a single

pair of upper incisors (actually lost, but alveoli present) ;

forearms broken, hence the extraordinarily small measurement

of the forearm given by Allen (3 in.=76 mm.) ; from the

measurement of the third metacarpal given by Rehn (in litt.),

viz. 60 mm., it may safely be said that the real length of the

forearm has been not less than 85 nm.— Mammalogists will

no doubt feel some pleasure in being able to put EH. comptus

down as a synonym of LE. franquett. Those who, with

Dobson’s Catalogue as a guide, have tried to identify a

Species of the Genus Epomops. 101

specimen of Hpomops, will rather too often have made the

experience that they had better give it up, for the specimen

would agree with neither of the diaguoses offered in that book.

Dobsin’s method of discrininiting E. comptus from K. fran-

queti.—Dobson gave the following brief diagnoses of the two

‘species’ (his reference to the different “mode of attach-

ment of the wings to the toes’ may be left quite out of

consideration here; the insertion of the membranes is the

same in all forms of Hpomops). E. comptus: third palate-

ridge complete, undivided ; a single pair of upper incisors in

adults. H. franqueti: third palate-ridge developed on sides

only [7¢. e. broadly separated in middle]; outer incisors

wanting only in very old individuals. As these diagnoses

have been universally accepted, without or with (Matsclie)

hesitation, for more than thirty years, it may perhaps be of

some interest to trace them back to their origin. It is evident

that Dobson cannot have taken them from Tomes’s or Allen’s

descriptions, for neither of these authors mentions the palate-

ridges; nor can he have known the palate-ridges from personal

examination of the types nor from secondhand information,

for in both of the type-skulls the soft palate has been

destroyed. The explanation is this:—

Dobson’s material of Hpomops was exceedingly limited,

only four specimens, one from Sierra Leone, two from

Gaboon, and one without locality, all adults. In one of

these, a female from Gaboon (Cat. Chir. p. 14, specimen

qa”), he found only one pair of upper incisors ; as this

character agreed with Allen’s description of . comptus

4-4 incisors), he naturally identified this specimen with

LH. comptus, and finding in the same specimen the third palate-

ridge continued uninterrupted across the palate, he combined

these two facts into the diagnosis of EH. comptus referred to

above: third ridge undivided, only one pair of upper incisors

in adults. In two of the three other specimens (the third is

senile and has lost all incisors above and below), as well as

in Tomes’s figure of the type skull of Z. franqueti (or perhaps

by actual examination of this latter during one of his visits

to Paris), he found two pairs of upper incisors, and in one of

the specimens, viz. that from Sierra Leone (p. 13, specimen

“@’), the third palate-ridge broadly inter:upted in the

middle ; this is the basis ot his diagnosis of 1. franqueti :

third ridge divided, outer upper incisors present ‘‘ except in

very old individuals.” But he overlooked the important fact

that in two of the three specimens referred by himself to

E. franquett (p. 13, “6” and “¢”) the third ridge is, contrary

to his diagnosis of that species, undivided in the middle!

102 Mr. K. Andersen on some

In the light of the now available much completer material,

Dobson’s four specimens must be identified as follows :—

His “ 2. franquett” from Sierra Leone (p. 13, a’), the

only one with the third palate-ridge divided in the middle, is

a distinct species, EL. buetttkoferi; his two other specimens of

“ E. franqueti” (p. 13, “6” and “c’’) and the only speci-

men referred by him to “E. comptus”’ are all EH. franquete

Sranquett.

Il. Third Palate-ridge in EK. franqueti and buettikoferi.

It will be noticed from the above that Dobson’s statement

that in some individuals of the present genus the third palate-

ridge is continued uninterrupted across the palate, in others

distinctly divided in the middle, is by no means without

foundation in facts. Only the difference is not, as believed

by Dobson, «a difference between 4. comptus and franqueti,

which, on the contrary, are but two names of one species, but

between Lf. franqueti (ridge undivided) and E. buettikofert

(ridge divided). The character would be very convenient

indeed for a ready discrimination of these two species, if it

were absolutely constant. It is so in the large majority of

cases 3 it is perhaps always so in the case of EH. buettikoferi,

but individuals of ZH. franqueti occur, although apparently

very iarely, in whieh the ridge is distinetly divided in the

middle.

In p. 104 of the present paper I give a tabular record of the

condition of the third palate-ridge in twenty-six skulls of

Ei. franqueti and buettikoferi. A larger number of skulls has

been examined, but those tabulated are the only ones in

which the palate-ridges have been preserved in sufficiently

intact condition. ‘The results are these :—

(1) The condition of the ridge, whether continuous or

divided, is entirely independent of the presence or absence of

the outer pair of upper incisors (17). Dobson’s contention

that the presence of 17-1? in adult individuals is associated

with a divided third ridge (his 2. franquet?) and the absence

of those teeth with an undivided ridge (his EZ. comptus) is

clearly untenable.

(2) The palate-ridges have been examined in twenty-two

individuals of #. franquetz, representing both subspecies and

localities dotted over nearly the whole area inhabited by the

species. In twenty-one of these individuals the third ridge

is practically undivided in the middle, either absolutely con-

tinuous [indicated in the table by the word ‘ Undivided,”

Species of the Genus Hpomops. 103

without brackets] or, not infrequently, with a distinct notch

at the middle suggesting an initial stage towards a splitting

of the ridge [indicated by “(Undivided)” ]. In one single

individual othe ridge is distinctly separated | in the middle, by

a space about equal to the breadth of p*; this individual

(Kradji, Togo) is in every other respect a typical EH. /f.

strepitans.

(3) The palate-ridges have been examined in four skulls of

KE. buettikofert, including the type of the species. In all the

third ridge is broadly divided in the middle.

The fact that the condition of the third palate-ridge is not

absolutely diagnostic does not in the least affect the validity

of HE. buettikofert as a distinct species. It differs in other and

more important characters from LH. franquet.

III. Outer Upper Incisors.

Material,—thirty adult skulls of 2. franquet? (both sub-

species) and EL, buettikofert ; see table, p. 104.

In eleven of these 1’ is present on both sides ; in five present

on one side only ; and in fourteen absent on both sides. 1° is

present in all perfectly immature individuals examined (not

recorded in the table), but as soon as the individuals are full-

grown the presence or absence of the outer upper incisors

appears to be independent of the age. If the loss of i’ were

entirely or chiefly an age character, we should expect to find

these teeth present chiefly in adult individuals with unworn

teeth, absent chiefly in individuals with worn teeth. But the

facts are not in favour of this assumption. Of the eleven

skulls with 1° present on both sides, no less than eight have

the cheek-teeth conspicuously worn (marked with one asterisk

in the table) or even much worn (two asterisks) ; of the four-

teen skulls with 1 absent on both sides (and their alveoli

obliterated) tw are only young adults (7. e. full-sized, but

with distinct signs of slight immaturity), and four, though

fully adult, have the teeth quite or nearly unworn (no asterisk

in the table).

To decide, with certainty, the question whether there is any

specific or subspecific difference in the deciduousness of 1?

would require a much larger material than at present obtain-

able. But so far as this material goes, 1° appears to be

much more frequently lost in #. f. frangueti than in £. f.

strepitans and Lt, buetttkofer’. ‘The subjoined table points de-

cidedly to this conclusion, but itis admitted that the number

of skulls of FE. f. strepitans aud buettikofert is too small for

generalizations of this kind :—

16k Mr. K. Andersen on some

Skulls Both 7? One i? Both i”

examined. present. absent. absent.

E. f. franquett .... 18 17 pet. 11 pet. 72 pet.

EB. f. stremian’n..>s 4 57 29 14

E. buettikofert .... §& 80 20 0

Third Palate-ridge and Outer Upper Incisors f.

Third palate-ridge. i?-i7.

E. f. strepitans.

©) damm; AG oldsoass a ocak ( Undivided.)

3 ade jug, ee Undivided. ++

2 dd.) hose -"etadm 2s.) . o,': Divided. + +**

3 Rain Acaros Me robe yis » 2S Undivided. ++

é ad. 8S. Nigeria: Abonnema.. nt +-+*

2 ad. es ee AS Ent ++*

3 ad. Ss Asaba .... Undivided. _+*

3 ad. a » (type) eB isas +-+*

3S imm. i MUG e ere Undivided.

E. f. franqueti.

3 ad. “Old"Calabat 2.722. 1.c% Undivided. eg

2 Rae Fo 3 eo) Ase cee ee (Undivided.) 4+—+—*

3 ad: Cameroons ).,.... healt. Undivided. ——

2 ad. foie eat eo eRe Undivided. a

3 ad. * Bitye, R. Ja. Undivided. ++*

3 yg. ad. = Victoria .... Undivided. a

3 ad. a Kobe: oe Undivided.

gd juv. s Yaunde .... Undivided.

d ad. - Aqua Town. Undivided. +-+*

2 ad. y Bipindi .... (Undivided.) —

Oi jay. Benita ie. ea tse. (Undivided.)

3 ad. Gaboon (type) ........ oe +-+*

2 ad, 55 (type of comptus) soe ++*

2 ad. See Ure h | Se See Undivided. +4 **

» ad. fy. PN ODY. ao ac bres Undivided. ++*

2 ad. sy point a: PROC ++

3 ad. Loanda: Malange .... (Undivided.) +t

3 ad. Monbuttu: Tingasi .... Undivided. ++

3 ad,, (Semliki tei eb. coches re —

2 ad. Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza 556 = 3

E. buettikofert.

3 ad. Sierra Leone .......... Broadly div. +4 %*%

2 ad. a G6 Avene ee Broadly div. ++*

3 Fea pyre) Wl] cy st Wea es om ie ee ed Ge Broadly div. +=

rs ad, a (Eype) on Shenk Broadly div. ++

3 ad. jie thes ete reee wee enke ++*

t Explanations to the table :—Undivided=perfectly continuous across

tne palate. (Undivided) = practically undivided, but with a distinct notch

in the middle, suggesting an initial stage towards separation. +—+=i?

present on both sides. -++-+=i? present on one side only. +—+=i? ab-

sent on both sides. No asterisk=teeth quite or nearly unworn. * teeth

conspicuously worn. ** teeth much worn,

Species of the Genus Epomops. 105

IV. Epomops buettikoferi.

Type locality, Liberia; type (examined) in the Leyden

Museum. Described by Matschie (Megachir. p. 45; 1599)

as an Lyomophorus (as distinct from Hyomops), and more

particularly as a Liberian representative of “* Apomophorus

macroce halus.” Matschie had not seen the specimen, but

relied on some external measurements found in literature.

The type represents in reality a distinct species of Epomops,

and its tiue characters are entirely different trom those given

by Matschie. ‘The species is thus far only known “from

Sierra Leone and Liberia, but may have a wider distribution

along the Guinea coast.

V. The Subspecies of Epomops franqueti.

Forty-six sp cimens of H. franquet? have been examined, in

the collections of the Leyden, Berlin, Paris, and British Mu-

seums, from the following localities :—Gold Coast (eleven),

Togo (one), Lagos (one), S. Nigeria (Asaba, Abonnema,

Oban: six), Old ‘Calabar (three), Cameroons (Bitye, Victoria,

Kribi, oenles Aqua Town, Mungo, Bipindi, Klein Batanga :

twelve), Spanish Guinea (one), Gaboon (Dongila, Elloby,

Como R. : four), Loanda (Malange : ove), Niam-Niam (one),

Tingasi (one), Semliki kh. (one), Bukoba (one), uncertain

localities (two).

They represent two fairly well-maiked geographical races,

The specimens from the Gold Coast, ‘logo, Lagos, and 8,

Nigeria average conspicuously smaller than those inhabiting

the area from Old Calabar south to Loanda and east to

Victoria Nyanza. Any other difference than that of size I

am unable to see, and, as shown in the subjoined table, this

average difference is much better pronounced in the skull

than in the external dimensions, and much better so in males

than in females ; specimens of the latter sex are sometimes

difficult to allocate to subspecies :—

Smaller Larger Smaller Larger

race. race. race, race,

Males. Males, Females. Females,

Skull, totallength 468-48 49 -53 418-435 43 -47 mm,

Mandible ...... 36 -389 40 -43 PSP 338-38 ,,

c-m},crowns.... 14:5-16°2 165-18 14:5-14'8 14°8-16°7 ,,

HOLE AIIM) epee inve @ «)- 88 -89°5 90°5-96 84:5-85 82 -93 ,,

8rd metacarpal .. 625-665 67 -70 60 -605 60 -66_,,

Ear, length...... 22 -24 23 -25 21'5- P 23°5-25'5

Tibia secsoeh. 315-85 885-375 P — P 82 -34-5

106 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on

The larger race will have to stand as £. f. franquet’, the

smaller race may be known as

EHpomops franqueti strepitans, subsp. n.

Type, ¢ ad., skin and skull, Asaba, S. Nigeria; presented

by Drs W THs Crosses eM) 5. 70.0. te

XIIL.—New African Mammals of the Genera Cricetomys and

Procavia. By R. C. WrouGcutTon.

A CAREFUL comparison of the skins and skulls of specimens

of the genus Cricetomys shows that at least two new forms

require names. Until more complete material is available

for study it seems most convenient to rank them as geogra-

phical races of C. gambianus.

Cricetomys gambianus emini, subsp. n.

A Cricetomys closely resembling C. gambianus (s. s.) in size

and colour; with stouter teeth, larger palatal foramina and

bullee.

Fur rather harsh, 15 mm. long on back ; individual hairs

greyish white, with apical third brown. General colour

above Mars-brown, paling to near “ vinaceous cinnamon ” on

flanks ; belly pure white. Arms and legs like back above,

fingers and toes pure white. Slightly Jess than basal half of

tail Jike back, remainder white.

Skull as in typical gambianus, but teeth larger, palatal

foramina longer, bullee somewhat smaller.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 400 mm. ; tail (c.) 370; hind foot 72.

Skull: greatest length 75; basilar length 65; zygomatic

breadth 363; nasals, length 32; palatal foramina 9; dia-

stema 25; greatest breadth of m’3°5 ; upper molar series 11°5.

Hab. Gadda, Mombattu.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 87. 12. 1. 55. Collected

February 1884, and presented to the Natural History Mu-

seum by Emin Pasha.

The stout teeth and large palatal foramina distinguish

emint from typical gambianus, and its bright colouring

prevents any confusion with the next form.

new African Mammals. 107

Cricetomys gambianus proparator, subsp. n

A Cricetomys about the size of typical gambianus, less

brightly coloured, major part of tail white, and having

markedly larger teeth.

Fur rather softer than in emin’, 15 mm. long on back ;

individual hairs with basal two-thirds greyish white, apical

third brown. General colour on the flanks “ fawn,” much

darker on the middle of back. Arms and legs rather darker

than flanks, whole hand and toes white. Almost three-fourths

of tail white.

Skull with even stouter teeth than in emin?, palatal foramina

shorter, only slightly larger than in gambianus (s. s.), pre-

maxillary suture cutting foramina at their posterior extremity

(often at their centre in gambianus).

Dimensions of type :—

Head and body 350 mm.; tail 418; hind foot 72; ear 42.

Skull: greatest length 763; basilar length 63; zygomatic

breadth 34; nasals, length 32; palatal foramina 7°5, dia-

stema 21°5; greatest breadth of m!3°6 ; upper molar series 12.

Hab, Kast Ruwenzori. Alt. 6000 feet.

Type. B.M. no. 6. 7. 1. 68. Original number 612. Col-

lected by R. B. Woosnam, Ist January, 1906. Presented by

the Ruwenzori Exploration Committee.

The very large proportion of white tail-length, dull colora-

tion, and the skull-characters noted above serve to distinguish

this from any other form of Cricetomys.

In order to determine some specimens recently received by

the Natural History Museum from Mlanji in Nyasaland all

the specimens of P. bruced were laid out, and it then became

evident that series of specimens from four different localities

representing distinct geographical races required names.

Procavia brucei hindet, sp. n.

A Procavia ot the Heterohyrax group, differing from

P. brucet by its darker and redder colouring and “by the

formation of the posterior palate.

Fur medium, 25-27 mm. on the back. General colour

above ** Mars- oma ” ticked with whitish ; individual hairs

pale seal-brown fading to russet, subapical 3-5 mm. cream-

buff, very short black tip. Belly and chest pure white, chin

and throat tending to become grey (though pure white in

some cases). Face coloured like back, but the obsolescence

108 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on

of the pale tips of the hairs between the eyes making it

darker. Superciliary and dorsal marks cream-buff (or the

latter a little darker). Hands and teet a finely grizzled copy

of the flanks.

Skull in general outline slightly broader than in P. bruce,

especially noticeable in the nasals and across the forehead.

A pair of protuberances on the posterior margin of the palate,

one on each side of the usnal central, posteriorly directed

process ; this process itself often raised above the palate-floor.

Dimensions of type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body 450 mm.; hind foot 63.

Skull: greatest length 83; basilar length 73; zygomatie

breadth 47:5; nasals, length 19, posterior breadth 18; anterior

breadth 8; diastema 10; upper molar series 29.

Hab. Fort Hall, Kikuyu, British Kast Africa.

Type. Old female (Stage VIII.). B.M. no. 3. 11. 1. 13.

Original number 143. Collected by Mr. S. L. Hinde on

19th March, 1903, and presented to the National Collection.

Five specimens examined. The coloration is constant

throughout the series, and the dark face is in marked contrast

to the type of P. bruce’. The curious palatal character noted

above is also quite constant.

Procavia brucet ruddi, sp. n.

A dassie of the “ brucet”’ group, slightly larger than the

last, from which it also differs in colour and its soft loose coat.

Fur of back 30-35 mm. long. Basal third of individual

hairs drab-grey, second third fawn-colour, terminal third

black, with a subapical band 4-5 mm. long, whitish. General

colour a coarse mixture of brown and whitish, with a distinct

black suffusion in the mid-dorsal region. Paling to a light

brownish white on the flanks, but nevertheless sharply sepa-

rated from the pure white belly. Face and nape between

the eyes and ears brown (the pale ends of hairs missing), much

suffused with black ; sides of throat, shoulders, arms, and

legs like flanks. Chin white, throat buffy white. Super-

ciliary and dorsal marks cream-buff.

Skull as in P. hindez, but rather broader and stouter, the

bony tubercles on the palation scarcely marked or absent.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 510 mm. ; hind foot 68; ear 2).

Skull: greatest length 83; basilar length 73; zygomatic

breadth 49; nasals, length 20, posterior breadth 17, anterior

breadth 8 ; diastema 11; upper molar series 31.

new African Mammals. 109

Hab. Tambarara, Gorongoza Mts., Portuguese Last

Africa.

Type. Adult female (Stage VII.). B.M. no, 8. 1. 1. 116.

Original number 1930. Collected 12th May, 1907, by

C. H. B. Grant, and presented to the Natural History

Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

The colouring and texture of the coat serve to separate

ruddi from hindei at a glance.

Procavia brucei granti, sp. n.

A dassie allied to the two last, slightly larger, with long

fur, which, however, is harsher than in rudd? and differently

coloured.

Fur of back 30 mm. long. Basal half of individual hairs

drab-grey, distal half whitish, dark brown, and cream-buff in

equal lengths (the last, however, including a short black tip).

General colour above a blackish brown grizzled with buffy,

fading on the flanks and thence into the dirty white of the

belly. Face aud crown like back (but more finely grizzled)

and slightly suffused with black. Shoulders, sides of neck,

and limbs like flanks. Under lip white, chin and throat

buffy drab. Dorsal mark tawny ochraceous; superciliary

mark white.

Skull stout and broad, markedly larger than in hindei,

without any trace of palatal tubercles so characteristic of that

species.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 504 mm.; hind foot 72; ear 32.

Skull: greatest length 55; basilar length 76; zygomatic

breadth 51 ; nasals, length 20, posterior breadth 20, anterior

breadth 8 ; diastema 11; upper molar series 33.

flab. Woodbush, Transvaal.

Type. Old female (Stage VIIT.). B.M. no. 6. 4. 3. 102.

Original number 1534. Collected by C. H. B. Grant, 9th

January, 1906, and presented to the Natural History Museum

by Mr. ©. D. Rudd.

Procavia brucet manning?, sp. n.

A dassie of the “heterohyrax” group, most resembling

ruddi in its fur and colouring, but darker. Size large.

Fur long and silky as in rudai, 30-33 mm. on back ; in

young animals basal half almost black, followed by brown

for 10 mm., remainder buffy white, except 1-2 mm. black at

extreme tip. In maturity the whole hair becomes blackish,

110 Messrs. J. E. Cooper and H. B. Preston on

with a subterminal ring (2-3 mm.) buffy white. On the

flanks, shoulders, &c. the colour-pattern of the hairs is as in

the younger animal. On the forehead, between the eyes, the

hairs are almost black, but the patch does not extend back-

wards to between the ears. Superciliary and dorsal marks

tawny, the former paler. Throat, belly, and inner side of

limbs buffy white (buff in the type).

Skull stout, tuberosities on palation scarcely more than

indicated. Bulle small.

Dimensions of type (taken on the skin) :—

Head and body 580 mm.; hind foot 73.

Skull: greatest length 89; basilar length 80; zygomatic

breadth 54; nasals, length 21, posterior breadth 22, anterior

breadth 8; diastema 13; upper molar series 35.

Hab. Mlanji, Nyasaland.

Type. Old male (Stage VIIT.). Collected by Mr. Brown,

An almost equally old female, collected 23rd December,

1900, and presented to the Natural History Museum by

Col. Manning, is in such bad fur that the strikingly dark

coloration of this form has not been appreciated. A young

female (about Stage VI.) recalls the coloration of rudd?, but

the dorsal mark is already quite dark.

XIV.— Diagnoses of new Species of Marine and Freshwater

Shells from the Halkland Islands, including Descriptions of

Two new Genera of Marine Pelecypoda. By J. Kk. Cooper

and H. B. Preston, F.Z.8.

[Plate IV. ]

Tue following contributions to the somewhat meagre

molluscan fauna, as at present known, of the IFalkland

Islands are based upon material recently collected by

Mr. Arthur F. Cobb. Upon microscopic examination of the

hinge-teeth of two small species we have been unable to

refer these to any hitherto known genera, and have therefore

given diagnoses of them in the present paper.

Limnea brunneoflavida, sp. n. (Fig. 1.)

Shell ovately fusiform, polished, opaque, yellowish brown ;

remaining whorls 3, convex, transversely striate with lines

of growth, and bearing traces of fine, wavy, spiral strie ;

sutures somewhat deeply impressed ; columella white, arched,

new Shells from the Falkland Islands. 111

extending into a white diaphanous callus which reaches the

lip above; labrum simple, acute; aperture rather dilated,

broadly ovate.

Alt. 14, diam. maj. 8 mm.

Aperture: alt. 8°75, diam. 5°5 mm.

Hab, Falkland Islands.

Separable from ZL. diaphana, King, the only hitherto

recorded species from the islands, mainly by its much greater

breadth, opacity, and darker colour.

All our specimens have lost the apical whorls.

Chilina falklandica, sp.n. (Fig. 2.)

Shell obtusely fusiform, smooth, slightly polished, pale

yellowish olive, encircled on the upper whorls with one and

on the last whorl with three rows of chestnut flame-markings ;

whorls 6, shouldered, sculptured with fine, transverse, closely

set, rib-like lines of growth; sutures impressed, narrowly

margined ; umbilicus very narrow, deep, almost conce led by

the reflection of the columella; columella white, descending

rather obliquely, bearing a scarcely perceptible fold below and

a well-detined one above, and diffused into a whitish callus

which reaches the point of insertion of the labrum with the

whorl above; labrum simple, acute; aperture elongately in-

versely auriform.

Alt. 15, diam. maj. 8 mm.

Aperture: alt. 9°5, diam. 4°25 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Some of our specimens are coated with a blackish growth,

which, however, we have reason to believe is of vegetable

origin. ‘Though allied to several species from Southern

Patagonia, notably C. subcylindrica, Sow., and C. amana,

Smith, we have been unable to refer the present specimens to

any of these, and believe that no other species of Chi/’na has

yet been recorded from the Falkland Islands.

Phctinula solidula, sp.n. (Fig. 3.)

Shell solid, globosely turbinate, smooth, somewhat polished,

covered with a thick, pale, pinkish-purple outer layer, beneath

which the shell is highly iridescent; whorls 5, tumid,

show:ng faint traces of spiral banding, last whorl bluntly

carinate at the base; sutures impressed; umbilical area

white, having an elongated, narrow, shallow depression ;

columella white, arched above, descending very obliquely and

extending into an iridescent callus, which sometimes reaches

112 Messrs. J. E. Cooper and H. B. Preston on

the lip above; labrum acute, simple; aperture subcircular ;

interior of shell iridescent.

Alt. 10, diam. maj. 12, diam. min. 10 mm.

Aperture: alt. 6, diam. 5°5 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Allied to P. violacea, King, but much more solid and

globose in form; the iridescence of the shell is only visible

when the thick coloured outer layer is chipped away.

Immature specimens have a very narrow oblique umbilicus,

which becomes closed in the adult, leaving only the shallow

depression mentioned above.

Photinula teniata, King, var. nivea, nov.

Shell smaller than the typical form, pure white, exhibiting

faint traces of narrow spiral banding.

Alt. 14:25, diam. maj. 18, diam. min, 14:25 mm.

Aperture: alt. 8:5, diam. 8 nm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Modiolarca gemma, sp.n. (Fig. 4.)

Shell irregularly oblong, somewhat polished reddish brown,

marked with rather coarse concentric lines of growth; um-

bones anteriorly situate, neither large nor prominent ; dorsal

margin scarcely arched, slightly sloping; ventral margin

gently rounded; anterior side rather angularly rounded ;

posterior margin descending abruptly.

Long. 1°75, lat. 2°75 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Modiolarca picturata, sp.n. (Fig. 5.)

Shell trapezoidal, somewhat shining, dark olive-green

painted with narrow, radiate, transverse bands of reddish

purple, and spotted, especially above, with irregular, round,

yellowish markings, sculptured with concentric lines of

growth ; umbones rather large and prominent, dark purple ;

anterior side descending abruptly ; posterior side produced,

bluntly rounded; dorsal margin scarcely arched; ventral

margin anteriorly slightly excavated, posteriorly rounded ;

interior of shell shining, dark purple throughout.

Long. 3, lat. 4°55 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Cyamium tridescens, sp.n. (Fig. 6.)

Shell elongately oblong, iridescent, white, shining, finely

concentrically striate, bearing on the posterior side of either

new Shells from the Falkland Islands. 113

valve an oblique blunt keel; umbones small, moderately

prominent; anterior side short, sharply rounded; posterior

side elongately produced, rounded above, angled below ;

dorsal margin straight ; ventral margin angularly rounded.

Long. 3°75, lat. 7°25 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

MALYVINASIA, gen. nov.*

Shell small, inequilateral, subtrigonal ; right valve bearing

one small cardinal tooth and curved laterals on either side ;

left valve bearing a large, curved, club-shaped cardinal and

a broad, shell-like, posterior lateral tooth, the anterior lateral

in this valve being obsolete; ligament weak, internal.

Malvinasia arthurt, sp.n. (Figs. 7, 8.)

Shell subtrigonal, brownish yellow, polished, shining,

marked with rather coarse concentric growth-lines ; umbones

somewhat eroded, not prominent; dorsal margin sloping ;

ventral margin rounded; anterior side sloping above,

descending sharply below ; posterior side produced, rounded ;

cardinal tooth in right valve small, pointed; anterior lateral

tooth fine, curved; posterior lateral thickened above, curved,

tapering below; cardinal tooth in left valve large, club-

shaped, curved in an anterior direction ; anterior lateral tooth

obsolete ; posterior lateral forming a broad, short, shelf-like

projection ; interior of shell whitish.

Long. 2°5, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands,

The genus outwardly has all the appearance of Nucula ;

the hinge-system, however, easily differentiates it from that

group.

DAVISIA, gen. nov.

Shell small, slightly inequilateral, suborbicular; right

valve bearing a slightly curved cardinal tooth, a weak ante-

rior lateral and a broadly expanded posterior lateral ; left

valve bearing an obsolete cardinal tooth, an expanded ante-

rior lateral, and a broad, straight, posterior lateral; ligament

small, centrally situate.

* Malvinasia,” from Malvinas, the Spanish name for the Falklands,

+ ‘ Davisia,” named after the navigator Davis, who discovered the

Falkland Islands in 1592.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 8

‘114 Mr. E. E. Austen on a

Davisia cobbi, sp.n. (Figs. 9, 10.)

Shell suborbicular, white, irregularly concentrically striate ;

umbones large, prominent ; dorsal margin sloping on both:

sides ; ventral margin gently rounded; both anterior and

posterior sides sloping abruptly ; cardinal tooth in right valve

small, slightly curved; anterior lateral slightly elongate,

weak ; posterior lateral rather broadly expanded; cardinal

tooth in left valve obsolete ; anterior lateral expanded,

curved below; posterior lateral rather broad, elongate,

straight ; interior of shell pure white, shining.

Long. 2°5, lat. 2°25 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

The proper position of this and the preceding genus would

appear to be in the family of the Erycimide.

Psephis foveolata, sp.n. (Fig. 11.)

Shell small, broadly subtrigonal, smooth, polished, shining,

anteriorly pale flesh-colour, shading to livid purple poste-

riorly ; umbones large, prominent ; dorsal margin sloping on

both sides ; ventral margin rather straight; anterior side ~

produced, rounded ; posterior side still more produced, some-

what truncate ; interior of shell shining, showing the external

coloration through the shell.

Long. 3:5, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Limnea brunneoflavida, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Chilina falklandica, sp. n.

Fig. 3. Photinula solidula, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Modiolarca gemma, sp. nu.

Big. 6. picturata, sp. n.

Fig. 6. Cyamium tridescens, sp. 0.

Fig. 7. Hinge of Malvinasia arthuri, sp. n.

Fig. 8. Malvinasia arthuri, sp. n.

Fig. 9, Hinge of Davisra eobbi, sp. n.

Fig. 10. Davisia cobbi, sp. n.

Fig. 11. Psephis foveolata, sp. n.

XV.—A new Indian Species of Musca.

By Ernest E. Austen.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Amone some Indian Muscide ‘recently received for identi-

fication from Captain W. S. Patton, M.B., I.M.S., Assistant

Director of the King Institute of Preventive Medicine,

new Indian Species of Musca. 115

Guindy, Saidapet, South India, are three specimens of a

species of Musca, which, although already represented in the

British Museum Collection, appears to be undescribed.

Though not, of course, a blood-sucking fly in the ordinary

sense of the term, the species, as will be seen from Captain

Patton’s note on its habits, which is printed below, may

quite conceivably play a part in the dissemination of micro-

organisms pathogenic to animals, and it is therefore well

that it should receive a name without delay. This new Musca,

then, which I have much pleasure in naming in honour of

its gifted discoverer, may be characterized as follows :—

Musca pation, sp. un.

d ?.—Length, ¢ (14 specimens) 56 to 8:5 mm., ? (3

specimens) 6°8 to 7°38 mm.; width of head, g 2:4 to 3 mm.,

2 28 mm.; width of front of @ at vertex 1 mm.; length

of wing, ¢ 5:4to7°6 mm., 9 6°25 mm.

Eyes in 8 almost in contact in centre of front, separated

by little more than greatest width of stoutest thoracic macro-

cheta, sides of face in 3, and of lower part of front, viewed

from above, brilliantly white; front in 2 of moderate width,

its sides (parafrontals) each at least half as broad, or more

than half as broad, as frontal stripe; thorax bronze-black,

greyish or yellowish grey pollinose, dorsum longitudinally

striped as in Musca domestica, L., median grey stripe brighter

in front ; abdomen ochraceous-buff* or buff, with shimmering

yellowish pollinose patches, and on dorsum a clove-brown or

black median stripe, at least on second and third segments, and

a more or less conspicuous and often triangular clove-brown

mark on apex of fourth segment; in 9 extreme hind margins

of second and third segments also clove-brown on dorsum ; wings

hyaline ; legs black.

Head: ground-colour blackish, grey (whitish grey or pearl-

grey) pollinose, sides of front (parafrontals) in ? with a

slight yellowish tinge, distinctly grey right up to vertex

when viewed somewhat from behind, posterior orbits con-

spicuous above (yellowish grey) in @, but disappearing

above in ¢; occiput black; frontal stripe black, in ?

decidedly narrower than in 9 of MV. domestica, L., its sides

but slightly curved ; palpi and proboscis clove-brown, hairs

on labella yellowish ; first and second joints of antenne

black or blackish, third joint clove-brown, shimmering grey

* For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, ‘ A Nomen-

clature of Colors for Naturalists’ (Boston: Little, Brown, & Company,

1886),

116 On a new Indian Species of Musca.

or yellowish grey, elongate, relatively narrower and distinctly

longer than in M. domestica, arista (except buff band beyond

thickened portion) and its hairs clove-brown; all hairs and

bristles on head, as also on body and legs, black. Thoraa :

dark stripes on dorsum narrower in ? than in 4, in which

sex the two dark stripes on each side of the median grey

stripe are sometimes more or less confluent; median grey

stripe on dorsum usually decidedly broader than each ad-

median dark stripe ; scutellum sometimes entirely yellowish

grey pollinose, but when viewed from behind often showing

a bronze-black apical spot, which may be prolonged into a

broad median longitudinal stripe. Abdomen: bright, shim-

mering, yellowish pollinose patches on dorsum not visible on

first segment, but on three following segments very con-

spicuous when viewed from certain directions, and varying

in shape according to the angle from which they are seen ;

second and third segments each with a longitudinally elon-

gate rectangular pollinose patch on each side of dark median

stripe ; on fourth segment these patches coalesce into one ;

a transversely elongate, semi-rectangular or partially ovate

pollinose patch on each side of second, third, and fourth

segment ; latero-ventrally these lateral patches curve round

and reach the inner ventral edges of the dorsal scutes ;

extreme base of dorsum of first segment, beneath scutellum,

clove-brown or black, in g connected by a clove-brown

mark with median stripe on second segment ; median stripe

usually only about half as wide on third as on second seg-

ment, and often somewhat expanded on anterior margin of

latter; hind border of third segment, a larger or smaller

area on each side of this segment, and whole of fourth

segment sometimes more or less infuscated in ¢ ; dark mark

on apex of fourth segment sometimes connected with anterior

margin, thus forming a continuation of median stripe;

hypopygium of ¢ blackish, greyish pollinose. Alar squama

in ¢@ cream-coloured, thoracic squama in 8 cream-buff;

squame in ? waxen white. Legs: coxe, posterior surface

of front femora, and a streak on under side of middle femora,

bright grey pollinose.

India and Ceylon: types of g and ? andoneother ? from

Guindy, Saidapet, South India, 1909 (Captain W. 8S. Patton,

I.M.S.); eight additional ¢ g¢ from India, precise locality

uncertain (presented by the Bombay Natural History Society) ;

three ¢ ¢ and one ? from Trincomali, Ceylon, 21. viii.,

7 and 18. ix.,and 9. x. 1890 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury) ; one ¢ from

the vicinity of the 19th milestone on the Kandy Road, Ceylon,

On the Nomenclature of Echinoids. LZ

22. x. 1890 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury) ; and one ¢ from Colombo,

Ceylon, October 1898 (/. E. Green).

The types of both sexes are in the British Museum

(Natural History).

Writing on November Ist, 1909, with reference to Musca

pattoni, Captain Patton said :—“ This species breeds in cow-

dung, and its pupa is dirty white. The fly has peculiar

habits, in that it sucks the blood which oozes from the bites

inflicted on cattle by Hematopota and other Tabanids,

Stomoxys, and Philematomyia. It likewise sucks the juice

out of the vaccine vesicles on calves, and also the blood

after the vesicles are scraped.”

From Musca domestica, L. (syn. M. determinata, Walk.),

M. pattoni can be distinguished, inter alia, by its usually larger

size, stouter habit of body, much narrower front in the male,

the greater breadth of the sides of the front in the female,

and the more sharply defined median stripe on the abdomen

in both sexes. The fact that the first segment of the

abdomen is in both sexes for the most part ochraceous-buff

or buff, instead of entirely or for the most part black or

bronze-black, will serve to distinguish Musca pattoni from

M. corvina, Fabr., and other species closely allied thereto.

From Musca nebulo, Fabr.,—which, according to Captain

Patton, is “the common Musca of Madras, breeds in horse-

dung and other refuse, particularly in night-soil, and has a

reddish-brown pupa,”—WM. pattoni differs, inter alia, in its

much larger size, in the front of the male being only half or

Jess than half as wide, and in the presence of the clove-

brown mark on the apex of the fourth abdominal segment.

In M. nebulo the fourth segment of the abdomen, or at least

its apex, is entirely pale.

XVI.—On some Points in the Nomenclature of Echinoids.

By Dr. ‘la. Mortensen.

THE nomenclature of Echinoids has received considerable

attention of late years, aud a great number of publications

dealing more o1 less extensively with problems relating

thereto have appeared. Unfortunately the result of these

discussions has been by no means a general agieement on

these questions among specialists. It is true that recently

most of the authors seem to have come to an agreement on

some important points; but now Lambert and Thiery, in

their ‘Essai de nomenclature raisonnée des Echinides? and

118 Dr. Th, Mortensen on the

in their ‘ Notes Echinologiques’ are trying to upset all that

has been done, basing their conclusions on the principles that

pre-Linnzean names should be accepted when binominal and

that the priority rules should be interpreted as strictly and

literally as possible against anything tending to make it

preferable to retain names in the old familiar meaning, and

that only the characters to be found also in the fossil forms

should be taken into account in classification.

I am not going to discuss here all the disputed names,

only remarking on a few of the more important, the main

object of these lines being to bring forward a definite proposal

which may, I hope, bea real step forwards along the way out of

the endless discussions and the exceedingly deplorable constant

rejection of names hitherto generally used, and the almost

criminal perversion of the old familiar names to quite a

different meaning—changes which can with comparative

facility be held in memory by the specialists, but which

cannot fail to be most unfortunate to all those who are not

especially acquainted with the group in question, and in

cases where the forms concerned are also of importance in

geology, as is in so high a degree the case with the Kchinoids,

still more for paleontologists and geologists. Indeed, to

quote (mutatis mutandis) from Mr. Frank Springer’s address

concerning the name Hncrinus : “ The results will be hopeless

confusion, will benefit nobody, and cannot fail to bring

ridicule upon the taxonomic methods now in vogue.”

The name C7daris has recently been very much discussed

by Bather, H. L. Clark, Déderlein, and myself, the result

being that all these authors agreed that the type of Linnzeus’s

Lchinus cidaris is the species hitherto generally called Doro-

cidaris paptllata, and that accordingly this species should be

named Cidaris cidaris (Linn.), Dorocidaris becoming a

synonym of Cidaris. Now Lambert and Thiery, in their

‘ Notes Echinologiques: I. Sur le genre Cidaris *, maintain

that the Céidaris maurt of Rumphius (=¢mperialis, Lamk.)

should be taken as the type of the genus Czdarvs.

Accepting for the moment that pre-Linnean binominal

names should be adopted (and I agree there is some injustice

in taking Linnzus, who ranks decidedly below some of his

predecessors as regards the Hchinoids, as the starting-point,

and that it would be really more just to start from the first

binominal names, whether they be pre-Linnzean or not), it

seems to me at least very doubtful whether Lambert and

Thiery are right. ‘l’o identify the figure in Rumphius’s

* Bull. Soe. Sci. Nat. Haute-Marne, 1909.

Nomenclature of Echinoids. 119

‘D’Amboinsche Rariteitkamer,’ pl. xiii. fig. 4, with C. im-

pertalis really appears very rash. It may equally well (or

badly) represent almost any species of Cidarid. Lambert

and 'Thiery evidently base their identification of the figure

with ¢mperialis, Lamk., on the supposition that this is “le

seul Cidaris véritable des iles de la Sonde.” That this

is wrong need not be discussed at any length; it will be quite

sufficient to call to mind the fact that De Loriol, in his paper

“‘Hchinodermes de la baie d’?Amboine”’ (Revue Suisse de

Zool. 1., 1893), records three Cidarids from Amboina, viz.

Cidaris metularia, Lamk., Rhabdocidaris annulifera, Lamk.,

and Rhabdocidaris imperialis, Lamk. ‘The figure quoted in

Rumphius’s work might equally well be identified as repre-

senting any of these three species! ‘The identification main-

tained by Lambert and Thiery, by which is rejected what is

otherwise almost unanimously accepted, is thus based on an

old bad figure, of which no one can say with certainty which

species it really represents—“ on reste ainsi dans la tradition

des auteurs et lon n’est pas obligé de procéder, au bouleverse-

ment général de la nomenclature” (‘ Notes Echinologiques,’

I, p. 30).

In the ‘ Siam” Kchinoidea, i. p. 38 *, I have maintained

that the name Plestodiadema, Pomel, must be used instead

of Dermatodiadema, A. Agassiz—the former having been

established in 1883} for Aspédodiadema microtuberculatum,

the latter in 1898} for the species “having only small

secondary tubercles in the ambulacral areas”; no type

species is named, but it is evident that also microtuberculatum

must be included in the genus, and accordingly Dermato-

diadema becomes a synonym only of Plestodiadema. Now it

is true that Pomel was confused in his diagnosis of the two

genera Aspidodiadema and Plesiodiadema, saying of Aspido-

diadema “‘ ambulacre trés étroit, reduit a des simples granules,

comme dans Cidaris,” and ot Plesiodiadema ‘‘ ambulacres

.+. pourvus d’un rang double de petits tubercles.” Under

Aspidodiadema he names the species tonsum, under Plesio-

diadema, microtubereulatum. On account of this confusion in

the diagnoses the name Plesiodiadema is rejected by Agassiz

(‘ Panamic Deep-sea Echini,’ p. 59), Doderlein (‘ Echinoidea

* “The Danish Expedition to Siam, 1899-1900, Zoological Results,

II., Echinoidea I.,’”” Mém. Acad. R. d. Sci. Copenhague, 7 sér., i, (1904).

+ A. Pomel, ‘Classification méthodique et genera des Kchinides

vivants et fossiles,’ 1885, p. 106.

{ “Preliminary Report on the Echini. Bevers on the Dredging

Operations... U.S. Fish Comm. Steamer ‘ Albatross,’ 1891, xxiii,”

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxii. no. 5, 1898, p. 76.

120 Dr. Th. Mortensen on. the

d. deutschen Tiefsee-Exped. p. 157), and by Agassiz and

Clark (‘ Hawaiian and other Pacific Echini, Salenide...

Diadematide,’ p. 100). I must confess that the fact that

Pomel names a species under each of his two genera, which

must evidently be regarded as the genotypes, seems to me to

outweigh the contusion he has made in the diagnoses. If we

had to refuse all those of the older genera which are in-

correctly diagnosed, what wonderful results would come about !

When a genotype is designated it does not matter very much

whether the diagnosis is quite correct or not. The genotype

is the main thing, and as in this case it has been named by

Pomel, it seems to me that the name P/estodiadema ought to

be maintained in spite of the erroneous diagnosis. But, as so

much can be said both pro and contra, the question ought to

be decided by the International Council of Nomenclature.

The name Echinocyamus has also been very much dis-

cussed in late years. Lambert maintains that what is

described and figured under this name by Van Phelsumn is

the high form now universally called ibularia, not the flat

form common in Kuropean seas now universally known as

Echinocyamus. Accordingly he wants to have these two

names interchanged, and he has, in fact, done this in his later

works. In the ‘Ingolf’ Echinoidea (11. p. 38) I have

discussed the matter at some length, pointing out (1) that

Van Phelsum himself indicates that his specimens came from

the Adriatic (and America), where no high forms are found ;

in the Adriatic Hehinocyamus pusillus alone occurs, being

very common there, as is well known*: and (2) that the

enlarged figures given by Van Phelsum are quite impossible,

resembling neither the low nor the high forms among recent

species, while the unenlarged figures in any case resemble

much more the flat Huropean species than the high East

Indian species. Accordingly I conclude that it is undoubt-

edly our common Hehinocyamus pust/lus which is the type of

Van Phelsum’s genus Echinocyamus.

T’o this Lambert objects, in his ‘ Description des Echinides

fossiles des terrains miocéniques de la Sardaigne,’ that the

localities given by Van Phelsum are incorrect :— On sait

d’ailleurs avec quelle facilité peuvent s’égarer des étiquettes

* In his “ Description des Echinides fossiles des Terrains miocéniques

de la Sardaigne’’ (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, xxxiv. 1907, p. 88) Lambert

says: “ Van Phelsum ne dit d’ailleurs pas comme le voudrait M. Mor-

tensen qwil y a d’autres Echinocyamus dans |’Atlantique et ]’Adriatique,

il affirme que ces espéces, les types figurés, en proviennent et c’est la sa

seule erreur.” ‘This must be a misunderstanding of my text. I do not

see that I have ascribed the error to Van Phelsum.

Nomenclature of Echinotds. 12)

volantes. L’erreur commise sur l’habitat des individus figurés

est ici d’autant plus évidente que ni Van Phelsum, ni Cramer

n’avaient recueillis ces individus eux-mémes ; ils les tenaient

de navigateurs et peut-étre de seconde ou de troisiéme main.

Chacun sait combien les erreurs de provenances sont faciles

dans de pareilles conditions.” Lambert must thus have

recourse to the contention that there must have been a con-

founding of the labels in the old collection of Cramer; this

sounds, indeed, very convincing! What a pity that this

collection no longer exists (as Professor Sluiter has kindly

informed me) ; it would have been very interesting to see

whether there were any labels at all in it! Lambert can

give no proof whatever that the locality “* Adriatic ” is wrong.

T’o the other objection, that the unenlarged figures resemble

much better the flat form, Lambert only says: ‘‘ Je ne suivrai

évidemment pas le savant professeur dans cette argumenta-

tion, ot une hypothése remplace la discussion”! I am not

going to discuss this further, as Lambert will evidently

not accept any reason on this point. But I do not fear

that anybody without preconceived ideas will join Lambert

in his view. I will merely quote, mutatis mutandis, from

Lambert himself the following passage (‘ Notes Hchinolo-

giques, 1. p. 382, note) :—‘* Mais pourquoi de pareils boule-

versements sans utilité pratique? Pourquoi, contrairement

4 une tradition (demi-) séculaire faire d’une forme élevée le

type d’un genre que tout le monde a compris autrement ?

C’est 14 du byzantinisme, bon a jeter la déconsideration sur

les sciences échinologiques et nous ne cesserons de protester

contre de semblables propositions, qui violent en réalité les

régles sagement entendues, édictées par les Congrés, et trés

certainement celles autrement respectables de Ja logique et du

bon sens.”

As with Eehinocyamus, so Lambert deals with a number of

old familiar names—Brissopsis, Schizaster, Spatangus,

Echinocardium, Strongylocentrotus, Diadema ; they are either

used in quite a new sense or wholly rejected. As I think it

hopeless to try to convince Lambert of the absurdity of all

these changes, [ shall not here enter into a discussion of

them *.

In spite of the remarkably modest sentence concluding

Lambert and Thiery’s ‘Notes Echinologiques I.,’— “ Ainsi,

quelles que soient les divergences d’écoles, nous proposons de

mettre pratiquement tout le monde d’accord et cette seule

conséquence est pour nous un critérium de |’excellence de nos

* I have included some remarks on these names, excepting Strongylo-

centrotus and Diadema, in the ‘ Ingolf’ Echinoidea, ii. pp. 174-176,

122 Dr. Th. Mortensen on the

conclusions, —-I feel sure that the nomenclature adopted by

these authors will never be generally accepted, and that the

result will only be most unfortunate confusion. But out of

these endless discussions about the correct application of

priority rules grows the conviction of the absurdity of main-

taining these rules strictly in all cases. To have the ex-

cellent and universally adopted name Archwocidaris changed

into the quite misleading Hehinocrinus, as it should be ac-

cording to strict application of the rules, does it not appear

ridiculous? But that is a minor matter. Look at Dr. Franz

Poche: he is the man to make changes worth speaking of !

Holothuria is to be the name of a Sa/pa; what have hitherto

been called Holothurians by the whole scientitic world shall

now be called Bohadschioidea. Actinia, on the other hand,

is a true Holothurian—no, pardon me, I mean a true Bohad-

schioid (a Cucumaria),—whereas what have hitherto been

called Actinians by the whole world shall now have the

beautiful name Priapidee. Salpa is to be rejected for the

name Dagysa, and we have in the future to speak of the

Dagysids instead of the Salps *. When we have then made

Bipinnaria a genus of starfish, Hehinus perhaps an insect,

Nauplius a crab, Ranaa fish, Ciconta a crane, changed Pale-

ornis into Buteo, the old Buteo into Crawirex, made .Cyno-

cephalus to mean Galeopithecus, &e., &c., we will be well off

and may be proud of the results of the ‘strict application of

the priority rules!

There has recently arisen some opposition to the strict

application of the priority rules in all cases which leads to

such extremely unfortunate results. At the meeting of the

British Association in Dublin in 1908 Mr. G. A. Boulenger t+

eloquently advocated that “names with which all general

zoologists, anatomists, and physiologists are familiar should

be respected, should be excepted from the rule in virtue

of what may be termed the privilege of prescription,”

pointing out the intolerable conditions resulting from the

transfer of old well-known names to other forms (for instance,

Astacus, Torpedo, Holothuria, Simia, Cynocephalus), as also

the difficulties arising from the practice in the use of the

previous literature. He proposes that future committees

* Franz Poche, “Uber den richtigen Gebrauch der Gattungsnamen

Holothuria und Actinia, nebst einigen anderen griésstenteils dadurch

bedingten oder damit in Zusammenhang stehenden Anderungen in der

Nomenclatur der Coelenteraten, Echinodermen und Tunicaten,” Zool.

Anzeiger, xxxii. n, 8-4, 1907, p. 106.

+ “On the Abuses resulting from the Strict Application of the Rule

of Priority in Zoological Nomenclature, and on the Means of protecting

well-established Names,” Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1908, p. 735.

Nomenclature of Echinoids, 123

should determine, group by group, what names are entitled

to respect and should therefore be protected from the attacks

of the revisers of nomenclature.

In a recently published paper (“Some common Crinoid

Names, and the Fixation of Nomenelature” *) Dr. F. A.

Bather comes to the same result, that it will be necessary to

protect some of the common and more important names, and

suggests that “those zoologists who wish to protect certain

names should lay the complete facts of the case before the

Nomenclature Committee of the International Zoological

Congress, and should accompany their request for the reten-

tion of certain definite names in defiance of the Rules by the

signatures of as many workers on the group affected as they

can obtain. Due announcement of the proposed step should be

made in certain widely circulated journals, and a reasonable

time should be allowed for the reception of protests. The

Committee should ultimately give its decision, and this decision

should be published in the aforesaid journals.” And further

details are given as to the practical arrangement of the matter,

about which I may refer to the paper quoted.

It may, lastly, be mentioned that Mr. Frank Springer has

recently made a practical trial to secure the name Enecrinus,

sending a circular about the history of that name to a large

uumber of working zoologists and paleontologists, and asking

their opinion on the question. ‘The result of this interesting

trial has not yet been published.

I myself, in 1907 (‘Ingolf’ Echinoidea, ii. p. 176), made

a proposal similar to that now set forth in a more detailed

way by Dr. Bather. I there wrote, in regard chiefly to the

names of Echinoids:— I think there is only one way to get

out of this almost insupportable condition of the nomenclature,

viz., if all the echinologists of the present time meet to form

an international committee, and come to an agreement

regarding all the names of Echinoidea, one by one, and

then publish a complete list of all the names finally adopted,

with their synonyms and complete history.” Some still older

proposals tending in the same direction as those maintained

above are recorded in the papers quoted by Dr. Bather and

Mr. Boulenger.

It is evident that there is a fast-growing opinion among

zoologists that something should be done in this direction.

That I for my part most heartily agree with this need scarcely

be said. But I may be permitted to make a few remarks on

some phases of the question. It may first be maintained

* Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 8, iv. 1909, p. 37.

124 On the Nomenclature of Echinoids.

that the specialists in the groups in question alone can be

regarded as competent authorities. What these agree on

should co ipso be accepted by the Committee ; the protest of

some fanatic “ priority ruler ” should not weigh against other-

wise unanimous wishes from the really competent authorities.

In cases of doubt the Committee would, of course, have to

decide. Concerning the generic names to be protected, it

will be necessary to name the species which should be

regarded as the genotype, with references to the best descrip-

tions; species-names will generally be less important to

protect, though there may be some cases where it will be very

desirable to fix them also. On the other hand, it might be

less important to have the whole history of each name worked

out before the decision is made. As the decision is to be

made against history, I do not see the necessity of that, and

it might be left to those who have a special taste for that

kind of work; they might then dig up old works, post-

Linnean or pre-Linnean—even pre-Aristotelian, if such

could be found: they would do no harm any more; their

work would even be praiseworthy, as it is only just that the

merits of the oldest authors should be remembered, and all

those who are loth to spend their time on these questions

would be freed from that unpleasant work.

I may now proceed to discuss the question about which

Echinoid names should be thus protected. This, it seems, can

be answered at once: it must upon the whole be those ‘used

in the ‘ Revision of the Echini.’? From this work, which I

would, in spite of my disagreement with the author in several

points, term a classical work, dates the whole of the recent

Kchinoid literature (on the recent Echini), and it will cer-

tainly for a very long time remain the basis of the study of

the Mchinoids. The advantages of having the more im-

portant of the names codified in the sense in which they are

used in this work, and, indeed, in most of the following

literature, are self- evident. I would propose to thus fix the

following names :—

Phyllacanthus, Br., with genotype : wmperiahs, Lamk. (=dubia, Br.).

ATOGCIANGTAY oa tia ctcks ee oie soe lixula, La.

Diadema, Schynv. 220.202.0055 saxatile, L.*

Strongylocentrotus, Br. ........ drébachiensis, O. F. Miiller.

chemise, Fond. (1s, ),, cdo ester 'e » esculentus, L.

Echinocyamus, v. Phels. ...... pusillus, O. F. Miiller.

* As there has recently been some dispute concerning the name

saxatile, it may be Beene out that I mean the species described under

this name in the “ Siam” Echinoidea, i. p. 9.

—

Bibliographical Notices,

Fibularia, Lamk,, with genotype: ovulum, Lamk.

Nagtangus, Kleiniy sc ba tie ok purpureus, O. F, Miiller.

LEchinocardium, Gray .......4-. cordatum, Penn.

Schizaster, A Passa | ya. cis es) os canaliferus, Lamk.

Brissopsts, Apass ates ae ce lyrifera, Forbes.

There might perhaps also be reason to fix such names as

Sulenia, Echinometra, Psammcchinus, Moira, and others, and

also Cidaris and Dorocidaris might be taken into considera-

tion. Nobody, I think, will deny that it would be desirable

to keep the name Dorocidaris, so much used in literature ;

Cidaris would then naturally get metularia as its genotype.

To have fixed all the generic names of Echinoidea with

their genotypes would, of course, be the best. But if only

the above names (and some names of fossil genera ought,

perhaps, to be added, as, e. g., Ananchytes) were secured,

much stability would follow. The end of it should be the

making of a complete Copex NOMINUM, containing all the

generic names of the animal kingdom, with their genotypes

given.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Treatise in Zoology. Edited by Sir Ray Lanxester, K.C.B.,

_ M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. London: Adam & Charles Black. 1909.

(1) Part VIL. Appendiculata: Third Fascicle. Crustacea.

By W. T. Carman, D.Sc.

(2) Part I. Introduction and Protozoa: First Fascicle. By S. J.

Hickson, #.R.S., J. J. Lister, F.RS., F. W. Gamprz, D.Sce.,

F.RS., A. Wiitzy, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., H. M. Woopcocx,

D.Sc., the late W. F. R. Weipon, F.R.S., and E. Ray Lay-

KESTER, K.C.B., F.R.S.

Tue fact that for more than a generation the standard text-books

on Zoology in use in this country have been translations from the

German or French has been due, not so much to the lack of com pe-

tent teachers, as to the generous appreciation which we have always

shown of what is good in our neighbours. That this attitude

redounds to our credit is undeniable. Furthermore, it argues the

conviction that no great benefit to science could accrue trom the

production of a ‘‘ home-made” book so long as that book was, like

its continental forerunners, the work of a single author; for of

necessity it could not pretend to be more than a compilation—though

a good compilation needs a wide grasp of facts and wise discrimina-

tion. Realizing this, Sir Ray Lankester set himself the task of

126 Bibliographical Notices.

expanding what is usually condensed into one or two volumes, the

work of a single author, into a series of volumes, each the work of

one or of several authors, as circumstances demanded ; and to this

end he applied himself to the task of selecting his team. The

signal success which has crowned his efforts lays us all under a

debt of gratitude, and at the same time demonstrates his knowledge

of ‘‘ who’s who” in the zoological world.

Dr, Calman’s volume on the Crustacea will be welcomed not only

by carcinologists, but also by teachers conducting classes of ad-

vanced zoology, for no other group of Invertebrates, perhaps, is so

well suited to demonstrate the broad principles of morphology.

Dr. Calman, himself a teacher of no small experience, has evidently

kept this aspect of work always before him, and thus his volume

will attain its fullest measure of usefulness.

Having a wide and extensive knowledge of this group, the bulk

of what he has written may be regarded as first-hand information,

even though much of it may now be common knowledge; but

where he had to rely on the work of others he has displayed a wise

discrimination.

The pages of this book may be made to yield a helpful guide as

to lines of further research, for the author has indicated many

matters which need clearing up, some of quite exceptional interest.

What, for example, is the nature of the spine in Argulus, which is

generally regarded as a poison-organ? ‘This spine is provided with

a duct communicating with three large groups of unicellular glands

lying at its base. Though the secretion of these glands is generally

regarded as of a poisonous character, no definite evidence on this

head seems to have been adduced. Having regard to the universal

absence of ciliary organs in the Crustacea, it is of more than

ordinary interest to find in one of the Copepoda—the freshwater

Hepacticid Belisarius—‘‘a curious vibratile organ... . connected

with, or in close proximity to, the maxillary gland,” which is “ sup-

posed to be of the nature of a‘ flame-cell.’” It is generally supposed

that retrogression, once it appears, must be continuous; but the

author shows that, in the Crustacea at any rate, this is not only

untrue, but, among larvee, organs which have disappeared may

re-develop in later stages, as in the case of the thoracic part of the

male larva of Enterognathus, one of the Copepoda. The develop-

mental history of this group shows yet other curious phases shared

in common with other lowly types belonging to it, in relation to

sexual characters.

Finally, we may refer to the supposed occurrence of ‘‘ hypodermic

impregnation ” in the Asellotan Jara, wherein it is believed that _

‘**a spermatophore is inserted by the male between the thoracic

terga of the female, and that it permeates the articular membrane

and passes into the body-cavity, discharging its contents into the

oviduct, while the empty capsule is expelled by the oviducal aper-

ture.” The account of this extraordinary process, Dr. Calman

remarks, cannot be accepted without further investigation.

Bibliographical Notices. 127

The volume on the Protozoa is the first of the two devoted to

this group. The second volume, or second “ Fascicle,’”’ has already

been reviewed in these pages. With the issue of the present

volume students have the most complete account of the Protozoa

yet published ; and this fact now assumes considerable importance,

for during recent years the Protozoa have acquired a quite un-

expected significance, owing to the discovery of the part they play

in the history of man’s well-being.

The first part of the Editor’s Introduction to the Series occupies

the opening pages of the volume now before us—the continuation

thereof appearing in the second fascicle,—and this will be read with

profit and enjoyment by all who are interested in the problems of

the origin of life and the relation between animals and plants.

These are still much discussed themes, but there is probably no

other living writer who could have summarized the present state of

our knowledge of this aspect of these lowly organisms in the same

masterly fashion.

The study of the Protozoa is one which presents unusual diffi-

culties, and, moreover, the field is so vast that nowadays no single

worker can hope to master its intricate mazes. The fact that the

present fascicle is the work of no less than six authors—not in-

cluding the Editor—is perhaps the best proof of this.

The section on the Hemoflagellates and allied forms is, from its

relation to disease, one of the most important in the book ; and this

has been written by Dr. H. M. Woodcock, Assistant to the Professor

of Protozoology in the University of London. It forms an admirable

summary of our knowledge of these organisms, based on a very

practical first-hand acquaintance therewith.

Though the Mycetozoa are very properly included in these pages,

there are many authorities who still insist on claiming them as

plants, and to this subkingdom, indeed, they are officially relegated

in the British Museum !

These volumes, like those of the series which have already

appeared, are admirably illustrated, every figure having a definite

lesson, which is by no means the case with most other treatises.

Hull Museum Publications—No. 63. A Descriptive Catalogue of the

Dobrée Collection of European Noctue. Compiled by Horacn B.

Browne, M.A., Assistant Master at Hymers College, Hull. 8vo.

Hull, 1909, Pp. xv, 156. Price 1s. net.

Tue name of Nicholas Frank Dobrée was well known to British

entomologists, and we are glad to welcome this carefully prepared

Catalogue of his valuable collection of Palearctic Noctua, now in

the Hull Museum. The work commences with a short memoir and

an account of the collection and of Mr. Dobrée’s work ; his portrait

formsa frontispiece. In the Catalogue the history of each specimen

is fully recorded and every aberration or variety is described. In

the Appendices we find lists of Mr. Dobrée’s correspondents ; a list

128 Geological Society.

of his published papers (twenty-four in number), special attention

being called to a paper on Melanism in the ‘ Entomologist’ for

1887; and a list of works of reference in the Central Public

Library, Hull. The volume concludes with a complete Alphabetical

Index of Species.

We have only one fault to find with the execution of this excellent

little book. Too much prominence is given to the term “ European ”

collection, for, as we are told on p. x, “ The collection . . . consists

of a magnificent series of specimens obtained from almost every

district of the entire Palearctic Region from Iceland to Vladi-

vostock.”

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 3rd, 1909.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sc.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :— te

1. ‘Certain Jurassic (Lias—Oolite) Strata of South Dorset, and

their Correlation.’ By S. 8. Buckman, F.G.S.

(1) Descriptions are given of certain strata (Lower Bathonian

to Pliensbachian) on the Dorset coast :—Chideock and Burton

Bradstock.

(2) Comparison is made with similar strata inland—with a

summary of beds at Stoke Knap; with certain North Dorset strata ;

with Toarcian beds of Yorkshire and Northamptonshire.

(3) The strata described are classified according to what may

be called the ‘ multizonal’ or ‘ polyhemeral’ system in the main,

according to the scheme introduced for these strata in 18938 (5) ;

but further divisions due to other investigators and to the Author

are dealt with.

(4) The strata described are arranged among thirty-six zonal

(hemeral) divisions— a greater number of divisions than Oppel used

in 1856 for all the Jurassic rocks, of which these beds form but a

small part.

(5) The Upper Lias part of the Junction-Bed of Down Cliffs,

Chideock (Lower or pre-striatulus Toarcian) is a very condensed,

imperfect epitome in 20 inches of about 80 feet of strata on the

Yorkshire coast, and of very much more, allowing for gaps.

(6) Between the bifrons-layer and the striatulus-layer of the

Junction-Bed there is occasionally a 2-inch layer which is all that

represents some 250 feet of deposit in the Cotteswolds—so that

about 2 feet of Junction-Bed was formed while some 550 feet were

being deposited elsewhere.

Geological Society. 129

(7) The Upper Toarcian (moorei-dumortierie hemerze) makes a

great showing at Burton Bradstock and Down Cliffs as the Down

Cliffs Clay and Bridport Sands (pars)—the greatest thickness of

rocks of these dates in the country.

(8) The sequence of aalensis-strata above moorei-beds is demon-

strated at Chideock Quarry Hill, in the upper part of the Bridport

Sands.

(9) The Inferior Oolite (Aalenian, Bajocian, Bathonian pars)

strata of Burton and Chideock are not counterparts of one another :

they supplement each other to a certain extent; both are in-

complete, and much epitomized representatives of thicker deposits

elsewhere.

(10) Mr. Thompson’s zonal scheme for the Upper Lias is

considered, and a table of Upper Lias zones for future work is

presented.

2. ‘Certain Jurassic (“‘ Inferior Oolite”) Ammonites and Brachio-

poda.’ By 8. 8. Buckman, F.G.S.

This paper is presented as a paleontological appendix, partly to

the Author’s accompanying communication, partly to his previous

stratigraphical work. In a short introduction the Author, remark-

ing on the fecundity of the ‘Inferior Oolite’ in the matter of

species, makes the suggestion that this is due to the relatively

great length of time taken up in its deposition; and he adduces

data for supposing that the time thus occupied was from one-fifth to

one-fourth of that for the whole Jurassic System.

The paper describes certain species of Ammonites and Brachiopoda

which are important for the identification, the correlation, or the

dating of Inferior Oolite deposits, and certain other notable species

which, having frequently attracted attention in the field, require

naming in the interest of future workers.

3. ‘The Cretaceous and Eocene Strata of Egypt.’ By William

Fraser Hume, D.Sc., A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Superintendent, Geological

Survey of Egypt.

The Author divides the fossiliferous Cretaceous strata into three

series :—

1. A northern Antonian type, marked by Cenomanian species,

including typical Turonian strata.

2. A central Egyptian or Hammama type, Cenomanian strata

being absent, Campanian marked by abundance of Ostrea villei and

Trigonarca multidentata, and phosphatic beds; the Danian portion

having an eastern facies in which Pecten-marls are a characteristic

feature, and a western chalky limestone indicating a close affinity

with the white chalk of Northern Europe.

3. A southern or Dungul type, having close affinities with 2, but

in the Campanian the phosphatic beds are inconspicuous, and the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 9

130 Miscellaneous.

fauna consists of a group of specialized sea-urchins and of: gastro-

pods among which Turritelle are very prominent.

The Author emphasizes the uniformity of the Lower Kocene

throughout Egypt, its triple subdivision being recognizable over

vast areas. Inthe Middle Eocene this uniformity is replaced by

differentiation, the well-known regions of the Fayim and the

Mogattam Hill differing from the succession in the area selected as

typical in this paper. In the latter, five zones have been recognized

in the lower division, while in the Upper Moqattam the Jurritella-

beds and the strata rich in Carolia placunoides and Plicatula poly-

morpha are of zonal importance. The Lower Moqattam is considered

as beginning with the Nummulites-gizehensis zone and closing with

the Gistortia-bed, to the significance and extent of which attention

is especially directed.

The Author discusses the relation between the Cretaceous and

Eocene beds, and points out that they differ lithologically, limestones

being dominant in the Lower Eocene and shales in the Upper

Cretaceous.

Paleontologically, great groups such as the Ammonites still

abundant in the Upper Cretaceous disappear in the Eocene and are

replaced by the characteristic nummulinid foraminifera. On the

other hand, both periods bear a strong resemblance to each other

in the dominance of oysters and sea-urchins over other forms. A

notable feature is the comparative rarity of brachiopoda in Egypt

throughout both periods, nor have belemnites been recorded from

the Egyptian Cretaceous.

Among post-Kocene formations the calcareous grits are shown to

have a wide extension; but in the Desert they differ in character

trom the mammal-yielding beds of the Fayim. ‘The question as

to the Upper Eocene or Oligocene age of these beds is left over.

The quartz-chert gravels appear to be closely related to the

calcareous grits, but are unconformable upon them. This continental

phase is accompanied by volcanic and geyser activity.

The Cretaceous Period in Egypt was therefore one, in the main,

marked by the gain of sea over land, the Eocene was one of rest,

while at the close of the Eocene and during the Oligocene the

approach of a continental phase is clearly indicated.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Ricwarp Bowpier Saree, LL.D.

Dr. Ricnarp Bowptnr Sarre, the eminent ornithologist, died

on Christmas Day at his residence in Chiswick. Dr. Sharpe was

born in London on November 22nd, 1847, and was educated at

Brighton, and at Peterborough and Loughborough Grammar

Schools. Even as a boy he was an enthusiastic naturalist, and

in his holidays at Cookham made a collection of Birds, which he

Miscellaneous. 131i

afterwards presented to the British Museum. He came to London

in 1863, and served with Messrs. W. H. Smith and then with

Bernard Quaritch, leaving the latter in 1867 to take the post of

Librarian to the Zoological Society, which he held until 1872.

During this period every hour which he could get for himself was

spent in the study of Birds and in making a private collection of

them.

The ‘ Monograph of the Alcedinidw (Kingfishers),’ published in

parts from 1868 to 1871, was a remarkable work to have been

accomplished by so young a man under such conditions. In the

preface he asked for some slight consideration “ for an author who

commences so large an undertaking at the age of seventeen, and

who as he pens these last words has not attained te the age ef

twenty-three.” ‘This was unnecessary, for the Monograph at once

established his reputation, and still remains a model which any

who project a monographic work may study with advantage. ‘The

introductory chapters dealt with the relationship of the various

genera and species, their geographical distribution, &c., with a

chronological account of the literature. Then came a description

of the anatomy of the Kingfishers, written by Dr. Murie; followed

by the systematic part, including full and careful descriptions of

each species, their habits and distribution, illustrated with 120

coloured plates.

A ‘History of the Birds of Europe’ had now been commenced

with Mr. H. E. Dresser, and the first parts appeared in 1871;

but in the following year Dr. Sharpe was appointed a Senior

Assistant in the British Museum, and left the completion of this

work to his collaborator, in order to deyote himself to the task of

building up the national collection of Birds and writing a catalogue.

How he succeeded is well known; the collection increased in

number from about 30,000 to more than 400,000 specimens, and

this stupendous result was chiefly due to the personal qualities of

Dr. Sharpe himself. He started by presenting his own private

collection, he spent his vacations in collecting, and with his own

money he purchased desiderata, rather than allow the museum to

lose them. Moreover, he infected with his own enthusiasm most

of those with whom he came in contact, visitors to the museum,

travellers, collectors, ‘and others; and in consequence, as he has

often told the present writer, he never missed a collection that he

wanted.

The ‘Catalogue of Birds’ took 24 years to finish, and ran te

27 volumes, 13 of which were written by Dr. Sharpe without

collaboration ; of these it may truly be said that they are the most

complete works of the kind that have ever been written; in fact,

the keynote of Dr. Sharpe’s work was thoroughness.

The Catalogue was supplemented by a ‘Nomenclator Avium, er

Hand-list of Birds,’ in five volumes, the first of which was published

in 1899, whilst the last has only recently been issued.

One of the most attractive features of the exhibition galleries of

the British Museum (Natural Histery) is the series of British Birds

132 Miscellaneous.

and their nests, mounted so as to represent the actual surround-

ings; this was initiated by Dr. Sharpe, who procured the first of

these natural groups, that of the Coots, at Avington Park, in

Hampshire.

Dr. Sharpe was promoted to the rank of Assistant-Keeper in

1895; he was the author of numerous books and memoirs in

addition to those already mentioned, a successful and popular

lecturer, and an honorary member of many scientific societies both

at home and abroad. He was elected Officier de l’Instruction

Publique in 1901, and amongst the distinctions he gained were the

degree of LL.D. from the University of Aberdeen in 1891, the gold

medal for science awarded him in the same year by the Emperor

of Austria, and the presidency of the Fourth International Ornitho-

logical Congress in 1905, honours the more prized as they were

won entirely by merit and hard work.

He will be mourned by naturalists throughout the world, by

thousands who have derived instruction and entertainment from

his lectures and his popular books, and especially by the colleagues

who will miss his friendly help and genial presence; but the

national collection of Birds will remain as a magnificent record of

a life of devoted and unceasing activity. Cat, A:

On the Dates of Publication of Costa’s ‘ Fauna del Regno di

Napoli, 1829-1886.

Tuts work, begun by O. G. Costa in 1829 and continued after his

death by his son Achille Costa, was issued in fasciculi of varying

amounts of text. A single leaf of brownish-yellow paper bearing a

rough collation of the subjects that had appeared up to the end of

1875 was issued by Gustav Lange. This collation refers to 117

fascicules, but their contents are not given, and no reference is

made to any dates.

The dates, however, are not so puzzling as appears at first sight,

owing to a singular method of dating by the printer, which, as the

only means of information now available, may be accepted as very

close to the truth. These printed dates will be found on the back

fold or near the-back fold of the sheet or half-sheet or single leaf,

for each appeared as necessitated by the amount of matter in the

printer’s hands. Sometimes, if the sheet is not folded truly, the

date can be seen by widely opening the bound volume, but fre-

quently the sheet is folded truly and the date has perished under

the binder’s glue!

As the full list of dates runs to twelve closely written foolscap

pages of MS., I do not propose to ask you to do more than to note

that this MS. of mine is available for reference at the British

Museum (Nat. Hist.) to any one who is desirous of ascertaining

any particular date. It may be well to mention that I have not

been able to find that the printer so dated any part of the Lepi-

doptera except the ‘‘ Geometri, Bombicoidi, and Cocliopodi.”

C. Davins SHERBORN

Nov. 25, 1909. (‘Index Animalium’),

sf “THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained. Prices on application.

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few impertect

copies only on hand.

Lhe Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1882.

The Third Series, in 87 volumes, from 1832 to 1850.

_ The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875.

The Fifth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1876 to 1900.

Tavwox and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

- MONTHLY, PRICE 2. 6d.

| Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. 4) ft SO

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. sect oer

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Per} 54

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. RE Ao

The Siath Series, in 20 volumes, from 1888 to 1897. Sit ehedisoe<

Tayztor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

Edited by A. E. Sarpiey, M.A., F.R.S.

Med. 8vo, with text illustrations and 10 plates. Price 10s,

DERMAPTERA (Earwies). By Dr. Matcozm Burr, M.A., F.LS.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN. |

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R. I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-152, pls. i—xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncuorpHorA: Cureulionide). By

D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. ivi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. LV. part 7 (Ruynenornora: Cureulionide, continued).

By G. ©. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-48, pls. 1., ii.)

The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Dutav & Co., Scho Sq., W.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA.

Part X. Vol. If. Price 21s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F-.RS.

With 17 Plates and Text, treating of the following Genera and Sub-

Genera, with anatomical details:

Macrochlamys, Bensonia, Austenia, Taphrospira, Sophina,

Euplecta, Kaliella, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Lamprocystis,

Corilla, Plectopylis, Thysanota, Philalanka, and Sykesia ;

and the following new Genera: Dalingia, Sarika, Rahula,

and Staffordia.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[FIGHTH SERIES. ]

No. 26. FEBRUARY 1910.

XVIT.—Deseripticns and Records of Bees—XXV.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado.

Table of the Australian Species of Prosopis.

THE following table was prepared at the British Museum,

with the types of nearly all the species before me. The

genus is here interpreted in the old broad sense ; some of the

species belong to Palworhiza, Perkins, which, though in

most respects Prosopiform, is distinct by the elongated and

pointed tongue. ‘The type of this genus is Palworhiza per-

viridis (Prosopis perviridis, Ckll.). I have included in the

table also one or two species of the Austro-Malay region.

The only species not before me at the time of preparing

the table were P. didentata, Sm., P. fulvicorni's, Sm., P. lub-

bocki, Ckll., P. Wogonia, Vachal, P. quadrata, Sm., and

P. vicina, Sichel.

Abdomen red or red and black, not me-

tallic (obscurely reddish also in P. pri-

mulipicta, Ckll., P. ruficeps, Sm., and

PET OLUNRGLCE IS ONG pte riele eke sacs are cho ¥

Abdomen neither wholly nor in part red

(obscurely reddish in the three species

just cited; head red in rwficeps) .... 10,

1. Scutellum and postscutellum partly or

wholly yellow or cream-colour...... 2.

Ann. & Maas Mi Haat. Ser. 8..Vol. v: 10

134 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Scutellum and postscutellum dark...... 5.

Seutellum and mesothorax red, but post-

scutellum black ; sides of metathorax

red; clypeus red; narrow lateral face-

marks pale yellowish menehaatnis ate eee lateralis, Sm., 9.

2. Postscute!lum cream-colour; scutellum

black, with hind margin narrowly

cream-colour ; head and nearly all of

mesothorax red ; no light face-marks.

(Queéenslands) =o atmetee cee ses.> torrida, Sm.

Scutellum and postscutellum, so far as

coloured, deep chrome-yellow ...... 3.

3. Head and nearly all of mesothorax red;

no pale face-marks. (Swan R., W.

AIS tELIAE) We ademme sic siaeniesa so a rubricata, Sm.

Face with bright yellow markings .... 4.

4, Larger; a black stripe down each side of

clypeus ; red of abdomen obscure . elegans, Sm., Q.

Smaller; face bright yellow right across. elegans, Sm., ¢ (sydney-

6. Axille ferruginous; mesothorax dull [ana, Ckll.).

reddish, with two broad suffused black

bands; abdomen with only first seg-

ment and extreme base of second red ;

legs clear red ; face deep orange .... bicolorata, Sm.

Mesothorax red; abdomen with first two

segments red; clypeus red; narrow

lateral marks pale yellowish........ provima, Sm,

Mesothoraxsblick syst ssc wacom ete

6. Red of abdomen very obscure, but basal

middle of first segment orange; clypeus

black, with lower margin broadly »

ferruginous ; ; broad cuneiform creamy-

white lateral face- -marks, having a

short linear process above along orbits.

(Swann lame tec ija cer cee a ee albomaculata, Sm.

Abdomen at least partly bright ferrugi-

MOMS}. wa’ sees send Lines he plows ae GS he

7. Apical half of abdomen dusky or black.. &

Abdomen-entirely red .c..5 c00s008. 154 2:

8. Larger; metathorax rough, with no

defined area ; clypeus black, with

lower margin dull red; lateral face-

marks creamy white, small and short. rejipes, Sm.

Smaller; area of metathorax well de-

fined; clypeus white, with a black

MATIC ONGERCH SINE’ «2 t's 6b vine Werle constricta, Ckll,

9: Mo supracly peal mark rs fee wa . subplebcia, Cll,

Supraclypeal mark well developed...... coronata, Ckll.

10. Metallic, green or blue, species (P. ro-

tundiceps 2 and others are faintly

metallic on abdomen) .:..........0. 11.

Black species, not metallic (abdomen -

obscurely metallic in P. rotundiceps 2,

P. metallica, P. simillima 3, and P.

MOREE) ons won bapa Bes KheD ee Se 32.

11, Head and thorax black except for the

13.

14,

15.

Records of Bees.

light markings; metallic colour of

abdomen obscure in some ...... ae

Head and thorax metallic ............

Head red; thorax black; clypeus red;

broad lateral marks chrome-yellow

(allied to purpurata, and, like it,

having not only the tubercles yellow,

but also a spot just behind them on

the pleura; both are from Adelaide,

and may be sexes of one species) ....

. Scutellum and postscutellum black; size

larga aio s. RAS ah: Me omg ak eet a ae

Scutellum and postscutellum at least

largely bright yellow or orange......

Clypeus bright vellow, bordered with

bin@keabcsmteste tr. Soe. ec leteecn ae

Clypeus black, with a median yellow

|e Ve ee POS are eae Brace ee eae ee ce

135

12.

ruficeps, Sm.

13,

14,

alcyonea, Erichs., 3

[(vidua, Sm.).

alcyonea, Erichs., 2.

(Here also runs Jéogonia, Vachal, but it is smaller, only 7 mm. long.)

Clypeus yellow (in this section comes

P. vicina, Sichel, which is, however,

almost certainly based on a mixture of

species; the name should be restricted

to the New-Zealand specimens)

Clypeus black; broad lateral face-marks

present 2... 0. ese ae Hiv-ah aitoviel ateh sce

No supraclypeal mark ; abdomen strongly

punctured, its metallic colour very ob-

SCUEG ..c 5 25. cisos, ce Maren Me oko eee

15.

18.

metallica, Sm.

(P. lubbocki, Ckll., which was described by Smith as the male of

metallica, is shining nigro-zneous, with clypeus, supraclypeal

mark, lateral marks, and scape in front cream-colour.)

Supraclypeal mark present............

16. Scape yellow beneath; insect much

smaller than metallica ....... Peta

Scape all black; males ............4.

17. First r.n. entering second s.m.; supra-

clypeal mark rounded above ........

First r. n. joining first t.-c.; supraclypeal

mark broadly truncate above........

18.

20.

Large, length about 12 mm., aspect of

alcyonea ; abdomen dark greenish....

Much smaller; no yellow spot behind

fuberclese nar stuns atone cog hanes t

. Lateral face-marks bow-shaped ; clypeus

sparsely punctured ; mesothorax finely

punctured; two species very much

CN cy ZF Sapa Oe Dice take cine

Lateral face-marks cuneate, deep orange;

clypeus with dense punctiferous

grooves; mesothorax with very large

coarse dense punctures. (Kuranda.).

Larger; clypeus with a slight median

raised line; face-marks pale red, but

evidently originally yellow ; first r. n.

entering second s.m. (Swan R.)....

16.

purpurata, Sin.

Le:

violacea, Sin.

cognata, Sm.

perpleca, Sm. (confusa,

[(Sm.).

19.

20.

amata, Ckll,

vielacea, Sm., 9.

10*

136 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Smaller; clypeus with no raised line;

lateral face-marks very bright chrome-

yellow; first r. n. joining first t.-c.

(W. Australias) - 2 eeu. cece reeks cognata, Sm., 9.

21. Scutellum and _ postscutellum bright

chrome-yellow ; mesothorax brilliant

green; a yellow spot on pleura behind

tubercles; species of Paleorhiza .... 22.

Scutellum and postscutellum each with

a lateral pale stripe or patch; head

and thorax dark green; abdomen

purple, with green shades. (Kuranda.) permiranda, Ckll.

Scutellum and postscutellum without

iGhb MATOS ae ee ae Gee ciclmletc ales 23.

22. Clypeus yellow. (Kuranda, Dodd.).... parallela, Ckll., 3.

Clypeus green, with a light median stripe. paradlela, Ckll., 2.

28. Tubercles without any light colour; large

or rather large species (probably all

PULEITIRIAR) 2 ois cle ve obte emie nena 24.

Tubercles with at least a light spot .... 26.

24. Mesothorax blue; face marked as in P.

POEL BIP EC ES ahal isis sie o's ake ayes Ae Rate reginarum, Ckll,

Masorhorax Breen... 5's "xjelequsws'ele rates 25.

25. Face with three yellow stripes; abdomen

bright Green 5). oy. once os wita lee perviridis, Ckll.

Median stripe reduced to aspot on lower

part of clypeus; abdomen with strong

purple tints. (Dory, New Guinea.).. amperialis, Sm.

Median stripe wholly wanting ; abdomen

Gnsk préen: Jip hol’ foyer a oe ee varicolor, Sim.

26, Face without light marks; very small -

bite eperiesaa.%. aii fn ante pee baudinensis, Ckll.

Face with lightimarks. <. 00 ..c60ene ore 27.

27. Clypeus wholly dark, no supraclypeal

mark; small species, with fine blue

RIMOHIER) 0 Sek bee cel Re cueiee eer albonitens, Ckll., 9.

(P. fijiensis, Ckll., from Fiji, will run here, but it is a large species,

144 mm. long; it is brilliant steel-blue, with yellow lateral face-

marks.)

Clypeus light or not wholly dark (ifnearly

all dark, species not small) ........ 28.

28. Very small species, with white face and

large broad supraclypeal mark ...... albonitens, Ckll., 3.

Medium-sized or rather large species .. 29.

29. Mesothorax irregularly punctured, the

punctures not of the same size; lateral

face-marks (very pale yellowish)

broad, their inner side strongly arched ;

abuomernblye” «225. thas cadens disjuncta, Cll.

Mesothorax densely, strongly, and evenly

UC UTCH soos ee «ett eit ates ten 30.

30. Green species, larger than disjuncta;

lateral face-marks narrower than

in disjuncta, their inner side not arched;

abdomen green, first two segments

strongly punctured ..s3. lie. neha varicolor, Sm., 3.

31.

Records of Bees. 137

(2 varicolor may have a minute light clypeal spot, and so come in

here. Male varicolor obtained by Dodd at Townsville show

variation; the axille may be cream-colour and second abdominal

segment purple, and the clypeus may be all light except the

sutures. )

Blue ‘species; first two abdominal seg-

ments sparsely punctured .,........ ol.

Face light, no black band between

clypeus and lateral marks; supra-

cly peal mele presemh Mac asias «ola ry turneriana, Ckll.

A metallic purplish dark band at each

side of clypeus; second abdominal

segment more sparsely and feebly

AION URES UNets rar tetaie rite sateen Boles ea turneriana kurandensis,

82. Scutellum and _ postscutellum wholly (Chl.

black ; size small or medium....... oes

Scutellum and postscutellum at least

joy ia Al cea poniee Grace orinel sce 338

83. Prothorax, except tubercles, black ; head

seen from in frontround ....... a ce:

Prothorax with upper border at least

laecelly palenan s.r ate im canis oan ae ier 35.

84. Face black, with a pair of short quadrate

chrome- yellow lateral marks........ quadriceps, Sm.

Clypeus, supraclypeal mark, and lateral

marke deep yellow sce ./as vanes se hobartiana, Ckll. (? 3 of

85. Males; the face yellow right across .... 36. [quadriceps.

Clypeus black, with a large cream- :

coloured spot. (Celebes.).......... insularis, Sm,

Clypeus wholly black, light markings

deep chrome-yellow .............. 37

36.

37.

38.

39.

49,

Very small, slender ; face lemon-yellow. — primulipicta, Ckl.

Size medium, robust; face deep chrome-

yellow ; abdomen with large processes,

one on each side, beneath .......... bituberculata, Sm.

Larger; punctures of mesvthorax very

GS ENEEG eh oo the eed Sciam ers amiculiformis, Ckll.

Smaller; punctures of mesothorax so small

as to be hardly visible separately under

BIGWS! <0 3 Sh ahisgete Fes toate aa aE Rersecl amicula, Sm.

Postscutellum wholly black, or (per-

crassa) with a very small elongate

pT NEE as cng eee ne Ce ey MCC ce ete 39,

Postscutellum at least largely light (in

every case the colour of it and the

scutellum is deep chrome-yellow).... 42.

Very large robust species, of the build of

MICU GEIR Slopes Hari Pee hes ee 85st 40.

Species of ordinary form, not very large. 41.

Clypeus with a median creamy-white

BREUNOMR cate tres ottsic ag MCD osha man Sige penetrata, Sm.

Clypeus wholly dark: .2.....0.22sness penetrata percrassa, Ckll.

(P. percrassa was described as a distinct species, but a specimen

collected by Dodd in Queensland is clearly intermediate, having

the clypeus with the upper part of the white mark only, and no

light colour on postscutellum.)

138

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

41, Clypeus black, lateral face-marks very

broad, deep chrome; mesothorax dull,

sparsely punctured, the punctures of

different Bi2eS: +... t\jn'ee eter cyanura, Kirby, @.

(This is cyanura,as determined in British Museum, but the abdomen

is black, whereas original description says it is ‘‘ atroceerulescens,”

as the specific name would suggest.)

Face lemon-yellow, but yellow of scu-

tellum and tubercles deep chrome ;

mesothorax densely and minutely punc-

tured. (Chowder, 18938: Froggatt).. frederict, Ckll., 3, var.

(This insect was placed as rotundiceps, but type rotundiceps is a 2

and has the abdomen minutely and ciosely punctured, but the

mesothorax with coarse Iarge punctures. The Iroggatt insect, by

the puncturation of mesothorax, cannot be the species ascribed to

cyanura, Further search discovered the female, also from

Chowder : this agrees essentially in face-marks with the “ cyanura,”

but the mesothorax is punctured asin ¢. The postscutellum is

all black and the area of metathorax dull. Both sexes have the

prothorax black, except the bright yellow tubercles; no yellow

mark on pleura behind tubercles. In sculpture of thorax the

Chowder insect agrees with frederici, and I am sure it is a variety

of that species.)

42. Face entirely black ..... Aner Tar: 4 43.

Face with light markings ............ 44,

. Tubercles yellow, and also a contiguous

large yellow patch on pleura; front

dull and densely punctured; meso-

thorax quite densely punctured ; area

of metathorax not ridged (it is also .

mnOt TIGBEA IN wOrOst)! 45 a alos ne nigrifrons, Sm.

Tubercles black, but a quadrate yellow

patch behind; front shining, with

well-separated punctures .......... diversipuncta, Ckll.

44, No lateral face-marks whatever, but a

large light area on clypeus, and a

supraclypeal mark; large species .... 45.

With lateral face-marks.............. 46,

45, Second abdominal segment finely and

quite closely punctured ; light area on

clypeus very broad (the whole width

of clypeus) above, and ending abruptly

below a little before the clypeal mar-

gin; supraclypeal mark hat-shaped .. morosa, Sm.

Second abdominal segment shining and

strongly but sparsely punctured:

livht area on clypeus-a broad parallel-

sided band; supraclypeal mark ap-

proximately semicircular. (Sydney,

INESS W sc SET OGGUEEA) chins tie cece desponsa, Sm.

46. Face deeply sulcate on each side ...... 47.

Face not suleate; all medium-sized :

species, looking very much alike .... 48.

47. Very large species, of build of aleyonea ;

area of metathorax shining and im-

punctate; lateral marks linear, not

48,

49,

60.

dl.

62.

Records of Bees.

approaching clypeal mark, which occu-

ples most of clypeus, but is deeply

constricted on each side; a triangular

supraclypeal mark ; all these markings

deep chrome- yellow, as also a patch

on pleura behind tubercles ........

Medium-sized species, superficially like

rotundiceps; face-marks white, though

those of thorax are bright chrome-

yellow; lateral marks reduced to a

dot on each side near level of middle

of clypeus, and a large round spot

(caudate below) on each side of an-

tenn; clypeal patch large. (One

hind leg of type carries the pol!en-body

of an Asclepiadaceous plant.)........

Lateral face-marks linear; clypeus with

a small elongate mark; face narrow ;

tubercles orange-yellow, but no yel-

low spot behind them...........

Lateral face-marks consisting of large

round orange-yellow spots, the lower

part of the ‘usual marks being absent ;

clypeus black; tubercles orange- -yel-

low, but no yellow spot behind them ;

abdomen faintly metallic ..........

wmpressifrons, Sin.

sulcifrons, Sm.

nubilosa, Sm.

rotundiceps, Sm.,

139

(For rotundiceps 3, see Cockerell, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. XXlii.

286.)

Lateral face-marks OPCINGTY™ store osade’ oh

Males ys. cretervsays. aa ear oan oey tenn reams

Females; clypeus black ..............

Clypeus and lateral marks | ivory colour ;

face very narrow. (Kuranda, Dodd. ‘

Clypsusivelion: sotcamtnsr. tamer se

Supraclypeal mark present ; mesothorax

minutely and densely punctured ; ; an-

terior tibize and tarsi red; a constric-

tion between first and second dorsal

abdominal segments ..............

aureomaculata, Ckll.

bl.

elongata, Sm.

(Another specimen is erroneously labelled similis ¢.)

52.

No supraciypeal mark. i... ne a

Lateral face-marks angular above, the

point away from orbital margin; yel-

low on scutellum and postscutellum

reduced; abdomen slightly purplish.

(Tasmania.) ta Mein ae wet SS

Lateral face-marks ending above in an

acnte angle on orbital margin, above

level of antennze ; yellow of scutellum

and postscutellum not reduced; abdo-

men quite distinctly bluish, with hind

margins of seements reddish purple.

(New South Wales. SAR SsBe ter a rte

Lateral face- marks rounded above, ending

in an angle on orbital margin, but

much more obtusely than in semzldima.

honesta, Sm.

simillima, Sm.,

metallica, Sm.

dS.

140 Mr. W. L. Distant on

53. Lateral face-marks ending above in an

acute angle on orbital margin, above

level of antenti << pees ee semetat siumillima, Sm., 9.

Lateral face-marks not ending above

abruptly and not above level of an-

tenn, the marks cuneiform ........ 54,

54. Punctures of mesothorax large, lateral

face-marks very broad. (Swan R.).. obtusata, Sm,

Punctures of mesothorax very minute .. frederict, Cll. (szmilis,

{Sm., preoce.).

~XVIII.— Some undescribed Gerrine.

By W. L. Distant.

THE following aquatic Hydrometride, belonging to the sub-

family Gerrine, are all from the waters and adjacent seas of

British India. They represent the collections recently made

by Dr. Annandale, who has paid so much attention to the fauna

of the brackish and fresh waters of India, and also the oceanic

species collected by the Indian Marine Survey. The new

genera will be figured in the next and concluding volume of

the Rhynchota of British India.

Family Hydrometride.

Subfam. Gerrrmz,

Div. GERRINARIA.

Gerris lepcha, sp. n.

Body above and beneath black, beneath finely and more

palely tomentose; antenne with the first, second, and third

joints brownish ochraceous, extreme apices of the first and

second, apical half of the third and the whole of the fourth joint

black or piceous, the fourth palely sericeous ; anterior area of

pronotum with a more or less distinct central longitudinal

ochraceous fascia, remaining area piceous brown ; legs and

rostrum brownish ochraceous, apex of rostrum black ; coxe

and trochanters brownish ochraceous beneath; antenne with

the first joint longest, second shortest, third and fourth almost

subequal in length or fourth slightly longer than third ; head

moderately convex, longer than broad; pronotum with the

anterior area or Jobe with two small transverse linear

callosities on disk ; posterior area or lobe rugulose and

punctate, slightly transversely ridged between the humeral

some undescribed Gerrine. 141

angles, which are tuberculously prominent, thence convexly

deflected to base, the basal margin broadly laminate and

strongly punctate ; hemelytra longer than posterior femora ;

rostrum scarcely passing the anterior cox; intermediate a

little longer than posterior femora.

Length 115 to 14 mm.

Hab. Sikhim; Shamdang, about 3000 ft. (Ind. Mus.).

Gerris monticola, sp. n.

Head and pronotum dull chocolate-brown, head moderately

infuscate; pronotum with a central longitudinal dull ochra-

ceous line which is faint and subobsolete on posterior area,

anterior lateral and posterior margins dull ochraceous; eyes

black ; antenne with the first and second joints brownish

ochraceous, their apices black, third and fourth joints piceous;

bemelytra piceous brown, the veins brownish ochraceous, a

dull greyish elongate spot behind middle and near inner

margin, membranal area dull piceous, the extreme margin

brownish ; body beneath ochraceous; a lateral marginal fascia

to sternum, a sublateral slightly curved line scarcely reaching

middle of sternum, a longitudinal oblique line at the region

of the anterior and intermediate acetabule, and suffusions to

the abdomen beneath, black ; between the lateral and sub-

lateral fascize the sternum is silvery grey pubescent, and the

lateral margins of the abdomen and a spot on the posterior

acetabula also silvery grey pubescent ; rostrum ochraceous,

its apex black ; legs dull ochraceous, the femora narrowly

margined with piceous, apices of tibiz and the whole of the

tarsi piceous black ; antenne with the first joint longest,

second, third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length ;

rostrum distinctly passing the anterior coxe; head moderately

convex, longer than broad; pronotum with the margins of

the anterior area convex, obscurely transversely ridged between

the humeral angles, which are subprominently nodulose,

posteriorly moderately obliquely deflected ; hemelytra slightly

shorter than posterior femora ; intermediate and posterior

femora about equally long, anterior femora moderately

thickened.

This description is taken from a macropterous female speci-

men; in some apterous male specimens the anterior femora

are distinctly incrassated,

Length ¢ macropt. 10, 2 apt. 84, ¢ apt. 8 mm.

Hab. Simla Hills ; Dharampur, 5000 ft., Matiana 8000 ft.

(Annandale) ; Bhim ‘Tal, Kumaon, 4500 ft. (Annandale) ;

Kurseong, 5000 ft. (Annandale).

142 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Gerris nepalensis, sp. n.

Body above and hemelytra black ; body beneath silvery

pubescent; lateral margins of head silvery pubescent; antennz

with the first and second joints castaneous brown, their extreme

apices and the whole of the third and fourth joints piceous

black; pronotum with an obscure longitudinal, central,

brownish ochraceous line, usually only discernible on the

anterior area; anterior femora black with silvery pubescence,

their base and a spot near apex ochraceous; intermediate and

posterior femora brownish ochraceous, their apices black ;

intermediate and posterior tibia and all the tarsi black,

anterior tibia brownish ochraceous, their apices black ;

antenne with the first joint longest, fourth slightly longer

than third; head moderately convex, longer than broad ;

pronotum with the margins of the anterior area slightly

convex, a little transversely ridged between the humeral

angles, which are slightly prominent and then globosely

posteriorly deflected, the posterior margin sublaminate, the

posterior area sparsely coarsely punctate ; hemelytra about as

long as the posterior femora; intermediate and posterior

femora about equally long; rostrum black, slightly passing

the anterior coxa.

Length ¢ macropt. 8 mm.

Hab. Nepal; Soondrijal and Chonebal; Katmandu;

Lucknow (Annandale).

Allied to G. sahlbergi, Dist.

Gerris raja, sp. n.

Head ochraceous, eyes black ; antenne with the first

joint ochraceous, its apex black, remaining joints black or

piceous; pronotum with two anterior and two large discal

spots ochraceous (in some specimens these spots are united in

pairs); hemelytra black ; body beneath, rostrum and anterior

femora ochraceous ; apex of rostrum and linear streaks to the

anterior femora black; tibie, tarsi, and intermediate and

posterior femora piceous or black; antenne with the first

joint a little longer than second, which is shortest, third

longest, fourth shorter than third but longer than first; head

a little convex, longer than broad; pronotum with the

humeral angles not prominent ; hemelytra about as long as

the posterior femora ; intermediate and posterior femora sub-

equal in length; rostrum passing the anterior coxe.

Length 5 mm. ;

Hab. Travancore Coast; Vurkalay (Annandale).

some undescribed Gerrine. 143

‘Tn small pools near sea-shore ” (NV. Annandale).

By the relative joints of the antenna, and the markings of

the head and pronotum, this small species is distinctly

recognizable.

J UCUNDUS, gen. nov.

Head longer than broad between the eyes, which are

moderately emarginate interiorly, in front of eyes almost

triangulate where it is prominently notched on each side and

then narrowed to apex which is angularly rounded, between

the eyes two oblique foveations ; antenne with the first joint

longest, about as long as the posterior area or lobe of the pro-

notum, second, third, and fourth joints subequal in length ;

rostrum scarcely passing the anterior cox; pronotum

moderately flat, not prominently deflected behind the humeral

angles, the anterior area or lobe short, about one-third the

length of posterior area or lobe; hemelytra considerably

passing apex of abdomen ; anterior femora slightly thickened

and longer than the tibiz ; intermediate and posterior femora

about subequal in length, posterior tarsal claws inserted at

apex of tarsus.

Allied to Gerrits, but differing in the shape of the head and

the structure of the pronotum.

Jucundus custodiendus, sp. n.

?. Head and pronotum ochraceous ; eyes, narrow lateral

margins, and a central discal elongate spot to pronotum black ;

antenns black ; rostrum ochraceous with its apex black;

hemelytra black, the marginal and apical areas more brownish;

body beneath ochraceous, a spot on the posterior acetabular

area black; legs black, anterior femora much longitudinally

streaked with ochraceous ; structural characters as in generic

diagnosis.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. 'Yravancore ; Maddathoray, W. Base of W. Ghats

(Annandale).

The above description is taken from a macropterous female

specimen ; in a second male apterous example, which

measures 7 mm, the pronotum has a continuous broad central

longitudinal fascia, not extending to the anterior area or

Icbe.

Jucundus burmanus, sp. n.

A pterous form.—Body and legs ochraceous, the intermediate

144 Mr. W. L. Distant on

and posterior tibie piceous; eyes and a narrow central longi-

tudinal line to pronotum black or piceous; abdominal segments

piceous; legs with narrow black or piceeus longitudinal lines;

antenne black, with the basal joint very long and somewhat

stout, second joint less than one-third the length of first joint,

remaining joints mutilated in type; anterior area or lobe of

pronotum longer than in J. custodiendus and with a distinct

central longitudinal black line ; abdomen with six segments

visible above in addition to the anal segment, which is

ochraceous with a transverse black line; rostrum scarcely

passing the anterior coxe ; anterior tibie dentately widened

at apex.

Length 63 mm.

Hab. Upper Burma; North Shan Hills (J. C. Brown).

Two apterous forms received from Burma, by the structure

of the head undoubtedly belong to Jucundus. ‘They differ

from the type J. custodiendus in having the antenne more

robust, the anterior pronotal area or lobe a little longer, and

by the anterior tibiz being more robust and dentately ampliate

at apex.

Onychotrechus vadda, sp. n.

&. Body above black ; head with the lateral margins in

front of eyes, and a central longitudinal fascia, ochraceous ;

antenng piceous, basal joint paler beneath ; pronotum with

the anterior margin, lateral margins, and three longitudinal

discal fascize (the central one straight, the lateral ones

moderately curved) ochraceous ; mesonotum with a narrow

central straight longitudinal fascia, on each side of which is

a broader angulate fascia, and a posteriorly attenuated lateral

fascia, ochraceous; at base of abdomen a curved oblique

fascia on each side, and a series of lateral marginal abdominal

spots, ochraceous; body beneath and legs ochraceous ; sternum

with two longitudinal marginal black lines (the innermost

short) on each side, and above the outermost a silvery white

tomentose fascia ; extreme apices of femora, tibize and tarsi,

black ; rostrum ochraceous with its apex black ; antenne

with the first joint longest and curved, remaining joints sub-

equal in length; rostrum considerably passing the anterior

cox ; intermediate slightly longer than posterior femora ;

tarsal claws long.

Length g 5, 9 6 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya (Green), Madulsima, Sabrigama,

Haputale, 4800 ft. (Bainbrigge Fletcher).

I have not yet seen a macropterous form of this species.

some undescribed Gerrine. 145

Onychotrechus kumari, sp. n.

Body above dull ochraceous ; head with a short central line

at apex, two central oblique lines commencing on apical

margin and meeting between the eyes, and a shorter longi-

tudinal line near inner margin of each eye, black; pronotum

with four longitudinal black spots, two central and one near

each lateral margin ; mesonotum with two central longitudinal

lines, a continuous angulate line before each lateral margin,

and two lateral lines, black, between the last the colour is

silvery white tomentose; abdominal segmental margins black;

rostrum, body beneath and legs pale ochraceous ; apex of

rostrum, a submarginal linear fascia to sternum, and a short

line before intermediate coxe, black ; a silvery white spot on

each side of posterior margin of prosternum, a similar but

larger spot before intermediate coxze, and a similar smaller

spot near base of lateral margin of abdomen ; antenne dull

ochraceous, extreme apices of the first, second, and third joints

and the whole of the fourth joint piceous or black, fourth

joint longest, second shortest, first and third subequal in length,

first moderately curved ; intermediate femora a little longer

than posterior femora; rostrum considerably passing the

anterior coxx ; tarsal claws long.

Length 45 mm.

Hab. ‘Travancore ; Maddathoray, W. base of W. Ghats

(Annandale).

I have only seen apterous forms of this species.

JANIAS, gen. nov. ;

Body longer than half the length of either intermediate or

posterior legs ; head longer than broad, the apex obtusely

angulate; eyes large, oblique, interiorly moderately emargin-

ate, posteriorly moderately extending over the anterior angles

of the pronotum; antenne short, robust, first joint straight,

longest, longer than head, distinctly inwardly spinous at apex,

second and fourth joints subequal in length, third shortest ;

rostrum short, robust, reaching but not extending beyond the

anterior cox; pronotum about as long as head, narrowed

anteriorly behind the eyes, with a central impressed longi-

tudinal line, the posterior margin truncate; mesonotum more

than twice as long as pronotum, the disk centrally longi-

tudinally impressed; anterior femora longer than the tibie,

obtusely spined at apex, intermediate and posterior femora

subequal in length.

Allied to Cylindrostethus but differing in the shorter

146 Mr. W. L. Distant on

antennie, the less anteriorly produced head and the more

posteriorly produced eyes, &e.

The description is founded on an apterous form.

Janias elegantulus, sp. n.

Head dark brownish ochraceous, eyes and antenna black ;

pronotum black, the lateral and posterior margins and a broad,

central, longitudinal subtriangular fascia dull ochraceous ;

mesonotum castaneous brown, beyond middle with a large

cential oblong black spot which contains a broad central

longitudinal line with a large spot on each side, pale ochraceous;

abdomen above dull brownish ochraceous, with paler markings

on lateral margins and darker central segmental spots ; body

beneath and legs ochraceous ; head beneath, apex of rostrum,

apices and longitudinal streaks beneath to anterior femora and

the whole of the anterior tibiz and tarsi, black; intermediate

and posterior legs slightly infuscate ; pronotum moderately

foveately depressed on disk ; other structural characters asin

generic diagnosis.

Length (apterous form) 11 mm.

Hab. Travancore; Kulattupuzhd, W. base of W. Ghats

(Annandale).

Division HALOBATINARIA.

ISURATAS, gen. nov.

Head large, somewhat flattened, apically subangulately

produced and‘also angularly produced above the insertion of

the antenne; eyes somewhat flattened, rounded interiorly, a

little posteriorly produced over the anterior margins of the

pronotum ; antennze with the first joint longest, as long as the

anterior femora, second not half as long as first, third shortest,

a little shorter than fourth ; rostrum not passing the anterior

coxie; pronotum slightly shorter than head, anterior and

posterior margins sinuate, the lateral margins rounded, two

distinct foveate impressions on disk which are anteriorly

margined with a carinate line; mesonotum about twice the

Jength of pronotum ; anterior femora in male strongly

incrassated, anterior tibia: with a long robust spine before

middle, anterior femora in female only moderately thickened,

the anterior tibia unarmed ; intermediate legs pilose, inter-

mediate femora considerably longer than the posterior

femora.

Allied to the genus Hermatobates, Carp.

some undescribed Gerrine. 147

Euratas formidabihs, sp. un.

Body above bluish, more or less finely greyishly pilose ;

antenne black, finely pilose, base of first joint pale ochra-

ceous ; head with the apical and lateral areas pale greyish,

basal: margin transversely linearly ochraceous but centrally

broken ; eyes castaneous brown, their basal margins dull

ochraceous; pronotum with two discal pale foveations, the

upper margins of which, and a central more or less connecting

line, are black; apical half of abdomen above paler and more

greyish in hue, the segmental margins darker ; anal appendage

blackish ; legs bluish, more or less greyishly pilose, the

anterior legs beneath ochraceously pilose, the acetabula,

abdomen beneath, and anal appendage more or less ochra-

ceous ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length, ¢ 5 mm., 2? 5 to 64 mm.

Hab. Andaman Sea (Indian Marine Survey—Alcock).

FABATUS, gen. nov.

H[ead large, declivous in front, subquadrate, obtusely

apically angulately produced and also distinctly angulate

on each side above the insertion of the antennze; eyes of

moderate size, substylate, moderately emarginate at interior

margins, a little projecting beyond the anterior margin of

the pronotum; antenne with the first joint longest, a little

shorter than the anterior tibia, third shortest, second and

fourth subequal in length ; rostrum short, robust, not passing

_anterior cox; pronotum shorter than head, transverse, the

lateral margins moderately rounded, posterior margin a little

concave; mesonotum elongate, convex, slightly more than

twice the length of pronotum ; anterior legs slightly thickened,

more so in the male than in the female, anterior tibie apically

inwardly spinous and in the male with a strong, robust spine

near middle, in female unarmed; intermediate and posterior

legs slender, intermediate considerably longer than the

posterior ; the intermediate tibize very strongly curved, inter-

mediate tarsi much longer than the posterior tarsi.

This genus in general appearance somewhat resembles

the marine species represented by Halobates, but differs by

the emarginate inner margins of the eyes ; it is, however, a

truly marine species and I retain it in the Halobatinaria.

I have as yet only seen undeveloped forms, collected by

Dr. A!cock on the Indian Marine Survey.

Fabatus servus, sp. n.

Head ochraceous with a broad central longitudinal spot

148 Mr. W. L. Distant on

and a linear longitudinal spot on each side, black, the base

greyish white, the apex blackish; eyes ochraceous or brownish

ochraceous; antenne castaneous brown, the base of first

joint much paler, the fourth joint darker; pronotum greyish

white, with a large transverse purplish-brown spot in each.

lateral area; mesonotum greyish white, with a broad longi-

tudinal purplish-brown fascia in each lateral area ; abdomen

above greyish white, with transverse segmental purplish-brown

spots; body beneath greyish white ; rostrum castaneous

brown, the basal joint ochraceous; legs dark castaneous

brown or shining piceous, bases of anterior femora broadly

pale ochraceous ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 43} to 5 mm.

Hab, Andaman Sea (Indian Marine Survey—Alcock).

Metrocoris nepalensis, sp. n.

Head ochracecus with a large central oblong black spot ;

antennee black, base of first joint broadly pale ochraceous ;

pronotum black, with two curved transverse ochraceous lines

on posterior margin; mesonotum black, the lateral margins

and two discal angularly curved narrow fascie ochraceous ;

body beneath black with silvery white pubescence; legs

black ; coxse, trochanters, a longitudinal streak to anterior

femora above, bases of anterior femora beneath and apex of

abdomen beneath, ochraceous; rostrum ochraceous, its apex

black and reaching the anterior coxe; antennze with the first

joint long, only a little shorter than the anterior tibiz, second

joint a little more than half the length of first (remaining

joints mutilated in typical specimens) ; anterior tibie dis-

tinctly inwardly spinous at apex ; intermediate femora slightly

longer than posterior femora; body above shortly and a little

more palely pilose.

Length 45 to 5 mm.

Hab. Nepal; Katmandu and Soondrijal (Annandale).

1 have not seen a macropterous form of this species.

GERASTRATUS, gen. nov.

Head about as broad as long, the apex transversely rounded,

the disk between the eyes strongly roundly foveate; eyes

with the inner margins truncately rounded, moderately pro-

duced posteriorly over the lateral margins of the pronotum ;

front of head perpendicularly depressed to rostrum, which is

short, stout, and not passing the anterior coxe; antenne

moderately long, first joint a little curved and about as long

as the anterior tibiz, second, third, and fourth joints subequal

some undescribed Gerrine. 149

in length, second and third together only a little longer than

first ; pronotum short, considerably shorter than head, the

lateral margins oblique, the posterior margin truncate ; meso-

notum more than twice as long as pronotum ; anterior femora

a little thickened, longer than the tibiw, which are inwardly

spinous at apex; intermediate and posterior femora almost

equal in length, the intermediate longer than the posterior

tibie ; posterior tarsi about half the length of posterior tibie.

Allied to Metrocoris, from which it differs by the structure

of the head.

Gerastratus foveatus, sp. n.

Head ochraceous, a large black spot in front of the discal

foveation which is inwardly margined with black ; antennz

black, the basal joint ochraceous at base; eyes black,

lrownish ochraceous at base; pro- and mesonota ochraceous ;

pronotum anteriorly, sublaterally, and centrally-longitudinally

black; mesonotum with three longitudinal black fascia not

reaching the posterior margin, the central fascia straight, the

other two broader and slightly curved, a more obsolete black

fascia on each lateral margin ; body beneath ochraceous ;

anterior femora ochraceous, broadly outwardly streaked with

black, anterior tibiee and tarsi black, intermediate and pos-

terior legs black, intermediate femora beneath streaked with

ochraceous, coxee and trochanters ochraceous with black

markings ; abdomen above black, with a large longitudinal

lateral ochraceous spot and with a small spot of the same

colour above the insertion of the intermediate legs ; structural

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 33 mm.

Hab. Kumaon; Bhim Tal, 4500 feet (Annandale),

A single apterous specimen taken by Dr. Annandale and

now in the Indian Museum.

VENTIDIUS, gen. nov.

Head longer than broad, roundly truncate anteriorly; eyes

large, oblique, their inner margins rounded, directed backward

beyond the anterior margin of the pronotum ; antenne with

the first and second joints distinctly and somewhat longly

hirsute, second joint less prominently hirsute than the first

which is about as long as the anterior femora, second and

third subequal in length, each a little longer than the fourth;

pronotum about as long as breadth between the pronotal angles,

the lateral margins oblique, the anterior narrowing to head, the

posterior narrowing to apex, which is broadly obtusely angu-

Ann. 4 Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. v. a yl

150 Mr. W. L. Distant on

late ; hemelytra passing the abdominal apex ; rostrum short,

scarcely passing the anterior coxe; legs slender, anterior

femora about as long as the anterior tibie, inwardly a little

spinous at apices, intermediate femora longer than posterior

femora (macropterous form).

In the apterous or undeveloped form the pronotum is con-

siderably shorter than broad.

Allied to Metrocoris, but with the body shorter and broader,

and with hirsute antenne,

Ventidius aquarius, sp. v.

Macropterous form.—Head and pronotum ochraceous, the

latter with a large cruciform fascia and the sublateral and

apical margins black; eyes black; antennee black, base of

first joint ochraceous; hemelytra black ; body beneath ochra-

ceous; legs and apex of rostrum black, bases of anterior

femora ochraceous; acetabula and coxee spotted with black ;

structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Apterous form.—Body above ochraceous ; pronotum witha

narrow sublateral fascia, angulated and reaching margin at

humeral angle, and two spots at centre of posterior margin

continued obliquely across mesonotum, black, other markings

generally as in macroptercus form; abdomen above ochra-

ceous with the segmental margins black.

Length, macrcpt. form 5 mm., apt. furm 43 mm.

Hab. ‘Vravancore; Pallode, 20 miles N.K. of Trivandrum

(Annanda’e).

“On roadside jungle-stream ” (N. Annandale).

EvuovUus, gen. nov.

Head slightly longer than broad, the angles in front of

eyes slightly prominent; eyes oblique, their inner margins

rounded, moderately extending over the lateral margins of

the pronotum ; antennz with the first joint longest, a little

curved, shorter than the anterior tibie, second and third

joints about equal in length, each shorter than first and

longer than fourth ; rostrum slightly passing the anterior

coxe; pronotum short, shorter than head, narrower than

mesonotum, the lateral margins a little rounded, posterior

margin truncate and very slightly sinuate; mesonotum large,

posteriorly widened, nearly twice broader at base than long,

centrally longitudinally impressed, the anterior angles dis-

tinctly projecting beyond the pronotum, the lateral margins

oblique, the basal margin truncate, laterally obliquely sub-

angularly rounded to humeral angles, the basal area with

some undescribed Gerrine. L5t

two transverse, curved carinate lines, the anterior one laterally

continued upward; abdomen above, in male, with the margins

upwardly laminately produced and reflected, the lateral

margins convexly produced, the posterior seomental margin

before the anal appendage truncately sinuate ; anterior

femora a little longer than anterior tibia, which are unarmed

in both sexes, intermediate femora a little longer than pos-

terior femora, the intermediate tibie distinctly longer than

the posterior tibie.

Allied to Metrocoris, from which it differs by the shorter

and broader mesonotum, the different structure of the abdo-

men above, different shape of the head, &e.

Euodus communis, sp. n.

Body above brownish ochraceous; head with a broad

central longitudinal black fascia ; eyes and antenne black ;

pronotum with three longitudinal black fascie, the central

straight, the other two oblique, all three anteriorly connected

by a transverse black line; mesonotum with three central

longitudinal black fasciz, not reaching base, the central

fascia straighter and narrower, between the transverse carinate

lines a curved subbasal black fascia not quite reaching the

humeral angles; abdomen above blackish; body beneath

pale ochraceous ; legs blackish ; large spots to intermediate

and posterior acetabula pale ochraceous, coxee and trochanters

more or less brownish ochraceous, anterior femora longitudin-

ally fasciated with pale ochraceous ; structural characters as

in generic diagnosis.

Length 4 to 44 mm.

Hab. Kumaon, Sath Tal, 4000 feet (Annandale).

NABOANDELUS, gen. nov.

Body short and broad; head about as long as breadth

between eyes, which are rounded, not inwardly emarginate

but somewhat truncate, scarcely projecting over the anterior

angles of the pronotum; antenna moderately robust, first

joint longest, longer than head, moderately curved, second,

third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length ; rostrum

reaching the anterior coxe ; pronotum short and transverse,

considerably shorter than head, the anterior margin truncate,

the posterior margin moderately convex ; mesonotum more

than twice as long as pronotum, nearly twice as broad at

base as long, the lateral margins convexly rounded and

narrowing towards pronotum; abdomen in temale about as

lone as pro- and mesonota together, in male a little longer;

5 if Oo 7 11* ,

152 On some undescribed Gerrine.

anterior femora a little longer than the tibize, the tarsi robust

and only a little shorter than the tibiw, intermediate legs

much longer than the posterior legs, the femora almost sub-

equal in length and shorter than the body, the intermediate

tibie longer than the femora and much longer than the

posterior tibie.

All the specimens which I have seen are apterous.

Naboandelus signatus, sp. n.

Black ; thickly, shortly pilose ; head with the anterior and

inner margins greyish, the inner margins at eyes connected

at basal margin, ochraceous; pronotum with a large central

ochraceous spot; lateral margins of mesonotum greyish ;

body beneath bluish ; rostrum (excluding apex), an elongate

spot at posterior acetabula, and the anal segment and append-

age ochraceous; legs and apex of rostium black, more than

basal halves of femora ochraceous ; lateral margins of the

mesonotum somewhat longly pilose ; structural characters as

in generic diagnosis.

Length, ¢ and ?, 2 mm.

Hab. Calcutta (Jnd. Mus.).

‘This species is found in the Calcutta tanks.

NACEBUS, gen. nov.

Body subelongate ; head about as long as breadth between

eyes, the apex broad and subtruncate, the lateral apical

angles distinctly subprominent, eyes inwardly somewhat

rounded or roundly truncate, not emarginate, not produced

over the anterior margins of the pronotum; antemne with

the first and second joints stouter than third and fourth joints,

first joint about as long as head, second shortest, only a little

more than half the length of first, third and fourth subequal

in length, each a little shorter than first; rostrum reaching

the intermediate coxe ; pronotum very short, almost appear-

ing only as a broad anterior collar; mesonotum three times

as long as pronotum, the anterior and posterior margins

truncate, the Jateral margins a little roundly oblique; abdo-

men (excluding anal appendage) about as long as head and

pro- and mesonota together, the anal appendage long and

slender; anterior legs moderately stout, the femora twice as

long as the tiliz, the anterior tarsi short, robust, about half

as long as the tibiae; intermediate legs much longer than

posterior legs, intermediate femora nearly as long as body,

the intermediate tibiee a little shorter than the femora, inter-

mediate tarsi about half the length of the tibie.

On the Lamellicorn Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus. 153

The above description is taken from a number of apterous

forms received from different localities. Nacebus is allied to

Rhagadotarsus, Bredd., from which it differs by the structure

of the head and thorax.

Nacebus dua, sp. n.

Body above and beneath, antenna, rostrum and legs black ;

pronotum, anterior femora (excluding apices), acetabule,

coxee, and trochanters ochraceous ; disk of mesonotum and

abdomen distinctly more opaque in coloration; structural

characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length (incl. anal append.) 4 mm.

Hab. Calcutta. L. Burma; Mudon, Amherst Distr.

(Annanduale).

At Calcutta the species was foumd in the tanks.

X1IX.—On the Lamellicorn Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus

with Descriptions of four new Speetes. By GILBert J.

ARROW.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

I SUGGESTED in a recent paper (l'rans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1908, p. 855) that the genus Peltonotus should be transferred

from the Dynastidz, in which it has hitherto been placed, to

the Rutelide. These two groups have the closest relation-

ship and no natural and obvious line of division appears

between them. Almost the only definable distinctive features

of the Dynastine, as it is perhaps preferable to call them,

are the fixed and equal claws (at least of the four posterior

legs) and the concealed labrum, and neither of these charac-

teristics is found in Peltonotus. ‘The former feature, how-

ever, is infringed by various species of the Cyclocephala

group of genera, in which group also the clypeus, normally

reduced in the Dynastine, is large, as in the Rutelina,

while the mandibles on the contrary are small. In this

group Peltcnotus has hitherto been included, but in the

remaining differential character (the rudimentary and con-

cealed labrum) it is strikingly differenf, for the labrum is

largely exposed and highly chitinized. ‘This connects the

genus more nearly to the Ruteline than to Cyclocephala,

the only genus of Dynastinew with which it can be compared.

‘The horizontally extruded labrum appears to be a survival of

154 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Lamellicorn

a primitive condition, as it is found in Passalide, Geotrupine,

and other primitive groups. Nothing resembling it is found

in Dynastine, but itis not very different from the labrum of

the Rutelid Leperonota. The loosely-jointed body and long

legs are in marked contrast to that genus and its allies and

are certainly more suggestive of relationship with Cyclo-

cephala. ‘The scarcely developed prcsternal process is a

feature adverse to this affinity, and the elongate basal joint

of the posterior tarsi is found neither in Cyclocephala nor in

Peperonota, but occurs in Desmonya and Oryctomorphus, two

genera which have similar affinities in both directions. A

feature found in the female of Peltonotus—viz., the abrupt

expansion of the outer margins of the elytra near the middle—

is found both in Cyclocephala and various genera of Rutelinze

(ec. g. Anomala, Macraspisy Fr uhstorferia). While recog-

nizing the relationship of Peltenotus to both Dynastine and

Ruteline, it seems best to regard the condition of the labrum

as the crucial diagnostic feature and to assign the genus to

the Parastas‘a group of Ruteline, forming the rather hetero-

geneous, but probally truly related mass of genera in which

tle two subfamilies meet.

Only a single species of the genus (P. morio, Burm.) has

yet been described, for the Melolontha ear be iie. Gyil;,

originally added by Burmeister, was afterwards referred by

him to Cyclocephala, and it is probably really an American

insect. | have now to describe three new species in the

British Museum, in addition to which M. Oberthiir possesses

an example of yet another (from North Borneo), unfortu-

nately unique, Lut highly interesting from the fact that the

prothorax and elytra are prettily decorated with golden-red

stripes.

‘The two sexes differ considerably in this genus, but the

male alone has at present been described, from a specimen

seen by Burmeister in the collection of the Entomological

Society of London, taken by Maj.-Gen, Hardwicke. This

collection is no longer in existence, but the Hardwicke

Collection, containing two females of P. morio, is in the

British Museum. From the considerable series in our col-

lection I here shortly describe tie two sexes.

Peltonotus morio, Burmeister, Handb. v. 1847, p. 75.

Niger, nitidus, capite, prothoracis lateribus, pygidio, pedibus cor-

poreque subtus longe rufo-hirto; capite rugoso, labro integro,

clypeo inermi ; prothorace crebre punctato; scutello vix punctato ;

elytris irregulariter punctatis :

Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus. 155

3, elytris sat crebre minus eequaliter punctatis; pedibus longis ac

validis, tibiis anticis brevissime tridentatis, unguibus anticis valde

ineequalibus :

©, elytris magis fortiter et squaliter punctatis, lateribus post

medium paulo dilatatis ; pedibus simplicis, tibiis anticis fortiter

tridentatis.

Long. 16-19 mm.; lat. max. 8-10 mm.

Hab. Nepat; Buutan; Sixxim; Assam: Manipur ;

Burma: Momeit, N. Chin Hills.

The head is entirely rugose and the clypeus transversely

rectangular and not toothed. The pronotum is rather closely

but finely punctured and fringed with long reddish hairs at

the sides, similar hairs also arising from the dorsal surface in

the neighbourhood of the front angles. ‘The elytra are well

punctured, the junctures being stronger in the females and

showing a greater tendency to run into rows. In that sex

the elytra are also dilated at the sides behind the middle, and

in the male the legs are very much enlarged and thickened,

the claw-joint and inner claw of the front tarsus being of

enormous size.

Peltonotus nasutus, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, grandis, sat latus, pedibus, corpore subtus, capite

pygidioque longe fulyo-setosis ; capite rugose punctato, margine

antica arcuata, medio breviter tuberculata; prothorace minute,

sat late equaliter punctato, marginibus lateralibus cum basi

regulariter arcuatis, hoc utrinque vix impresso; scutello paulo

punctato; elytris apice paulo opacis; propygidio sat crebre,

pygidio parce, punctato; metasterno rugose punctato, dense

hirsuto ;

s, elytris levibus, inconspicue punctatis ; pedibus anticis crassis,

{ibiis anticis brevissime tridentatis:

@, elytris fortiter seriato-punctatis, laterum medio paulo dilatato,

calloso.

Long. 18-20 mm.; lat. max. 95-11 mm,

Hab. StAM: Laos (Vientane); Cocuincuina: Kon He-

ungo; Burma; NEPAL (teste Lansberge).

This species is very like P. morio, but larger, with the

pronotum much less punctured and not hairy, the elytra less

punctured in both sexes, although more regularly and dis-

tinctly in the female. The clypeus is rounded in front, and

there is a tubercle in the middle of the front margin in both

sexes. In the male the mandibles are rather quadrate.

Peltonotus malayensis, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, elytris sericeo-pruinosis, obscure iridescentibus,

corpore subtus breviter fulyo-hirto; capite crebre punctato,

156 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Lamellicorn

clypeo brevi, quadrato ; prothorace fortiter, medio parcius punc-

tato, lateribus angulato-rotundatis, basi leviter arcuato, utrinque

profunde impresso; scutello paulo punctato; elytris (Q) pro-

funde striatis, striis grosse annulato-punctatis, lateribus post

medium angulatim dilatatis ; propygidio minute et crebre, pygidio

grosse, punctato, opaco; metasterno crebre rugoso-punctato,

segmento utroque ventrali medio seriatim punctato et setoso,

wltimo grosse irregulariter puuctato; tibiis anticis fortiter tri-

dentatis.

Long. 14°5-15°5 mm.; lat. max. 7-8 mm.

Habr MBs, Bones Pontianak, Sintang; Sumatra: Si-

boga.

I have seen only three female specimens of this interesting

species, two of which are in M. René Oberthiir’s collection,

while the type he has kindly presented to the British

Museum.

It is rather smaller than P. morio, and remarkable for the

iridescent bloom, like that of a black grape, with which the

elytra are covered. The clypeus is straight in front and has

no trace of a tubercle. The pronotum is strongly punctured

and bears a deep impression at the base on each side. ‘The

elytra are very deeply and coarsely punctate-striate, and

there is an angular projection placed well behind the middle

of the outer margin of each, The last feature is certainly

peculiar to the female.

Peltonotus pruinosus, sp. 0.

Niger, nitidus, elytris sericeo-pruinosis, obscure iridescentibus,

corpore subtus breviter et parce fulvo-hirto; capite sat crebre

punctato, clypeo subguadrato, brevi ; prothorace laxe sed distincte

punctato, lateribus fortiter arcuatis, basi arcuato, utrinque pro-

funde impresso; scutello levi, vix punctato; elytris (2) pro-

funde striatis, striis grosse annulato-punctatis, lateribus ante

medium fortiter impressis margineque hic reflexo, haud dilatato ;

propygidio, pygidio metasternoque nitidis, grosse haud crebre

punctatis, segmento ventrali utroque medio seriatim punctato et

setoso, ultimo parce et irregulariter haud grosse punctato; tibiis

anticis longe et acute tridentatis.

Long. 15 mm.; lat. max. 8 mm.

Hab. Assam: Brahmapootra Valley.

A single female specimen taken by the late W. Doherty is

in the British Museum collection.

P. pruinosus closely resembles P. malayensis, but in the

female sex is at once distinguished by the outer margins of

the elytra, which are not dilated as in the latter species, but

Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus. 157

bear a deep impression just behind the shoulder, the edge at

that spot being strongly reflexed. The pronotum is rather

less strongly punctured, the metasternum is not rugose at the

sides, the pygidium is shining, and the front tibiz are more

sharply toothed.

Peltonotus vittatus, sp. n.

Niger, supra omnino sericeo-opacus, prothoracis lateribus elytrisque

luride flavis, singulo elytro vittis duabus obliquis ab humero ad

angulum suturale ductis margineque externa antice nigris, cor-

pore subtus parce fulvo-hirto; capite sat crebre punctato, clypeo

subquadrato, brevi; prothorace laxe sat distincte punctato, lateri-

bus et basi omnino valde arcuatis, basi utrinque fortiter impresso ;

scutello paulo punctato ; elytris ( 9 ) regulariter punctato-striatis,

lateribus post medium angulatim dilatatis; propygidio parce

pygidioque densius et fortius punctatis, scriceis; metasterno

fortiter, abdomine parce, segmento ultimo grosse haud crebre,

punctatis ; tibiis anticis acute tridentatis.

Long. 14 mm.; lat. max. 7 mm.

Hab. Nortu Borneo.

The unique type specimen is a female in the collection of

M. René Oberthiir, who acquired it from Dr. D. Sharp. The

species is the smallest and most striking in the genus. The

whole upper surface has a silky bloom, the prothorax has the

Jateral margins orange-coloured (almost interrupted, however,

in the middle), and the elytra are orange, with two black

stripes running parallel from each shoulder to the apical

angles. ‘lhe anterior part of the outer edge and the re-

mainder of the body are black. ‘There is an angular dilatation

of the elytral margin behind the middle, as in the female

P. malayensis.

The following table contains a few of the distinctive

features of all the species of Peltonotus at present known :—

Pygidium clothed with long tawny hair; labrum not

bilobed.

Clypeus without a marginal tooth .............. morio, Burm.

Clypeus witha marpinal tooth «2.6 /....0.06 0. nasutus, Sp. n.

Pygidium without hairy clothing ; labrum bilobed.

Tey edi cs Hingin Be Se ave + aka cch scr alas nero wed oes Bas pruinosus, sp. n.

Pygidium covered with opaque silky bloom.

OMG mela alee se aie canis orotic einai ates wees malayensis, sp. 0,

shee atone aterelcnemerares aire versie vittatus, sp. n.

158 Mr. A. O. Walker on Crustacea

XX.— Crustacea collected by the late Mr. R. L. Ascroft and

Mr. Harvey in the North of the Bay of Biscay. By ALFRED

O. WaLKER, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

In June 1895 Mr. Ascroft went in the steam trawler

‘ Britannia’ to the northern part of the Bay of Biscay, where

trawling for commercial purposes was carried on off the Isle

de Yeu and Belle Isle. By attaching a tow-net to the back

of the trawl My. Ascroft collected a considerable number of

Crustacea, as shown in the list below. Mr. Harvey was

the engineer of the ‘ Britannia,’ and probably obtained

his specimens at the same time. Unfortunately there is no

record of the depths at which they were taken, but these

would probably not exceed 100 fathoms. Some of the species,

such as Macropodia longirostris, Bodotria scorpioides, Pseudo-

cuma longirostris, Orchomenella nana, Pertoculodes longi-

manus, and Apherusa bispinosa, indicate quite shallow water,

while Svlenocera siphonocerus, on the only other recorded

occasions of its capture north of the Mediterranean (viz. off

the W. of Ireland in the R. Irish Acad. expeditions of 1586

and 1888), occurred in 325 fath. and 345 fath. respectively *.

Other interesting species are Chlorotocus gracilipes, previously

only once taken, viz. by the ‘ Travailleur’ off the N. coast of

Morocco in 332-370 metres; Procampylaspis armata, only

known from a single specimen taken by the ‘ Caudan? in the

Gulf of Gascony at a depth of 950 metres; Leptostylis

walkeri, new to science; Pedoprion bolivari, taken by

M. Chevreux in Vigo Bay in 1889 and not since recorded ;

LTalicoides anomalus, new to science; and the hitherto un-

described male of Monoculodes gibbosus.

BRACHYURA.

1, Gonoplax rhomboides (Linn.). Four or five young. H.

2, Xantho tuberculata, Couch. Seven or eight. H.

3. Atelecyclus 7-dentatus (Mont.). Four young. H.

4, Portunus depurator, Leach, One young. H.

5. Macropodia longirostris (Fabr.). Two. A.

6. Ebalia tuberosa (Pennant). Three—one young. H.

fs cranchit, Leach. One.

ANOMURA.

8. Anapagurus levis (Thompson). One young. H.

9. Galathea dispersa, Bate. Several. H., A.

10. Munida bamffica (Penn.). Young. H.

* Calman, Trans. R. I. Acad. 1896, vol. xxxi. p. 14.

from the Bay of Biscay. 159

Macrura.

. Cheraphilus nanus (Kroyer), Seven. H., A.

. Chlorotocus gracilipes, M.-Eidw.

. Pandalus brevirostris, Rathke, One, A,

. Nika edulis, Risso, A.

. Solenocera siphonocerus (Philippi). H., A.

SCHIZOPODA.

. Nyctiphanes couchii (Bell). Several. H.

. Leptomysis gracilis, G. O. Sars. A.

18.

Striella norvegica, G. O. Sars. A.

CuMACEA.

. Bodotria scorpioides (Montagu), A.

. *Iphinoé serrata, Norman. A.

. *Eudorella truncatula (Sp. Bate). A.

. *Procampylaspis armata, Bonnier. A.

. *Campylaspis glabra, G.O. Sars. A.

. Pseudocuma longicornis, Sp. Bate. A.

. Diastyloides biplicata, G.O. Sars. A., H.

. Diastylis brad, Norman. G&Q.

. *Leptostylis walkeri, Calman. A.

macrophthalma, G.O. Sars. A.

Isopopa.

. Cirolana borealis, Lillj. <A.

. Astacilla longicornis (Sowerby). A.

AMPHIPODA.

. Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). A., H.

2. Podoprion bolivari, Chevreux, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, 1891,

tome iv. p. 6, pl.i. A., H.

3. Ichnopus spinicornis, Boeck. A.

34. Scopelocheirus hoper (A. Costa), = Callisoma kroyerit (Bruz.), A., H.

385. Tryphosites longipes (Sp. Bate). A., H.

36. Orchomenella nana (Kr.). H.

37. Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck. H., A.

38. —— typica, Bate. A,

39. tenuicornis, Lill]. H.

40, Peltocoxa brevirostris (TY. & A. Scott). A.

. Probolium gregarium, G.O. Sars. A.

42.

. Halicoides anomalus, A. O. Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

Iphimedia obesa, Rathke. A., H.

vol. xvii. 1896, p. 344, pl. xvi. figs. 7-18. A.

. Perioculodes longimanus (Bate). A.

. Westwoodilla cecula (Bate),=Halimedon parvimanus (Bate and

Westwood). H., A.

. Monoculodes gibbosus, Chevreux. ¢. A.

. Apherusa clevei, Sars (Publ. Expl. Mer. no. 10, 1904, p.8, pl.i.). A.

bispinosa (Bate). H.

Melphidippella macera (Norman). A., H.

* See Calman, Bull. Mus, Hist. Nat. 1907, no. 2, p. 116,

160 Mr. A. O. Walker on Crustacea

50. Eusirus longipes, Boeck. A., H.

51. Cheitrocratus sundeva/iii (Rathke), A.

52. Mera tenuimana (Bate),= Mera batei, Norman. A.

53. Eurystheus maculatus (Johnst.). H.

54. Phtisica marina, Slabber. H.

Diastylis brady’, Norman, 1879, “ Cumacea of ‘ Lightning’

&c. Expeditions,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii.

Dp. O05 Be

1888. Diastylis bradyi, Norm., A. O. Walker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Liver-

pool, vol. ii. p. 178, 2.

1890. Diastylis spinosa, Norm., id. ibid. vol. iv. p. 247, 2 & o.

1892. Diastylis spinosa, Norm., id, ibid. vol. vi. p. 104, 9 & C.

1896. Diastylis spinosa, Norm., Brit. Assoc. Report on Marine Zoology

of the Irish Sea.

1908. ? Diastylis bradii, Norman and Brady, Crust. Northumberland

and Durham.

When I first took the male of this species (previously un-

known) with the female of D. bradi in Colwyn Bay, it

appeared to me to agree so well with Canon Norman’s

description of his earlier species, D. spinosa, that I referred

it to that. As, however, Canon Norman now places his D.

spinosa under D, rathkei (Kroyer) *, it is evident that I was

in error.

Monoculodes gibbesus, Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France,

t. xiii. (1888), 9.

Monoculodes yibbosus, Chevr. Result. Camp. Monaco, vol. xvi. p. 59,

b. Ville Hie, hy en

Monoculodes gibbosus, Chevr., Stebbing, Das Tierreich, Amph. Gamm.

pp. 259, 726, 2.

Monceulodes gibbosus, Clevr., 3.

Body wide in front, carinate, hind margins of first nine

segments elevated ; the carina on the third and fourth pleon

segments conspicuously raised and arcuate; sides of the sixth

pleon segment produced almost to the end of the telson in an

acute angle.

Head a little longer than the first four segments, with a

carina separating the large dark oval eyes. Rostrum large,

reaching nearly to the distal end of the second joint of

ant. 1, evenly curved.

Side-plate 1 expanded in front and fringed.

* “Crust. of Northumberland and Durham,” by Norman and Brady,

Trans, Nat. Hist. Soc, Northumberland &c., new ser. vol. ill, part 2,

aye)

pau.

from the Bay of Biscay. 161

Ant. 1 longer than the head, reaching to the fourth joint of

the flagellum of ant. 2; first joint considerably longer than

second and third united and not much wider than the

second, the upper margin of which is produced almost to the

end of the third; flagellum to peduncle as 7:5, with ten

joints, the first as long as the next three united, setose.

Ant. 2: peduncle reaching to the seventh joint of the

flagellum of ant. 1, last joint slightly longer than the pre-

ceding, with its extremity a little dilated and truncate ;

flagellum long and slender, reaching to the end of the pleon,

with numerous short joints, naked.

Gnathopods and their side-plates as in J/. carinatus, Bate.

First and second pereopods with the dactyli almost as long

as the sixth joints; third and fourth pair have the dactylt

relatively longer. ‘The fifth are broken in all the specimens.

Uropod 1: peduncle much shorter than the subequal rami,

spinulose ; a few spinules on the outer margin of the outer

ramus.

Uropod 2: peduncle subequal to inner ramus, outer shorter,

both smooth ; a few spinules on outer margin of peduncle.

Uropod 3: wanting in the seven specimens examined.

Telson in a young male rounded at the end, with two

setules rather close together at the tip.

Length of adult male 7 mm. Only males were taken.

A specimen was sent to M. Chevreux in 1899, and he

informed me that he considered it to be without doubt the

male of his species. Unfortunately it is one of those brittle

forms that easily lose their appendages, so that a full and

accurate description is impossible. ‘Thus all the pereeopods in

M. Chevreux’s single specimen and the fifth pair in all mine

were mutilated, and the third uropods in both cases entirely

wanting. J agree with M. Chevreux that they are the same

species, though the (presumably) sexual differences are con-

siderable, the most conspicuous and unusual being the promi-

nent arcuate carina on the fourth pleon segment, as well as

on the third,in the male. M.Chevreux’s specimen was taken

in the “Gulf of Gascony” at a depth of 10 metres. It

may be mentioned that the so-called tubercle on the second

joint of the peduncle of ant. 1 in the male is a prolongation of

the upper margin of the joint and not of the lower as shown

in M. Chevreux’s figure. It is not easy to see till the

antenna is separated from the head.

162 3 Mr. E. W. Oates on some

XXI.—On some new Species of Silver-Pheasants.

By Everene W. Oares.

Genneus atlayi, sp. D..

3g .—Allied to G. rufipes, Oates, but with the nature of the

markings on the upper plumage reversed, that is to say that

the black stripes are wider than the white ones, giving the

bird a very dark appearance,

Crest blue-black. The sides of the head and neck coarsely

squamated with black. The mantle and back marked with

alternating black aud white stripes, of which the former are

nearly twice as wide as the latter. Rump similarly marked,

but the figure formed by each pair of stripes more rounded.

On the wing-coverts the black streaks are three or four

times as broad as the white interspaces. The primaries

black, barred with white. The middle pair of tail-feathers

chiefly white ou the inner web, white barred with black on

the outer web; the remaining feathers progressively more

and more barred, the outermost feather being almost entirely

black. Lower plumage glossy black, the feathers on the

sides of the neck and breast, at the junction of the striped

upper plumage and the black lower plumage, being white

on one web and striped on the other. Legs coral-red.

Wing 11 inches, tail 18.

9 .—Whole upper plumage rufous brown, slightly vermi-

culated with black. Lower plumage very dark brown or

blackish, the webs of each feather with three or four diagonal

buff bands, very irregular and jagged, and much narrower

than the black interspaces. ‘The bands on the one web

meet those on the other at a sharp angle on the shaft. Tail

barred and mottled with black, chestnut, and buff. Legs

coral-red.

Wing 9°6 inches, tail 10°4.

Numerous specimens of this species have been sent to me

by Mr. Frank Atlay from various places in the Ruby Mines

District, and I have much pleasure in naming the bird after

him, in recognition of the great interest he has taken in

collecting pheasants for me.

Genneus haringtoni, sp. n.

go .—Of the same type as G. rufipes and G. atlayi, inasmuch

as it has red legs and a striped upper plumage, but differing

greatly in the character of the markings.

new Species of Silver- Pheasants. 163

Crest blue-black. Sides of the head and neck delicately

squamated with black. The mantle and back marked with

numerous white stripes on a black ground, These stripes

are very numerous, some six or seven on each web, and

about half the width of the black interspaces. They are,

moreover, extremely twisted and jagged and the respective

pairs meet on the shaft in an involved manner. The rump

is similarly marked, but the black interspaces are wider and.

the respective pairs of white stripes form somewhat quadrate

figures. The outermost white band also is much broader

than the others and forms a very conspicuous margin to the

feather. On the wing-coverts the white stripes are only a

quarter of the width of the black interspaces. The quills

of the wing are very narrowly barred with white. The tail

and the lower plumage resemble the same parts in G. atlayi.

Legs coral-red. .

Wing 10:2 inches, tail 16°25.

? .—Whole upper plumage rufous brown. Lower plumage

black, the webs of each feather with several very irregular,

jagged, and zigzag white bands, running obliquely and

meeting at the shatt in a very involved and confused manner.

The middle tail-feathers are nearly uniform brown; the

others are barred and mottled with black, chestnut, and buff.

Legs coral-red.

Wing 10 inches, tail 10°6.

A male and female were shot by Major H. H. Harington

at Nilum Kha, in the Bhamo District, Burma, in March

1908.

Genneus granti, sp. n.

g .—Crest blue-black. Sides of the head and neck

squamated with black. Mantle and back marked with

white stripes cn a black ground, these stripes being smooth

and regularly curved and about one-third or one-fourth the

width of the black interspaces; cach pair forms on the

‘shaft a well-defined angle. The rump is similarly marked,

but both the white stripes and the black intcrspaces are

wider than on the back and the white stripes are oblique.

On the wing-coverts the white stripes are only about one-

fifth the width of the black interspaces. The wing-feathers

are black narrowly barred with white. ‘The middle tail-

feathers are white on the inner web and at the tip of the

outer. ‘The remainder of the feather is barred with white.

The other tail-feathers are barred with white, the bars

becoming progressively finer, more broken, and longitudinally

disposed as the outermost feather is approached. The lower

164 Mr. I. Schwarz on the Wallabies

plumage is black, the feathers at the side of the breast being

partly white and partly a mixture of black and white. Legs

coral-red.

Wing 10:2 inches, tail 17.

The only male of this species that I have seen was procured

by Major W. G. Nisbett some years ago at Puntum, eight

miles east of Sadone iv the Myitkyina District, Burma, at

an elevation between 6000 and 7000 feet. It is deposited

in the Natural History Museum, South Kensington, and I

name it after Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant.

Genneus mearsi, sp. Ni.

¢.—The feathers of the rump fringed with a band of

white at the tip. With this exception the whole plumage

is black, glossed with purplish blue, more richly so on the

upper part of the body.

This species differs from the other species of black-breasted

silver-pheasants, with white fringes to the rump-feathers, by

having the whole rump glossed with bright blue, this gloss

becoming more intense near the white fringe and tending to

form a bar or band in front of the fringe.

This species was sent me almost at the same time by

Major A. Mears, of the Survey Department, from Sylhet,

and by Mr. A. C. Bateman from the Kamaing subdivision

of the Myitkyina District, Burma.

I have also seen specimens from the North Khasi Hills,

Burra bazaar in Manipur, and Commillah in Tippera, and

quite recently from Goalpara in Assam.

I name this very distinct and handsome species after

Major A. Mears.

XXH.—On the Wallabies usually referred to Macropus

agilis, Gowld. By Exnst Scawarz.

In examining the collection of Macropus agilis in the

British Museum, I have come to the conclusion that there

must be several subspecies, a fact which 1s very likely, as

the species has a wide range all over the northern part of

Australia and southern New Guinea. Three of them have

received names, while a fourth is undescribed. Ali the

three described forms were united by Thomas in the

‘Catalogue.’ The British Museum now possessing a large

usually referred to Macropus agilis, Gould. 165

series of specimens from different localities, I think it ad-

visable to admit the following subspecies :—

1. Macropus agilis, Gould.

Macropus binoe, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 58.

Dorcopsis ? aurantiacus, W. & N.C. Rothsch. Noy. Zool. v. p. 513

(1898).

General appearance dull sandy, indistinctly mixed with

dark brown. Limbs not much paler than body, brownish

grey, darker towards the toes. Markings rather indistinct.

Hairs of the hip-stripe reddish yellow with white tips.

Under surface of body white, the hairs having sandy bases.

Hab. Arnhem Land, Northern Territory of South

Australia.

I am quite unable to distinguish from this form Dorcopsis

aurantiacus, which resembles it in the dull sandy colouring,

and has reversed the hairs between the ears like M. agilis,

but not on the back like true Dorcopsis.

2. Macropus agilis papuanus (Ptrs. & Doria).

Macropus papuanus, Ptrs. & Dor, Ann. Mus. Genoy. iil. p. 544

(1875).

Macropus papuensis, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 532.

Halmaturus crassipes, Rams, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.1i. p. 162 (1876),

Macropus agilis, Thos. Cat. Mars. Mon. Brit. Mus. pp. 42, 43 (1888).

Upper side dark brownish yellow, the hairs being annu-

lated with dark yellow and black, often having dark tips.

Nape of the neck a little lighter. Limbs whitish yellow,

darker towards the toes. Hairs of the sides of the body

with reddish-brown bases and white tips. Markings pro-

minent, especially the hip-stripe. Under surface of body

white, the hairs being so almost to their bases.

Hab. Southern New Guiuea.

This is a rather dark form with prominent markings.

3. Macropus agilis gardinei (De Vis).

Halmaturus jardineit, De Vis, Proc. Roy, Soc. Queensl. i. p. 169

(1884).

Macropus agilis, Thos. Cat. Mars. Mon. Brit. Mus. pp. 42, 43 (1886).

Upper side light yellowish sandy, distinctly speckled with

black, the hairs sometimes with short dark tips. Nape of

the neck brighter coloured, golden yellow, and less speckled.

Limbs white, extreme tipsof the toesdark brown. Markings

Ann. & dlag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 12

166 Wallabies usually referred to Macropus agilis.

very prominent, especially the pure white cheek-stripe and

the hip-stripe. Chest pure white, belly yellowish.

Hab. Northern Queensland.

In the distinctness of the markings and the speckling this

form somewhat approaches the New Guinea form, from

which it is at once distinguishable by the light colour of the

body. The British Museum possesses a large series of

specimens from Inkerman, North Queensland, referred to by

Thomas and Dollman (P. Z. 8. 1908, p. 798) as M. agilis.

4. Macropus ayilis aurescens, subsp. n.

Characterized by the pale reddish sandy upper side, and

the almost entire absence of dark speckling in the adult (not

in the young). Nape of neck not lighter than back ; sides

of body slightly paler. Limbs yellowish. Markings of face

not very prominent; hip-stripe rather distinct, yellowish

white. Hairs of under surface white with narrow yellowish

sandy bases.

Hab. N.W. Australia. (Specimens from Fitzroy River

and Grant Range examined.)

Type. B.M. 0.6.1.5. Old g. J.T. Tunney coll. Fitzroy

River, W. Kimberley.

Dimensions of type (measured in the skin) :—

Head and body 1050 mm.; tail 710; hind foot 240;

ear 69.

Skull: basal length 141; greatest breadth 78; palatal

length 96; facial index 268; palatal furamina 6:2; length

of the upper tooth-row from front of “secator” to back of

last molar 40; length of ‘‘ secator” 9.

This new form is most nearly allied to M. egilis, Gould,

but differs in the brighter colouring of the upper side and

the almost entire absence of dark hairs.

The young of all these forms differ from the adult in

being darker, rather more reddish sandy in colour, more

distinctly suffused with black, having longer fur and less

prominent markings. The difference in size between the

adult male and female of these wallabies is noteworthy, the

old male being rather larger than the females of the different

wallaroos (M. rolustus). Certainly itis the largest of all the

wallabies; the female, on the contrary, is considerably

smaller.

I am unable to find any skull-character separating the

different subspecies. Tlere is a certain amount of individual

variation in the skulls, but no subspecific features are

developed.

New Pterasteridee from the North Pacific. 167

XXIII.— New Pterasteridee from the North Pacific.

By Watter K. Fisuer, Stanford University, Calitornia.

THE new species of Pteraster will be rendered more intelli-

gible if contrasted with known forms in the following

synopsis. The species mentioned are not all that occur in

the region of the North Pacific, but include most of the

o-rayed forms. ‘These will be fully figured and described in

a later publication.

PTERASTER.

a. Form stellate; R exceeding 1°8 r, usually

2 r or more.

6. Tube-feet in 2 series; supradorsal mem-

brane with spiny spicules; oral spines

webbed ; superoral spine stout.

ce. R=2 to 2°5r; adambulacral comb with

more than 5 spines ; oral spines 6 to 8;

superoral spine cylindrical, not 3-edged ;

paxilla stalk low, with 3 to 5 spines .. militaris {(Miiller).

ec. R=1:87 r; adambulacral comb with 5

spines; oral spines 5; superoral very

large, 3-edged ; paxilla stalk high, with

GISPRUIES? 5c « So.0'o ash eae eat ae tora ao trigonodon, sp. n.

6b. Tube-feet crowded, in 4 series, at least

proximally ; supradorsal membrane either

without deposits or with a very few

simple rods; oral spines partly or wholly

webbed ; superoral spine slender.

ce. R=27r; adambulacral comb of 3 or 4

spines; oral spines 4; no small lateral

pockets back of aperature papille ;

no deposits in supradorsal membrane ;

paxilla spines usually 2, longer ; spira-

GUAR PIEGOH iy id anes sacle al. 935.8106 v2 Jordan’, Fisher,

ec. R=1'8 to 2°5 r; adambulacral comb

of 5 spines proximally; oral spines 5 ;

small shallow pockets just back of

aperature papillae ; supradorsal mem-

brane with few scattered simple rods ;

paxilla spines 3, shorter; spiracula

SURED ESI it aierovie toy Samat ote. s marsippus, Sp. N.

aa. Form more or less pentagonal; R less than

1-897.

b. Oral spines 6, free; superoral spine very

slender; spiracula very numerous; lateral

fringe defining ambitus; no spicules in

supradorsal membrane ; R=1:4+7...... coscinopeplus, sp. 0,

66. Oral spines 5 to 7, the entire 10 to 14 united

by a continuous membrane; R=1°3 7;

deposits present or absent ; abactinal

surface swollen and more or less warty in

adult.

168 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new Pterasteridz

c. Paxille with high pedicel and 5 to 15

(5 to 7 in Alaskan specimens) spines ;

superoral spine slender, eylindrical;

muscle-bands connecting tips of paxillar

spinelets; aperature slits small; oral

spines 6 or 7; no deposits in supra-

dorsal membrane; lateral fringe not

definwip ambiiS "sb. Gis: erent pulvillus, Sars,

ce, Paxille low, with low pedicel and 5-7

short spines; superoral spine with 3

sharp edges; no muscle-bands connect-

ing tips of paxillar spinelets ; aperature

slits unusually large; oral spines 5;

in supradorsal membrane deposits in the

form of branched rods; lateral fringe

dehiming ambitws Giih noe 5 Fs,aiclerns oe temnochiton, sp. 1.

bbb. Oral spines 38, the series independently

webbed; abactinal surface not much

elevated and not at all warty .......... multispinus, Clark.

Pteraster trigonodon, sp. n.

Rays 5. R=30 mm., r=16mm., R=1°87 7; breadth of

ray at base 18 mm. General form stellate with angular

interbrachial ares. Disk moderately high; vertical diameter

about two-thirds breadth of ray. Supradorsal membrane

thin, without definite reticulations; calcareous deposits

abundant, in the form of irregular spiny rods; spiracula

numerous, large; pseudopaxille with high pedicels and 6

divergent spines; 5 adambulacral and 5 webbed marginal

mouth-spines; aperature papilla very broad ; superoral spine

very large, sharp, and 3-edged ; actinolateral membrane

narrow, not defining ambitus.

Off Santa Cruz Island, California, 447 to 510 fathoms.

Bottom, black mud.

Pteraster marsippus, sp. 0.

In general appearance and proportions similar to jordant ;

differs in having 3 shorter paxillar spines, sparse calcareous -

deposits in the form of simple straight rods of small size in

supradorsal membrane, proximally 5 adambulacral spines

(far along ray only 4), and especially in having the aperature

papilla partially tented over by a membrane passing from one

comb to the next, and merging outwardly with the actino-

lateral membrane. A shallow side pocket opening mesially

is thus formed, at the mouth of which is the aperature papilla.

No spiracles.

Type. R=100 mm., r=40 mm., R=2°5 r; breadth of

ray at base 45 mm.; RK varies to 1'8 r.

from the North Pacifie. 169

Near Attu Island, Aleutians, 135 fathoms. Bottom, coarse

pebbles.

Pteraster coscinopeplus, sp. n.

Stellato-pentagonal. R=30mm.,r=21mm., R=1:4+r;

breadth of ray, omitting lateral fringe 22 mm., with lateral

fringe 25 mm. Supradorsal membrane without special

muscle-bands connecting summits of spines, but with a fine

reticulation ; spiracula very numerous, small; no spicules ;

paxille with high pedicels and 6 to 8 spines; actinolateral

membrane very wide, the free border defining entire ambitus ;

6 webbed adambulacral spinelets ; 1 very slender superoral

spine; 6 slender free marginal mouth-spines.

Off San Diego, California, 339 fathoms. Bottom, mud.

Pteraster temnochiton, sp. n.

Rays 5.. R=21 mm., r=16 mm., R=1:3+r; breadth

of ray at base, without lateral fringe 9 to 1L mm., with lateral

fringe 12 to 12°50 mm. General form stellato- pentagonal ;

interbigchial arcs shallow ; lateval fringe defining ambitus ;

pseudopaxille low, with 5 to 7 spines; no reticulation ;

groups of spines independent and spaced ; scattered branched

irregular rods in membrane; adambulacral spines 5 to 4

webbed, the outer standing perpendicular, not subparallel to

actinolateral membrane which is wide; aperatares long; apera-

ture papillze slender, sharp, with slightly convex aboral margin ;

o:al spines 5, slender, all 10 united by continuous membrane ;

superoral spine sharp, 8-edged, much heavier tan marginal

spines,

Near Attu Island, Aleutians, 135 fathoms. Bottom,

coarse pebbles.

HYMENASTER.

Three species occurring off the west coast of North America

are contrasted in the following synopsis :—

a. Adambulacral armature consisting of 1 spine-

let; size very large; paxillee forming special

raised areas; spiracula small, in definite

GCUPCMMERE TIGR BCR dao ang) s 2,02 w viphebol cl cig vue koehleri, sp. n.

aa. Adambulacral armature consisting of more

than 1 spinelet; spiracula not in definite

circumscribed areas.

6. Median radial paxille very much reduced

in size, with 1 to 3 basal lobes; 5 rows

of paxillee on ray ; adambulacral spinelets

Obese eres D558 dite ON eg ETE perissonotus, sp. 0.

170 New Pterasteride from the North Facific.

bb. Median radial paxille not greatly reduced

in size, with 4 basal lobes; 9 rows of

paxille along ray; very numerous small [Fisher.

spiracula ; adambulacral spinelets 4 or 5. quadrispinosus,

Hymenaster koehleri, sp. n.

Very near to H. nobilis, Wyville Thomson, which it re-

sembles in general appearance, number and arrangement of

paxillar spines and adambulacral spines, but from which it

differs in the following details :—spiracula in very definite

circumscribed areas, not confluent between the paxillar

crowns; the regular transverse spiracular areas of inter-

brachial web of nobilis absent or only indicated irregularly

toward ends of rays; replaced proximally by detached

scattered small spiracular areas; furrow spinelet much

shorter than segmental papilla; oral spines short (half

length of interradial suture, or less), R=100 mm.,

r=70'mm., R=1-4 r.

Bering Sea, south of Pribilof Islands, 1771 fathoms.

Bottom, blue ooze.

Named after Dr. R. Koehler. ©

Iymenaster pertssonotus, sp. n. 4

General form depressed, nearly pentagonal, with subplane

abactiual surface and extensive interradial webs supported

by actiuolateral spines, which are conspicuously heavier

beyond middle of ray. Paxillar area not conspicuously

raised. Marginal paxille conspicuously larger than the 3

series of abactinal, the radial being very short and, distally,

rudimentary. Supradorsal membrane close to abactinal wall

along median radial area. Spiracula large, scattered, fairly,

but not very, numerous; membrane with very numerous

criss-crossing muscle-fibres, which radiate from tips of delicate

paxilla spinelets; usually 3 or 4 of these to a paxilla; points

of spinelets uniformly spaced on supradorsal membrane,

and individual paxille not distinguishable. Adambulacral

spinelets 2 or less often 3; oral spines 5 or 6, rarely 7,

superoral spines 1 or 2; aperature papille large, ovate.

R=70 mm., r=50 mm., R=1°4 r.

Off San Diego, California, 984 fathoms. Bottom, grey

mud. Ranges to Bering Sea.

New Genera of Starfishes. 171

XXI1IV.—New Genera of Starfishes.

By Watter K. Fisuer, Stanford University, California.

THE following genera will be described in detail and figured

in an Eeteneine “report on the Asteroidea of the North Pacific:

now in preparation.

THRISSACANTHIAS, gen. nov.

Astropectinide near Persephonaster, Alcock, but differing

in the arrangement of gonads, which are not confined to the

interradii, but extend fora short distance on either side along

ray as a number of distinct tufts depending from the genital

stolon; adambulacral plates with 1 or 2 enlarged actinal

spines ; disk of medium size, depressed, rays long ; ; abactinal

surface with true paxille arranged in regular oblique trans-

verse rows; no enlarged radial series; papule all over

abactinal surface, except at tip of ray; actinal intermediate

plates extending far along ray ; interradial areas rather small ;

spiniform fascicular pedicellariz on marginals ; anus present ;

madreporic body large, not hidden.

Type, Persephonaster penicillatus, Fisher, Bull. Bureau of

Fisheries, 1904, xxiv. 1905, p. 297. Of Los Coronados

Islands, Lower California, 530 fathoms.

GEPHYREASTER, gen. nov.

Mimasterine related to Mimaster, Sladen, but differing in

having stout tabulate paxille with strongly stellate bases by

which the plates overlap; in the character of actinal inter-

mediate plates, which, instead of bearing small tufts of spines

forming spaced paxille, are densely covered with spinelets ;

in the armature of the mouth-plates, which have a peculiar

angular marginal series situated between peristome and

superficies ot plate on inner end; superambulacral plates

present. Marginal plates, adambulaeral plates, and armature

similar to those of Mimaster, the first without enlarged

spinules.

Type, Mimaster sw/ft’, Fisher, Bull. Bureau of Fisheries,

1904, xxiv. 1905, p. 301. Stephens Passage, Alaska, 188-

131 fathoms.

This genus is intermediate in many respects between

Mimaster aud Pseudarchaster, but is nearer to the former.

SPHARIODISCUS, gen. nov.

Goniasterine differing from Pentagonaster, Gray (type,

P. pulchellus), in having the abactinal and actinal plates

172 New Genera of Starfishes.

wholly granulated; in having not the last but the penultimate

or antepenultimate marginals, enlarged ; in having marginals

with spaced granules. “The abactinal plates are flat-topped

and slightly tabulate on radial areas; the actinals are flat,

never convex.

Type, Stephanaster bourget’, Perrier, Expéd. Scientif.

du Travailleur et du Talisman, 1894, p. 403, pl. 26. fig. 1.

Pentagonaster as here used includes a small eroup of

southern species of which P. pu/chellus is thetype. Stephan-

aster, Ayres, type S. elegans, Ayres (=P. pulchellus), is

strictly a synonym of Pentagonaster in its narrowest sense.

Spheriodiscus includes also Pentagonaster ammophilus, Fisher,

Hawaiian Islands.

Pentagonaster differs from Goniaster (type Asterias tessel-

lata, Lamarck= Goniaster cuspidatus, Gray) in lacking

abactinal tubercles; in having the last marginal plate of

both series enlarged ; in lacking abactinal secondary ossicles,

and numerous papular pores separated by intermediate

granules between the dorsal plates of papular areas; in

having abactinal and actinal intermediate plates free from

granules except for a marginal series of granules. “

Pentagonaster is distinguished from Tosia, Gray (type

T. australis, Gray), by the enlarged distal marginal of both

series (if a marginal is enlarged in Tosia it is the last supero-

marginal only) : in the character of the pedicellarie, which

have narrow spatulate jaws (as in Goniaster) ; in Tosia they

are low, bivalved, and wider than high, or are absent

altogether.

Tosia, as here limited, includes a few southern species—

not granularis. Ceramaster, Verrill (type C. granularis), and

Plinthaster, Vervrill (type P. perriert), I regard as guite

distinct genera. Pyrenaster, Verrill (type P. dentatus,

Perrier, 1884), according to the testimony of the type speci-

men, which | have examined, is synonymous with Plinthaster.

If there is to be any uniting of genera it should be Goniaster,

Pentagonaster, and Tosia, deeidedly not Tosia with Ceramaster

or with Plnthaster.

HETEROZONIAS, gen. nov.

Solasteridze with a wide-meshed abactinal skeleton, and

small pseudopaxille like Solaster, but differing from that

genus in having a complete series of actinal intermediate

plates to tip of ray and in the arrangement of marginal

paxille, which consist of transversely oriented prominent

inferomarginals alternating with longitudinally oriented less

On Mammals from Northern Rhodesia. 1d

prominent superomarginals, all in a single linear series.

Adambulacral armature as in Solaster. Papulze numerous

and prominent.

Type, Crossaster alternatus, Fisher, Proc. Washington

Acad. Sciences, viii. 1906, p. 131. Santa Barbara Islands,

Cal., 414 fathoms.

XXV.—On a Collection of Mammals made by Mr, S. A.

Neave, during his Expedition in Northern Rhodesia. By

Guy DoLuMAy.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THe area in which Mr. Neave collected is situated between

Lake Bangweolo and Lake Mweru, bounded on the west by

the Luapula River, and on the east by the Mchinga Escarp-

ment, extending as far north as the southern end of Lake

Tanganyika and as far south as Mpika. No collection of

mammals of any importance has ever been received from

this district before, and therefore it is not surprising to find

that some of the specimens represent new and hitherto un-

described forms. The mammalian fauna of this area would

appear to be very similar to that of North Nyasaland, and

though a few of the species show a distinct relationship with

the West African fauna, the majority of forms are Hast

African. The mammals of the Kalungwisi and Chambezi

Rivers appear very much the same as those that occur on the

Nyika Plateau, mixed with a sprinkling of South Nyasa

forms, such as the small Zomba dormouse, Graphiurus gohn-

stont, Thos., a specimen of which Mr. Neave obtained from

the Chambezi River District. Some of the species would

appear to indicate a relationship with the Tanganyika and

Uganda faune. Thus we find in the collection both the

Marungu dermouse Graphiurus microtis, Noack, and the

Kast African Mus jacksone, de Wint.

Of the novelties, the Shrews are perhaps the most

interesting. One of the forms, Croeidura luna, was obtained

by Mr. Neave during his earlier expedition in Katanga.

Since my paper on the Katanga mammals *, the series of

Central and East African Crecidura in the British Museum

collection has been considerably increased, and it is now

evident that these Katanga specimens ought to be considered as

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iii. p. 850 (1909).

174 Mr. G. Dollman on

representing a distinct species. The series of Lophuromys from

Mporokoso would appear to be new, being unlike any of the

East or West African forms at present known. This species

was also represented in the Katanga collection, and it is one

of these Congo specimens that has been chosen as the type.

In addition to the descriptions of the new forms, a com-

plete list of all the mammals obtained by Mr. Neave in

Northern Rhodesia is here given, as so many of the species

are of interest from a distributional point of view.

1. Galago crassicaudatus, E. Geoff.

¢. 172. Kalungwisi River.

2. Gulago nyose, Elliot.

3.173. Kalungwisi Valley.

It is interesting to find this rare lemur occurring in

Northern Rhodesia, the type, the only other specimen at

present known, coming from Southern Nyasa.

3. Scotophilus viridis damarensis, Thos.

dg. 104. Lundazi River, Loangwa Valley.

4. Scoteinus schlieffent, Peters.

. 147. Lofu River, south of Lake Tanganyika.

. 174. Kalungwisi Valley.

. 111. Upper Loangwa Valley.

+0 Gy +0

5. Pipistrellus nanus, Peters.

. 144. Upper Kalungwisi River.

. 179. Edge of Chimpili Plateau.

. 143. Luwingu, Chimpili Plateau.

. 192. Loangwa River.

. 102. Loangwa Valley.

Oy 40 A, 40.04

6. Nasilio brachyurus, B. du Bocage.

6. 184. East of Lake Bangweolo.

9. 164. Kalungwisi Valley.

These specimens would appear to belong to the West

African species, JV. brachyurus, and not to the South African

form, N. brachyrhynchus, Smith. In Mr. Neave’s last col-

lection from Katanga the two species were both represented,

apparently living side by side in the same locality.

Mimmals from Northern Rhodesia. 175

7. Crocidura neave’, Wrought.

3. 166. Kalungwisi River.

U. neaved was founded by Wroughton on a single speci-

men contained in the 1905 Neave Collection from the Ndola

District, the type locality being the Kafue River.

8. Crocidura luna, sp. n.

3d. 70; ?. 71. Bunkeya River, Katanga, Congo.

do. 94. Lufupa River, Katanga, Congo.

Similar in size to Crocidura hindet, Thos., but grey in

colour instead of brownish red.

Tail rather long, otherwise proportions as in C. hinde?.

Fur of medium length, measuring about 6 mm. in length on

back. General colour of upper surface smoke-grey (between

slate-grey no. 1 and otter-brown no. 1, ‘ Repertoire de

Couleurs’), rather browner on the back, paling to greyish

brown on the sides. Individual hairs of back slaty grey at

base, turning greyish white towards the apical portion, tips

brown. Backs of hands and feet thinly covered with short

greyish-white hairs. Under surface of body slaty grey,

washed over with silvery white. Individual hairs of belly

slate-grey with greyish-white tips. Tail thinly covered with

short grey hairs; the longer hairs fairly numerous and

evenly scattered throughout the basal half.

Skull with rather a broad cranial region.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 88 mm.; tail 60; hind foot 15; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 24°5; basal length 21°3 ; greatest

breadth across brain-case 10:5; greatest breadth across

maxillary region 7°5; palatal length 10°5 ; length of upper

tooth-row from front of first incisor to back of last molar I 1.

Hab. Bunkeya River, Katanga, Congo, altitude 3400 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 1. 3. 3. Original num-

ber 70. Collected on August 31st, 1907.

This species is easily distinguished from its near allies by

the cold grey colour of the fur, and the broad, rather flat

skull.

9. Crocidura electa, sp. n.

&. 150. Kamtoby, south of Lake Tanganyika.

?. 152. Lofu Valley, Tanganyika Plateau.

Allied to the foregoing species, but rather smaller in size

and with a shorter tail.

176 Mr. G. Dollman on

Tail rather short, nearly 10 mm. shorter than that of

C. luna. General colour of upper surface very much as in

C. luna (between slate-grey no. 1 and otter-brown no. 1,

‘Repertoire de Couleurs’). Sides of head and flanks grey

(slate-grey no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’). Individual hairs of back

dark slaty grey at base, paling to greyish white terminally ;

tips brown. Lower surface of body silvery grey. Hairs of

belly dark slate-coloured, with greyish-white tips. Tail very

thinly clad with short grey hairs, a few longer hairs present

on the basal half, as in C. luna.

Skull rather smaller than that of the foregoing species.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 78 mm. ; tail 47; hind foot 13:5; ear 10.

Skull: greatest length 23°3; basal length 20; greatest

breadth across brain-case 10°3; greatest breadth across

maxillary region 7°5; palatal length 10; length of upper

tooth-row from front of first incisor to back of last molar 10°7.

Hub. Kamtoby, south of Lake Tanganyika. Altitude

4500 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M.no. 9.12.4.15. Original num-

ber 150. Collected on August 21st, 1908.

This well-marked species is readily recognized by its small

size, and although closely resembling C. /una in colour, it is

distinguished at once by the smaller size of the body and

proportionally shorter tail.

10. Crocidura turba, sp. n.

6.141; ¢. 140. Chilui Island, Lake Bangweolo.

?. 181. Luwingu, between Lakes Bangweolo and

Tanganyika.

6. 178. Machinga Plateau, Kalungwisi District.

Size and general colour of upper surface very much as in

Crocidura fumosa, Thos., but with a shorter tail, narrower

skull, and pure grey-coloured belly.

Fur measuring about 5°5 mm. in length on back. General

colour of upper surface dark brown (sepia no. 3, ‘ Repertoire

de Couleurs’), slightly paler on flanks. Individual hairs of

back grey with long brown tips. Backs of hands and feet

thinly covered with short brownish hairs. Under surface of

bedy silvery grey. Hairs of belly dark slate-coloured, tips

greyish white. Tail covered with short dark hairs, inter-

mingled with which are a number of longer hairs, irregularly

scattered throughout the basal two-thirds of the tail.

Skull slender and long, rather narrow across maxillary and

cranial regions.

Mammals from Northern Rhodesia. 177

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 96 mm.; tail 43°5; hind foot 15; ear

10°5.

Skull: greatest length 24; basal length 21; greatest

breadth across brain-case 10; greatest breadth across

maxillary region 7; palatal length 10; length of upper

tooth-row from front of first incisor to back of last molar L0°7.

Hab. Chilui Island, Lake Bangweolo. Altitude 3900 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 12. 4. 17. Original

number 141. Collected July 7th, 1908.

This shrew, though allied to C. fumosa, must be con-

sidered specifically distinct on account of its much narrower

and longer skull and the pearl-grey coloured under parts.

11. Croctdura sp.

gd. 142. Chilui Island, Lake Bangweolo.

A large form apparently allied to the foregoing species.

On account of its skull being very imperfect I am unable to

definitely determine what species it is most nearly allied to,

and until further specimens are available for examination it

is impossible to settle the matter satisfactorily.

12. Aonyx maculicollis, Licht.

g. 183. Hast of Lake Bangweolo.

Unlike the South African specimens, this otter has practi-

cally no white markings on the chest and throat. At present

there is not material enough to hand to decide whether this

character is of any specific value.

13. Crossarchus fasciatus, Desm.

3.175. Kalungwisi River.

14, Helogale varia, Thos.

$. 176. Kalungwisi River.

15. Canis lateralis, Sclat.

¢. 128. Chambezi River.

16. Paraxerus cepapi quotus, Wrought.

S. 101. Loangwa Valley.

178 Mr. G. Dollman on

17. Heltose‘urus rhodesie, Wrouglit.

o. 124,124; 9.121. Chambezi River.

6.171. Kalungwisi River.

d. 182. Luena River.

18. Graphiurus microtis, Noack.

9. 157. Lofu Valley, Tanganyika Plateau.

?. 177. Machinga Plateau, Kalungwisi District.

9.190. Mpika Plateau.

These specimens would appear to represent Noack’s

G. microt/s, though they are all rather larger in size than the

dimensions given in his description. As however the type

locality of Noack’s species was Marungu, there seems to be

no reason why these Kalungwisi and Lofu specimens should

be regarded as other than true micro is.

19. Graphiurus johnstoni, Thos.

9.127. Chambezi River.

20. Yatera liodon, Thos.

. 145. Lofu River, Tanganyika Plateau.

. 129. Chambezi River.

. 188; ¢. 186. Hast of Lake Bangweolo.

O, +0 +0

21. Tatera nyase, Wrought.

. 106, 107, 109. Upper Loangwa Valley.

. 112. Mirongo, Loangwa River.

+0 +0

22. Otomys irroratus nytke, Wrought.

9. 139. Chirui Island, Lake Bangweolo.

23. Dendromus whytet, Wrought.

@. 118. Chambezi Valley.

24. Steatomys pratensis, Peters.

. 185. East of Lake Bangweolo.

. 110. Upper Loangwa Valley.

+0 OY

25. Mus rattus, L.

3d. 131; ¢. 180. Luena, Bangweolo Basin.

Mammals from Northern Rhodesia. 179

26. Mus chrysophilus, de Wint.

. 146. Lofu River, Tanganyika Plateau.

. 113. Chinsali, Loangwa River.

. 103. Lundazi River, North Loangwa Valley.

+0 Oy OY

27. Mus walambe, Wrought.

. 120, 122, 125, 126. Chambezi River.

. 169. Kalungwisi River.

. 133. Edge of Chimpili Plateau.

. 182. Upper Luansenshi River.

+0 +0 0, OY

28. Mus coucha, Smith.

o. 138. Chishi Island, Lake Bangweolo.

g. 189. Lower Chambezi River.

29. Mus jacksoni, de Wint.

g. 163. Mporokoso, south of Lake ‘Tanganyika.

30. Thamnromys surdaster, Thos. & Wrought.

6. 153, 154, 156; 9. 155. Lofu River, south end of

Lake Tanganyika.

31. Leggada triton murilla, Thos.

3.165. Kalungwisi Valley.

32. Leggada bella, Thos.

¢. 137. Chishi Island, Lake Bangweolo.

33. Lophuromys rita, sp. n.

3. 159, 160, 161; 2. 162. Mporokoso, south of Lake

Tanganyika.

3. 86. Lufupa River, Katanga, Congo.

Allied to Z. zena, Dollm., but redder in colour and rather

more finely speckled.

Size and general proportions as in Z, zena. Hair of the

usual Lophuromys type, rather long on the back, measuring

about 13 mm. in length. General colour of back reddish

brown (between warm sepia no. 1 and burnt umber no. 2,

‘ Repertoire de Couleurs’), speckled all over with pinkish

buff. Individual hairs of back reddish orange at base,

gradually darkening towards apical portion to a brownish

180 On Mammals from Northern Rhodesia.

red; subterminal rings orange, tips dark brown. Flanks rather

paler than back. Backs of hands and feet brown, metatarsal

region partially buffy. Under surface of body cinnamon-

erey (snuff-brown no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’); individual hairs of

belly buff-coloured at base, terminal halves grey, tips

cinnamon. Chest brighter in colour (buff no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’), :

hairs without grey bases. Upper side of tail thinly covered

with short dark brown hairs ; lower surface very similar,

hairs a little greyer.

Skull like that of Z. zena; posterior nares rather broader.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 107°5 mm. ; tail 68; hind foot 21; ear 16.

Skull: condylo-basal length 29; basal length 26; con-

dylo-basilar length 27; basilar length 24; zygomatic breadth

15; palatal length 14°6; palatilar length 13; greatest length

of nasals 12; length of palatal foramina 6°3; length of

upper tooth-row 5.

Hab. Lufupa River, Katanga, Congo. Altitude 4000 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 1. 3. 36. Original num-

ber 86. Collected on October 2nd, 1907.

In addition to the type Mr. Neave collected four specimens

of Lophuromys at Mporokoso, south of Lake ‘Tanganyika, all

four being very similar in colour to the Katanga specimen.

‘This species would appear to be more nearly allied to the

Aberdare form, L. zena, Dollm., than to LZ. aquilus, True,

from which it is readily distinguished by the entire upper

surface being finely speckled with pinkish buff. ZL. zena is

rather more coarsely speckled, and the general colour of the

upper and lower surfaces a good deal paler.

It is probable that when this genus is more fully known it

may be thought necessary to reduce this form to subspecific

rank. For the present, however, it is more convenient to

regard it as a distinct species, since the relations of the other

forms are not yet satisfactorily determined.

34. Saccostomus campestris, Peters.

@. 187. East shore of Lake Bangweolo.

35. Dasymys bentleye, Thos.

?. 180. Luwingu, north-east of Lake Bangweolo.

36. Arvicanthis pulchellus, Gray.

151. 2. Lofu River, Tanganyika Plateau.

On new Crustacea from Christmas Island. 181

37. Pelomys fallax, Peters.

?. 167,168,170. Kalungwisi River.

38. Georychus mellandi, Thos.

d- 119. Chambezi Valley.

39. Georychus amatus, Wrought.

. 114,116; 9. 115,117. Chambezi Valley.

. 134. Edge of Chimpili Plateau.

. 148, 149. Lofu River, south of Lake Tanganyika.

Oy Oy Oy

XXVI.—On Two new Species of Wood-boring Crustacea from

Christmas Island. By W.T.CAtMaAN, D.Sc.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Plate V.]

Amon@ the Crustacea collected by Dr. C. W. Andrews,

F.R.S., on his visit to Christmas Island in 1908, and pre-

sented to the British Museum by Sir John Murray, K.C.B.,

F.R.S., are two species, an Amphipod and an Isopod, which

were found boring into the piles of the pier at Flying-Fish

Cove. It is worthy of note that, although both species are

apparently undescribed, they belong to the same genera,

Chelura and Limnoria, as the two species that are associated

together in destroying submarine timber on our own coasts.

The aberrant Amphipod family Cheluride has hitherto

comprised only a single species, the well-known Chelura

terebrans of the North Atlantic and adjoining seas, and the

discovery of a second species in the Indian Ocean is there-

fore of some interest.

Of the Isopod genus Limnoria five species have already

been described. JL. pfeffert, Stebbing, the only one known

in tropical seas, comes from the island of Minikoi, but it

appears to be very distinct from the species described below.

Order AMPHIPODA.

Suborder GAMMARIDEA.

Family Cheluride.

All necessary references to the literature of the family and

of its type species will be found in Mr. Stebbing’s invaluable

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 13

182 Dr. W. T. Calman on new

revision of the Gammaridea (‘ Das Tierreich,’ Lief. 21, 1906,

p- 693). Some modification of the definitions given in that

work is necessary to admit the species described below. In

the definition of the family the words “ Pleopods with

peduncle produced on the inner side” must be omitted. In

that of the genus “ pleon segments 1 and 2 very short” and

“antenna 1 short” are no longer applicable; the inner plate

of “ maxilla 1” may have nine sete and that of ‘ maxilla 2”

four sete on the inner margin; the “ 2nd joint little ex-

panded” does apply to the fifth perzeopods, and the inner

ramus of ‘ uropod 3”’ is absent in the new species.

Chelura insule, sp.n. (PI. V. figs. 1-6.)

Description of ovigerous female.—Length of body about

ih mm.; greatest breadth about ‘9 mm.

General form of the body (fig. i) more slender than in

C. terebrans, the dorsal surface with more numerous scattered

sete. Third pleon somite with three subequal tubercles on

its hind margin (fig. 2); the following segment (fourth to

sixth somites fused) about one-fifth of total length of body.

Fifth and sixth side-plates with very small anterior lobe.

Antennule (fig. 1) nearly two-fifths as long as body; fla-

gellum sparsely setose, little longer than last segment of

peduncle, with five segments ; accessory flagellum unseg-

mented, about half as long as first segment of flagellum.

Antenna (fig. 1) about half as long as body; last segment

of peduncle subequal to penultimate and longer than ante-

penultimate, less densely setose than the flagellum ; flagellum

more than three times as long as broad, with indications of ©

segmentation becoming more distinct distally.

Mouth-parts closely resembling those of C. terebrans, but

the mandibular palp is longer and has a relatively larger

proximal segment with a group of sete at its distal end;

inner plate of maxillula broader, with about nine sete ;

inner plate of maxilla with four sete below the longer one

which marks the distal limit of the inner edge.

First gnathopods (fig. 3) very large, about two-fifths of

length of body ; breadth of propodus (palm) two-thirds of its

length, palmar edge sloping backwards to about half the

length of the propodus, irregularly dentate and defined by a

strong tooth ; dactylus stout, longer than the palmar edge.

Second gnathopods (fig. 4) slender; carpus about as long as

propodus, the latter about four times as long as broad, nar-

rowing distally, minutely subchelate; all the segments

carrying numerous very long sete. Pereopods (fig. 1) with

Wood-boring Crustacea from Christmas Island. 183

the basipodites much more expanded than in C. terebrans,

that of the last pair about two-thirds as broad as long ; distal

segments of last three pairs flattened, the propodus with a

row of strong spines on its hinder edge.

Pleopods (fig. 5) with the peduncle flattened, but not pro-

duced on the inner side. First uropods (fig. 1) with peduncle

nearly three times as long as endopod, which is about one-

third longer but not broader than the exopod; both rami

armed with stout spines. Peduncle of second uropods (figs. 1

& 2) nearly twice as long as broad, its strongly serrated

upper (or outer) edge only slightly curved, not produced as

in C. terebrans into arounded lobe. Third uropods (figs. 1

& 2) uniramous, the endopod wanting; exopod about twice

as long as broad.

Telson (fig. 2) slightly concave, not noticeably carinate, on

the dorsal surface, its breadth two-thirds of its length, witha

few serrations at the acute point.

The eggs are large (about ‘6 mm. in length) and not more

than three were found together in the marsupium. Some

ovigerous individuals were found of which the body-length

did not much exceed 3 mm., and in each of these the marsu-

pium contained only a single egg. In a small series of

C. terebrans examined for the purpose of comparison the

number of eggs carried by a single female varied from three

to eight.

Adult male (fig. 6).—Length of body about 7 mm.;

greatest breadth about 1*l mm.

Third pleon somite with median tubercle more acute but

no larger than in female; lateral tubercles broadened, with

deeply concave posterior margin and prominent corners,

Proportions of antennules and antennze much as in female

except that the antennal flagellum is more than four times as

long as broad.

First gnathopods (fig. 6) larger than in female, about three-

sevenths of length of body; propodus (palm) very massive,

with two large unequal teeth about the middle of its palmar

edge.

Peduncle of second uropods (fig. 6) more than twice as

long as wide, the setz on its upper edge longer and more

numerous than in the female. Hxopod of third uropods

(fig. 6) three times as long as broad, with a thick brush of

very long setze on its lower surface.

Remarks. — Of the numerous characters in which this

species differs from C. terebrans the great size of the anterior

gnathopods, the reduction of the median tooth on the third

pleon segment, the much longer antennules and antenne, and

133

184 Dr. W. T. Calman on new

the brush of hairs on the third uropods of the male are the

most conspicuous. The first of these and the absence of the

endopod of the third uropods are characters equivalent to

some that are used in other families of Gammaridea for the

separation of genera ; but there is as yet no necessity to give

them generic value in this case.

Order ISOPODA.

Suborder FLABELLIFERA.

Family Spheromide.

I follow Hansen (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. (n. 8.) xlix. p. 98,

1905) in placing Limnoria in a subfamily, Limnoriine, of

the Spheromide instead of in a separate family. A trivial

modification in Hansen’s definition of the subfamily is re-

quired by the fact that the fifth pair of pleopods in the new

species are not entirely without marginal sete.

Limnoria andrewsi, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 7-14.)

Description of female (not ovigerous).—Length of body

when straightened out about 2:0 mm. ; breadth °65 mm.

General form of body (fig. 7) narrower than in L. lignorum

or L. pfeffert. The first free thoracic somite has only a

shallow transverse depression dorsally. The fifth abdominal

somite is almost as long, in the middle line, as the telsonic

segment; the latter hasa slight median elevation, indistinctly

bilobed, anteriorly, and its posterior margin is less evenly

rounded than in ZL. lignorum and L. pfeffert. The whole

dorsal surface is beset with short sete.

The antennules (fig. 8) have the second segment nearly

twice as long as broad and longer than the third. A minute

nodule (marked * in figure) bearing two sete on the distal

end of the third segment may perhaps represent a vestige of

the accessory (inner) flagellum. In the antenne (fig. 9) the

last segment of the peduncle is nearly twice as long as the

preceding.

The palp of the mandible (fig. 10) is more slender than in

any of the described species ; the second segment about one-

third longer than the first and nearly three times as long as

the third.

The epipod of the maxilliped (fig. 11) extends as far as

the distal end of the ischium ; it is about three times as long

aa wide, with a bluntly pointed apex.

The first gnathopod (fig. 12) resembles that of L. lig-

Wood-boring Crustacea from Christmas Island. 185

norum, but the accessory spine on the inner side of the

dactylus (fig. 13) is tridentate and there is a large spine with

a single row of comb-like teeth springing from the distal end

of the propodus in addition to the smaller doubly pectinate

spine present in Z. lignorum. In the succeeding limbs the

accessory spine is simple and there are no pectinate spines on

the propodus. None of the thoracic limbs have the distal

segments provided with tubercles or blunt spines. The last

pair are less elongated than in L. lignorum or L. pfeffert.

The endopod of the pleopods is narrowly oblong only in

the first pair; in the following pairs it becomes wider than

the exopod, and in the last pair, where the exopod is devoid

of sete, the endopod has two short plumose sete on its distal

edge. :

The exopod of the uropods (fig. 14) without its terminal

spine is about as long as the outer edge of the peduncle, and

the endopod is about half as long again; both rami are

slightly curved.

The dorsal surface is coloured by a varying amount of

black pigment forming an elegant and complex pattern.

There are no ovigerous specimens in the collection and

none of those dissected proved to be males.

Remarks.—Mr. Stebbing gave, in 1904 (Gardiner’s ‘ Fauna

Maldive and Laccadive Archip.’ ii. (3) p. 714), a key to the

four species of Limnoriathen known. ‘The species described

above falls into the third seetion of this key, having the epi-

pod of the maxillipeds longer than the basis, the exopodite

of the uropods not unguiform, and the rami of the uropods

not both very small. The two species in this section are

L segnis, Chilton, and L. pfeffert, Stebbing ; from the first

of these the present species differs in having the mandibular

palp well developed and consisting of three segments ; from

the second it differs in having the epipod of the maxillipeds

much more than twice as long as wide. From all four species

it is separated by the shortness of the peduncle of the uro-

pods, which does not exceed the exopod in length ; in all the

other species it exceeds the exopod and in L. antarctica and

L. pfeffert it is longer than the endopod.

So far as I am aware, the only species added to the genus

since the date of Mr. Stebbing’s paper is L. japonica, de-

scribed by Miss Richardson (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, xxxvii. p.95,

1909). ‘his species is characterized chiefly by the presence

of tubercles and ridges on the posterior part of the body; the

exopod of the uropods appears to be unguiform as in JL. lig-

norum, but no details are given as to the maxillipeds. A

point of some general interest is the presence on the antennule

186 Mr. J. S. Dunkerly on the Choanoflagellate

of the new species of what may be a vestige of the inner

flagellum. The only Isopoda in which any trace of this

flagellum has been found hitherto are the gigantic Bathy-

nomus and the cryptoniscan larve of some Epicaridea.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Chelura insule, ovigerous female, from the side.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Posterior part of body, from above. ~

Ys a a Gnathopod of first pair.

Fag, ay ir Gnathopod of second pair.

Tig.4 Oi 55 Pleopod of second pair.

hig, asa 5 65 Adult male, from the side.

‘ig. 7. Limnoria andrewsi, female, from above.

Fig. 8. Ditto. Antennule. * Supposed vestige of inner flagellum.

9. °

} + Antenne.

Hig. 20, 3 3, Mandible.

Fig, UL, | gs Maxilliped.

Fig.12. ,, | Gnathopod of first pair.

Jae LS aes Terminal part of same, further enlarged.

iag.44; -,, Uropod.

XXVII.—WNotes on the Choanoflagellate Genera Salpingceca

and Polyceca, with Description of Polyceca dumosa, sp. n.

By J. 8. DunKerty, B.Sc., Assistant in Zoology Depart-

ment, Birkbeck College, London.

[Plates VI. & VII.}

THE Choanoflagellata have been little studied of late, and

after observing several freshwater forms, I spent a month of

1909 at the Plymouth Biological Station, in order to obtain

some knowledge of the marine members of the family. I

should like here to express my sincere thanks to the British

Association for the Advancement of Science for permission

to use their table, and also to the staff of the Laboratory for

their kind assistance. My work on these forms has received

the kindest encouragement and assistance from Professor

Minchin, who has allowed me to work at the Lister Institute.

SALPINGCGCA.

Salpingeca was established as a genus by James Clark (1),

and Saville Kent discovered a large number of different forms.

That all of Saville Kent’s so-called species are truly such is

more than doubtful: e. g., Francé has pointed out that Kent’s

figures of Monosiga ovata (2, pl. 1. fig. 33) and MM. consociata

Genera Salpingeeca and Polyceca. 187

(ibid. pl. tv. fig. 19) are practically identical. Most of the

species of Salpingeca admitted by Francé I have seen; one

species, the beautiful S. ampulla, had not been seen appa~-

rently by Francé, the latest monographer of the group.

The commonest species at Plymouth is S. vaginicola, which

has a very elongate lorica. In this species, which is large,

the blepharoplast, which has been seen in S. amphoridium by

Burck (5), is distinct in preparations stained with carmalum

or iron hematoxylin (PI. VI. figs. 1& 2). Certain interesting

results of division were seen (text-fig. 1, a-d) in this

Fig. 1.

Division (late stages) of S. vaginicola. In d arrow shows direction of

movement. (Diagrammatic.)

species. At a! the two products of division are seen in the

same lorica, and it may be noted that the lower individual (x)

which at this stage possessed collar and flagellum, is situate

in the lower portion of the lorica. The upper individual (y),

188 Mr. J. 8. Dunkerly on the Choanoflagellate

which had one flagellum, but no collar, was seen to move

slowly away and to settle down as at b. After ten minutes it

moved slowly away, with its flagellum trailing as a pulsellum

(d). At this stage x had moved up to near the mouth of its

lorica, the customary situation (c) ; apparently the animal

descends in its lorica for the purpose of division. The free

individual (y) was observed for an hour to be moving slowly

about with teeble movements of its flagellum. Hxtremely

fine pseudopodia were seen at times to be extruded from the

aflagellate region of the body (d). These may serve as

attaching processes when the animal settles down, but the

particular individual was unfortunately lost at this stage.

POLYGCA. °

Polyeca dichotoma (text-fig. 2) was the name given to a

species of Choanoflagellata found by Saville Kent in a marine

tank at the Crystal Palace in 1874. Since that time it has

not been recorded, neither Francé (4) nor Biitschli (3) having

Fig. 2.

Polyeca dichotoma (after Saville Kent).

seen it. Francé admits it as a genus in his monograph (loc,

cit.), but writes :— Diese eigentiimliche Art, ... wurde in.

den letzten 23 Jahren von Niemandem wiedergefunden.”

I found a form obviously answering to Kent’s description

of this genus quite abundant in a tank at Plymouth Marine

Biological Station in August 1909, but have not succeeded in

finding it in material from outside.

Genera Salpingeeca and Polyceca, 189

My drawings and preparations show that, in colony forma-

tion and in the shape of lorica, the specimens seen by me

differ considerably from those shown in the figures of S. Kent.

I am reluctant to establish a new species name in this little-

known group, but unfortunately S. Kent’s specific name of

dichotoma would be a positive misnomer for this form. It

will be seen (PI. VI. fig. 2) that from one basal individual as

many as five daughter individuals may arise. The form of

the lorica is very different from that shown in Kent’s figures,

the base tapering down very gradually ; also the body nearly

fills the lorica, whereas Kent shows the body as being about

one-half the width of the lorica. The stalk of Polyaca

dichotoma is shown as branching by Kent. I believe that

this was an error of interpretation. Certainly I have never

found a stalk branching in my species, although, without

careful observation, the crossing of two stalks (Pl. VI. fig. 2)

might easily be mistaken for such. Under these circum-

stances I am compelled to distinguish this species from that

of Kent, and, from the bushy form of full-grown colonies, the

name Polywca dumosa would appear to be suitable.

The form is very small, the lorica being 10°5 w in length

and 45 w in breadth, while the cell itself is only 6 « long and

4 broad. The flagellum is at least twice as long as the

cell-body and is generally in movement along its whole

length. The collar is usually very well expanded (Pl. VII.

figs. 3 & 4). It is worthy of note that in most of the

marine forms seen by me the collar was expanded into the

cup-shaped form which Kent always depicts. This is not the

case with freshwater forms, or rarely so, the collar being in

them more cylindrical in shape. Francé, being more familiar

with freshwater forms, was led by this fact to remark that

*‘ nur in ganz vereinzelten Fiillen ist das Collare tatsachlich

glockenformig,” but, in the majority of cases, Kent’s figures

are probably correct in this respect, as he worked a great

deal with marine Choanoflagellata.

The nucleus, not shown in most of Kent’s figures of

P. dichotoma, is seen in preparations stained with carmalum

or treated with iodine solution (Pl. VII. figs.5 & 6). Although

very obscure, it can be seen near the base of the flagellum.

Like most of the nuclei in Choanoflagellata, it consists of a

round evenly staining body, with a central deeply staining

karyosome. I have not seen a blepharoplast clearly.

The main interest of this form lies in its faculty for colony

formation. Division occurs as described above for Salpin-

geca, the two resulting cells lying somewhat obliquely in the

cell (text-fig. 3). The difference between Salpingeca and

190 On.the Genera Salpingceca and Polyceca.

Polyaca is that the daughter individual in Polywca erects its

lorica on the mouth of the mother individual’s lorica, instead

of swimming away and settling elsewhere.

The excessively attenuate base of the lorica in Polyaca

leads one to imagine that the length of stalk, in this form at

least, is due to the gradual increase in area of that part of

Fig. 3,

Fig. 8.—Division of P. dumosa (late stage).

Fig. 4.—Diagram showing mode of formation of lorica in P. dumosa.

the cell which is capable of secreting the material for the

formation of the lorica. A diagram (text-fig. 4) shows what

may happen in such cases. The successive stages of growth

of the cell are shown, and the secreting area in each case is

in continuous line, the rest of the cell-outline being dotted.

The form of the P. dumosa lorica suggests this mode of forma-

On new African Mammals. 191

tion of the stalk, and on purely & priori grounds it would be

unlikely for a cell to grow out unprotected on a long stalk,

and ¢hen to form a protective lorica. On the other hand, it is

difficult to see how, the lorica being once formed, the stalk

could be elongated by a cell situate within the lorica. How-

ever, the mode of secretion by similar stalked forms is little

understood, but this explanation suggested itself to me after

continued comparisons of the younger and older members of

a P. dumosa colony (Pl. VI. fig. 2, ¢ and d).

References to Literature.

(1) James CrarK. “On Spongiz Ciliate.” Mem. of Boston Soc. Nat,

Hist. vol. i. pt. 8. 1867.

(2) Savitte Kent. Manual of the Infusoria. 1881-82.

(3) Birscaii. “ Protozoa Flagellata” in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ Bd. i.

Abth. 2. 1883-87.

(4) R. Francé. Der Organismus der Craspedomonaden. 1897.

(5) Cart Burcx. ‘Studien iiber einige Choanoflagellaten.” Arch, f.

Protistenkunde, Bd. xvi. Heft 2. 1909,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI. & VII.

Fig.l a. Salpingeca vaginicola, Flemming—Fe hematoxylin. Indi-

vidual with long lorica,

Fig. 16. Ditto. Osmic 4 per cent.—carmalum.

Fig. 2. Polyeca dumosa, sp. n. Colony, showing method of growth.

a, degenerating individual in its lorica; 6, empty lorica;

e, young individual with short stalk and narrow lorica;

d, older individual with longer stalk and wide lorica.

Fig. 3. Single individual of P. dumosa, drawn living. Arrows show

direction of current of food-vacuoles.

Fig. 4. Colony of P. dumosa, drawn living.

Fig. 5. Part of colony of P. dumosa, Flemming—carmalum.

Fig. 6. P. dumosa. Osmic 4 per cent.—iodine.

XXVILI.—Further new African Mammals.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Cercopithecus preusst insularts, subsp. n.

Similar in essential characters to the true Kamerun

C. preussi, Matsch., but tending to be darker throughout.

Back much less rich chestnut, the hairs of this part with

their bases blackish slaty for more than half their length,

then with dull buffy subterminal rings and broad black tips.

In true preussi they are light slaty for their basal half (or

less), their terminal half tawny tipped with black. ‘T'ail with

192 Mr. O. Thomas on

the chestnut colour scarcely extending on to its base, this

being chestnut for about six inches in preussi; its median

part darker grey than in preusst.

Hab. Fernando Po. ‘'lype from N. Bantabiri, 1800 m.

Type. Immature female. B.M. no. 4.7.1.5. Original

number 165. Collected 9th March, 1904, by E. Seimund.

Presented by the Fernando Po Committee. (Selected for

type as being a proper specimen with skull and all particulars,

but two native skins of adult examples agree with it in every

detail of colour.)

A fine specimen of true Kamerun C. preuss? recently col-

lected by Capt. Boyd Alexander has enabled me to make a

comparison of our Fernando Po specimens f with the con-

tinental form, and I find there is enough difference to demand

their subspecific separation.

Rhinolophus brockmani, sp. n.

A very pale-coloured species, allied to R. lobatus and

dobsont.

General characters as in F. dobdsont, the nose-leaf ap-

parently quite as in that species. Colour remarkably pale,

the hairs of the upper surface white with a brown tip about

a millimetre in length, and of the under surface wholly white

from base to tip.

Skull as compared with that of R. dobsoni rather longer

and narrower, with a more elongate brain-case. Opening of

posterior nares rather broader.

Cheek-teeth markedly smaller, the molars (particularly

m*) narrower, and the inner lobe of m* and m’ smaller, so as

to have a larger space between each tooth. Small upper

premolar large, in the centre of the unusually extended space

between the canine and p*,a space double as broad as in

R. dobsont. * with its antero-external corner projecting

forward in front of the anterior edge of the narrow inner lobe,

the latter being in £&.dobsoni practically the most anterior

part of the tooth, no angular external projection being pre-

sent; inner lobe of the same tooth much narrower than in

R. dobsoni.

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken

in the flesh) :—

Forearm 44 mm.

Head and body* 45; tail* 26; ear* 18. Third finger,

metacarpus 29 ; 1st phalanx 14, 2nd phalanx 25 ; lower leg

and foot (c. u.) 27.

+ Cf. P.Z. 8. 1904, ii. p. 186.

new African Mammals. 193

Skull: greatest length 18 ; front of canine to back of m?

6°6.

Hab. Upper Sheikh, Somaliland. Alt. 4500!.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 9.12.17.4. Original

number 237. Collected 13th November, 1909, and presented

by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman. Two specimens.

The most striking character of this bat is its peculiar

whitish colour, other members of the group being generally

some shade of grey. Unfortunately the colour of the original

specimens of its nearest ally &. dobsoni, from Kordofan, can-

not be determined, but the difference in the skulls and teeth

is quite sufficient to separate the two.

A number of &. acrotis, Heugl., were obtained at the same

time and place.

Erinaceus hindei, sp. n.

Colour and other external characters asin EL. albiventris.

Skull markedly broader and heavier than in aldbiventris,

that of a female fully the length of an adult male aldi-

ventris and much broader. Zygomata very much more

widely expanded, the zygomatic breadth 30 mm. as compared

with 27 in the broadest of six examples of albiventris. Nasals

narrow as in albiventris, not so broad as in sclater?. Pre-

maxille more slanted backwards, touching the tips of the

frontal processes and shutting off the maxilla from the nasals ;

in albiventris there is a naso-maxillary suture about 3°5 mm.

in length. Teeth larger and heavier throughout, and the

palate broader. Mesopterygoid fossa also decidedly broader.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot 26 mm.

Skull: greatest length 44; zygomatic breadth 30; nasals

11:5 22; intertemporal constriction 11°6; palatal length

25 ; breadth across palate, including m’, 18:2; breadth of

mesopterygoid fossa 3°5 ; length of upper tooth-row 21°5,

Hab. Kitui, British East Africa. Alt. 3500’, A second

specimen from Machakos.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1.5.6.6. Original num-

ber 67. Collected 24th January, 1901, and presented by

Dr. 8. L. Hinde.

This hedgehog is no doubt closely allied to Z. albcventris,

with which it shows all the important structural characters,

but may be distinguished by the differences in the skull above

described. When males are available for comparison the

discrepancy in size will no doubt prove to be greater than

now appears.

194 Mr. O. Thomas on

E. albiventris atratus *, Rhoads, agrees so closely in colour

with the Somali Z. sclater7, Anderson {, that lam tempted to

suppose that some error has been made in the examination of

its feet, and that it is really synonymous with that species.

Helogale undulata rufula, subsp. n.

A strongly coloured form, the body (above and below) and

upperside of tail suffused with, and the face, throat, feet, and

underside of tail clear, deep tawny. Back ticked with black

and buffy, the underfur brownish grey basally, tawny ter-

minally, thus giving the tawny suffusion to the general colour.

Crown not darker than back.

Skull with the teeth markedly larger than in the other-

wise somewhat similar H. maemillant, Thos.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot 47 mm.

Skull: condylo-basal length 53:5; length of p* on outer

edge 4°6, greatest diameter 5°9.

Hab. British East Africa. Type from Rogoro, Kikuyu.

Mile 346 of the Uganda Railway. Other specimens trom

Mau Escarpment, Masongoleni, and Voi.

Type. Adult male. B.M.no.0. 1.3.3. Collected 23rd

July, 1899, and presented by C. S. Betton, Esq.

This Helogale is far more deeply tawny throughout than

an example from German KE. Africa obtained by Emin Pasha,

which may be provisionally taken to represent the original

Hi. undulata, Peters, whose type locality was Mossimboa,

Northern Mozambique.

To the north again H. macmiillani, Thos., is somewhat like

it, but has markedly smaller teeth.

Helogale victorina ochracea, subsp. n.

General characters of the true victorina of German East

Africa south of the Victoria Nyanza, but the buffy suffusion

on the body and the clear buff of the face, under surface, and

feet, and underside of tail replaced by ochraceous, tending

towards the tawny found in the Hast African form just

described. ‘Tail more strongly ochraceous or tawny ochra-

ceous than the body, the covering black and buff ticking less

conspicuous. Crown not darker than back. Muzzle, sides

of face, and throat tawny ochraceous.

Skull as in true vietorina.

* P. Ac. Philad. 1896, p. 544.

+ P.Z.S. 1895, p. 414.

new African Mammals. 193

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 218 mm.; tail 169; hind foot 45; ear 20.

Skull: condylo-basal length 48; length of p* on outer

edge 4°3, greatest diameter 5°6.

Hab. Southern Uganda. Type from Ketoma, Ankole.

Alt. 5000!

Type. Adult female. B.M. no, 3.11.7.14. Original

number 298. Collected May 1903 by W. G. Doggett and

presented by Col. C. Delmé-Radcliffe. Three specimens.

This form represents an intermediate stage between the

distinctly buff H. victorina and the tawny Z. u. rufula of

British East Africa, At the same time its colour seems to

be nearer that of the former than of the latter, and I there-

fore provisionally place it as a subspecies of victorina.

Curiously enough, this relationship is more strongly brought

out by artificial light than by daylight, veetorzna and ochracea

being then scarcely distinguishable, while the tawny rufula

shows up as a conspicuously different brownish animal.

Crossarchus ansorget, sp. n.

Allied to C. obscurus, but considerably smaller.

General colour above and below coarsely grizzled blackish,

as in C. obscurus, but with a strong tawny suffusion, the

light rings on the long hairs buffy, and the underfur broadly

tipped with tawny or tawny-ochraceous. Crown blackish.

Sides of neck dull ochraceous. Forearms and hands black.

Hind feet dull tawny proximally, black terminally. Tail

mixed tawny and black, more tawny proximally, black

terminally.

Skull intermediate in size between those of C. obscurus

and C. dybowskii, its proportions about as in the latter, its

palate less produced than in the former.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 320 mm.; tail 212; hind foot 60; ear 24.

Skull: basal length 58 ; greatest breadth 33 ; interorbital

breadth 13; breadth of brain-case 25°7 ; palatal length 31 ;

front of canine to back of m? 21.

Hab. N. Angola. Type from Dalla Tando. Alt. 800 m.

Type. Adult female. Original number 48. Collected

25th November, 1908, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge.

Whether the comparatively tawny tone of this Crossarchus

will prove to be constant is, I think, doubtful, but it is inany

case readily recognizable by its size, in which respect it forms

an intermediate stage between C. odscurus and C. dybowskit.

The four species of this group thus form a series in order of

196 Mr. O. Thomas on

size from the smallest upwards as follows: dybowskit,

ansorget, obscurus, and alexandri, the respective basal lengths

of their skulls being 52, 58, 68, and 74 mm.

Funiscturus auriculatus boydi, subsp. n.

A darkened “ saturate” form of F. auriculatus.

Colour darker throughout than in true auriculatus.

Nape, and anterior back blackish, finely lined with pale

buffy, much darker than the clear greyish of auriculatus.

Posterior back more approaching hazel. Lateral line less

conspicuous, its spots smaller, less sharply defined, buffy

instead of whitish. Under surface ochraceous-buff. Hands

and feet brown, lined with tawny, about as in aurtculatus,

not greyish as in the next form. ‘Tail with the median

part of its terminal portion below dark tawny, not so bright

as in beatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 225 mm.; tail 180; hind foot 47;

ear 20.

Hab. Kameruns. Type from Mussaka, on the lower

Mongo R., just east of Kamerun Mountain.

Type. Adult male. Original number 20. Collected

13th April, 1909, by Capt. Boyd Alexander.

By the kindness of the authorities of the Berlin Museum,

the British Museum has been allowed to acquire by ex-

change an example from Barombi representing the true

F, auriculatus, and the form now described may be readily

distinguished from that animal by its much darker colour

throughout, and especially its darker nape and shoulders.

In Prof. Matschie’s original description it might appear

that the type locality of aurtculatus was Kribi, but he has

kindly informed me that this is due to an accidental mis-

placement of the description, and that the three skins on

which it was founded were from Barombi—as, indeed, would

appear by the introduction to the paper. The specimen

received from Berlin is therefore a metatype.

Funisciurus auriculatus beatus, subsp. n.

Colour throughout as in true aurieulatus, but the feet,

both fore and hind, dark grizzled grey, without suffusion of

brown or tawny. Underside of terminal half of tail very

bright ochraceous-buff, much paler and brighter than in

auriculatus or boydt.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 230 mm.; tail 160; hind foot 45 ; ear 17.

new African Mammals. 197

Skull: greatest length 52; upper molar series from p* 8.

Hab. Benito River, French Congo, 15 miles from mouth.

Sea-level.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 0. 2.5. 27. Collected

6th February, 1899, by Mr. G. L. Bates.

Dipodillus somalicus, sp. n.

Allied to D. stigmonyx, Heugl., but larger.

Size rather small. Fur soft and fine; hairs of back about

8-9 mm. in length. General colour above the usual bright

sandy of the Gerbils, duller on the back, brighter on the

flanks. Belly, hands, and feet, as usual, pure white. A well-

marked white patch behind each ear; no dark nose-patch.

Tail long, sandy buff proximally, lighter below, the terminal

tuft, which is of medium development, brown.

Skull more flattened in the frontal region than that of

D. stigmonyz ; brain-case broad. Bulle decidedly larger than

in the allied species.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 86 mm. ; tail 128; hind foot 25°3; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 28; basilar length 20; breadth of

brain-case 13°33 palatal foramina 5°4; length of upper molar

series 3°9.

Hab. Upper Sheikh, Somaliland. Alt. 4500'.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 12.17.40. Original

number 226. Collected 20th October, 1909, and presented

by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman. Three specimens.

No Gerbil of this group has previously been described

from Somaliland. ‘The present form seems to be nearest to

the Soudanese D. stiegmonyz, but is larger in all dimensions.

MICRODILLUS, gen. nov.

Type Microdillus peelt. (Gerbillus peeli, de Wint. Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 250, 1898, description of

skull only, not skin.)

The British Museum owes to Dr. R. KE. Drake-Brockman

a number of examples of a small short-tailed Gerbil from

Upper Sheikh, Somaliland, which at first sight appeared to

be distinct from anything previously described. Closer

examination, however, shows that when describing his

Gerbillus peeli Mr. de Winton was deceived by an erroneous

label, and that the skin he described as that of G. peeld is

that of a young Ammodillus imbellis, while the skull is that

of an entirely distinct animal, whose external characters are

now for the first time made available.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 14

198 Mr. O. Thomas on

Since a choice has to be made, I propose, as first reviser, to

select the skull and not the skin as the type of peel7, for it

was the peculiarities of the skull on which Mr, de Winton

Jaid primary stress in his account.

These peculiarities are, indeed, such that I now propose

to separate the animal generically from Dipodillus, with

which it has been associated since the general break-up of the

old genus Gerbillus. Probably it has some distant affinity

with Desmedillus and Pachyuromys, as its bulla, although

far smaller than in those genera, are larger than in Dipodillus

and it has a similarly short tail.

Besides the characters mentioned by de Winton, it may be

noted that the skull is abnormally bowed, with a strongly

convex cranial profile, has an unusually broad brain-case,

narrow interorbital constriction, and bulle so developed as

to surpass the occiput posteriorly.

Externally Microdil/us peeli may be briefly described as of

small size, with short ears and tail, essentially naked soles

(a few scattered hairs present between the pads), and with

prominent white spots behind the eyes and ears.

External dimensions of a male (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 72 mm. ; tail 57 ; hind foot 18; ear 10.

Cricetomys gambianus e/gonis, subsp. n.

Apparently most nearly allied to the Ruwenzori C. g. pro-

parator, Wrought., with which it shares the dark general

colour and the ‘comparatively short dark part of the tail, but

distinguished by its dark under surface, which is as in

C. ansorget.

General colour above Prout’s brown, darkened along the

median dorsal area, lightening on the sides to broccoli-brow n,

which passes on to the belly almost without change, only

becoming slightly greyer; a narrow sternal white ‘patch

present in one specimen. Face like back; indistinct dark

areas round eyes and on nose. Feet dark brown; ; fingers and

toes white or whitish, varying in their degree of contrast.

Tail dark for about one-third its length.

Dimensions of the type (aerenieo in the flesh) :—

Head and body 380 mm. ; tail 440; hind foot 73 ; ear 42.

Skull: basal length 69 ; nasals 30 x 10 2; palatal fora-

mina 8°6; length of upper aii series 11:6.

Hab. Mount Elgon. Type from the south face of the

mountain at 10,000’.

Type. Adult male. Rudd Collection. Oiiginal number

452. Collected 20th November, 1909, by Robin | Kemp. Two

specimens.

new African Mammals. 199

Although I provisionally include this distinct mountain

form as a subspecies of C. gambianus, it is possible that it is

rather a representative of the Angolan C. ansorgei, and that

the dark-bellied forms may be related inter s2, and distinct

from those with white bellies.

Procavia demon, sp. n.

A Dassie of the large-toothed group, allied to P. jacksont,

Thos., but with heavier teeth and more buffy colour.

Size about as in P. jackson?. Fur long, rather softer than

in typical jackson? ; hairs of back about 30 mm. in length.

General colour “raw umber,” darker and richer than in

jacksoni,* the subterminal rings on the hairs deep buffy.

Underfur of anterior back brown proximally, dull pale buffy

towards the end; of posterior back blackish brown, darker

terminally than at base. Under surface usually richly

coloured, between tawny ochraceous and clay-colour, the hairs

paler, more buffy, at their bases. Crown grizzled blackish.

Cheeks mixed buffy and blackish, a blackish patch below and

behind each eye. Sides of neck dull cinnamon, succeeded on

the shoulders by a more blackish tone. Hairs of dorsal spot

strong buffy, becoming more ochraceous terminally.

Skull, as compared with that of P. jacksoni, broader and

heavier, the nasals conspicuously broader posteriorly, the

brain-case lighter (height from basilar suture to crown, in

demon 35, in jacksont 30-32 mm.); basilar region ridged,

the ridge on the anterior part of the unusually narrow basi-

occipital sharp-edged.

Teeth markedly larger throughout.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 445 mm.; hind foot 71; ear 33.

Skull: basallength 84; condylo-basal length 91; greatest

breadth 49; nasals 24:°5x 22; palatal length 46; diastema

12; front of p' to back of m? 35, breadth of m* 8-2.

Hab. Mount Elgon. Type from Elgonyi. Alt. 7000!

Type. Subadult male (Stage V.). Rudd Collection.

Original number 359. Collected 11th October, 1909, by

Robin Kemp.

Procavia brucei princeps, subsp. n.

Size large, largest of the brucei group. Fur comparatively

coarse and harsh; hairs of back about 22 mm. in length.

Colour coarsely grizzled, mixed buffy and black, the light

rings on the hairs creamy, stronger buffy down the centre of

the back. Under surface prominently whitish, not buffy or

200 Mr. O. Thomas oz

yellow ; the hairs pale brown for their basal halves. Under-

fur of posterior back pale brown throughout; of shoulders

brown at base, creamy white subterminally. Crown not

conspicuously darker than back. Ears whitish, with light

patches behind them, but not prominently contrasted with the

general colour. Mamma 1—2=6.

Skull long, narrow, with a particularly long muzzle.

Basisphenoid with a sharp-edged crest running along it, very

different from the broader ridge, hollowed laterally, of true

brucez, and still more different from the evenly convex surface

of the East-African forms of the group.

Dimensions cf the type :—

Head and body 470 mm. ; hind foot 66.

Skull: condylo-basal length 90; greatest breadth 50;

nasals 23°5 x 16°5 ; diastema 14; palatal length 47; length

of upper tooth-row from front of p* 34.

Hab. Bourka, Arussi Country, near Lake Zuai. Alt.

5000’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 6, 11. 1.51. Original

number 68. Collected 6th February, 1905, by Ph. Zaphiro,

and presented by W. N. McMillan, Esq.

This fine Dassie is readily distinguishable by its large size

and the peculiar sharp-edged crest developed along the basi-

sphenoid.

Procavia brucet kempi, subsp. n.

A dark mountain form of the brucei group.

Fur soft and fine ; hairs of back about 22-24 mm. in length.

Colour conspicuously darker than in other members of the

bruce? group, the general colour between mummy-brown and

bistre, the light rings on the hairs narrow, dull buffy.

Under surface soiled whitish, the hairs smoky grey for

three-fourths their length, their tips dull whitish. Underfur

of posterior back hair-brown, with dark tips, but anteriorly

on tle shoulders its middle third becomes lighter. Supra-

orbital light spots well marked. Crown dark. Lars whitish,

but without prominent postauricular patches. Rump with a

few black bristle-spots.

Skull most like that of P. b. thomas, Neum., the sphenoid

raised up into a fairly narrow but not sharp-edged crest.

Dimensions of the type (immature, measured in the

flesh) :-—

Head and body 395 mm.; hind foot 62; ear 20.

Skull: condylo-basal length 71; greatest breadth 42;

nasals 15x17; diastema 9; palatal length 37.

new African Mammals. 201

Hab. Mount Elgon, Brit. E. Africa. Type from Elgonyi.

Alt. 7000’.

Type. Immature female (Stage V.). Rudd Collection.

Original number 390. Collected 20th October, 1909, by R.

Kemp.

The difference in general colour of this Dassie from any of

its allies is so conspicuous that I have no hesitation in

describing it from a single specimen. It is no doubt a

saturate mountain representative of the group. ‘Though it is

in Stage V. the interparietal sutures of the type are still

visible, an unusual condition in this group and reminiscent of

the West-African P. latastet.

Procavia pumila, sp. n.

Allied to P. bruce’, but conspicuously smaller.

General characters of P. brucedz. Fur soft and fine; hairs

of back about 16-17 mm. in length. General colour above

grizzled greyish, rather more suffused with fawn than bruce?,

the hairs with narrow whitish or creamy subterminal rings.

Dark bristle-spots apparently absent. Underfur drab-grey

at base, dull whitish for its middle third, and with dark ends.

Under surface greyish white; the hairs drab-grey at base,

whitish terminally. Crown rather darker than back. Cheeks

grizzled grey, a whitish patch overeach eye. Hars generally

white or whitish, but sometimes scarcely lighter than the

head. Hairs of dorsal spot nearly pure white, slightly buffy

terminally.

Skull very much as in P. bruce?, except for its conspicu-

ously smaller size,

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :-—

Head and body 875 mm.; hind foot 52; ear 30. .

Skull: basal length 65 ; condylo-basal length 69; greatest

breadth 40; nasals 14°5x16°5; diastema 6&5; palatal

length 36; upper tooth-row from front of p* to back of m® 28.

Hab. Somaliland. Type from 50 miles S.E. of Berbera. -

Type. Fully adult male. B.M. no, 4. 5.9.28. Collected

12th April, 1904, and presented by Major H. N. Dunn,

R.A.M.C.

Many years ago I described from Berbera, Somaliland, a

small form of P. brucei, P. b. somalica, and to this a con-

siderable number of specimens since received have been

referred. But I now find that nearly all these belong to a

still smaller form, which differs so markedly in size thac it

should be considered as specifically distinct. Its range would

appear to be in Somaliland south and south-east of Berbera,

202 Mr. G. Dollman on new

How near it gets to the coast is not certain, as, though we

have two specimens marked Berbera, these may have been

brought from some little way inland.

Of the tiue P. brucei somalica we have the type from

Berbera (Lort Phillips), one specimen fiom Gerbatir (Menges),

and another from Bijo, Eastern Abyssinia (Degen).

The following animal, similar in size but different in

colour, may be considered as a subspecies of P. pumila,

Procavia pumila rudolfi, subsp. n.

Like true P. pumila in essential characters and its very

small size, but darker in colour and with shorter fur.

Fur short, close and crisp; hairs of back only about 10-

12 mm. in length. General colour above a dull brownish

isabella, the hairs brown for four-fifths their length and with

dull buffy (instead of whitish) subterminal rings. Dark

bristle-spots unusually numerous, though not conspicuoas,

occurring all over the body and even on the belly. Under

surface whitish, the hairs pale brown basally. Crown like

back. Cheeks grizzled grey, with whitish supraorbital spots.

Ears whitish, with small whitish patches behind them; in

the single specimen the ears themselves seem unusually small,

but I suspect they are abnormally contracted. Hairs of

dorsal spot pale buffy.

Skull as in true pumila.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 340 mm. ; hind foot 51; ear 23.

Skull: basal length 57; condylo-basal length 61 ; greatest

breadth 36; upper tooth-row from front of p* to back of

m? 23°95.

Hab. Lake Rudolf, north end. Alt. 2000’.

Type. Immature male (Stage V.). B.M. no. 6. 11.1. 50*.

Original number 127. Collected 7th August, 1905, by

Ph. Zaphiro, and presented by W. N. McMillan, Esq.

XXIX.—Deseriptions of new Forms of Cercopithecus and

Graphiurus from British East Africa. By Guy DouLiman,

BAe

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Cercopithecus kolbi nubilus, subsp. n.

Allied to Cercopithecus kolbi, Neum., but rather smaller,

much duller in colour on the back, and with a light greyish

white under surface.

Forms of Cercopithecus and Graphiurus. 293

Size and general proportions rather less than in C. koldé.

Hair similar in texture, but a good deal shorter, measuring

only about 43 mm. in Ien2th on the back, while in the

type of C. kolbi the coat is very much longer, the hairs

averaging about 70 mm. in length. General colour of dorsal

surface more or less like that of C. koldi, but much duller,

especially on the rump and posterior part of back. Anterior

portion of back, between shoulders, black speckled with

greenish buff, the buff tint becoming more dominant towards

the hind-quarters. General colour of rump and _ posterior

part of back yellowish brown (between snuff-brown no. 1

and chamois no. 4, ‘ Repertoire de Couleurs’), strikingly

different from the rich reddish colour on the back of C. kolbz.

Individual hairs of ramp pure greyish white at roots, turning

to brownish grey towards the middle; apical portion com-

posed of four buff-coloured bands alternating with four black

bands, the terminal black bands constituting the hair-tips.

Hair on forehead and top of head shorter and darker than in

C. kolbi, the buff-coloured annulations on the hairs a good

deal less prominent. Cheeks and sides of head clothed with

comparatively short, greyish black hairs, slightly tinged with

buff. Face, between eyes, sparsely covered with short black

hairs. White ear-tufts present, but rather short, measuring

only about 20 mm. in length, while in the type of C. kolbi the

ear-tu{ts are nearly 30 mm. long. White patches on sides of

neck arranged so as to form a more or less definite collar, ex-

tending upwards, on each side, on to the nape or summit of the

neck, though this collar-like pattern is a good deil smaller and

less conspicuous than in the Kenia form. Fore limbs brownish

black; hairs grey, with black tips. The grey speckling of

the dorsal surtace extends for a short distance down the fore

limbs, though not to such a marked extent as it does in

C. kolli. Hind limbs brownish black, speckled with grey ;

bases of hairs brownish grey, tips dark brown, banded with

three or four greyish rings. Backs of hands and feet

brownish black. Under surface ef body thinly clothed with

short greyish hairs, faintly speckled with silvery grey, quite

different from the long dark grey hair on the belly of C. kolbc.

Individual hairs of belly with greyish white bases, tips rather

darker and banded with a few light grey annulations. White

band across chest and throat not nearly so prominent as in

C, kolb’, the hairs both shorter and less numerous. Chin

sparsely covered with short white hairs. Tail similar to

that of the Kenia species, but the hairs are rather shorter and

the buff coloration of the rump does not extend down the

dorsal surface for more than a few inches.

904 New Forms of Cercopithecus and Graphiurus.

Skull very similar to that of C. £olbz, nasals rather shorter,

and orbits larger.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :—

Head and body 620 mm.; tail 650 ; hind foot 121; ear 27.

Skull: greatest length 96; basilar length 63°4; condylo-

basilar length 70; zygomatic breadth 64; greatest width

across orbital region (at fronto-jugal suture) 53; greatest

diameter of orbit 24 ; breadth of brain-case (across squamosal

region) 54; length of nasals 12; palatilar length 30; width

of palate in front of last molar 21; length of upper tooth-

row from front of first premolar to back of last molar 25.

Hab. Nairobi Forest, British East Africa.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 0. 2. 1. 4. | Original

number 4. Collected by Mr. H. J. Mackinder on July 14th,

1399:

The much duller colour of the dorsal surface, lighter under

parts, and less conspicuous white collar are the chief points

of distinction between this Nairobi form and the Kenia

specimens of C. kolbi.

Graphiurus microtis saturatus, subsp. n.

A dark race of Graphiurus microtis, Noack.

Size and general proportions very much as in G@. microtis.

Fur soft and of medium length, measuring about 7 mm. in

length on the back. General colour of upper surface dark

greyish brown (between ashy grey no. 4 and mouse-grey

no. 4, ‘Repertoire de Couleurs’). Individual hairs of back

dark slate-grey, with yellowish brown tips. Flanks similar

in colour to back. Sides of face, below eyes, white; hairs

dark grey, with white tips. Eyes surrounded with dark

brownish black rings, the dark markings extending forwards

on to the nose. Backs of hands and feet covered with short

white hairs. Under side of body grey, washed over with

buffy white. Individual hairs of belly dark grey (Payne’s

grey no. 4, ‘ Repertoire’), with buffy white tips. ‘Tail very

similar in colour to back, rather redder on the upper surface.

No well-defined white tip as in G. mtcrotis, a few of the

hairs at the extreme end of the tail being tipped with white.

Skull rather similar to that of G. microtis, nasal region

narrower and rather more slender.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 85 mm.; tail 70 ; hind foot 18 ; ear 15.

Skull: greatest length 27; basal length 22°3; condylo-

basal length 24°5; basilar length 19°4; condylo-basilar

length 22 ; zygomatic breadth 147; greatest width of brain-

On Servals and an Otomys from East Africa. 205

case (across squamosal region) 13 ; interorbital constriction 4 ;

greatest length of nasals 10; palatal length 10°5; palatilar

length 8; length of upper molar series 3°5.

Hab. South face of Mount Elgon, British East Africa.

Altitude 9000 feet.

Type. Adult female. Rudd Collection. Original number

442, Collected by Mr. R. Kemp on November 16th, 1909.

The series of Elgon specimens are so much darker in colour

than the Tanganyika species that it is necessary to consider

them as representing a distinct geographical race and de-

serving of subspecific rank,

XXX.—Some Servals and an Otomys from Hast Africa.

By R. C. WroucutTon.

ON comparing some recently received specimens of Serval

with those already in the Natural History Museum it appears

that there are several forms sufficiently distinct to deserve

subspecific names.

The following names have already been used in this

group, Viz. :—

1776. Felis serval, Erxleben, Syst. Reen. An. p. 523.

1781. Felis capensis, Forster, Phil. Trans. R. Soe. p. 1.

1820. Felis galeopardus, Desmarest, Mamm. p. 227.

1839. Felis senegalensis, Lesson, Mag. Zool., Mamm.

tab. x.

1893. Felis togoensis, Matschie, S.B. Ges. nat. Fr. p. 109.

It has been found impossible to assign a distinct locality

to typical JF. serval; indeed, based as it is on Buffon’s ‘ Le

Serval,” it is clearly inapplicable to any African Cat. Ac-

cordingly I propose in this paper to ignore the name alto-

gether in a technical sense, though the vernacular term

Serval may still be used. The type locality of the first valid

name Fels capensis is the Cape of Good Hope; while

Matschie (/. ¢.), rightly it seems, places senegalensis as a

synonym of galeopardus. ‘There are thus names for forms

from (1) Cape Colony, (2) Senegal, and (3) Togoland; the

following forms seem readily distinguishable from any of

these.

Felis capensis hindet, subsp. n.

A rather small Serval, with very heavy broad markings.

206 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on some

Fur long and silky (35-40 mm. on back). General colour

above “ochraceous buff,’ paling through “ buff”? on the

flanks to white on the belly. ‘he usual Serval pattern, but

the median dorsal lines broken into quite short lengths; all

markings very coarse and broad ; shoulder-stripes and spots on

thighs 15-20 mm. in diameter.

Skull short and broad, with small teeth and bullae.

Dimensions :—

Head and body (c.) 650 mm.; tail (c.) 300; hind foot 165.

Skull: greatest length 120; basilar length 97; zygomatic

breadth 81; combined length of p*® and p* 22; length and

breadth of upper carnassial 13 x 6; length of lower molar 9°5;

bullee 23.

Hab. East Africa (type from Machakos).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 98. 1.5.3. Collected and

presented to the National Collection by Mr. S. L. Hinde.

A series of four specimens sent by Mr. Dundas from

Aberdare Range, 7000 feet, are evidently this form.

Filis capensis kempi, subsp. n.

A Serval rather larger than the last and ofa darker colour,

with finer markings.

Fur about 30 mm. long on the back and silky, giving a

sleek appearance to the coat. General colour above “ cinna-

mon,” paling through ‘ buff” on the flanks to white on the

belly ; black markings fine and small, at most 10-15 mm. in

diameter; median dorsal lines almost continuous from shoulders

to lower back.

Skull stcuter than in F. capensis hindet.

Dimensions of type (recorded by Collector) :—

Head and body 775 mm.; tail 340; hind foot 182.

Skull: greatest length 126; basilar length 105; zygo-

matic breadth 87 ; combined length of p? and p* 23°5; length

and breadth of upper carnassial 14°5 x 6°5; length of lower

molar 103; bulle 24°3.

Hab. Kirui, Elgon. Alt. 6000 feet.

Type. Adult male. Rudd Collection. Original number

234. Collected 11th September, 1909, by R. K«mp.

Felis capensis beirw, subsp. n.

A large Serval, with narrow median dorsal Jines much

broken up, and spots very small and numerous. Skull, and

especially the teeth, peculiarly stout.

Fur short (25-80 mm. on back) and rather coarse.

Servals and an Otomys from East Africa. 207

General colour above “ clay-colour,” paling through “ cream-

buff” to white on the belly. Black stripes narrow and spots

small, rarely reaching more than 10 mm. in diameter; median

dorsal lines much broken up and whole lower back covered

with small black spots.

Skull large; teeth very large and stout.

Dimensions of type (measured by the Collector) :—

Head and body 837 mm.; tail 315; hind foot 192; ear 91.

Skull: greatest length 128; basilar length 108; zygo-

matic breadth 91; combined length of p? and p* 26; length

and breadth of upper carnassial 16x8; length of lower

molar 12°3 ; bulla 26°5.

Hab. Beira, Portuguese East Africa.

Type. B.M. ne. 7. 6. 2. 29. Original number 1749. Col-

lected 23rd December, 1906, by C. H. B. Grant, and presented

to tle Natural History Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

Otomys irroratus elgonis, subsp. n.

An Otomys of the group with a deep and a shallow groove

on the lower incisor, which, though by its skull-cliaracters

closely allied to O. 7%. tropicalis, falls by its size into the

section containing the smaller members of the group.

General colour distinctly darker than in tropicalis (“ seal-

brown ” and “* mummy-brown ”’ respectively).

Skull shaped much as in tropicalis, but in all ways smaller,

frontal crests less marked, interorbital area wider.

Dimensions of type :—

Head and body 165 mm. ; tail 81 ; hind foot 27; ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 41; basilar length 34; zygomatic

breadth 20°5 ; interorbital breadth 4°6 ; brain-case breadth 15;

diastema 10; upper molar series 9.

Hab. Elgonyi, Elgon, B. E. Africa. Alt. 7000 feet.

Type. Oldmale. Rudd Collection. Original number 840.

Collected Dec. 4th, 1909, by R. Kemp.

Seven specimens examined.

From zrroratus nyike, with which it agrees in size, e/gonis

is at once distinguishable by its darker colour and the broad

nasals of the former, and the same character, as well as

smaller size, separates it from angoniensis. It is undoubtedly

most closely related to tropicalis from Mount Kenya (8000-

10,000 feet), and differs entirely from its nearest neighbour

jacksoni (Mount Elgon, 13000 feet), which has two deep

grooves on the lower incisor.

208 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on Hewvactinellid

XXXI.—On Hevactinellid Sponge Spicules and their Names.

By R. KirkPATRICK.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Plate VIII. ]

HEXACTINELLID spicules are often divided into two classes,

megascleres and microscleres. The former uphold, fix, and

protect the body as a whole, and the latter support the strands

of the trabecular network.

The spicules may be classified in another way and on a

purely morphological basis. Let it be supposed that examples

of all known recent Hexactinejlida have been put into a huge

cauldron and boiled up with nitric acid, and the residual

spicules arranged into groups according to their morphological

characters, the sorter being biased by no phylogenetic fancies

or speculations whatsoever. It would be found that the

immense multitude of spicules would fall into two great main

groups: let us call them for the moment A and B, In

group A all the rays would be hollow (¢. e. with axial canal)

throughout, but in group B only the central end would be

hollow and the rest of the ray or ray-system solid.

Definition —The part of the ray with the axial canal is

here termed the “actine,” the solid part or parts of the so-

called ray or ray-system being termed end-spines or “ distal

appendages.”

In describing specimens I shall continue to use the terms

main or primary and end or secondary “ray”; but here it is

necessary to emphasize the fundamental difference between

the hollow and solid parts found in the rays of spicules

belonging to group B. The use of the term end ray, as con-

trasted with main ray, is not, however, quite logical, because

the difference is not merely one of position, lke, say, the

stem and branch of a tree, but there is a fundamental

difference of character, the main ray being hollow and the

so-called end ray solid.

What names should be given to groups A and B? Hom-

axial or homactinal and heteraxial or heteractinal at first

suggested themselves; but I soon found that these terms

were wholly illogical. For both groups of spicules, 7. e. all the

spicules, are homaxial and homactinal, but group B has distal

appendages or end-spines at the ends of its actines.

‘The names hexactin, hexaster, aster, are already in use, and

the two former could not well be made to include pentactins,

209

Sponge Spicules and their Names.

[esngrayneo pwe peyodryues ‘uredy "passo.1o eoU0 Aaqy oto

‘qyeqs oy} mioay Ave IO pAVAyeys UBIUT 0} LEXe} 0G Avur

IO S8O.L0 MOT S[BUBO [VIXB OY} OLET] AL ‘ginoids ar} JO 81}U9d OT} BT

O} PoeLlojot rjUe0 oY] puUB “O27 ,, po}eITp Aypeqodiaqueo ,, Jo pveysur posn ov “ow «, [RPAIAqUOd ,, SULA} OT} GOUOTUGAMOD LOT x

*S.19]88I(T

*S19]SBIAT, *gaa}SBooosI(y pure

*s.19}8vineyg dnoad ,,omi0d ,, ay,

*g.10]8BxX0 YOUO IAT *g1oqSeXoYLUlo ET *S.19}SVXOlOTO}]

| ‘SULJOVUOT

“suurqoRl([

“SUIJOVLLT,

| ‘surqor (-anej4g 10) -149,

*(-oostp ‘-Axo) ‘systprydary “suTqoR}Ueg

$.19]SBX9 FT “sSySIPGXO FT “sUTJOVXOYOLOVY

:sourds-puo [esnjltzUed YILAA

‘dnoay [8148V

:souids-puo y [ejodi1yu90 TILA

— Z1A ‘soroposeseyy [[V "SUIPORXOTOAIT IAL

‘dnoay euovpoy

*saqnoids pryjeurjoexo Fy

—: jo Surdnosd eosopoydoyy

210 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on Lewactinellid

diasters, &c. Accordingly I suggest the terms Holactine *

and Astral.

Holactine spicules have only actines. Astral spicules have

end spines or distal appendages at the ends of the actines.

Notes on some of the above terms.

(1) Since there are no known hemipentasters &c., and, of

course, no holopentasters &c., the prefix ‘‘ mono-” is not

required before ‘* stauraster,” ‘ diaster,” &e.

(2) Stauractin is used for spicules with four actines in one

plane, and tetractin for spicules with rays forming a pyramid

as in Aulorossella longstaffi, Kirkp.

(3) The correct designation for the spicule for which I

suggested the name monoxyhexaster in the “ Report on the

‘Discovery ’ Hexactinellida,” p. 3, footnote, has been the

subject of controversy. The term was proposed for hexasters

with only one end-spine to each actine. Ijima (Contrib. 1.

p- 10, and iii. p. 118) called these spicules hexactinose hex-

asters, and ‘‘ monoxyhexaster” was suggested by me as a

convenient single word. Schulze (Abhand. Akad. Wiss.

Berlin, 1903, p. 8) prefers the “‘ actin” to the “ aster ” suffix,

and in Prelim. Rep. ‘Gauss’ Hexactinellida (Zool. Anzeig.

Jan. 4, 1910, p. 296) he uses the terms heterohexactin &c.

In my opinion the use of such a term gives an undue im-

portance to the question of the number of the end-spines.

The spicule which I term monohexaster is one with a

centrifugal end-spine or distal appendage at the end of each

actine, and therefore it must be grouped with the Astral

group of hexasters with centrifugal end-spines, and not with

the hexactins, in which the actines are wholly without end-

spines or distal appendages. The relative unimportance of

the mere number of spines is seen in the endless variation

of these structures not merely in different spicules, but even

in one and the same spicule (as in hemihexasters, hemi-

calycocomes, &c.). In my opinion the presence or absence

of end-spines is the all-important point. If end-spines are

absent the spicule is an “actin” spicule, if present an “ aster ”’

spicule.

The solid appendages at the ends of the (cored) actines of

spicules of the Astral group are probably merely spines like

the Scitenstachein, as Schulze has already pointed out (Phys.

Abhand. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1886, p. 15).

The variation in number &c. of end-spines is indicated by

the prefixes holo-, hemi-, mono-. Strictly I should have

* Oos, sole or solely.

eee

Sponge Spicules and their Names. 211

used the prefixes ‘‘ holomono-” (all actines with one end-

spine) and ‘ holopoly-”’ (all actines with more than one end-

spine), in contrast with “ hemi-” (some actines with more

than one, some with only one end-spine), but the sight of the

word holopolydiscohexaster made me forbear! Even that

apparently terrible word, however, is in reality a convenient

shorthand term.

Monoxyhexasters often bear a deceptive resemblance to

hexactins, but the presence of the coreless end-spine betrays

the real nature. ‘ Das also war des Pudels Kern”?!

Tjima was the first to suggest what seems to me the logical

terminology for spicules with one end-spine to each actine.

It is my conviction that the spicules of Corbitella speciosa

(Q. & G.) and FHeterotella corbicula, Bowbk., which Tjima

terms spiny microhexactins will certainly be found to be

monoxyhexasters (see Contrib. 11. pl. figs. 3, 9, 20-23) *.

Monoxyhexasters are found only in the suborder Hexastero-

phora, and microhexactins are never found in that suborder.

(4) Microhexactins are only found in the Amphidisco-

phora. Often these spicules have a granular surface excepting

at the smooth centre, where alone the axial canals can be

seen, being invisible in the rest of the length, for the same

reason that it is impossible to see below the ruffled surface of

a lake. It is nearly always possible to trace the canals,

however, in other smoother examples from the same specimen.

(5) Hexadisk is not an entirely satisfactory term, because

most calycocomes are also, in a sense, hexadisks. In the

Amphidiscophoran hexadisks the end-spines are centripetal,

but in the calycocomes they are directed centrifugally away

from the disk or capitulum. The essential morphological

difference is solely the direction of the end-spines, and the

term that expressed that essential feature would have been

the most suitable. For, according to my definition, a hexa-

disk as usually understood is undoubtedly a hexaster with

centiipetal end-spines (see Pl. VIII. fig. 9, showing the actine

of an amphidisk with the end-spines).

I have put furward the theory that the difference between

amphidisks and hexasters is due to differences in centripetal

pressure at an early stage in the history of the Hexactinellida

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iv. 1909, p. 479). The form

of the amphidisk and hexaster is the index of the resultant

* Since the above was written I have managed to remove the window-

pane cover slip from a valuable slide of H. corbicula in the Bowerbank

Collection and to view the spicules under oil-immersion. I find, as I

anticipated, that the so-called spiny microhexactins are spiny monoxy-

hexasters.

212 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on Hewactinellid

of centrifugal and centripetal pressure. No transitional form

are known. There is no fixed intermediate stage in a

umbrella when it is held up in a high wind, and disaster (or

the pointing of ribs in an opposite direction) is imminent.

We get amphidisks in Monaxonellid sponges, especially in

Spongillide, where these spicules may be definitely orientated

in the gemniule coats, or scattered, and the spines of the disks

may be at right angles to the shaft or bent down. Here the

history is entirely different, and the resemblance with

Hexactinellid amphidisks furnishes an instance of convergence.

‘The effects of pressure on Hexactinellid spicules are abun-

dantly in evidence. ‘The subfamily Acanthascine is appa-

rently an example of the effects of centripetal pressure leading

to the formation of discoctasters, and suppressing more or less

completely the actines of all the hexasters. In Anovrycalyz

wjimai, K., one sees many hexasters with a bayonet kink at

the base of the end-spines.

(6) Discoctasters are, as Schulze has shown, simply hex-

asters with the actines suppressed and the end-spines fused

with neighbouring end-spines to form a new combination of

eight groups of end-spines. ‘I'he six axial canals of the

atrophied actines are still visible in the centre of the spicule,

as Ijima has pointed out. ‘There is no difficulty about the

position of these spicules in the morphological scheme sketche 1

out above. The central node with its cross of six axial canals

represents the six actines, and the eight secondary so-called

rays which are without axial canals are the fused end-spines.

Turning aside from the morphological classification, it

is very interesting to note how the morphological groups of

spicules are distributed among Hexactinellida. Megascleres

(A), #7 e. macrohexactins and, I may now say, their deriva-

tives, are found in both suborders ; microhexactins (B) only

in Amphidiscophora; centripetal hexasters and their deriva-

tives (C) only in Amphidiscophora; and centrifugal hex-

asters (D) only in Hexasterophora. Amphidiscophora has

groups A, B, C; Hexasterophora has groups A, D.

The association of B with C and the non-association of B

with D are deeply significant facts, and are probably due to a

common cause. I have suggested (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(8) iv. 1909, p. 481) that the existence of the amphidisks

(diasters or reduced hexasters with centripetal end-spines) is

due to the gathering of the trabecular tissue into strong

concentric lamine at the dermal, gastral, and canalar surfaces,

and that the effect of the pressure on the end-spines was to

give them a shaftward bend. Possibly the pressure of con-

tractile surface lamina may have prevented the development

Sponge Spicules and their Names. 213

of end-spines in the parenchymal microhexactins ; or possibly,

again, the parenchymal trabecular tissue was prevented from

developing a complicated system of meshes requiring to be

supported by centrifugal end-spines, as in the Hexasterophora.

The end-spines of amphidisks appear to function as balancers

for maintaining the orientation of vertical props, and the office

of the end-spines * of hexasters is probably to support strands

of acomplicated network of secondary formation, the develop-

ment of such meshes apparently being unhampered in the

Hexasterophora.

The correct appreciation of the relation —in regard to

absence or presence and direction—of the end-spine to the

actine is not, as it might at first seem, a trivial matter, but

important from the point of view not only of morphological

classification of spicules, but also of phylogenetic interpre-

tation.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Group A. Holactine Spicules (without end-spines).

1. Hexactin.

Fig. 2. Stauractin.

Fig. 3. Triactin.

Fig. 4. Diactin.

Fig. 5, Microhexactin.

Fig. 6. Actine of same (in glycerine), x 1400,

Several of these figures are slightly diagrammatic, the outline of the

axial canals being exaggerated.

Group B. Astral Spicules (with end-spines).

Fig. 7. Hexadisk.

Fig. 8, Amphidisk.

Fig. 9. One end of amphidisk in optical section, showing axial canal

terminating at upper end of actine and not prolonged into the

centripetally directed teeth or end-spines (in glycerine),

« 1000.

Fig. 10. Part of hexaster (calycocome).

Fig. 11. Monoxyhexaster.

Fig. 12. Stauraster.

Fig. 13. Triaster.

Fig. 14, Diaster.

* In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1909, p. 507, I spoke of end-

spines acting as spandrils. This was an error, because spandrils (or

spandrels) are spaces of a certain kind, I should have said “ supporting

rods.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. er. 8. Vol. v. 15

214 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ng

November 17th, 1909.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sce.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Faunal Succession of the Upper Bernician.’

By Stanley Smith, M.Sc., F.G.S.

The Bernician Series forms the upper and by far the larger

division of the Lower Carboniferous sequence of Northumberland,

and covers the greater part of the county. Below the Bernician

lie the Tuedian beds. The Northumberland succession, together

with the Lower Carboniferous rocks north of the Tweed, occupies

the northern extremity of the Pennine Province of the Carboniferous

Limestone Series, which stretches from Staffordshire into Scotland.

The Carboniferous strata in Northumberland encircle the Cheviots

on the south, east, and north, and dip from the volcanic inlier,

so that the general strike forms a rough semicircle round the

igneous massif, nearest to which consequently lie the lowest beds.

The Bernician is mainly built up of sandstones and shales, but

intercalated among the arenaceous and argillaceous deposits are

the various beds of limestone and numerous seams of coal.

In the Upper Bernician, the limestones are fairly thick, are

constant, and are truly marine. The calcareous beds of Lower

Bernician age are thin and impure, and frequently contain Stigmaria

and other plant-remains. There are a few good marine limestones,

but these are of local occurrence.

The Upper Bernician, taking the Redesdale Ironstone Shale

as the base, answers to Tate’s Calcareous Group; while the

Lower Bernician is equivalent to Tate’s Carbonaceous Group.

It is with the Upper Bernician only that the present paper is

concerned.

The whole of the Upper Bernician Limestones belong to the

Dibunophyllum-Zone, but they are capable of the following palaonto-

logical subdivision :—

a = Redesdale Ironstone Shale,

Shallow-water fauna, mainly lamellibranchs ; corals rare.

Dibunophyliwm near @ has been found.

I = Redesdale Limestone.

D1 fauna.

Dibunophyllum 0.

Carcinophylium @ especially characteristic.

Miscellaneous. OS

II = Fourlaws and Oxford Limestones.

Lonsdalia floriformis enters.

III = Eelwell, Acre, and Four Fathom Limestones.

D 2—3 presents in its main character a Zaphrentid phase.

IVa = Great and Little Limestones.

D3.

Dibunophylium muirheadi.

Koninckophyllum magnificum.

Diphyphylium dianthoides,

IV 4 = Corbridge, Thornbrough and Robsheugh Limestones.

The tendency in the Dibunophyllids towards Aspidophylloidal struc-

ture reaches its highest development.

IVc = Fell Top Limestone.

Characterized by the presence of Dibunophyllum muirheadi mut., cf.

Dibunophylium W, and Pnillipsastrea radiata.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Ricuarp B. Suarpe, LL.D.

Tue obituary notice of the late Dr. Sharpe which appeared in the

last number of the ‘ Annals’ does no more than justice to his devo-

tion and energy in the cause of ornithological science—qualities the

value of which to the British Museum no one could better appre-

ciate than myself, who for more than twenty years was in daily

personal contact with him and his work. I, besides, had occasion

of admiring the courage which sustained him under difficulties that

would have damped the enthusiasm and activity of most men. His

merits are sufficiently great not to require enhancement beyond

those due to him, and it will not be considered a detraction from

them when, in the interest of the history of the Zoological Depart-

ment, I supplement some remarks on two points referred to in the

Notice.

When Dr. Sharpe entered the service of the Trustees he possessed

a miscellaneous series of British and Kuropean birds, which he

presented to the Museum, and a large and valuable collection of

African birds; this latter was purchased of him for the depart-

mental collection.

The formation of a series of nature-groups illustrating the nidifi-

cation of British birds was, like the preparation of a descriptive

general Catalogue of Birds, decided upon before Dr. Sharpe’s appoint-

ment, and even the lines on which these two undertakings were to

be executed had been distinctly planned. To the former Dr. Sharpe

216 Miscellaneous.

made the first contribution in the shape of the group of Coots, as

stated in the Notice, but, according to my recollection, it was the only

one during the period of my Keepership, the work on the Catalogue

and the increase and care of the stwdy-collection occupying the

whole of his time. ' ALBERT GUNTHER.

On the Nomenclature of Echinoderms.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Having written in your pages of late on the nomen-

clature of various Echinoderms, perhaps I may be permitted to

express cordial agreement with the paper by Dr. Th. Mortensen in

your January number. On two points only would I comment.

Dr. Mortensen does not see the necessity for working out the

history of each name, since the proposed decision “ is to be made

against history.” The reason why the adjudicating Committee

should have all the facts before it is that a decision made, on the

advice of one set of specialists, to escape evils in one group of

animals, might lead to worse evils in another group. Hence com-

plaints, wrangling, and further arbitrary decisions.

The important point emphasized by Dr. Mortensen is that the

name must be fixed by reference to a genotype; but it will also be

necessary to fix the holotype of the genotype. This was made clear

by the recent discussion on Cidaris in these pages.

Yours faithfully,

Natural History Museum, F. A. Barner.

7th Jan., 1910,

Note on the Occurrence of Hippolyte gracilis (Heller) in the British

Area. By A. O. Watxer, F.LS., F.Z.S.

When dredging on the Zostera banks at Worthing on Sept. 30th

last, at a depth of about 6 feet I took two specimens of this Medi-

terranean species. So far as I know it has not been recorded

before in the British Area proper, which does not include the

Channel Islands, from which I reported a specimen taken by

Mr. James Hornell in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iii. (1899)

p. 148. The specimens were associated with H. varians, Leach,

and are now in the British Museum, where they have also been

identified by Dr. W. T. Calman.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls,

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol, I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.

Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s,

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part I. 8s.,

Part II, 9s., Part LL 103, Vol, IL., Part I. 9s., Part II. 9s., Parts II. &

IV. 8s, each.

Cunningham’s Binary Gator, 15s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls,

Denning'’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d. net—_Examination ofan

Olid Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-

script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d,

' Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lis,

Fauna of British India : Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.

20s. each.— Birds, Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., III, and 1V. 15s. each.

—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each, —

Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bers. 20s, Vol. Il.: ANnrs anD

Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vols. I-III.

20s. each. Vol. IV., pts. 1 and2. 10s, each.Butterflies. Vols. I. and IL.

20s. each,—_Coleoptera. Vol.I, 10s,—Coleoptera, CurysoMuLIDa,

Vol, I. 20s—Mollusca, 10s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. Gd.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen’s Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.

Vol. If., Part X. 21s.

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol, II. 12s.

_ Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s.6d, Forms for ditto. Sun, ls.. Srars, 1s.

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net,

Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuiners & BomByczrs, 1892. £2 2s,

net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 16s. net,

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s, 6d,

Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 5s. net—Catalogue of

Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, 6d. net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s,

Physical Abstracts. Vols. I.to III. 17s. 6d. each.

Physical Memoirs,translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.

Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s, .

Royal College of Surgeons : :

Calendar. ls. net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net,

~ Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.

Dermatological Collection. 8rded. 4s. net,

Physiological Series. Vols. I. and II. 2nded. 12s, net each.

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d,

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d, Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols, 7s. Gd.

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d,

Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. lds.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.

CON aN OF NUMBER 26 oe Bares. eS

XVU. Dosesintiails and Records of Boos xx By T D. A eee

Cockrret., University of Colorado... ........ 0.00. sce0e “92 9a Oey

XVIII. Some undescribed Gerrine. By W. a pester

XIX. On the Lamellicorn Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus, wih

Descriptions of Four new Species, By Giizerr J. ARRow sive Cares “Ti

XX. Crustacea collected by the late Mr. ReA, “Ascroft and

Mr. Harvey in the North of the Bay of Biscay, ay ALrreD O,

WALKRR iB. eGo ss sh ied se AA a Pa eg eas Pec

XXI. On some new Species of Silver-Pheasants. By Bvorxe W. i

Os Tes vi ak Phe SS PATE oe haa vd Ae EM PE eee 162

XXII. On the Wallabies usually referred to iarunes agi, eee

Gould: By. Bane Sem wane pics cc ie isig tan seas eee eee 164 —

XXIII. New Pterasteride from the North Pacific. au Warr ef

K. Fisusr, Stanford University, California ........ 666. see e ee ae ae

XXIV. New Genera of Starfishes. By Waure K, Fisuzr, ee

Stanford University, California 25 047k acesaesiass cece ess see A711

XXV. On a Collection of Mammals is by Mr. 8. A. Neaye,

during his Expedition in Northern Rhodesia. By Guy Dorman Bon ee,

XXVI. On Two new Species of Wood- boring Crustacea from ae

Christmas Island. By W. T. Carwaw, D.Se. (Plate V.) ...... 161

XXVITI. Notes on the Choanoflagellate Genera Salpingeea and

Polyewca, with Description of Polywca dumosa, sp. n. By J. 8. —

Dunxerzy, B.Se., Assistant in Zoology Depen Heer Birkbeck College,

London. (Plates NES Vila ay ak ace ee ae Ste ere 186 ;

XXVIII. Further new African Mammals. By Oxprretp Tuomas. ‘191

XXIX. Descriptions of new Forms of Cercopithecus and bd sha “ | RS

urus from British East Africa, By Guy Doriman, B.A. .......... 202.

XXX. Some Servals and an Otomys from East Africa. By R. C. Aa

WOU TON: 6 Wiss Ns ek Ee Se oe le Oa ek Pe Cah ek 205 \

XXXI. On Hexactinellid Spine Spicules and their Names. By : :

R. KiekParkice, Ms 5p f= 9 Rear Aten SE PEA ITS obs sith ae

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED a oeneiheee Sa

Geological Society .......-++- SARE RT qe teh eno eee ee

Lesa tie te MISCELLANEOUS. nian

RICHARD Be SHARPE, DUA) S458 sv eie nd pe kobe AP eee stage ate atin 215 '

On the Nomenclature of Echinoderms. By F, A. Seed ‘ds oar 216

Note on the Occurrence of Hippolyte ee) Geant in | the British. \

Area. By A. O. Watxen, F.DS., F280. cn ceca es aces gem TAD 8

*,* Itis requested that all ‘s2iaviaries ten pibre for this Work may be addressed, |

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Toy Printing Office, .

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 5

EIGHTH SERIES. —_No. 27.

PTE ANNALS? ©: |

"MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

| ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. ;

MAR. 1910,

a oe isa

N YY " \ E

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R. 8, F.LS., FG. S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

‘WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative - Mr. EB Shann’s Paper on the Life-history and Rate of Growth

in Gobius minutus.

LONDON: ates

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 3

:. ” gold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:

i _ Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin,

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, ~

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

zoitahed under the authority y of the Secretary of State Sor India i in 1 Couneil.

- Hdited by. A. a se, M. A FRR

Med. 8v0, with text Geka and 10 plates. ~ Price 10s.

DERMAPTERA -(Eanwres). = By Dr. Wiig Burr, M.A., F.LS.

TaYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

) baited by F. DUCANE GODMAN,

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Chilopoda and Diptopoda. By R. I. Pocoor: (Pp. 1-152 2, pls. i.-xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3° (RayNcHopHoRA: Curculionidae). By

D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 7 (RuyNcHOPHORA : Ciitculionid, continued).

By G. C. Champion, (Pp. 1-48, pls. i., ii.)

. The Price of each Part is 31k.

London: Published for the Editor by Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA.

; Part X. Vol. If. Price 21s.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S.

With 17 Plates and Text, treating of the following Genera and Sub-

Genera, with anatomical details :

Macrochlamys, Bensonia, Austenia, Taphrospira, Sophina,

Euplecta, Kaliella, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Lamprocystis,

Corilla, Plectopylis, Thysanota, Philalanka, and Sykesia ;

and ane here new Genera: Dalingia, SATIRE: ene,

and Staffordia. -

TaYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E. C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 27. MARCH 1910.

XXXII.—Some Notes on the Life-history and Rate of Growth

in Gobius minutus. By Epwarpb SHANN, B.Sc., Gatty

Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

[Plates IX. & X.]

Introductory.

A CONSIDERABLE amount of literature bearing on the Gobiide

has been published in recent years, but there still remain

many points, especially in connexion with the life-history and

rate of growth of these small fishes, which require elucidation.

The bulk of the work hitherto accomplished has left little to

be desired with regard to description of species, and even

the classification of the group has been reduced to a compara-

tively orderly condition; only the artificial means adopted

for “running down”’ species vary with different authors, and

it has been found that the method of Holt and Byrne* is a

most practical aid in this respect. The economic value of

* Trish Fisheries Report, part ii. p. 42 (1901).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 16

218 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

the gobies is the important part they take in the diet of the

food-fishes.

The material at my disposal was for the most part collected

by Professor M‘Intosh during trawling and other expeditions

in the years 1886-95. The fishes were preserved in spirit ;

thus, though they were decolorized, both the skeletal and soft

parts were well preserved. ‘The collection contains specimens

of G. minutus from all parts of the east coast of Scotland,

and taken at various seasons of the year. There are also a

number of specimens of G. flavescens (olim ruthensparr/)

collected during the same period. Both these species are

common in St. Andrews Bay, the former on a sandy bottom .

usually near land, the latter among the rock-pools. I am

indebted to Dr. Williamson for the loan of a collection of

gobies belonging to the 8. F. B., also to Mr. Richard

Elmbirst, Millport Marine Station, for several specimens of

G. minutus from the Clyde area. The majority of this

collection were preserved in formaline; so that, though the

colouring in many cases remained, the otoliths and often the

scales were entirely missing. This was unfortunate, because

the evidence of the latter structures was required to corrobo-

rate observations on the rate of growth. My obligations are

due to Dr. Tosh for some notes which he had formerly made

on the same collection of gobies, and which he put at my

disposal. Finally, I have to thank Professor M‘Intosh, who

has throughout my work offered many helpful suggestions

and kindly criticisms.

General Outline of Life-history.

The spawning of G. minutus has been described by

M‘Intosh and Masterman*, also by Holt and Byrne f, and

the eggs by the same authors. In this paper little or no

reference will be made to that part of the subject, the inquiry

having been instituted to describe the young forms captured

in various localities, and particularly in St. Andrews Bay,

and approximately to ascertain theirages. ‘The first spawnin

of G. minutus appears to take place about the middle of

April, for larval forms 5°5 mm, in length have been obtained

at Station IV., Moray Firth, on May 2nd. Larval forms

oceur not infrequently in September; as an instance, four

* ‘British Marine Food-Fishes,’ p. 168.

+ Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for 1901, part ii.

p os.

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 219

specimens, averaging 4 mm., obtained at Station V., Moray

Firth, on September 12th, 1890, may be mentioned. Thus

the spawning period extends over many months. However,

as the appended tables will show, the larval forms occur most

frequently in the summer months, and reach a maximum in

June. ‘There are no ova of G. minutus in the collections on

which the present work is based, but they are said by the

authors above mentioned to measure 1*1 to 1°2 mm. along the

major axis*., The smallest larval forms in the collections

measure 1°5 mm.; these were obtained in a bottom-net at

St. Andrews on June 26th and 27th, 1891, and must have

been newly hatched. There is undoubtedly considerable

variation in G. minutus, but it may be stated at the outset

that, so far as the writer is aware, the majority of the speci-

mens with which this paper deals belong to the typical race,

i, e. G. minutus major, Heincke, as opposed to the estuarine

race, which finds its extreme in the variety G. microps,

Kroyer. The lack of pigment (owing to the fact that the

majority of my specimens were preserved in spirit) renders

this opinion doubtful, but the size of the largest specimens

from the St. Andrews area agrees closely with that given by

Holt and Byrne for the typical race, 7. e. 80 mm. Most of

the specimens from the Clyde area, on the contrary, were

preserved in formaline, and have retained their pigment, but

in these forms the vertical barred marking characteristic of

the estuarine race was not observed, although the length of

the largest specimens rarely exceeds 60 mm.

The appearance and coloration of larval gobies 3-5 mm. is

well described by M‘Intosh and Mastermant. As before

stated, all the larval gobies were preserved in spirit, so that

no further observations with regard to coloration have been

made. Holt and Byrne say of the larve of G. minutus :—

“The young when hatched already have their mouths open

and yolk-sacs nearly absorbed, and soon attain the form of

the adult.” These statements are borne out by Pl. IX.

fig. 1, representing a larval form only 2 mm. in length. It

will further be seen that numerous small oil-globules are

scattered through the yolk-sac, and that there is a pre-anal

fin, though the latter can hardly be described in this case as

“considerable” {. The rays of the soft dorsal and anal fins

* My, Holt in an earlier paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1890,

p. 34) gives the measurement as 1-4 to 1-2 mm,

+ Op. cit. p. 169.

t E. W. L. Holt, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1890, p. 37.

1b*

220 ‘Mr. BK. Shann on the Life-history and

appear in 4 mm. specimens, but these fins are not well deve-

loped till 5-5°5 mm, is reached. In most 4 mm. specimens,

too, the otolith and the nasal aperture can be clearly distin-

guished, the former in a median position slightly anterior to

the gill-slit, while the latter is placed midway between the

eye and the point of the snout. By the time 4°5-5 mm. is

reached all trace of the yolk-sac has disappeared, and this

pont in the development may be said to mark the transition

from the larval to the postlarval condition. The spiny dorsal

and ventral fins appear in forms from 6°5-7 mm. In the

anterior portion of a 7 mm. specimen, depicted in PI. IX.

fig. 3, the fused ventrals can be seen slightly posterior to the

gill-slit. In the same figure the fore, mid, and hind brain

are clearly shown ; the otolith has approached nearer to the

eye than was the case in the larval forms; the nasal aperture

can be seen slightly above the line joining the centre of the

eye to the point of the snout; the teeth are well developed,

and the highly inclined mandible is characteristic of gobies

of this size. The eye throughout the larval and most of the

postlarval stages is lateral in position, but at 10-12 mm. it is

found in the dorso-lateral position which it retains throughout

the remainder of the life of the fish. The latter position is

attained by a gradual vertical displacement. In forms from

6-7 mm. the posterior extremity of the notochord is curved

sharply upwards, and the hypural bones of the tail can be

clearly distinguished with the aid of the microscope (see

Pl. 1X. fig. 2). The caudal fin-rays are sixteen in number,

and thereafter increase in size but not in quantity.

About 12 mm. the outward appearance of the adult is

assumed, and the gobies may thenceforward be described as

young, in contradistinction to the postlarval. A specimen

4) mm. in length was captured at St. Andrews towards the

end of April, another 32 mm. at Station V., Firth of Forth,

early in February, and eight averaging 34 mm. off Aberdeen

in the middle of May. All these were young gobies ap-

proaching the end of their first year of growth, and with it

sexual maturity. Six specimens averaging 53 mm. were

procured at St. Andrews in August, five averaging 50 mm. at

Station V., Firth of Forth, in October, and one 60 mm. off

Aberdeen in the middle of May. All these specimens were

fully adult. ‘Thus it may be concluded that sexual maturity

is reached in G‘. minutus when the individual has attained a

length of not less than 45 mm., or, roughly, after the termina-

tion of twelve months’ growth. In corroboration of this

statement the following paragraph may be quoted from the

. a

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 221

paper by Holt and Byrne * to whieh reference has already

been made :—

“Probably the life of this species (G. minutus) seldom

extends over two winters; a specimen kept in a tank at

Plymouth attained a length of 76 mm., and was fully adult

about a year after the probable date of hatching.”

In the present inquiry no example of such rapid growth

can be guoted, but the large size of the specimen described

above may have been in part due to the effects of a compa-

ratively high temperature and plentiful food-supply. At

the same time there are six specimens in the collection

captured near St. Andrews early in September, and therefore

approximately 15 or 16 months old, which have an average

length of 75 mm., and the largest is 80 mm. Most of the

adult fishes appear to die off during the winter following their

breeding-season, for only two such oceur in the large collec-

tion at my disposal from November to March. The two

adult specimens referred to were captured near St. Andrews

towards the end of January, and average 78 mm. An inter-

esting experiment might have been made if these gobies had

been kept alive in a tank; but as one of them had already

reached 80 mm., which is the normal limit of growth for the

species, it is more than probable that they were nearing the

end of their natural life.

Statistical Tables and their Graphic Representation.

All the bottles of gobies in the two collections were first

arranged in chronological order, according to the dates on

which the fishes had been taken. Then the numbers in each

catch were counted, and the average length, inclusive of the

caudal fin, noted. It seemed more than possible that the rate

of growth and the maximum size attained by individual fishes

might vary in different areas. Accordingly the results were

divided into four groups, in relation to the areas in which the

gobies were taken. Thus, four statistical tables are formed,

I. St. Andrews Bay; IJ. Forth Area; III. Clyde Area;

IV. N.W. Area (including Aberdeen Bay and the Moray

Firth). A word must be said with regard to the first column

in the tables headed “ Date of capture.” It is apparent that

an arrangement of dates in which the years are not taken into

account must be defective; but it was considered that a better

end would be served by arranging the fishes according to the

* Op. cit. p. 53.

222 "Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

season in which they were captured than by stating merely

the historical order of their addition to the collection. More-

over, the data for any one year were not sufficient in them-

selves to elucidate the problem of the rate of growth of the

species. The calculated age, owing to the fact that young

gobies may be hatched at any period from the middle of

April to the end of August, can only be a rather crude

approximation to the truth. This method of calculation

rested primarily on the average rate of increase in length per

month. It seemed probable that by taking for the first

example a comparatively old specimen, there would be less

risk of error in obtaining this average. Accordingly the

average length of six specimens captured in St. Andrews Bay

on 5/9/89 was taken; this was nearly 75 mm. Now the

greatest number of larval forms occurs, as has been stated, in

June; so that it may be inferred that the time when the

maximum number of these is hatched is the end of May and

beginning of June. Combining these conclusions with the

fact that larval gobies are about 1:5 mm. in length on

hatching, it may be stated, generally speaking, that a speci-

men of G. minutus hatched at the beginning of June will

increase in length 75—1:°5=73°5 mm. by the beginning of

September of the following year, i. e. in fifteen months’ time.

From this the average rate of increase in length per month

may be deduced, viz. “?=4:85 mm. It seemed more than

probable that the rate of growth would be accelerated during

the spring and summer and retarded during the late autumn

and winter. The otoliths of the specimens averaging 75 mm.

were examined, and occasion will be found to deal with these

more minutely later on. At present it is only necessary to

remark that the otoliths showed a thin zone, which had every

appearance of indicating a retarded period of growth. One

of the largest specimens of G. minutus captured in St. An-

drews Bay during its first summer measured 20 mm.: the

date of capture was Sept. 17th. This fish would be rather

over 3} months old if it had been hatched at the most prolific

spawning-period. During that time it had increased 20 —1:5=

18°5 mm.; the average rate of growth per month is ==

5°30 mm. It will be noticed that an exceptionally large

first-year form was taken during September and measuring

30 mm. This fish must have been one of the earliest of the

season ; its age is estimated at 4? months, but even this

estimate gives an increase of 6:00 mm. per month. However,

the rate of growth of no fish is so even that it can be ex-

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. : 223

pressed by a constant formula. There are always exceptional

cases which seem to disprove the most carefully constructed

theories in this connexion. But when one considers the

changing conditions of the food-supply, of temperature, ot

fitness for survival of individuals, and of specific variation,

such exceptions must be inevitable. A 40 mm. form was

captured at St. Andrews towards the end of April. Supposing

this was one of the group which reached 20 mm. in the pre-

ceding September, a growth of 20 mm. would have occurred

during the seven intervening months. ‘This only allows an

increase of approximately 3 mm. per month, during the

months of late autumn, winter, and early spring. In a case

of this nature the rate of growth per month works out too

low in the estimation of the writer, and the age of the fish

has been calculated as if it had been hatched at the end o:

June or early in July, in other words, a month later than the

typical period. Thus the age of this 40 mm. specimen

caught in April is given as 10 months. In each case the

“ Calculated age” has been arrived at by such arguments as

the above.

The figures included in the four statistical tables were

reduced to a graphical form. ‘The horizontal line was divided

into equal spaces, each representing a month from May

onwards *, The vertical line represents the average length

of the fish in mm. The dark line drawn parallel to the basal

line, and 1°5 mm, distant, marks the average length at which

gobies are hatched from the egg. The points on the graph

indicate the average length of fish actually caught on a given

date. Thus, two gobies averaging 9'0 mm. were caught at

St. Andrews on 13/7/88 ; taking Graph I., St. Andrews, and

following the horizontal line nearly to the point representing

the middle of the first July after hatching, then turning in a

vertical direction till the 9 mm. horizon is reached, the point

representing the above catch is encountered. An element of

inaccuracy is introduced here again by the fact that no account

is taken of the year in which the fishes were collected. ‘The

dotted lines joining the points on the graph represent the

author’s views with regard to the rate of growth. lor

instance, in Graph I., St. Andrews, one of these lines joins

a point on the 5°5 mm. line above the first third of the space

representing June to a point on the 17:2 mm. line above thie

far end of the space representing July. This implies that a

* The spaces should have been proportional to the days of the month

which they represent ; but for practical purposes the slight error intro-

duced may be neglected.

224 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

goby 5°5 mm. long on June 9th might attain 17-2 mm. on

July 31st. These lines of growth, as they may be termed,

are seen to make a more acute angle with the base-line in the

region representing the winter months, which indicates a less

vigorous rate of growth than in the summer months. It may

be that there is a complete cessation of growth during mid-

winter, in which case the two extremities of the growth-line

between September and April would be more highly inclined,

and the complete cessation of growth indicated by a line

parallel to the base-line; but of this there is no direct proof.

In order to prevent confusion the joining up of all the points

on the graph has been avoided, and a mean point between a

group of actual points has been preferred as a guide. Lor

the same reason, and because it is not probable the rate of

growth is constant for all specimens of G. minutus (even at

the same period of the year), some of these growth-lines, not

too widely separated, have been caused to converge and to

continue in the same line. The graphical method has the

further advantage of bringing out cleayly the months in which

gobies of a certain length are most prevalent.

From Table II., with its appended graph representing the

rate of growth of G. minutus in the Forth area, it seems that

these fishes neither grow so fast nor attain such a length as

their neighbours in St. Andrews Bay. ‘The average rate of

growth per month for the summer period is about 3°5-4°5 mm.,

while that for the winter months scarcely exceeds 1:0 mm.

Both here and in the N.E. area a curious late brood of this

species of goby exists ; the young attain only 7:0 mm. at the

end of November in this case, and are probably equivalent to

those which reach 4°7 mm. in October in the Moray Firth. It

seems probable that the majority of larve are hatched rather

later than in St. Andrews Bay, for numerous captures of

larve are made in July and August.

In the Clyde area a most interesting series of catches was

made in October, 1899, the results of which shed much light

upon the rate of growth of G. minutus in this area. One

batch was taken on the 7th of the month, the other three, at

different stations, on the 10th. It was evident at a glance

that each batch of these fishes could be divided, according to

the length, into two clearly defined groups. The length of

the larger fishes approached 60 mm., that of the smaller

35mm. It seemed clear that the 35 mm. specimens were

the fishes of the current year, while the 60 mm. forms had

been hatched in 1898. ‘Thus at a glance the approximate

growth of G. minutus in the Clyde area was obtained, @. e.

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 229

35 mm. the first four months and 25 mm. in the next twelve.

It is hard to reconcile this conclusion with that formed

from observation of the gobies of St. Andrews Bay. ‘The

rate of growth during the first four months is far more rapid

in the Clyde forms, viz. 8-4 mm. per month as compared with

5*3 (rarely more) on the east. On the contrary, the average

growth per month during the succeeding year is very much

more slow in the Clyde forms. The most probable explana-

tion of the latter phenomenon is that in the west coast gobies

there is a true winter rest, accompanied by cessation from

growth. This supposition has been illustrated graphically in

the appendix to Table IIT. In this case the lines connect the

points representing fishes caught at the same time; the pvints

representing catches of fishes averaging 6°0 mm, and 54 mm.

respectively only happen by chance to fall on one of the

imaginary growth-lines, for they were added after these had

been drawn. Other catches described in Table ILI. are also

represented on the graph. The natural conclusion, from the

data so far cited, is that the Clyde specimens of G. minutus,

if not a distinct variety of the species, are at least a race

which has a markedly different rate of growth at various

periods of the year from that found on the east coast. It

might be supposed that this western race seldom or never

exceeded 60 mm.; but two specimens from Millport reach

67 and 70 mm. respectively. As the date of capture of the

latter is not known, they have not been entered in Table IIT.

The rate of growth in the N.E. area agrees well with that

deduced for St. Andrews Bay. The rate of growth per

month during the first summer is slightly over 5 mm.

Moreover growth seems to continue pretty vigorously during

the winter months, for one specimen measuring 60 mm.,

probably from an early brood of the preceding year, was

captured off Aberdeen in the middle of May. The appended

graph agrees, too, with that illustrative of the forms of

St. Andrews Bay, the lines of growth becoming slightly less

inclined in the area representing the winter months. The

rate of growth during the winter averages about 3 mm. per

month. ‘Lhe range in size of fishes taken in October in this

area is remarkable, the smallest being but 4°7 mn., while the

largest is 36°0 mm. in length.

four specimens of G. minutus were taken on 20/1/06 in

the river ‘Tay, four miles above the bridge. ‘hese measured

67, 65, 63, and 49 mm. respectively, and their age was

probably about 20 months, though the smallest specimen may

have been somewhat younger. Whether these forms would

226 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

have survived till the following summer is problematical ;

but it is possible that comparative freedom from competition

and from the depredations of their enemies, due to their

estuarine environment, allow these forms to enjoy a longer

life than their neighbours in the sea. It may be added that

a specimen of G. minutus measuring 85 mm., the largest in

the collection, was captured in the watersof the Tay. There

is no record of the date of capture of the latter; but it was

found among a shoal of sprats. There is also another large

specimen, date and locality unknown, which measures 82 mm.

Table 1.—St. Andrews.

Calcu-

No. of | Average ;

eres speci- | len oth lated Condition. Depth = wees

BpUEe | Gnens lan ae |e a peu?

months.

25/1/86 2 785 21 Adult. Shallow bottom.

26/4/88 1 40-0 10 Nearly adult. Mid-water.

7/6/89 25 50 2 | Larval. Bottom.

9/6/91 2 55 3 | Postlarval. Bottom.

9/6/91 5 2:8 x | Larval. Bottom.

26/6/91 12 2:0 ¢ | Larval. Bottom.

28/6/86 3 136 2 Young. Mid-water.

1/7/87 4 115 14 | Young. Harbour,

2/7/88 4 8:0 1 Postlarval. Bottom.

6/7/88 16 61 3 | Postlarval. Mid-water.

9/7/91 5 128 12 | Young. Shallow bottom.

10/7/88 I 6:0 2 | Postlarval. Mid-water.

13/7/88 2 9:0 14. (| Postlarval. Mid-water.

22/7/91 a 5:2 3 | Postlarval. sottom.

22/7/91 8 4:5 3 | Larval. Bottom.

31/7/89 10 9°6 1} | Young & postlarval.} Rock-pool.

31/7/89 10 17°2 3 Young. Rock-pool.

4/8/88 16 98 1} | Postlarval. Mid-water.

11/8/84 6 53°5 13 Adult. Rock-pool.

21/8/88 4 3'8 3 | Larval. Bottom.

28/8/95 2 4:0 2 | Larval,

29/8/88 2 72 1 Postlarval. Mid-water.

3/9/88 i 20°0 33 | Young. Mid-water.

5/9/89 6 74:8 15 Adult. Shallow bottom.

15/9/89 2 10:0 13 | Postlarval. Mid-water.

P/9/89 1 30°0 4+ | Young,

2/9/89 8 172 54; | Young.

17/9/88 i 20:0 34 | Young, Mid-water.

22/9/88 11 12:0 12 | Young. Mid-water.

26/9/88 1 6-0 1 Postlarval. Mid-water.

1/10/91 4 12-7 2 Young, Bottom.

24/10/95 24 14:5 27 | Young.

227

tus.

lus minu

Graph I.—St. Andrews.

Rate of Growth in Gob

MM.

*TOQUIAAO NT

*19q0}0Q

‘raqumeydag

“ysnsny

“se

‘oun

ABW

Graph II.—Forth Area.

*qaquieda(y

*19qQUI9AO NT

*19qQ0}9G

xoqunatlek

hana

“ATO

oun

“ABT

[ady

*"yoleyy

“AIBNUE [*

“Taquraded

“LIQUIGAC NT

“1aqoVIO

*daquiaydog

“qsnony

“Ayn ¢

-aun(’

“AV

228 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

Table 1..—Forth Area.

to ee Eee ee eee

+ Calcu-

No. of | Average .

Date of speci- length ae Condition. Se ah

capture. | ens. | in mm. | *8212 Depth.

; * | months.

9/2/95 il 32:0 9 Nearly adult. V.,.—

22/5/95 1 30 2 | Larval. IL, —.

25/5/95 1 5-0 A Larval. VIL, —.

2/6/92 5 5:2 M Postlarval. —, mid-water,

20/6/94 20 45 3 | Larval. ©, surface.

7/7/91 63 11:6 24 | Young. Alloa, bottom.

19/7/91 21 65 13 | Postlarval. VI., bottom.

21/7/91 3 4-2 2 | Larval. IX., bottom.

31/7/90 10 4:2 3 | Larval. VIL., bottom.

3/8/91 13 12:0 23 | Young & postlarval.| Alloa, —.

6/8/90 16 4:5 » 2 | Larval & postlarval.| VIIL, —.

6/8/91 8 50 i Larval & postlarval.| VII., —.

13/8/91 10 73 13 | Postlarval. V., bottom.

14/8/91 25 51 il Larval & postlarval. | I., bottom.

17/8/91 9 55 dk Postlarval. VIL., bottom.

24/8/94 5 55 1 Postlarval, III., bottom.

24/8/93 ll 16:0 34 | Young. IIL. bottom.

27/8/93 3 6:2 13 | Postlarval. V., bottom.

29/8/94 3 5:0 i Larval. VILL., bottom.

30/8/93 9 59 13 | Postlarval. VL., bottom.

4/9/90 5 6:2 1: | Postlarval. IX., bottom.

24/9/93 2 | 15-0 31 | Young. L, bottom.

29/9/93 12 76 12 | Postlarval. 1X., bottom.

29/9/93 11-0 22 | Very young. heen

1/10/91 4 1a? 22 | Young & postlarval.| V., bottom.

15/10/90 1 8:0 2 Postlarval. I., bottom.

17/10/90 10 14:0 34 | Young. 1IL., bottom.

18/10/90 2 12°5 3 Young. I., bottom.

19/10/91 1] 13°6 33 | Young. ILL., bottom.

20/10/90 5 49:8 ff Adult. V., bottom.

24/10/91 4 95 21+ | Postlarval. V., bottom.

28/10/91 8 13-4 34 | Young, VIL1., bottom.

20/11/91 3 186 4% | Young. ILL., bottom.

23/11/91 1 7:0 12 | Postlarval. [X., bottom.

24/11/91 1 18:0 4% | Young. V., bottom. ,

2/12/91 2 18:5 4? | Young. Ss

10 60-1 Seo || ALU ——.

16/12/06

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 229

Table I1I.—Clyde Area.

Date of

capture,

23/6/99

14/9/99

17/9/01

20/9/01

7/10/99

10/10/99

—/10/09

—_—_——-

No. of | Average ee

speci- | length i sis Condition. Station.

mens. | inimm, | #8° 7

months,

10 6:0 ~ | Larval & postlarval.| Strachur Bay.

10 57°2 16 Adult. XIII.

2 00°5 142 | Adult. L. Etive.

2 54:0 15 Adult. L, Long.

j 10 389 4 | Young.

i .6 59:0 164 | Adult.

25 33°0 2 | Young. (

21 57:8 154 | Adult. \

12 3845 2 | Young. 7

4 | 57-2 15% | Adult. WITT.

pac 36'0 4 Young. IX

ye 580 16 Adult. ae

3 49:2 15 Adult. Millport.

June.

July.

August,

September.

October.

November.

December.

J ae

February.

March,

April

tay,

Bare

July

September.

October.

230 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

Table 1V.—N.E. Area.

Date of No. of | Average reas

cAptiate speci- | length age in Condition. Locality.

mens, | in mM. | | Oths.

2/5/93 48 Be Ne aur IV., Moray Firth,

1 60: Adult.

18/5/04 Pe pes aD; | | Young. Aberdeen Bay.

26/5/90 35 47 3 | Larval. Cromarty Firth.

3/7/94 13 35 + | Larval. I., Moray Firth.

15/7/94 ae 6:0 3 | Postlarval. X., Moray Firth.

25/7/90 1 71:0 15 Adult. Smith Bank.

12/9/90 6 4:0 2 | Larval. V., Moray Firth.

4/10/94 i 4:7 3 | Larval. IL., Moray Firth. -

9/10/00 27 188 3 Young. Aberdeen Bay.

11/10/94 4 13:0 2} | Very young. XIV., Moray Firth.

12/10/94 2 20:2 3t ae XV., Moray Firth.

1 36:0 6+ oung. :

18/10/00 | 45 eee St bvenae Aberdeen Bay,

23/10/00 15 29:0 54 | Young. VI., Aberdeen Bay.

24/10/00 70 31:2 9) Young. VIT., Aberdeen Bay.

26/10/00 32 21-9 33 | Young. III., Aberdeen Bay.

Graph I1V.—N.E. Area.

May.

September.

October.

November.

December.

February.

June

July

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 231

Scales.

The scales of the species of gobies examined are invariably

ctenoid; but as those of the various species differ in many

respects from one another, they will be dealt with in turn

later. The scales are always closely applied to the skin : they

are slightly corrugated, but their margins are generally entire.

Unfortunately the majority of the gobies in the collection were

destitute of scales. Whether this was due to rough treatment

in the trawl or to the action of the preservative in which the

fish had been kept there is some doubt; but as there were

usually a considerable number of loose scales in the bottles,

the latter is the more probable cause. The fishes preserved

in spirit retain their scales in a more satisfactory manner than

those preserved in formaline.

The most striking feature about the scales of gobies is the

uniform character of the concentric rings. ‘These are very

clearly marked from the youngest stages, and although many

of the rings may be discontinuous or even intersecting in

pairs, there is a mathematical precision about their arrange-

ment which defies attempts to define the limit between summer

and winter growths. Hoffbauer found that in the case of the

carp the number of concentrie rings representing a given

period of growth did not vary much in scales taken from

corresponding parts of the same fish. This is not so in the

case of G. minutus, for on four adjacent scales of a 75 mm.

specimen 32, 26, 18, 16 concentric rings were counted.

Adjacent scales taken from examples of other species of

Gobius, however, show but very slight variation in the

number of concentric rings, especially in the younger stages.

From the data given under the heading of the various species,

it seems probable that there is absolutely no relation between

the number of concentric rings on the scale of a goby and the

length of the fish from which the scale was taken. In other

words the number of rings on the scale is no criterion for

estimating the age of a goby. Few, if any, writers on the

subject ever put confidence in the number of rings on the

scale as an aid to age identification in the larger fishes, but it

seemed possible that in these short-lived forms an approxi-

mate relationship might be found. Hoffbauer cites the case

of a carp, living under unfavourable conditions, whose scales

showed a very even distribution of the concentric rings. That

is to say, a fish which usually shows most clearly on its scales

the varying width between the rings due to the varying con-

ditions of environment, when transferred to uniform conditions

of environment showed uniform width between the concentric

232 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

rings on its scales. App'ying this argument to the subject

of the present paper, it may be supposed that during the

whole of their short life the gobies are more or less active,

that they continue to grow uniformly, and correlative with

this we find the even growth of their scales. It would be

necessary to keep some gobies under observation during a

complete year in order to prove the above hypothesis. When

the otoliths are examined it will be found that there is in

them an indication of the periods of growth characteristic of

the better known food-fishes. Thus, there may be other

causes at work which bring about the evenness of the con-

centric rings on the scales, The radial markings on scales

have also been suggested as possible means for age determi-

nation. It has been observed by Cunningham *, and is

evident in the present drawings from the scales of different

species of Grobius (see Pl. IX. figs. 4-7), that the radial mark-

ings can be divided by their respective lengths (on the same

scale) into two or more groups. The first group consists of

those markings which reach, or nearly reach, the innermost

concentric ring of the scale. The second group of markings

terminates approximately at the concentric ring which formed

the limit of the first season’s growth. In large er fishes more

groups are found ; but, as might be expected, the gobies never

show more than two series, indicating two periods of growth,

It is in the cases of G. niger and G. jeffreysit that this

arrangement of the radial markings is most accentuated ; the

markings on the scales of the 51 mm. specimen of G. minutus

(Pl. LX. fig. 4) offer little evidence in this respect, and from

the knowledge of this species it may be stated that the radial

markings in all cases which have been examined offer as little

help as the concentrics towards age determination.

In all cases the scales were taken from the side of the fish

described, halfway between the anterior ends of the soft dorsal

and anal fins, unless otherwise stated.

(1) G. niger.

Scales comparatively large, rarely more than 40 in a longi-

tudinal row, 13-15 in vertical f, irregular square in outline,

strong faa markings, teeth long compared to those on the

scales of other gobies. A specimen taken in July and

* XXIII. Annual Report 8. F. B. p. 125.

+ These numbers, and those given for other species, are taken from

Holt and Byrne, op. ct. The numbers have been veritied where the

individuals of any given species in the collection were in sufficient

quantities.

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 233

measuring 61 mm. showed 55 and 56 concentric rings on

adjacent scales (see Pl. LX. fig.5). A form taken in the same

month and measuring 58 mm. showed 60 and 65, while

another measuring 52 mm. showed 72 concentric rings upon

scales from the typical area.

(2) G. friesti.

Scales very large, only 28-29 in a longitudinal row, 8—9 in

vertical, oblong in shape, with the teeth on the longer slightly

convex side. ‘he teeth are rather uneven in large (85 mm.)

specimens; they have slightly swollen bases. ‘The radial

markings are pronounced and usually terminate in slight

clefts in the side of the scale opposite to that which bears the

teeth (see PI. 1X. fig.6). The following table will bring out

the fact that though the number of concentric rings is fairly

constant for scales taken from the same part of the same fish,

yet the numbers bear no relation to the size of the fish from

which the scales were taken.

Dato of Number of conc.

i : o Locality. Length. | rings on adjacent

capture. Sa

10/10/99 Clyde. 81 97,93

17/10/99 Clyde. 85 100, 95

10/10/99 Clyde. 87 80, 75

(3) G. flavescens (olim ruthensparri).

One of the small-scaled gobies, 35-40 scales in a longi-

tudinal row, 12-15 in vertical. Roughly circular in outline,

with a rather acute curve of the portion to which the teeth

are attached. Teeth long and even, more symmetrical than

those of other species. ‘The smallest specimens from which

scales were obtained measured 19 mm. ‘Three scales taken

from the typical area of a 25 mm. specimen each showed 10

concentric rings.

(4) G. minutus.

Scales very small and variable in number, upwards of 60,

though often much less, in a longitudinal row, 13-19 in

vertical. Outline elliptical, with the teeth placed along the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 17

934 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

obtuse curve. Teeth small, with only a slight swelling at

the base. Radial markings numerous. A scale of G. minutus

is depicted in Pl. 1X. fig. 4. Scales were obtained from

specimens 18 mm. and 19°5 mm., but none were found on

specimens 16-17 mm. In the young forms the concentric

rings are very clearly defined, but in the larger specimens

(50 mm. upwards) the rings are not so distinct, and many

are discontinuous, while the innermost are much contorted.

The following table will illustrate the fact that in this species

the number of rings on adjacent scales varies excessively,

nor is there any relationship between the size of a fish

and the average number of rings on scales taken from the

typical area.

pars Locality. Length. No. of concentric rings.

mm.

32 9, 9, 10

6/2/90 | Open sea. } 43 18, 18, 14, 14

43 6, 6, 11, 11, 12, 12

64 25, 28, 34

5/9/89 | Eden mouth. ! 75 16, 18, 26, 32

gence 42, 46

45 15, 15, 17, 17, 18

—/10/09 | Clyde. ! 51 15, 16, 16

51 12, 13, 14

28 4, 5,6

13/10/00 | Aberdeen. } 32 tpg

32 BAGG Tar

25/1/86 | St. Andrews. 81 39, 40, 40, 41, 41

36 7,8, 10, 11, 12

: 55 20, 20, 22, 22

P ee ! 67 11, 15, 15

70 19, 27, 27

2 2 67 97, 32

(5) G@. jeffreysit.

Scales large, under 30 in a longitudinal row, and 7 in

vertical. Broad and roughly rectangular: the long side on

which the teeth are placed shows a marked convexity, the

opposite side is considerably indented where the radial

markings reach the edge of the scale. The teeth rather large

and shaped like a retort, the points being directed inwards.

The radial markings are well developed, and, in the scale figured

in P]. IX. fig. 7, can be divided into two distinct series. The

concentrics are clearly marked and evenly distributed. Ona

scale of a 60 mm. specimen there were 50 rings.

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 235

Otoliths.

The otoliths can first be observed in specimens of G. minu-

tus upwards of 4mm. An otolith extracted from a 12 mm.

form is figured in Pl. X. fig. 8, as seen by reflected light.

At this stage the form is plate-like, and the concentric layers

are visible under a low power of the microscope. In a form

of 19 mm., mounted in balsam, the otolith can be seen very

clearly ; it is on a line with a point rather above the centre

of the eye, and about a diameter of the eye from the outer

edge of the latter. Pl. X. fig. 9 represents an otolith from

a 33 mm, fish as seen by reflected light. The central portion

is not very thick; then follows the denser growth of the

summer and early autumn, and finally the thin growth of

the late autumn.

From this point onwards the otoliths of G. ménutus are

concavo-convex in shape, and are so opaque that it is quite

impossible in most cases to make out the internal structure.

The otolith lies in the auditory capsule, placed slightly poste-

rior to the eye; the convex surface is turned outwards. As

has been stated before, when the fish had been preserved in

formaline, the otoliths are either entirely absent or are merely

represented by a mass of pulp. Difficulty was experienced in

devising a method for observing the structure of the larger

otoliths. Sectioning was tried with a scalpel, but in most

cases only resulted in splitting the stone into fragments.

Finally, a clean otolith was placed upon a glass slide and

covered with a drop of melted wax. When the latter had

hardened, the wax covering the convex surface of the otolith

was carefully removed. A drop of dilute acid (HCl) was then

applied to the exposed surface. By watching the action of

the acid on the calcium carbonate under a low power of the

microscope it was possible to check the process (with excess of

water) when the otolith was sufficiently thin. ‘lhe wax pre-

vented the acid from attacking the sides of the otolith. ‘The

wax was removed by heating the slide gently over a Bunsen

flame, and then washing with a few drops of xylol. During

this process if the otolith had been worn down excessively it

not infrequently broke up. It was then mounted in Farrant’s

Solution. This method of observing otolith-structure is not

of much practical value, for much time is required for each

observation and so many failures occur. It may further be

questioned whether much reliance can be placed in results

obtained in this way, for many of the markings may have

been induced by the action of the acid. However, a series of

1i*

236 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

six sections of otoliths of G. m¢nutus was obtained in this

manner. ‘lhe fishes from which they were taken form a

representative sequence ; particulars of their locality, size, and,

most important in this connexion, their date of capture are

noted in tabular form below. The drawings in Pl. X. were

outlined by aid of the camera lucida and filled in by free-hand.

The otoliths are all shown as seen by reflected light, so that

the darker zones indicate thinner areas, and vice versd. Yor

the reasons above stated the inferences as to age determination

by this method are not to be insisted on, but the results are

given for what they are worth. Suffice it to say that they

are, at least to some extent, in keeping with the conclusions

arrived at by other methods—that is to say, that, in all proba-

bility, the growth of G. minutus continues throughout the

year, but that there is a slight retardation during the winter

months, which in the case of the Clyde specimens appears to

amount to an actual cessation. Unfortunately, owing to being

preserved in formaline, the otoliths of the Clyde specimens

had not retained their normal composition.

Tabulated Results of Obs-rvations of the Otoliths of G. minutus.

ates Locality. aa Concentric markings, ; map Se aoe ar

9/7/91 | St. Andrews. 12 Uniform. Very young.

Thin central region,| In the midst of retarded

9/90 | 8

ee ees es thick summer growth, period of growth of

= and bordered with| first winter

ort VO pearsee. ee thin layer. hatching.

‘ Thin central region,| In the midst of active !

ESE PUREE} AE thick summer growth, growth of second sum-

11/8/84 | St. Andréws 58 thin growth of win-| mer.

: ; ter, thick zone.

6/9/89 | St. Andrews. 64 One thin zone on the| Completing end ofsecond |

central side of a half} summer's growth,

5/9/89 | St. Andrews.| 75 radius of the otolith.

25/1/86 | St. Andrews.| 81 Two complete zones of| Approaching the end of

half zone thin, growth,

growth, outermost} the second winter's

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 237

It will be seen from the above table that though the fishes

were arranged in order of their respective lengths, the series

of dates of capture falls into a natural sequence of itself.

Further, that fishes of different lengths captured on the same

date show a marked agreement in the structure of their

otoliths. Another point in support of the age-determination

by this method is the fact that the average diameter of the

otolith, or part of an otolith, bordered by the first dark (thin)

band is practically constant. From this it may be inferred

that, at the end of the first winter’s growth, the otolith of

G. minutus reaches an approximately constant size ; hence,

that markings of the otoliths are at least an approximate clue

to the age of the fishes which bear them. It will be seen

from the drawings that the outline of the otolith is at first

circular, but undergoes a series of changes by which it

assumes the form of an irregular polygon, and finally in

80 mm. forms becomes roughly rectangular. In this con-

nexion it is noteworthy that in several specimens about 65 mm.

the otolith outline formed an almost regular pentagon; this

is well shown in Pl. X. fig, 13.

Some Additional Notes on G. flavescens, Fabr.

(olim ruthensparri).

The breeding-season of this species continues over a con-

siderable period—that is to say, from April or Muay to the end

of August. In marked contrast to G. minutus, however, the

young of very varied sizes, and probably of different ages,

live together in shoals. This fact renders a definite idea of

the rate of growth of the species almost impossible. Ina

haul made in Loch Gilp on 31/10/99 upwards of forty speci-

mens of G. flavescens were taken, and these ranged in size

from 12°5 to 27°0 mm.; moreover they formed a uniform

series, the largest gap in which was 1°56 mm. In the same

haul were four specimens ranging from 31°5 to 36 mm., and

these differed very little in aspect from the largest of the

first-mentioned series. In another haul made in the 8.E.

corner of St. Andrews Bay on 16/9/89 upwards of fifty

specimens were taken, and these formed a series, with scarcely

a break, from 9 to 32°5 mm. On 5/11/97 in Bressay Sound

a series was obtained ranging from 20 to 32mm. It was

possible to make out the structure of the otoliths of the latter

fishes, and they showed a dense growth surrounded by a

thinner growth, indicating that the fishes were entering upon

a period of retarded growth. All that can be stated with any

238 On the Life-history of Gobius minutus.

certainty from the above data is that 32-36 mm. is the limit

of growth for the first season in G. flavescens.

Holt and Byrne give 64 mm. as the total length of a

fully grown specimen of this species. The largest specimens

in the collections under consideration only measure 42 and

44°5 mm. respectively. The former was captured on Smith

Bank on 25/7/90, the latter on 28/5/96, locality not stated.

It seems probable that larger examples of this species may

exist off the east coast of Scotland, for a form 44°5 mm. at the

end of May would doubtless attain a greater length before

the close of the season. At all events it seems probable that

maturity is reached during the spring or summer following

the season in which the fishes were hatched. An interesting

account of the life-history and habits of this species is given

by Holt and Byrne *, from which the following paragraph is

quoted :—‘*So far as any conclusions can be drawn from

merely examining specimens of a species with such an ex-

tended breeding-season, it appears that members of this

species do not ordinarily survive the second winter following

the summer in which they are hatched.” It is this “‘ extended

breeding-season ’’ which renders equally problematical the

rate of growth in G‘. flavescens. Reasons have been stated

for taking April as the earliest month of spawning, and 34 mm.

as the greatest average length attained at the close of the first

season—that is, about the end of October. Supposing that

the young forms are hatched at the end of April, and that

they measure 1 mm, on hatching, the average rate of growth

during the first season may be given approximately as ae

or 5'5 mm. per month. ‘The data are insufficient to offer

even an approximation to the rate of growth for the second

season. For instance, a specimen in the second season

measures 44:5 mm, at the end of May; it may be asked, Is

this one of the forms which reaches over 30 mm. in the pre-

ecding autumn, or one of those which only measures 10 mm.

at the same period? The answer to such a question must

be doubtful. ‘To render the first case probable it is necessary

to assume that there is in this species a winter rest of con-

siderable duration ; the second case would indicate that the

rate of growth was little influenced by seasonal changes.

Dr. J. R. Tosh, in the notes which have been referred to,

makes the following observation :— The young are without

the second spot below the first dorsal fin up to about 28 mm.

From 30-32 mm. it begins to show faintly, and thereafter it

increases in density. The spot shows well in forms 35~

* Irish Fisheries Reports, 1901, part ii. p. 50.

On Mammals from Eastern Buenos Ayres, Ge. 239

36 mm.” This “second spot,” placed below the middle of

the spiny dorsal fin and posterior to the base of the pectoral,

is said by Holt and Byrne to occur only in the male. As

before stated, there are only two mature specimens of G. fla-

vescens in the collection; these specimens both bore the

second spot, and proved on dissection to be males.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTE IX.

Fig. 1. Larval Gobius minutus 2mm. in length. x 42.

Fig. 2. Tail of postlarval Gobius minutus 7 mm. in length. x 42.

Fig. 3. Head of ditto. x 42.

Fig. 4. Scale from a specimen of G. minutus 51 mm. in length. x 24.

Fig. 5. Scale from a specimen of G. niger 61 mm. in length. x 24.

Fig. 6. Scale from a specimen of G. friesit 81 mm. in length. x 24.

. Scale from a specimen of G. jeffreysit 60 mm. in length. x 24.

PLATE X.

Fig. 8. Otolith from a specimen of G. minutus 12 mm. in length,

captured in July. x 37.

Fig. 9. Ditto ditto 83 mm. in length, captured in February. x 37.

Fig. 10*, Ditto ditto 45 mm. in length, captured in February. x 37.

#ig. 11. Ditto ditto 51 mm. in length, captured in August. x 37.

‘tg. 12. Ditto ditto 58 mm. in length, captured in August. x 37.

Fg. 13. Ditto ditto 64 mm. in length, captured in September. x 37.

fig. 14. Ditto ditto 81 mm. in length, captured in January. x 37.

XXXIII.—A Collection of Mamma’s from Enstern Buenos

Ayres, with Descriptions of related new Mammals from other

Localities. By OULDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

By the kind help of Mr. Ernest Gibson, Mr. C. H. B. Grant,

already well known for his mammal collecting in 8. Africa

for the Rudd Exploration, has recently been enabled to spend

a few months making a collection of mammals and birds for

the British Museum at the former’s ranche ‘ Los Yngleses,”’

in the eastern part of the Province of Buenos Ayres.

This region has not hitherto been represented in the

Museum by any modern specimens except a few collect.d by

myself in 1896 at La Plata, about 120 miles N.N.E. of the

* N.B.—The otoliths from this onwards were subjected to treatment

with acid (HCl).

240 Mr, O. Thomas on Mammals from

present locality, which is in the district of Ajé, inland of

Cape San Antonio, halfway between La Plata and Mar del

Plata.

Eighteen species are represented, and though it might have

been supposed that the region was well known, so many points

of interest have cropped up that I have thought it best to

give a complete list of the collection, besifés describing such

new forms from other localities as have become apparent

during the process.

1. Nycteris * cinerea villosissima, Ki. Geoff.

3. 2082, 2083; ¢. 2064, 2088.

Dr. Allen has again fT revived the question of the identifi-

cation of the ‘“ Chauve-souris septiéme”’ of Azara, which in

1901 I assigned to the Paraguayan representative of the

cinerea group, and lie later in the same year to the borealis

group. On my reaffirming my opinion he has produced a

new theory—that Azara’s bat was not a Wycteris (Lasiurus),

but a Dasypterus, probably my LD. ega argentinus.

While admitting that this theory has a little more plausi-

bility than the dorca/is view, 1 am not disposed to abandon

my original opinion, for several reasons.

Firstly, if the two theories were of exactly equal proba-

bility (and even this I do not think is the case) the cinerea

identification should be adhered to as having been the first

made by an author who had duly considered the whole subject.

Secondly, the reputed absence of e/nerea from Paraguay

cannot be really correct, since it occurs both to the north and

south of that country, as I knew when making the identifi-

eation. Dr. Allen would seem to have been ignorant of this

fact.

Thirdly, Dr. Allen seems to have been influenced by

Rengger’s account of his “ villosissimus”’ ; but that is entirely

immaterial to the discussion, as Geoffroy’s name is based

solely on Azara’s description.

The border of the interfemoral of these southern specimens

of cinerea is not hairy, and Azara’s description of the colour

appears to me more applicable to the present bat than to the

Dasypterus.

“‘ Found hanging in Tala tree in monte.”—C. H. B. G.

* Lasiurus auctorum. See Miller, P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxii. p. 90

(1909).

+ Mamm. S. Patagonia, p. 188 (1905),

Eastern Buenos Ayres, ke. 241

2. Myotis nigricans, Geoff.

&. 2051, 2096, 2103.

2 oS bY inispint

“Caught in house at night.”’—O. H. B. G.

3. Felis geoffroyi, D’Orb.

d. 2086, 2087, 2095 Gjuv.); 2. 2075.

4, Canis azare, Wied.

dS. 2069, 2072; 2. 2070, 2073.—All young.

5. Conepatus gibsoni, sp. n.

3. 2056; 9. 2057, 2058.

Two young in spirit.

Size about as in C. chinga and feuillei, therefore distinctly

larger than in C. suffocans and proteus. Fur coarse, as in

the other Argentine species, very different from the soft fur

of C. humboldti. White lines distinct, well defined, about

half an inch broad anteriorly, and posteriorly broadening to

about an inch on the back; separate from each other on the

crown; continued backwards over the hips and passing boldly

on to the sides of the tail, on the lower side of which they

sometimes coalesce. In C. chinga they are united on the

crown and almost or quite die away in passing over the rump,

though they reappear on the sides of the base of the tail.

In C. feuilled also they are joined on the crown, but quite

dwindle away before reaching the tail. Tail black above for

its basal three inches, then with a large heavy tuft of hairs,

which are mostly wholly white, but among which, especially

at the tip, there are some that are white basally and black

terminally. Such two-coloured hairs are not present in the

most nearly allied species, but are characteristic of C. hum-

boldti and C. suffocans.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 331 mm.; tail 188; hind foot 54; ear 24.

Skull: condylo-basal length 67 (that of a male 73:5) ;

zygomatic breadth 44; palatal length 28; front of canine to

back of m1 20°6.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 9. 12. 1. 18. Original

number 2058. Collected 6th October, 1908.

This skunk is readily distinguishable from C. proteus and

suffocans by its larger size, from C. chinga and feuillet by its

stripes not coalescing on the forehead and by their even

242 Mr. O. Thomas on ALammals from

continuance over the rump and on to the sides of the tail,

from C. humboldti by its coarser fur, and from all except

C. humboldti and suffucans by the two-coloured hairs in its

heavily tufted tail.

I have named this fine animal in honour of Mr. Ernest

Gibson, to whose help and hospitality the making of this

interesting collection is due.

“ Caught in hollow tree in monte.”—C. /7, B. G.

6. Holochilus darwint, Thos.

o. 2109 (imm:) ses 2108, 2110. (yz2.).

In spirit from Mr. Gibson’s collection—two males, 62 a

and 6, immature and very old respectively.

Tne old male skull taken from 626 shows a remarkable

superiority in size over the adult female, 2108, but the differ-

ence seems to be characteristic of some at least of tle species

of this genus. Darwin’s type from Bahia Blanca is a female.

All the specimens agree in having fulvous bellies, and

differ therein from the Panama and La Plata H. vulpinus.

7. Oryzomys flavescens, Waterh.

oY 20555) 2052:

‘Trapped in hollow tree in monte.’—C, ZH, B. G@.

8. Eligmodontia laucha, Desm.

9. 2102.

“Caught in esparto grass.’—C. H. B. G.

9. Akodon arenicola, Waterh.

9, 2111, 2112.

“ Burnt out of reed-bed.”—C. H. B. G.

10. Ctenemys talarum antonit, subsp. n.

do. 2060, 2080, 2081; ¢. 2062, 2067, 2068, 2071, 2079,

2107, 2113.

Adult and two young in spirit.

Longer tailed, paler, and with more white on the under

surface than in true talarum.

Size as in talarum. Colour of head and back generally

paler, most specimens near ‘‘ isabella,” the dorsal area little

blackened. In talarum the dorsal hairs are heavily blackened

terminally and the frontal region is prominently deep black,

this colour being only present in one out of the ten Ajé

Eastern Buenos Ayres, &c. 213

specimens. Under surface pale ‘ wood-brown,” not so

creamy as in talarum ; marked white patches present in the

‘axilla, on the inner sides of the hips, and on the centre of the

inguinal region ; in ta/arum a minute axillary patch is alone

present. ‘l'ail markedly longer than in ¢talarum, brown above,

paler below.

Skull very much as in talarum, but distinct parietal

masseteric ridges are perceptible, which is not the case in

talarum.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 174 mm.; tail 70; hind foot 28.

Skull: condylo-basal length 41°5; zygomatic breadth 25°5 ;

nasals 14x 6°8; interorbital breadth 9°2; mastoid breadth

on lips of meatus 25 ; upper molar series (alveoli) 9°5.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 12. 1. 29. Original

number 2081. Collected 14th December, 1908.

This ‘Tuco-tuco differs so much on the average from the

form which | found at La Plata that it should apparently be

distinguished subspecifically, The colour characters are not

absolutely constant, one specimen in ten having a black

frontal region and darkened back, while one example of

talarum has the brownish under surface of antoniz. In tail-

length the Ajé form measures from 61 to 70 mm., while in

the La Plata animal the tail is 52-57 in length.

From C. azare, the Tuco-tuco of the Central Pampas of

Buenos Ayres Province*, C. talarum, in either subspecies,

is readily distinguishable by its much narrower bulle.

“‘ Ploughed out in sandy potrero.” “Caught running

about in garden.”— C. H. B. G.

The following Ctenomys also seems to need description :—

Ctenomys fodax, sp. n.

Allied to Ct. osgoodi, Allen +, but rather larger and with

various cranial] differences.

Size among the largest of the genus. Fur rather softer

and looser than in osgood?. Colour above varying from pale

cinnamon to isabella, but averaging more cinnamon tian in

the allied species. Tail and hind feet both longer than in

that animal, but owing to the want of good flesh-measure-

ments the difference cannot be very exactly stated.

* Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 243 (1903).

1 Ct. robustus, Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. xix. p. 185 (1901);

Mamm. Southern Patagonia, p. 58,1905 (nee Phil.). Ct. osgoodi, id.

Mamm. 8. Pat. p. 191 (footnote).

244 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from

Skull rather larger and more bowed than in Ct. osgoodi.

Nasals broad in front, ranging in eleven specimens from 9 to

10 mm. in greatest breadth, as compared with 7°8 in the

broadest of five specimens of osgoodd ; incorrelation with this

the whole muzzle is broader; posteriorly the nasals extend

almost or quite as far backwards as the fronto-premaxillary

processes, while in osgood: the latter processes always

noticeably surpass the nasals. Height of crown above

alveolar margin about 17 mm. as compared with 15:5 in

osgoodt. Top of brain-case with the projecting piece of the

bullee which appears on the upper surface on each side of the

interparietal quite small (1-3 mm. in diameter) and distant

from the transverse occipital crest by at least its own diameter,

while in osgoodé this is larger (4—5 mm.) and is carried close

up against the front side of the crest. Interparietal longer

than broad, the converse being the case in osgoodi— commonly

divided by a median suture.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (apparently stretched) 260 mm.; tail 98 ;

hind foot (s. u.) 40°5.

Skull: condylo-basal length 57°5; greatest breadth 33:7 ;

nasals 24x 9°5; interorbital breadth 10:5; least breadth

across brain-case 15:2; posterior breadth on ridge behind

meatus 80°3; upper molar series (alveoli) 12°5.

Hab. Valle del Lago Blanco, Cordillera region of Southern

Chubut, Patagonia (about 46° 8., 71° W.).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 7. 9. 66. Collected 15th

August, 1899, by J. Koslowsky. Thirteen specimens ex-

amined,

The species to which this Tuco-tuco is most nearly allied,

Ct. osgood2, was obtained during the “ Princeton University

Expedition to Patagonia” on the Upper Rio Chico, rather

more than two degrees south of the above locality. ‘Two

topotypical specimens of it were presented to the British

Museum by the authorities of the United States National

Museum, and I have now been permitted the loan of three

further specimens for the purposes of the present description.

I have therefore had five examples of Ct. osgoodi for com-

parison with thirteen specimens of Ct. fodazx, and find the

above distinctive cranial characters to be entirely constant.

The relations of Ct. osgoodi with the Ct. magellanicus of

still further south are still not very clear, as no satisfactory

series of the latter has yet been collected. But I suspect that

the two are exceedingly closely allied.

Eastern Buenos Ayres, Sc. 245

11. Myocastor coypus, Mol.

3. 2054, 2077, 2078 (juv.); 9. 2076.

12. Lagostomus maximus, Blainv.

d. 2084; 9. 2104, 2105.

These are typical Argentine Viscachas, and agree with

other specimens from localities south of 30° S. latitude.

But four examples from Tucuman differ from them in the

quality of their fur and in the structure of their palates, and

may be subspecifically separated as follows :—

Lagostomus maximus immoliis, subsp. n.

Size a little larger than in true maximus. Fur compara-

tively harsh and coarse, with much less underfur, especially

on the rump, where it is scarcely richer than on the rest of

the body. In mazimus the rump is clothed with a thick coat

of woolly underfur nearly 30 mm.in length. The specimens,

having been killed in September, would be in full winter

fur, while some of the woolliest specimens of maximus are in

summer fur (December). General colour a rather browner

grey than in maximus, but no stress can be laid on this.

Skull like that of maximus, except that the palatal foramina

are distinctly broader (more than 3°6 mm. in breadth in all

specimens of immollis, less than 3°4 mm. in all of maaimus)

and distinct incisive foramina are always present, 1°6 mm. in

breadth or more, these being commonly absent or quite minute

in maximus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 470 mm.; tail 180; hind foot 130; ear 55.

Skull: condylo-basal length 114°5; greatest breadth 73;

nasals 54°5 x 21; breadth between outer corners of anteorbital

foramina 54; least interorbital breadth 32 ; front of parietals

to back of occipital crest 31:5; breadth of incisive foramen 1:7 ;

palatal foramina 12°6x4°7; length of upper molar series

(crowns) 26°5.

Hab. Tapia, Tucuman. Alt. 700 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 6.6.11. Original num-

ber 1875. Collected 17th September, 1902, by L. Dinelli.

Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Four specimens.

Furthermore the Museum contains the skull of a Lago-

stomus which was obtained in Peru by Mr. Kalinowski, by

whom it was found buried in sand.

No Viscachas of this genus are known to live in Peru, and

246 On Mammals from Eastern Buenos Ayres, ée.

the animal is probably now extinct, but the skull is in no way

fossilized, and indicates that these animals lived in Peru at a

very recent date.

The species may be called

Lagostomus crassus, sp. n.

Size larger and form stouter than in Z. mazimus. Skull

stout and heavy, larger in all dimensions than the largest

male skull of that species, the anterior frontal region particu-

larly broad, convex upwards; breadth across anteorbiral

foramina much exceeding that in Z. maximus. Incisive fora-

mina minute; palatal foramina large.

Dimensions of the typical skull :—

Condylo-basal length 122°5 ; greatest breadth 82°6 ; nasals

54°5x%25; breadth between outer corners of anteorbital

foramina 63; least interorbital breadth 36°7 ; front of parietals

to back of’ occipital crest 39°5; palatal foramina 14 x 4:3 ;

length of upper molar series (crowns) 28.

Hub. Santa Ana, District of Cuzco, Peru.

Type. Adult skull without skin. Sex unknown. B.M.

no. 97. 10. 3. 16. Collected by J. Kalinowski.

The material difference in size between this skull and that

of the Argentine Viscacha is evident on comparing its

measures with those of the type of L. m. immollis, the largest

male Z. maximus skull in the Museum collection.

13. Cavia rufescens pamparum, Thos.

g. 2090, 2097, 2098, 2099; 9. 2100, 2101.

Additional material only serves to increase the difficulty and

complexity of the problem as to the species and subspecies

which should be admitted in the restricted genus Cavia. The

present set average rather larger than most C. “rufescens,”

and approach examples of C. aperea.

[ Lepus europeus, Pall.

@. 2094.

“‘ Shot in sandhills along coast.”

The European hare is evidently now acclimatized in this

region, as Mr. Grant makes no note as to its recent intro-

duction. |

14. Blasiocerus bezoarticus, Linn.

&. 2091, 2106; 9. 2066, 2092.

As pointed out by Mr. Lydekker, the name bezoarticus of

On the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. Q47

Linneus, dating from the tenth edition of the ‘Systema,’

should clearly replace the more familiar name campestris for

the Pampas Deer.

15. Pontoporia blainvillei, Gray.

Skull picked up on sea-coast.

16. Dasypus villosus, Desm.

3. 2074.

17. Didelphis paraguayensis, Oken,

3. 2060, 2065; 2. 2055, 2059, 2061.

18. Lutreolina (g. n.) erassicaudata, Desm.

Didelphis or Metachirus crassicaudata auct.

3. 2093.

1 take this opportunity to give a special generic name to

the Thick-tailed Opossum, whose many peculiarities, external

and cranial, amply entitle it to that distinction. Its charac-

teristics are fully described in the ‘ Catalogue of Marsupials.’

XXXIV.—Remarks on Prof. L. von Méhely’s recent Oontri-

bution to the Knowledge of the Lizards allied to Lacerta

muralis*. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Tue first part of Prof. von Méhely’s work on the Wall-

Lizards, which, as the author announced a few years ago f, is

intended to lead to the much desired solution ofthe perplexing

problem of the distinction, definition, and phylogeny of the

species of this interesting group, has at last appeared ; and I

cannot refrain from offering a few critical remarks on a piece

of work which, valuable as it proves to be for the mass of

information it contains, although somewhat disappointing

with regard to the study of the variations of the skull f, has,

* Ann. Mus. Hung. (Budapest) vii. 1909, p. 407 (received Jan. 1910).

t Op. cit. v. 1907, p. 84 and p. 469.

¢ In a previous contribution in reply to my criticisms (1907, p- 471)

Prof. v. Méhely observed, as regards the specific characters of the skulls:

“ Fyeilich ist es nothig von mancher Art ein Dutzend und mehr Schiidel

zu prapariren um das wahrhaftig Charakteristische herauszufinden, da die

Schadelknochen in demselben Maasse variiren, wie jedes andere Organ,”

I was therefore under the impression that his knowledge of the specific

248 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

in my opinion, and as I expected from the author’s preliminary

publications, failed in its object.

I will merely allude again to our differences of opinion as

to the probable derivation of the various forms dealt with.

I have already expressed my views on this matter *, and I

see no reason to alter them. I adhere to the general lines

first laid down by Himer, whilst Prof. von Méhely would

reverse the series, considering the reticulate platycephalous

types as the more primitive, from which the striated pyrami-

docephalous are derived. He now even postulates a deri-

vation of the Wall-Lizards from pristidactyle types with

transparent lower eyelids, whilst I would regard the latter as

representing specialization from liodactyle types with opaque

eyelids. Mountain forms of these lizards he regards as relies

of a former epoch, whilst I would look upon them, in most

cases at least, as modifications of the forms of the plain, in

the same way as Salamandra atra is surely derived from

S. maculosa or some form closely related to it, and not the

reverse. I am strongly of opinion that L. bedriagew and

L. sardoa are more nearly related to the forms now living

in Italy, Elba, Corsica, and Sardinia than to any others, and

bear no close genetic relationship to L. owvycephala or other

platycephalous forms of S.E. Europe, whilst L. monticola

(a variety of LZ. muralis which Prof. v. Méhely regards as

a species) is derived from the ZL. muralis of Spain and

Portugal, its similarity to L. horvatht and L. sawicola being

an example of convergence.

Reserving for a future occasion a full discussion of these

questions, I will only observe at present that the phyletic

considerations which have guided the author in regarding the

“ Schwesterformen”” L. danfordi and ZL. anatolica as valid

species have not been logically applied to L. bedriage (reticu-

lata of Méhely) and L. sardoa, which, from his own remarks,

seem to stand in exactly the same relation to each other,

The author, it may be noted, no longer regards L. sardoa as

simply identical with L. bedriage.

characters of the skulls rested upon the study of a large material, and

now I am greatly surprised to find that for 21 forms dealt with in this

contribution he has only examined 47 skulls altogether, and of one only

as many as 9; in 9 cases he has prepared only | skull, and in 3 he has

not seen the skull at all. Only of 4 forms has he seen more than 3 skulls.

This is not quite in accordance with what his previous statement led us

to expect, aud if itis true that, as he himself says, the cranial bones vary

as much as any other organ, more skulls should have been studied.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xx. 1907, p. 39, and P. Z. 5S, 1908,

p. 1063.

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. 249

These are after all only matters of opinion, based on

theoretical conceptions, but I must enter a protest against the

manner in which the author has changed his definitions of

the primary groups into which he divides the Wall-Lizards,

without even alluding to the position previously taken up by

him and which I showed to be untenable. ‘Thus, in his first

paper, to which I replied, he. laid great stress on the shape of

the skull, whether platyeephalous or pyramidocephalous, for

the grouping of species, and although admitting that a number

of forms did not fit absolutely in his definition of the two

groups, a definition which is too long for me to reproduce here,

he placed in the former, as “rein platycephale Arten,”

L. saxicola, L. caucasica, L. derjugini, L. horvathi, L. mosor-

ensis, Li. owycephala, and L. hispanica; and in the latter, as

“rein pyramidocephal,” L. tiligquerta, L. fiumana, L. tonica,

LL, peloponnesiaca, 1. lilfordi, L. taurica, and L. jacksonit.

As forms not agreeing completely with the definition of

either, as taking a “ Mittelstellung,”’ Z. anatolica, L. dan-

ford?, L. greca, L. reticulata (bedriage), L. levis, L. muralis,

L. praticola, L.vivipara, and L, boettgert. I then expressed the

opinion that such an arrangement was most arbitrary, pointing

out that the figures of two extreme types of skulls, which were

selected to accompany Prof. v. Méhely’s paper, conveyed a false

impression of the real state of things in this genus, and

observing that I could easily lay out a series that would to

such an extent bridge over the differences as to show of how

little practical value they are for the definition of species. I

think all who will compare the two figures given by Prof. v.

Méhely in his first contribution with the series depicted in

the paper with which Iam now dealing will admit that my

objections are fully borne out. I wish particularly to request

a comparison of figs. 1 aud 3 on pl. ill. of the first paper,

representing a “rein platycephal” type, with figs. 5 and 6

on pl. xiv. and of the figure on pl. xvil. (representing three

skulls of the same species) of the latest paper, in view of the

criticism I offered as to the division into platycephalous and

pyramidocephalous forms. But now all is changed. The

definition of the Archeolacerte, which barbarous name

replaces to some extent that of the platycephalous group,

contains nothing more than a vague and inaccurate allusion

to the shape of the skull; the large size of the nasal apertures,

and other cranial characters, with the exception of the supra-

ocular fontanelle, which were formerly regarded as diagnostic

of the groups, are now used merely to define so-called species.

It will also be noticed that one of the species (L. hispanica)

formerly included among the “rein platycephal” no longer

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v, 18

250 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

appears among them, and is intended, I infer, to be dealt

with under the Neolacerte, which corresponds on the whole

to the pyramidocephalous forms of Méhely’s first paper. But

not a woid occurs to explain this extraordinary contradiction.

I will now give a translation of the new definition of the

group Archeolacertse, appending a number to each character

in order to facilitate criticism :—

“ Oxy-platycephalous forms (1), in which the outer border

of the parietal shield is more or less emarginate by a wedge-

shaped first supratemporal (2). Between the supraoculars

and the supraciliary mostly a complete row of granules (3).

The suture between the first and second supraciliaries vertical

to the supraciliary arch (4). Caudal scales forming alter-

nately long and short verticils (5). A distinct sensory pit on

the hind border of each upper caudal scale (6). Lamina

supiaciliaris (supraocular osteo-dermal plates) usually with a

membranous fontanelle (7). Livery mostly reticulate (8).”

What are these characters worth 2? Not one of them can be

recarded as distinctive of the group Archeolacerte as opposed

to the Neolacerte, as I will show.

Fig. 1.

Heads of Lacerta muralis, var. campestris (A), from Sansego Island,

and ZL. murals, f. typica (B), from Voéslau, near Vienna.

(1) By “oxy-platycephalous” is evidently meant a pointed

snout and a very flat head. Now ZL. horvathi (Archeo-

lacerta) has a broader blunter snout than an average typical

L. muralis (Neolacerta) and the heads of L. danfordi and

derjugint (Archxolacerte) are less flattened than those of

Hine Neolacertee (Z. muralis typ., L. téliguerta, L. hispanica,

C;)is

(2) I append a figure of a head of a L. muralis, var. cam-

pestris, from Sansego Island, Istria, to show that some Neo-

lacerte may agree with the definition of the Archeolacerte,

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. DANA

whilst I would refer the reader to fig. 1, pl. xvi. of Prof. v.

Méhely’s paper to show that exceptions to this character occur

among the Archaolacertee. Besides, I have already pointed

out elsewhere very frequent exceptions in both groups. In my

paper in the ‘'l'ransactions of the Zoological Society’ (xvii.

1905) I have carefully recorded them on account of Prof. v.

Méhely’s statement (Ann. Mus. Hung. ii. 1904, p. 868, foot-

note) ‘Ich habe z. B. viele Hunderte von sehr verschiedenen

Fundorten herstammende Exemplare der Lacerta muralis,

L. vivipara und L, taurtca untersucht und niemals ein Kx-

emplar angetroffen, bei dem das erste Postoculare [upper

postocular] nicht an das Parietale angestossen hiitte.” Is it

not very remarkable that when I examine scores instead of

hundreds of the typical form I come across such exceptional

specimens? Recently on looking over 135 typical L. mu-

ralis trom Spain, I found 23 such exceptions, or nearly 18 per

cent. A specimen here figured (fig. 1 B) is from near Vienna.

In a recent reply to my criticisms (Ann. Mus. Hung. v.

1907, p. 488) Prof. v. Méhely maintains his statement, and

thinks he ean explain the exceptions | have pointed out by

suggesting that I have been deceived in my examination by

an occasional division of the last supraocular. How can

anyone believe that in such a case I would have reckoned a

specimen as not fulling into Prof. v. Méhely’s definition? I

will let the above figures, traced from photographs, speak for

themselves. Besides, it is an incontrovertible fact that

L. bedriage (Archeolacerta) and ZL. tilguerta (Neolacerta)

are absolutely identical as concerns the character in question.

(3) Here again I need only refer the reader to Prof. v.

Méhely’s own deseription and figures (pl. xxi.), and to my

memoir of 1905, where I have mentioned innumerable excep-

tions to the character which I take to be implicitly held by

the author as diagnostic of the Neolacertee in opposition to

the Archzeolacerta.

(4) I have before me examples of Paleolacerta (L. de -

fordi, bedriage, aud mosorensis, for example) in which the

suture in question is oblique, whilst, on the other hand, I

find many L. muralis, typ., which answer to the definition of

the Archzxolacertee. Llow much the direction of this suture

varies may be seen from the author’s figures on pl. xxi.

(5) ‘The annexed figures of the scaling of the tail (in

anterior third), traced trom photographs, of an Archeolacerta

(ZL. greca) and a Neolacerta (L. muralis, typ.) suttce to put

aside a character to which undue importance is attached,

although L could bring forward many other instances. I[

notice that in his descriptions of the species of Palolacerte

155

252 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

Prof. v. Méhely sometimes refers to the character as being

“wenig auffallend.”” But, then, why does he use it in the

diagnosis of the group, without a word as to there being

exceptions ?

(6) The sensory pits vary much in distinctness on the

head and tail according to individuals in the typical Z. mu-

ralis, On the other hand I cannot find a trace of these pits

on the tail of some individuals of L. bedriage and L. sardoa

(Archeolacerte), where, according to the author, they are

only ‘“¢mehr oder weniger auffallend,” an expression which

surely applies also to some of his Neolacertz.

(7) See Prof. v. Méhely’s own descriptions and figures as

regards the Archeolacertee. 1 have already mentioned finding

the fontanelle in adult L. muralis, var. tiliguerta, Uilfordi, and

jiumana (Neolacerte).

Scaling of upper surface of tail (in anterior third) of Lacerta danfordi, vay.

greca (A), from Lada, Taygetos Mts., and Z. murals, f. typica (B),

from Bosnia.

(8) L. muralis, var. nigriventris, always pertains, even

when very young, to the reticulate type, which is also met

with in the var. brueggemanni, bocage!, &e., all Neolacerte,

whilst LZ. horvathi (Archeolacerta) agrees very closely in

markings with the striped individuals of LZ. muralis, typ., as

Prof. v. Méhely knows perfectly well. Ihave just had photo-

graphs taken of a L. m., var. tiliguerta, and a L. m, var.

bcdriage, which are absolutely identical in markings.

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. 253

I can guite understand a systematist using characters which

suffer occasional exceptions, provided they are conscientiously

mentioned; but when the exceptions are so frequent and

striking as they prove to be in the case of the two groups

opposed to each other, the course followed by Prof. v. Méhely

seems to me unjustifiable.

More astonishing still, if it may be, is the choice of cha-

racters by which the key to the species is constructed. ‘This

key I have translated literally, only following a different

typographic arrangement in order to render it more easily

readable :—

I. Two superposed postnasal (“ nasofrena] ”’) shields.

A. A series of small shields on the posterior border of the anal.

Rostral separated from the nostril by a small

subnasal ; ventral plates in 8 longitudinal

BETIGS' sc he's Se Sata bre mradabee ener eee acer L, anatolica, Werner.

Rostral entering the nostril; ventral plates in 6

longitudinal. series: | «.. s\xs/arajwtcdee yew neces LL. danfordi, Gthr.

B. No small shields on the posterior border of the anal.

1. Occipital shield considerably larger than the interparietal.

L, levis, Gray.

2. Occipital smaller than the interparietal.

a. Iostral not in contact with the frontonasal (‘internasal ”) ;

first supravcular usually in contact with the frontal,

No masseteric shield; each of the scales of the

two middle rows of subcandals somewhat

broader than the neighbouring ones...... L. greca, Bedr,

Usually a distinct masseteric shield ; each of the

scales of the two middle rows of subcaudals

nearly twice as broad as the neighbouring

GHEE ca gmarnana Ste ais,c Aas pais aha, ske asthe wtb L, oxycephala, D. & B.

8. Rostral always in contact with the frontonasal; first supra-

ocular not in contact with the frontal.

L. mosorensis, Kolomb.

II. A single postnasal.

A. Rostral always forming a rather long suture with the fronto-

nasal,

Collar with straight edge; upper caudal scales

truncate behind; femoral pores forming a

COMMPICTONBETIBS. cw egy satis clsiesh ce sews L. horvathi, Méhely.

Collar distinctly dentate; upper caudal scales

pointed behind; femoral pores forming a

short series, vanishing outwards ........ L, derjugini, Nik.

B. Rostral not touching the frontonasal or forming at most a short

suture with it.

1, Usually no masseteric shield; outer border of parietal shield

usually but slightly notched by the first supratemporal ;

upper caudal scales keelless ...... L. reticulata, Bedr,

254 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

2, Usually a distinct masseteric shield ; outer border of parietal

shield usually strongly notched by the first supratemporal ;

upper caudal scales distinctly keeled longitudinally.

a. Collar distinctly dentate ; upper candal scales pointed behind.

Dorsal scalesiamooth «3, -:erce serpents L. caucasica, Méhely.

Dorsal scales distinctly keeled .............. L. boettyert, Méhely.

6. Collar with straight edge; upper caudal scales truncate

behind <./:+ supecere nae dee e- L. saxicola, Eversm.

In division I (two superposed postnasals) we find LZ. mosor-

ensis, in which there is frequently a single postnasal. Out of

12 specimens in the British Museum, received from Prof.

Kolombatovie, the describer of the species, 5 have a single

postnasal.

In division II (a single postnasal) [ find, as I have already

mentioned, and as Prof. v. Méhely knows, two postnasals in

about 20 per cent. of the L. reticulata (bedriage) examined.

I A is opposed to | B on a character of small importance

which I find as well developed in most specimens of L. greca

as in L, danford’, whilst indications of it are to be seen

occasionally in other lizards of the L. muralis group. I here

figure (traced from photographs) the anal region in one of

the types of L. danfordi, in a L. greca from ‘Taygetos

(received from Mr. Lorenz Miiller), and in a LZ. muralis, var.

serpa, from the Faraglioni.

Fig. 3.

Preanal region of Lacerta danfordi, type (A), L. danfordi, vay. yreca

(Bb), from Kambos, and L. muralts, var. serpa (C), from the Faraglioni

near Capri.

L. anatolica is separated from L. danfordi as having the

rostral separated from the nostril by a small shield and 8

rows of ventrals. ‘he first character has no importance

whatever, as shown by Latastta coppadocica (although

formerly appealed to by v. ) éhely as one of the generic

characters of Apathya) and other species, in which it is ad-

mitted by the author himself to be inconstant, whilst the

second is disposed of by the fact that two of the types of

L. darfordi in the British Museum have 8 rows of ventrals,

not 6.

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. 955

I B 1, with Z. levis, is opposed to I B 2 on account of a

supposed difference in the relative size of the occipital and

interparietal shields. The author admits that he has not had

sufficient material to properly deal with L. devis, but I may

assure him that the occipital may, in that species, be smaller

than the interparietal, supporting my statement by a figure of

the shields in a female from Jerusalem; it is, however,

amazing to find that it is not so in L. greca, as the larger size

of the occipital was one of the characters appealed to by

Bedriaga to justify the separation of that species from Z. dan-

fordi. The size of the occipital varies much in these as well

as in most species of Lacerta, but it so happens that L. greca

has frequently the occipital considerably larger than the inter-

parietal, as the author himself admits further on in the

description of that species (‘‘ Occipitale breiter und meist auch

Janger als das Interparietale’’), and as shown by a figure of its

condition in one of the type specimens.

Fig. 4.

Interparietal (¢p) and occipital (0) shields of Z. levis (A) from Jerusalem,

and of one of the types of L. greca (B).

II A cannot be separated from II B, since the suture

between the rostral and the frontonasal may be quite as

long in L. sardoa, which Méhely unites with LZ. reticulata

(bedriage), asin L. horvathi. Further on the upper caudal

scales of L. reticulata are given as keelless, whereas the

author knows perfectly well that they are often feebly keeled,

and he seems to forget all about Z. sardoa, in which they are

usually very distinctly keeled (see Peracca, Boll. Mus. Tor.

xx. 1905, no. 319, figure of male).

I might go on with such criticism, but enough has been

said to show that the key is utterly unreliable. Of course it

is only by taking such liberties with facts that the distinction

of many untenable species receives an appearance of founda-

tion in the eyes of those who are not in a position to form an

independent judgment. I have always fancied keys were

256 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

intended to facilitate the identification of specimens, not

merely to support an author’s conception of species.

Were it not that I do not wish to lengthen this review with

matters of nomenclature, I would have some complaints to

make about the use of the nomen nudum of L. boetigeri to

Fig. 5.

End of snout of Z. sardoa (A) and L. horvatht (B).

r, rostral ; fn, frontonasal.

replace my properly described and figured L. chlorogaster, and

about the incorrect manner in which some of my previous

contributions have been referred to in the synonymy preceding

the descriptions of the species and varieties. But I will

reserve these points for a more detailed publication on these

lizards, on which I am now engaged.

XXXV.—Deseriptions and Records of Bees.—XXVI.

By T. D. A. CockrrELL, University of Colorado.

Melissodes atrifera, sp. n.

6 .— Length about 123 mm.; antenne about 10.

Black, the clypeus and labrum with tegument wholly black ;

mandibles with no yellow spot; flagellum clear ferruginons

beneath ; third antennal joint about twiee as long as second ;

pubescence pale ochreous, nearly white on face and lower

part of cheeks, black on posterior half of mesothorax and

scutellum except margin; hair on inner side of middle and

hind basitarsi orange; tegule dark reddish, with black hair.

Wings dusky, stigma and nervures fusco-ferruginous. Meso-

thorax shining, strongly punctured; hind margins of second

and following abdominal segments broadly whitish hyaline,

of first narrowly so; upper surface of abdomen with much

coarse, suberect, dark fuscous hair, but with also imperfect

Records of Bees. 25%

and inconspicuous bands of pale appressed hair ; apical plate

broad.

In the table in ‘Entomologist, July 1902, p. 177, this

runs to MM. personatella, from which it is readily separated by

its larger size, well-punctured mesothorax, &c. It also must

be compared with J. semitristis, Ckll., which it much resembles,

but from which it is easily distinguished by the black hair

on disk of abdomen above. The eyes are green; the facial

quadrangle is about as broad as long; the lateral subapical

spines of abdomen are sinall.

Hab. Mexico (Deppe); Berlin Museum, no. 1335. Un-

fortunately the exact locality is unknown to me.

Specimens of Thygater montezuma (Cresson) and Melissodes

grindelie, Ckll., are also labelled ‘* Mexico (Deppe),” but

they could hardly have been collected at the same place.

Melissodes atrifera sandiarum, subsp. n.

$ .—Agreeing with the Mexican M. atrifera, CkIl., except

as follows:—A little less robust, the head conspicuously

smaller; eyes pale bluish green instead of yellowish green ;

tegule darker ; vertex very shiny (dullish in atrifera) ; abdo-

men with very conspicuous apical or subapical hair-bands on

all segments except the first, these bands yellowish white.

Known from JZ. personatella, Cklil., by the larger size,

second antennal joint shorter than third; mesothorax quite

closely punctured, with nearly the anterior half covered with

pale hair.

Among the species of New Mexico it is easily distinguished

by the combination of black tegument of clypeus and labrum,

mandibles with no yellow spot, antennz long, and thorax

with much black hair above.

Hab. Sandia Mountains, New Mexico, at flowers of Croton,

July 26, 1909 (J. &. Watson).

Melissodes colliciata, sp. n.

g —Length about 12 mm.; antenne about 9.

Black, the clypeus, large spot on mandibles, and labrum

yellow; flagellum bright ferruginous beneath; third antennal

joint much longer than second ; hair of head and thorax pale

yellowish, on thorax above bright orange-fulvous, without

any black; abdomen with hair on first segment and base of

second yellowish, but the median bands on second and

following segments (that on second failing in middle) glit-

tering white; inconspicuous black or dark fuscous hair on the

258 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—- Descriptions and

otherwise bare apical part of the segments, the black zone

very narrow on the first segment, broad on the three following ;

hind margins of segments not hyaline, except the first very

narrowly ; eyes dark olive; facial quadrangle approximately

square, but broader above than below ; mesothorax shining

and strongly punctured ; tegule fernuginous, with ferruginous

hair. Wings dusky, stigma and nervures ferruginous. Hair

on inner side of tarsi orange.

In the tables in Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. 1906, this runs to

group F (p. $0), and having the fifth abdominal segment

with white hair from side to side, falls in the vicinity of

lanieri and aurigenta, except for the larger size. It is easily

separated from laniert by the pale median hai -band on

second abdoninal segment and lack of metallic colours on

abdomen. From aurigenia it is casily known by the larger

size and dusky wings. It is very close to A/. hortivagans,

Ckll., differing in the colour of the abdominal bands and of

the hair on the apical part of the abdomen. Compared with

M. wanthopterahs, Ckll., the mesothorax is much more

evidently punctured, and there are many differences in the

pubescence. J. masuca, Ckll., is also closely allied; the

band on middle of second abdominal segment is quite straight

in masuca, which is not the case in cclliciata,

Hab. Mexico (Deppe); 3 3 in Berlin Museum.

‘The name colliciata was proposed by someone unknown to

me, and appears on the label of one of the specimens. Upon

comparison with female J. tepaneca, Cresson, this might well

be supposed to be its male; the male of tepaneca is known,

however, and is easily separable.

Melissodes civica, sp. n.

? .—Length 11 mm.

Robust, black ; light hair very pale yellowish; black hair

on clypeus, labrum, base of mandibles, extreme sides of face,

top of head, mesothorax except anterior fourth, scutellum,

ventral surface of thorax and bases of legs, underside of

abdomen, and whole of fifth and sixth segments dorsally ;

the hair of the first two pairs of legs is mainly dark, though

not actually black, but all the basitarsi have the hair on inner

side ferruginous ; the hair at apex of hind femora is dark, but

the loose strongly plumose scopa of hind tibiz and tarsi is

light ferruginous ; abdomen with three light (dull yellowish-

grey) hair-bands, that on second segment failing in the

middle; facial quadrangle much broader than long ; antenne

Records of Bees. 259

entirely dark ; tegule black, with black hair. Wings dusky,

nervures dark fuscous.

In the tables in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1906, this runs to

group L (p. 86), and falls in the vicinity of M/. communis,

Cress., from which it may be known by the yellowish abdo-

minal bands, the lack of any distinct light band at base of

second segment, and the black hair on clypeus. In the table

on p. 113 of the work cited it runs near to Md. wiekhami and

communis. It is easily separated from wickhamit by the

abdominal segments not having hyaline margins, and the

colour of hair o1 clypeus and anterior and middle legs. It

is very much like MM. similiima, Rob., but may be distin-

guished by the fourth abdominal segment having the whole

margin covered with light hair, the band on third segment

broad and not oblique, and the colour of hair on hind basi-

tarsus.

Hab. Mexico; 2 2 in Berlin Museum,

The labels bear the following rather ambiguous informa-

tion :—‘* Ciudad, Mexico, Californien, 8000’, Forror 8.” I

suppose that Mexico City or the vicinity is intended. Speci-

mens of Md. tepaneca, Cresson, bear labels with the same data.

Xenoglossodes excurrens, Ckll., 1903.

T have a female which I took at Las Cruces, New Mexie

Sept. 23, at flowers of Jsvcoma wrighti7, It is in very goc

condition, and shows that the hind part of the mesothore

and the disk of the scutellum have some short black ha

this also can be seen in the original type on close inspectic

A noticeable character is seen in the nude area on first abdo-

minal segment, which is narrow in the middle and broadly

lobate on each side, giving an outline lke two caps of liberty

joined front to front. In the type specimen this is not clear,

some of the hair having been worn away.

Melissodes pecosella verbesinarum, Oxll., is a synonym of

X, ewcurrens.

Nomia bolliana, sp. n.

? .—Black, looking at first sight exactly like N. triangu-

lifera, Vachal, and collecting orange pollen in exactly the

same way, but differing as follows :—Less robust, the thorax

especially smaller; anterior wing a little over 9 mm. (fully

10 in triangulifera) ; wings redder; nervures and stigma clear

light ferruginous ; rugose basal area of metathorax smaller,

in the form of a regular very slender crescent ; posterior face

260 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

of metathorax much smaller, little flattened, and without any

evident rim, strongly but quite sparsely punctate, and with a

very deep and large pit; abdomen more shining and more

coarsely punctured, the first segment with large moderately

close punctures of uniform size (minute dense punctures and

scattered larger ones in ¢triangulifera); hind margins of

segments ferruginous hyaline; tarsi and apical part of tibiz

ferruginous.

Hab. Dallas, Texas (Boll): Berlin Museum, no. 21286.

Hlalictus supercretus, sp. n.

? .— Length 10 mm. or slightly over.

Black, little shining, densely and very minutely punctured,

with broad even bands of very pale yellowish tomentum on

bases of abdominal segments 2 to 4; hind spur so minutely

serrate as to seem simple; face elongate, clypeus projecting,

Jong da:k fuscous hairs projecting from its lower margin;

antenne dark, flagellum faintly reddish beneath; tegule

piceous; nervures fuscous, stigma dull ferruginous. Wings

dusky ; area of metathorax hardly defined, dull, with hardly

noticeable short subbasal strize; truncation of metathorax

dull, not strongly bounde }.

In Crawford’s table in Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Dec. 1907,

“is runs to L/. bardus, from which it is distinguished by

any characters. Among Vachal’s Mexican species it comes

the group of H. crocoturus &e., but it does not agree with

of his descriptions. It is also distinct from Smith’s

xican species, the types of which I have seen. In its

_.use fine sculpture it is like £7. manitonellus, Ckll., but the

face is much longer than in that species and the first two

abdominal bands are not 1educed in the middle. The longer

and much less shining face, longer eyes, &c. readily separate

it from H. trizonatus. The cheeks and occiput are con-

spicuously clothed with white hair; there is no bright coloured

hair on the thorax.

Hab. Mexico (Deppe): Berlin Museum, no. 2583.

A species closely allied to the more northern 4. trizonatus,

coriaceus, Kc.

Andrena colletina, Ckll.

This species has hitherto been known from a single male.

Two males and a female are in the Berlin Museum, collected

in Colorado many years ago by Morrison. ‘The female closely

resembles the male, but has a broader (width about 44 mm.)

abdomen. ‘lhe intervals between the broad hair-bands on

Records of Bees. 261

the abdomen are clothed with black hair as in the male.

The hind basitarsus is broad and flat, with the hair on its

inner side reddish chocolate, wile that on the inner side of

the tibia is pale yellow like the rest of the pubescence. The

facial fovez are extremely broad but short, pale ochreous, and

very conspicuous. Process of labrum deeply emarginate ;

flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base; caudal fimbria

black.

This is, of course, much like A. hirticincta, Prov., but

the facial fovee are broader, the wings are much clearer,

and the light hair of hind tibiz and black hair on abdomen

between the bands are quite distinctive. ‘The proportions of

the antennal joints do not differ.

Andrena deppeana, sp. n.

9.—Length 10 mm.

Head and thorax black, abdomen blue-green; head ordinary,

facial quadrangle about square ; clypeus shining, with strong

sparse punctures, its margin dull, with close punctures ;

labrum shining, without a distinct process ; front dull ; ocelli

prominent; facial fovee black or fuscous, about half width

from eye to antenna, oblique, ending above close to (even

going a little behind level of) lateral ocelli, and below a little

above level of antennz, very close to eye; flagellum obscure

brownish beneath ; third antennal joint longer than the two

following united; mesothorax dull, with microscopically

tessellate surface and scattered hardly noticeable punctures,

but at sides, near to tegulz, more shining and more evidently

punetured ; disk of scutellum smooth and shining ; area of

metathorax dullish, granular, poorly defined ; hair of head

and thorax pale yellowish, black on posterior part of pleura,

dull whitish on sides of face, pale fuscous at sides of clypeus,

partly short and black on disk of scutellum and _ posterior

part of mesothorax ; legs reddish black, with greyish-fuscous

hair, middle femora with a fringe of yellowish-white hair

beneath ; tegule shining piceous. Wings strongly dusky,

with a reddish tint, region of marginal cell darker ; stigma

and nervures dark ferruginous ; first r.n. joining second

s.m. near middle; abdomen with a sericeous surface, hardly

punctured, second segment in middle depressed less than a

third; third and fourth segments with narrow but dense pale

ochreous apical hair-bands, and a little of the same at sides of

second; caudal fimbria pale ochreous. General aspect like

A. candida, Smith, but larger, with shorter and less abundant

962 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

hair on head and thorax, much darker wings, differently

coloured abdominal bands, &e. ‘The abdomen is flattish.

Hab. Mexico (Deppe). Two females: Berlin Museum,

2584, 2585.

Andrena dallasiana, sp. n.

3 .—Length slightly over 7 mm.

Black, without light markings on face; all the tarsi light

ferruginous: hind tibie light ferruginous, witha median dark

cloud; pubescence dull pale ochreous ; : abdomen shining, very

minutely and inconspicuously punctured, without any definite

hair-bands except, rather indistinctly, at sides of segments ;

head broader than long; mandibles ferruginous at apex; clypeus

densely covered wit! hair; cheeks ordinary; vertex dull; an-

tenn thick, moniliform, third joint conspicuously shorter than

fourth, flagellum obscure reddish beneath ; mesothorax dull

and granular, with sparse small punctures; area of meta-

thorax with delicate but evident rilges; tegule fulvous.

Wings reddish hyaline, nervures and stigma clear ferrugi-

nous ; stigma large ; third s.m. more than twice as broad as

second; second abdominal segment depressed a little less

than one-third,

This is extremely close to an insect from Fort Collins,

Colorado, determined by Mr. Viereck as A. texana, Cresson,

but not agreeing well with Cresson’s description (Viereck

must have had access to Cresson’s type, however). It differs

by the proportionately shorter third antennal joint, lighter

tegulze, redder wings, more delicate sculpture of metathorax,

and somewhat narrower face. In Viereck’s table in Entom.

News, July 1907, it runs to A. decke?, but differs by having

the second dorsal ‘segment depressed less. than one-third ; in

Robertson’s table of Llinois species it runs in Trachandrena

to claytonie, which it very greatly resembles, differing, how-

ever, in the much less coarsely sculptured area of metathorax.

If run in Andrena s. str. it goes to nasonti, but differs in the

antennal joints.

Hab. Dallas, ‘Texas (Boll): Berlin Museum, 21288.

Andrena tacitula, sp. n.

g .—Length 8 mm.

Black, comparatively robust, looking like a female ; pubes-

cence long, dull whitish, with a yellowish tint on head and

thorax above ; head broad, facial quadrangle much broader

than long ; eyes dark plum-colour ; process of labrum trun-

cate, slightly inclined to be emarginate; clypeus shining,

Records of Bees. 263

strongly and very closely punctured, with a very delicate

median line; antenne long and thick, third joint about as

long as fourth, flagellum very faintly reddish; vertex

rugosely punctured, with a small shining space next to each

lateral ocellus ; cheeks rounded, ordinary ; mesothorax and

scutellum shining, with very strong punctures; area of meta-

thorax well defined, strongly but not very coarsely ridged ;

tegule piceous, ferruginous in middle. Wings reddish

hyaline, nervures and stigma dark ferruginous ; second s.m.

rather large, receiving r.n. beyond middle. Legs wholly dark,

with light hair, that on inner side of tarsi ferruginons. Abdo-

men strongly punctured, the apical depressions bounded by

distinct ridges; second segment in middle depressed nearly

one-half; second and following segments with white hair-

bands, more or less failing in middle on second and third.

In Viereck’s table (1907) this runs to A. weed’, from which

itis at once distinguished by the sculpture of abdomen &c.

In Robertson’s table it runs nearest to A. marie, but differs

at once by the triangular area of metathorax, not distinctly

bounded (apex cnt off) behind. In my table in Univ. of

Colo. Studies, 1907, it runs near A. crateg/, but that species

is entirely different in the appearance of the abdomen &c.

Superticially it is not unlike A. lappule.

Hab, Colorado (Morrison): Berlin Museum.

Andrena subtrita, sp. n.

?.—Length 9 mm.

Faintly metallic, the scutellum with a greenish tint, the

metathorax blue-black, the abdomen dark bluish, with con-

spicuous broad white hair-bands on the second and following

segments, that on second more or less broadly interrupted in

middle; hair of head, thorax, and legs dull whitish ; head

broad, facial quadrangle much broader than long; clypeus

quite black, but front bluish ; process of labrum very broad,

not emarginate ; clypeus with a subsericeous lustre and feeble

punctures; third antennal joint a little longer than the next

two together; flagellum dark fer:uginous beneath; facial

fovee whitish, not separated from orbit, going hardly at all

below level of antenna, and about half width between antenna

and eyes; mesothorax and scutellum dull, not evidently

punctured ; area of metathorax dull and granular, not defined ;

tegule shining rufo-testaceous. Wings hyaline, faintly

reddish, stigma and nervures light ferruginous ; second s.m.

narrow, receiving the r, n. a little beyond the middle. Legs

264 Dr. W. M. Graham on new

somewhat reddish, small joints of tarsi ferruginous ; hair on

inner side of hind basitarsi pale.

Close to A. candida, Smith, but differs in colour of facial

foveee, stronger abdominal bands, light hair at apex of

abdomen, &c. Compared with A. dlinoensis, Rob., the face

is much broader and the abdominal bands are heavier, though

the colour of the apical hair is the same. It is also related to

A. salic’nella, Ckll.

Hab. Nevada (Morrison) : 3 2 in Berlin Museum.

Andrena hirticincta surda, subsp. n.

3g .—Length about 10 mm.

With bright yellow pubescence ; in all respects like A. hirti-

cincta, Prov., except that the broad and hairy cheeks are

rounded, not angled, the tarsi are ferruginous, the hind pair

light yellowish ferruginous, the stigma is rather lighter, and

the wings have a fuscous apical cloud. The second s.m. is

scarcely narrowed above. In some of the published tables

this seems to run to A. auricoma, but that species has the

hair quite differently coloured, ferruginous rather than yellow.

The absence of black hair on the abdomen readily separates

it from A. colletina.

Hab. Colorado (Morrison): Berlin Museum.

A male of genuine A. hirticincta was also collected in

Colorado by Morrison.

XXXVI.—On new Species of West-African Culicide.

By Dr. W. M. Grauam.

Culex albovirgatus, sp. n.

9.—Head dark brown, covered with cream-coloured

narrow curved scales and numerous daik brown upright forked

ones with pale forks. A line of white narrow curved scales

round the eyes, which run into lateral white patches of flat

scales. Numerous pale brown bristles converge forward over

occiput and project between the eyes. Clypeus dark brown,

nude. Palpi dark brown, with scattered white scales, espe-

cially upon the inner surface. Proboscis : base dark brown,

becoming gradually lighter, so as to form a badly defined

broad pale band occupying nearly the median half of pro-

boscis, followed by a dark brown portion about one-fourth

the length, with a pale conical apex. Antenne pale, with

vecies of West-African Culicide. 265

at the whorls. Thorar dark brown, covered

‘brown scales showing two longitudinal dark bare

f median area in front of scutellum covered with

/oured scales, and a small area of pale scales in front

of the insertion of the wings. Numerous reddish-brown

bristles. Scuée/lum covered with cream-coloured scales and

having ten dark brown bristles on the median lobe. Meta-

notum dark brown. Pleura brown, with patches of white

scales. Abdomen covered with dark purple-brown scales;

first segment bare except in middle, where are two small

median patches of brown scales; second segment with a

triangular median white patch ; the other segments with very

narrow white basal bands. LHlongated basal lateral spots

increasing in size towards apex. Border-hairs pale. Venter

pale-scaled. Legs dark brown, with a band of cream-coloured

scales extending along the internal surface of the femora and

tibiee to the apex of the first tarsal. All joints banded except

the last tarsal joint, the banding involving both sides of the

joints. Ungues equal and simple. Wengs covered with dark

brown scales, particularly dark on third vein. First sub-

marginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior,

Stem of first submarginal cell 4 length of cell ; stem of second

posterior more than 4 length of cell. Posterior cross-vein

double its own length from mid cross-vein, //alteres with

pale knobs and stems.

Length 4:5 mm.

3 .—Very similar to female, but the band on the proboscis

is much narrower and better defined. Pa/pi dark brown,

with dark brown hairs and five white bands; first band

narrow, second broad, third and fourth narrow, fifth apical:

longer than proboscis by nearly the length of the two

terminal segments. Aldomen: the lateral ‘spots are more

distinct and form narrow bands prolonged down the side of

the segments. Ungues: first and second pair unequal and

uniserrate ; third pair equal and simple. Wings: stem of

first submarginal 5 length of cell; stem of second posterior

equal to length of cell; posterior cross-vein aos its own

length behind mid cross-vein.

Length 4°5 mm.

Culex pullatus, sp. n.

? .—Flead dark brown, covered with white narrow curved

scales, which also form a border round the eyes, and with

dark brown upright forked scales, distributed in four clumps,

separated by pale upright forked scales. Palp: dark brown.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 19

266 Dr. W. M. Graham on new

Clypeus dark brown, nude. Proboscis purplist.

tenn: basal segment ochreous; remaining segr

with white bands at whorls; plume-hairs de

Thorax brown, covered with buff scales, showing . *

tudinal dark bare lines. Light-coloured scales upon tue ante-

rior edge of mesonotum, and some pale scales in front of the

scutellum and in front of the insertion of the wings. Nume-

rous dark brown bristles in front of scutellum and round the

insertion of the wings. Scutellum pale brown, with cream-

coloured scales and nine dark brown bristles on the mid lobe.

Metanotum pale brown. Abdomen covered with purple- brown

scales; the terminal segment with a narrow white basal band ;

all segments with basal lateral spots; border-hairs pale.

Legs dark purple-brown (iridescent) ; the femora pale be-

neath; the tibize with pale apical spots. Ungues simple and

equal. Wings covered with pale brown scales. First sub-

marginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior.

Stem of first submarginal } length of cell; stem of second

posterior 3 length of cell. Posterior cross-vein more than its

length behind mid cross-vein. Halteres with pale stem and

knob.

Length 5 mm.

& very similar to female. Palpi acuminate, dark brown,

unbanded, with dark brown bristles. Wings: stem of first

submarginal cell 4 length of cell ; stem of second posterior

cell more than 4 length of cell ; posterior cross-vein double

its own length behind the mid cross-vein.

Length 5 mm.

Culex aquilus, sp. n.

g .—RHead black, covered with fine white narrow curved

scales and black upright forked ones, with some pale forked

scales in front. Lateral patches of small white flat scales.

White borders to orbits, with golden bristles converging

forward. Palpi pale brown, unbanded, acuminate, longer

than proboscis by more than the length of the terminal

segment. ‘l'erminal segments nearly equal in length, with

dark brown hairs. Proboscts brown, unbanded. Clypeus

dark brown. Antenne: basal segment brown; plume-hairs

brown. Thorax pale brown, covered with fine ochreous

narrow curved scales, showing two longitudinal bare lines.

Three rows of fine brown bristles on anterior half and four

rows of coarse dark brown bristles on posterior half. Scu-

tellum covered with fine white scales, with 5 or 6 brown

bristles on the mid lobe, 3 bristles on the laterallobes. Meta-

Species of West-African Culicide. 267

notum pale brown. Pleura brown, with white scales. Abdo-

men covered with dark brown scales, with basal lateral white

spots; last segment with a narrow basal white band uniting

the spots. Venter pale brown, becoming darker towards

apex, with white basal median spots on last four segments.

Legs dark brown, unbanded, bristly ; hind femora and tibiz

with pale apical spot; border-bristles pale brown. Ungues

on fore and mid legs unequal and uniserrate; on hind legs

equal and simple. Wings with pale brown scales. First

submarginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior ;

s'em 4 length of cell; stem of second posterior equal to length

of cell; posterior cross-vein double its own length behind the

mid cross-vein. Halteres pale brown.

Length 3 mm.

Megaculex pincerna, sp. n.

? .— Head: the middle of the occiput is covered with broad

white upright forked scales, with white narrow curved scales

between them. Qn either side are lateral areas of long cream-

coloured flat scales, enclosing small areas of purplish-brown

flat scales. There is a row of small black upright forked

scales near the nape. Five pale bristles surround each orbit,

and similar bristles project between the eyes. Palpi brown,

with cream-coloured scales at apex. Proboscis brown, paler

and somewhat expanded towards tip. C/ypeus dark brown,

nude. Antenne: basal segment pale brown, with a few hair-

like scales upon inner half ; second segment with some dark

brown elongated scales; plume-hairs brown, paler at tips.

Eyes blue-black. Thorax dark brown, covered with pale

golden scales, showing two longitudinal bare ‘lines, which

divide up the middle of the mesonotum into three golden

bands ; on either side of the external bands is. a dark hrown

scaled lateral area, and further back 7a font of each wing-

insertion is a small latciai white spot. In the posterior half

of the mesonotum the middle is occupied by a dark-scaled

wineglass-like figure, the stem standing upon the scutellum ;

on each side is a dark elongate area, extending forward

beyond the wings. There are pale brown divergent bristles

on the anterior edge of thorax, and bunches of darker con-

vergent bristles arising behind the wing-insertion and pro-

jecting backward. Scutellum covered with nearly white

narrow curved scales; six pale brown bristles to mid, three

bristles to each lateral lobe. Prothoracie lobes pale, with

golden bristles. Pleura brown, with patches of white scales.

Abdomen covered with purplish-brown scales with white basal

1g*

Die, — Dr. W. M. Graham on new

bands and basal lateral spots; border-bristles pale golden.

Venter pale-scaled, with narrow dark apical bands. Lvgs

dark purple- brown, with yellowish-white banding which in-

volves both sides of the joints with the exception of the knee-

joints, where the band is apical only. The last two segments

of the tarsi are pale brown on the fore and mid pair of legs

and yellowish white upon the hind legs, in the latter involving

about 3 of the third segment also. Ungues all equal and

simple. Wings covered with pale brown pear-shaped scales ;

ecsta dark and somewhat bristly; forked cells small; the

first submarginal longer and narrower than second posterior ;

stem somewhat longer than the cell ; stem of second poste-

rior cell 4 longer than cell. Posterior cross-vein slightly

more than its own length behind the mid cross-vein. Halteres :

stem pale, knobs purple-brown.

Length 3 mm.

g .—Resembles female. Pa/p? slightly longer than pro-

boscis ; apical segment swollen or ‘ clubbed,” with bright

golden bristles; somewhat behind the middle of the palpt

there isa pale band which extends beneath almost to the base.

Prvboscis: there is an indistinct narrow band about 4 of the

length from the apex. Antenne: plume-hairs pale brown.

Wings as in female, but the ratio of stem to cell of first sub-

marginal cell somewhat greater. Ungues on fore and mid legs

unequal, uniserrate ; on hind legs equal, simple.

Lingth 8 mm,

Culex caliginosus, sp. n,

9 Head black, with a triangular area of purple-brown

seales in front and white narrow curved scales behind; black

upright forked scales all over, brown bristles round the orbits,

and pale bristles projecting forward between,the eyes. Lulrr

dark brown, with fiunuswhite hairs at apex. Proboscis very

dark brown, unbanded. Clypeus very dark brown. Antenne

black, with narrow white bands at the whorls; basal segment

dark brown, with a few hair-like scales upon the inner half ;

plume-hairs very dark. Yhorax dark brown, covered with

golden-brown scales, paler laterally ; an area of whitish

scales in front of the scutellum and above the insertion of the

wings. Four rows of dark brown bristles, becoming coarser

and denser behind. Scutedlum: mid lobe with a small median

area of purple-brown scales behind, surrounded by white

scales. Lateral lobes with white scales; eight dark bristles

to mid lobe, seven to lateral lobes. JAletanotum very dark

brown. Pleura dak brown, with white-sealed patches.

Species of West- African Culicida. 269

Abdomen covered with dark purple-brown scales; second

segment with median basal white patch ; the other segments

with white basal bands, except the terminal segment; border-

hairs pale. Venter black, with basal median patches of white

scales. Legs dark purple-brown; femora pale beneath;

apical pale spots upon femora and tibiae. Ungues equal and

uniserrate. Wings with dark brown dense scales ; first sub-

marginal longer and narrower than second posterior cell ;

stem more than 4 the length of the cell; stem of second

posterior equal to the length of the cell ; posterior cross-vein

more than its own length from the mid cross-vein. alteres

pale, with pale knobs.

Length £ mm.

3 .—Resembles the female. Palpi longer than proboscis

by length of terminal segment ; terminal segments of nearly

equal length, the apical one being paler and thinner, with

somewhat rounded point ; plume-hairs brown. Scutellum:

mid lobe with six bristles, lateral with five. Ungues on fore

and mid legs unequal and uniserrate ; on hind legs equal and

simple. Wings: first submarginal stem somewhat shorter

than cell ; second posterior stem somewhat longer than cell ;

posterior cross-vein somewhat more than its own length from

the mid cross-vein,

Length 4 mm.

Culex lividocostalis, sp. n.

9 .—Head dark brown, covered with white narrow curved,

and dark brown upright forked scales, with white lines

round the orbits running into lateral patches of flat white

scales ; orbital bristles dark brown. Padpi dark brown, with

scattered white scales on inner surface. Clypeus dark brown.

Proboseis dark brown, with pale apex, unbanded. Antenne

brown, with narrow white bands at whorls; plume-hairs

dark brown. Zhorax brown, covered with golden-brown

scales, showing two longitudinal bare lines; scales in front

of scutellum somewhat lighter in colour; bristles dark brown

behind, paler in front. Scutellum yellowish green, with pale

brown scales; eight dark brown bristles to mid, four to each

lateral lobe. Pleura brown, with white-scaled patches.

Metanotum dark brown. Abdomen covered with dark brown

scales; first segment with a median brown patch, the other

segments with basal white bands, becoming narrow in the

middle line and expanding laterally as they approach the

apex ; on the last segment the lateral spots do not meet to

form a band; basal lateral white spots on all segments ;

270 Dr. W. M. Graham on new

border-hairs pale. Venter dark brown, with basal white

bands. Legs dark purple-brown; femora pale beneath ;

femora and tibiee with small pale apical spots ; tibiae with

indistinct lines of pale scales on inner surface. Ungues equal

and simple. Wings with brown scales, blue-black on costa ;

first submarginal cell longer and narrower than second poste-

rior ; stem more than } length of cell; stem of second poste-

rior 2 the length of the cell; posterior cross-vein oblique and

double its own length from the mid cross-vein, alteres

pale, stem with brown knob.

Length 3°5 mm.

g.—Resembles the female. Palpi dark brown; apical

segments blue-black, with dark brown hairs; longer than

proboscis by length of terminal segment, Scute/lum with

seven or eight bristleson the mid lobe. Abdomen very hairy.

Ungues on fore and mid legs large, unequal, and uniserrate ;

on hind Jegs small, equal, and simple. Wangs: stem of first

submarginal somewhat more than 3 length of cell; stem of

second posterior equal to length of cell; posterior cross-vein

double its own length from the mid cross-vein,

Length 3°5 mm,

Myxosquamus paludosus, sp. n.

9? .—Head black, covered with blue-black scales with

purple iridescence ; some black upright forked scales behind ;

orbital bristles dark brown. Pa/pt dark purple-brown

(almost black). Clypeus dark brown, Proboseis black, with

blue iridescence, unbanded. Antenne: basal segment black,

with a few narrow scales on inner half; second segment

yellow at insertion into basal segment; plume-hairs dark

brown. Thorax black, covered with brown, and coarse blue-

black narrow curved scales, showing two longitudinal bare

lines ; on each side, external to these lines a row of black

bristles running the whole length of mesonotum and all

directed backwards ; thick-set patches of similar bristles above

and behind the wing-insertion. Scutellum: mid lobe with a

median area of blue-black small flat scales surrounded behind

and at the sides by purple-brown, coarse, narrow, curved

scales ; lateral lobes with purple-brown narrow curved scales ;

six dark brown bristles to mid, seven to each lateral lobe.

Pleura dark brown, with white-scaled patches. Metanotum

dark brown. Abdomen covered with dark brown scales,

unbanded and tapering to the apex ; with basal lateral white

spots, except upon the terminal segment; border-hairs dark

brown. Venter black, with basal white bands except on the

Species of West-African Culicide. 271

terminal segment. Legs blue-black, unbanded, bristly ;

femora pale beneath ; tibia with small golden spots on inner

surface. Ungues on fore and mid legs equal and uniserrate,

on hind legs equal and simple. Wings covered with purple-

brown scales, with blue iridescence on the costa; first sub-

marginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior ;

stem slightly more than 4 length of cell; stem of second

posterior equal to length of cell ; posterior cross-vein double

its own length from the mid cross-vein. Halteres: stem

pale, knob dark,

Length 445 mm.

6 .—Resembles the female. Palpi blue-black, same

length as proboscis. Thorax with somewhat darker scales.

Antenne: plume-hairs dense, very dark brown. Ungues

on fore and mid legs unequal and uniserrate, on hind legs

equal and simple. Wings: stem of first submarginal 2

length of cell; stem of second posterior equal to length of

cell; posterior cross-vein double its own length from the mid

cross-vein.

Length 4°5 mm.

Stegomyia pollinctor, sp. n.

? .—Occiput : median area covered with black scales, with

a blue iridescence, the lateral areas with silvery-white scales ;

a deep border of silvery-white scales surrounds the eyes and

six dark hairs project forward. Pa/pi long, covered with

black scales with a violet iridescence. Clypeus black, nude.

Proboscis black. Antenne black, with narrow white bands

at whorls; second joint densely scaled with broad black

scales, yes shining blue-black. Thorax black, covered

with coarse dusky black scales, with a greenish-blue irides-

cence. Qn each side of the thorax immediately in front of

the wing there is a nearly circular silvery-white patch, and

further forward a larger semicircular silvery-white patch

above eacn prothoracic lobe. A median band, with a contour

of overlapping circles, and formed of a double row of large

oval silvery-white flat scales, with a very narrow black line

‘of separation between them, runs from the anterior edge to

the bare space before the scutellum, where the band separates

to enclose the bare space, and then extends on to the scu-

tellum in two distinct white bands. Scutellum: middle lobe

black, with white lateral bands ; lateral lobes with black

scales ; mid lobe with two dark bristles ; lateral lobes with

three dark bristles. Prothoracic lobes covered with silvery-

white scales. Pleura black, with silvery-white patches of

272 On new Species of West- African Culicidee.

scales. Abdomen covered with black scales, showing a violet

iridescence ; sixth and seventh segments with silvery-white

apical spots; eighth segment with a basal silvery-white

patch ; all segments have lateral, nearly circular, basal silvery-

white spots; border-bristles black. Venter black, with

broad basal silvery-white bands. Legs. Front pair: femora

and tibie bristly, black, with a few basal pale scales on first

tarsal seginent and a lineof silvery scales upon the under surface

of the femora, . Mid pair: femora and tibie bristly, black ;

femora with a median silvery-white patch on the anterior

surface 3 first tarsal with basal white band; second tarsal with

basal two-thirds white, the remainder black ; the other seg-

ments black. Hind pair: femora and tibie bristly, black ;

femora with median silvery-white patch ; tibiae with narrow

basal white band, much broader beneath; first tarsal with

very small basal white spot ; second tarsal mostly white, the

other segments black. Ungues equal and uniserrate. Wings

covered with brown scales, the wing-membrane with a brown

stain between costa and second longitudinal vein ; first sub-

marginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior cell,

its stem 4 the length of the cell; stem of second poste-

rior considerably more than 3 length of cell ; posterior cross-

vein distant its own length from the mid cross-vein, L/alteres :

stem ochreous ; knob dark, with silvery-white apex.

Length 5-5 mm.

3 .—Resembles the female. Palp7 slightly shorter than

proboscis, black-scaled. Legs: the white spots on front pair

rather more distinct than in the female. Wéngs; first sub-

marginal longer and narrower than second posterior ; stem of

first submarginal cousiderably more than } length of cell ;

stem of second posterior as long as cell; posterior cross-vein

distant more than its own length from mid cross-vein. Un-

gues on fore and mid legs unequal and uniserrate, on. hind

legs equal and uniserrate,

Length 4 mm.

The following African species of Stegomyia are charac-

terized by having large oval silvery-white flat scales, with

the peculiar contour of overlapping circles upon the thorax

and a few narrow curved scales upon the nape :—

1. St. africana, Theobald.

2. St. apicoargentea, Vheobald.

3. St. luteocephala, Newstead.

4. St. pollinctor, Graham.

On Two new Duikers from Mt. Elgon. 273

They thus differ markedly in scale-structure from the type

species (St. fasciata, F.), and should, I believe, be erected

into a new genus if scale-structure be regarded as of generic

value.

XXXVII.— Two new Duikers related to Cephalophus

abyssinicus and a new Dendromus from Mt. Elgon. By

R. C. WROUGHTON.

THE Natural History Museum has recently received two

specimens of a Duiker from the Gwas Nyisha Plateau, B. K. A.

These specimens, a male anda female, collected and presented

by Mr. F. C. Selous and Major Horsburgh respectively, prove,

on comparison with the material already in the National

Collection, to be indistinguishable from C. abyssinicus nyanse

of Neumann. ‘The reduction in girth of the horn at the base

and its compression antero-externally into a ridge is fairly

constant amongst these Duikers, but Mr. Selous’s buck shows

these characters to anexaggerated extent. On laying out the

specimens for this comparison, however, it became evident

that the Duiker of the Kenya District is a well-marked

geographical race.

Cephalophus abyssinicus hinded, subsp. n.

A Duiker of the northern short-eared section of the grimmit

group, distinguished by its brighter colouring.

Size about the same as nyanse. General colour above

tawny ochraceous, bright on the neck and shoulders, duller on

the back and loins, but the yellow tinge is never absent, even

on the rump, as it is in nyanse; individual hairs of the neck

drab-grey, with ochraceous tips; more posteriorly the ochra-

ceous tip becomes a subapical ring, and the tip is black.

Below, the chin and the insides of the upper part of the limbs

whitish ; throat ochraceous buff, the hairs the same colour in

their whole length ; the abdomen towards the flanks coloured

like the neck, fading to buffy white in the centre, the hairs

with pale drab bases.

Skull of the same size as in the more western race.

Dimensions of the type (approximate, from a skin speci-

men) :—

ie and body 825 mm.; tail 100; hind foot 225; ear 95,

Skull: greatest length 160 ; greatest breadth 72 ; nasals 61;

muzzle in front of p* 46; palate 76; upper tooth-row 52 ;

length of upper molars 25°d ; bulla 21-5.

274 On Two new Durkers from Mt. Elgon.

Hab. Kenya District, B. E. A. (Type from Fort Hall.)

Type. Young male. B.M.no. 4.12. 6.11. Collected and

presented to the Natural History Museum by Mr. S. L.

Hinde.

The type is a young male in milk-dentition with a fine coat. *

The following are similar skull-measurements of an old

male (skin mutilated) collected by Mr. Hinde at Nyeri,

Kenya District, as compared with those (in brackets) of

Mr. Selous’s specimen of nyanse, which is about the same

age :—

Greatest length 159 (161) mm.; greatest breadth 76 (72) ;

nasals 51°5 (51); muzzle in front of p? 50 (48); palate

74 (76); upper tooth-row 44 (49) ; length of upper molars

26 (28); bulla 24 (24).

Typical long-eared (110-125 mm.) C. grimmii occupies

the whole of S. Africa, where it has received many names.

At its northernmost limit, on the west, is C. splendidulus,

Gray, from Angola; further east, the Matabili form is

fulvescens, Lorenz, which probably crosses the Zimnbesi into

Northern Rhodesia; the eastern representative is adtifrous,

Peters (=oculuris, Pet.), from Southern Mozambique, which,

as shown by specimens in this Museum, ranges south of the

Zambezi to Tette and north of it to the Loangwa River, as

far north at least as 8. Angoniland. A series, however, in

the National Collection from the Shire Highlands belongs to

the northern, short-eared, abyssinicus section; it is so

markedly different from any of the forms mentioned above,

that it seems worthy to be ranked as a distinct geographical

race. I propose to call it

Cephalophus abyssinicus shirensis, subsp. n.

A Duiker of the short-eared section of the grimmii group,

distinguishable by its pale, bright ochraceous colouring.

Size atout the same as in the East Afiican races. General

colour above ochraceous buff; all hairs with drab bases, those

of the neck and shoulders ochraceous buff to their tips, those

of the back shortly tipped with black. Colouring below as in

hindet, but in a much paler shade.

Skull as in hinder.

Dimensions of the type (approximate, from a dry speci-

men) :-—

Head and body 950 mm.; tail 100; hind foot 250; ear 90.

Skull: greatest length 164; greatest breadth 76 ; nasals 55 ;

On a new Dendromus from Mt. Elgon. 275

muzzle in front of p? 50; palate 81; upper tooth-row 47 ;

length of upper molars 28 ; bulle 17°5.

Hab. Zomba, Nyasa.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 94. 6. 7. 7. Collected by

A. Whyte, and presented to the Natural History Museum by

Sir H. H. Johnston.

The grizzling so characteristic of the colouring of the more’

northern forms is in shivens?s so fine and faint that, at quite

a short distance, the coat seems to be unicolorous; this and

the pale, bright ochraceous colouring serves to distinguish it

at once from the other races.

In the latest collection of mammals made by Mr. R. Kemp

in the Elgon District of British East Africa was a number of

specimens of a Dendromus. ‘The bulk of these specimens

were J), acreus, a species described by me in the December

issue of these‘ Annals’ ; but amongst them was a specimen

so entirely different from them and from any other species

known that it seems to me to deserve a name.

Dendromus ruddt, sp. n.

A Dendromus about the size of D. nytke, closely resembling

D. messorius, Thos., from the Cameroons, in colouring, but

with larger ears and a longer hind foot and tail.

Fur of back 7-8 mm. long, basal two-thirds dark slate-

colour, distal portion “ tawny ochraceous.” General colour

above between “mars-brown” and cinnamon. Hands and

feet pale ; tail dark above, rather paler below.

Skull small ; smaller, narrower, and more delicately made

than in messorvus.

Dimensions of type (measured by the Collector) :—

Head and body 69 mm. ; tail 91; hind foot 18°5; ear 11°5.

Skull: greatest length 21; basilar length 15°5; greatest

breadth 11; nasals 7°6; interorbital breadth 3°55 brain-case

breadth 9°5; diastema 5°3 ; upper molar series 3°5.

Hab. Malikisi, Mt. Elgon, B. E. A. Alt. 5000’.

Type. Old male. Rudd Collection. Original number 476.

Collected by R. Kemp, 28th November, 1909.

LD, ruddi closely resembles messortus in its colouring, while

its size aud proportions are like those of nyzka. ‘There is no

other species with which it might he confused, nor any other,

of its size, in which the median black line is entirely absent.

276 Mr. W. H. Osgood on

XXXVIII.—Light new African Rodents.

By WitFrrep H. Osaoon.

In the study of a collection of African Mammals for the

Field Museum of Natural History, several undescribed forms

have been encountered in the British Museum collection,

access to which has been most courteously afforded me. At

the invitation of Mr. Oldtield Thomas, the following de-

scriptions of these new forms have been drawn up. ‘To

“Mr. Thomas I am pleased to make unlimited acknowledg-

ments for advice and criticism as well as for the use of the

collection which has grown under his charge to its present

unrivalled proportions.

Tachyoryctes splendens somalicus, subsp. n.

Type from Ujawaj, about 100 miles south-west of Berbera,

Somaliland. No. 98.6.9.11, British Museum. Adult

female. Collected December 14th, 1897, by R. M. Hawker.

Characters.—Similar to Tachyoryctes splendens, but smaller

and paler; decidedly smallest of the splendens group.

General colour of upperparts pale cinnamon; top and

anterior part of head dark brown; hairs of underparts slate-

grey at bases, light wood-brown at tips. Skull small ; nasals

short and narrow; audital bullee and molars small ; incisors

very narrow.

Measurements.—T ype: total length 246 mm. ; head and

body 190; tail-vertebre 56; hind foot 24. Skull of type:

length from lambdon to tip of nasals 34°7; basilar length

35°5; mastoid breadth 20°93; interorbital constriction 6°8 ;

length of nasals 14°5 ; postpalatal length 14:1; diastema 15°7 ;

maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 7°5; width of incisor 2°2.

Remarks.—A cotype of the Abyssinian Tachyoryctes

splendens shows that this species is typically dark-coloured

and that its skull is decidedly larger with much heavier teeth

than the form here described from Somaliland. Other

specimens from Abyssinia are somewhat paler than the type

of splendens, but show essentially the same cranial characters.

Pelomys fallax insignatus, subsp. n.

Type from Fort Hill, Northern Nyasa. No. 97. 10. 1. 220,

British Museum. Adult male. Collected July 1896 by

A. Whyte. Original No. 185.

Characters.—Similar to Pelomys fallax, but lacking a

well-defined blackish median dorsal stripe, the upperparts

new African Rodents. 2ET

being uniformly and coarsely mixed dusky and tawny,

Skull with shorter and broader nasals than in fallax ; other-

wise similar. Somewhat similar to Pelomys frater, but molar

teeth actually and relatively smaller.

Measurements.—Type (measured dry) : tail-vertebre 138 ;

hind foot (s. u.) 30, (c. u.) 83. Skull of type: length from

front of interparietal to tip of nasals 32°5; mastoid breadth

13°5 ; interorbital constriction 5-2 ; length of nasals 14°8 ;

greatest width of nasals 5-2; diastema 9°3; palatine slits 6°8 ;

maxillary tooth-row 6:3.

Remarks.—TYhe dark dorsal stripe mentioned by Peters in

the original description of fal/az is found well-developed in

specimens from Beira and Tambarara, Portuguese Hast

Africa, which therefore undoubtedly are typical; but in

specimens from more northerly localities it is increasingly

indistinct and becomes entirely absent in those from Northern

Nyasa. These Nyasa specimens, of which many are available,

are characterised also by broad short nasals.

Mus damarensis rhodesie, subsp. n.

Type from Petauke, East Loangwa District, Northern

Rhodesia. Altitude 2400 ft. No. 7. 1. 11. 57, British

Museum. Adult female. Collected January 27th, 1905,

by 8S. A. Neave.

Characters.—Similar to Mus damarensis, but colour darker ;

upperparts tawny ochraceous mixed with dusky ; sides but

little paler than back ; tail uniform blackish above and below.

Skull similar to that of damarensis, but audital bulle smaller

and nasals slightly broader posteriorly ; somewhat similar to

that of Mus pedulcus, but molars larger.

Measurements.—'l'ype: total length 274 mm.; head an *

body 119; tail-vertebrae 155; hind foot (s. u.) 24; ear 20°5

Skull of type: greatest length 30°7; basilar length 24-9;

zygomatic breadth 15°4; nasals 11°4; least interorbital

width 4°7 ; postpalatal length 11:2; diastema 8°3 ; palatine

slits 6°8; maxillary tooth-row 5:2.

Remarks.— In external appearance this mouse shows much

resemblance to certain species referred to the genus Thamno-

mys. It is, in fact, one of a group of several species which

appear to be somewhat connectant between Thamnomys and

Mus. ‘The group includes Mus pedulcus, Mus damarensis,

Mus nigricauda, and Thamnomys loringi (= Mus loringt).

With the exception of M. loringt, which obviously is closely

allied to M. nigricauda, all the species of this small group

have the hairs of the underparts pure white to the roots, the

278 Mr. W. H. Osgood on

tail long, hairy, and usually unicolour, and the ears clothed

with ochraceous hairs, in these respects agreeing with

Thamnomys. Moreover, their skulls, except for rather en-

larged audital bullae and deeper brain-cases, are much the

same as in Thamnomys, showing the same form of rostrum

and zygomata and the same incipient postorbital processes.

But their teeth can scarcely be distinguished from those of

Mus, the number and arrangement of cusps being very

similar. The third or postero-internal cusp of m) 1s un-

developed and the supplementary cusps of the lower molars

are small and rudimentary as in Mus. It therefore seems

best for the present to retain these species in the genus Mus.

Thamnomys baliolus, sp. n.

Type from Woodbush Hills, N.E. of Pietersburg, Trans-

vaal. No. 6. 4. 38.51, British Museum. Adult female.

Collected December 13th, 1905, by C. H. B. Grant. Pre-

sented by C. D. Rudd, Esq.

Characters.—Size medium, about as in Thamnomys sur-

daster ; pelage soft; colour dark. Skull and teeth small ;

zygomatic plate narrow and deeply concave anteriorly. Most

similar to 7. surdaster, but colour much darker and pelage

softer; upperparts dark russet finely and thickly mixed with

dusky ; ears thinly haired and dark-coloured ; postauricular

white spot conspicuously contrasted ; underparts pale creamy ;

hind feet white on the outer side and toes only, the inner side

and the tarsal joint pale ochraceous ; tail blackish all around,

slightly more intense terminally. Skull similar in size to

that of 7. surdaster, but brain-case relatively large ; audital

bulle larger; rostrum and infraorbital region weak; zygo-

matic plate narrow.

Measurements.—Type: total length 284 mm.; head and

body 104 ; tail-vertebre 180; hind foot (s. u.) 42; ear 18.

Skull of type: greatest length 28°65; basilar length 21-2;

zygomatic breadth 13°9; nasals 10:2; least interorbital width

4-6; postpalatal length 9°6; diastema 72; palatine slits 7 ;

maxillary tooth-row 44.

Remarks.—'vhis species belongs to the group in which the

third or postero-internal cusp of m’ is reduced to a narrow

ridge. It is readily distinguished from all others of the

group by its dark colour and the relatively weak anterior

part of the skull, Like the other members of the group, it

has the supplementary external cusps of the lower molars

more highly developed than in Mus. The group asat present

understood includes the following forms :—

new Africin Rodents. 279

Thamnomys dolichurus (Smuts). T. surdaster, Thomas & Wrough-

T.. ibeanus, Osgood. ton.

T. ruddi, Thomas & Wroughton. T. s. polionops, Osgood.

T. cometes,'CThomas & Wroughton. T. s. elgonis, Thomas.

T. dryas, Thomas. T. baliolus, Osgood.

T. discolor, Thomas. T. macmillani, Wroughton.

T. m. gazelle, Thomas.

The smaller more typical group of Thamnomys, having the

postero-internal cusp of m’* more highly developed, inclu les

only T. venustus, Thomas, T. rutilans (Peters), and 7. kuru,

Thomas & Wroughton.

Cricetomys gambianus poensis, subsp. n.

Type from Bubi Town, Bantaberi, Island of Fernando Po,

Gulf of Guinea. No. 4.7.1.117, British Museum. Adult

male. Collected February 7th, 1904, by KE. Seimund.

Original No. 83. Presented by the Fernando Po Committee.

Characters.—Similar to C. gambianus and C. g. dolichops,

but with much less white on the tail; skull with a con-

spicuous palatal spine, a rather narrow zygomatic plate, and

very small audital bullae; otherwise as in OC. gamhiinus.

Upperparts dark brown, somewhat paler than in dolichops ;

sides of face considerably paler than back; underparts pure

creamy white to the roots of the hairs, sharply contrasted

with upperparts ; feet white except a broad brown stripe in

the median metatarsal region; proximal part of tail dark

brown, occupying nearly three-fourths of the entire length-of

the tail; terminal fourth of tail soiled white.

Measurements.—Type: total length 690 mm.; head and

body 312; tail-vertebree 378; hind foot (s. u.) 65 : ; ear 44,

Skull of type: greatest length 74:8 ; ole. length 61°5 ;

zygomatic breadth 32°6; nasals 30°5; least interorbital

breadth 10-2 ; postpalatal length 23°8; diastema 24 ; palatine

slits 7°4; maxillary tooth-row 10°6.

Remarks.— The most distinctive characters of this form are

the extent of the dark colour on the tail and the presence of

a well-developed spine on the posterior border of the palate.

The palatal spine is constant in the nine specimens examined

from Fernando Po. It is slightly developed in two skulls

from Gold Coast, but others trom Gold Coast, Liberia, and

Gambia do not possess it nor is it found in any of the lar ge

number of specimens examined from Central and East Africa.

The type of gambianus, which has been on exhibition for

many years, is greatly faded and untrustworthy for colour-

characters, except as to the proportion of light and dark on

the tail, In this respect it differs markedly from poensis, the

280 Mr. W. H. Osgood on

white area occupying slightly more than half the length of

the tail instead of scarcely one fourth.

Several recently collected specimens from Senegal agree

with the type of gambianus in the proportion of light and

dark on the tail and may safely be regarded as typical of the

species. They indicate typical gambianus to be markedly

different from the rich dark-coloured forms like poensis and

dolichops. hey are, in fact, the most greyish of the whole

gambianus group and have the feet most extensively whitish.

Cricetomys gambianus dolichops, subsp. n.

Type from Como River, 70 miles from Gaboon, French

Congo, West Africa. No. 97.7. 1. 16, British Museum.

Adult male. Collected February 25th, 1897, by G. L. Bates.

Original No. 155.

Characters.—Darkest of the gambianus group; middle of

back deep vandyke-brown, the hairs scareely paler at the

base than at the tip ; proximal two-thirds of tail dark brown,

terminal third white; underparts entirely pure white, very

sharply contrasted with dark upperparts ; white of under-

parts broadly extended on lower cheeks; facial region, fore-

head, and nape quite as dark-coloured as back; sides some-

what paler, approaching broccoli-brown.

Skull exceedingly elongate; rostrum very long, slender,

and dorsally convex; teeth and audital bulle small; palate

smoothly rounded behind, without any indication of a spine ;

zygomatic plate rather broad and forwardly projected.

Measurements.—Type: total length 850 mm.; head and

body 420; tail-vertebre 430; hind foot (s. u.) 715 ear 38.

Skull of type: greatest length 80°2; basilar length 66°9;

zygomatic breadth 32°9; nasals 34°38; least interorbital

breadth 10°4; postpalatal length 27:5; diastema 27°8;

palatine slits 75; maxillary tooth-row 10.

Remarks. — Landana, the type locality of Rochebrune’s

Cricetomys dissimilis lies about halfway between that of the

present form and that of C.g. ansorgei of Angola. Until

specimens are obtained from tlis locality some doubt may

attach to both ansorgei and dolichops, although the known

variability of the group makes it extremely probable that

Rochebrune’s species will prove different from both. C. g.

dolichops is most closely allied to P. g. poensis, from which it

differs chiefly in its very elongate skull without a palatal

spine.

Cricctomys gambianus dichrurus, subsp. n.

Type from Agoulené, Anambara River, South Nigeria,

West Africa. No.5.12.1.21, British Museum. Adolescent

new African Rodents. 281

female. Collected July 22nd, 1905, by Robin Kemp. Ori-

ginal No. 4.

Characters.—Most similar to typical Cricetomys gambianus,

but darker coloured; back more extensively dusky; sides

and underparts with a strong tinge of vinaceous; dark brown

areas on fore and hind feet more extensive, the white largely

confined to the toes and the outer side of the hind feet; light

and dark sections of tail about evenly divided. Skull small,

with small molars and extremely small audital bulle ; rostrum

short and decidedly convex between the maxillary branches

of the zygomata; palate with a minute median posterior

notch.

Measurements.—Type: total length 670 mm.; head and

body 310; tail-vertebrex 360; hind foot (s. u.) 653 ear 38.

Skull of type: greatest length 65°8; basilar length 55 ;

zygomatic breadth 32°4; nasals 27; least interorbital breadth

10; postpalatal length 21:7; diastema 21:2; palatine slits

73; maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 10-7.

Remarks.—Instead of showing any resemblance to the dark

coast forms poens?s and dolichops, which are geographically

near, this form is closely similar to the pale form of Senegal

and Gambia, which it now appears is true gambianus, It

seems quite possible that it ranges well into the interior, since

two specimens from Mombattu, Northern Congo (Nos. 87.12.

1. 52-53, B.M.), appear to be very closely allied to, if not

identical with, it. ‘These being from the same region as

P. g. emini, which is a large-toothed form, suggests the

possibility that the small-toothed forms of West Africa are

distinct from the large-toothed ones of Kast and South

Central Africa.

Cricetomys gambianus liberie, subsp. n.

Type from 50 miles inland from Monrovia, Liberia,

West Africa. B.M. no. 4.6.2. 13. Old female. Collected

by A. Whyte.

Characters.—Most similar to Cricetomys gamb/anus poensis,

but colour slightly paler and skull somewhat different; tail

more extensively white, the dark and light about in the pro-

portion 3:24; posterior border of palate without spine ;

ascending branches of premaxilla broad; audital bulle

slightly larger than in poens’s.

Measurements.—Skull of type: greatest length 74°5 mm.;

basilar length 62°5 ; nasals 30:2; least interorbital breadth

9°9 ; postpalatal length 24; diastema 25°1; palatine slits 7°4 ;

maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 9°9.

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 20

282 Mr. O. Thomas on

Remarks.—Although obviously deserving recognition, this

form is at present represented by poor and scanty material.

Two specimens from Liberia and one from Sierra Leone may

be definitely referred to it. Yet only one of these (the type)

possesses a skull and another is the prepared skin of an

animal which lived in the Zoological Gardens some two years.

The tail of the type is evidently abnormal in colour, being

mixed brown and white tor nearly its entire length, only the

tips being pure white.

XXXIX.—Purther new African Mammalia.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Thamnomys macmillant gazelle, subsp. n.

Size and other essential characters as in true macmil/ant,

but the fore back markedly lighter and greyer than the hind

back, the ochraceous wash over the latter not or scarcely con-

tinued forwards beyond the middle of the beck. Crown and

ears also less buffy, the latter greyish brown, except for a

small buffy spot at their anterior bases.

Skull as in macmillani, except that the anterior zygomatic

plate is broader and projects in front of the upper bridge,

while it runs vertically downwards from the latter in the

Rudolf form.

Dimensions of the type (measnred in the flesh) :—

Head and bedy 112 mm.; tail 150; hind foot 22; ear 16.

Skull: palatal length 12°5; palatal foramina 5°83; zygo-

matic plate 2°7; upper molar series 4°1.

Hab. Chak-Chak, Bahr-el-Ghazal.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 4. 2.47. Original num-

ber 25. Collected 25th February, 1807, and presented by

A. L. Butler, Esq. ‘Two specimens.

The two Bahr-el-Ghazal specimens are precisely like each

other, and equally different from the type of T. macmillani

in the characters noted above.

An imperfect specimen from Fo:t Berkeley, on the Uganda

Nile, seems also referable to the present form.

Thamnomys surdaster elgonis, subsp. n.

Size as in true surdaster. General colour markedly paler,

more buffy and less ochraceous than in either surdaséer or its

new African Mammals. 283

representatives in the central part of East Africa; most

richly coloured part of rump barely “ ochraceous buff,” sides

of rump “ buff.” Head as usual greyer. Sides of muzzle

without dark whisker marks. An unusually well-marked

buffy supraorbital spot. Ears dull buffy, a patch of dull

whitish buffy on the crown internal to the ear. Hands

white ; front of forearms, whole of lower legs, and upper side

of feet clear buffy.

Skull as in true surdaster.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 115 mm.; tail 165 ; hind foot 23; ear17.

Skull: greatest length 29; zygomatic breadth 14 ; inter-

orbital breadth 4°5; palatal length 13°6; length of upper

tooth series 4°5.

Hab. Mt. Elgon. Type from Malikisi, 5000’. An im-

mature specimen from Kirui, 6000".

Type. Adult male. Rudd Collection. Original number

478. Collected 29th November, 1909, by Robin Kemp.

This Elgon Bush-mouse is readily distinguishable by its

pale colour and buffy supraorbital spots from the form of

T. surdaster which occurs in the central region of British

East Africa. Like true Nyasa surdaster it has no dark

whisker marks,

Thamnomys discolor, sp. n.

A dark-coloured species of the dryas-surdaster section of

the genus, with grey head, buffy under side, and parti-

coloured feet.

Size rather small. General tone dark brownish, the brightest

part of the hinder back cinnamon. Under surface white,

tinged with buffy, the sides of the belly each with a broad

and conspicuous pinkish-buff line edging the darker colour

of the sides, and extending inwards nearly acioss the belly.

Face dark grey (about grey no. 5) markedly contrasted with

the fulvous brown body-colour which extends forward to the

crown. No dark whisker marks or light supraorbital spots.

Ears dull buffy. Front of forearms grey. Hands bright

buff, an indistinct slaty patch on the metacarpus. Hind legs

dull fulvous behind, their inner aspect pinkish buff in con-

tinuation with the buffy lateral lines ; upper surface of feet buff,

with a large patch of brownish grey on the outer half (inner

in the prepared skin) of each metatarsus.

Size of teeth about as in T. surdaster.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 115 mm.; tail 176; hind foot 23°5,

20*

284 On new African Mamma’s.

Length of nasals 9; interorbital breadth 4:2; length of

upper molar series 4:1.

Hab. Kakamega Forest, Kisumu, British East Africa.

Alt. 4500!.

Type. B.M. no. 6.5.6. 5. Collected and presented by

F. W. Isaac, Esq.

Readily distinguishable by its abruptly grey head, parti-

coloured feet, and the conspicuous buffy lines down each side

of its belly.

DESMOMYS, gen. nov.

External characters and general shape of skull as in

Pelomys and Mylomys, but molars of a structure approaching

that found in @nomys.

Proportions and general external appearance about as in

Pelomys. Pollex minute, with a rudimentary nail; fifth

fore toe either with a very short claw (dembeensis) or a nail

(harrington?). Fifth hind toe little longer than the hallux.

Skull of the peculiar shape, short-muzzled and bowed

above, characteristic of Arvicanthis, Pelomys, and Mylomys,

quite different to the long flattened skull of Gnomys.

Incisors faintly and inconspicuously grooved, equally

different from the strongly grooved incisors of Pelomys and

Mylomys, and the smooth convex ones of Arvicanthis aud

(Enomys.

Molars, while not so extreme, yet showing a strong re-

semblance to those of Ginomys. The cusps are not so high,

but there is a similar tendency to the development of fine

enamel ridges running backwards from the main cusps in the

line of the tooth-row, and tending to obliterate the essential

laminate structure. From this it results that certain cusps,

notably the postero-external and postero-internal, of both m*

and m”, instead of being roughly circular in section as in

Pelomys, are almost “ guttate”? (Ridgway, pl. xiv. fig. 8),

with a long pointed angle behind. Lower molars with the

cusps directed forwards somewhat as in Mylomys; second

lamina of ms little narrower than the anterior lamina, strongly

notched posteriorly, so as to form two cusps, of which the

inner is rather the larger.

Type. D. harringtoni (Pelomys harringtoni, Thos.).

Other species— Mus dembeensis, Riipp.

The species for which I now propose a special genus have

always been a puzzle, and den. beens/s has in turn been referred

to Mus, Arvicanthis, Golunda, Pelomys,and Ginomys. ‘They

combine in a curious way the general characters of Pelomys

with a tendency to the peculiar tooth-structure of Ginomys,

to which they have no resemblance in other respects.

On new Species of African Dormice.

Procavia emini latrator, subsp. n.

Essential characters as in true em‘ni, but whereas in that

animal the body hairs are slaty blackish for their basal four-

fifths and broadly tipped with buffy, in the present form they

are white or whitish for their basal half, and only subter-

minally ringed with blackish. ‘he tips of the hairs are

similarly buffy, and in general appearance the two animals

are exactly the same, as the white bases of the hairs do not

show through the dark subterminal rings. Under surface

dull creamy. Eyes with rather more prominent white super-

ciliary lines. A small whitish or buffy patch on the occiput.

Hairs round ears pale buffy. Dorsal patch large, loose, ill-

defined, some of its hairs creamy throughout, and others cream

terminally, blackish mesially, dull whitish basally. Limbs

dull buffy or pale brownish.

Skull typically that of a Dendrohyrax. Orbits closed by

bone behind. ‘Teeth small and brachyodont.

Dimensions of the type (in skin) :—

Head and body 540 mm.

Skull (stage vi.) : basal length 92 ; greatest breadth 52 ;

breadth of m! 5:8.

Hab. Batempa, Upper Sankuru River, Southern Central

Congo.

Type. Female in stage vi. B.M. no. 9. 12.12.10. Col-

lected and presented by EK. Torday, Esq. ‘Three specimens.

The British Museum* owes to Viscount Montmorres two

native skins from the Stanley Forest, Upper Congo, and to

Dr. Cuthbert Christy one from the Mabira Forest, N.W.

Uganda, all of which I refer to Procavia emini, described by

- me in 1887 from a young specimen.

In comparison with these the S. Congo specimens presented

by Mr. Torday are readily distinguishable by the broad white

bases to the dorsal hairs. In one example, however, some of

the hairs on the withers are dark to their bases, as in true

emint, and it is probable therefore that the two forms will be

found to grade into each other, and I therefore only distinguish

them subspecifically.

XL.—Two new Species of African Dormice belonging to the

Genus Graphiurus. By Guy Dortiman, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Graphiurus lorraineus, sp. 0.

A bright buffish-brown species, about the same size as

Graphiurus raptor, Dollm.

286 Mr. G. Dollman on

Size of body intermediate between that of the small

members of the genus and the murinus group. Kars compa-

ratively small, measuring only about 10 mm. in length. Fur

rather short, not more than 6 or 7 mm. in length on the back

and hind-quarters. General colour of dorsal surface bright

buffish brown (between cinnamon no. 1 and burnt umber no. 1,

‘Repertoire de Couleurs’), strikingly different from any other

member of the genus. Flanks very much the same colour

as back, rather paler towards the ventral surface. Individual

hairs of back slaty grey, with bright yellowish-buff tips.

Face and top of head similar in colour to back. Sides of face,

helow eyes, buffish white ; hairs with greyish bases and white

tips. Upper lip covered with short yellowish-white hairs.

Eyes surrounded with indistinct brownish rings; dark

markings on sides of muzzle, in front of eyes, rather ill-

defined, a great deal less noticeable than in G. murinus.

Backs of hands and feet yellowish white. Under surface of

body greyish white, washed over with buff. Individual hairs

of belly slaty grey, with yellowish-white tips. Hairs on chin

and lower lip white. ‘Tail broken; the terminal portion

appears to have been bushy. ‘Tail above rather browner in

colour than back; lower surface greyish brown.

Skull short and broad, with comparatively large teeth.

Nasals rather short ; auditory bulla large and inflated.

Dimensions of the type (measured im the flesh) :—

Head and body 95 mm.; tail 62 ;*hind foot 14; ear 10.

Skull (cecipital region broken): tip of nasals to back of

interparietal 24:7; greatest zygomatic breadth 14°5; breadth

of cranium (across squamosal region) 12°23 length of nasals

9°5; greatest breadth across nasals 3°45; least breadth across

nasals 2 ; interorbital breadth 5; palatal length 10°5; pala-

tilar length 8; width of palate (inside m’) 3°) ; width across

palate (outside m’) 5°53 length of palatal foramina 2°'8 ;

length of upper cheek-teeth 3-4.

Hab. Molegbwe, south of the Setema Rapids, Welle River,

Congo.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7. 7. 8.115. Original

number B.A. 42. Collected by Capt. Boyd Alexander on

December 14th, 1905. Presented by the Alexander-Gosling

Expedition.

This species is easily distinguished from the other members

of the genus by the brilliant buff coloration of the upper parts

of the body, the comparatively small ears, and short and

rather stoutly built skull.

new Species of African Dormice. 287

Graphiurus brockmani, sp. n.

A medium-sized form allied to the foregoing species, but

rather smaller in size, very much paler in colour, and with

larger ears.

Size of body rather less than in G. lorratneus, tail about

equal in length to that of the head and body together; ears

comparatively large. Fur soft and of medium length.

General colour of upper surface of body pale buffish brown

(snuff-brown no. 1 mixed with smoke-grey no. 1, ‘ Repertoire

de Couleurs’), rather darker down the middle of the back.

Flanks very similar in colour to back, the buffish brown of

the dérsal surface sharply marked off from the white colora-

tion of the belly. Individual hairs of back dark slaty grey,

with light buffish-brown tips; many of the longer hairs,

especially on the posterior part of the back, with dark

brownish tips. Muzzle, and face between eyes, similar in

colour to back. Eyes surrounded by rather inconspicuous

brownish rings. Dark markings on muzzle, in front of eyes,

almost entirely absent. Cheeks white, the hairs white

throughout, as in G. parvus, True. Sides of neck below

ears white; hairs dark slaty grey, with long white tips.

Backs of hands and feet covered with short white hairs.

Under surface of body white tinted with cream (creamy

white no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’). Hairs of belly dark slate-black

with long white tips. Hairs on chin and lower lip white.

‘Tail more or Jess cylindrical at base, gradually becoming

bushy towards the tip, but never to such a marked degree as

in G. microtis, Noack, the hairs at the extreme tip measuring

about 14mm. in length. Upperside of tail greyish chocolate,

hairs brownish drab, with white tips; under surface lighter

in colour, owing to the white tips being longer and more

prominent,

Skull rather similar to that of G. lorraineus, but smaller

and with shortcr nasals. ‘Teeth very small, the upper cheek-

teeth measuring only 3 mm. in length. Auditory bulle

comparatively large and inflated.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 81 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 15; ear 16.

Skull (occipital region broken) : basal length 21°5; basilar

length 18°5; greatest zygomatic breadth 14; breadth of

cranium (across squamosal region) 11°53; greatest length of

nasals 8°8; greatest breadth across nasals 3°3; least breadth

across nasals 2 ; interorbital breadth 3:7; palatal length 10;

palatilar length 7°5; width of palate (inside m') 3; width

288 Mr. R. Kukpatrick on

across palate (outside m’) 5; length of palatal foramina 3;

distance from palation to basion 11°3; length of upper cheek-

teeth 3.

Hab. Burao, Somaliland. Altitude 4000 feet.

Type. Adult male. Collected by Mr. Bury on March Ist,

1906.

This Somaliland dormouse is so very much paler in colour

than any of the allied species, and presents so many striking

cranial differences, that it must be regarded as representing a

distinct species. In addition to the type the Museum possesses

three other specimens from the same locality, all very similar

to the type in colour and dimensions.

It gives me great pleasure to name this handsome species

after Dr. Drake Brockman, to whom mammalogical science is

already indebted for much useful work in connection with the

fauna of Somaliland.

XLIL—Further Notes on Merlia normani, Kirkp.

By R. KirkpaTRICck.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

At the end of a communication (‘ Annals,’ July 1909, p. 48),

entitled “Notes on Merlia normani, Kirkp.,”’ I stated that

‘©The definition of Merlia must be emended in a future

paper.” After examining 100 or more slides with over

2000 good sections of Merlia prepared from well-preserved

specimens varying in size and age, | have come to the con-

clusion that Merlia normani is a sponge with a siliceous and

calcareous skeleton. ‘The absolutely convincing proof, such

as would be afforded by seeing an embryo settle down and

develop the siliceous and calcareous elements, is not at present

forthcoming, though I hope, by visiting Porto Santo Island

at different periods of the year, to obtain that evidence. I

have, however, beautiful sections of a young sponge which

can only be a few days old and which possesses all the

elements found in the adult condition. :

‘he evidence is so strong in favour of the view here

expressed, that I can now see no possibility of coming to any

other conclusion. To put the matter as briefly as possible,

the reasons for this belief are as follows :—

IT have dredged up numeious fresh living specimens, and

have always found the same elements, viz. a sponge, in

Merlia normani, Kirkp. 239

which siliceous spicules are present, growing in a calcareous

honeycomb-like framework constructed of vertical tubes with

perforate horizontal tabule. The upper part of Merlia re-

sembles an ordinary siliceous sponge. ‘The lower part in

the “crypts” * or honeycomb spaces is composed mostly of

very large granular cells, more or less separated by connective-

tissue cells, the whole being in continuity, through the

central orifice usually present in each tabula, with the tissues

of the upper part of the sponge.

Further, the masses of crypt-cells are surrounded by akind

of epithelium. The large crypt-cells have not grown down

into the crypts, but have developed in the position in which

they are found: for I have seen, by a process of grinding

down, ciypts at the base of the sponge full of crypt-cells, and,

after having destroyed the latter with Hau de Javelle, have

often seen the orifice in the roof of the crypt, ¢. e. in the

tabula, narrowed to the smallest slit sometimes no more than

1 win width. As some of the erypt-cells are about 200 w in

area end on, it would be ridiculous to assume that these huge

masses of huge cells have grown down through five or six

stories and squeezed their way through slits so:metimés only

1 indiameter, Moreover, the crypt-cells are not loose and

isolated, but enmeshed in a network of connective tissue and

surrounded by a kind of epithelium.

In some ground-down sections of the skeleton I have seen

tabulee absolutely tmperforate, but I had not observed whether

the crypts thus roofed over had contained cells or not.

Accordingly Merlia is not a parasite growing over and

into a calcareous organism, and it is not a Foraminiferan,

Further, it is certainly not a Coelenteiate or a Polyzoon. In

fact, itis now beyond a doubt seen to be a sponge and no-

thing but a sponge.

Merlia is of unique interest, not only in itself, but also

on account of the resemblance, in some respects, of its calca-

reous skeleton to certain of the Monticuliporas.

Not only is there, on surface view, a polygonal reticulum

with tubercles at the nodes of the meshes, and not only are

there tabule with a central hole, but there are radial sutural

markings precisely as in Rhaphidopora (Chetetes) stromato-

poroides, Roemer (Nicholson and Foord, “Oa a new Genus

of Devonian Corals,” Annals & Mag. N. H. (5) xvii. 18386,

p- 393, pl. xvi. fig. 5). Of course these resemblances may be

merely homeeomorphous.

* The useful terms “ crypt” and “ crypt-cell ” were suggested by Prof,

E. A. Minchin. The cells, which look like large granular gemmule

cells, appear to me to be probably “ caicoblasts,”

299 On Merlia normani, Kérkp.

The problem of the position of the Monticuliporas has

baffled several generations of geologists and zoologists, who

have regarded them as Foraminifera, Sponges, Coelenterata,

or Polyzoa, At last a living organism has been found with

a skeletal structure showing many resemblances to these

Paleozoic fossils.

Sir John Murray informs me that he has seen a dry spe-

cimen of a coral-like organism from the West Indies in some

respects like Mer/’a, and Prof. Stanley Gardiner has obtained

from the Indian Ocean somewhat similar specimens also dried.

These organisms have been spoken of as Foraminifera or

Alcyonarian Corals. Unfortunately, dried specimens afford

scarcely more information than that which is available for the

paleontologist. I can only say thatif the specimens referred

toare related to Merlia they are sponges. 1 have seen in the

British Museum a Foraminiferan from the Indian Ocean with

a surface reticulum and nodal tubercles, but the skeleton is

obviously Foraminiferan,

I originally described Merlia as a Pharetron sponge

(‘ Annals,’ Dec. 1908, p. 510). Later (‘ Annals,’ July 1909,

p. 47), I concluded that the upper part was a distinct siliceous

sponge, and at one time the organism seemed to me to be an

example of symbiosis between a siliceous and a degenerate

Pharetron sponge. Huxley, in his esssy on Hume, remarks

that if anyone stated that he had seen a Centaur careering

about in Piccadilly, we would feel justitied, even if we believed

in the good faith and acumen of the narrator, in demanding

very strong proofs. If the statement were accepted, we

would perhaps wonder whether the Centaur were a Horse-

Man, a Man-Horse, or possibly, from some lurking doubt as

to the observing powers of the narrator, only a Man on a

Horse.

It is at present believed that the Sponge Phylum originally

divided into three main branches (Calearea, ‘Triaxonia, Tetre-

xonia), and that the division between Calcareous and Siliceous

Sponges extends deep down to the very roots. ‘The existence

of a sponge with a calcareous and a siliceous skeleton had

seemed to me almost as improbable as that of a Centaur. So

it was not surprising that Merlia was regarded by me to be an

instance of symbiosis on a parallel with the Man-on-the-Horse

theory of the Centaur, and that I was misled into establishing

the genus Noronha, which must now become a nomen nudum.

The theory that Merlia is a siliceous sponge that has

“taken on”? the function of forming a calcareous skeleton

appears at first sight to commend itself, because we seem able

to locate the sponge in a particular group of Monaxonellida,

On new European Bats. 291

and, further, the flagellated chambers and collar cells re-

semble those of ‘T'etraxonid Sponges. Prof. Minchin has

reminded me of the tendency of gemmule cells to accumulate

at the base of a sponge, and has suggested that possibly the

calcareous structure may be of the nature of a protective

coating for gemmule cells. ‘here are considerable difficulties,

however, in the way of accepting this ingenious theory.

All that it was intended to bring out in these notes was the

fact that Merlia is a sponge with a siliceous and calcareous

skeleton, and that we are justified in assuming that there is now

more evidence—slight as it still is—in favour of the theory

that some Monticuliporas are Sponges than in that of any

other theory as to the nature of these fossils.

A full account of Merlia with figures will shortly be pub-

lished in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science.’

XLIT.— Description of a new Species and a new Subspecies of

Huropean Bats. By G. K. H. Barrert-HAMILTON.

THERE is in the British Museum of Natural History a bat

taken in Roumania by the late W. Dodson, and having the

geneial appearance of asmall Serotine. 1 have long suspected

this to be the first known example of a hitherto undetected

species, but dared not describe it on the strength of a single

specimen. Recently, however, Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jun.,

has had the courtesy to send me for comparison a similar

although somewhat larger specimen from the collection of the

United States National Museum, taken at St. Gothard,

Switzerland. I have now, therefore, no hesitation in de-

scribing the new species as follows :—

Vespertilio sodalis, sp. n.

This bat resembles V. serotinus of Europe in general

appearance, proportions and colour, but is smaller. The teeth

are relatively larger though not so broad, the length of the

cheek-series being actually about as long as in JV. serotinus.

The skull is relatively stouter and shorter and the cranium

rounder and more inflated than in V, serotinus.

In colour the two specimens are dissimilar. In both the

ears and membranes are, as usual, dusky. In the Roumanian

bat the upperside is near ‘ Prout’s brown,” the hairs being

tipped with tawny, especially on the lower back ; the under-

side is near “ isabella color.” The Swiss bat is everywhere

292 Mr. G. E. . Barrett-IHamilton on

much lighter, the upperside being near “ russet” *, with

tawny hair- -tips, and the underside “unicoloured deep “ buff.”

The face, ears, and wings are very sparsely haired.

The dimensions of the two specimens in millimetres (the

Roumanian bat first) are as follows :—

Head and body 638f, 76}; tail 42T, 32[; ear 18}, 14+];

tragus, 6, $f; thumb without claw 6+, 8f; fifth metacarpal

39+, 40+.; fourth metacarpal 40+, 41 ; third metacarpal 41,

43; forearm (extreme length) 46, 48; lower leg 19+,19+ ;

hind foot (without claws) 8+, —

Skull: greatest length 19, —; basal length in middle

line 14, —; pain length in middle line 7, 8; fiom poste-

rior border of m* to anterior border of canine 6+, 7; same in

lower jaw —, 8; greatest breadth at zygoma 13°35, —;

posterior breadth 8-5, 9; breadth between orbits 8, 8; breadth

at constriction 4+, 4. Blanks in the dimensions indicate that

the skulls are damaged.

The type is a male, no. 4. 4.6. 1 of the British Museum

collection, taken at Bustenari, Roumania, on the 24th April,

1899, by W. Dodson, coliecting for ae: late Lord Lilford.

It was shot in a wood, where the collector obtained also some

Serotines. The second specimen, also a male, is no, pe

of the U.S. Nat. Museum collection, from St. Gothard,

Switzerland.

The existence of a second and smaller bat of the Serotine

type in Iurope is of some interest in view of Mr. Miller’s

recent demonstration that Myotis orygnathus of Monticelli is

practically a small AZ. myosotz’s. It recalls also the relations

of Nyctalus noctula and LN. leislert.

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum insulanus, subsp. n.

Dr. Andersen’s acceptance of Cabrera’s R. ferrum-equinum

obscurus as a small subspecies makes the treatment of the

British Greater Horseshoe Bat somewhat difficult. The

latter is undoubtedly smaller than the typical continental

form, but its dimensions come so close to those of 2. f-eq. obscu-

rus that distinction of the two would be difficult even on the

average. But even granted that they are apparently identical,

these two colonies are geographically separated and represent

independent assumption of similar dimensions, recalling to a

* Names of colours in inverted commas are from Ridgway’s ‘ Nomen-

clature of Colors,’ 1886.

+ Collector’s measurements,

} Measured in dry skin.

new Huropean Bats. 293

certain extent the case of the Lesser Horseshoe, in which the

existence of two small forms, one Mediterranean, the other

British, is not disputed. It seems, then, incorrect and im-

possible to identify British Greater Horseshoes with Spanish

obscurus, while, on the other hand, Andersen’s exact arrange-

ment of the members of this genus precludes their identifica-

tion with the typical form.

I understand that some naturalists do not recognize the

validity of R. f-eq. ebscurus, and on that view the case for the

subspecific distinction of the British Greater Horseshoe

becomes even stronger, and [I feel compelled to give it sub-

specific rank. It may be known as &. ferrum-equinum

insulanus.

This bat resembles 2. ferrum-equinum ferrum-equinum of

Europe in every respect, but has smaller wings.

The skull-measurements about equal those of Lt. f.-eq.

ferrum-equinum.

The following are the average dimensions of a series :—

So 22 8 =

50 a = °o e

: S| as oO ae i

> oH 33 s 3

eves ae Ee o +3 cts 5S

es as Ee ee

2 Rule to (US St oe, |= 3

eo. a = See o 3 tt sae f. gy

2 9 Sas —= 2, &@ +» t=

Se aoe SRS WN ects

a 5 "SS ws en ea = eee ee

oS a ny 5 = Lao E fo] x > = 2 ~ ~

= ] Do i=} — = ‘=|

S 3 oa 3 Cre Seca S “| G MS

ee H HH & HH AB eA

Approximate average rs 3 xe

PP OOo Celene A OColmo a 24 leo G00 83: on 4e3e9

of eleven males .

Approximate average | px.g 99. : 29.<

of five females .. { eae See

ih)

d°3 11°8 54:5 69 85°8 36:2 40°5

The dimensions of the type are as follows (measured from

alcohol) :—

Head and body 63 mm.; ear, greatest length, 21°5 ; nose-

leaf, greatest length and breadth, 14x7+; tail 31; lower

leg 25 ; lind foot without claws 10°5 ; forearm 54; thumb

and claw 6; longest digit 83°5; metacarpal ili. 386; meta-

carpal iv. 88; metacarpal v. 40.

Skull: greatest length 24; basal length in middle line 19;

palatal length in middle line 8; from posterior border of m°

to ante:ior border of canine 8°75 ; ditto in lower jaw 9°75;

greatest breadth at zygoma 12 ; posterior breadth 9 ; breadth

between orbits 8; breadth at constriction 3.

The type is no. 7. 1.10. 3 of the British Museum collection,

a male in alcohol. It was taken by Mr. ‘I’. A. Coward in the

caves at Cheddar, Somersetshire, in January 1907. |

$3 Greatest expanse of

wings,

294 Bibliographical Notice.— Geological Society.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Third Annual Report of the Committee of Control of the South

African Central Locust Bureau. Respectfully submitted by the

Committee to the several Governments supporting the Bureau.

Prepared for publication and edited by CHas. P. Lounssury,

Government Entomologist, Cape of Good Hope. 8vo. Cape

Town, 1909. Pp. 68.

Tur above-mentioned Bureau was established by the joint action of

the several British colonies and territories of South Africa in 1906,

after the country had-been ravaged by locusts for twelve or fifteen

consecutive years; and it is now supported by all the British

territories, as well as by Mozambique and German South-west

Africa. The Report before us deals with the locust season of

1908-9. <Aithough a great number of species of locusts inhabit

South Africa, it appears that the two principal destructive species

are Pachytylus rubricollis, Stal, and Cyrtacanthacris septemfasciata,

Sery., called here respectively the Brown- and the Red-winged

Locusts. The former, the oldest name for which is Pachytylus

pardalinus, Walker, is congeneric with the real Pachytylus mugra-

torius of Linneus; the latter belongs to a different section of the

true Locusts or Short-horned Grasshoppers. Both species have

latterly been much less destructive than formerly, owing to the

energetic measures taken against them ; and even on the Zambesi,

where the Red-winged Locust is very destructive and less effectually

cowbated than in the south, it is estimated that a probable loss of

crops worth £250,000 was prevented this year. On one sugar-cane

plantation of about 3300 acres fourteen tons of eggs were dug out.

The use of poisons and the services of locust-eating birds (inclusive

of stork-migrants from Europe) are also discussed, and numerous

reports from various parts of South Africa are printed. The Report

may be commended to the favourable attention of both naturalists

and agriculturists.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December 1st, 1909.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Se.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :——

‘The Tremadoc Slates and Associated Rocks of South-East

Carnarvonshire.’ By William George Fearnsides, M.A., F.G.S.,

Fellow of, and lecturer in Natural Sciences at, Sidney Sussex

College, Cambridge.

This paper gives the results which have been obtained by the

Author in making a detailed map of the country about Portmadoc,

Geological Society. : 295

Tremadoc, and Criccieth in Carnarvonshire, and describes the

stratigraphy of the Cambrian and Ordovician rocks there exposed.

The area described includes the original type-area of the Tremadoe

Slates (Sedgwick & Salter), and the paper includes a detailed

account of the local development of this well-known series.

The first part of the paper is devoted to a brief summary of the

results attained by former workers, and is arranged to show the

various stages through which the nomenclature of the major

subdivisions of the Cambrian and Ordovician Systems have evolved.

The sedimentary series are described in the order of their

formation. The succession may be tabulated as follows :—

Western or Criccieth District. Eastern or Tremadoc District.

-Carapoc Rbhyoliticashesand agglomerates.

SHEIES. Variable dark-grey and black | Grey slate series, often strongly

shivery slates, banded, but with banded, with a few shelly

no distinguishable horizons. fossils (TZrinucleus and

Orthis) in the upper part.

Andesitic ashesand ashy shales.

Luanperto~ =©. Dark banded slates Vesicular andesites,

SERIES. with intense cleavage ; Blue-black slates containing

no fossils found, graptolites. Zone of Nema-

graptus gracilis.

Earthy slates, with occasional

‘tuning-fork’ graptolites,

Shivery slates passing down into

Flaggy grits yielding Calymene

parvifrons.

Basal conglomeratic grit, Conglomeratic grit of Ynys

Towyn.

ARENIG

SERIES.

Unconformity.

Garth Hill Beds: Not complete in

Grey-blue slates with Angelina. the area studied.

Penmorfa Beds:

Flaggy mudstones and thinly-bedded slates

with Shumardia and the Shineton fauna.

Portmadoc Beds:

Thickly-bedded felspathic slates, with occa-

sional Asaphelius.

r c | Moel-y-gest Beds.

eee - Banded grey slates and mudstones;

few fossils, Acrotreta and Bellerophon.

The Dictyonema Band:

A constant and characteristic band of

bright rusting blue-grey mudstones, with

abundant Dictyonema sociale.

| Tynllan Beds:

| Thinly-bedded rusty shales with some hard

grey mudstone bands, containing Niobe

and Psilocephalus. (Symphysurus.)

‘

296 Geological Society.

Sooty-black mudstones with Peltura scarabeoides,

Blue-black mudstone with Agnostus trisectus,

Black slates, with caleareous bands often crowded

with Orthis lenticularis.

Dark flaggy slates with Parabolina spinulosa.

Do.GELiLy

SERIES.

Grey-blue slates and flags crowded with Lingulella

FrnstinioG davisii.

SERIES. Grey flags and grauwacké with some coarser

bands (1800 feet thick).

Marytwrog Rusty grey and blue slates with thin bands of

SERIES. felspathic grauwacké,

The folding, the cleavage, the faulting, and the jointing of the

rocks are described, and an attempt is made to show some

relationship between the various stress-phenomena which have

produced these structures.

The great fault through Penmorfa is interpreted as a thrust-

plane hading gently to the north-east. It is described as bounding

two districts which are of very different structural type, and is

supposed to form the lowest sole of the group of thrust-planes

which follow the southern margin of the Snowdonian mountain-

tract.

The well-known pisolitic iron-ore of Tremadoc is shown to

follow the line of this fault, and is thought by the Author to be

of the nature of a metasomatic veinstone.

Direct evidence of overthrusting has been got from a study of

the graptolite-bearing Llandeilo rocks of Tyddyn-dicwm, which

have been exposed in two artificial trenches dug for the purpose ;

and the distribution of the andesitie voleanic series in lines of

detached lenticles among the Grey Slates is described as evidence

of a similar reduplication of the newer rock-series of the north-

eastern district ou a more extended scale.

The actual lines of major thrust-planes, other than the Penmorfa

Fault, have not keen discovered; but, from the broad-spreading

character of the sills of gabbroid dolerite, the Author infers that

these have come in along the thrust-planes,

The petrographical characters of these quartziferous and

hypersthene-bearing dolerites are not dealt with, but it is noted that

the dolerites are (1) unaffected by cleavage and faulting; and

(2) have metamorphosed rocks which were already cleaved, cut,

and reduplicated by the thrust-faulting at the time of their

intrusion: in this the Author joins issue with previous observers

in regard to their age.

The Glacial and post-Glacial accumulations are also described

in outline.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

= JOURN. AL OF SCIEN CE.

‘A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

_. CHEMISTRY, ‘MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

“ - -MONTULY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained. Prices on application.

The First Series, i in 68 volumes, from 1798 vo 1826. A few imperfect

copies only on hand, —

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832.

The Z'herd Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850.

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875

The Fifth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1876 to 1900.

TayLox and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDIN @

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

—— sets ( unbound) may be obtained at the following

‘prices:— ©

The First Sertes, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857, Pace 2 tf

The. Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867, EEE AK

The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877 ear ees

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. wy seks

The Sixth Series, i in 20 volumes, from 1888 to 1897. isa PS

Tayzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

so geet

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 27.—Eighth Series.

XXXII. Some Notes on the Life-history and Rate of Growth in

Gobius minutus. By Epwarp Saanyn, B.Sc. "3 Gatty bepcraee Labora-

tory, St. Andrews. ae IX. GK) ieee cece eee cee eee. QIT

XXXIII. A Collection of Mammals from Eastern Benes. Drak

with Descriptions of related new Mamas eon other Localities. 3

ve < Oxprietp THoMAS ......- D sievele woninees won whee e's ie Giga kas - 2389 Rien

XXXIV. Remarks on Prof. ae yon Merely’ 3s recent Contribution

to the Knowledge of the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis, By G.A. — oe

Page

EHoQage htsec): 8 Up Pn, He aa CRAIGS a aa gee Wasi 5 a lostenienen aay 3

XXXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XXVI. By T. D. A

CockERELL, University of Colorado... . 0.0.2 cee rece were er ewes 256 |. |

XXXVI. On new Species of West-African Culicide, ee Dr.

Wer Mh GRABAM Fd oie 07d 60 v nle dese slates b's Cc Uwaen So's 8s Mgt nie wert eee

XXXVII. Two new Duikers relatod to Oaphalephna abyssinious .

and a new Dendromus from Mt. Elgon. By R.C. Wroventon .... 273

XXXVIII. Eight new African Rodents. By Witrrep H, Oscoon. 276 ie

XXXIX. Further new African Mammalia, By Oxnrmery Tomas 282. °°,

XL. Two new Species of African Dormice pela ae to the Genus

Graphiurus, By Guy Dottman, B.A.

XLI. Further Notes on Merlia normani, Kirkp. By R. Kirx-

PATIULCK 5 oe Gases pind y's's a ee ores Sus EP APE . Wale Sean iain Wiha 288

XLII. Description of a new Species and a new Subspecies of

European Bats. By G. E. H. Barrerr-Hamiuron ........... ees Ok

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Third Annual Report of the Committee of Control of the South

African Central Locust Bureau. Prepared for publication and

edited by Cas. P. Lounssurr, Government Entomologist, Cape ag

of Good Hope eeeeeeeeeeereeeeee @e5voecoeevese eeecvanver eere 294 iy

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Geological Sooiety. “oy. ..0s4 bak ay eee eae eee rr ee . tb.

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, ;

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs, Taylor and ais 3) Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

SSRN Et |

5 Vol. ya EIGHTH SERIES. ae No. 28.

THE ANN § 1s

- MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING .

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M Ay MED. Pa. Diy FERS

WEREEAM, CARRUTHERS, Pu. Pb, blab. to. S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘*ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH ONE PLATE.

Illustrative of Mr. R. Kirkpatrick’s ch 343 on the Affinities of

Astroselera willeyana, Lister.

LONDON: =

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton. Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:

Hodges, Figg iat Co., Dublin: and Asher, Bolin:

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in a Gammell,

Edited by A. HE. Surexery, M. A. E.R.S.

Med. 8vo, with text illustrations and 10 plates. Price 10s.

DERMAPTERA (Earwies). By Dr. Maxcoum Burr, MLA. F.LS.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY. |

Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-200, pls. i-xv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (HAENCHOPHORA: Curculionide). By as

D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i-vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 7 (RayncuopHora: Curculionidae, continued).

By G. C. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-78, pls. i.-iii.)

ep eoerors Heterocera, Vol.1V. By Lorp WALsIncHaM. (Pp. 1- oh

pl. i.)

_ The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

Just published. March.—Price 2is._

Parr XI. or

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA,

By Lieut.-Col. H. H: GODWIN-AUSTEN, E.RS., &e.

With 15 Plates and 70 pages Text, with descriptions of many new

Species belonging to the Genera:

Macrochlamys, Euaustenia, Cryptaustenia, Seapine =

Austenia, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Sakiella, Pseudo-

kaliella, Sarika, Euplecta, and Pupisoma. Cena

TaxiLor aad Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES. }

No. 28. APRIL 1910.

XLIII.—Rhynchotal Notes.—L. By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Fulgoride.

Subfams. Acawarouwam and Frarimvz.

In 1901-1902 Dr. Melichar published his ‘ Monographie der

Acanaloniiden und Flatiden, which was rightly weleomed by

all homopterists. He, however, did not see the numerous

types of Walker belonging to these subfamilies, and has not

unnaturally fallen into the greatest misunderstanding as to

their proper location. In these pages I have therefore sought

to correct that part of his work, with Walker’s types before

me in the British Museum. The Malayan species are dealt

with in part il. of my ‘ Rhynchota Malayana’ (Records of the

Indian Museum), and those from all other localities are a

recorded if this paper.

All the types of the species now described are contained

in the British Museum.

Subfam. AcawvaALolmn#.

Genus ACANALONIA.

Acanalonia, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. (1) viii. p. 447 (1889).

Type, A. servillei, Spin.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. Ze

298 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Acanalonia varipennis.

Peciloptera varipennis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 118 (1858).

Acanonia varipennis Stil, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 491.

Peciloptera viridissima, Walk, Ins. Saund., Hom, p. 54 (1858).

Cromna peracuta, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 62

(1901).

Colgar peracuta, Kirk. (part.) Rep. Exp. Stat. Haw, Plant. Assoc. pt. ix.

p. 458 (1908).

Hab. Amazons.

Walker correctly localized his P. varipennis as from Para,

and P. viridissima as from ‘‘Tocant,” an abbreviation for

the well-known Tocantins River. This, however, has not

prevented it being considered a synonym of the Australian

species (. peracuta, by both Melichar and Kirkaldy.

Acanalonia laurifolia.

Peeciloptera laurifolia, Walk, List Hom., Suppl. p. 117 (1858).

Acanalonia servillei, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 186

(1901).

Hab. Amazons.

Dr. Melichar has treated this species as a synonym of

A, servillei, from which, however, it differs in the transverse

and much less anteriorly angulated vertex.

Acanalonia complanata.

Peciloptera complanata, Walk. List Hom. ii, p. 461 (1851); Melich.

Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 227 (1903),

Hab. ——?

Genus PaRaTHIScIA.

Parathiscia, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 194 (1901).

Type, P. congugata, Melich.

Parathiscia truncatella.

Dalapax truncatella, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 332 (1858).

Pseudoflata nigricornis, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 251

(1901).

Hab. Natal.

I have figured this species in my ‘ Insecta Transvaaliensia,’

pt, x. tab. xxiii. fig, 2.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 299

Subfam. Frarmz.

Genus Ityr#a.

Ityrea, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 235 (1866).

Type, J. nigrocincta, Walk.

Ityrea gregoryi, sp. n.

Head dull reddish, antennz black ; pronotum and meso-

notum sanguineous ; abdomen above and body beneath pale

ochraceous, thickly whitishly tomentose ; anterior and inter-

mediate legs piceous or black, more or less greyishly tomen-

tose, posterior legs ochraceous, apices of tibize and the tarsi

fuscous ; tegmina ochraceous, narrowly carmine-red at base,

costal, apical, and posterior claval margins narrowly piceous,

at apex of clavus a piceous spot more or less linearly ex-

tending into corium; wings milky white ; antenne with the

second joint more than twice the length of first ; pro- and

mesonota tricarinate ; tegmina twice as long as broad.

Length, excl. tegm., ¢ 9? 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 40-42 mm.

Hab. Brit. East Africa ; Kibwezi River (Gregory).

A species allied to /. nigrocincta, Walk., from which it

appears—judging from a series of six specimens—to con-

stantly differ by the darker tegmina and the narrower struc-

ture of the same (twice as long as broad). It is also allied to

I. electa, Melich., from the description of which it differs by

the differently coloured margin of the tegmina.

This is one of the species illustrated in the frontispiece to

Gregory’s ‘ The Great Rift Valley,’ but incorrectly coloured.

It is, however, correctly portrayed in plate xxvi. Trans. Ent,

Soe. Lond. (1902); the green imsect in both plates is the

I, speciosa, Melich,

Genus PHromnia.

Phromnia, St&l, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 68 (1858),

Type, P. pallida, Oliv.

Phromnia pallida.

Fulgora pallida, Oliv. Enc. Méth. vi. p. 575. 42 (1791).

Phromnia pallida, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 239 (1866) et syn.

Flata pallida, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 211 (1901).

Var. limbata.

Cicada limbata, Fabry. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 27. 3 (1794).

Phromnia pallida, vax. limbata, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 239 (1866) et

syn.

Flata limbata, Melich. Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 206 (1991),

300 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Melichar has separated the forms pallida and limbata rather

widely apart in his monograph of the genus (supra). I

think, however, that Stal’s view must be maintained, espe-

cially as the same variation occurs in the following Ethiopian

species,

Hab. West and Central Africa.

Phromnia superba.

Flata superba, Melich. Ann, Hofmus, Wien, xvi. p. 206 (1901).

Var.—Tegmina pale tawny, not virescent, apical margin

very narrowly black, costal margin obscurely reddish, poste-

rior margin of clavus spotted with black and its lower base

marked as in typical forms of the species.

Hab. Congo; Lutiti (Dr. Christy). Gold Coast (Dr.

Graham), 8. Nigeria (Dr. Collett), Bendi (Dr. MacAlister),

Ashanti (Dudgeon, Brit. Mus.). Sierra Leone and Came-

roons (fide Melichar).

Phromnia superba, Melich., could easily be recognized as a

small form of P. pallida, Oliv.

Phromnia neavet, sp. n.

Body and legs virescent, abdomen sometimes completely

greyishly tomentose, anterior and intermediate tibie and

tarsi black; antenne black; tegmina virescent, costal and

apical margins—to apex of clavus—somewhat broadly san-

guineous, extreme apical margin fuscous or black ; posterior

margin of clavus black but not reaching base, where the

margin is somewhat broadly ochraceous; wings creamy

white, the extreme base virescent.

Var.—Tegmina ochraceous, not virescent.

Antenne with the second joint nearly half as long again

as first ; pro- and mesonota tricarinate ; anterior and inter-

mediate tibiz strongly sulcate, posterior tibize with two

spines.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 12, 2? 13 mm.; exp. tegm., ¢ 38,

9 41 mm.

Hab. 8.K. Congo Free State ; W. of Kambove (Neave).

To be separated from P. pallida and P. superba by the

black, not spotted posterior margin of the clavus and by the

absence of the black basal spot from same.

Phromnia angolensis, sp. n.

Body pale ochraceous ; antenne, anterior and intermediate

tibiae and tarsi black ; tegmina greenish ochraceous, costal

Mr. W. LL. Distant on Homoptera. 301

margin sanguineous, apical margin narrowly black; wings

creamy white ; antenne with the second joint about half as

long again as first ; pro- and mesonota tricarinate ; tegmina

less than twice as long as broad.

Var.—Body and tegmina tawny ochraceous ; tegmina with

the costal margin obsoletely sanguineous, the apical margin

narrowly black as in typical form.

Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm., 2 35-38 mm.

Hab. Angola (Welwitsch).

This species differs from P. neavei by its smaller size, and

from it and the other African species by the unicolorous

claval area and absence of black margin to same. ‘The three

specimens which have served for the above description were

delivered to the British Museum by the executors of Dr. Wel-

witsch, as from the King of Portugal, in accordance with a

decree of the High Court Judicature, November 1875.

Genus Latina.

Flatina, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 214 (1901).

Type, F. rubrotincta, Hagl.

Flatina fimbriata.

Peciloptera fimbriata, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 54 (1858),

Phyllyphanta cornutipennis, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvii.

p. 55 (1902).

Walker’s type is from an unknown locality, but I possess

a specimen received from Sierra Leone.

Flatina ornatula, sp. n.

Body and legs pale greyish ; pro- and mesonota with two

longitudinal pale sanguineous fasciz, the margins of the

latter more obscurely sanguineous ; eyes and antennz black,

the latter palely tomentose ; tegmina pale ochraceous grey,

the costal, apical, and posterior claval margins narrowly dull

reddish, three unbroken oblique fasciz (not extending upwards

beyond margin of costal membrane) and the clavus (ex-

cluding inner margin and basal area) pale sanguineous ;

wings creamy white; tegmina about one-third longer than

broad; the claval area prominently granulate, first and

second joints of antennz subequal in length; pro- and meso-

nota longitudinally tricarinate.

Long., excl. tegm., 84 mm. ; exp. tegm. 28 mm.

Hab. West Africa; Volta River (Crowley Bequest, Brit.

Mus. ).

302 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Allied to F. liciata, Melich., from which it differs by the

broader and unbroken sanguineous fascie to the tegmina,

the more granulate clavus, &c.

Genus Parariata.

Paruflata, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 217 (1901).

Type, P. seminigra, Stal.

Paraflata kingdomi, sp. n.

Body and legs black; eyes, narrow anterior margin of

pronotum, abdominal segmental margins, basal and apical

margins to first joint of antennz, coxal and other irregular

sternal spots greyish white ; tegmina pale ochraceous, less

than basal half—truncate not sinuate externally—black ;

wings creamy white ; antennz robust, first and second joints

subequal in length ; pro- and mesonota somewhat crushed

in typical specimen; tegmina not quite twice as long as

broad, claval area finely granulate; posterior tibiz with a

single spine a little before apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 37 mm.

Hab. Madagascar; Antananarivo (Kingdom, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to P. seminigra, Stal, but differing by its larger

size, different markings of the tegmina, the black basal area

smaller and outwardly truncate, &c.

Genus CryProrLata.

Cryptoflata, Melich. Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 19 (1902).

Type, C. unipunctata, Oliv.

Cryptoflata guttularis.

Nephesa guttularis, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 160

(1857).

Var. punctipennis, Walk., MS.

Tegmina pale virescent, spotted as in typical guttularis.

Assam; Margherita. N. China (Brit. Mus.).

Cryptoflata unipunctata.

Fulgora unipunctata, Oliv. Enc. Méth. vi, p. 576 (1791).

Colobesthes bigutta, Walk. List Hom. ii. p, 441 (1851).

Peciloptera sobrina, St&l, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 191.

Cryptoflata unipunctata, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 23

(1902).

Mr. W. L. Distant cn Homoptera. 303

Var. areolifera, Walk.

Peciloptera areolifera, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 112 (1858).

Cryptofiata areolifera, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 24 (1902).

Hab. West Africa, East Africa, Natal.

Cryptoflata hova, sp. n.

Body and legs pale ochraceous with a virescent tint, prob-

ably more decidedly greenish in fresh specimens; tegmina

sordidly greyish white, claval area somewhat thickly covered

with dull reddish granules and some smaller scattered

granules of the same colour on basal area of corium beneath

the radial area; wings creamy white; vertex trausverse,

about twice as broad as long, centrally longitudinally cari-

nate, the lateral margins also carimate, the apex truncate ;

face a little longer than broad, centrally longitudinally cari-

nate, the carination only extending about halfway from base,

lateral margins a little lamimate; rostrum slightly passing

the anterior cox ; tegmina twice as long as broad, wideued

towards apex, apical margin subtruncate, posterior margiu

moderately concavely sinuate, costal membrane only slightly

narrower than radial area, the apical marginal area wider at

apex than at posterior angle ; tibize sulcate.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 7 mm.; exp. tegm. 23 mm.

Hab. Central Madagascar (Rev. Deans Cowan, Brit. Mus.).

Genus MELICHARIA.

Melicharia, Kirk, Entomologist, xxxiii. p. 294 (1900).

Type, M. quadrata, Kirby.

Melicharia doddi, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum more or less olivaceous

green, pro- and mesonota with a broad central longitudinal

brownish fascia; abdomen above olivaceous green, thickly

whitely tomentose ; body beneath and legs pale virescent ;

tegmina pale green, with the veins more ochraceous, costal

margin from about one-fourth from base, apical and inner

margin to apex of clavus, and the apical two-thirds of claval

vein sanguineous; in costal membrane beneath the costal

margin are some minute sanguineous spots and a few more

of rather paler colour in arched series on posterior disk of

corium, base of costal margin ochraceous; wings creamy

white ; vertex much broader than long, anteriorly truncate,

304 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

centrally and laterally carinate, face obliquely broadened

anteriorly, the anterior margin truncate, centrally longitu-

dinally carinate throughout its whole length, the lateral

margins broadly reflexed ; tegmina twice as broad as long,

apical margin subtruncate, the apical and posterior angles

rounded, the inner margin angularly sinuate at apex of clavus,

two transverse lines formed of transverse veins on apical area,

the outermost moderately convex, enclosing a series of narrow

longitudinal marginal cellular areas, the inner less well

defined.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 45 mm.; exp. tegm. 14 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Kuranda (f. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

In colour and pattern of tegmina, but not in shape or

structure of head, somewhat resembling Colgar peracuta,

Walk.

Melicharia unicolor.

Massila unicolor, Walk. Journ. Ent. i. p. 315 (1862); Melich. Ann.

Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 159 (1902).

Hab. Moreton Bay.

Melicharia lurida.

Peciloptera lurida, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hom. p. 53 (1858) ; Melich.

Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 229 (1902).

Hab. Gambia.

A single typical specimen in very bad condition.

Genus SIPHANTA.

Siphanta, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 238 (1866).

Type, S. acuta, Walk.

Siphanta atomaria.

Peciloptera atomaria, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 56 (1858),

? Colgar atomaria, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 117 (1902).

Neomelicharia ? atomaria, Kirk. Rep. Exp, Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc.

pt. ix. p. 453 (1906).

Hab. Tasmania.

Siphanta stigma, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, mesonotum, and abdomen above ochra-

ceous, the latter greenish on basal area; body beneath and

legs greenish ochraceous, tibiz (excluding basal areas) and

the tarsi dull pale reddish ; tegmina pale greenish ochraceous,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 305

excluding clavus and costal membrane thickly finely spotted

with greyish white, the veins darker and green in colour, a

distinct small fuscous spot on central disk of apical area, the

costal margin from about end of radial area, continued round

apical margin to end of clavus, very finely spotted with dull

reddish ; wings creamy white ; vertex subequal in length to

that of pronotum, anteriorly subangularly rounded, the

margins distinctly carinately elevated and narrowly reddish,

two central converging carinate lines united anteriorly ;

pronotum rugulosely granulose; mesonotum tricarinate,

obscurely granulose ; tegmina about twice as long as broad,

the costal margin rounded at basal area, apical margin sub-

truncate, the apical and posterior angles rounded; clavus

somewhat coarsely granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 17 mm.

Hab. Australia, sic (Brit. Mus.).

This species is unfortunately not precisely located, but is

almost certainly from South-east Australia.

Siphanta sp.

Siphanta galeata, Kirk. Rep. Exp. Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc. pt. ix. p. 458,

pl. xxxii. fig. 11 (1906) ; id. Rep. Exp. Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc.,

Bull. iii. p. 99, pl. v. fig. 8, and pl. vi. figs. 3 & 4 (1907).

Hab. Queensland.

The head and pronotum of this proposed species, as repre-

sented by the two figures given by Kirkaldy (1906 and 1907),

are quite dissimilar, and cannot be taken to represent the

same species. As neither of them has been disowned,

S. galeata without an examination of the type (now at

Honolulu) is outside present recognition.

In the above publication Kirkaldy has unfortunately

increased his mystification of this genus by giving different

references to figures for the same species. Thus both

S. acuta and S. breviceps are referred (supra, 1907, p. 100)

to pl. i. fig. 2, but in the description of the plates the

latter is referred to pl. v. fig. 2, while a comparison of the

figures on the plates will show that more than one genus is

represented. A glance at the venation of the species illus-

trated on plates iv. and v. (1907) will prove that contention *.

SIPHANTOIDES, gen. nov.

Vertex coarsely granulose, about as broad as long, as long

as pronotum, subquadrate, anterior margin truncate, a little

* Since this was written we regret to have heard of the death of

Mr. Kirkaldy at San Francisco

306 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

rounded at the anterior angles ; face longer than broad, flat,

somewhat concavely depressed, basal margin a little rounded,

lateral margins from clypeus to about one-third from base

laminately reflexed; clypeus small, the margins broadly

ridged; pronotum coarsely granulose, the lateral margins

ridged, anterior margin truncate, posterior margin concave,

the lateral margins obliquely rounded ; mesonotum coarsely

eranulose, longer than pronotum, the disk raised and ridged

at each lateral nargin ; legs of moderate length, tibiz sulcate,

posterior tibiz not spined ; tegmina about one and a half

times longer than greatest breadth, twice as broad at apex

as at hase, strongly arched to apex, which is broadly rounded,

apical margin obliquely truncate, its posterior angles angu-

late, but not or only very slightly posteriorly produced, the

posterior margin angularly sinuate at apex of clavus, two

strongly branched longitudinal veins arising from basal cell,

costal membrane alittle narrower than radial area, the first

transversely, the latter reticulately veined, clavus coarsely

granulose ; wings about as broad as tegmina; two transverse

veins before apical area.

Type, S. conspicua, Dist.

Siphantoides conspicua, sp. n.

Body and legs bright ochraceous, abdomen more or less

greyishly tomentose, tibize and tarsi more or less sanguineous ;

tegmina virescent, inclining to ochraceous, a large basal

castaneous spot extending from claval vein to the second

longitudinal vein emanating from basal cell, a waved oblique

castaneous fascia irrorated with virescent spots extending

upward from apex of clavus to about one-third from costal

-margin, apical margin extending to apex of clavus finely

spotted with castaneous, the claval granules mostly red ;

wings milky white, with a slightly bluish reflection.

Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. tegm. 22 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Townsville (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Siphantoides trimaculatus, sp. u.

Vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum bright orange-yellow ;

eyes castaneous ; abdomen above greyishly tomentose, the

margins of the segments palely virescent ; body beneath and

legs pale ochraceous, abdomen beneath greyish; anterior

and intermediate tibie more or less suffused with san-

guineous; tegmina pale virescent, with three small dull

reddish spots, one in clavus near base, one at apex of clavus,

and the other on disk near middle, apical margin continued

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 307

to claval apex finely spotted with sanguineous; wings milky

white, the veins virescent ; vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum

rugulosely granulose ; vertex about as broad as long and as

long as pronotum, the lateral margins of which are ridged ;

mesonotum longer than pronotum, the disk raised and ridged

at each lateral margin ; clavus coarsely granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm.; exp. tegm. 20 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Stphantoides alboconspersus, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum orange-yellow, abdomen

above pale virescent ; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous,

apices of anterior and intermediate tibiz and tarsi slightly

suffused with sanguineous, tegmina greyishly virescent, with

all the veins broadly ochraceous, thus producing the appear-

ance of numerous pale spots, the apical margin continued to

claval apex finely spotted with sanguineous ; clavus coarsel

granulose, the granules dull reddish ; wings milky white, the

veins pale virescent ; vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum

rugulosely granulose ; vertex about as long as broad and as

long as pronotum; mesonotum somewhat mutilated in

typical specimen ; anterior lateral margins of face distinctly

dark ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm. ; exp. tegm. 174 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.). ©

Genus CoLear.

Colgar, Kirk. Entomologist, 1900, p. 242 ; id. doe. cit. 1903, p. 79.

Atella, Stal (part.), Hem. Afr. iv. p. 238 (1866) ; id. Berl. ent. Zeitschr.

x. p. 394 (1866) (nom. preocc.),

Cromna, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 58 (1902),

Type, C. peracuta, Walk.

Colgar roseipennis, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous or greenish ochraceous ; apical

area of vertex, basal area of face, apices of tibiz, tarsi, and

anal abdominal appendage above more or less rosaceous ;

tegmina greyish, with the apical area and the whole of the

venation rosaceous, two small spots on disk of corium and

the apical margin darker and more roseate in hue: wings

creamy white, with the basal longitudinal veins riacewed ;

vertex upwardly and angularly produced, somewhat conical ;

face much longer than broad, narrowed at base, centrally

longitudinally carinate; tegmina about twice as long as

308 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

broad, apical margin a little obliquely truncate; clavus

prominently granulose, many of the granules roseate in hue.

Long., excl. tegm., 65 mm. ; exp. tegm. 15 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

No special locality given by Mr. Dodd.

Colgar peracuta.

Cromna peracuta, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 120 (1858); Melich.

(part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 62 (1902).

Colgar peracuta, Kirk. Entomologist, 1900, p. 242.

? Euphanta rubromarginata, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1904, p. 860.

Melichar (supra) has proposed some unfortunate synonymy

respecting this species. The Cromna nasalis, Walk. (List

Hom., Suppl. p. 120, 1858), which he includes, he has pre-

viously (loc. cit. p. 40) rightly placed as a synonym of

Euphanta munda, Walk. Peciloptera viridissima, Walk.,

placed as another synonym, is a species of Acanalonia,=

A. varipennis, Walk. Another species included by Melichar,

Flatoides simplex, Walk. (Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x.

p. 148, 1868), is not even a Flatid, but belongs to the Tropi-

duchinze and to the genus Ficarasa, Walk. Peciloptera

roseicincta, Walk. (Journ. Ent. i. p. 313, 1862), another

inclusion, belongs to the genus Parasalurnis, whilst Nephesa

grata, Walk., which heads the synonymic list, can rightly be

left in Nephesa where Walker placed it.

Colgar rufostigmata, sp. 1.

Body and legs very pale virescent ; abdomen above and

body beneath more or less greyishly tomentose ; tegmina very

pale virescent, sometimes almost greyish white, the costal

margin from end of costal membrane and the apical margin

continued to apex of clavus very narrowly sanguineous (in

some specimens the marginal coloration is obsolete), a promi-

nent sanguineous spot near middle of tegmen, and a smaller

spot of the same colour nearer base; wings milky white ;

vertex scarcely or only slightly longer than pronotum, finely

centrally longitudinally carinate ; face with the sublateral

carinations reaching margin of clypeus; pronotum very

indistinctly carinate; mesonotum faintly tricarinate; teg-

mina slightly less than twice as long as broad, their apical

margins subtruncate, costal margin moderately arched at

base; claval area subprominently granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 9 7-8 mm. ; exp. tegm. 19-20 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Townsville (Dodd, Brit. Mus.) ; More-

ton Bay (Pascoe Coll., Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 309

Colgar tricolor, sp. n.

Body and legs pale green; abdomen above and body

beneath whitely tomentose ; tegmina pale green, with nume-

vous irregular whitish spots, beyond the middle some of these

spots form more or less distinctly two oblique macular fascie,

costal margin from end of costal membrane, and apical

margin continued to claval apex, very narrowly sanguineous,

three small sanguineous spots in longitudinal series on disk,

the one nearest base usually smallest and somewhat indistinct ;

wings creamy white, the veins more or less pale bluish green ;

vertex finely sparingly granulose, anteriorly moderately

upturned, a little longer than the pronotum, strongly cen-

trally longitudinally carinate; pronotum very sparingly

granulose, centrally carmate, the lateral margins also cari-

nate ; mesonotum tricarinate ; tegmina about twice as long

as broad, moderately arched at base, the apical margin trun-

cately oblique; claval area strongly granulose.

In some specimens the apical area of the tegmina is some-

what suffused with pale reddish ochraceous and the carinations

to the face are more or less sanguineous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 9 7-74 mm.; exp. tegm. 19-20 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Kuranda (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

PARASALURNIS, gen. nov.

Vertex a little angularly produced, centrally longitudinally

impressed ; face somewhat convex, a little longer than broad,

strongly centrally longitudinally ridged, the basal and lateral

margins ridged, the latter also laminately reflexed ; pronotum

as long as or longer than vertex, granulose, more or less cen-

trally longitudinally depressed, strongly sublaterally carinate

on each side; mesonotum tricarinate; tegmina less than

twice as long as broad, costal margin a little rounded, apical

margin subtruncate, the apical and posterior angles rounded,

inner margin concavely sinuate, claval area strongly granulose,

corium with a network of numerous transverse veins, thus

resembling the genus Sa/urnis.

Type, P. roseicincta, Walk.

Parasalurnis roseicincta.

Peeiloptera roseicincta, Walk. Journ. Ent. i. p. 315 (1862).

Cromna peracu/a, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 62 (1902),

? Siphanta rubra, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. lxv. p. 358 (1904),

Hab. Australia; Moreton Bay (Brit. Mus.).

310 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Parasalurnis insularis, sp. n.

Vertex sanguineous, more or less ochraceous at base ;

face and clypeus ochraceous, the lateral margins of the first

more or less sanguineous and with two small brownish spots

before clypeus, which has two linear brownish spots separated

by a central pale slightly carinate line; pro- and mesonota

bright ochraceous ; abdomen above ochraceous, the base

suffused with blackish ; body beneath and legs ochraceous,

the latter with their upper surfaces carmine-red ; tegmina

bright ochraceous, a little paler between the numerous trans-

verse veins, giving the appearance of pale greyish spots, costal

margin to about end of radial area very narrowly carmine-

red, thence round apex, along apical margin to end of clavus

closely marked with small carmine-red spots, claval~ vein

similarly spotted ; wings creamy white ; vertex a little sub-

angularly produced, centrally longitudinally impressed ; face

with the lateral margins slightly convex, strongly centrally

longitudinally ridged, the lateral margins ridged and lami-

nately reflexed ; pronotum granulose; mesonotum granulose

on anterior area, tricarinate ; tegmina less than twice as loug

as broad, with the claval area strongly granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., 5 mm.; exp. tegm. 16 mm.

Hab. N.W. Australia; Baudin Island (J. J. Walker,

Cruise of H.M.S. ‘Penguin’; Brit. Mus.).

Parasalurnis infumata, sp. n.

Body and legs pale greenish yellow; anterior margin of

vertex, basal margin of face, and the tibia and tarsi more or

less dull reddish ; tegmina pale green, the areas enclosed by

the numerous transverse veins paler in hue and giving the

appearance of obscure greyish spots, costal and apical margins

to end of clavus spotted with dull reddish, a few small scat-

tered red spots on disk, claval granules piceous, and a large

broad irregular longitudinal fascia, occupying clavus for about

one-third its length, then broadened and extended upward on

corium and obliquely continued to posterior angle, umber-

brown; wings creamy white; vertex about or almost as long

as pronotum, anteriorly subangulate, medially impressed ;

face longer than broad, strongly centrally longitudinally

ridged, the lateral margins ridged and lammnately reflexed ;

tegmina less than twice as long as broad, strongly arched at

base, apical margin truncately rounded, inner margin sinuate

at apex of clavus.

Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm.; exp. tegm. 19 mm.

Hab, Queensland ; Townsville (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 311

NEOSALURNIS, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) a little narrower than pronotum,

vertex about as long as pronotum, somewhat broadly, angu-

larly, and a little upwardly produced ; face longer than broad,

a little posteriorly and more strongly anteriorly narrowed,

the lateral margins from a little in front of eyes to clypeus

broadly laminately ridged, at base with a very short central

carination; clypeus shorter than face, obscurely obliquely

striate on each side; pronotum with a central longitudinal

ridge; mesonotum tricarinate ; legs of moderate length, tibiz

suleate, posterior tibize with one spine near apex; tegmina

less than twice as long as broad, the costal margin moderately

convex, the apex rounded, the apical margin obliquely trun-

cate, its posterior angle more or less acutely produced, costal

membrane narrower than radial area, the first transversely

veined, the latter reticulately veined, the whole corium trans-

versely reticulately veimed, and a series of longitudinal

marginal cells more or less continuous with the costal mem-

brane extending round apex and along apical margin, clavus

coarsely granulose ; wings about as broad as tegmina, two

transverse veins before apical area.

This genus is allied to Salurnis, Stal, from which it princi-

pally ditfers by the venation of the tegmina, and by the costal

and apical marginal series of short longitudinal cells.

Neosalurnis reticulatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, mesonotum, sternum, legs, abdomen

beneath, and tegmina greenish ochraceous, abdomen above

slightly greyishly tomentose ; wings milky white, the veins

greenish ; apical and sutural margin (beyond clavus) of

tegmina finely spotted with fuscous brown, posterior margin

of clavus more or less fuscous brown ; tegmina with all the

veins distinctly prominent and a little darker in coloration ;

other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm. ; exp. tegm. 24 mm.

Hab. Bhutan (Brit. Mus.). Burma; Karen Hills (Do-

herty, Coll. Dist.).

GERALDTONIA, gen. nov.

Vertex as long as or slightly longer than pronotum, almost as

broad as long, the lateral margins parallel and ridged, notched

before apex and then apically, angularly convexly rounded, a

little deflected on each side and strongly centrally longitu-

dinally ri!ged; face longer than broad, wider posteriorly

312 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

than at base, which is rounded, the lateral margins notched

before base and again behind middle, a very short prominent

longitudinal central ridge at base, and an obscure oblique

ridge on each side, commencing at anterior notch and

obliquely, inwardly directed towards clypeus, the lateral

margins laminately reflexed ; pronotum tricarinate, anterior

margin convex, basal margin concave ; mesonotum much

longer than pronotum, tricarinate ; legs of moderate size, the

tibiz sulcate, posterior tibiz with a distinct spine before

apex ; tegmina about twice as long as broad, apically widened,

costal margin strongly arched at base, moderately deflected

towards apex, which is rounded, apical margin truncate, its

posterior angles strongly, angularly backwardly produced,

costal membrane narrower than radial area, clavus with

transverse veins above claval vein, beneath this vein strongly

granulose, three strongly branching longitudinal ves from

upper end of cell ; wings broad, two transverse veins before

apical area.

Allied to Scarpantina, Melich., but differing strongly in

the structure of the vertex.

Geraldtonia protea, sp. n.

Body above virescent or greeuish ochraceous ; vertex,

pronotum, and mesonotum more or less centrally purplish

brown; abdomen above greyishly tomentose ; body beneath

and legs dull ochraceous ; lateral and basal margins of face

usually narrowly sanguineous, and the short central longitu-

dinal basal ridge of that colour; tegmina bright virescent,

with numerous scattered small dull reddish spots, a more

prominent and more piceous spot beneath the radial vein near

base, on disk above apical area of clavus a large and small

white spot, divided from each other and margined with dull

reddish, granules to clavus reddish and claval posterior

margin from a short distance from base piceous brown,

beyond clavus the sutural margin spotted with castaneous ;

wings milky white, veins with a slight virescent tint.

Var. a.—The large white spot to tegmina divided into a

cluster of some twelve unequal parts by dull reddish lines,

outwardly margined with dull reddish as in typical form.

Var. b.—The large white spot as in var. a now totally dull

reddish.

Long., excl. tegm., 9-10 mm.; exp. tegm. 26 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.); Geraldton, near

Cairns (Meek, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 313

Geraldtonia uniformis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum virescent or greenish

ochraceous and more or less centrally suffused with purplish

brown ; abdomen above greyishly tomentose ; body beneath

and legs pale ochraceous; lateral and basal margins of face

narrowly sanguineous and the short central basal carination

of that colour; tegmina pale ochraceous, with numerous

small scattered dull reddish spots, across disk before apical

area a narrow oblique pale fascia containing a series of the

dull reddish spots and outwardly margined with pale reddish,

granules in clavus mostly dull red, the claval posterior mar-

gin at a short distance from base purplish brown, the sutural

margin beyond clavus spotted with castaneous ; wings milky

white, the veins faintly pale virescent.

Var. a.—Tegmina virescent, the pale oblique fascia not

outwardly margined with reddish.

Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.); Geraldton, near

Cairns (Meek, Brit. Mus.).

Genus OrmeENIs*.

Ormenis, Stl, Rio Jan. Hem. p. 68 (1862).

Type, O. perfecta, Walk.

Ormenis perfecta.

Paciloptera perfecta, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 449 (1851); Stal, Ofv.

Vet.-Ak.d. Férh. 1862, p. 489.

Peciloptera rufo-terminata, Stil, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 11 (1861).

Ormenis testacea, Melich. (part.) Ann, Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 80

(1902).

Hab. Jamaica, Brazil.

Ormenis testacea.

Peeciloptera testacea, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 456 (1851).

Peeiloptera varicosa, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom, p. 58 (1858).

Ormenis testacea, Melich. (part.) Aun. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 80

(1902).

Hab. Amazons.

* The large number of species included at present in Ormenis will

probably at some future time receive generic subdivision.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 22

314 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Ormenis primaria.

Peciloptera primaria, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 3384 (1858).

Ormenis testacea, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 80 (1902).

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Ormenis intricata.

Peciloptera intricata, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 52 (1808).

Hab. Brazil.

Ormenis discus.

Flatoides discus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 409 (1851).

Ormenis discus, St&l, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490; Melich. Ann.

Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 75 (1902).

Flatoides latistriga, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hom. p. 48 (1858).

Ormenis latistriga, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 98 (1902).

Hab. Amazons.

Ormenis perpusilla.

Peciloptera perpusilla, Walk. List Hom. ii. ws 467 (1851).

Ormenis perpusilla, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 90

(1902).

Ormenis tortricina, Melich. (part.) doc. cit. p. 81.

The unique type of O. perpusilla, Walk.,isin bad condition,

headless and probably discoloured. It is therefore not clear

why Melichar should have placed the Ormenis inferior, Fowl ,

as a synonym of it, particularly as he had previously placed

this same O. inferior as a synonym of O. tortricina, Germ.

Genus CYARDA.

Cyarda, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 121 (1858).

Type, C. difformis, Walk.

Cyarda difformis.

Cyarda differmis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 121 (1858).

Peciloptera miquipennis, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 107 (1858).

Cyarda acuminipennis, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvii.

p. 184 (1902).

Hab. St. Domingo.

Genus CoLporrera.

Colpoptera, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 155 (1839).

Tvpe, C. sinuata, Burm,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera, 315

The proper position of this genus is difficult to locate.

Stal seemed to have placed it between the Issine and Ri-

caniine, Fowler in the Issine, Melichar and Vau Duzée in

the Ricaniinz. It is probable that its natural position is in

the Flatinze near Cyarda, Walk., though the scarcely percep-

tible granules to the claval area renders this decision a

tentative one only.

Colpoptera elevans.

Peciloptera elevans, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 335 (1858).

Ormenis elevans, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 71 (1902).

Colpoptera rugosa, Van Duz. Bull, Buff. Soc, Nat. Sci. viii. p. 36 (1907),

Hab. Jamaica.

Genus SELIZA.

Seltza, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. iv. p. 312 (1862).

Type, S. vidua, Stal.

Seliza? lignarius.

Flatoides lignarius, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 418 (1851).

Peciloptera punctifrons, Walk, loc. ctt., Suppl. p. 118 (1868). _

Seliza ferruginea, Melich. (part.) Aun. Hofmus. When, xvii. p. 158

(1902).

Hab. China.

Schza immunis.

Peciloptera immunis, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 107 (1858). _

Ormenis ? immunis, Melich. Ann, Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 98 (1902).

Hab. ——?

Genus ANAYA.

Anaya, Dist. Faun. B. I., Rhynch, iii, p. 447 (1906).

Type, A. mesochlora, Walk.

Anaya pustulata.

Flatoides pustulatus, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hom. p. 48 (1858).

Ormenis mesochlorus, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 99

(1902). he :

Anaya mesochlora, Dist. (part.) Faun, B. L., Rhynch. iti, p. 447 (1906).

Hab. ?

I had followed Melichar in considering the F. pustulatus,

Walk., as a synonym of F. mesochlorus, Walk., but now that

I have been able to find and examine the type of the first

22*

316 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

mentioned species it is evident that it is altogether distinct,

though unfortunately unlocalized.

Anaya nicobarensis, sp. n.

Body and legs brownish ochraceous ; lateral spots to abdo-

men above, vertex, and face chocolate-brown; tegmina

brownish ochraceous, the apical margin paler, about basal

half of costal membrave and radial area jet-black, clavus

piceous, a central discal white patch on which are three

somewhat large black spots, and beyond this white patch a

cluster of more irregular and smaller black spots; wings pale

fuliginous, with greyish-white streaks between the veins on

basal area ; vertex transverse, centrally ridged and laterally

carinate; face about as broad as long, centrally ridged,

laterally broadly laminately ridged ; tegmina with the costal

margin arched at base, the apical margin truncate; costal

membrane a little wider than radial area; clavus somewhat

strongly granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., 64 mm.; exp. tegm. 17 mm.

Hab. Nicobar Islands ; Narcondam (G. Rogers, Brit. Mus.),

Gen. ? dasalis.

Fiatoides basalis, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 419 (1851); Melich. Ann.

Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 228 (1902).

This species apparently represents a new genus near Anaya.

The condition of the unique unlocalized type, however,

scarcely warrants generic description.

Genus CyPHOPTERUM.

Cyphopterum, Amyot. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) v. p. 176 (1847); Melich.

Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. iii. p. 475 (1905).

Cyphopterum retusum.

Issus retusus, Walk, List Hom. ii. p. 871 (1851).

Cyphopterum retusum, Melich. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. iii. p. 477 (1905).

Hysteropterum curvipenne, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 46 (1858).

The species described by Walker as Hysteropterum curvi-

penne is located as from ‘‘ Port Philip.” This is evidently

incorrect, as it is an undoubted synonym of C. retusum.

The British Museum possesses a long series collected by

Mr. Wollaston at the Cape Verde Islands, besides specimens

from Madeira.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 317

Genus HypHANcYLUs.

Hyphancylus, Fowl). Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom. i. p. 117 (1904) ;

Melich. Mon. Issid. p. 114 (1906).

Type, H. falcatus, Fowl.

Owing to the granulate clavus this genus seems better

located in the Flatine than in the Issine, where it was

originally placed. It can be located near Cyphopterum, Amyot.

Genus Massi.La.

Massila, Walk. Journ. Entom. i. p. 314 (1862),

Type, M. sicca, Walk.

Massila ptyeloides.

Dechitus? ptyeloides, Walk. Journ. Entom. i. p. 311 (1862); Melich.

Mon. Ricaniid. p. 341 (1898).

Hab. Moreton Bay.

Closely allied to M. sicca, Walk.

Genus Uxantis.

Uwantis, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1870, p. 775.

Type, U. consputa, Stal.

Uzantis notata, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum very pale virescent,

abdomen above more distinctly greenish; vertex with three

black spots, one at each basal angle, the other at apex ; pro-

notum sparingly coarsely blackly punctate; mesonotum with

sublateral black fascize, which are furcate anteriorly ; body

beneath and legs very pale virescent ; basal margin and basal

halves of lateral margins narrowly pale testaceous (this mar-

ginal coloration is absent in some specimens) ; tegmina pale

greyish, opaque, the numerous veins and veinlets testaceous

or fuscous brown, a series of small marginal piceous spots on

posterior margin from apex of clavus, and these spots in

smaller size, less distinct appearance, and less closely situate

are continued round apical and along costal margins ; wings

creamy white, the veins more or less virescent ; vertex broader

than long, moderately concave, anteriorly transversely angu-

late, the margins ridged ; face slightly longer than broad, the

lateral margins ridged; tegmina about two and a half times

as long as broad, the costal margin a little waved, widest at

318 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

base, moderately attenuated at apex, which is rounded,

distinctly arched at base of costal margin.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ ? 7-8 mm.; exp. tegm. 24-27 mm.

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Genus ATRACIs.

Atracis, Stal, Hem, Afr. iv. p. 250 (1866).

Type, A. pyralis, Guér.

Atracis basistigma.

Elidiptera basistigma, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 69 (1858),

Atracis humeralis, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 187

(1902),

Flatoides humeralis, Fowl. (part.) Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom. i.

p. 60 (1900).

Flatoives basistigma, Fowl, loc, cit. p. 61.

Hab. Mexico.

Atracis humeralis.

Elidiptera humeralis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 70 (1858).

Flatoides humeralis, Fow1. (nec Walk.) Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom.

i. p. 60 (1900).

Atracis humeralis, Melich. (nee Walk.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii.

p- 187 (1902).

Hab. Central America, Amazons.

Both Fowler and Melichar have confused the references of

this species by citing the Flatoides humeralis, Walk. (List Hom.

u. p. 405, 1851), which is a Rieaniid, and, as correctly given

by Melichar previously (Mon. Ricaniid. p. 297, 1898), Vutina

atrata, Fabr.

Genus Uysanus.

Uysanus, Dist. Ins. Transvaal. p. 205 (1908).

Type, U. fluctuans, Dist.

Uysanus nebulosa.

Atracis nebulosa, Melich. Ann, Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 180, t. ix. fig. 11

(1902).

Hab. Cameroons.

Genus FLAToIDEs.

Flatoides, Guér, Régn, Anim., Ins. p, 362 (1838)

Type, F. tortrix, Guér.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 319

Flatvides occidentis.

Elidiptera occidentis, Walk, List Hom. ii. p. 831 (1851).

Cyarda occidentis, St&l, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490.

Flatoides isabellinus, Fowl, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch, Hom. p. 68,

t. vill. fig. 5 @ (1900).

Hab. Central America.

Flatoides debilis.

Elidiptera debilis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 72 (1858).

~ Cyarda debilis, Stl, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 490.

Cyarda acuminipennis, Melich. (part.) Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii.

p. 134 (1902).

Hab. Amazons.

It is apparent that some of the notes taken by Stal during

his visit to the British Museum in 1862 must have become

transposed, or he would have been unlikely to place this

species in the very distinct Cyarda, Walk.

Flatoides dorsisigna.

Elidiptera dorsisigna, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 72 (1858).

Dascalia dorsisigna, Melich. Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 154 (1902).

Hadé. Amazons.

Flatoides punctata.

Elidiptera punctata, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 332 (1851).

Cyarda punctata, St&l, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490; Melich. (part.)

Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 185 (1902).

Hab. ‘“ North America.”

The figure given by Melichar as punctata, Walk. (supra,

t. vii. fig. 17), represents a true Cyarda, but not Walker’s

species nor either of the two others he has placed as synonymic

with it.

Flatoides guiane.

Elidiptera guiane, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 333 (1851).

Cyarda guyane, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490.

Ber eae! Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 185

(1902).

Hab. British Guiana.

This species has considerable resemblance to F. punctata,

Walk., but the head of the unique type is mutilated, and

therefore it must at least be kept separate for the present.

320 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Flatvides conformis.

Flatoides conformis, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 412 (1851).

Cyarda conformis, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 490; Melich.

Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 134 (1902).

Hab. Jamaica.

Flatoides cervinus.

Flatoides cervinus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 412 (1851).

Cyarda cervinus, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 490.

Cyarda acuminipennis, Melich. (part., nec fig.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien,

xvii. p. 184 (1902).

Elidiptera punctifera, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 71 (1858).

Cyarda punctifera, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1862, p. 490.

Cyarda punctata, Melich. (part., nec fig.) Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii.

p. 135 (1902).

Hab. Jamaica, St. Domingo.

Flatoides alba.

Elidiptera alba, Walk. Journ. Ent. i. p. 807 (1862).

Ha, Rio Janeiro.

Unique type in too mutilated a condition for generic

identification.

? incerta.

Peeiloptera incerta, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 462 (1851).

Ormenis incerta, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 98 (1902).

Hab.

Melichar only copies Walker’s description, and had not

seen the spccies.

Species described by Walker in the Platine, but not belonging

to that subfamily.

Subfam. Crxzmz.

constellaris.

Peciloptera constellaris, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 885 (1858) ; Melich,

Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii, p. 226 (1902).

Hab. Amazons.

The unique specimen representing this species has the head

mutilated, which renders exact generic identification im-

possible. It probably represents a genus allied to Paulia,

Stal.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 321

Subfam. J'rorrpucurn2.

docilis.

Elidiptera docilis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 7] (1858).

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Subfam. Lorxoprrnn.

Genus ELAsMOSCELIs.

Elasmoscelis, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 888 (1859).

Type, EH. cimicoides, Spin.

Elasmoscelis decora.

Flatoides decorus, Walk, List Hom. i. p. 418 (1851); Melich. Ann.

Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 228 (1902).

Hab. ?

The type is without locality. It is allied to E. trimaculata,

Walk.

Subfam. /sszvz.

Trienopa rufescens.

Elidiptera rufescens, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 384 (1851).

Eviplyle rufescens, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

This species seems to have been missed by Dr. Melichar in

his ‘ Monogr. der Issiden,’

Gen. ? limitata.

Elidiptera fimlivata, Walk. List Hom. ii. p- 829 (1851) (nom. misprint.).

Etidiptera limitata, Wall. loc. cit., Suppl. p. 68 (1858) (nom. nov.).

Pterilia limitata, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 490.

This species belongs to a genus very near Pterilia, but the

type specimen is not in a very satisfactory condition.

Fam. Jasside.

Subfam. Luprivz.

Peciloptera solita, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 467 (1851),

The type of this species is in a most mutilated condition,

nevertheless the structure of the head shows its proper

322 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

position in the Ledrine. Stal evidently must have wrongly

incorporated a note when he placed this species (Hem. Afr,

iv. p. 246) as a synonym of his Phlebopterum premorsum,

which he figured (Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 1856, p. 67, pl. i.

fig. 8). Melichar has copied the error (Ann. Hofmus. Wien,

Xvil. p. 2, 1902).

XLIV.—The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L.,

in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum.

IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J.

Burchell in Brazil, 1825-1830. By HE. G. Josepu,

of Lincoln College, Oxford.

[Continued from ser. 8, vol. iii. p. 111.]

VII. Hezrconrw..

Mr. J. C. Moutton having left England in order to under-

take the curatorship of the Sarawak Museum, I suggested to

Mr. E. G. Joseph, of Lincoln College, Oxford, the preparation

of an account of further groups of Burchell’s Brazilian

butterflies. To this Mr. Joseph readily assented, and, in the

course of the work, I have had abundant opportunities of

witnessing the great patience with which he has performed

this laborious task and his success in doing justice to the

wonderful accuracy and powers of observation of the illustrious

naturalist. HK. B. Poutton.

The following paper forms the continuation of the valuable

publications of Mr. J. C. Moulton on Burchell’s Brazilian

Nymphaline and of Miss Cora B. Sanders on the earlier

subfamilies.

In the nomenclature and succession of the species of

Heliconiine I have followed Stichel’s monograph in Wyts-

man’s ‘Genera Insectorum’’*, and have only departed from

his arrangement by splitting up Heliconius nanna into two

subspecies.

The whole of the Heliconiine in the Hope Department

have been worked out and arranged, according to Stichel’s

monograph, by Mr. W. J. Kaye, '.E.S. I owe a deep debt

1 87th Fascicule of the ‘ Genera Insectorum,’ edited by P. Wytsman.

Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera; Fam. Nymphalide, Subfam. Heliconiine,

1906.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 323

of gratitude to this distinguished authority on the group, not

ouly for the specific determinations, many of which are of

great difficulty, but also for kind help and advice on special

points which arose in the course of the work.

The arrangement of numbers and dates is explained in

detail in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiii. (April

1904), pp. 309, 810. A further explanatory statement is

quoted from ser, 8, vol. i. p. 834 :—‘ Notes, other than num-

bers and dates, written on labels attached to the specimens

are placed between inverted commas immediately after the

numbers in heavy type, and immediately before the locality.”

‘* When a specimen bears a number only, the date, recovered

from Burchell’s note-book, is placed between square brackets.

‘a.’ and ‘p.’ associated with the date stand for ‘ A.M.’ and

“pion

The geographical data and notes as to the character of

certain localities are in many cases more complete and detailed

in the following paper than in any of the preceding. ‘This is

a result of the study of the earlier manuscript volumes of

Burchell’s Catalogue of Brazilian Plants, containing the

numbers 701-5336. Quotations from this source are distin-

guished by a terminal asterisk, thus *. About half of the

catalogue of Brazilian plants has thus been studied and the

data copied, viz. from April 2nd, 1825, when Burchell set

foot in Portugal on his way to Brazil, up to August 23rd,

1827, when he was near the Rio Pardo on the journey from

S. Paulo to Goyaz. These volumes, now in the library at

Kew, have been kindly lent to Professor Poulton, at first by

Sir William Thiselton Dyer, F.R.S., and later by Colonel D.

Prain, F.R.S. Professor Poulton hopes that the whole of

the data from this source will be transcribed at no distant

date and made available for future papers.

Professor Westwood’s labels, whenever they have been

found attached to the specimens, are quoted in full. The

words ‘fa Westwood’s label” of course always imply that he

was the writer. ‘* Westwood’s list,” on the other hand, is the

list prepared under his direction, and, in the great majority of

groups, written by an assistant. ‘The condition of this list,

as regards the subfamily now under consideration, is set forth

in the two following paragraplis.

Buichell’s species of the genus //eliconius, together with a

single Hueides, were included by Westwood in his list of

“ Heliconide,” described as follows in Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 7, vol]. xiii., April 1904, p. 306:—“ The first

section of the butterflies is written in Professor Westwood’s

own handwriting, and deals with the Heliconiidz in the old

324 Mr. EK. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

broad sense, comprising the Ithomiine, the genera Lycorea

and tuna of the Danaine, and the Heliconiine. Although

in the form of rough notes and very difficult to disentangle, it

is a model of accuracy. It records the whole of Burchell’s

notes written on the labels accompanying the specimens, but

apparently none of the facts to be found in his manuscript

note-books.”’? Numbers are not assigned to the species, as

they are in the lists written by an assistant. Westwood’s

brief accurate descriptions seize upon the characteristic points

and frequently enable us to identify the individual specimens.

Good examples of this are to be found in 1296-1800.

With the single exception of Huetdes tales pythagoras, the

species of the Heliconiine genus Huezdes are included in West-

wood’s list of ‘ Burchell’s Acrea &c.” The numbers and

data in this list are written in a clerk’s handwriting, the

names or notes being inserted by Westwood himself. The

data of Huetdes aliphera aliphera and E. lybia lybia—the

former very imperfectly copied into the above list—were also

completely recorded by Westwood on a separate slip of paper.

In the case of LE. tales pythagoras Westwood was evidently at

first misled by the mimetic resemblance, for he separated this

species from its genus and placed it beside the Heliconius

models in the list of “ Heliconide.” He ultimately recog-

nized its true relationship and added the correct name.

K. G. JOSEPH.

Oxford, Dec. 4, 1909.

HELICcONIINZE.

1. Genus. Hexicontus, Linné.

Section I. OprsoG@yMNI.

Cohort i. SILVANIFORMES,

Heliconius narcea narcea, Godt.

Bz. 580. I, [21. 10. 25]. = 1284. Minas Geraes. “ Pap-

[il’o]. Ina rossa at Discoberto, and along a channel

(on the margin of the forest) which conducts water to

the house.” Burchell’s manuscript catalogue of Bra-

zilian plants records that he collected botanical specimens

“on an Excursion into the Province of Minas Gerdés,

between 7th October 1825, and 15 Nov" 1825.” This

Catalogue, which exists in the Kew library, will be here-

after quoted as “ Cat. pl. Braz. MSS.,” while passages

extracted from it will be indicated by an asterisk, thus *.

29. 10, 25. = 1285. Minas Geraes. “In the forest on the

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 325

S.E. side of 8. Joio de Népomucéna.” Burchell’s Cat.

pl. Braz. MSS. gives the following general account of

his travels between Oct. 27 and Nov. 14, 1825 :—“ In

the Province of Minas Gerdés on the Road between

Porto d’Hstrélla & the Descobérto do Rio Novo. From

27 October to 14 November 1825.” *

According to Westwood’s labels on 1290 and also according

to his list, the date 29. 10. 25 was borne by an example of

“ Hel, Hucrate V[ar]”’?. The Burchell specimen 1285, which

now bears this date, agrees, however, in every particular with

individuals identified by Westwood as belonging to the type

form of the species. It is probable, considering the remark-

able accuracy of this distinguished naturalist, that labels have

been accidentally displaced, and that 1285 originally bore the

date 30. 10. 25, shown by Westwood’s list as well as by his

label on 1287 to have been attached to an example of the type

form. ‘lhe transpositions which may have occurred are

suggested under 1294.

7.11. 25. = 1286. Minas Geraes. “ Between [Captain]

Amaro Leite’s and Pillfo, a fazenda” *, (See 1285.)

On Nov. 6th, at Capt. Leite’s, Burchell noted, “I'he

Comet clear and tail long’? *; and at Pill&éo, on the

following night, “ The Comet very bright ” *.

Professor H. H. ‘Turner, F.R.S., kindly informs me that

the comet referred to was ‘ probably that denoted 18285 iv,

discovered by Biela on July 19, 1825, and by Pons on July 15.

It was visible for 12 months in all and was ‘ very conspicuous

early in October’ with a bifid tail 15° long. An elliptic

orbit assigned, period 4386 years.”

8. 2. 26. = 1287. Organ Mtns. ‘‘In a ride Northward to

the Mule- and to the Cow-Curréls and to the Horse

Curral and Milho Roga”*, Less detailed data have

hitherto been given from the Geographical Catalogue.

A Westwood’s label reads ‘ Capt. No. 580; 30. 10. 25;

8. 2. 26; 7. 3. 26; 19. 3. 26.” Westwood’s list agrees with

this label.

7. 3. 26. 2= 1288, 1289. Riode Janeiro. “ At Catombti.”

Bz. 9. 3. 26. = 1290. Rio de Janeiro.

A W<stwood’s label reads: ‘‘ Capt. 29. 10. 25; 7. 11. 25;

7. 3. 26; 9. 3. 26 (2 inds.) ; 13. 3. 26; 21. 3. 26 (2 inds.) ;

1. 4. 26.” Another Westwood’s label bears the name ‘“ He.

Eucrate V.” Westwood’s list agrees with these two labels,

and, like the first, records an additional specimen with the

date 9. 3. 26, and another with 21. 3. 26,

* Hubner’s eucrate is a synonym of narcea, Godt,

326 Mr. i. G. Joseph on the Rhopalucera

Bz. 13. 3. 26. = 1291. Rio de Janeiro.

19. 3. 26. = 1292. Rio de Janeiro. “In the valley of

Catombi.”” A Westwood’s label reads, ‘ Heltconia

Eucrate [Isabellina]'.” 'The parentheses are Westwood’s.

21. 3. 26. = 1298. Rio de Janeiro. ‘‘ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

10. 12. 29. = 1294. Pard. Data erroneous.

This date is omitted from Westwood’s list and from his

labels on 1287 and 1290. It is erroneous, not only on the

evidence of Westwood’s records, but because the date indicates

a locality considerably to the north of that in which all the

other captures of this species were made by Burchill, as well

as to the north of the locality (South Brazil) given by

Stichel ?.

In attempting to reconstruct Burchell’s original labelling,

assistance may be derived from 104, aspecimen of Mechanitis

polymnia, now bearing the date 30. 10. 25, indicating a

locality considerably to the south of that in which the other

individuals of this species were captured. Reasons were

given in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., April 1904, p. 320, for

believing this label to be prebably erroneous, and it was,

moreover, suggested that the date on one of the additional

specimens of J/. polymnia, recorded by Westwood, viz. 3. 3. 28

or 10. 12. 29, was originally borne by 104. Now the latter

of these dates is at present erroneously borne by the feli-

conius 1294, to which it may have been accidentally trans-

ferred from 104. If we furthermore suppose that 1285 (type

form) bore the date 30. 10. 25, now on 104, and 1294 (variety)

bore 29. 10. 25, now on 1285, the labelling of these three

specimens would agree with Westwood’s records and with

the probable localities of both Helicontus and Mechanitis.

Westwood’s list and labels on 1287 and 1290 give the

following dates not now to be found on any existing specimen

of H. narcea:—30. 10. 25, Minas Geraes (see above) ;

1. 4. 26, Rio. ‘l'wo other additional specimens are referred

io under 1290.

Opposite to the data “ No. 580; 30. 10. 25; 8. 2. 26;

7. 3. 26; 19. 3. 26,” Westwood had written in the list:

“ Heliconia Eucrate (Isabellina) : al. ant*. dimid’. basali fulvo

fascia obliqua nigra ad apicem cellule—macula subapicali

alba.” Similarly opposite to the data 29.10.25 ; 7.11. 25 ;

1 H. W. Bates’s zsabellinus is placed by Stichel as a subspecies of

numatus, Cram., allied to narcea.

* Bahia and Espirito Santo are the actual localities in 8. Brazil cited

by Stichel.

collected by W. J. Burchell tn Brazil. a27

326: 9. 3.26) De md™ 2 1353.26 226% Qeinds. ;

1. 4. 26,” he had written: “ Ejusd. var. (Huerate) fascia

media interrupta maculari. 9 ind’.”” Nine of the fourteen

Burchell specimens were thus separated as a variety, but, as

pointed out under 1285 and 1294, the first date, “‘ 29. 10. 25,”

is now borne by an example of the type form, having been

accidentally transferred since the time when Westwood’s list

was prepared. It is worth remarking that Westwood drew

attention to the fact that one individual of the type form and

one of the variety were caught on the same day, 7. 3. 26, by

connecting the two copies of this date with a line.

Heliconius narcea polychrous, Feld.

a. 29. 8. 27. = 1295. Between R. Pardo and R. Grande.

““Cérvo to Paciéncia.” ‘In the forest ascending the

Morro de Batataes. Papilionides. In this forest Butter-

flies literally swarmed and thousands might have been

caught in one day. I never saw such abundance in my

life before.”

A Westwood’s label reads, ‘‘ Heliconia polychrous Felder

P|. 47 f. 7.” [* Lepidoptera of the Novara Expedition.

Plates. (Reise der Oesterreichischen Fregatte Novara).

Vienna. 1864-1867.”’]

Westwood’s list agrees; and the following description is

written opposite to the date of this specimen: ‘ Heliconia

Polychrous Felder: ant’. alis intra cellulam flavo nec fulvo-

rufo variegatis.”

[It is to be observed that, although Burchell captured this

single specimen of po/ychrous rather to the north of the

localities in which he took narcaa, Stichel gives 8. Brazil

for both forms, and there is no doubt that they fly together

over a wide area. Hence, according to the reasonable prin-

ciples of Rothschild and Jordan, they should be considered as

distinct species and not as subspecies.—E, B. P.]

Heliconius numatus superioris, Butl., var.

Bz.4.12.28. 9 =1296. Porto Redl. “ Walk to the Igarapé.”

‘« Papiliones, caught in the woody campo; but the long-

wing[ed] one is only found in forests in the shade.”

It is exceedingly probable that the above- quoted descrip-

tion refers to this specimen (see 877, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 8, vol. 1i., Jan. 1909, p. 10). The “4” of Bure

chell’s Bz. label is partly torn away; but there is no real

doubt about the figure, which Westwood also read as a “ 4.”

323 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

Burchell’s specimen (1296) departs from the pattern of

numatus superioris as represented by Stichel in Wytsman’s

‘Genera,’ p. 7, fig. 2, in the fact that the three subapical

yellow spots, characteristic of the fore wing upper surface, are

evanescent, although just visible. The faint indications of

two additional pale spots nearer the apex can also be made

out on the fore wing of 1296. These spots, which are more

distinct and white on the under surface, resemble those

figured in the var. geminata (Stichel, /. ¢. p. 7, fig. 3).

Westwood’s list agrees: but he united this specimen and

Hel. ethilla numismaticus’ under one species, Hel. numata

(see 1299). Opposite to the list of dates he wrote, ‘ Hedi-

conia Numata: maculis 3 flavis ad apicem alar. antic™.: mac.

marg. al. post. flavis.”—Moreover, between the “3” and

“‘ flavis”’ he drew a diagrammatic representation of the three

yellow spots. The patterns of the three individuals placed

under numata by Westwood (1296, 1299, and 1800) are

remarkably similar,—least so in the case of 1299, which he

thought was perhaps a variety of this species. See also the

observations made under 1299.

Heliconius silvana silvana, Cram.

15. 11. 29. = 1297. Pard. S. José. “SCaminho de Chia-

ménte.” A Westwood’s label reads, ‘‘ Hel. Sylvana.”

Westwood’s list agrees, and the following description is

written opposite to the date of this specimen: “ Heliconia

Sylvana : alis ant’. ultra cellulam fase. 2 macularibus flavis.”

Helicontus silvana robigus, Weym.:

21. 3. 26. =1298. Rio de Janeiro. ‘‘ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.” A Westwood’s label reads, “ Sylvane prop.

Mac. 1 alba.”

By the last words Westwood undoubtedly refers to the

large, conspicuous submarginal spot of the hind wing, which

is also the first counting from the costa. ‘This spot is, how-

ever, yellow and not white on the upper surface, as Westwood

clearly pointed out when he described the same specimen

(1298) in his list, writing opposite to the date 21.3. 26:—

“ Hel. Sylvane prowimo : alis ant*. ultra cell. fascia subapicali

flava: al. p. puncto unico flavo anguli externi.” ‘There is,

in fact, no white marking on the upper surface of 1298, but,

on the under surface, the corresponding spot 2s white. It is

1 Tn Stichel’s classification, which is here followed, nwmutus is separated

from ethilla by stlvana,

collectel hy W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 329

of course possible that Westwood was referring to the under

surface in his label attached to the specimen, but it seems

on the whole more probable that “alba” was inadvertently

written instead of “ flava.” There can be no doubt that the

words of the label and the list refer to the same specimen,

viz. 1298.

Heliconius ethilla numismaticus, Weym.

29.41.29. = eC e ara,

Westwood, in his list, described this specimen as varying

from the typical ‘¢ Hel. Numata,” and wrote opposite to it:

“ Hjusd. [i.e. Hel, Numata] var.??: fascia obliqua nigra al.

ant, ante fasc, flavam, maculisq. marg. alar. post. subtus

flavis nec albis.”’

Westwood’s description is, as is nearly always the case,

absolutely correct, and affords convincing evidence that there |

has been no accidental transference of data. This conclusion

not only holds for 1299, but for all five s¢/vana-like specimens,

1296-1300, which Westwood grouped in a manner very

ditferent from that here adopted from Stichel. No part of

this difference is to be explained by subsequent accidental

transposition of Burchell’s labels.

18. 12. 29. = 1800. “‘ insylvis umbrosis.”” Paré. “ Rivu-

let above Arsenal.’”’ A Westwood’s label reads, ‘ Hel.

Numata.”

Westwood’s list agrees: for his description of this specimen

see 1296.

Cohort iii, MELPOMENEFORMES.

Heliconius melpomene thelxiope, Hiibn.

Bz.+ 2.20 p. 22. 5. 29. = 1801. Rio Tocantins. Just S.

of, and the day before reaching, the Itabéca cataract.

7. 6. 29. 2= 1302, 1803. On the Rio Tocantins, just above

(S.W. of) Paré. ‘ S*, Anna.”

The large yellow and somewhat constricted spot towards

the end of the cell in the fore wing of this subspecies is much

reduced and divided at the constriction into two spots in

1302, and is altogether absent from 1303,

Westwood also noted the condition of this feature in 1802

and 1803, as is shown by the following description written

opposite to their dates in his list :— Uhelxiope var. [1303]

var. ult®. preecedentis [i. e. of tne typical ‘ A. Thelxiope ’]

mac. in cellula al. ant. obliterata.” ‘ Thelxiope var. [1802]

simillima [to 1803] sed macula parva bipartita flava in cellula

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 23

330 Mr. BE. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

al. ant.” He also described the first specimen [1808] thus :

«Al. ant. absq. mac. flav. in cellula. 1 [individual] ”’ ;

and noted that these varieties were “both taken on same

day,’—7. 6. 29. Westwood does not record these two

specimens on his label, probably because of their variability

from the type. (Sce 1812.)

18. 6. 29. 2= 1804, 1805. Pard.

A Westwood’s label on 1804 reads ‘ Heliconta Thelaiope

Hubn. 8. Ex. Sch. pl. 12. and Var without detached spot.”

Plate 12 is in vol. 1. of J. Htibner’s ‘Sammlung exotischer

Schmetterlinge,’? Augsburg, 1806.

‘The detached spot between the first and second median

nervules of the fore wing is absent from 1805, but not from

1801-4 ; its absence or abnormally small size will be noted in

each case under the corresponding number.

Bz.+ 18.6. 29. = 13806. Pard.

Detached spot absent except for a minute trace. West-

wood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

20 0.020. Laur. — ard. ;

1. 7. 29. 2= 13808, 1809. Pard. ‘“ Walk to the Caza de

Fac.

The detached spot is small on the left side, and exists only

as a minute point on the right of 1808. It is altogether

absent from 1809. An additional sma!l yellow spot occurs

in the centre ot the fore wing cell of 1808. A Westwood’s

Jabel on 1809 reads ** Helic, Thelxiop.”

Westwood’s list refers in the following note to the fact that

two individuals of this species and two of H. erato amazona

were caught on the same day :—“‘ so that 2 ind’, of this and 2

of the precede. (¢ & 2) were taken on same day 1. 7. 29.”

There can be little doubt that this note was intended to draw

attention to the coincidence in habits between two species

that were considered until quite recently to be very closely

allied.

4.7.29. =1810. Pard. Detached spot absent. West-

wood had removed and mounted on a card, affixed to the

pin, one of the anterior legs of this specimen.

12. 7.29. =1811. Paré. Westwood’s label bears “ 9.”

29.7. 29. =1812. Pad. A Westwood’s label reads,

“-Capt..22. 5:29; 18.6. 29°(4 id*.) <920, 6. 205 eso

(2 anc®.) 5 4.9. 295 12. %..295; 29. foo 2 nu.)

SolZo20."4

Westwood’s list records all the dates mentioned on this

label, and similarly includes one other specimen with the

date 29.7. 29. The list includes in addition and describes

collected by W. 4. Burchell in Brazil. Fou

under “ HH. Thelwiope var.” the two specimens caught on

7. 6. 29. (See 1802-3.)

$42.29. = 1813.. “Slneylva.’* Para!

Westwood’s list agrees except for the differences above

alluded to. Opposite to the list of dates he wrote: ‘ Heltc.

The[/Jatope: alis post. fasc. obliqua fusca ad marg. anal.

extensa g & 9.” In the same place he thus describes a

variation of the above: ‘¢ T’he/aiope variat. macula postica

obliterata.” It is evident that by “ macula postica obliterata ”

Westwood referred to the “ Var. without detached spot”

mentioned under 1804.

Heliconius eanna nanna, Stich.

Heliconius nanna of Stichel (2. c.), but here distinguished

from the following subspecies, FZ. nanna burchelli.

6. 12. 25. ¢=1814. Rio de Janeiro. “ On the Corcovddo

Mountain.” ‘In an excursion to the Summit of the

Corcovado by the road by the Convent of S*. Theresa

and along the Aqueduct.” The Cat. pl. Braz. MSs.

contains the following full account of the localities in

which Burchell collected, Dec. 6th, 1825 (the catalogue

numbers of the botanical specimens are omitted): ‘*On

the Corcovado Mountain. On the Summit, and in the

Forest which clothes the highest part of the Mountain...

Along the more open part ot the road, from the forests to

the head of the Aqueduct... Along the upper end of

the Aqueduct, as far as the spot where the road crosses

it to the northern side, and where the collection of

15.-9;.25 ended... .” *

There is no trace of a yellow spot at the end of or above

the fore wing cell.

Hleliconius nanna burchelli, Poulton ‘.

2.3.29. ¢ =1815. Porto Redl. ‘The male type of the

subspecies. ‘ Papilio. ‘The brown winged (Horta)

with a red patch on the upper wings, is always found

‘ [Heliconius nanna burchell, subsp. n. When studying Burchell’s

Heliconiinz with the author of this memoir, I observed that the single

specimen (1314) of H. nanna, Stich., from Rio, where Burchell took

large numbers of H. erato phyllis, differed from the tive individuals

(1315-1319) taken by him to the north-west of the area in which he

captured the species last named.

fe the single specimen of xanna from Rio, the lower hind marginal

border of the oblique red bar, forming the most conspicuous feature of the

fore wing upper surface, is produced into two well-marked Eeeleeuous or

: 23

332 Mr, E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalucera

in shady woods and forests. I have seen it in similar situa-

tions in every part of Brazil I have visited.”

The yellow spot above the end of the fore wing cell is very

distinct in this specimen.

In the above quotation from the Brazilian note-book, the

description of “ the brown winged (//orta) ” applies not only

to Hel. nanna, but also to lel. erato phyllis, which latter

Burchell collected in large numbers in Rio de Janeiro and its

vicinity (see 1856-14094). Although these two species

belong to different sections of the Heliconiina, and are only

distantly related, their superficial likeness to each other is so

striking and their habits are evidently so essentially similar

that Burchell, who was an extraordinarily acute observer,

considered them to be a single species, widely distributed

throughout the parts of Brazil visited by him. Until the

teeth, much resembling the form of the same marking in erato phyllis.

Above the outer projection there is to be seen, on the external border of

the bar, another minute tooth, resembling the step-like break which is

more or less developed at the corresponding point in the bar of erato

Ayllis.

‘ ia all five individuals taken outside the area in which Burchell cap-

tured erato phyllis, the margin of the bar has a very different appearance,

the tooth-like form being wanting, or, in the case of the lowest point,

represented by a shortened and more rounded projection. The margin

is in this respect very similar in all five specimens. Furthermore, in four

individuals out of the five, a yellow spot, lying between the costa and the

distal end of the fore wing cell, is more or less distinct. This spot is

wanting from the Rio specimen (1314), although present in some of

the fifteen individuals on which Niffarth’s description is based (Berliner

ent. Zeit. 1901-2, vol. xlvi. p. 106).

Mr. W. J. Kaye has kindly allowed me to examine three specimens of

H. nanna from his collection, and I find that they are consistent with

Burchell’s. Two (a female from Rio and a male from Espirito Santo)

resemble 1314: one (a female from V. Nivac, Matto Grosso : Noy. 1904)

resembles 1315-1319. The latter possesses the yellow spot, and the

“teeth ” are even more rounded off or flattened down tian in Burchell’s

specimens.

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, who kindly examined the material in the

British Museum for me, finds that two specimens of H. nanna from Per-

nambuco and two from Itaparica (an island off Bahia) resemble 1314,

while one, in the Godman-Salvin Collection, from Chapada, is of the

other form. Specimens of H. erato phyllis exist in the British Museum

or Godman-Salvin collections from Bahia, Pernambuco, and still further

north,

There is no doubt that Stichel’s nanna is the form with the toothed

bar from the area of H. erato phyllis. I have not been able to consult

the original description (Ent. Zeit. Guben. vol. xii. p. 143), but, in his

monograph in the ‘ Genera Insectorum,’ Stichel gives South Brazil as the

range, and Espirito Santo and Minas Geraes as localities. He further-

more indicates that the nomen nudum “ bidentatus” of Staudinger’s lists,

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 333

last few years the two species have never been distinguished

by any systematist, and they are still unseparated in every

collection that has failed to take into account the researches

ot Riffarth and Stichel. The remarkable character of the

resemblance will be realized when it is remembered that

Westwood, having before him the whole series of 69 Burchell

specimens (including 6 //. nanna), wrote on a label affixed to

1395,—*‘ 69 individuals in full of this species without any

variation of the least importance taken bet, 24.10. 25 &

24. 3.29. See list in my Burchell Catalogue.”

[In attempting to understand Burchell’s use of the name

‘‘horta”’ it 1s important to ascertain the various forms to

which he applied it. These are as follows :—

|) True Heliconiine, such as H. nanna and H. erato

phyllis (see 1815) ;

(2) The Ithomiine, Mechanitis lysimnia or Ceratinia deta

applies to H. nanna. The toothed bar of H. nanna is also carefully de-

scribed by Riffarth (in Berliner ent. Zeit. 1901-2, vol. xlvi. p. 106), and

by Stichel and Riffarth in ‘ Tierreich,’ vol. xxii. p. 134 (Berlin, 1905),

I therefore suggest the name burchelli for the subspecies in which the

lower end of the red bar crossing the fore wing is not toothed or bears

only a trace of the lower tooth. This subspecies is found over an area of

unknown extent lying to the north and west of the Brazilian range of

HT. nanna nanna and H. erato phyllis.

¢ type from Porto Real (Nacionale) on the R. Tocantins: captured

Mch. 2, 1829, by W. J. Burchell: (1315) in Hope Department, Oxford

University Museum.

2 type from Villa Nivac, S.E. of Matto Grosso (Nov. 1904), in coll.

W. J. Kaye.

H. nanna burchelli appears, as Mr. W. J. Kaye has suggested to me, to

be a form of H. melpomene amandus, Grose-Smith and Kirby, from Bolivia

and Peru. Mr. Kaye has kindly given me the opportunity of examining

two males of this species from the Mapiri R., E. Bolivia. Both of these

possess the yellow spot usually found over the end of the fore wing cell in

H. nanna burchelli and sometimes in nanna nanna. The only essential

difference between the two forms is due to the loss in burchell: of nearly

the whole of the red area within the fore wing cell of me/pomene amandus

and the distal lengthening in the former of the yellow hind wing band

of the latter. Another closely related form is, as Mr, Guy Marshall sug-

gested to me, H. amaryllis rosina, Boisd., from Colombia, Panama, and

Costa Rica. This subspecies is, however, without the longitudinal yellow

streak which is so conspicuous a feature in the basal half of the fore wing

of melpomene amandus and the forms of nanna.

It is probable that all the forms mentioned in the preceding paragraph

will prove to be subspecifically related, me/pomene amandus bearing this

relationship to amaryllis rosina in the north and to nanna burchelli in the

east. However this may be, there can be no doubt that nanna nunna is

a geographical race of burchellt, produced to the east and south of the

latter, under the influence of H. erato phyllis.—E. B. P.]

534 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

(see note on 108 and 97, Ann. & Mag. Nat. H'st. ser. 7,

vel. xiii., April 1904, pp. 321 & 319 respectively) ;

(8) The Ithomiine with transparent wings, such as Ptero-

nymia euritea, Pteronymia hemixanthe, and Heterosecda

yanetta, as the following note, in the Cat. pl. Braz, MSS.

701-3461, shows :—“ 1287. Ex Liatrideis. Planta herbacea

erecta 5-ped. floribus albis. Hane quoque vidi in Minas

Geraés copiosé, ubi frequentatur a variis Papilionibus

ex genere P. Horte, alis diaphanis.”* We also find

under the date Feb. 24, 1826, when Burchell was collecting

* Between the foot of the [Organ] Mountains and Frechal,”

the following entry :—“ 2577. Syngenesia. Flores albi...

Delectus papilionum variarum, sed praesertim ex genere

P. horte.” * The name “ Ilorta” occurs in reterence to 89,

and the white- flowered Liatridea under 36+, but the above

more detailed descriptions from the Cat. pl. Braz. had not been

found when the account of these early numbers, 36, 39, &c.

was prepared for publication.

(4) The abundant South-African Aeraea horta, Linn.,

captured in large numbers by Burchell. There are now in

the Hope Department at least 15 specimens taken by him,

Jan. 1, 1815, at the Buffeljaght’s River, near Swellendam.

On his return home Burchell named his African collection

by comparison with the Banksian cabinet, then in the rooms

of the Linnean Society, now at the British Natural History

Museum. Tis notes exist at Oxford, and show that he

obtained frem this source the name “ P. Horta” for the

common §. African Acrea. The manuscript bears the

following interesting heading :—

“The following notes are the result of a collation of

the whole of my African collection of insects, with the

Banksian Cabinet (now belonging to the Linnzan Society)

the greatest part of which is named in the handwriting of

Fabricins. 1823 to 1824.” ‘The words “but [ fear some

labels had been misplaced.’”’? were added at a later date.

In the Banksian cabinet it can now be seen that the

African Aerea horta stands as one of the group “ Heliconii,”

in which are included not only Acrzing, but Heliconiine and

Ithomiine—in fact, all the subfamilies to which Burchell

applied the term “ Horta” or of which he wrote “ belonging

to the genus of P. Lorta.” The evidence now brought

together makes it clear that by “ Horta” Burchell meant to

imply a place in the Fabrician “ Heliconii,” the group headed

by Aerea horta, a species well-known to him before he started,

1 Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiii., April 1904, p. 318.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, 335

in 1825, on his Brazilian expedition (Fabricius, ‘Syst. Ent.,

Ins., 1775, p. 459. no. 69).—E. B. P.

Bz. 2.3.29. § = 1816. Porto Redl. (As 1815.)

The yellow spot is altogether absent.

16. 3.29. $= 1817. Porto, Reél.

A minute trace of the yellow spot.

ZY. 3.29. SF = Asiss Porto Red), * Manga?

Lhe yellow spot distinct.

Bz.+ 24. 3.29. g =1819. Porto Redl. ‘ Manga.”

The yellow spot minute.

Westwood’s list agrees, but the dates will be found in-

cluded among those of //el. erato phy/lis (see 1815 and the

paragraph after 1409 a).

Section I]. OpIsoRHYPARI.

Cohort ivy. E@eRIFORMES.

Fleliconius burneyi burney’, Hiibn.

20: 9. 295: = 1920; Paras “SS E.of Sdeze.!” A Wiest.

wood’s label reads, ‘* [/eliconia Burneyi. Hb. Zutr.

cal a. ele Hiibner and C. Geyer’s ‘ Zutréze zur

exotischer Schmetterlinge.’ Augsburg. 1818-1831.]

Westwood’s list agrees. “Opposite to the date he wrote,

* Heliconia Burney?: al. ant. maculis flav. mediis.”

Cohort vili. ANTIOCHIFORMES.

TTelicontus antiochus zobeide, Butl.

95. O.. 29. lool. intraarhem. — Para: “Si José.

A Westwood’s label reads, ‘‘ Heliconia Antiocha Var. without

yellow stripe on median vein and white middle bar broken

mm centre.”

West wood’s list agrees with this label: and the following

Fee ee is written opposite to the date: “ feliconia Anti-

ocha var.: b'ue black f. w. with 2 white oblique stripes.” The

white fos referred to in the label is the lower and more

median of the two stripes on the fore wing, mentioned in the

list.

Fleliconius sara sara, F.

(Probably not a Burchell specimen.)

§, 11, 39. = 1622." Paré; ,“ S..of Szdiazé.”’

Westwood’s list includes this date, but it is almost certain

that Burchell’s label has here become associated with a

336 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

butterfly never taken by this naturalist, having been acciden-

tally transferred from a specimen of H. sara thamar which

should follow 1846. Mr. W. J. Kaye, who originally deter-

mined 1822, has again carefully examined it at our special

request. He still believes, and we agree with him, that 1822

did not come from any of the localities visited by Burchell,

but from the range of sara sara, given by Stichel as Venezuela,

Colombia, and Panama (?).

Westwood places the date of 1822 (three examples) in a

list which includes, under the name sara, both the following

subspecies. Of these three examples only one (1846) can

now be found. ‘There is no example of H. sara thamar

without data in the Hope Department which can now be

pointed out as likely to have been captured by Burchell ;

and the specimen which originally bore the Burchell label otf

1322 is probably lost.

Heliconius sara upseudes, Hiibn.

28. 10. 25. = 1823. Minas Geraes. “In the Forest on

the West and on the Hast side of 8. Joao de Népomu-

céna.” (See 1285.)

G. 12. 25. = 1824. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1814.)

7.3. 26. 2 = 1825, 1826. Rio deJaneiro. “ At Catombf.”

7. 3. 26. = 1827. ‘“ Catombi.” Rio de Janeiro.

9, 3. 26. = 1328. Rio de Janeiro.

Bz. 9. 3. 26. = 1829. Rio de Janeiro. The last figure of

the year, which is rather like an “8,” is shown by

examination with a lens to be a “6,”—a conclusion also

adopted in Westwood’s list, which is in his own hand-

writing.

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

12. 3. 26. = 1830. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

16. 3. 26. = 1331. Rio de Janeiro. “In the upper part of

the valley of Catombi, and along the road thence to Rio

Comprido and Matto Porcos.”

Bz. 16. 3. 26. = 1832, Rio de Janeiro. (As 1831.) The

last figure of the year is here, as in 1829, somewhat like

an “8,” but Westwood’s and our own examination agree

in reading it as a “ 6.”

Bz. 17. 3. 26. = 1388. Riode Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca

aqueduct, and descending the high hill (mentioned

31.1. 26) into the Valley of Catombi. But they were

mostly along the aqueduct ; and only a few on the hill.”

For the data of 31. 1. 26, see 1378.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 337

Bz, 18. 3. 26. = 1884. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Ca-

ridca aqueduct,”

21. 3. 26. =1835. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.” :

A Westwood’s label reads, ‘‘ Capt. = ROW 2:56. Lay 203

€3°26 (Se indoy- 92a. 26 (3 ind.) ; -12. 3. 26 (2 ind.) ;

16. 3: 26: (2imdays isa eG 2 1a. 26, se 265, 2heo: 265

(2 ind.); 1.4. 26; 3. 4. 26 (3 ind.); 28. 10. 27 ; 29.72 28

(2° imd*.) = 6. 9829! (2 amd.) +2049: 29's Si:1t. 29) (aima*:).7

Westwood’s list agrees with this label.

27. 3. 26. = 1836. Rio de Janeiro. “ From the Village of

Sio Domingos to the island of Boa Viagem.” “On the

main-land about Fort Boa Viagem.” “In a walk from

the village of Sao Domingos to the Island of Boa-

Viagem and along the shore “of the Mainland eastward

for about half a mile.” * In addition to this, the Cat.

pl. Braz. MSS. contains the following more detailed

account of the localities in which Burchell collected on

this date: (the catalogue numbers of the botanical speci-

mens are here omitted Ei we « tne the Village oe Ono

Domingos . . . Between SA0 Domingos and Boa Viagem.

. Along the shore of the bay ; from Boa Viagem east-

ward to where the high rocky cliffs obstruct the path

farther, excepting at low water.” #

Bei 26 1837. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1836.)

3. 4. 26. 2= 13838, 1889. Rio de Janeiro. ‘Along the

Carioca Aqueduct.”

Bz. 3. 4. 26. = 1840. RiodeJaneiro. “ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

Besides the additions alove alluded to, Westwood’s list

and label on 1885 give 1. 4. 26, Rio de Janeiro.

It has already been mentioned (see 1822) that this form

is included with the following subspecies under Hel, sara

in Westwood’s list.

Heliconius sara thamar, Wiibn.

Bz.+ 28.10. 27. = 1841. “Sylv.” is on the Bz. label,

“in sylva” on the English label. Between Meia Ponte

and Goyaz. “8S. Joaquim to Sapezdl.”’

Ba, 2927529. *= 1348. Para:

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

6. 9. 29. = 1848, 1844. Pard. “ Walk [to] a rocinha near

the Nazareth church.”

20. 9:29, = 1845. Paré. “S.E. of 8. Joze.”

8. 11. 29, = 1846. Pard. ‘8. of 3. Jozé.”

338 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

Westwood’s list records two other specimens of this date.

It is probable that the label of one of the missing specimens

was accidentally transferred at some unknown date to 1322.

It may have been so transferred before Westwood’s list

was written ; for 1822, no less than the two subspecies which

follow it, would have been formerly identified as 1. sara.

Except for the above-mentioned discrepancies, Westwood’s

list agrees. Opposite to the list of dates he wrote the

following brief description, which is equally applicable to all

three subspecies :—

“ Hel. Sara: blue black with middle & subap!. yellow

bar in f. w. 30 [individuals].”

Cohort ix. ERATOFORMES.

Heliconius erato amazona, Staud.

19. 5.29. = 1847, On the Rio Tocantins. “ Aragudy.”

[S. Jofio da Araguay.] The town of S. Francisco

appears in modern maps opposite to the confluence of

the R. Araguay with the R. ‘Tocantins.

A Westwood’s label reads ‘* Hele. Vesta? Cram. pl 119 a.”

The “?” has been erased in the same Indian ink as that in

which the words are written,—therefore probably by West-

wood himself. Plate 119 is in vol. ii. of P. Cramer’s ‘ Pa-

pillons Exotiques des trois Parties du Monde, l’Asie, ’ Afrique,

et VAmerique. Amsterdam and Utrecht. 1779-1791,

Cramei’s vesta is a synonym of several of the subspecies of

erato, Linn., including erato amuzona.

It is to be noted that there is on the fore wing of this

specimen a yellow spot below the first submedian nervule

which is not found on any of the other individuals of this

species captured by Burchell. ‘This specimen is also peculiar

in that the outer part of the red area below the cell of the

fore wing upper surface bears a white V-shaped mark, more

strongly developed on the right side.

20. 6. 29. = 1848. Pard.

‘his date is omitted from Westwood’s list and from his

label on 1852, but appears under Luerdes tales pythagoras

(see 1437).

1.7. 29. 2= 1349, 1850. Pard. ‘“ Walk to the Caza de

Pao:?

In the case of both 1849 and 1850, Westwood had re-

moved and mounted on acaid, affixed to the pin, one of the

anterior legs. A Westwood’s label on 1850 reads “ Heliconia

Vesta.”

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 339

7. 7. 29.-= 1851. ‘Pard. ‘ Eastward of my house.” The

yellow spot at the apical end of the fore wing cell is

divided into two in this specimen.

Westwood’s list and label record one other specimen of

this date.

29. '(.'29 c= Seon ate

A Westwood’s label reads “ Capt. 19. 5. 29; 1. 7. 29,

2 ind"); Tage ge Jains Bey (29s 290 hoes PaaS) Zoe.

15, 11. 29; 1.2. 30." Westwood’s list agrees.

Bz-+ 1.8.29. = 1853. Pard.

15. 11. 29. = 13854. Pard. 8. José. “Caminho de Cha-

monte.”

1,2. 30. += 1db4 OAD Park 2 Inthe: forest.'S.8.H..:0f

S. Jozé.”” The yellow snot at the apical end of the fore

wing cell is here, as in 1851, divided into two, and the

costal member of the pair is only vestigial.

Besides the addition above alluded to, Westwood’s list and

label give 8. 7. 29, Pard. It is possible that he here acci-

dentally includes the date on 1442, a specimen of Hucides

tales pythagoras, omitted from his list of this latter species

(see 1442). Opposite to the list of dates he wrote “ J/eli-

conia Vesta. Al. ant. mac. flava obliqua ¢ & ? ”—and he

made a diagram showing that he referred to the oblique

yellow spot between the first and second median nervules.

In the same place he thus describes the variation in size of

the spot in the cell of the fore wing:—“ variat. magn. mac*,

flavee in cellula al. ant.”

Heliconius erato phyllis, ¥.

Bz. 147. I, (16. 8. 25.| =1856. Rio de Janeiro. “‘Pap-

[vio]. “In a walk along the Aqueduct. Mile and a

half above the Convent of Santa Theresa, at Rio de

Janeiro—in Brazil.”’* Less detailed data have hitherto

been given from the Brazilian note-book ; it should be

noted, however, that the latter reads: ‘129-151.

Above the Theresa Convent; and on the woody hilly

[hills] along the Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list records two specimens bearing the number

441.

Bz. 316. I. [14. 10, 25.] = 1857. Minas Geraes. ‘ Pa-

pilio.”” Burchell notes that at 7.10 P.M. on this day he

arr.[ived] at Discoberto do Senora do Antonio Velho.”

“© T killed a reddish snake and preserved it. V.J.*”*

1 Burchell’s Brazilian Journal has unfortunately never been found.

«Vv, J,” stands for “ Vide Journal.”

540 Mr. EK. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

(See 1284). He remained here till 27. 10. 25, when we

find in his Cat. pl. Braz. ‘‘ Leave Discoberto and arrive

at 8. Jao de Nepomucena.” *

Bz. 357. I. [15. 10. 25.] = 1358. MinasGeraes. “ Papil-

{to}. Atthe Discobérto do Antonio Velho.” (See 1284.)

Bz. 562. I. (19. 10. 25.] =1859. Minas Geraes. “ Pap-

[tlio].” “ At Descobérto do Rio Novo.” * This is the

* Discoberto do Antonio Velho” of the Brazilian note-

book. (See 1284.)

Opposite ‘©5627’ Burchell wrote “ (147),” indicating his

conclusion that both numbers were affixed to specimens of

the same species.

B:.+ 853. I, 24. 10. 25. = 1860. Date as well as number

on English label. Minas Geraes. ‘‘Pap[ilio]. About

Joao Pedro’s, at Discoberto: at the margin of the forest.”

(See 1284.)

Westwood’s list refers to this specimen by its date alone.

29. 10. 25. = 1861. Minas Geraes. (As 1285.)

30. 10. 25. = 1862. Minas Geraes. “(In the forest). On

the N.K. side of the arraial of SA0 Juaio de Népomucéna.”

(See 1285.)

6. 11. 25. 2= 1868, 1864. Minas Geraes. “At Capt. Amaro

Leite’s.” * (See 1286.)

7.11. 25. 2= 13865, 1866. Minas Geraes. (As 1286; and

see 1285.)

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

6. 12. 25. 2= 1867, 1868. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1314.)

Westwood’s list includes three specimens with this date.

The third is of course an example of Hel. nanna (1814.)

24. 12. 25. = 1869. Rio de Janeiro. “ Aqueduct (on the

first hill on the left). The following full account of

Burchell’s movements on this date is given in the Cat.

pl. Braz. MSS. 701-3461 :—‘“ Along the Aqueduct.

Mostly on the first hill on the left, or S.E. side of the

aqueduct... ; and in the thick woods, ... on the same

hill, quitting the aqueduct by the first opening or vall:y

just above the stone quarry. Above the stone quarry

..’?* (The dotted lines represent the omitted catalogue

numbers of Burchell’s botanical specimens.)

29, 12. 25. 2= 1870, 1871. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Catombi—

Barra Vermélha—and Rio Comprido.” “On a hill

westward of Catombi, along a road turning southward

out of the main road at Barra Vermelha to the Fazenda

da Ladeira... and further along the main road to Rio

Comprido...” * (The dotted lines represent the omitted

catalogue numbers of Burchiell’s botanical specimens.)

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. d41

10. 1. 26. = 1872. Rio de Janeiro. “At Praia Grande

and vicinity, and about S. Jofio de Carahy.” “Ina

walk from Praia-Grande to the Village of Sao Jodo de

Carahy and 2 miles further.” * He also speaks of “ the

level inundated country beyond Sao Joa&io”*; and

‘‘ along the road beyond the last mentioned level.” *

Bz.+ 11.1. 26. =1873. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ At Laran-

elros.””

Westwood list records one other specimen of this date.

14. 1. 26. 2= 1874, 1875. “ Laranjeiros.” on both labels.

“Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Brought from and collected in the

Valley of Laranjeiros. Omnia insuper plantas.”

14. 1. 26.-2= 1876, 1877. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1874.)

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

31. 1. 26. 2= 13878, 1879. Rio de Janeiro. “ Valley of

Catomby and a high Mountain on the N.W. side of the

Aqueduct.” “ All of this date were from off plants :

mostly up the Valley of Catumbi.” ‘Along the Valley

of Catumbi and ascending a high Mountain on the N.W.

side of the Aqueduct of Caridéca.” *

In addition to this, the Cat. pl. Braz. MSS. 701-3461

contains the following more detailed account of the localities

in which Burchell collected on this date (the catalogue num-

bers of the botanical specimens are omitted, as indicated by

the dotted lines) :—.... Inthe Lower part of the valley, as

far as the last houses .... Along the Catumbi Aqueduct, to

the head of tue valley where it crosses it by a high wooden

trough ....In the ascent, from the head of the valley of

Catumbi, up the high Mountain on the N.W. side of the

aqueduct of Cariéca.... Along the Aqueduct of Cariéca.” *

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

Bz.+ 31.1. 26. = 13880. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1878.)

9,2. 26. = 1881. Organ Mtns. “ By the River Pacaqué

(near Mr. March’s Dwelling House).” *

12, 2. 26. = 13882. Organ Mtns.

7. 3. 26. 2= 1883, 1884. Rio de Janeiro. ‘At Catombi.”

Bz. 7.3. 26. = 1885. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ At Catombi.”

9. 3. 26. 3= 1386, 1387, 1888. Rio de Janeiro.

Bz. 9. 3. 26. 2= 1889, 1890. Rio de Janeiro.

10. 3. 26. 5= 1891-13895. Rio de Janeiro.

A Westwood’s label on 1895 reads, “ 69 individuals in full

of this species without any variation of the least importance

taken bet®. 24. 10. 25 & 24. 3. 29. See list in my Burchell

Catalogue.” Westwood’s list agrees with this label. It has

already been pointed out that Westwood was here including

two very different species. (Sce 1315.)

342 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

Bz. 10. 3. 26. = 1896. [io de Janeiro.

12. 3. 26. 2= 1897, 1898. Rio de Janeiro. ‘‘ Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

12. 3. 26. =1399. ‘Carioca Aqueduct.” Rio de Janeiro.

15. 3. 26. = 1400. RiodeJaneiro. “ Catombi, in plantis.”

Bz. 17.8. 26. =1401. Rio de Janeiro. Carioca aqueduct.

(As 1333.)

18. 3. 26. = 1402. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Cariéca

aqueduct.”

20, 3. 26. = 1403. Rio de Janeiro. ‘“ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.” .

21. 3.26. =1404. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Ca-

rioca Aqueduct.”

Bz, 21. 3. 26. = 1405. Rio de Janeiro. “Along the Ca-

rioca Aqueduct.”

22. 3. 26. = 1406. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the [Carioca]

Aqueduct, nearly as far as its commencement at the

head of the valley of Larangeiros.” * The latter word

is usually spelled “ laranjeiros ’’ by Burchell.

Bz. 1. 4. 26. = 1407. Rio de Janeiro. “In the valley of

Catumbi.”

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

Bz. 19. 9. 26. = 1408. Santos.

Bz. 30. 4. 28. = 1409. Goyaz.

——. = 14094. This is probably a Burchell specimen

which has lost its label; for it has precisely that appear-

ance of age which 1s a characteristic of many Burchell

specimens, but of no other example of this species in the

Hope Department. The label appears to have been

lost since Westwood’s list was prepared, for no mention

is there made of a specimen without data. The missing

date may have been that of any one of the additional

specimens of JZ. erato phyllis to be interred from his list.

Besides the additional specimens already mentioned, and

the six examples of Hel. nanna (1814-1819), Westwood’s

list includes the dates 3. 4. 26 (Rio de Janeiro) and 5. 2. 28

(Goyaz), which have not been foundon any specimen. They

probably indicate the former existence of two additional

examples of Hel. erato phyllis.

Opposite to the list of dates Westwood wrote :—‘‘ Hel.

Phyllis. 69 inds.”

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 343

2. Genus. EKuerpes, Hiibn.

Section I]. BRACHYSCEN 4S.

Cohort ji. ViBILIFORMES.

Eueides vibilia vibilia, Godt.

20. 3.26. ¢=1410. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s “ Catal. A. 1”’ is on specimen, and on another

label “ Meraut Euetdes.” Westwood’s list agrees with these

labels. Hiibner’s Colenis mereaut is a synonym of Lueddes

vibilia, Godt.

22. 3.26.6. ?=1411. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Ca-

rioca Aqueduct.” The Brazilian note-book also adds :

“Those marked 6 were purchased from some negro-

insect-catchers, who caught them all in this spot and

almost all were alive whea I bought them.” (See also

1406.)

Westwood’s ‘Cat. A. 3” is on specimen, and on another

label ‘‘ Huetdes Vibilia.” Westwood’s list agrees with these

labels.

1: 3629. C= 1412. Portoshesh

93.00 29. “a= 1413. “Porto Reals

25. 8.29. @6=1414. Porta, Red).

Westwoou’s “A. 1.” (clerk’s MSS.) is on specimen.

Westwood’s list agrees.

28. 3.29. 2 3 § = 1415, 1416. Porto Redl.

Westwood’s “A. 4.”’ (clerk’s MSS.) is on the ¢ (1415),

—probably as the result of accidental transposition during

manipulation. ‘his number, in the list of Burchell’s

Acrea &ec.,” stands for the mimetic Pierine butterfly

“Leptalis [| Dismorphia| Astynome.” In the list itself the

date 28. 3. 29 appears correctly under A. 1. and A. 3., and

not under A. 4.

ja n2es 6 = 1417. Porto Real.

Bz+ 5.4.29. 6 =1418. Porto Redl.

Westwood’s list, A. 1. and A.3., agrees. Opposite to the

dates of the seven males, placed under A. 1., he wrote

“ Euides Meraui”?; while underneath 20. 3. 26 Meraud

Eueides” appears in clerk’s MSS. Similarly, opposite to the

dates of the two females (22. 3. 266 and 28. 3. 29, under

A. 3.) Westwood wrote “ Huides Vibitia.”’ It is to be

observed that Westwood omitted the second ‘‘ e”’ of ““Hueides ”

trom his list of ‘Acrea &c.,”” but not from his labels.

34 b Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhop ilocera

Eueides pavana, Mén.

9.2.26. 9 =1419. Organ Mtns. (As 1381.) West-

wood’s “Cat. A. 2.” is on specimen, and on another

label “ Hueides Pavant.”

Westwood’s list agrees. Opposite to the date he wrote

“ Kuides Pavana” ; while under it ‘ Hucides [sic] pavanu”’

is written in clerk’s MSS.

Cohort iii. LyBiFORMEs.

Eueides aliphera aliphera, Godt.

28.10. 25. = 1420. Minas Geraes. (As 1828, and see

1285.)

30. 10. 25. = 1421. Minas Geraes. (As 1862, and see

1285.)

p. 25. 2. 26. = 1422. Organ Mtns. ‘Along the road be-

tween Frechal (under the Serra dos Orgaos) and the

Town of Magé (excepting the 6 miles (English) of the

latter part of the road). The whole of this read is in

general, over a level low country, and the soil mostly of

a sandy quality.” *

20. 3. 26. = 1428. Rio de Janeiro, “Along the Carioca

Aqueduct.”

22. 3.26. = 1424. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1406.) West-

wood’s * A. 17.” is on specimen.

Westwood’s list agrees with this label.

dz. 22. 3. 26. =1425, Riode Janeiro. (As 1406.)

Bz. 29. 1. 29. = 1426. Porto Redl. ‘ Caught on the bank

of the Tucantins, while measuring the base line.”

‘This specimen is unrecorded in Westwood’s list.

z. 16. 2.29. = 1427. PortoR 4l. “ Papiliones (3) caught

on the flowers of a Malva in the backyard.” (See also

660 and 1193.)

z. 19.2. 29. = 1428. Porto Real.

Bz. 2.3.29. = 1429. Porto Real.

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

10, 3. 29. = 1430. Porto Redl. ‘“ Lepidoptera began to

appear more numerous in the end of FebY., and since the

beginning of this month they appear abundant.”

17. 3. 29. = 1481. Porto Real.

23. 3. 29. 2= 1482, 1438. Porto Redl.

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

5.4. 29. = 1484, Porto Real.

Besides the discrepancies above alluded to, Westwood’s

list includes an additional specimen with the date 21. 3. 26

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 345

(Rio de Janeiro). The data of this species not only appear

as A. 17. in Westwood’s “ Acrea &c.,” but also separately

on a smail slip of paper. In the first of these lists (only

including four of the dates of H. aliphera) Westwood wrote

the following description in reference to and opposite A. 16.

( Colenis julia) s— Cethosia? orange red, with oblique brown

bar in f. w.” 3; while opposite to A. 17. (the species with

which we are concerned) he wrote “ d® smaller.” Thesecond

list, on the other hand, which is altogether in Westwood’s

writing, and almost perfect, bears the heading ‘“ Small

narrow winged Colcnis.”

As bearing upon Westwood’s use of “Cethosia” and his

inclusion of Hweides in the list of “‘ Acrea &c.,”’ it must be

remembered that, in 1819, vibslia, aliphera, and lybia were

placed in Cethosia, and vibilia and aliphera in Acrea (Godt.

and Latr. Enc. méth. Zool., vol. ix. pp. 245 and 806).

Hueides lybia lybia, F.

7. 6.29. = 1435. “S™. Anna.” On the Rio Tocantins,

just above (S.W. of) Paré. Westwood’s “ A. 18.”

(clerk’s MSS.) is on specimen.

Westwood’s list agrees with this label. The date of this

species not only appears as A. 18. in Westwood’s “ Acrea

&c.,” but also separately on a small slip of paper. In the

first of these lists he distinguished this species from the pre-

ceding (A. 17.) by writing opposite to its date: “ d° smaller

with broader wings & dark marks.” The repeated date,

written by Westwood himself, appears on the slip which

bears the dates of Hueides aliphera. Below these he wrote

“7.6. 29” under the heading “small sp*. d*. Like ditto but

with broader wings fulv*. with black margin,”

Cohort y. THALETOFORMES |.

Eueides tales pythagoras, Kirby.

18. 6. 29. 9 = 1486. Pard.

A Westwood’s label reads “ Thales Var. ? alt. Sexes ?,” and

another ‘ Var. Oosta al. ant. basi fulva. al-p. radiis, rufis

majo*.” By the first of these labels Westwood evidently

doubted whether the peculiarities of pattern described in the

second label were those of a variety or of sex. This inter-

pretation is confirmed by his list, in which the words ‘ Var.

2 The number should be “‘iv.,” for no other cohort intervenes in

Stichel’s classification between “iii. Lybiformes” and “vy. Thaletoformes."

ainn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 24

346 On Rhopalocera from Brazil.

vel ?” appear over 18. 6. 29,” and are encircled by a line

which also includes this date. It is somewhat strange that

he makes no rference, on either specimen or list, to the

similar pattern of 1441—the other female of this species

captured by Burchell.

20. 6.29; 6 = 14er; \Para.

Westwood’s list and label on 1440 record one other speci-

men of this date. It seems probable that he here accidentally

includes the date on 1848, a specimen of /. erato amazona

omitted from his list of this latter species.

Bz. + 26. 6.29. ¢ =1488. “ Pard, near my house (Pombo

roginha).””

26. 6. 29. 2 g = 1489, 1440. ‘“ Pard, near my house (Pombo

reeinha).”

A Westwood’s label on 1489 reads “ Thales (Hueides),”

and one on 1440, ‘‘ Capt. 18. 6.29; 20. 6. 29 (2 ind®.) ;

26.6. 29 (Bvind*.): 1.7. 295°4. 7. 29"" Westwood's dist

agrees with this label. 4. 7. 29 is not found on any existing

Burchell specimen of this species.

1.7.29. 9=1441. Pad. ‘ Walk to the Caza de Pao.”

Bz. 4-°8.57. 29. 6 = 1442... Para.

This date is omitted from Westwood’s list and from his

label on 1440, but is given for //el. erato amazona, although

borne by no existing Burchell specimen of that species. It is

possible that there has here been an accidental transposition

of specimens by Westwood himself, or of labels at some later

date. Another interpretation would be that ‘4, 7. 29” of

his list and label is an erroneous rendering of “ 8. 7. 29.” In

either case the locality is Para.

Westwood evidently at first mistook this species for a true

Fleliconius, and placed it, not in the list of “Acrea &c.,” but

in that of “ Helecontde” next to the three species to which

it bears a strong superficial resemblance, viz. [. burneyt,

H. erato amazona, and H. melpomene thelxiope. Further-

more, he entered “ 7, 6. 29” among the dates of the Hueddes,

but indicated by means of a line that it really belonged to

“ thelaiope.” These facts increase the probability that an

accidental transterence of the date of 1442 to the list of erato

amazona has taken place.

Westwood’s list agrees, except for the discrepancies above

alluded to. Opposite to the list of dates he wrote, “Huwerdes

Thales. Alis posi’. rufo-radiatis. Subtus al. post. maculis

marg. albis.”

On Heaactinellid Spicules and their Names. 347

XLV.— On Hexactinellid Spicules and their Names.—

Part II. Supplementary. By R. KIRKPATRICK.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In the ‘ Annals’ for Feb. 1910 I sketched out a classification

of Hexactinellid sponge spicules on a morphological basis.

In the paper referred to it was stated that all Hexactinellid

spicules could be arranged in two groups, viz. Holactine

spicules without end-spines or distal appendages to their

actines, and Astral spicules with end-sp‘nes or distal append-

ages at the end of the actines. Inthe present paper attention

will be called to certain spicules which are undoubtedly

holactine, but which have spines at one end of the ray. In

spite of this fact these spicules do not belong to the astral

group, for the spines are not end-spines or distal appendages.

The spicules with these seemingly paradoxical characters are

the clavule, scopulze, and certain root-tuft spicules such as

are found in Hyalonema.

The scopule, which are orientated more or less vertically

at the dermal and gastral surfaces of certain Dictyonine

sponges, are slender rods with two or more prongs projecting

from the outer or surface end of the spicule, The axial canal

extends the whole length of the rod, but the prongs are solid.

Under a high power and with good light it is not difficult to

see an axis cross—already figured by Schulze—in the usually

swollen end whence the prongs emanate. Accordingly the

scopula is a micromonactin with five aborted actines, the

central or basal end of the rod being the end with the prongs.

The distal or apical end, which is situated in the interior of

the sponge, has no end-spines or distal appendages. Conse-

quently the scopula is /holactine and not astral. From the

morphological point of view it is desirable to call appendages

situated at the central end of monactine spicules by some

distinctive name in contrast with such terms as “ end-spine ”

or “distal appendage,” and I suggest the designation

“centrospine.”’ Similarly the disks of clavule may be

termed centrodisks as compared with the distal disks of

amphidisks. For clavule likewise are micromonactins in

which the axis-cross can be seen in the disk at the central

end of the spicule. Of course it may be urged that anything

beyond the point where the axial canal of the peisisting

actine joins the axial canals of the aborted actines should be

regarded as belonging to the territory of the latter, and that

the designation centrospine is not correct. The term is merely

24%

3.18 Mr, R. Kirkpatrick on

suggested, however, to emphasize the fact that the distal end

of the clavula or scopula is wholly devoid of end-spines or

distal appendages.

The forms of the clavule and scopule present the same

kind of contrast as that existing between amphidisks and

hexasters. The distinction is purely a morphological one,

however, for both clavule and scopule are found together in

Claviscopulia intermedia, F. KE. Sch. In the case of the

amphidisks and hexasters the distinction is significant from

the phylogenetic as well as the morphological point of view.

Amphidisks and hexasters are astral, and clavules and scopule

are holactine spicules. The latter belong to the subgroup of

micromonactins, a category which should be placed below the

microhexactins in the morphological scheme (‘ Annals,’ J. ¢.

p. 209).

The root-tuft spicules of Hyalunema are mega-monactins

with centrodisks. Here again there are no end-spines at the

true distal end of the spicule.

The remarkable uncinates with their highly specialized

lateral spines are diactins, which should, I think, in spite of

their large size, be classed as microscleres. Accordingly they

would come under the category of microdiactins.

I take this opportunity of making a correction, In a

paper “On the Phylogeny of the Amphidiscophora ”

(‘ Annals,’ Nov. 1909, p. 479) I wrote :—* What appears to

be a second character”—in Amphidiscophora— is the

existence of genuine microhexactins, which do not exist, so

far as I have observed, in the Hexasterophora. (The small

hexactins forming part of the framework in Dictyonine

spong¢s are not here regarded as microhexactins).”

I have now found in certain Dictyonine sponges (Lurete

sempert, F. KE. Sch., &.) microhexactins which could not be

regarded as loose spicules which would later be welded so as

to form part of the dictyonal framework. Accordingly the

name Microhexactinophora could not be used as an alternative

name to Amphidiscophora. Microhexactins seem to have

entirely disappeared, however, from many Lyssacine sponges,

in which the seeming hexactins are hexasters.

he hexasters in Dictyonine sponges are frequently of a

primitive type, ¢.e. the actines are relatively long and the

end-spines often little more than short thorn-like prickles ; in

more highly evolved hexasters the actines tend to become

shorter and the end-spines longer, more curved, and tipped

with toothed disks.

The total disappearance of microhexactins from so many

of the Hexasterophora is surprising in view of the fact that

Heeactinellid Spicules and their Names. 349

in numerous species the holohexasters tend to become reduced

to monobhexasters which simulate the simple hexactin form.

ANA

Fig. 1.—Scopula of Eurete sempert, F. E. Sch., a holactine monactin

with prongs or spines at its central end, but without end-spines at

the distal or peripheral end, with axis cross at central end. Ex-

amined in glycerine. Camera lucida drawing, x 1000.

Fig. 2.—Clavula of Farrea occa (Bowerbank), Carter. In glycerine.

Camera lucida drawing, x 1000,

Fig. 3.—Root-tuft spicule of Hyalonema sieboldit, Gray, a holactine mon-

actine megasclere. Magnitied.

Fig. 4.—A small hexactin of Eurete sempert, F. E. Sch., welded on to

the dictyonal framework. x 350. After F. KE. Schulze.

Fig. 5.—A loose hexactin of Z. sempert, F.E.Sch. x 350. After F. E.

Schulze.

Often it is obvious that monohexasters are reduced holo-

hexasters, because the end-spine of the former resembles each

350 On a new Chinese Mole.

one of a tuft of end-spines of the latter both in form and in

position relatively to the actine.

The fact that occasionally microhexactins are found in

Hexasterophora does not invalidate the theory that the

distinctive features of Amphidiscophora and Hexasterophora

may have been due to the running together, at an early stage,

of the trabecule into strong surface lamine in the former and

not in the latter, thereby bending down the plastic end-spines

of the reduced hexaster scleroblasts and giving rise to amphi-

disks,

Summary.—Clavule and scopule are holactine micro-

monactins, and it is suggested that their spines and disks

should be termed centrospines and centrodisks, to distinguish

them from the true end-spines and end-disks at the distal end

of the actines of astral spicules.

Microhexactins, which were stated by me not to be present

in Hexasterophora, occur in certain dictyonine species, but

appear to be entirely absent from most of the Hexastero-

phora.

XLVI.—A new Chinese Mole of the Genus Scaptochirus.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE British Museum has received f:om Mr. R. Gillies, of

the Chinese Inland Mission, a mole of the genus Scaptochirus,

and its examination shows not only that it is itself new, but

that the species which I described in 1881 as Tulpa leptura

is after all a distinct species, and not an example with

abnormal dentition of S. moschatus, as has been recently

assumed,

Scaptochirus gilliesi, sp. n.

Size rather smaller than in S. moschatus, markedly smaller

than in S. lepturus. Colour a darker shade of “ broccoli-

brown,” that of & lepturus paler brown, though this latter

may be due to fading. Tail well-developed, almost naked,

about as long as in S, lepturus, much longer than in S. mos-

chatus, in which it is said scareely to project beyond the fur

and to measure less than a centimetre.

Skull apparently slightly smaller than in S. moschatus,

much smaller than in depturus, its middle region less narrow

On new West African Mammals. seal

in proportion than in the latter, the intertemporal constriction

especially much Jess marked. Teeth smaller and lighter than

in the other species, the distance from the front of the canine

to the back of m* 11°5 mm., as against 12°6 in moschatus and

14 in lepturus. Anterior breadth of m’ 2°5 mm., 2°9 in mos-

chatus, and slightly more in lepfurus. One minute lower

premolar only, as usual in Scaptochirus, the condition in the

type of lepturus being abnormal, as evidenced by other

specimens since received from Pekin.

Length of hind foot (ce. u.) 19°5 mm.; breadth of fore

12°5; tail 16.

Skull: greatest length 30°7; basal length 26; greatest

breadth 17:2; intertemporal breadth 7°8; palate length 13;

front of canine to back of m? 11:5.

Hab, Ho-tsin, S.W. Shan-si.

Type. Adult. B.M. no. 10. 3.13.1. Collected Novem-

ber 1909, and presented by Mr. Robert Gilles.

On the discovery that the additional lower tooth of the

type of “ Talpa leptura,’ which gave it the dental formula of

Purasccptor and was the primary reason for my description of

the species, was an individual abnormality, it was supposed

that /epturus was only a synonym of moschitus. But I have

recently had the opportunity of examining the typical skull

of the latter in the Paris Museum, and find that it is decidedly

smaller than that of lepturus, while the comparatively long

tail of the latter also distinguishes it. S. moschatus was

desciibed as from ‘‘ Chinese Mongolia,’ and p:obably comes

from somewhere near or beyond Suen-hoa-fu, where David

collected the majority of his “ Mongolian” animals.

The Ho-tsin mole again would seem to form a third species

of the group, slightly smaller than S. moschatus, with

decidedly smaller teeth and with a tail as long as in the

Pekin animal.

XLVII.—Three new West African Mammals.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Perodicticus ju-ju, sp. n.

A grey member of the small-toothed group.

Size, judging by skull, about as in P. bates’. Fur close

and woolly, much shorter than in P. ibeanus. Bristle-hairs

352 Mr. O. Thomas on

practically absent. General colour above “ drab-grey,” the

other thres W. African Pottos being of a more rufous brown

colour. Whole of back uniform, without any darker colour

on the fore back. Underfur prey at base (grey no. 6), then

dull buffy whitish, the ends dark brown; the few longer hairs

with light tips, not affecting the general colour. Under |

surface well defined greyish white, the hairs grey basally,

whitish terminally. Outer surface of arms and legs drab-

grey like back, inner surface whitish like belly, but becoming

more drabby towards wrists and ankles ; hands and feet drab-

grey above. Tail proportionally les long, drab- grey.

Skull rather larger than that of P. potio; nasals of about

the same length, longer than in P. ibeanus. Postorbital bar

about as in P. batesi, broader eins in potto, narrower than in

ibeanus.

Teeth small throughout, very much as in P. ibeanus,

except that m? is fully equal in size to mi, P? similarly

two-thirds the height of the canine and longer than the teeth

following it, and below the same. (‘There is an extra pre-

molar on each he above in the type between the anterior

premolar and p?, but this would certainly appear to be

abnormal.) In P. potto p? is but little larger than p® above,

and is smaller than it below. ‘lhe molars are also even

smaller.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 355 mm.; tail 75; hind foot 77 ; ear 25.

Skull: upper length 66; ‘basal length 58; greatest

breadth 47; nasals 17; upper cheek-tooth series 17°83; molars

only 9; breadth of m? 4-1.

Hab. Southern Nigeria.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2. 7.12.1. Presented by

the Zoological Society, to whom it was given by Edward

Straw, Esq. Lived in the Zoological Gardens, May 26th to

June 17th, 1902.

The Pottos fall readily into two groups, large-toothed

and small-toothed. The former are P. edwardsi and bates?,

the latter P. potto, cbeanus, and the present form. From

P. tbeanus P. ju-ju is distinguished by its uniform colour and

widely different locality ; from P. potto (of which the Museum

contains one almost topotypical specimen) by its drab-grey

instead of dark brown colour and by the different proportions

of its premolars. ‘The special characters of the Sierra Leone

P. geoffroyi, Benn., are unknown to me, but it obviously

cannot be the same as P. ju-ju.

new West African Mammals. 50a

Tatera guinee, sp. n.

Allied to T. kemp7, Wr., but smaller.

External a oportions and colour quite as in J. kempa,

except that light patches are present behind the eyes and the

tail is ‘ates more tufted, the hairs of the tuft 7-8 mm. in

length.

Skull in its general shape quite like that of 7. kempi, but

smaller throughout. Posterior palatine foramina lengthened.

Bulle markedly smaller than in kemp?, larger than in gracilis.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 160 mm.; tail 172; hind foot 36; ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 38°6 ; basilar length 29; nasals 15°5 ;

interorbital breadth 674; palatilar length 17: 6; greatest

horizontal diameter of bulla 10; upper molar series 6°5.

Hab. Gunnal, Portuguese Guinea. Alt. 50 m.

Type. Adult male. Original number 37. Collected: 19th

July, 1909, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge. Four specimens.

This species is as readily distinguishable from 7’. kempt by

its smaller size and smaller bulle as from 7. gracilis by its

larger size and larger bullae. The greatest | horizontal diameter

of the bullae in the types of the three species is 8°7, 10, and

11 mm. respectively.

Arvicanthis ansorget, sp. n.

A. rufinus group.

General characters of A. rufinus and oce/dentalis *, size

intermediate between the two. Character of fur and colour

as in A, rufinus, tle area round the base of the tail strongly

suffused with tawny.

Skull slender, its outlines more like those in the larger

rufinus than in the smaller broader-skulled occidentalis ;

nasals long and slender, evenly tapering backwards ; inter-

orbital region narrow ; distance between parietal ridges less

than in the smaller occidentalis ; ; Interparietal very small,

narrow antero-posteriorly. Bulle a little larger than in

occidentalis, much smaller than in rufinus.

Incisors narrow for this group, not even so broad as in the

smaller A. occidentalis, of which the type is younger than

that of ansorget. Molars slightly larger than in occidentalis,

but all three species, widely as they differ in general size,

have the molars of approximately the same dimensions.

Bere Wroughton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. pp. 376-877

(1906)

354 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Caudal Fin

Measurements of the type :—

Head and body 160 mm.; tail 125; hind foot 33; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 34:5; basilar length 28:2; nasals

13:3 x 4:6; interorbital breadth 4°8 ; breadth across parietal

ridges 11:2 ; breadth of brain-case 14; palatal foramina 7 ;

diastema 9°2; palatilar length 16; length of bulle 6°8 ;

upper molar series 6°8.

Hab. Gunnal, Portuguese Guinea.

Type. Adult male. Original number 49. Collected 28th

July, 1909, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge.

XLVIIL.—-The Caudal Fin of the Hlopide and of some other

Teleostean Fishes. By CU. Tate Recan, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In the Jurassic and Cretaceous fishes of the family Oligo-

pleuridea (Oligopleurus, Spathiurus, Oenoscopus) the caudal

fin was symmetrical in form but structurally heterocercal ;

the terminal portion of the vertebral column was rather gently

inclined upwards, the centra continued right to the bases of

the fin-rays, and a notochordal prolongation, perhaps invested

with cartilage, separated the epaxial and hypaxial rays,

which were sharply differentiated; the series of spinous

epaxial rays comprised anterior rays which increased in

length backwards, and shorter posterior rays; the former

bent forward below and were supported by a few (not more

than 4 or 5) basalia, whilst the rest were inserted on the

notochord or behind its termination on the uppermost hypaxial

ray; the hypurals were numerous and but little expanded.

In the Pholidophorida the structure appears to have been

essentially similar, but the Leptolepidee were different and

had a caudal fin like that of the living Elopide.

In Elops (affinis, machnata, and lacerta) and Megalops

(atlanticus and cyprinotdes) the upturned portion of the

vertebral column is shorter and more abruptly inclined up-

wards than in the Oligopleuride, and includes only three

centra; the last centrum is remote from the bases of the fin-

rays, and indeed the notochordal prolongation only separates

the lowest epaxial and uppermost hypaxial rays basally,

terminating in an opisthural cartilage. ‘he posterior neural

arches, crowded together by the abrupt upturning of the

vertebral column, have taken on the function of strengthening

of some Teleostean Fishes, 355

the upturned vertebre, thus replacing and inducing the

abortion of the posterior centra; these neural arches have

become enlarged and have shifted their proximal attachments

downwards and forwards; one is united by suture with the

centrum of the third last vertebra, and usually appears forked

at the base, the anterior fork running forward to the centrum

of the fourth last vertebra; the forking indicates the com-

pound nature of this bone, and in some specimens the line of

junction between the two component elements can be clearly

seen ; another bone is united to the posterior edge of the one

just described, and is prolonged upwards above it, and this is

Skeleton of caudal fin of Elops (somewhat diagrammatic).

nm, neural spines ; ep, epaxial basalia ; w, uroneurals; hy, hypurals ;

h, heemal spines.

also composed of two, the suture between which may persist,

so that we are here dealing with at least four posterior neural

arches, which I propose terming ‘ uronewrals’; these are to

be regarded as pertaining to centra which have aborted, and

thus correspond to the posterior hypurals. The neural arch

of the actual last vertebra is expanded to form a plate, and

the shape and position of this and of the one or two arches in

front of it appear to be determined by the room reguired by the

epaxial basalia,now three in number. ‘There are nine hypurals

or expanded hemal spines, and three more hzemal spines

also support the caudal fin.

356 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Caudal Fin

Leptolepis seems to have been exactly like Hlops, but in

some species of Thrissops a series of no less than six separate

uroneurals can be seen. .

The caudal fin skeleton of the Clupeida, which has recently

been described and figured by Mr. R. H. Whitehouse (Proce.

Roy. Soc. B. Ixxxii. p. 139), differs from that of the Hlopide

in that the last two centra have aborted, and the anterior

uroneural is ankylosed with the actual last centrum (corre-

sponding to the third last of the *Klopide).

As the Clupeide appear to be the most generalized Teleo-

steans examined by Mr. Whitehouse, I may mention the

Fig. 2.

Epaxial rays, with proximal portions of one or two upper hypaxial rays,

of caudal fins of Megalops.

a. M. cyprinoides, from a specimen of 320 mm.

b. M. atlanticus, from a specimen of 1800 mm.

Albulide, Alepocephalide, Salmonide, Osteoglosside, Eso-

cide, Umbride, and Aulopide as agreeing with the Hlopide in

having upturned centra, and in the persistence of the anterior

uronenral as a distinct bone.

The Elopidee show some features of irterest in the arrange-

ment of the caudal fin-rays, for, as will be seen from the

accompanying figures, both species of Megalops resemble the

Oligopleurida in that the epaxial rays are divided into an

anterior and a posterior series, the former supported by neural

spines and basalia, the latter inserted on the uppermost

hypaxial ray. These epaxial rays appear to be usually more

of some Teleostean Fishes. 357

numerous in the adult than in the young and to increase by

development of rays posteriorly ; in large adult ‘Tarpon

(fig. 26), 1500 to 1800 mm. in length, I count from two to

four inserted on the uppermost hypaxial ray, but in young

examples (300 to 400 mm.) one or two. ‘The young differ

from the adult fish also in that the articulations of the

principal caudal rays are far less numerous; but the anterior

epaxial rays do not increase in size at anything like the same

rate as the hypaxial rays, and are relatively much larger in

the young, so that the longer of them are articulated in the

young, but, from their more proximal position, spinous in the

adult. In adult Megalops cyprinoides (390-350 mm.) the

posterior epaxial rays vary in number from six tonine. ‘These

posterior epaxial rays or “fulcral spines” are wanting in E/ops

and in all other homocereal fishes, but the anterior epaxial rays

persist in most and are usually articulated, so that we appear

here to have a case of the reconversion of spines into articu-

lated rays.

In the Elopide the principal caudal rays (¢. e. all the

hypaxial rays except the lower graduated ones) are 19 in

number, and 17 of these are branched. ‘This seems to be the

case in a large number of families, e.g. the Leptolepide,

Chanide, Albulide, Salmonidee, Clupeidee (except Cozlia),

Esocide, Aulopide, Cyprinide, Berycide, Lampridie. In

the Serranide, Sparidee, Carangidee, &c., the number appears

to be constantly 17 (15 branched), and in various more

specialized groups is still further reduced. Without laying

too much stress on this character, I may say that I have

found it of considerable value in determining the affinities of

some types of doubtful systematic position.

In Elops, but not in Megalops, there is an oblong bony

scale above and below, partly covering the first upper and

lower rays; this was present in the Leptolepida, and persists

in A/lula, Aulopus, and some Clupeids.

I have already mentioned Mr. Whitehouse’s paper on the

caudal fin of fishes, and I have shown that the element which

he terms “ urostyle”? in Clupea is formed by one or more

displaced posterior neural arches or “ uroneurals” ; the homo-

cereal fin should not then be defined by the presence of a

urostyle formed by the fusion of upturned vertebrae, but by the

modification of posterior neural arches into uroneurals which

functiona!ly replace and so lead to the suppression of the centra

of the upturned vertebra, ‘l’here are some other points which

eall for comment; thus I think the term “epaxial basalia”

preferable to and more correct than ‘ dorsal caudal radials,”

and I canuot agree that Hierasfer is “ gephyrocercal.”

358 Mr. A. H. Clark—An interesting

It is evident from Ryder’s definition of “ gephyrocercy ”

that this term will have to be restricted to the Molide, where

the posterior part of the tail seems to have aborted and the

interval between the dorsal and anal has become bridged

across (yépupa, bridge) by a secondary formation of rays,

inserted on basalia and derived from the dorsal and anal fins.

In a number of eel-shaped fishes the dorsal and anal fins are

confluent with the caudal, which becomes progressively

reduced as the tail gets longer and the vertebra: and dorsal

anid anal fin-rays increase in number. ‘The Ophidioids are

fishes of this type; in Genypterus the last vertebra is slightly

expanded posteriorly into two hypurals, one of which bears

four and the other five rays, the remnant of the caudal fin.

Emery’s figure of Fierasfer dentatus shows a condition some-

what more specialized than in Genypterus; there is no definite

hypural expansion and the last vertebra is almost like the one

in front of it, but without neural spine; the caudal rays,

distinguished by the absence of basalia, are now only six in

number. /. acus appears to differ in that the caudal fin has

disappeared, whilst the end of the tail projects beyond the

dorsal and anal, as in the Ophichthyid eels.

XLIX.—An interesting Structural Analogy.

By Austin Hoparr CLARK.

Every ornithologist is aware of the fact that in the winter

the Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellata) and related species are

enabled to tread upon the loose surface of newly fallen snow

without sinking down into it, through the seasonal develop-

ment of the so-called “ snow-shoes,” which greatly increase

the area covered by the soles of the feet. These “ snow-

shoes’? are composed of two rows of scutes on either side of

each toe—the first row, adjoining the median scales, similar

to them and more or less squarish; the second row smaller,

elongate-oblong, and projecting laterally outward when the

foot is on the ground, downward and slightly forward when

the foot is raised. ‘The area covered by each foot of the

Ruffed Grouse in the winter, therefore, is equivalent to the

area covered in the summer plus the area covered by these

lateral scutes, or about as much again. ‘Thus a bird walking

about in the winter brings to bear only half as much weight

in any given spot as the same bird in the summer, and is

Structural Analogy. 359

thereby enabled to tread securely upon lightly compacted

snow.

The problem of walking safely upon the yielding surface

of snow has been solved by grouse as by man—by a large

increase in the supporting area brought into contact with it.

Among that interesting group of marine animals known as

the Crinoidea a very similar problem has been solved in a

strikingly similar way. ‘The Crinoidea are dependent for

their food upon small organisms which fall upon their up-

turned and outstretched arms and pinnules, and are thence

conducted by means of a ciliated “ ambulacral groove” to the

mouth. It is at once evident that if the lateral area of the

very slender pinnules can be increased in any way, the

number of falling food-particles intercepted, and hence the

available food-supply of the animals, will be proportionately

increased—the same question arising In regard to the presenta-

tion of a maximum food-collecting surface directed toward the

rain of food from above among the crinoids as arose among

the grouse in reference to the development of a maximum

area of support upon a loosely compacted surface. In the

crinoids, as in the grouse, two rows of supplementary plates

on either side of the single median row have been developed,

the first row of squarish plates, the outer of elongate rounded

plates, extensible laterally, but capable of being folded in-

ward over the delicate ambulacral groove, so as to serve as a

protection to it, an additional service not required in the outer

series of scutes in the grouse.

I have been unable to find in the literature any account of

the origin of the scutes in the grouse; but Dr. Stejneger has

suggested to me that they are in all probability merely modi-

fied feathers, a derivative from some such condition as that

found in the Red Grouse (Lagopus scoticus) or Ptarmigan

(Lagopus mutus). In the crinoids these two rows of supple-

mentary plates are formed directly from the pinnule segments ;

the distal angles of these expand and project in the form of

thin rounded flange-like processes, which eventually become

separated off from the pinnule segments by suture. In some

groups there is no further development; but in others the

distal outer angles of the plates of these newly formed rows

(“‘ side-plates””) become expanded, and these again become

separated off from the parent plates by suture, forming the

second row of laterally extensible rounded plates (* covering-

plates ’’).

Now it has been found that, as a rule, these side- and

covering-plates are much better developed and of far more

360 An interesting Structural Analogy.

general occurrence in the crinoids of the deeper waters than

in those of the shore-line, and, as they and more or less

similar structures are of quite general occurrence among

fossil forms, the crinoids of the deep sea have been considered

more primitive than those of shallow water. But the question

of the development or suppression of side- and covering-

plates is susceptible of a much more logical explanation.

The crinoids of the deeper levels must depend for their food

upon the rain of minute dead organisms from above; few, if

any, small organisms live among them; the littoral crinoids,

on the other hand, are surrounded by multitudes of living

microscopic animals which they intercept by means of their

arms and pinnules, and can derive little or no benefit from

dead ones, as, aside from the fact that there are comparatively

few of them, they are undoubtedly promptly devoured by

The scutes of the middle toe of a specimen of Bonrasa umbellatus,

shot in November.

Fig. 2.

A portion of a pinnule from a crinoid belonging to the family Thalasso-

metride, showing the side- and covering-plates bordering the pinnulars,

other small predacions organisms, such as the minute crustacea

or the bacteria. While a dead animal falling upon the upward

slanting extended covering-plates would roll down them into

the ambulacral groove, where it would come within reach of

the cilia, a living animal on coming in contact with these

plates would instantly back away, as Paramecium does on

encountering the sides of a glass dish. ‘Thus any increase in

pinnule area resulting from the formation of laterally exten-

sible plates, while of the very greatest service to species

inhabiting water where only dead organisms are available,

would not be of the slightest use to species existing in the

Descriptions and Records of Bees. 361

midst of active living organisms. I believe that this is the

real reason for the development of side- and covering-plates

in the crinoids of the deeper waters, and for their suppression

or non-existence in littoral forms and in pelagic forms like

Uintacrinus ; and this idea is further borne out by the fact

that shallow-water species belonging to normally deep-water

groups having large side- and covering-plates have these but

feebly developed, while deep-water species belonging to

groups ordinarily inhabiting shallow water, and devoid of

these plates, are commonly found to possess them. As an

instance of the former case may be mentioned Péilometra

macronema (J. Miller), of the latter Comatilia iridometri-

Jormis, A, H. Clark, or Nemaster iowensis (Springer).

L.—Deseriptions and Records of Bees.—XXVII.

By T. D. A. CockERrELL, University of Colorado.

Greeleyella resinata, sp. n.

? .—Length 8-83 mm.

Black, with scanty pale pubescence, tinged with yellowish

above ; mesothorax and abdomen shining; hind tarsi (except

for the hair) dark ; flagellum variably reddish beneath; first

r.n. meeting first t.-c., or entering basal corner of second

sm. Very closely related to G. beardsley?, Ckll. (syn. Panur-

ginus malvastrt, Sw. & Ckll.), but differing as follows :—

A trifle smaller; abdominal segments beyond the first, instead

of being smooth, with small punctures, have the surface

microscopically transversely striate ; scutellum with a slight

median groove or depression; tegule darker and smaller ;

anterior tibia &c. not pallid in front.

Hab. Lee County, Texas (G. Birkmann) ; four females,

sent by Prof. C. F. Baker (no. 7107).

Halictoides tlicifolie, sp. n.

g .—Length 545 mm. or a fraction more.

Black, with greyish-white pubescence; wings hyaline,

nervures and stigma dark fuscous ; mandibles with the apical

half ferruginous, the cutting-edge rather broad, notched; head

broad, eyes strongly converging below ; face with much

white hair; antenne short for a male, dark, flagellum ob-

scurely reddish beneath ; head and thorax shining, the base

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 25

362 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

of metathorax smooth and very brilliant; tegule shining

reddish brown ; abdomen broad, like that of a female, del'-

cately but evidently punctured, the hind margins of the

segments ferruginous ; apex covered with white hair, The

following characters are ascertained with the compound

microscope :—Third and fourth antennal joints very short ;

apical joint with an oblique flat shining face; the six-jointed

maxillary palpi short and stout, but still extending beyond

the blade of maxilla, which is short and broad, very obtusely

rounded apically; front strongly punctured; claws deeply

cleft, pulvillus very large. ‘The wings are quite clear; the

venation differs from that of /7. tinsley7, Ckll., by the shorter

second s.m., with the first r. n. entering very near its base,

and the b. n. falling a considerable distance (about 65 p)

short of t.-m. The labial palpi are short, with first joint not

nearly so long as the other three together. The tongue is

very short.

Hab. Santa Clara County, California, at flowers of Prunus

ilicifolia (Nuttall) ; four males (C. F. Baker, 7109).

This remarkable bee is so distinct from genuine /alictoides

in its mouth-parts that it must stand as the type of a new

genus or subgenus, which may be called Amb/yapis.

AMBLYAPIS, gen. v. subgen, nov. (type déczfolie).

Maxillary palpi 6-jointed, stout, with very short bristles,

mostly at end of joints; length of joints in w:—(1) 135,

(2) 100, (3) 85, (4) 75, (5) 68, (6) 100; last joint slender ;

blade of maxilla about 425 w long and 220 broad, thus very

short and wide, subtriangular, very obtuse at end, with long

bristles ; maxillary comb with about five short teeth.

Labial palpi 4-jointed, very short, joints measuring in p:

(1) 100, (2) 85, (3) 68, (4) 85. The extraordinary feature-

of these palpi is in the second and third joints, which have

one side heavily chitinized, forming a sort of sheath, which is

produced outwards to a bristly point. Paraglossee very

short; tongue extremely short. The striated muscle which

operates the tongue and adjacent organs is extremely coarse,

the strie only about five in 37 p of length.

In Halictoides tinsleyi the blade of maxilla is divided

longitudinally into two parts, the outer, which is shorter than

the inner, having a width in middle of 68 yw, and being wholly

without biistles or markings. In Amblyapis ilie‘folie this

outer part is much reduced, about 50 w wide towards the

base, but rapidly tapering and coming to a point about 170 wu

before the end of the blade. In A. dentiventris, Nyl., the

Records of Bees. 363

type of Halictordes, the condition of the blade is essentially

as in FI. tinsleyt. In H. paradoxus, Moraw., the outer

portion is also well developed, ending obtusely 187 uw before

the rather narrow apex of the blade, which bears very long

bristles. In Dufourea vulgaris the blade is narrow, with

long bristles. The bipartite condition of the maxillary blade

is very strongly developed in Halictus, e.g. H. sisymbrit,

Ckll., and H. armaticeps, Cresson, and the European HA. vi-

rescens. In Melitta leporina there is no sign of it. In

Pseudopanurgus ethiops, Cress., the outer or subhyaline area

is present and tapers apically as in Amblyapis. In Nomi

nortont, Cress., the outer area is present, but narrow (about

one-ninth total width of blade) and tapering. In Dasypoda

plumipes it is reduced to an inconspicuous subhyaline margin,

broadening basally, where its width is about one-fifteenth that

of the blade.

Agapostemon texanus towensis, subsp. n.

?.—Similar to A. texanus, Cresson, but rather small

{anterior wing 74 mm.); mesothorax, while showing the

double puncturation of texanus quite distinctly, much rougher,

the smaller punctures more crowded; metathorax with the

basal triangle distinctly defined by raised lines, but the sculp-

ture coarser than in subsp. swbtélior, Ckll. ; abdomen broader

than in A. radiatus.

Hab. Ames, Iowa, 1899 (Wilmon Newell).

Possibly a hybrid with A. radiatus. ‘The abdomen is

without evident hair-bands ; in subécl/or these are very distinct.

Anthidium subochraceum, Walker, 1871.

This species, from Mount Sinai, was very poorly described

by Walker, and has never been recognized since. I examined

the type at the British Museum, and am able to add the

following particulars :—Front down to clypeus black, except

for a red band below middle ocellus and the broad (narrowing

at summit) yellowish-ferruginous bands next to orbits ;

mandibles 4-dentate ; hair of head and thorax above strongly

fulvous ; punctures of abdomen rather large. Wings reddish,

apical region suffusedly darker; stigma ferruginous. Legs

ferruginous shaded with orange; apparently no pulvilli.

Abdomen above dark reddish, with the bases of the second

and following segments broadly and suffusedly blackened,

the hind margins of the segments a sort of pale orange ; scopa

white ; second r.n. going beyond second s.m.; scutellum

25*

364 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

with hind edge projecting, sharp, emarginate in middle;

axilla obtusely angulate. The abdomen is wholly without

yellow or white Lands, but the base of the sixth segment

shows obscure pallid spots alternating with dark ones.

Appears to be related to Dianthidium ferrugineum (Fabr.).

Eucera cinerascens, Walker, 1871.

Another unrecognized species. I have not seen the male

type, but a female from the convent garden at Mount Sinai,

which Walker thought probably conspecific, is an Anthophora.

It is in wretched condition, with matted hair; clypeus black,

with a keel or ridge on its upper two-thirds in the median

line ; labrum with a pair of basal yellowish spots.

Tetralonia spoliata, Walker, 1871.

Also unknown to recent writers. Walker’s female from

Mt. Sinai is in bad condition ; hair of head and thorax above

badly matted, but appears to have been deep fulvous ; clypeus

all black, densely and coarsely punctured ; abdominal bands

yellowish, hind margin of first segment rather broadly rufous ;

wings not dark. Comparison with Walker’s description

shows that the latter is inaccurate as well as too short.

Celiorys philippensis, Bingham, 1895.

I have examined the male type. Anterior wings dark

fuscous, shining violaceous; head and thorax with extremely

large punctures ; abdomen &-dentate. Easily recognized by

the first abdominal segment being dorsally covered with fine

moss-like white tomentum.

Halictus dybowskii, Rad., 1877.

A female in the British Museum is one of those collected

by Dybowsky. It is a large black species, very shiny, with

large strongly tridentate mandibles. Head large, face very

broad ; clypeus sparsely punctured ; area of metathorax pli-

catulate, vs apical part transversely wrinkled ; apical trunca-

tion of metathorax with the lateral marginal keels going about

halfway up ; anterior wing 9} mm.; wings dusky, venation

normal; hind spur very finely denticulate, the denticles

minute, short, and numerous; abdomen with no apical hair-

bands, but some basal pale pubescence.

Records of Bees. 365

Halictus flavovittatus, W. F. Kirby.

I have examined the female type from Socotra. It is a

true /ulictus, with normal venation, but remarkable for the

character of the abdomen, the segments very black, with the

margins narrowly ivory-colour, without hair-bands. Area of

metathorax large, granular-striatulate; hind spur minutely

short-ciliate. HZ. vittatus, Smith, from the Cape of Good

Hope, has similar tegumentary bands, but it is not so large,

and the bands are light yellow, the first quite golden yellow.

‘The specimen examined, in the British Museum, is marked

vittatus, variety.

Halictus niloticus, Smith, 1879.

The type, a male, is a green insect with a curious large

head, and a peculiar thing 1s that the upper ends of the eyes

are green. ‘There is a large yellow spot on lower part of

clypeus.

Falictus farinosus, Smith.

Rim Rock, Sandia Mountains, New Mexico, at flowers of

Frasera,1 3 (J. Rk. Watson). New to New Mexico.

COLLETES.

The following table for the separation of some little-known

species was prepared at the British Museum. The Radosz-

kowski species should be authentic, as they were received

from the describer :—

Very small, anterior wing 5 mm.: densely

covered with white hair; bases of

abdominal segments, where exposed,

densely punctured; nervures and stigma

pale ferruginous; second s,m. broad,

receiving r.n.in middle; posterior face

of metathorax covered with hair. 6.

@Askabads) sues et «db ncielee ats ahi askhabadensis, Rads.

Larger, not thus hairy; malar space in no

CaSO MOU Maen settee cal iin hued ins 5 GA: 1.

1. Thorax above covered with short pale

ochreous moss-like hair, like the

American C. aberrans, Ckll. ; anterior

wing 7mm. long; abdomen with broad

-bands of greyish-white tomentum, the

first segment densely and coarsely

punctured, second densely and finely,

in strong contrast; nervures and stig-

ma dark, paler basally; antenne very

short, 9 (Askabad.) 2 3. ics oes carinatus, Rads.

Thorax with normal pubescence ........

366

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

2. Hair fringing thoracic dorsum, and on each

Hair of thorax &c. not so coloured

side of antenne, fox-red; size ordi-

nary. Hair of sides of metathorax and

of pleura greyish white; abdomen,

when fresh, with narrow white hair-

bands, very conspicuous, on hind mar-

gins of segments 2 to 5; mesothorax in

middle nude, shining, with scattered

large punctures; second s.m. very

broad, much broader above than third ;

first abdominal segment with punctures

very much larger than on second ; hind

spur strongly ciliate; antennze short.

Ce ee

sidemit, Rads. (jankow-

skyi, Rads., is a synonym, if the specimen so

labelled is authentic).

3. Size smaller, length about 9mm.: no dark

hair on head or thorax; abdomen with

broad bands of yellowish-white tomen-

tum; hind margin of first segment

(tegument) rather broadly reddish ;

tegule very pale reddish; antennz

short ; clypeus sparsely punctured in

middle; nervures and stigma rather

dark ; hind spur very minutely ciliate.

@' 0 © \e)\0 \e\ 8 18, a ieee ree. 0.jo\'n eve \0; (9 jaja ceitnikelp is (6,

above

a je (6 oNe (eee \e. 0’ ie Soh c8) 0). ie jel" si ole eis leun

4, Abdomen dull, first segment granular, not

punctured ; anterior wings dilute fuli-

ginous ; flagellum ferruginous beneath

except at base

First abdominal segment well punctured. .

5. Abdomen very shiny, pyriform, first seg-

ment relatively weakly punctured,

though very distinctly, its hind margin

mixtus, Rads.

dudgeoni, Bingham.

ferruginous; wings yellowish. (Japan.) perforator, Smith (type).

Abdomen duller, first segment strongly and

coarsely punctured, its hind margin not

reddened, but covered, as also base of

second segment broadly and apices of

segments 2 to 5, with greyish-white

hair ; face broad.

gallieus, Rads.

The example of C. dudgeonwi appears to be correctly named, .

although it is from the Bombay district, and has anterior

wings quite strongly fuscous.

It is 13 mm. long; clypeus

and front densely punctured; tegula very dark brown;

abdomen dull, not punctured.

Diadasia afflictula, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 7 mm., width of abdomen 21,

Records of Bees. 367

Runs in my table (( American Naturalist,’ xxxix. p. 743)

to D. afflicta, Cresson, to which it is inevery way very closely

related, differing in the much smaller size and slender abdo-

men. ‘T'egule rather light ferruginous ; second submarginal

cell much contracted above; hair of thorax above and pubes-

cence generally very pale ochreous. I had this mixed with

D. diminuta, from which it is easily known by the short

black or dark fuscous hair on the abdominal segments beyond

the second, of course not involving the broad apical fringe.

The hair of the apical fringes is appressed, not erect as in

D. skinner’, Ckll., which also differs greatly by its short

broad abdomen.

Hab. Mesilla, New Mexico, May 1 (Cockerell).

Pseudopanurgus cameroni (Baker).

Pasiphaé cameroni, Baker, Invertebrata Pacifica, i. 1906, p. 141.

I am greatly indebted to Professor C. F. Baker for the loan

of one of the original types. ‘The b. n. falls short of t.-m. a

distance nearly equal to length of second s.m. on first discoidal.

Xenoglossa crawfordi, sp. n.

& .—Length about 21 mm. (difficult to measure, the ab lo-

men being curved downwards and inwards) ; anterior wings

about 14 mm., width of abdomen 71.

Black, including the legs, the hind margins of the abdominal

segments (except the first) broadly semitranslucent coppery

red ; clypeus lemon-yellow, with its upper margin broadly

black and its lower ferruginous ; greater part of mandibles

yellow; labrum pallid, with light brownish hair; face rather

narrow, eyes very large, converging above, ocelli very large ;

hair of face pale brownish, whitish at sides near clypeus, of

cheeks below rather dull white, of vertex reddish sooty ;

antenne black, only moderately long, last eight joints with

obscure reddish spots, third joint longer than fourth, but not

as long as 4 and 5 together ; mesothorax and scutellum dull,

densely minutely punctured; thorax above with hair light

echreous, pleura with the same, but paler, but metathorax

with it very dark chocolate-brown, except a tuft of ochreous

in the middle of the”basal area; hair of legs dark chocolate,

ale ochreous on anterior femora behind and to some extent

pallid on middle femora ; tegule piceous, punctured; wings

dark fuliginous; abdomen with hair of first segment and

368 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

middle of base of second very dark fuscous, beyond this it

consists of short dense warm ochraceous tomentum ; apical

plate (seventh segment) extremely broad, with a keel on each

side ; venter with dark hair. ‘The structure is essentially as

in X. fu/va, Smith, including the venation.

Hab. Guadalajara, Mexico (D. L. Crawford, 7106).

Received from Prof. C. F. Baker.

Nomada vicinalis aldricht, subsp. n.

3 .—Runs in the table of Rocky Mountain Nomada (Bull.

94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta.) to N. vieinalis, Cresson, to which

it is very closely related, differing as follows :—Upper margin

of clypeus more or less black ; scape swollen ; mesothorax

wholly black ; scutellum black, with a pair of variable (large

or small) red spots ; hind femora with more black ; basal part

of area of metathorax strongly wrinkled. From J. vicinalis

infrarulens, Ckll., it differs by the hair of thorax above only

slightly brownish ; scutellum and mesothorax as just iadicated ;

first abdominal segment with a broad entire red baud. The

lateral face-marks, clavate above, are much as in the supposed

male of N. cymbalarie, Ckll., but the scape is much stouter

than in the latter, which is, however, very closely allied.

The venter of the abdomen is red, with a heart-shaped black

mark on first segment, a black band at base of second, and a

large yellow spot on apical segment; these markings vary

from distinct to obscure. The apical plate is broad, hairy,

and notched. ‘The b. n. goes basad of the t.-m.

NV. subaccepta, Ckll., is also related, but differs fiom aldrichi

by its more prominent red scutellum, comparatively slender

scape, Ke.

The chrome-yellow markings of the abdomen are more

reduced than in true vicinalis. On the second segment they

are very large; on the third variable, from large to very

small; on the fourth and fifth reduced or obsolete; on the

sixth well developed and confluent.

Among Robertson’s Illinois sy ecies it is nearest to NV. illinci-

ensis, Rob., which is a considerably smaller insect. ‘The

female, when discovered, will doubtless prove to have the

head and thorax red.

Hab. Moscow, Idaho ; two males in Philadelphia Acad.

Nat. Sci., “deposited by Wm. J. Fox.”

The insect is named after the well-known entomologist of

Idaho.

On Two new African Shrews. 369

Nomada modocorum, Ckll.

Pasadena, California, April 6 (Grinnell). New to Cali-

fornia.

On May 29 Mr. Grinnell took Halictus catalinensis, Ckll.,

at Pasadena, showing that it is not confined to Catalina

Island,

L1.— Two new African Shrews.

By WI rrep H. Oscoop.

As a further result of studies at the Natural History Museum

two new shrews of the genus Crocidura have been found,

which, like the rodents described in the March number of the

‘ Annals,’ are named at the instance of Mr. Oldfield Thomas.

Both are given subspecific rank, not only to indicate their

positions in the large and unrevised genus to which they

belong, but also because experience with groups more com-

pletely known has shown that closely related continental

forms are more often proved to be connected by gradations

than otherwise.

Crocidura bicolor elgonius, subsp. n.

Type from Kirui, near Mt. Elgon, British East Africa.

Subadult female. Collected Sept. 5, 1909, by R. Kemp.

Original number 198. Rudd Collection.

Characters.—Allied to Crocidura bottegi and C. bicolor

cuninghamet; general colour more sooty than in either;

upperparts brownish mouse-grey, the tips of the hairs only

slightly paler than the bases; underparts pale smoke-grey ;

feet sooty, somewhat lighter laterally; tail sooty above,

slightly paler below. Skull small and flat, with teeth

decidedly smaller than in cuninghamet, slightly larger than in

botteg?; skull more elongate and brain-case flatter than in

bottegi.

Measurements.—Type and one topotype, respectively : total

length 90, 97 mm.; head and body 52, 55; tail-vertebree

38,42; hind foot (s.u) 9,9. Skull of type: condylo-in-

cisive length 16°6; breadth of brain-case 7:4 3° maxillary

breadth 4°8; upper tooth-row 7:5; length of molariform

series 3°9 ; 2} to pm* 3°53 3 width of m’ 1-75.

370 Mr. H. C. Fulton on Land-Shells from the

Remarks.—The general blackish coloration of this form

readily distinguishes it from its allies, C. bottegvis a smaller

form, entirely brownish in colour, while cuninghamei is

slightly larger, with brownish upperparts and with the feet

practically white instead of chiefly sooty. ‘Typical bicolor, as

represented by specimens from Angola, is much paler, with

practically pure white underparts.

Crocidura flavescens kivu, subsp. n.

Type from Lake Kivu, Eastern Congo. No. 7. 6. 14. 24,

British Museum. Adult male. Collected Nov. 30, 1906, by

D. Carruthers. Original number 319.

Characters.—Similar to Croctdura f. nyanse, but much

darker coloured ; upperparts a rich shade of brown somewhat

between the vandyke brown and the burnt umber of Ridgway ;

underparts a dark but iather lively russet ; feet and digits

entirely blackish brown, as dark as or darker than the upper-

parts ; tail entirely blackish. Skull practically as in dortana

and nyanse.

Measurements.—Type: total length 198 mm.; head and

body 110 ; tail-vertebree 88 ; hind foot (s. u.) 19. Skull of

type: condylo-incisive length 30°8; breadth of brain-case 12-4;

maxillary breadth 9°15 ; upper tooth-row 14:1; 2° to pm‘ 7;

length of molariform series 7°5; width of m? 3:4.

Remarks.—This appears to be the most richly coloured

form of the flavescens group yet known. C. f. nyanse@ is

much lighter coloured, and in this respect stands in a position

somewhat between the present form and C. f. doriana of

Abyssinia. Specimens from Entebbe and Mumias, localities

respectively east and west of the type locality, have been

used to represent nyanse. OC. f. anchiete of West Africa is

doubtless closely allied, but is described as being “ d’un gris

fauve en dessous.”’

LII.—List with Notes on some Land-Shells from the Island

of Muswar, Dutch New Guinea, and Descriptions of new

Species and Varieties of Planispira (Cristigibba), Papuina,

Calycia, and Leptopoma. By Hugu C. Futon.

THE shells noted herewith were collected by Messrs. C. and

I’. Pratt (sons of the well-known collector A. E. Pratt) on

Muswar Island, Geelvink Bay.

Island of Muswar, Dutch New Guinea. 371

Xesta citrina, Linn.

Two varieties, one with lemon-colourel ground with a

dark brown band on periphery of last whorl, the other dark

brown above with a still darker band at periphery of last

whorl, which is sharply contrasted by a white band below,

the remainder of underside being of a glassy white colour.

Chloritis cheratomorpha, Tapp.-Canefri.

Planispira (Cristigibba) dolens, Fulton, sp. n.

Shell subcireular, with deep umbilicus about 2 mm. wide

at upper part, white, smooth and polished, subtransparent,

with a very narrow reddish-brown band at suture of upper

whorls descending to edge of peristome and situate on last

whorl just a little above the periphery (where it is about

1 mm. in width); spire almost flat, apex being slightly

depressed ; whorls 4}, last descending about 2 mm.; peri-

stome white, moderately expanded, margins joined by thin

callus ; aperture subovate, very oblique; constriction at rear

of peristome very slight.

Maj. diam. 214, alt. 10 mm.

Hab. Muswar Island, Geelvink Bay, Dutch New Guinea.

Similar in form to wahnes?, Fulton, but flatter and thinner,

with smaller aperture and different coloration.

Thinner and more circular in form than cornicu’um, H. & J.;

the aperture is smaller and the peristome not so widely

expanded. Compared with papuana, Mlldff., and semirasa,

Marts., it is larger, not so flat, and not nearly so strongly

constricted at rear of aperture.

Papuina antiqua, Ad. & Rve. (=J/eonardi, Canefri) (=hor-

deri, Sowb.).

This is a very variable species in form and coloration; the

two specimens received from Muswar Island are of a uniform

light brown or fawn colour.

Papuina grata, Michelin, var. magna, Fulton, var. nov.

Maj. diam. 33, alt. 25 mm.

The Muswar Island specimens are much larger than typical

grata and densely covered with hairs.

I am not sure that the pilose character of this species has

been recorded before ; the hairs are evidently easily rubbed off.

Papuina hero, Smith.

372 On Land-Shells from the Island of Muswar.

Papuina pratt, Fulton, sp. n.

Shell pyramidal, narrowly but deeply umbilicated, greatest

width of umbilicus under 2 mm.; moderately thick, creamy

white, with a narrow reddish-brown band commencing about

the third whorl and continued to edge of peristome, almost

smooth, lines of growth inconspicuous, irregularly minutely

granulated below the last whorl (this character is more or

Jess present on other specimens than type); whorls 53, con-

vex above, decreasing in convexity below, last sharply

keeled, suture of middle whorls slightly marginated ; peri-

stome white, rather broadly expanded, especially at columellar

portion, very oblique, exterior band showing through the

aperture.

Maj. diam. 29, alt. 194 mm. (type).

Another specimen: maj. diam. 264, alt. 16 mm.

Hab. Muswar Island, Geelvink Bay, Dutch New Guinea.

This shell belongs to the group of vitrea, Fér., and pseudo-

lanceolata, Dtz.; it is readily distinguished from the former

by its higher spire and its thicker shell, and from the latter

by its greater height in proportion to its width, its less ex-

pansion of peristome at the keel, and from both by its dess

rapidly increasing whorls and its sutural-colour-band.

Papuina rufopurpurea, Mildff.

This species is very variable in coloration; besides the

dark brown typical form the Muswar Island specimens include

a variety of a light yellowish-brown ground-colour, with a

daik sutural band and pinkish-white peristome.

Calycia crystallina, Rve.

This is a species that varies a good deal in form, and I am

convinced that issedliana, Tapp.-Canefri, is not separable.

Calycia crystallina, Rve., var. nigrescens, Fulton, var. nov.

This variety is similar to typical crystallina except that

instead of a white ground-colour ornamented with opaque

white lines it has a dark brown ground-colour ornamented

by numerous white spiral lines.

Maj. diam. 30, alt. 44 mm.

Leptopoma muswarensis, Fulton, sp. n.

Shell globose-conic; narrowly umbilicated, moderately

On new Culicidee from Ashanti. 373

thin; apex reddish, lower part with a whitish cuticle, orna-

mented above and below with narrow dark reddish-brown

spiral bands, with a broader one just below the periphery ;

whorls 54, convex, first two with four or five raised spiral

strie, lower whorls almost smooth, having only numerous

close-set microscopical spirals ; peristome white, slightly ex-

panded ; aperture circular, inner portion showing exterior

bands; operculum normal.

Maj. diam. 134, alt. 14 mm.

Hab. Muswar Island, Geelvink Bay, Dutch New Guinea.

Near pellucidum, Grat., but readily distinguished from that

species by its dark coloration, especially below the periphery

of last whorl; the spirals on the apex of muswarensis are

stronger, whereas the microscopical spirals on last whorl are

weaker than those of pellucidum.

This shell also bears a superficial resemblance to the

darker coloured specimens of the Bornean L. sericatum, Pt.,

but is easily separated by the absence of raised spirals.

LIUT.— Five new Culicide from Ashanti.

By F. V. ‘THEOBALD, M.A. &c.

THE five new Culicide described here were collected by

Dr. Graham in Ashanti. One has to be placed in a new

marked genus, which has been called Pectinopalpus.

Stegomyia apicoargentea, sp. n.

Head black, with silvery white central spot and white eye-

borders ; palpi and proboscis deep brown, the former snow-

white at apex. Thorax deep brown, with two large round

silvery white spots and a small anterior median one; pro-

thoracic lobes white and a small white spot at the base of the

wings; pleuree with white puncta. Abdomen dusky black,

last three segments with basal silvery spots, all the segments

with basal lateral silvery spots, and the venter with basal

white bands. Fore and mid legs with basal creamy bands to

metatarsi and first tarsal; hind with an additional band on

the second tarsal, and nearly all the third white ; femora of

fore and mid legs with a white spot below near apex, apex

white ; im the hind legs base of venter white, and also apex

and the tibia have a white spot beneath ncar base.

Length.—4 mm.

374 Mr. F. V. Theobald on

Time of capture.—7. vill. O07 and 9. ix. 07.

Habitat. —Obuasi and Kumasi (Vr. Graham).

Observations—Two females, both taken in bush, one at

5 p.M. at Kumasi. Dr. Graham says specimens taken in

bush-paths outside Obuasi and outside Kumasi in August

and October, from 2 to 5 P.M. Described from a perfect

female. The marked thoracic ornamentation and the leg

banding combined will at once separate it from all other

African Stegomyta.

Atdimorphus punctothoracis, sp. n.

Head brown in the middle, black at the sides ; proboscis

and palpi unbanded. ‘Thorax rich brown, with six silvery

white spots; scutellum silvery white. Abdomen dark brown,

with basal pale lateral spots. Legs unbanded, apices of tibia

and femora silvery white.

9? —Head dark, clothed with flat black scales in front and

at the sides with some dull ochreous ones, and white ones at

the sides, a patch of narrow-curved dull ochreous ones at the

lack, and black upright forked seales ; proboscis and palpi

black; antennee dak brown, basal segment bright brown

with a few small flat scales.

Thorax dark rich brown, with very small dull golden

narrow-curved scales, and six sy ots of small flat silvery white

scales; cheetze dark brown; scutellum clothed with flat

silvery white scales; metanotum dark brown ; pleure bright

brown, with pale puncta.

Abdomen black, with basal lateral snowy white spots and

golden border-bristles ; venter mostly dark.

Legs dark brown, venter of femora for the basal two-thirds

pale creamy; a snow-white spot at the apex of the femora

and tibie; chete golden ; fore and mid ungues equal, uni-

serrate.

Wings with the first fork-cell a little longer and narrower

than the second fork-cell, its stem about half the length of

the cell, its base nearly level with that of the latter ; stem of

the second fork-cell about two-thirds the length of the cell;

posterior cross-vein not quite its own length distant from the

mid.

Length.—2°3 mm.

g —Palpi dark brown, hair-tufts dark on the last two

segments, the penultimate rather swollen and a little longer

than the apical one ; antenne plumose, plume-hairs brown.

Fore ungues unequal, the larger with a large tooth, the

new Culicidee from Ashanti. 375

smaller with a small one near the base ; mid very unequal,

simple ; hind equal and simple.

Wings with the fork-cells shorter than in female, of nearly

equal length; their stems nearly as long as the cells, poste~

rior cross-vein about its own length distant from the mid.

‘he male claspers are very marked, being bifid.

Length.—2°3 mm.

Habitat.—Acera (Dr. Graham).

Time of capture—11, 12, 16, 18, 20. vi. 08.

Observations. —Caught in latrines at 8 A.M. Described

from two perfect females and two males. A very distinct

small species with marked thoracic spotting. Very numerous

in June. ‘Three females taken in same locality, 12 and 18,

vi. 08, show only the two anterior silvery thoracic spots.

Genus PECTINOPALPUS, gen. nov.

Head clothed with narrow-curved scales except at the sides

and around the eyes in front, and some upright forked scales ;

antenne plumose; palpi of male as long as the proboscis,

irregular in form, of three segments, basal one swollen at

base, apical twice as long as the penultimate, both with rather

long lateral hairs, the long segment with a series of out-

standing scales of peculiar form in two groups of different

shape. Thorax and scutellum with long narrow-curved scales.

A very distinct genus, told at once by the peculiar male

palpi. I have been unable to find the female.

Pectinopalpus fuscus, sp. n.

Uniformly fuscous brown. Fragile. Palpi very irregular

and twisted in form.

3 .—Head black, with pale smoky grey narrow-curved

scales over most of the area, dusky grey flat lateral scales,

and almost white ones around the eyes. Palpi and proboscis

deep brown; antenne brown, with pale bands and flaxen

plume-hairs ; the palpi have eight pale outstanding scales on

long stalks on one side of the apical area of the long segment,

and then eight dark long outstanding scales below of different

form.

Thorax brown, with dull brown and dull pale golden

rather long narrow-curved scales and deep brown chete ;

scutellum paler brown, with narrow-curved pale scales and

six brown bristles to the mid lobe; metanotum pale brown.

Abdomen uniformly fuscous brown.

Legs uniformly brown ; femora and coxe paler, the former

376 . Mr. F. V. Theobald on

especially below; fore and mid ungues unequal and uniserrate,

hind equal and simple.

Wings with rather broad scales on the apex, with rounded

tips; first fork-cell longer and narrower than the second, its

base about level with that of the latter, its stem more than

half the length of the cell, stem of the second forked cell

aLout the same length and about two-thirds the length of the

cell; posterior cross-vein longer than the mid, about twice

its own length distant from it.

Length.—2°8 to 3 mm.

Habitat.—Obuasi (Dr. Graham).

Time of capture.—20. viii. 29 and 30. ix. 07.

C bservations.—Caught in bush at 10 A.M. and 6 P.M.

A very obscure species, unless carefully examined, when

the peculiar palpi at once separate it. 1 have been unable to

distinguish the female in this collection.

Culex nigrocostalis, sp. n.

Very like a small C. fatigans or C. pallidocephala, but the

thorax uniformly clothed with dull golden brown scales and

the outer costal border of the wings very dark.

?.—Head black, clothed with dull grey ragged narrow-

curved scales, small dull grey flat lateral scales, and black

upright forked scales ; clypeus deep brown, palpi and pro-

boscis deep black; antennee deep brown, with narrow pale

bands.

Thorax deep brown, clothed uniformly with small hair-like

curved dull golden brown scales and deep brown cheete, dull

golden at their base; scutellum paler brown, with scanty

dusky hair-like curved scales, dull golden in some lights, and

six deep brown border-bristles to the mid lobe.

Abdomen blackish brown, with narrow basal white bands

and golden brown to golden border-bristles.

Legs deep blackish brown, unbanded; femora pale below,

a few pale scales at the apices of the femora and tibia;

ungues small, equal, and simple.

Wings with dark brown scales, the outer costal border and

the first long vein and subcostal black ; first fork-cell longer

and narrower than the second posterior, its base nearer the

base of the wing, its stem less than one-third the length of

the cell; stem of the second fork-cell about two-thirds the

length of the cell ; posterior cross-vein longer than the mid,

sloping backwards, and about two and a half times its own

length distant from it.

Length—3 mm.

new Culicids from Ashanti. 377

3 .—Like the female, but the abdomen more prominently

banded. Palpi and proboscis deep brown, the former acumi-

nate and longer than the proboscis by the last and apical

portion of the penultimate segment, the last two segments

with scanty long dark hairs. Ungues of fore and mid legs

unequal, uniserrate, hind equal and simple. Wings with

short fork-cells, the first slightly narrower and much longer

than the second fork-cell, stem of the first about three-fourths

the length of the cell, stem of the latter nearly as long as the

cell; posterior cross-vein longer than the mid, nearly three

times its own length distant from it.

Length.—4 mm.

Habitat.—Accra (Dr. Graham).

Hatched out.—7 and 18. vi. 08 (¢), 7. vii. 08 (2).

Observations.—Described from a single perfect female,

hatched from a long siphoned larva, and three males. This

is a small rather obscure Cu/ex, near C. fatigans, Wied., and

C. pallidocephala, 'Theob., but can be told from both by the

very dark outer costal border and veins near it. A small

fragile species.

Culex pallidothoracis, sp. n.

Thorax uniformly clothed with pale ochreous scales.

Abdomen dark brown in the female, with traces of pale basal

banding, prominent in the male. Palpi, proboscis, and legs

uniformly dark brown.

? .—Head black, densely clothed with narrow-curved pale

ochreous almost creamy scales, flat similar coloured lateral

scales, rich golden brown central upright forked scales, and

black upright ones at the sides; golden cheetee between the

eyes, dark ones at the sides; clypeus brown ; palpi and pro-

boscis almost black ; antenne brown.

Thorax black, densely and uniformly clothed with narrow-

curved pale ochreous almost creamy scales, with golden and

brown cheete; scutellum very pale, with similar scales and

brown border-bristles ; metanotum brown; pleure very pale.

Abdomen dark brown, some of the apical segments with

basal creamy bands ; border-bristles brown, golden at their

apices ; venter with many pale scattered scales ; traces of

basal lateral pale spots.

Legs uniformly brown, with dull ochreous reflections,

paler beneath ; ungues equal and simple.

Wings with the fork-cells long; the first longer and nar-

rower than the second posterior, its base nearer the base of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 26

378 Mr. A. F. Coventry on the Application of

the wing, its stem about one-third the length of the cell ;

stem of the second about half the length of the cell; posterior

cross-vein nearly its own length distant from the mid; scales

of typical Culex form.

Length.—5 to 5°5 mm.

g .—Similar to female, but the abdominal banding very

pronounced. Palpi acuminate, black at the apices, paler

basally, hairs dark ; antennze with flaxen brown plume-hairs,

paler at their apices. Fork-scales dense, dark behind as well

as at the sides. Fore and mid ungues unequal, the larger

with a Jarge tooth, the smaller with a small one, hind equal

and simple. Genitalia with a large broad foliate plate.

Length.—5 to 6 mm.

Habitat.—Obuasi (Dr. Graham).

Time of capture.—8. 1. 08; 10. xii. 07; 20. vi. O7 ; 17.

wiiO7 3 se wuiw07 ; 20. 1x. 07 5:18, 19. x O72 eae

Observations.—Caught on bush-paths. Described from a

series of several males and females. It is very marked on

account of the pronounced pale scaled thorax. The females

show some variation in regard to abdominal banding, some

showing it much more prominently than others.

LIV. — The Application of Mr. G. W. Smith’s Theory of

Dwarf Males to Myzostoma. By A. F. Coventry, Mag-

dalen College, Oxford.

Mr. G. W. Smiru has recently put forward a new theory

to explain the complemental dwarf males found among the

Cirripedia pedunculata.

He looks for the interpretation of the peculiar sexual

relations among these, and, as he believes, also in the Rhizo-

cephala, to the fundamental nature of secondary hermaphro-

ditism—7. e., imposed on a primitive dicecism, which we must

suppose to have been the original condition among the

Cirripedia.

Smith has found, both by observation and experiment, that

this hermaphroditism can only be imposed on males.

Hence the ordinary moneecious Cirripedes are really males,

all the females having been suppressed in the course of

evolution ; and the complemental males are in an arrested

state of development due to the condition of protandric

hermaphroditism—z. e., male generative products ripening

before female—through which they at one time passed.

The same reasoning applies with very little modification to

the Rhizocephala.

the Theory of Dwarf Males to Myzostoma. 379

In these the dwarf males never become sexually mature,

being represented by the Cypris larve found on the young

Sacculina externa.

Smith believes that. both these Cypris larvee and the com-

plemental males of the Pedunculata are potential hermaphro-

dites, in which development is arrested because of the position

taken up by them on fully developed individuals of the same

species.

This idea is supported by what occurs in the Epicarida,

a group of parasitic Isopods. Here all individuals are at first

larval males, which, after crawling upon the adult (function-

ally female) individuals and fertilizing them, migrate to and

become parasitic upon their hosts—various Crustucea,—and

there assume the female condition.

They are therefore protandric hermaphrodites.

Quite recently Orton has brought forward evidence of the

same sort of thing in Crepidula, and he has expressly

accepted Smith’s theory as an explanation.

The facts known about Myzostoma seem to be susceptible

of a similar interpretation, whether we accept Beard’s or

Wheeler’s account of their life-history.

In the former case, the sexual relations of Myzostoma are

exactly comparable with those of the Pedunculata ; in the

latter they are more like those of the Epicarida.

Beard described the dwarf dorsicolous males as never at

any time showing traces of ovaries, while individuals found

on the disc of the Comatula host have both ovaries and testes,

even though they be smaller than the largest dorsicolous

specimens. He therefore claimed that these are true com-

plemental males.

Wheeler traversed this statement and said that the ovaries

can always be found, even in the youngest dorsicolous indi-

viduals. He identified them with Nansen’s “ problematical

organs.”

Working on this assumption, he noted a gradual increase

in size and activity in the ovary; and he was able to trace the

animal through all stages, from the time when neither mature

sperms, or only a very few, nor ova were present, to an

_ almost purely female state, passing on the way through a

«stage when numerous mature sperms, but only immature

ova, were present, followed by a completely hermaphrodite

condition.

In spite of some criticisms from Beard, Wheeler’s state-

ments seem to be quite unshaken, and his evidence, both as

regards descriptions and drawings, has all the appearance of

being a more trustworthy guide to the real state of things.

26*

380 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on the

We have, therefore, in the life-history of Myzostoma, as

detailed by Wheeler, a remarkable confirmation of Smith’s

theory of secondary hermaphroditism, and a further case in

which it appears to supply a complete interpretation of facts

hitherto lacking an explanation.

LITERATURE.

1894, Brarp, J.—Zool. Anzeiger, xvii.

1898. ——. Mittheil. Stat. Neapel, 1898-1899.

1909. Orton, J. H.—Proe. Royal Soc., B, vol. 81.

1906. Smrru, G. W.—Naples Monogr. xxix.

1894. WHEELER, W. M.—Zool. Anzeizger, xvii.

1896. ——. Mittheil. Stat. Neapel, 1896-1897.

LV.—On the Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister.

By R. Kirkpatrick.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museu.)

[Plate XI.]

AMONG some sponges collected by Dr. C. W. Andrews,

F.R.S., off Christmas Island, and presented to the Natural

History Museum by Sir John Murray, were four small

examples of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister. The specimens

had been detached from a block of coral rock brought up

from a depth of 46 fathoms, and had been put into alcohol.

The largest example, which is mushroom-shaped, is 12 mm.

high, 8 mm. in diameter at the base of the round stem, and

14 mm. in diameter across the convex head. The rounded

upper surface is smooth and shows a reticulate pattern with

irregularly meandrine or rounded meshes about a millimetre in

diameter. Several stellate oscular areas are scattered over

the surface. In a vertical section of the sponge the strands

of the network are seen to be the edges of walls or lamella

composed of loosely aggregated spherules, which amalgamate

lower down to form solid masses.

A second columnar specimen, 12 mm. high, was decalcified

and stained. A third example formed a small cylindrical

nodule, and a fourth an irregular disk 7 mm. in diameter and

2-3 mm. thick.

Vertical longitudinal sections of the decalcified specimen

showed a tubular network with numerous elongated longitu-

dinal strands hanging down from a surface layer (of ecto-

some), and joined by fewer and shorter more or less transverse

tubular bars.

Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lis‘er. 381

The walls of the tubes were beset with siliceous spined

acanthostyles set at a very acute angle and _ evidently

pointing in the direction of exhalant currents. The spicules

beneath the ectosome were vertically dressed.

The gaps in the tubular network, 7. e. the meshes left after

decalcification, were filled, in the complete state, with spherules

of aragonite, separate in the upper part of the sponge, but

fused into solid walls and masses in the lower.

All four specimens have the siliceous acanthostyles. One

specimen has in addition centrotrigenes, spined microxeas, and

spiiasters belonging to a species of Zizptolemus, a ‘letracti-

nellid Theneid sponge, which seems to have a boring habit.

The flagellated chambers are fairly well preserved. In

some double-stained sections not thoroughly decalcified the

aragonite spherules took the stain, the deeper stained central

part of each spherule looking like a nucleus. Numerous

embryos are present, especially below the ectosome.

In 1900 J. J. Lister published a memoir on Astérosclera in

Willey’s ‘ Zoological Results,’ partiv. Four of the specimens

he described came from .35 fathoms off Lifu; a fifth from

100 fathoms off Funafuti was sent to him from the British

Museum.

He considered these organisms to be very aberrant calca-

reous sponges which appeared to show affinities with some of

the Pharetronide. Recently I wrote to Mr. Lister asking

for the loan of his preparations, all of which he very

kindly sent to me.

In one of the longitudinal sections of a complete specimen

showing hard and soft tissues I found on the outer edge of

the section a number of vertically dressed acanthostyles, but

the tissues of the canals were devoid of these spicules.

On decalcifying a fragment of the old and dead Funafuti

specimen I found remains of much macerated acanthostyles,

often reduced to a thin shell, but still recognizable as acantho-

styles.

Mr. Lister had had imperfect material to work with, and

could hardly have come to any other conclusion than the one

he adopted.

My own views concerning this sponge are as follows:—

Astrosclera willeyana is a siliceous Ectyonine sponge related

to Hymerhaphia. Originally it was a small thin incrusting

sponge with a skeleton constructed of separate vertical

columns of acanthostyles with one spicule to each column.

It acquired the habit common among its Kctyonine congeners

of selecting special kinds of particles from its surroundings,

which here include numerous aragonite-forming alge corals,

382 On the Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister.

&e.* Aulena crassa (Carter), with its main skeletal construc-

tion almost identical with that of Astrosclera, selects minute

particles of siliceous or quartz sand. Astrosclera selects the

more tractable spherules of an aragonitic sand. An artificial

aragonitic sand made after Meigen’s recipe (Bericht nat. Gesell.

Freiburg, xiii. p. 9) resembles the supposed scleres of Astro-

sclera. Little masses of these spherules, each one of which

is a radiating aggregate, make not a bad imitation of fragments

of Astrosclera skeleton, for the artificial spherules vary in

size and become polyhedral with mutual pressure.

The primarily separate spherules would gradually amalga-

mate to form walls, which would permit of the choanosome

growing into folds; the lumen of the latter would gradually

contract owing to the encroaching lamine. The vertical

acanthostyles in the tubular folds would tend to assume more

and more an oblique position. ‘The thin sponge crust became

a disk, and the disk a column.

The character of forming a skeleton of aragonite has

evidently been an eminently successful one for the little

Hymerhaphia-like sponge, for examples have been recorded

from widely distant localities, viz. from 10 to 20 degrees

south of the Equator and from longitudes 105° E., 166° E.,

and 175° W., trom depths of 35-100 fathoms on coral rock.

But apparently there have been penalties and drawbacks

associated with this strange success, for the sponge has

become subject to the attacks of boring organisms.

The tubular and honeycomb style of architecture is not

uncommon among the ketyonine relatives of <Astrosclera.

Aulena (Holopsamma) crassa (Carter), for instance, presents

a very similar appearance to Astrosclera both on the surface

and in section (see Lendenfeld, ‘Mon. Horny Sponges,

pl. viii. figs. 1, 2) ; here the echinating styles are smooth.

I shall not attempt to give an account of the histology and

cytology of Astrosclera at present, because the specimens,

precious though they be, are not sufficiently well preserved.

I shall be dredging off Christmas Island this autumn, and

if I am fortunate enough to procure more specimens of this

wonderful sponge I shall fix them at the moment of capture

and in accordance with the best methods.

In the true siliceo-caleareous sponge Merlia normani

(‘ Annals,’ Feb. 1910, p. 288) the skeleton of calcite, which

is formed by an epithelium on the external surface, partly

supports the sponge, but chiefly shelters masses of archxo-

* For lists of calcitic and aragonitic organisms see Meigen, Centralb.

fiir pee ay 1901, p. 577, and Ber. nat. Gesellsch. Freiburg i, B, 1903,

xiii. p. 51.

On Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelago. 383

cytes. Astrosclera is, in my opinion, a purely siliceous

sponge, and does not secrete aragonite.

Summary.—Astrosclera willeyana, Lister, is an Ectyonine

sponge with a supplementary skeleton formed of foreign

particles of aragonite, the latter being at first discrete, and

later welded into concrete walls and blocks.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Astrosclera willeyana, Lister.

Figs. 1-3. Specimens, nearly nat. size.

Fig. 4. Surface of specimen 3, x 10.

tg. 5. Longitudinal vertical section of soft tissues of a decalcified

specimen, X 7.

Fig. 6. The same, X 16, showing acanthostyles in the walls of the

choanosome and below the ectosome. This figure should

have shown embryos.

7. The same, X 65.

8. Acanthostyle from Christmas Island specimen, x 700.

Fig. 9. Ditto from Lifu specimen, x 700.

0. Aragonite spherules, nearly but not wholly decalcified, with

remains of radiating lines of particles deeply stained, the

whole apparently imbedded in cell-like masses of protoplasm

(2? remnants of ground substance) ; no nuclei visible. x 1000,

LVI.—New Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelugo.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Pteropus liops, sp. n.

Very similar externally to Pt. temminckii, and agreeing

with it in size, quality and distribution of fur, and general

colour, but differing in the following details:—Face (in-

cluding cheeks and chin) uniformly pale brown, without any

tendency to the formation of eye-rings; in temminckit the

face generally is whitish, the cheeks especially, while there

are perceptible brown eye-rings carried forward anteriorly

nearly to the nose, and contrasting with the narrow median

buffy-whitish frontal line between them. Under surface,

from sternum backwards, dark broccoli-brown, the hairs of

this part being in temminckit broadly tipped with pale buffy.

Skull with the orbits markedly smaller than in temminckii.

Forearm of type 102 mm.

Hab. Buru Island.

Type, Subadult female. Original number 892. Collected

August, 1909, by Mr. W. Stalker.

384 Mr. O. Thomas on

Dobsonia viridis umbrosa, subsp. n.

All essential characters as in D. virddis of the Kei Islands,

but the colour averaging darker throughout. In the most

marked specimens the crown is blackish ‘‘ bistre” instead of

“raw umber,” the nape is a lighter shade of bistre instead of

bright yellowish or “ raw sienna,” and the under surface near

‘‘mummy-brown” instead of “tawny olive” or “ clay-

colour.”

Forearm of type 118 mm.

Hab, Ceram.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7. 1.1. 259. Collected in

1859 by A. R. Wallace. Purchased with the Tomes Collec-

tion.

Although in rare instances the Ceram Dobsonia has the

bright coloration characteristic of the typical Kei D. viridis,

the colour of the majority of specimens is so much darker

that it should apparently have a definite subspecific name.

Besides five specimens of wmbrosa collected by Mr. Wallace,

the Museum possesses a number of both Aru and Ceram

forms obtained by the late Mr. W. Stalker.

Myotis (Leuconoe) stalkert, sp. n.

A large species with enormous feet ; no interfemoral fringe.

Size large, about equalling that in M/. pequinius, theretore

alone exceeded among Old-World members of Leuconoe by

the Chinese M. rickett?. Fur very soft, fine, and velvety ;

hairs of back about 6 mm. in length. General colour a

variable greyish brown with silvery gloss, the hairs blackish,

with dark “ broceoli-brown”’ tips; head rather greyer.

Under surface strongly contrasted creamy whitish, the hairs

slaty for two-thirds their length. Limbs and membranes

uniform pale brown, naked throughout except just at the base

of the tail; interfemoral without a fringe, though there are a

few scattered hairs along its posterior border.

Ears of medium length; tragus long, narrow, pointed, with

a well-marked external basal lobule. Feet exceedingly large,

their proportionate size seeming to increase in this genus in

the larger species.

Skull large, of normal shape. Middle upper premolar

about half the size of the anterior, shut in in the internal

angle between the other two. Middle lower premolar of the

same proportionate size as above, but in the tooth-row.

Other teeth as usual.

Mammals from the EF. Indian Archipelago. 385

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken

in flesh) :—

Forearm 48 mm.

Head and body *62; tail *51; hind foot, s. u. *12, ¢. u.

15; ear *18. Tragus on inner edge 7°6 ; third finger, meta-

carpus 47, first phalanx 21; calcar (c.) 14.

Skull: greatest length 19:3; basi-sinual length 1474 ;

greatest breadth 12:2; breadth of brain-case 9°5; front of p*

to back of m? 5:3.

Hab. Ara, Kei Islands.

Type. Adult male. Original number 852. Collected

July, 1909, by W. Stalker during the British Ornithological

Union’s Expedition to New Guinea.

This fine species is readily distinguishable by its large size,

enormous feet, and fringeless interfemoral. Its nearest ally

would seem to be M. macrotarsus, Waterh., from the Philip-

pines, but that is decidedly smaller.

I have named it in honour of its discoverer Mr. W. Stalker,

whose sad death by drowning shortly after the landing of the

expedition in New Guinea deprives the Museum of one of its

best and most enthusiastic collectors.

T may take this opportunity of stating that the specimens

from Tasikmalaja, W. Java, recorded by Mr. Wroughton

and myself as A. hasselti, Temm.f, really belong to M. hors-

field, Temm., which is distinguishable from M. adversus by

its wings being attached to the metatarsus instead of to the

end of the tibia. I owe to the kindness of Dr. Jentink such

particulars about the type as enable me to make this

correction.

Paradoxurus kangeanus, sp. n.

A small dark-coloured species with small bulle.

Size markedly less than in P. javanicus. General colour

very dark, as dark as in P. torvus of the Tawi-Tawi Islands,

and most neaily approaching “ bistre.” Markings very in-

distinct, owing to the general dark colour ; in the middle of the

back three short black stripes are perceptible, passing poste-

riorly into rows of spots. Ground-colour between thie stripes

dull clay-colour or cinnamon, where lightest, on the back,

darker on the nape and shoulders. Under surface dark bistre-

brown. Crown and backs of ears blackish or blackish brown,

as are also the limbs and feet. ‘l'ail uniform dark brown.

Skull much smaller than that of P. javanicus, but its

proportions similar. Bulle small, but rather variable in size.

+ P.Z.S. 1909, p. 381.

386 On Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelago.

Teeth of medium size, broadly rounded, very much as in

P. javanicus, but smaller.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— -

Head and body 500 mm. ; tail 390; hind foot 72 ; ear 41.

Skull: condylo-basal length 96; greatest breadth 55;

nasals in middle line 19; interorbital breadth 18; palatal

length 43°5 ; p’, length along outer side 8°7 ; greatest oblique

diameter 10.

Hab. Kangean Island, E.N.E. of Java.

Type. Adult male. Original number 2234. Collected

16th November, 1909, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by

Oldfield Thomas. Seven adults and five young examined.

This insular Paradoxure is readily distinguishable by its

unusually dark colour.

Sciurus notatus madure, subsp. n.

Similar in all essential characters to true W.-Javan notatus,

but paler throughout.

Back of the same general colour, but paler. Under surface

from the chin backwards rich ochraceous buff, this colour

mostly quite clear and bright, without greyish suffusion, at

the bases of the hairs, except slightly on the belly. In true

notatus the hairs of the throat, chest, and belly are broadly

greyish basally, so that the buffy tips do not hide the grey

bases, these, even when present on the belly, being completely

hidden in madure. Buffy eye-rings much narrower and less

conspicuous. Cheeks and sides of neck below and behind

ears dull buffy. Kars themselves also more buffy. Light

lateral line broader, dark one below it narrower and shorter

than in notatus. Hands and feet similarly clear grizzled grey,

contrasted with the general colour of the body and limbs ;

wrists and ankles more buffy than in notatus. Tail lighter in

general colour, the buffy rings paler, those at the bases of the

hairs white, the black rings rather narrower.

Skull and teeth as in notatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 195 mm.; tail 180; hind foot 44; ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 49.

Hab. Marengan, near Soemenep, E. Madura. Sea-level.

Type. Adult male. Original number 2157. Collected

2nd November, 1909, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by

Oldfield Thomas.

All the names currently considered as synonyms of S. no-

taitus seem to have been given to specimens from Western

Java. Whether the present paler form is confined to Madura

or penetrates into Eastern Java remains to be seen.

Bibliographical Notices. 387

Sciurus lowt bangueye, subsp. n.

Essential characters as in true N.-Bornean Jow?, but the

peculiar warmth subtracted from the general colour, so that

instead of a warm brown the colour is dark greenish oliva-

ceous, the light rings on the hairs buffy instead of ochraceous.

Median dorsal area from crown to rump decidedly darker than

the flanks. Sides of neck still lighter than flanks, a black

postaural patch rather more conspicuous than in lowe. ‘Tail-

hairs ringed basally with buffy, their tips dull whitish, these

colours being ochraceous and buffy respectively in true dow?.

Hind foot of type 33 mm.

Skull: gnathion to basilar suture 26°5; nasals 11 ; inter-

orbital breadth 11°7 ; palatal length 19; upper tooth-series

exclusive of p? 7.

Hab. Banguey Island, N. of Borneo.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 94. 7. 2. 13. Collected

January, 1894, by A. Everett.

Nannosciurus exil’s retectus, subsp. n.

As in Bornean eailis, but general colour paler and the

warm tawny or ochraceous tawny mantle practically absent,

the nape and shoulders of the same dull grizzled buffy tone

as the crown and rump; sides rather lighter; belly cream-

buff instead of pinkish buff.

Skull rather smaller and lighter than in evilis.

Hind foot of type 19 mm.

Skull: front of interparietal to tip of nasals 21:3; zygo-

matic breadth 14°7 ; palatilar length 8°8; upper tooth-row

exclusive of p” 3.

Hab. Banguey Island, N.E. Borneo.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 94. 7. 2. 14. Collected by

A. Everett.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Pisrcr, W. Dwicut. A Monographie Revision of the Twisted

Winged Insects comprising the Order Strepsiptera, Kirby.

(Smithsonian Institution. United States National Museum.

Bulletin 66.) Washington, 1909, pp. xii, 232, pls. 15.

Ir was in the year 18138 that Kirby published a paper in the

‘Transactions of the Linnean Society of London,’ in which he

588 Bibliographical Notices.

founded the new order Strepsiptera on two genera only, Stylops

melitte, parasitic on bees, and Xenos rossi (Ichnewmon vesparum,

Rossi) and peckie, parasitic on wasps. Stylops melitte had, how-

ever, been previously described by Kirby in his ‘ Monographia

Apum Angliz,’ and his graphic description of its discovery will be

familiar to all entomologists.

A few other species were subsequently described by Kirby and

others ; but for many years the number was very small, and these

curious insects were usually regarded as an aberrant family of

Coleoptera. Prof. Pierce brings forward cogent reasons for con-

sidering these insects to form a separate order, and now estimates

it as comprising no less than 8 families, 37 genera, and 120 species,

many of which are described as new in the present work.

It now appears that Orthoptera, Hemiptera, and Homoptera are

liable to the attacks of Strepsiptera, as well as the Hymenoptera,

which have long been known to be infested by them; and the

physiological changes induced in the hosts by these parasites are of

much importance.

We commend this important monograph to entomologists inter-

ested in curious forms of insects, and in physiological inquiries.

WF. K:

Indian Insect Life. A Manual of the Insects of the Plains (Tropical

India). By H.Maxweti-Lerroy, M.A., F.E.S., F.Z.8., Entomolo-

gist, Imperial Department of Agriculture for India; Author of

‘Indian Insect Pests,’ &c. Assisted by F. M. Howxerr, B.A., F.E.S.,

Second Entomologist, Imperial Department of Agriculture for

India. (Published under the Authority of the Government of

India.) Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. 4to. Calcutta

and Simla, 1909. Pp. xii, 786. Pls. lxxxiv. and figs. 536.

UnavestionaBty this is the handsomest and one of the most im-

portant works which have yet appeared on the insects of India.

Hitherto the author has chiefly been known by his ‘ Indian Insect

Pests’ and ‘Indian Museum Notes,’ but his new book shows him to

have a very comprehensive knowledge of all branches of entomology,

especially as represented in the fauna of India. The Introduction

deals with general subjects, and will appeal to many readers who

have only a secondary interest in entomology. It contains discus-

sions on Diagnosis, Zoological Position, Instinct and Habit, Classifi-

cation, Number of Species, Nomenclature, Identification, Entomology

in India, Zoogeographical Divisions, Food and Habitat, and Insects

and Man.

In 1881 Blanford estimated the known species of insects found

in British India at 12,100. At present Prof. Maxwell-Lefroy

estimates the number of known species at 29,700. It is impossible

even to estimate the actual number, for the fauna even of Britain is

very far from exhausted ; and the last part of the ‘ Transactions of

Bibliographical Notices. 389

the Entomological Society of London’ includes nine new genera

and ten new species of Mymaridze (Micro-Hymenoptera) captured

within a few miles of London, and a new genus and species of

Noctuide captured neir Aberdeen. We may also note that within

the last few weeks the discovery of a new species of Mymaride

(said to be the smallest insect known) has been announced from

India.

The orders of insects are discussed in the following series :—

Aptera, Orthoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepido-

ptera, Thysanoptera, Diptera, and Rhynchota. There are also

separate essays under each order on various subjects of general

interest, such as Deceptive Colouring, Relative Duration of Life,

Sex, Myrmecophilous Insects, Insects as Food, Silk, Blood-sucking

Insects, Song in Insects, &c. ; and the book concludes with a Plant

Index and a General Index.

The better-known families of insects are treated with much

detail, and are freely illustrated both with plain and coloured figures.

The lesser-known families are more briefly dealt with, but the

available sources of information are clearly indicated, and special

attention is given to insect pests of all kinds.

We can hardly speak too highly of this most useful and compre-

hensive work. The only faults which we can find in it are its

weight (which in comparison to its size is only approached by that

of Comstock’s ‘Manual for the Study of Insects’) and its size.

These defects will make it difficult for a travelling entomologist

to add it to his impedimenta; and we might perhaps be allowed to

suggest to the painstaking author and his colleague that a small

** pocket ” manual of Indian entomology might be a great boon to

entomologists travelling in India, without interfering with the

usefulness or circulation of the larger work. WF. kK.

The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub-

lished under the Authority of the Secretary of State for India in

Council. Edited by A. E. Suiprey, M.A. &. Dermaptera

(Earwigs). By Matcozrm Burr, D.Sc. 8vo. Pp. xviii, 217.

Pls. 10 (1 col.) and 16 text-figures.

In the present half-volume of the ‘ Fauna Indica,’ the first published

under the editorship of Prof. Shipley, Dr. Burr has given an ex-

cellent Monograph of the Earwigs of British India; and as the

group is a comparatively small one (135 species are described in the

work before us, a number that could doubtless be easily quadrupled

in a few years if collectors in India took up the group systemati-

cally), the author has been able to deal with it very fully, and to

figure more than a hundred species, often with enlarged details of

legs, forceps, &c.

Much useful information is also given about structure and habits,

bibliography, geographical distribution, collecting and preserving,

390 Geological Society.

&e. Dr. Burr alludes to the brittle character of dried specimens

and the ease with which the forceps and last dorsal segment of the

abdomen are liable to become detached, when they are frequently

stuck on upside down. He mentions that Serville founded a new

genus on such a specimen; but earwigs are not the only insects

which are liable to similar accidents, and it is less generally known

that Walker’s genus Larnaca, which was described as differing from

Gryllacris chiefly in the position of the ovipositor, was founded on

a specimen of Giryllacris which had been broken, and the abdomen

had been reversed in the process, so that the ovipositor curved

downwards instead of upwards.

Our knowledge of the insects of our home and foreign possessions

is now rapidly increasing, and the best means of advancing it is by

the publication of books like the present, which, however, often

give such an impetus to the study of the particular group with

which they deal as to render themselves nearly obsolete in a compa-

ratively short time.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December Ist, 1909.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Se.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :——

‘On some Small Trilobites from the Cambrian Rocks of

Comley (Shropshire).’ By Edgar Sterling Cobbold, F.G.S.

The majority of the trilobites noticed in this communication

were obtained during the progress of some of the excavations

referred to in the Report of the Geological Excavations Committee

of the British Association, read at the Dublin Meeting, 1908.

The specimens were derived from the Olenellus Limestone of

Comley, and from the Grey Limestones which intervene between

that horizon and the Conglomeratic Grit yielding a Paradowvides-

fauna.

The Author notices the occurrence of Microdiscus lobatus, Hall,

M. speciosus, Ford, M. helena, Walcott, and Ptychoparia (?) attle-

boroughensis, S. & F. He describes eleven species, apparently new,

which he refers to the genera Microdiscus, Ptychoparia, Micmacca (?),

Agraulos (Strenuella), Anomocare (three species), Protolenus (two

Geological Society. 391

species), and two species to a new genus, to which Mr. Matthew’s

species Micmacca (?) plana may also be referred.

All the trilobites are represented by detached portions or

fragments, often mixed indiscriminately, two or three species

together, in the separate bands of rock; and the Author adduces in

some detail the evidence for correlating certain free-cheeks, thoracic

segments, and pygidia with the various head-shields, so that future

workers may clearly distinguish between that which is actual fact

and that which is a matter of inference.

January 12th, 1910.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sc.D., F.RS.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Igneous and Associated Sedimentary Rocks of the

Glensaul District (County Galway).’ By Charles Irving Gardiner,

M.A., F.G.S., and Prof. Sidney Hugh Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S.;

with a Paleontological Appendix by Frederick Richard Cowper

Reed, M.A., F.G.S.

The general succession of the rocks of the Glensaul district is as

follows, in descending order :—

3. ? Bala Beds. Conglomerates and Sandstones.

These beds have not been studied.

2. Shangort and Tourmakeady Beds. Thickness

(8) Caleareous gritty tuff of no great coarseness, sometimes 7 feet.

becoming so calcareous as to pass into fairly pure lime-

stone, enclosing also bands and patches of limestone-

breccia, and, more rarely, bands of highly fossiliferous

limestone which in some cases has been shattered by

earth-movements.

(7) Very coarse tuff or breccia, mainly composed of felsite-

fragments: associated with it are impersistent bands

ESLnt ey Hi Bec at ren ne copeenn acer ah Bote aNe alae Reem aee eo eae 790

(6) Tutt, coarse and fine, with occasional patches of caleareous

beds, and at one point graptolitic beds indicating the

zone Of Didymograptus htrundo.........ccccvceveveneenensenenes 150

(5) Great felsite sill of Tonaglanna and Greenaun ...... about 1100

(AiG oarserenitie ss ssavss soceosacacssec os cnsaew secoee cess cnet as Sosrarew ona’ 20

(S)p Gritty, tui, sisccces-sceecenconsee sacs varying in thickness from 520 to 620

(2) Coarse tuff or breccia, mainly composed of felsite-fragments 75

(i) etintesbanded tutti tices schaca cose sncnss cdoeseeecces seat ack eecenons chide 55

1. Mount Partry Beds,

(4) Coarse! pritsy si ccracseacescuear cree: «ieee socmeneucaaceteseensoesues se 150

(3) Fine grits and tuffs associated with black chert, graptolitic

beds, and a prominent band of coarse tuff or breccia

about 30 feet thick. The graptolites indicate the zone

Of PRA YMOGTAptUs ELLENIUS oo. cccccousonnnsvcessonseadeorsaceos (?) 150

(2)¥ Ocarse oritaercas cacccenne cate tiessewost ca cenkeacesonannsa ee dames 110

(1) Cuarse conglomerates, about 600 feet seen.

392 Geological Society.

The graptolitic beds occurring in Band 3 of the Mount Partry Beds

have yielded nineteen species, which have been determined by Miss G.

L. Elles, D.Se., who considers that they indicate the upper part of the

zone of Didymograptus extensus. The commonest species met with

are D. extensus, Hall, and D. bifidus, Hall, both species being repre-

sented by small mutations. Rounded bodies, which a comparison

with the better preserved specimens from the Tourmakeady district

shows to be almost certainly radiolaria, were noted in sections of

the cherts and shaly beds at several points.

In a previous description of the rocks of the Tourmakeady

district, the term Shangort Beds was applied to a series of grits

and tuffs, and the term Tourmakeady Beds to an associated

series of calcareous strata which generally take the form of lime-

stone-breccias. In the Glensaul district it is not possible to draw

a sharp line of distinction between the two rock-types, some of the

calcareous gritty tuffs passing into nearly pure limestone; but the

Authors retain the terms to indicate the close connexion between

the two districts.

The fossils from the Shangort and Tourmakeady Beds, which have

been examined by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed, show a close resemblance

to those of the Tourmakeady district ; but the finding of certain

additional forms, especially Nileus armadillo and Niobe sp., has

impressed upon Mr. Reed the close connexion between this fauna

and that of the Orthoceras Limestone of Sweden, and has convinced

him that it is rather of Arenig than of Llandeilo age. The con-

clusion is in conformity with the field-evidence, for at one point

beds of gritty shale, containing radiolaria and graptolites (indicating

the zone of Didymograptus hirundo), occur associated with the tuff

of the Shangort Beds. The relegation of the Shangort and Tour-

makeady Keds of Glensaul to the Arenig would imply a similar

age for those of the Tourmakeady district.

The Glensaul district contrasts strongly with that of Tourmakeady

as regards the character of the crystalline igneous rocks, which are

all quartz-felsites, and the Authors believe them to be entirely

intrusive.

Mr. F. R. C. Reed describes one species of Illenus, one of Niobe,

one of Nileus, two of Bathyurus, three of Cheirurus, one of Pliomera,

one of Encrinurus, one of Phacops, and a new species of Bathyurellus.

He also describes three species of Orthis, one of Hyolithes, one of

Rafinesquina, one of Camerella, and one of Porambonites, and his

conclusions as to the evidence which is furnished by the fauna

regarding the age of the beds are mentioned above.

- WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine,

4 “Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s, 6d,

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol, I. 80s., Vol. II. 15s.

Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.-

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s,

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I, Part I. 8s.,

Part I. 9s., Part HI. 10s. Vol. IL. Part I. 93., Part I. 9s., Parts IIT. &

IV. 8s. each.

Cunningham’s Binary Caron, 15s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls,

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d.net—_Examination ofan

Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-_

script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d,

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. Jos.

Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.

2Us. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s, Vols. I1., III., and IV. 15s, each,

—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each, —

Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bers. 20s. Vol. II.: ANts anpb

Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vols. I-III.

20s. each. Vol. IV., pts. 1land2. 10s, each—Butterflies. Vols, I. and I.

20s. each. Coleoptera, Vol. I. 10s.—Coleoptera. CHRYSOMELIDZ,

Vol. I. 20s.—Hfollusca. 10s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, Is. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d,

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen's Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.

Vol. Ii., Part X.. - 2is.

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s,6d, Forms for ditto. Sun, 1s. Sraks, is,

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net.

Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuineus & Bompycrs, 1892. £2 2s.

net, Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 16s. net.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 5s. net—Catalogue of

Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one sie, 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, Ud. net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Physical Abstracts. Vols. Ito III. 17s. 6d. each.

Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I, Part I, 4s.,

Part IL, 7s. 6d. Part ILL. 6s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons :

Calendar. ls, net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animals.in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 1%s, net,

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.

Dermatological Collection. S8rded. 4s, net.

Physiological Series. Vols.I. and UI. 2nded. 12s. net each.

Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each.

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d. ~

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, ‘Parts 1-

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s, 6d

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d.

Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. lis.

RED LION COURT, FLERT STREET, LONDON, B.C.

a epee: = bth = ee oreen, a

te ~4

2a = SR ene

XLII. "Rhynchotal Notes =e By) v. e De Beastie Ss vat!

XLIYV. The Collections of William John Burchell, D. ¢. L., in the

Hope Department, Oxford University Museum:—

IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. : Burchell

“in Brazil, 1825-1830. By E. G. Josspx, of Lincoln

College, Oxford SS Foals oa SSS Be ee — see ee 322

XLY. On Hexactinellid ‘Spicules mal their Names. —Part I. Fi

Supplementary. By R. Kiexparrick ..... 2.2.02. .0.e ee eeeees - 347

XLVI. A new Chinese Mole of the Genus Scaptochirus, By Onn Ars

PIRLD-LHOWAN: °) SS sok ow ES RE ea as ey. +390.

XLYII. Three new West African Mammals. By Oxperexp Tuostas, 351

XLVIIIL. The Caudal Fin of the Elopide and of some other “i

Teleostean Fishes. By C. Tare Rrean, M.A. ........ We ce 84

XLIX. An interesting Structural Analogy. By Austiy Honoar

DAL Sa anit er ae ee SEE rg Sy eS Het, " 358

L. Descriptions and Records of Bees. —XXVIL By . D. ES z4

Cocxrrett, University of Colorado......5....... 0.0050. pe teeee 361

LI. Two new African Shrews. By Witrrep H. Graton rte: 2 i ee

LIL. List with Notes on some Land-Shells from the Island of

Muswar, Dutch New Guinea, and Descriptions of new Species and =~

Varieties of Planispira (Cristigibba), ee Caly Lae and ogee :

LIL. Five new Culicide froin Ashanti. “By F. os Taeoaan, ea

MAS Rt es i. cops cos eee ates geht SOS he i ao Vee 373

LIV. The Application of Mr. G. W. Smith’s Theory of Dwarf >

Males to Myzostoma. By A. F. Covenrry, Magdalen College, Oxford. 378

LY. On the Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister. By R.

Kinxpirnicn. (Plate XL)i2% oe aa Te F 380

LVI. New Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelago. re Ox- a

WIELD PROMAS. $55 oS S055 oldie tie 2 oe ee 2 ne ee Cece ee 383

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. +

Pierce, W. Dwient. A Monographie Revision of the Twisted

Winged Insects comprising the Order Strepsiptera, Kirby .... 387

Indian Insect Life. A Manual of the Insects of the Plains (Tropical

India). By H. Maxwett-Lerroy, M.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., Ento- ;

mologist, Imperial Department of Agriculture for India. ;

Assisted by F. M. Hownerr, B.A., F.E.S., Second Entomologist,

Imperial Department of Agriculture for Indin‘se24 Sake 388.

The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Edited ¥

by A. E. Sarerey, M.A. &e. ~ Dermaptera (Harwigs). By 2%

Matcotm Bonn; BSe...50 225056 bade cges 215), Bok tee oie 389°

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, ;

Geological Society ..........:. Ree Peele Sede 390, 301

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and psig Printing ice,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

7 %

EIGHTH SERIES. No, 29.

THE ANNALS

‘| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No. 29,

MAY 1910.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BHING A CONTINUATION OF THE ** ANNALS “4 COMBINED WITH

_ MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH ’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

. LONDON: |

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:

Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin,

THE FAUNA OF flips og

INCLU DING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India i in Council,

Edited by A. E, Sutprey, M.A., F.RS.

Med. 8vo, with text illustrations and 10 plates. Price 10s.

DERMAPTERA (Earwies). By Dr. Matcorm Burr, M.A., F.LS.

TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RayncuopHora: Curculionide). By

D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 7 (RayncHopHora: Curculionidae, continued).

By G. C, Coampion. (Pp. 1-150, pls. ivi.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol, IV. ByLorp Watsincuam. (Pp. 1-40,

pl. i.)

The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA.

Part XI., Vol, II. Price 2ls.

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S., ke.

With 15 Plates and 70 pages Text, with descriptions of many new

Species belonging to the Genera:

Macrochlamys, Euaustenia, Cryptaustenia, Eurychlamys,

Austenia, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Sakiella, Pseudo-

kaliella, Sarika, Euplecta, and Pupisoma.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIGHTH SERIES. ]

No. 295, MAY 1910,

LVIT.—Deser/ptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical Africa. By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &e.

Fam. Syntomide.

Pseudapiconoma bates, sp. n.

Female.—Head, collar, and tegule chrome-yellow; an-

tenn black, the base bright red ; palpi red ; thorax brown;

abdomen chrome-yellow, banded with black, the anal seg-

ment bright red; legs red. Primaries dark brown, the costal

vein bright red from the base almost to the apex ; two small

chrome-yellow spots edged with red beyond the cell nearest

the costal margin ; a square chrome-yellow spot at the end

of the cell, a small spot below, and a rather large oval-shaped

spot nearest the inner margin, all the spots edged with red,

the veins red: secondaries uniform chrome-yellow. Under-

side very similar to the upperside, the base of the primaries

yellow; a round yellow dot nearest the apex ; secondaries as

above.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. W. Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Pseudapiconoma laureola, sp. n.

Male.—Head, tegulx, thorax, and abdomen pale fawn-

colour; collar red, tegule edged with red, abdomen banded

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 27

394 Mr. H. Druce on

with red on each segment; antenne black; underside of

thorax and upperside of the legs red. Primaries pale fawn-

colour, the veins darker in colour; a square-shaped hyaline

spot edged with red in the cell, below which is a small round

hyaline spot edged with red ; beyond the cell a band of five

hyaline spots partly cross the wing, the first two spots the

smallest, the third and fourth spots considerably larger, the

fifth spot small; the fringe fawn-colour: secondaries cream-

colour, broadly pink along the inner margin, the fringe fawn-

colour at the apex. Underside very similar to the upperside,

but paler in colour.—Female very similar to the male, but

larger, the secondaries much redder.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 24 inches.

Hab. West Atrica, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Pseudapiconoma specuirgera, Grunb.

Pseudapiconoma umbra, sp. n.

Male.— Head, collar, tegule, and thorax dark brown; palpi

and antenne black ; abdomen greyish brown, each segment

banded with chrome-yellow ; the underside and the legs dark

brown. Primaries dark brown; a small hyaline dot in the

cell, one below, and five hyaline spots crossing the wing

beyond the cell; the fringe dark brown: secondaries dark

brown, pinkish at the base and along the inner margin ; three

small hyaline spots below the end of the cell, the first

minute, the second the largest; the fringe dark brown. The

underside the same as the upperside, except that the inner

margin of the primaries is pink from the base to the anal

angle.

ixpanse 24 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

This species differs from all others known to me by having

hyaline spots on the secondaries.

Metarctia noctis, sp. n.

Male.— Head, antenne, collar, tegule, underside of the

abdomen, and legs reddish brown; thorax and abdomen black.

Primaries black, the costal margin edged with yellowish

brown; the fringe black: secondaries semihyaline black,

darkest at the apex and along the inner margin. On the

underside the wings are yellowish at the base.

Expanse 1{ inch.

Hab. Abyssinia, Dire Daoua (G. Kristensen, Mus. Druce).

new Species of Heterocera. 395

Metarctia ferrigera, sp. n.

Female.-—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

greyish brown, antenne and palpi black, legs reddish brown.

Primaries greyish brown, thickly irrorated with darker brown

scales ; a dark brown spot at the end of the cell, one beyond

and one below the cell; a marginal row of dark brown spots

extends from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries pale

yellow.

Expanse 24 inches.

flab. W. Africa, Bitje, Ja River, 2000 feet, dry season

(G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Fam. Agaristida.

AXynthospilopteryx batesi, sp. n.

Female.—Vead, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax,

legs, and the abdomen black ; head, palpi, collar, and tegula

spotted with white. Primaries black, crossed near the apex

by a wide chrome-yellow band that does not extend to the

outer margin ; a large chrome-yellow spot at the end of the

cell, a larger one below the cell, and a small round spot at

the anal angle; several blue spots on the costal margin and

two blue streaks between the chrome-yellow bands; two

chrome-yellow streaks on the inner margin, the marginal one

the largest ; the fringe white at the apex, the fringe along

the outer margin black: secondaries deep black, the fringe

white. Underside: primaries as above ; secondaries black,

with a wide yellow band along the costal margin extending

from near the base almost to the apex; the fringe of both

wings white.

Expanse 34 inches,

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Xynthospilopteryx grandis, Druce,

from Old Calabar.

Xynthospilopteryx comarta, sp. n.

Male.— Head, palpi, collar, and tegule black, spotted with

white ; antenne black; thorax black, with two central white

spots, the base of the thorax clothed with chrome-yellow

hairs; abdomen brownish black, the upperside and _ sides

spotted with white, the underside black, banded with white ;

legs black, banded with yellow and white. Primaries black,

a white band near the apex crossed by black veins ; a square

—

396 Mr. IH. Druce on

white spot at the end of the cell; an oval-shaped white spot

below, a large white spot close to the base, and a minute

white dot at the base ; the fringe black : secondaries carmine-

red, shading to chrome-yellow near the apex; the apex and

outer margin broadly bordered with black; the fringe black.

Underside: primaries chrome-yellow, the costal margin, a

round spot in the cell, a wide bar at the end of the cell, the

apex, and outer margin all black : secondaries very similar

to the upperside, but the black mark at the end of the cell is

much more distinct; the fringes of both wings black.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Fam. Lasiocampide.

Lasiocampa noctis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, and thorax black ;

abdomen black, the underside reddish brown; legs brown.

Primaries and secondaries brownish black ; a blackish-grey

ill-defined mark beyond the cell; the fringes of both wings

black. Underside: primaries fawn-colour, the costal margin,

apex, and outer margin brownish black : secondaries fawn-

colour, thickly irrorated with brown scales ; a waved central

brown line crossing the middle of the wing from the costal to

the inner margin; several indistinct brown spots near the

anal angle.

Exxpanse 2 inches.

Hab. W. Africa, Upper Kasai District, Congo Free State

(P. Landbeck, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Lasiocampa heres, Schaus, from Sierra Leone.

Lomadonta albisigna, sp. n.

Male.— Head, collar, and tegule yellowish white ; an-

tenne pale brown; thorax and upperside of the abdomen

pale yellowish brown; the underside of the thorax, abdomen,

and legs white. Primaries pale yellow, crossed with fine

waved reddish lines ; a square white spot below the end of

the cell and a wide greyish-brown band crosses the wings near

the apex from the costal to the outer margin; the fringe

alternately yellow and greyish brown: secondaries pure

white, clouded with pale yellowish brown at the apex and

partly round the outer margin. Underside: both wings pure

white ; primaries with the greyish-brown band as above, the

apex shaded with yellow.

new Species of Leterocera. 397

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Lomadonta johnstoni, Auriv., but very distinct.

Trabala charon, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen pale

yellowish green; antenne pale brown. Primaries pale green,

a small black dot at the end of the cell, a faint curved pale

brown line close to the base, a curved zigzag fine brown line

beyond the cell extending from the costal to the inner margin,

where it joins a cluster of brownish scales ; a submarginal

row of small brown spots extending from the apex to the

inner margin near the anal angle: secondaries pale green,

with the pale brown lines continued as on the primaries to

the inner margin. Underside very similar to the upperside.

—Femaile similar to the male; the brown lines are more

distinct on both wings, but the submarginal spots are fainter.

Expanse, ¢ 14, ? 3 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

Allied to Trabala sulphurea, Koll.

Fam. Notodontide.

Macronadata viridis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, and thorax pale olive-green ;

antennee pale brown, deeply pectinated, the shaft spotted

with white ; palpi brown, clothed with greenish-white hairs ;

legs brown and white; abdomen brownish white. Primaries

pale olive-green, the costal margin white, the lower half of

the outer margin and the apex broadly yellow; two faint

brown waved lines cross the wing about the middle from tho

costal to the inner margin; an indistinct submarginal brown

line extends from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe

brown and white: secondaries pale yellow, the costal margin

and apex pale greyish brown, the fringe white. Underside of

primaries blackish grey, yellowish at the anal angle and

along the inner margin; secondaries greyish white, a black

spot at the end of cell and a very faint brown submarginal

line from the apex to the inner margin; the costal half of the

wing is irrorated with brown scales. .

Expanse 3 inches.

398 Mr. H. Druce on

Hab. W. Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce):

Allied to M. collaris, Moeschl., and MM. brunneidorsa, Holl.,

but very distinct.

Fam. Geometridae.

Pitthea flavimargo, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennex, palpi, tegulz, and thorax black ;

front of the head and collar white; abdomen above bright

glossy blue ; underside of the thorax and abdomen chrome-

yellow; legs black. Primaries black, partly crossed near

the apex by a narrow semihyaline white streak ; the base of

the wing broadly semihyaline white, shot with metallic blue

at the base: secondaries bright metallic blue, broadly bordered

with black; a wide semilyaline white band extends from the

middle of the costal margin to the end of the cell, where it

comes to a polit. Underside: primaries very similar to the

upperside, but shaded with brown along the costal margin

and at the apex: secondaries chrome-yellow, the semihyaline

white band the same as above, but edged with black ; the

outer margin from the apex to the anal angle edged with

black.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. W. Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Pitthea eximia, sp. n.

Male,—Head, antennee, palpi, tegule, and thorax black ;

collar dark orange; front of head white ; abdomen bright

metallic blue; underside of the thorax and abdomen dark

orange; legs bluish black. Primaries black, glossed with

bright blue, the base aud a small band near the apex white :

secondaries white, broadly bordered with black at the apex

and anal angle, the white and black glossed with blue.

Underside similar to the upperside, the costal margin and the

apex of the primaries and the apex of the secondaries shaded

with yellowish brown; the fringes of both wings black.

Expanse 12 inch.

Llab. W. Atrica, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Pitthea ful/ginosa, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax black ;

fa)

new Species of Leterocera. 399

abdomen black above, yellowish brown on the underside ;

legs black. Primaries black, crossed by two semihyaline

dusky bands, the fist near the apex, the second close to the

base; the fringe black: secondaries black, with a central

dusky hyaline band crossing the wing from the costal to the

outer margin, where it ends in a yellow spot, the apex edged

with yellow. Underside very similar to the upperside, but

the inner half of the secondaries streaked with yellow.—

Female very similar to the male, but rather larger and

without any yellow on the upperside of the secondaries.

EXxpanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches.

Hab. W. Africa, Udamba, Kuila River, 8.W. Congo

State (J. S. Bousfield) ; Upper Kasai District, Congo Free

State (P. Landbeck, Mus. Lruce).

Allied to Pitthea trifasciata, Dewitz, but very distinct.

Pitthea albolineata, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, tegule, thorax, and abdomen

black, front of the head white, collar yellow ; underside of

the abdomen yellow; legs black. Primaries black, crossed

near the base from the costal to the inner margin by a narrow

creamy white band; a creamy white band near the apex, that

does not extend to either margin: secondaries black, a narrow

creamy white central band extends from the middle of the

costal margin almost to the outer margin. Underside :

primaries very similar to the upperside, but streaked with

yellow at the base; secondaries as above, streaked with

yellow at the base and along the inner margin, the white

central line broadly bordered with yellow.

Eixpanse 13 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Aletis sapor, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennez, and thorax black ; collar white ;

tecule black, edged with white; abdomen black above,

spotted with white on each side ; the underside red; legs

black. Primaries brick-red, the apex broadly black; four

small white spots cross the wing close to the apex ; the fringe

black : secondaries brick-red, edged with black from the

apex to the anal angle, a marginal row of small white dots

extends from the apex to the anal angle. Underside the same

as above, but lighter in colour.—/'emale the same as the male,

400 Mr. H. Druce on

with all the white spots considerably larger, also redder on the

underside.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 2 23 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Aletis landbecki, sp. n.

Male.—Head and antenne black, front of head and collar

white ; tegule and thorax orange-yellow; abdomen grey,

striped with black, the underside and the legs greyish white.

Primaries, the basa] two-thirds of the wing dark orange-

yellow, the apical third black; a large oval-shaped white

spot near tlie apex crossed by the black veins; the fringe

black: secondaries dark orange-yellow; a minute black dot

at the end of the cell; the apex and outer margin bordered

with black ; three white spots on the black border close to the

anal angle. Underside very similar to the upperside, but

paler in colour.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Upper Kasai District, Congo Free

State (P. Landbeck, Mus. Druce).

Anmenopsyche agis, sp. Nn.

Male.--Head, antennee, and thorax black; collar and

tegulz white; abdomen above black, spotted with white;

the underside and legs yellowish white. Primaries white,

the base and half the costal margin very pale yellow, the

costal margin from the middle to the apex and outer margin

black : secondaries white, the base and inner margin broadly

pale yellow, thickly irrorated with black scales from below

the cell to the anal angle ; the outer margin from the apex to

the anal angle bordered with black, deeply dentated on the

inner side. Underside the same as above.

Expanse 2 inches.

flab, Uganda (Simon, Alus. Druce).

Anmenopsyche thestis, sp. n.

Male.—Head and antenne black ; collar white; tegulz

black, edged with white; thorax black, with three large

white spots close to the base; abdomen above grey, the

segments edged with yellow, and a central row of white

spots extends from the base to the anus; underside of the

abdomen yellowish white ; legs white. Primaries white, the

costal margin to the end of the cell, the base, and inner

new Species of Heterocera. 401

margin pale yellow, the apical third of the wing black ; a

row of four white spots crosses the wing from near the apex to

the anal angle; the fringe black: secondaries pale yellow,

broadly edged with black ; a marginal row of white spots

extending from the apex to the anal angle. Underside the

same as above, but rather paler in colour.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. West Africa, Upper Kasai District, Congo Free

State (P. Landbeck, Mus. Druce).

Fam. Nyctemeride.

Eohemera albofasciata, sp. n.

Male.—Head and collar bright red; tegule black, edged

with red ; thorax black; antennz pectinated black ; abdomen

red, with a black spot on each segment; underside of abdo-

men and legs yellowish brown. Primaries dark brown, the

veins pale brown ; a white band crosses the wing beyond the

cell from the costal margin to the anal angle; the fringe

brownish black: secondaries bright red, the apex and outer

margin broadly bordered with black; two black streaks

extend from base along the inner margin to the anal angle.

Underside very similar to the upperside, but slightly paler in

colour.— Female very like the male, but larger, the secondaries

brighter in colour and shading off to chrome-yellow on the

costal margin; the antennee are simple.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 24 inches.

Hab. West Atrica, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Hohemera fullert, Druce.

Fam. Mgeride.

Aigeria nobilis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and

abdomen black ; underside of the abdomen and legs brown.

Primaries dark brown, palest near the apex ; the fringe dark

brown: secondaries creamy white, the fringe dark brown.

Underside very similar to the upperside, the primaries much

paler in colour.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. German East Africa (Jlus. Druce).

402 Miss G. Ricardo—A Revision

Fam. Zygenide.

Tassia? amata, sp. n.

Male—Head and antenna black; collar and tegule

metallic green; thorax, abdomen, and legs glossy black.

Primaries black, shaded with metallic red and gold from the

base to the end of the cell; the fringe black: secondaries

glossy blue-black ; a small hyaline spot at the anal angle.

Underside of both wings glossy black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Abyssinia, Dire Daoua (G. Kristensen, Mus. Druce).

LVIII.—A Revision of the Genus Pelecorhynchus of the

Family Yabanide. By GERTRUDE RicArpo.

PanGonine.

PeLEcORHYNCHUS, Macquart.

Pelecorhynchus, Macq., Dipt. Exot.* Suppl. iv. p. 332 (1850); Loew,

Dipt. Siidafrik. (1860); Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v.

p- 101 (1900).

Cenopnyga, Thoms., Eugen. Resa, p. 449 (1868).

The species of this genus are at once distinguished by the

hatchet-shape of proboscis, by the curved anal vein of wing

and open anal cell, and by the subulated antenne. ‘The dis-

tribution of the species is interesting, the known species all

being found in Australiaand Chile (S. America). ‘The species

now number eight, three of them being described for the first

time ; only two out of the eight come from Chile.

1. Wings marked with dark spots or bands . 2.

Wings not marked with dark spots or

SPIN EWE ton bac aero oe tae g conker &borke 4,

, The whitish bands of abdomen interrupted,

the thorax with two white spots on

[WIERG resi nett NoSWINS Gry gtaaws acolo Serio Hsin eristaloides, Walker.

The whitish bands of abdomen entire, no

3. Spots of wings pale brown, pubescence on

anterior part of sides of thorax blackish,

hairs on base of cheeks yellow ........ maculipennis, Macquart.

iw)

* The original pagination of Macquart’s work ‘Diptera Exotica’ is

used throughout this paper.

of the Genus Pelecorhynchus. 403

Spots of wings deep blackish brown and

larger, pubescence on anterior part of

sides of thorax and hairs on base of

eheelks red dist. . csirclers cis .ete scheint nigripennis, sp. n.

4, Wings pale russet. Body russet above,

black below, with a median dorsal black

Sipe ON GOrsumh Gerastr mies shes apo: Sulvus, sp. n.

Wings hyaline, sometimes tinged yellowish. 5

. Abdomen black, shining. Thorax brown-

ish with blackish hairs at sides. Scutel-

lum brown. Legs black ............ Susconiger, Walker,

Abdomen reddish brown, shining. Thorax

reddish brown, with red hairs at sides.

Scutellum brown, with red hairs on

posterior border. Legs reddish ...... claripennis, sp. 0.

Abdomen, thorax, and scutellum clothed

with orange-red pubescence. Legs red-

Abdomen, thorax, and scutellum black,

with whitish thoracic stripes and spots

on/abdomeny fa. Fences eee ia ee ne ie darwint, Ricardo,

Pelecorhynchus maculipennis, ? , Macquart.

Pelecorhynchus maculipennis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. iv. p. 332, pl. ii.

fig. 6 (1850); Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 102 (1900).

Stlvius personatus, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 192 (1848), et v. Suppl. i.

p- 267 [ Dasybasis|; Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 102

(1900).

Pelecorhynchus ornatus, Schiner, Novara Reise, Dipt. p. 98 (1868) ;

Williston, Kansas Uniy. Quart. ili. p. 192 (1895).

Black. Abdomen with red bands. Antenne red. Legs

testaceous. Wings with brown spots. Length 6 lines gd @.

Palpi testaceous with yellowish hairs g@, white 9. Beard

yellowish 6, whitish 2. Face on the convex part brownish

with black hairs; sides with white tomentum. Forehead

brown, with lateral stripes of brown tomentum and a little

white tomentum in front,in female. Antenne: the first two

joints and the last four divisions of the third joint brown.

Thorax black ¢, brown 92, with two dorsal black narrow

stripes and two slate-coloured stripes the same width, ?; sides

with yellowish hairs ¢, with whitish hairs 2; a tuft of

bright red hairs in front of root of wings. Abdomen, ¢:

second, third, and fourth segments with testaceous shining

band, interrupted in the middle; posterior border of these

segments bordered with short bright red hairs ; that of the

female differs in these testaceous bands having white tomen-

tum. Legs testaceous, the last joints of tarsi brown; the

hairs of the posterior legs black on outside border, brownish

on inside border, Wings alittle yellowish ; the brown spots

at base of cells.

404 Miss G. Ricardo—4 Revision

From east coast of New Holland. Museum. Macquart,

Dipt. Exot. Suppl. iv. p. 332.

Through the kindness of M. Surcouf I was able to see the

male and female types of this species in the Paris Museum in

the spring of 1908, and was confirmed in my opinion that

Macquart in describing the genus was in error in stating that

the hind tibie are unprovided with spines, which are quite

distinct in these types, aud his drawing of the wing is in-

correct, the anal cell being open, though narrowed, at border,

and the anal vein is curved. This establishes the synonymy

of the genus Cenopnyga formed by Thomson with Macquart’s

genus. See my remarks in the ‘ Annals’ (7) vol. v. p. 101

(1900).

I also discovered that P. personatus, Walker, is identical

with this species and that the specimens I identified as

P. maculipennis are a new species. From Schiner’s descrip-

tion of P. ornatus, there is no doubt it is identical with

Macquart’s species, Schiner being unable to identify it from

Macquart’s description, though he remarks it is very nearly

related. Thespecies is recorded by Macquart from Australia,

by Schiner from Auckland, New Zealand, and by Williston

from Queensland.

There are specimens in the Brit. Mus, Coll. from Australia

(Hunter); the Walker type (a female) and males from New

South Wales between Sidney and Moreton Bay (Stuchbury).

In Mr. French’s collection sent to me for identification there

are males and females from Victoria. ‘The palpiin Macquart’s

types are small with white hairs, the proboscis hatchet-like,

the face convex with small pits on each side. Forehead

broad and short with ocelli, pubescence black. Antenne red,

awl-shaped. Eyes bare. Abdomen reddish brown, with three

grey tomentose bands on the second, third, and fourth seg-

ments, produced in the middle as a roundish spot, the

segmentations red-haired. Thorax in male and female

blackish, with three indistinct grey stripes. Legs wholly red.

Wings hyaline, with a black- brown fore border and three pale

brown-coloured bands of spots—the first at the base of basal

cells; the second extending from the fore border of wing over

the middle cross-veins to the fifth longitudinal vein; the third

is divided into spots, so that the anterior one is situated in the

middle of the second longitudinal vein, with the second spot

almost joining it, lying round the base of the fork of the

third vein, and a third quite isolated spot is present at the

apex of discal cell; besides these spots, the apex of second

longitudinal vein and upper branch of third longitudinal vein

of the Genus Pelecorhynchus. 405

have a spot-like brown shading, and a similar shading is seen

on the conspicuously curved axillary vein. The description

of the wings is taken from Schiner’s excellent description.

In Walker’s type an extra brown spot is present on the vein

dividing the second and third posterior cells, and a faint one

is discernible on the apex of fifth longitudinal vein : these are

not present or are very faint on the other specimens. The

fourth posterior cell is much narrowed, but open at border, in

this species.

Pelecorhynchus eristaloides, 3, Walker.

List Dipt. i. p. 193 [? Szdvius] (1848), et v. Suppl. i. p. 267 [Dasy-

basis} (1854) ; Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) v. p. 102 (1900).

Type (¢ ) and another male from Australia (Children Coll.),

and a female from 8.E. Tasmania (EZ. D. Atkinson).

This species is nearly allied to Pelecorhynchus maculipennis,

Maeq., but distinguished by the white tomentose bands on the

second, third, and fourth segments of abdomen being interrupted

in the middle and by the presence on the thorax of two striking

elongated white spots, each situated on a black stripe which

reaches the whole length of the greyish-brown thorax. In

the male the hairs on the face are black and thick. Beard

yellowish. In male and female the hairs at sides of thorax

are black, reddish at base of wings. Markings of wings very

similar to those of P. maculipennis, but the median band of

brown spots is narrower, and the two spots on the second and

third veins are widely separated, that on the second vein

being nearer base of vein, below the half length of vein; the

apex of wing is brownish, so that the apical spots are not

distinct.

Length of type and other specimens varies from 15-20 mm.

Pelecorhynchus nigripennis, $ 2, sp. n.

Type (¢) from New South Wales; type (2?) from Dan-

denong Ranges, Victoria (French Coll.) ; 2 from Tasmania

(M. Al/port); a $ in Mr. French’s collection from Victoria.

These specimens, which I at first took to be Macquart’s

species before seeing the type, have not been described

before.

They are nearly related to P. maculipennis, but are distin-

guished from it by the deep blackish-brown markings on

wings, which are also larger. ‘The base of wings is more

widely dark, extending to the posterior border and joined by

406 Miss G. Ricardo—A Revision

the dark fore border to the middle band of spots, which in

this species is wider and extends to the posterior border of

wing, and has an almost straight basal border, the upper

border a little sinnous, but not so irregular as in Macquart’s

species; the spots of second and third vein are here com-

pletely joined, reaching from the fore border across the base

of fork of third vein, sometimes reaching the fourth vein,

both borders nearly straight; the spot at apex of discal cell

is present, and also the two apical spots, which are joined.

Red hairs are visible at base of cheeks, on sides of thorax,

and a tuft on breast, besides the usual segmentations of

abdomen and border of scutellum. The colouring of thorax

and abdomen is darker, being blackish brown, with the same

grey tomentose bands.

Length of type about 18 mm.

Pelecorhynchus fulvus, 2, sp. n.

Type (2) and two others from Alps, Victoria, Australia

(French Coll.).

This handsome well-marked species will be easily identified

by the bright russet colour of the thorax, abdomen, and

wings, and by the black legs with yellow tarsi; there is a

black dorsal line on the abdomen and the apex of the wings

is clouded with black.

Length 16 mm.

Face black, very convex, shining, bare, divided from the

cheeks by deep furrows, the cheeks covered with grey

tomentum and with a few black hairs. Palpi brown, the last

joint egg-shaped, with black pubescence and a few white

hairs below. Beard white.

Antennz black, the second joint fulvous, the first two

joints with black hairs. Forehead about as broad as it is

long, black, with a band across the middle of yellowish-brown

tomentum ; pubescence black. ‘Thorax bright russet, with

same coloured pubescence; the sides of dorsum black, with

blackish pubescence and a few white hairs above the wings ;

sides and breast black, with long white-haired tufts. | Abdo-

men bright russet, with short imperceptible red pubescence ;

the sides of dorsum black, corresponding with sides of thorax,

and a median black stripe extends almost to the apex, reaching

halfway across the fourth segment; sides with black hairs,

white hairs on the first two segments; underside black.

Legs black, the tarsi pale yellow, with yellowish-white

pubescence ; elsewhere the pubescence is black. Wings pale

of the Genus Pelecorhynchus. 407

russet, dark brown at apex, not reaching the extreme apex,

most intense round the second and third veins on their apical

third, extending as a lighter shade in the submarginal, all

posterior, and the discal cells, and on the apical half of the

second basal cell; all cells open, the anal vein curved; the

alule brown, fringed with white hairs. Halteres brown.

Pelecorhynchus fusconiger, Walker.

List Dipt. i. p. 192 (1848) [P Szdvius], et v. Suppl. i. p. 267 (1854)

[ Dasybasis]; Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 102 (1900).

Type (¢) from Australia (presented by Lord Derby) (1844),

and another female from New South Wales (J. J. Walker)

(1904); males from Australia (Hunter) and New South

Wales, between Sidney and Moreton Bay.

A species with wings clear, tinged yellowish; the thorax

brownish; abdomen shining black. Legs blackish.

Length, females 16-18 mm. ; males 16-173 mm.

Face blackish, covered with yellowish-grey tomentum,

convex, divided by deep furrows from the cheeks; in the

centre on the raised part it is reddish brown, pubescence on

face black. Beard yellowish. Palpi reddish, with long black

hairs, the second joint egg-shaped.

Antenne reddish: the first joint blackish, with black hairs ;

the second pale reddish, with some black hairs. Forehead

nearly as broad anteriorly as it is long, slightly narrower at

vertex, yellowish brown with black pubescence and indica-

tions of two narrow brown stripes; ocelli shining, blackish

brown.

Thorax same colour as forehead, with black pubescence,

some yellowish hairs on basal part; sides with black hairs

above and denser pale yellowish hairs beneath them on the

posterior half only. Breast blackish, with some brownish

tomentum and black hairs; a dense tuft of pale yellow hairs

at base of wings. Scutellum similar to thorax, fringed with

dull fulvous hairs.

Abdomen black, shining, with traces of whitish or greyish

pubescence. Legs blackish, the anterior and middle tibize

and tarsi dull reddish yellow.

Wings clear, veins reddish yellow, slightly tinged with

yellow on fore border.

Male identical; the eyes meet, facets all equal ; woper part

of face below antennz covered with dense black pubescence,

the hairs long.

A)8 A Revision of the Genus Pelecovhynchus.

Pelecorhynchus claripennis, 2 , sp. n.

Type (?) from Dandenong Ranges, Victoria, Australia.

This species is allied to P. fusconiger, Walker, but differs

in the presence of bright red hairs on the sides of the thorax,

on the scutellum, and on abdomen, and the legs are reddish,

not black.

Brown, with quite clear wings. Legs yellowish red.

Length 15 mm. ;

Face convex, divided by deep furrows from the cheeks,

reddish brown with black pubescence, the cheeks with some

grey tomentum, which also appears on the face. Palpi

reddish, the second joint egg-shaped, with long yellowish

hairs at apex. Beard pale yellow. Antenna destroyed

except the first joint, which is reddish with black hairs.

Forehead broad, nearly as broad anteriorly as it is long,

narrower at vertex, brown with short black pubescence.

Ocelli present. Thorax brown, covered with fulvous pubes-

cence, a few darker hairs intermixed ; posterior border and

sides of thorax dull yellowish red, with deep red _ hairs

at base of wing and on posterior border; breast reddish

brown, with black hairs and a large tuft of cream-white hairs

below wings. Scutellum same as thorax, with deep red hairs

on posterior border. Abdomen reddish brown, shining, with

scanty black pubescence on dorsum and deep red _ hairs

fringing the hind borders of the last three segments; sides

with some black hairs and deep red hairs, the latter most

numerous at apex ; underside brown, with black hairs and a

fringe of red hairs on second and third segments. Legs red ;

the femora brown, with grey tomentum and white hairs on

the anterior pair, black on the others; femora and _ tibie

fringed with black hairs; on upper side of middle and poste-

rior femora the hairs are yellowish. Wings hyaline, veins

yellow, all cells open, the anal vein curved.

Pelecorhynchus darwint, Ricardo.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 102, pl. i. fig. 1 (1900).

Dr. Kertesz sent me for identification a male and female

from Concepcion, Chile, which are identical with the above

type from Chiloe, 8. Chile, with the exception of the white

spots on abdomen, which in these are six in number, two each

on the second, third, and fourth segments; in the type these

are only visible on the third and fourth segments of the

dorsum, though they all appear on the underside of abdomen.

Descriptions and Records of Bees. 409

Pelecorhynchus aurantiacus, Ricardo.

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 108, pl. i. fig. 2 (1900).

This species, also from Chile, is at once distinguished by

the dense orange-rufous pubescence on the body.

All the types are in the British Museum collection, with

the exception of the Macquart types, which are in the

Natural History Museum, Paris.

LIX.— Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XXVIII.

By T. D. A. CockereELL, University of Colorado.

Anthophora darwini, sp. n.

& .—Length 10 or 11 mm.

Black, the hair of head and thorax above mixed bluish

white and black, below wiite. Hyes very large; facial

quadrangle much longer than broad; labrum (except a spot

at each basal corner and the linear apical margin), basal two-

thirds of mandibles, clypeus (except a large foot-shaped

mark, with long heel, on each side above), space between

clypeus and eyes, a broad low triangular supraclypeal mark,

and scape in front, all yellow (reddened by cyanide in type) ;

flagellum ferruginous beneath. Maxillary palpi 6-jointed :

the second joint very large and robust, with a comb of

numerous short bristles on its anterior side, and a few much

longer ones (two near the middle and two apical), as well as

some minute ones, posteriorly; apical joint very slender,

with a pair of small apical bristles; length of joints in p:

(2) about 595, (8) 270, (4) 185, (5) 85, (6) 100. ‘Tongue

long, covered with flattened spatulate hairs, which are about

220 w long and 30 wide. ‘Tegule dark reddish; wings dusky ;

legs with white hair on outer side, and black on inner, hair

of hind tarsi entirely black. Abdomen with five broad apical

bands, which are bright shining blue, reminding one of the

colour of some Lyczenid butterflies ; last ventral segment

shining, with a strong median keel.

Much like A. walker, Ckll., but the colour of the abdominal

bands is quite different, without any tinge of green. The

spatulate hairs of the tongue are also tound on A. pulchra,

Smith (specimen from F’. Smith’s collection), and doubtless

other allied species. They are found even in the American

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 25

410 Mr. IT. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

A. montana, Cresson, &c., though not so conspicuously

developed.

Hab. Port Darwin, Australia, Nov. 1902 (Turner). Type

in British Museum.

Anthophora cingulifera, sp. n.

9 .—Lenegth about 14 mm.

Robust, black, the hair of head and thorax above mixed

black and bluish white ; labrum (except two large basal spots

connected by a line and linear apical edge), basal half of

mandibles, reversed T on clypeus and lower lateral corners

broadly, very broad and low supraclypeal mark, lanceolate

lateral marks only touching orbits basally, and small mark

on scape in front, all yellowrsh white ; flagellum terruginous

beneath ; tegulee dark reddish; wings dusky; abdomen

with four broad apical bands, shining brillant blue.

Hab. Dehra Dun, U. P., India, Nov. 1907 (Lé.-Col. F.

W. Thomson).

I give only a brief description, as the species has been

fully described by Bingham (Hymenop. British India, 1.

p- 526) as A. cingulata (Fabr.). I have previously (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1905, p. 397) called attention to the

fact that true (Australian) cingulata is a different species.

The type of the new species is in the British Museum.

Anthophora vulpina waltoni, subsp. n.

9 .—Length 12-13 mm.

Appearance and structure of A. vulpina, Panzer (specimen

from Nassau, F. Smith collection, compared), but paler with-

out any evident yellowish tint, the apex of abdomen with

pale hair like the rest, except the middle of the fifth segment,

where it is dark reddish brown. Hair of head and thorax

long, dull white mixed with black above, white below ;

clypeus, labrum, and mandibles black; labrum quadrate,

coarsely sculptured, strongly shining ; clypeus well punctured,

with a median raised line; tongue with well-developed spatu-

late hairs; antennze entirely black, joints measuring in mw on

under side: (3) 730, (4) 220, (5) 240, (6) 255 ; tegule very

dark reddish brown. Wings dusky hyaline; first r. n. joining

second s.m. beyond middle; b. n. little bent at base.

Hair of legs dull white, pale reddish on inner side of tarsi,

brush at end of hind basitarsus fuscous; spurs yellowish

white; hind margins of abdominal segments narrowly

hyaline, the second to fourth with broad shaggy bands of

Records of Bees. 411

greyish-white hair, the surface otherwise with appressed

greyish-white hair, with long suberect black hairs inter-

mixed.

Hab. Lhasa, Tibet, “ viii. ix. 04, Tibet Exped.” (H. J.

Walton). In British Museum.

These bees are of unusual interest on account of the locality.

They prove to be qnite different from all the Himalayan

species recorded by Bingham and Nurse, and also from the

species of the Filehner expedition reported on by Friese.

On the other hand, they are so close to the Huropean

A. vul/pina that they seem to be only a pale desert race,

though it is possible that the male would show more striking

differences. They do not accord with any of the members ot

the A. vulpina group described from Turkestan: A. plebeju,

Morawitz, differs by the dull labrum and testaceous tegule ;

while A. flavescens, Fedts., and A. murina, Fedts., both

have “ tegulis calearibusque testaceis.”

Anthophora persicorum, sp. n.

? .—Length about 14 mm. .

Agrees with A. quadrifusciata, Villers, in nearly all

respects, but differs thus: clypeus creamy white, with only

an oblique quadrate black mark on each side above ; antenna

dark reddish, the Hagellum ferruginous beneath ; hair of head —

above dull white instead of fulvous, and that of thorax doubt-

less also pale, but worn off on the type except at sides;

hair-bands of abdomen rather broader and clear snow-white;

wings distinctly darker. The hind legs are quite as in

A. quadrifasciata, the hind tibia white-haired on the outside,

the hind basitarsus entirely black-haired. ‘The legs are more

or less reddened, and the femora have sooty hair beneath.

Tegul pale testaceous; spurs dark reddish.

The A. quadrifasciata compared is from Oran. The Persian

insect is perhaps only a local subspecies; it looks very

distinct, but has no important characters. It exactly agrees

with the description of A. furinosa except as to the hair of

the legs. I have been through all the descriptions of Asiatic

species allied to quadrifasciata and find nothing identical.

Hab. S.W. Persia (Zscalera). In British Museum. The

specimen is also labelled “ K. Sefid.”

Anthophora zonata (L.).

This beautiful species has been reported from many of the

Malay islands, including Borneo, Java, Celebes, New Guinea,

7 28

412 Mr. I. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Aru Isl., &e. It ranges south into Australia, and I have a

specimen from China which I cannot distinguish from the

Australian examples. Nevertheless, in the moist tropical

islands of the Malay Archipelago it has developed several

distinct forms, which are probably constant and for the most

part confined iD particular islands. Material for the satis-

factory presentation of the matter is wanting, but the following

specimens are in the British Museum :—

(1) A. zonata whiteheadi, subsp. n., 2. Cape Engano,

Luzon, Philippine Islands (Whttehead).—Expanse

about 20 mm.: abdominal bands pure deep purple,

without any trace of green; bair on outer side of hind

tibie creamy white, with a dark fuscous basal patch ;

thorax unusually small.

(2) A. zonata borneensis, subsp. n., g. N.W. Borneo;

“Spitang R.” (95-226).—Expanse 21 mm.: abdo-

minal bands blue, tinged with green, strongly metallic ;

hair on outer side of hind tibiz mostly black anteriorly

and white posteriorly, without any yellowish or fulvous;

last ventral segment keeled.

(3) A. conuta andrewsi, subsp. v., g. Tyjigombong, Java

(C. W. Andrews).—Expanse about 20 mm.: abdo-

minal bands metallic yellowish green, with coppery

tints ; hair on outer side of hind tibia light fulvous,

with a white apical brush. The hair on head and

thorax above is bright fulvous mixed with black,

whereas in borneensis it is dull and rather greenish

mixed with black, giving a general blackish effect.

The tegule in Trin very dark, with a

slight coppery lustre; in whiteheadi they are dull

but not dak ferruginous ; ; ain andrewst they are as

in whitehead.

T'wo females of andrewsi come from N.W. Borneo

(95-226). One of these, labelled Spitang R., April

1895, has expanse nearly 24 mm., and _ colours

exactly as in andrewsi; the hind tibi have light

fulvous hair on the outside, with a basal black streak.

The other, from Kina Balu, is rather smaller, and the

abdominal bauds are a more brilliant, distinctly

peacock-green. There is, however, no important

difference. All these insects have the wings strongly

dusky.

The occurrence of andvewsi in Java and Borneo,

and of both andrewst and borneensis on the Spitang ;

River, is contrary to expectation, and may indicate

Records of Bees. 413

either that these insects are different species, or are

dimorphic forms of one.

(4) A. zonata ternatensis, subsp. n.,?. Ternate, “ 92-44,

6106.” Similar to andrewsi, but the strongly metallic

bands narrower and bluer green; band on first seg-

ment very narrow, hardly half as broad as in andrews ;

hair on outer side of hind tibia (also basitarsus)

brilliant fulvous, with no black basal streak. Tegule

dull ferruginous. Light mark on scape reduced to

an obscure spot. :

A. borneensis is very like the Australian A. darwin, but

is larger and more robust, with a strong yellowish tinge in

the thoracic pubescence (wanting in darwin), while the

clypeal black marks are larger and of the usual zonata type.

There can be little doubt that they are quite independent

derivatives of the zonata stock.

Anthophora cincta (Fabr.).

? .—Clypeus with inversed nail-shaped yellow mark ; hair

of head and thorax mixed yellowish green and black ; splendid

shining bright metallic-green bands on abdomen.—Obuasi,

Ashanti (Graham). Cambridge University Museum.

Pasites maculatus, Jurine.

3. Cyprus (C. Glaszner). British Museum.

Anthophora bipartita, Smith.

Sterkfontein, Transvaal (H. P. Thomasset). British

Museum,

Anthophora pulcherrima, Bingham, var. a.

3+ Khamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft., 15-30. vii.

03; Tibet Exped. British Museum.

The specimen differs from Bingham’s description in having

black hair on each side of the face, especially near the

antenne ; it also has a supraclypeal mark (transverse band),

and lateral face-marks represented by a light streak on each

side of the clypeus. ‘The hind basitarsus has a broad obtuse

tubercle on the anterior side beyond the middle, and the hind

spur is curved at end.

Anthophora megarrhina, sp. n.

? .—Length about 19 mm.

Black, wholly without light tegumentary markings ;

pubescence black, except as follows: on face and vertex

414 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Desertptions and

ochraceous, though black on front; on cheeks below long

and white, though broadly black next to eyes ; on mesothorax

anteriorly dark red, and laterally reddish mixed with black ;

on hind part of thorax dull white; a little white sublaterally

on first abdominal segment ; third and fourth segments with

shaggy apical bands of dull white, that on third interrupted

in middle; ventral surface with more or less long white hair ;

anterior femora below with long shining white hair ; middle

tibize apically in front, and outer surface of their basitarsi,

with glittering white hair; hind tibiz and tarsi on outer side

with glittering white hair, but hind margin of tibiz with

black ; anterior tarsi with yellowish hair on inner side.

Hind femora ferruginous (tegument) behind. Clypeus

greatly produced, shining and strongly, but not densely

punctured, keeled in the middle, the keel ending in an obscure

fork some distance before the lower margin; labrum shining,

very coarsely and strongly sculptured; malar space very

large; antenne entirely black, third joint slender, considerably

longer than the next three combined; disc of mesothorax

shining, with scattered punctures, sides densely and minutely

punctured ; tegule piceous. Wings moderately dusky (about

as in A, Aispanica); b. n. going basad of t.-m.; first r.n

joining second s.m. considerably beyond middle ; legs normal.

Hab. Khamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft., 15-30.

vil.03; ‘Vibet Exped. British Museum.

Anthophora megarrhina soluta, var. nov.

? —Length about 20 mm.

Light hair of head reduced ; hair of thoracic dorsum prac-

tically all black, but a few reddish hairs intermixed in front,

and metathorax behind wings with long white hairs; abdo-

men without light hair-bands ; hair on outer side of hind legs

blackish. A mere variety of the last, with the hair nearly all

black except on lower part of face, where it is dull yellowish.

Hab. Gyangtse, 13,000 ft., June 1904; Tibet Exped.

(H. J. Walton). British Museum.

The male of this species is represented by two specimens,

which come from the type locality, but have the dark hair of

the variety.

¢-—Similar to the female except for the usual sexual

characters; hair black, except some pale overlapping supra-

clypeal area, a white patch on each side of clypeus apically,

long white hair on lowermost part of cheeks, some white

behind wings, and a certain amount of pale hair on legs;

mandibles black; labrum cream-colour except a large brown

Records of Bees. 415

spot on each side; clypeus trilobed, yellow except lateral

sutural stripes and linear lower edge; a transverse supra-

clypeal band, lateral marks (filling space between clypeus and

eye, except that they are more or Jess excavated above), and

scape in front also yellow; eyes greenish, prominent; tongue

and labial palpi very long (tongue fully 12 mm.) ; projecting

apex of second joint of labial palpi with a conspicuous brush

of red hair; pulvilli with two teeth or horns; middle tarsi

ordinary ; hind basitarsus not toothed ; apical plate of abdo-

men emarginate,

f1ab. Khamba Jong; all particulars as in type.

In Friese’s tables (§ Die Bienen Europa’s’) this runs nearest

to A. vernalis, but is quite distinct. It is not like any of the

described Indian species.

Anthophora khambana, sp. n.

? .—Length 15 mm.; expanse 26.

In appearance closely resembles Bingham’s figure of the

female of A. pulcherrima, having the same ochreous hair on

thorax and base of abdomen, and the same bright red hair

covering the abdomen beyond. It is evidently close to

pulcherrima, but differs as follows:—Hair of head, pleura,

and under side of thorax entirely black ; sides and apical

segment of abdomen with black hair; hair of legs black,

reddish on inner side of anterior tarsi. Malar space well

developed, about twice as broad as long; labrum shining,

with irregular deep punctures ; clypeus strongly punctured,

not keeled; antenne black, third joint fully as long as the

three following ; tegule dark reddish. Wings moderately

dusky ; b. n. meeting t.-m. Hind spurs ferruginous, curved

at end. ‘lhe abdomen has a subapical tuft of white hair on’

each side beneath.

Hab. Khamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft., 15-30.

vil. 03 ; Tibet Exped. British Museum.

Anthophora orophila, sp. n.

9? .—Length about 14 mm. ; expanse about 234.

No light tegumentary markings; hair of head except

vertex, pleura, ventral surface, legs, and dorsum of abdomen

beyond second segment black ; hair of vertex, thorax above,

and first two segments of abdomen yellow, becoming a lively

orange on second abdominal segment ; malar space well

developed; labrum very coarsely sculptured; clypeus well

punctured at sides, but very sparsely in middle; third an-

tennal joint as long as the three following together ; tegule

416 Mis 1) Dees Cockerell— Descriptions aa

ferruginous. Wings moderately dusky, b. n. going basad of

t-m. Spurs and small joints of tarsi fom eiiane The

coloration of the abdomen agrees with that in A. himaloyensis,

Rad., but the hair on the legs is differently coloured, the

clypeus i is not carinate, &c. The marginal cell is shorter and

the first r. n, joins the second s.m. further beyond the middle

than in A. khambana.

Hab. Kiamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft., 15-80.

vii. 03; Tibet Exped. Brit. Museum.

Bombus sumatrensis, Ckll., var. ardentior, nov.

2? .—Length about 17 mm.

Structure as in &, sumatrens/s: hair of face, front, vertex,

and cheeks entirely black ; of labrum reddish black ; of thorax

above yellowish white ; of abdomen black, on fourth and fitth

segments rather dull ferruginous. <A colour-variety only, with

the abdominal band red instead of yellowish white.

Hab. Sumatra, “x. 1, 5. 81.” British Museum, 92. 182.

Bombus irisanensis, sp. n.

y .—Length about 14 mm. ; expanse 31.

Black, the hind tibie and tarsi and small joints of other

tarsi obscure reddish ; hair of head all black except a little

reddish on labrum ‘and mandibles; hair of thorax above

entirely black, but on pleura fulvous; first two segments of

abdomen entirely and densely covered with bright yellow

hair (a rather fulvous yellow), the others with black, and the

venter also with black; legs with black hair, Wings ample,

deep fuliginous, but still transparent enough for print to be

easily read through them. Clypeus convex, smooth and

shining in the middle, punctured at sides; malar space longer

than broad ; a red tubercle at base of mandibles ; ocelli very

small; third antennal joint about as long as fifth.

Structurally this much resenbles B. swmatrensis, but the

colours are entirely different. ‘lhe colour will also readily

distinguish it from the Philippine 2. mearnst, Ashmead. In

the colour of the wings it resembles the Chinese B. hemor-

rhoidalis, Sm., but that has a short malar space and many

other differences.

Hab. Irisan, Benquet Prov., alta Philippine Islands,

May 28. British Museum, 1906-44

Bombus rufipes, Lep., var. melanopoda, nov.

? .—Length about 25 mm.; anterior wing 18.

Robust, black,: with black. pubescence, - that on apex of

Records of Bees. AIT

labium ferruginous; legs black, the hind tibize very dark

reddish. Wings dark.

Similar to B. rufipes, but distinguished by the dark black-

haired legs. The difference is not absolute, as the hind legs

have many of the long tibial hairs orange-tipped and the hair

on the inner side of the basitarsus is wholly dull ferruginous.

B. rufipes, var. obscuripes, Friese, from Java, has dark hair

on the legs, but the legs themselves are clear red.

F. Smith compares B. rufipes with B. eaimius, Sm., noting

the important colour-differences. ‘The Sumatran specimen

now before me also differs structurally, having the third

antennal joint longer and the clypeus and malar space very

much longer. In the long malar space, the long clypeus,

shining on the disk, the bituberculate labrum, &c. it agrees

with the other Sumatran forms, from which it differs totally

in coloration.

Alab. Sumatra. British Museum, 92. 182.

Bombus tunicatus, Smith.

Baltistan. British Museum, 88, 31.

In a worker from Simla (F. Smith’s collection) and one of

those from Baltistan the second abdominal segment is covered

with reddish hair, the third with black, after which follows

the bright red band. In the other Baltistan example the

second and third segments are covered with black, except

‘ that the second has a little red at base. The black thoracic

band is inclined to be evanescent laterally and in the first

-Baltistan specimen is reduced to a few hardly noticeable

black hairs.

This species is evidently variable, and I am inclined to

think that B. gilgitensis, Ckll., is a variety of it.

B. terrestris, var. fulvocinctus, Friese and Wagner, 1909,

from Simla, is evidently B. tunicatus. B. terrestris, var.

simlaénsis, Friese and Wagner, 1909, is intermediate, at

least in colour-pattern, between tundtcatus and gilgitensis.

Gronoceras felina (Gerst.).

Megachile felina must be referred to Gronoceras, although

the male flagellum is not wholly characteristic. The abdo-

minal spines of the male are quite normal for the genus;

the anterior coxz each have two spines, one long and obtuse,

the other short and sharp.

Mayotte, Comoro Is., from Berlin Museum; Katanga

District, Congo Free State (Dr. A. Yale Massey), British

418 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

Museum. The latter, a female, has ventral scopa ferru-

ginous, whitish at sides, black on last segment.

ae 5

Colioxys turnert, sp. n.

9? .—Length 103 mm.

Black, with bright chestnut-red tegule, strongly dusky

wings, and narrow bright red hair-bands on the hind margins

of the abdominal segments. Hair of eyes rather long ; face

with appressed yellowish-grey hair, a conspicuous ochreous

tuft under each antenna; vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum

with extremely large punctures, as dense as possible; hair of

occiput, upper part of metathorax, &c. reddish brown, of

pleura and cheeks dull white; mesothorax and scutellum

with a delicate poorly developed median raised line ; scu-

tellum not tuberculate in the middle, lateral teeth well-

developed, a little curved inwards; last dorsal abdominal

segment delicately keeled, not greatly elongated; last ventral

produced far beyond last dorsal, turned downwards, narrow,

notched on each side before the end; first three ventral

segments with large well-separated punctures, fourth with

smaller punctures. The structure of the end of the abdomen

is nearly as in C. elongata, Lep., but the subapical notches

are smaller and the last ventral is more evidently conical in

outline.

3 .—Similar, with the same red bands. Face densely

covered with yellowish-white hair, but that just beneath the

antennee and also that on the eyes ochraceous ; abdomen with

a small tooth on each side of penultimate segment, a long red

tooth on each side of last segment, and the usual four black

apical teeth, the lower ones much longer than the upper ;

ventral segments with fringes of pure white hair, the first

with the hind margin broadly red (tegument) and only a

little white hair in the middle; anterior coxe with long

spines.

Hab. Shillong, Assam, June and July 1903 (A. Turner).

A very distinct species, easily known by the red abdominal

bands. Mr. ‘Vurner had already recognized that it was new.

Euglossa ignita, Smith.

Ecuador (Rosenberg). British Museum.

Euglossa cordata (L.).

Jamaica (Mrs. Swainson). British Museum.

On new African Rodents. A419

Ceratina chalcites, Latr., var. a.

Female with no light spot on clypeus.

La Sagra, Granada (Hscalera). British Museum.

Ceratina bingham?, Ckll.

Dehra Dun, U. P.,. India,-Nov. 1907 (42.-Col. F. W,

Thomson). British Museum.

Crocisa luzonensis, sp. n.

? .—Length about 12 mm.

Wings very dark; light markings blue; scutellum of the

W-type, but the notch not deep and its sides slightly undu-

lating, so that it is rather intermediate between the two types ;

face with blue hair; a strong keel between antennex ; vertex

shining ; mesothorax with a T and two spots in pale bluish,

not strongly marked; pleura with a band of blue hair; hair

of scutellum all black; tibize (the basal half of hind tibie

only) and tarsi blue-haired on outer side. Abdomen with

entire blue bands, which are exceedingly brilliant but not

metallic ; the first segment is blue except the hind margin

and a large quadrate basal patch.

Hab. Arisan, Benquet Prov., Luzon, Philippine Is. British

Museum, 1906-44. Collected May 30.

This species will be further discussed in connexion with

other Malayan members of the genus.

Boulder, Colorado.

March 31, 1910.

LX.—Three new African Rodents.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Hucerus erythropus mestus, subsp. n.

A very dark-coloured form of the common &, erythropus.

General colour above dark brown—like Prout’s brown, but

darker,—very different to the more or less ochraceous or clay-

coloured tone of E. erythropus. Pelage thin and scanty, the

hairs, or, rather, spines, blackish, with minute whitish or

buffy tips. Crown blackish. Flanks below lateral line as

420 Mr. O. Thomas on

usual blackish, but so dark is the general colour that there is

little difference between the back and flanks. Under surface

greyish buffy. Hands and feet greyish brown, with a slight

tinge of buffy. Tail hairs ringed with black and dull buffy

white, some of them with tawny bases.

Hab. Daru, 150 miles inland, Sierra Leone.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 7. 7.15.4. Collected and pre-

sented by Capt. L. Murray, of the East Surrey Regiment.

T'wo specimens.

Dipodillus brockmant, sp. n.

Smaller than D. somalicus, with smaller teeth but larger

bulla.

Size decidedly smaller than in D. somalicus, the only

known Somali species of Dipodillus. General colour rather

paler sandy than in that animal. No darker nose-spot. A

small white spot above each eye. Lighter patches behind

ears not very conspicuous. Fore limbs pure white, the line

of demarcation passing over the shoulder. Tail long, greyish

white, not sandy above, white below ; terminal crest little

developed, its longest hairs about 8-9 mm.

Skull differing from that of D. somalicus in the direction

of Microdillus, being a little more bowed above, and with the

bulle surpassing the occiput posteriorly. Interorbital region

not especially narrowed, Cranium convex above. Anterior

palatal foramina shorter than in somalicus. Bulle very

large for a Dipodillus, larger than in the larger D. somalicus,

closely approximated in the median line anteriorly, and pro-

jecting posteriorly beyond the occiput, a considerable portion

of this visible in an upper view of the skull. Teeth ex-

ceedingly small.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 76 mm.; tail 117; hind foot 21; ear 11.

Skull: greatest length 25; basilar length 17°5; nasals 9°5;

interorbital breadth 4°83; breadth of brain-case 12°5; ante-

rior palatine foramina 4°7; greatest horizontal diameter of

bulla 10; upper molar series 3:1.

Hab. Somaliland. Type from Burao, 85 miles 8. of

Berbera.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10. 3. 27. 21. Original

number 255. Collected 21st December, 1909, and presented

by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman. ‘l'wo specimens.

This little Gerbil, which was recognized as new by its

captor, and is named after him, is readily distinguishable

from any of its allies by its comparatively large bull, which

new African Rodents. 491

project backwards from the skull in a manner quite unusual

in Dipodillus and morereminiscentof Microdillus. D. waters?,

however, in a lesser degree shows something of the same

character, but is distinguished by its narrower brain-case and

smaller bullee.

The present is the Dipodillus referred to on p. 122 of

Dr. Drake-Brockman’s ‘ Mammals of Somaliland,? and D.

somalicus that on p. 121.

Tachyoryctes audaz, sp. n.

A fairly large fulvous form, with particularly large teeth.

Size of old specimens about as in J’. cbeanus. Skull with

the nasals long, with scarcely a trace of lateral reentrant

concavities, attaining behind a line almost exactly level with

that of the ends of the premaxillary processes or a little short

of them. Zygomata of about normal expansion and length,

the distance from the anteorbital notch above to that behind

the squamosal in front of the meatus about 21°5 mm.,

markedly less than in storey (22°5), more tian in badius

(20). Sagittal crest linear, well developed. Bulle larger

than in dzbeanus. Molars very large, the transverse oblique

diameter of m’ along its anterior lamina commonly attaining

4 mm., and always greater than in the allied forms.

Colour dark fulvous, plumbeous individuals very rarely

found. Head but rarely darkened. Feet pale brown above.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 205 mm.; tail 59; hind foot 29.

Skull: condylo-basal length 48-2; greatest breadth 35;

nasals 19°3x6°6; brain-case 20x 20°2; upper molar series

10:2; length of bulla 11:3.

Hab. Yop of the Abudare Range, British East Africa.

Type from 10,000!.

Type. Adult female. Rudd Collection. Original num-

ber 596. Collected 5th February, 1910, by Robin Kemp.

Seventeen specimens.

‘This mole-rat, of which the series sent home by Mr. Kemp

is remarkably uniform, seems most ncarly allied to 7. theanus

of Machakos, but differs by its conspicuously larger teeth,

longer nasals, and larger bulle. From 7. storeyi* it is

* By some accident I find I have given condylo-basal lengths in some

of the Tachyoryctes described last December, and condylo-basilar in others,

while in several cases misprints of these words have also crept in, The

condylo-basal lengths of the types of the species described are as

follows :—ankolie 45:7 mm , demon 45°2, ruddi 45°5, badius 46:6, storeyi

49°9, natvashe 42°2, spalacinus 456,

492 Mr. EK. Schwarz on

distinguished by its normal shaped, not elongated brain-case ;

from badius by its larger size, larger teeth, greater extension

of the nasals behind, and longer zygomatic fosse ; and from

ruddi by larger size, broader nasals, and larger teeth, in

addition to its fulvous instead of usually plumbeous colour.

It is not unnatural that the mole-rat of the long summit of

the Abudare Range should bea peculiar form. At Naivasha,

on his way to the range, Mr. Kemp obtained an example of

the much smaller 7. natvashe.

LXI.—WNotes on some Palm- Civets.

By Ernst SCHWARZ.

Tue British Museum possesses a Palm-Civet from Sumba

Island, Timor Sea, apparently belonging to a new species,

for which I propose the name

Paradoxurus sumbanus, sp. n.

A small Paradoxure with loose fur without frontal band.

Skull much like P. philippinensis, but cheek-teeth of the

type found in P. hermaphroditus, Pall., from Southern Malay

Peninsula.

Upperside golden yellow, strongly mixed with black, and

with a very indistinct blackish dorsal line. (Hairs brownish

grey at base, then golden yellow, with black tip, which is

very broad in the hairs of the centre of the back and becomes

narrower towards the sides of the body.) Crown, ears,

muzzle, cheeks, limbs, and tail in its entire length blackish

brown. The face-markings consist of a dirty whitish spot

on each side of the muzzle (at the base of the whiskers),

a small whitish spot on each side below the eyes, and a

whitish stripe on each side above the eyes extending nearly

to the whitish-yellow whorl in front of the ear. Under side

of body dull brownish grey, the hairs of the chest with dirty

yellowish tips.

Skull much as in P. philippinensis. General form

slender; zygomatic arches very wide. Brain-case long and

narrow, with a well-marked but short intertemporal con-

striction as in P. philippinensis. Nasals narrow, U-shaped

behind. Postorbital process strongly developed. Palate

rather narrow, diverging gradually behind. Bulle medium,

pear-shaped, concave medially, strongly inflated laterally,

very high vertically. Rostrum slender,

some Palmn- Civets. 423

Teeth rather small; premolars all slightly concave be-

hind ; carnassial concave behind, with the metacone about as

large as the protocone, with small anterior tubercle and no

postero-internal ledge.

Type. B.M. no. 97. 4. 18. 1. Old male. Collected by

A. Everett in December 1896.

Hiab. Sumba Island, Timor Sea.

Dimensions of type (taken on the skin) :—

Head and body 470 mm.; tail 405 ; hind foot 72.

Skull: basilar length 87; condylo-basilar leneth 92;

greatest breadth 58; mastoid breadth 34; nasals 20x 9°8;

intertemporal constriction 12; width of brain-case 32 ;

palatilar length 42; palate, greatest breadth (including

teeth) 35, least breadth (between canines and incisors) 10 ;

breadth of rostrum across roots of canines 17; foramina

incisiva 5°3; front of p, to back of mg 31 ; p4, length on outer

edge 8'1, breadth 6°5, greatest diameter 9°5.

The Sumba Paradoxure is very distinct from every form

hitherto described. Externally it somewhat resembles

P. setosus, Hombr. et Jacq., from Ceram, the skull of which

I do not know. It is at once distinguished by its fine colour,

its loose fur, and the peculiar shape of its check-teeth. The

type is an old specimen with high sagittal crest.

In 1885, when writing his monograph of the genus Para-

doxurus, Blanford united Gray’s Paguma with it. Recently,

however, this genus has been generally recognized. There-

fore it becomes necessary to create a new genus for the

reception of the Celebes Palm-Civet hitherto known as

Paradoxurus musschenbroeki, as it presents many striking

differences both in the skull and externally. The new genus

may be characterized as follows :—

MACROGALIDIA, gen. nov.

Intertemporal constriction well-marked as in Paradoxurus.

Rostrum constricted behind, wider in front. Bulle small

and flat, and the long paroccipital processes therefore pro-

jecting considerably (about 5mm.). Palate narrow and in

consequence of the form of the teeth (see below) parallel-

sided, not diverging behind as in Paradowurus ; posteriorly

it ends abruptly behind the last molars, the lateral processes

found in Paradoxurus, Paguma, and Arctogalidia being

almost or totally absent as in Cynogale. Medially the bony

palate is continued considerably backwards, the mesopterygoid

fossa being narrow. ‘lhe posterior opening of the alisphenoid

A424 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new

canal is rather far back and close to the foramen ovale (not

the foramen lacerum medium, as erroneously stated by

Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 806).

Teeth very large ; the p4, m,, and mg broader than long, so

causing the peculiar shape of the palate, which somewhat

resembles that of Cynogale. In p, the anterior lobe of the

blade is as long as the posterior one (metacone), while in

Paradoxurus it is always shorter; the tooth is convex poste-

riorly, and has a strongly developed postero-internal ledge.

Externally the new genus is characterized by the short

close fur, the annulated short tail, and the whorl in the neck,

the hairs of the neck and crown being directed forwards.

In the skull as well as externally the differences which

separate this animal from Paradoxurus are very striking.

The new genus is a further one peculiar to Celebes.

Paguma differs from Paradoxurus in having the palate

greatly produced behind, in the insignificant postorbital con-

striction, and the blunt postorbital processes.

LXII.—Two new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

AMONG the specimens which the British Museum owes to

Mr. H. C. Robinson’s recent expedition to the northern part

of the Malay Peninsula is an enormous Arctonya, very much

larger than any known member of the genus and obviously

needing description.

It has, however, been known to Mr. Robinson for some

time under its native name ‘ Sabima,”’ and after much

enquiry he succeeded in obtaining the specimen now described.

Arctonyx dictator, sp. 0.

Size decidedly larger than in other species. Fur long,

coarse, and harsh. General colour above dull buffy, overlaid

anteriorly by black, posteriorly by mixed black and greyish.

Hairs of the nape and anterior back buffy for their basal,

black for their terminal halves, of posterior back buffy for

their basal two-thirds, then black with a buffy tip. Scanty

hairs of under surface wholly black. Facial markings not

Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. 425

sharply defined, the light mark under the eye subdued by a

blackish admixture. Edges of ears strongly buffy. Throat-

patch strong ochraceous buffy. Limbs black throughout.

Tail dull buffy white.

Skull in general characters agreeing with that of A. collars,

but larger throughout. Posterior tubular portion of palate

less inflated laterally.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 1025 mm.; tail 235; hind foot 122; ear 34.

Skull: condylo-basal length 166; basal length 153 ;

greatest breadth 99; interorbital breadth 40; mastoid

breadth 91; palatal length 111; length of p* on outer

edge 11; greatest diameter of m’ 18°5.

flab. Lam-ra, Trang, Northern Malay Peninsula.

Type. Old female. Original number 3478. Selangor

Museum number 1223/10. Obtained Ist February, 1910, by

Museum collector.

The chief feature about this Arctonyzx is its enormous size,

as the specimen looks like asmall bear, and, though a female,

far exceeds any example, male or female, of A. collaris in the

Museum collection ; and <A. collaris, in turn, is decidedly

larger than the Chinese species A. leucolemus and A. ob-

scurus and the Assamese A. tazo/des.

In describing an Arctonyx from this region, however,

mention las to be made of Hubrecht’s “‘ 7richomants hoevenit”’ *

from Sumatra, at first supposed to be, and described as, an

Edentate, but afterwards said ¢ to be an Arctonyx. The type

was lost, and the description does not apply to any known

animal.

Among other things it was said to be of the “ size of a

very large cat,” and Arctonyx dictator is many times larger

than any possible house-cat. In colour it was “ grey with a

black band along the middle of the back ’—no such coloration

is as yet known in Arctonya.

If an Arctonyx occurs in “the mountainous districts that

separate the Residencies of Palembang and Bencoolen,” and

its characters are in any way compatible with those of

Hubrecht’s animal, after elimination of the imaginary Eden-

tate attributes, the name hoeveni may have to be used for it.

But this is certainly not the case with Arctonyz dictator,

which is too large, and is quite unlike in colour.

* Notes Leyden Mus. xiii. p. 241 (1891).

t P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 522.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 29

426 Mr. R. H. Whitehouse on

Ptilocercus lowi continentis, subsp. n.

Very similar to true Bornean lowi, but distinguished by

the following characters :—Colour above drab-grey, that of

owt, so far as can be seen on -rather faded specimens, more

tinged with isabella. Underside soiled creamy, fairly sharply

defined from the grey sides. Dark eye-mark more extended

anteriorly, reaching nearly to the tip of the muzzle. Hands

pale buffy above, as in low?, but feet with the metatarsals

dark brown, contrasting markedly with the buffy toes. Fine

hairs of “naked” part of tail shorter and more sparsely

scattered than in low? ; proximal half-inch of the plume

black, remainder white.

Skull of about the same length as in low?, but the muzzle

and palate markedly narrower; the breadth of the muzzle

above 2 is 6°0 mm. in two adult low?, 5:1 in the type of

continentis; distance between outer corners of m? 12°1 mm. in

low?, 11 in continents.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 133 mm.; tail 167; hind foot 26°5; ear 17.

Skull: condylo-basal length 87°3; greatest breadth 22°5 ;

interorbital breadth 8°5; brain-case breadth 15; palatal

length 17:7; length of upper tooth-series 17°6.

flab, 10 miles from Kuala Lumpur, Selangor.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10. 4.17.1. Presented by

the Selangor Museum. Obtained 22nd December, 1903, by

a Museum collector.

“Caught in a nest made of leaves and fibre in a tunnel

2 feet long in a hollow branch of a tree.”

LXIII.—Some Remarks on the Teleostean Caudal Fin. By

Ricuarp H. Wutrenouse, M.Sc., University of

Birmingham.

In a recent number * of this journal Mr. C. Tate Regan

contributed an interesting paper on the caudal fin of some

Teleostean fishes, and in the course of his remarks he refers

to a recent paper of mine T which gave a summary of some-

what extensive observations on caudal fins in fishes. Mr. Re-

gan says “the caudal fin skeleton of the Clupeide differs

* April 1910, p. 554.

t Proc. Royal Soc. B. lxxxii. p. 139.

the Teleostean Caudal Fin. 427

from that of the Elopide in that the last two centra have

aborted, and the anterior uroneural is ankylosed with the

actual last centrum (corresponding to the third last of the

Elopide).” The same author says further:—“I have

already mentioned Mr. Whitehouse’s paper on the caudal fin

of fishes, and I have shown that the element which he terms

‘urostyle’ in Clupea is formed by one or more displaced

posterior neural arches or ‘uroneurals’; the homocercal

caudal fin should not then be defined by the presence of a

urostyle formed by the fusion of upturned vertebree, but by

the modification of posterior neural arches into uroneurals

which functionally replace and so lead to the suppression of

the centra of the upturned vertebra.”

From the latter quotation the reader might be inclined to

suppose that the ankylosis of a “ uroneural ” with one of the

terminal vertebre constitutes what I called a urostyle; and

for this reason it will be necessary for me to emphasize that

I consider a urostyle to be the result of a fusion of vertebral

centra only, and that anything of the nature of neural arches

does not at all enter into the formation of a urostyle. In the

case of Clupea I do not think “ that the last two centra have

aborted,” but that several centra which once formed the

upturned portion of the vertebral column have become united

and have formed a single rod-like bone or urostyle. A

reference to the figure of Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S.*, shows

that in the young Clupea sprattus the upturned part of the

axis consists of distinct centra which later on lose their

individuality and fuse together to forma urostyle. Moreover,

in Clupea, the neural arches of the centra which have formed

the urostyle still persist in the form of a triangular bone

resting upon the urostyle.

I do not consider the persistence of posterior neural arches

in the form of ‘ uroneurals ” as functionally replacing the

centra of the upturned vertebra, but rather that they persist

in order to still carry out their function of protecting the

spinal cord, which seems always to extend to the distal end

of the last hypural, even when the actual vertebral column

terminates at the proximal end of the terminal hypural

bones.

With reference to the caudal fin of Fierasfer, Mr. Regan

finds it impossible to regard it as gephyrocercal, apparently

for the reason that the rays which may be considered to

constitute the caudal fin are not supported by radials, as the

dorsal and anal fins are. The same author considers the

* ¢ Journal of the Quekett Micros, Club,’ 1882, ser. ii. vol. i. p. 79.

29”

428 Mr. R. Southern on the Alciopine &e.

following to be essential to gephyrocercy: ‘the posterior

part of the tail to have aborted and the interval between the

dorsal and anal to have become bridged across by a secondary

formation of rays, inserted on basalia and derived from the

dorsal and anal fins.” Now the caudal fin of Mierasfer den-

tatus fulfils all these conditions except that the rays are not

inserted on basalia; this latter condition is one which I have

not seen insisted on before ; moreover, Ryder quotes /verasfer

as illustrating his definition of gephyrocercy, and such

eminent authorities as Professors L. Dollo* and B. Dean f

consider this form typically gephyrocercal.

According to Mr. Regan’s description of the caudal fin of

Genypterus, viz. that it possesses two expanded hypurals,

this form is undoubtedly homocercal. Since this is so, it is

fairly safe to conclude that in the larval stages this fin passes

through a heterocercal stage ; but Ferasfer has no hypurals,

and according to all records that have been available to me

there is no evidence of a heterocercal stage during develop-

ment. Again, the caudal fin of Genypterus, being supported

by hypurals, is morphologically a ventral fin, while that of

Fierasfer is shared by dorsal and ventral rays, and a gap

remains between the two halves. For these reasons we are

scarcely justified, I think, in considering the caudal fin of

Fierasfer to be in a “condition somewhat more specialized

than in Genypterus,” which implies that they are to be

considered in the same category ; on the contrary, it appears

to me that Frerasfer has a typically gepbyrocereal and

Genypterus a homocercal caudal fin.

LXIV.—A Preliminary Note on the Alciopine, Tomopteride,

and 'l'yphloscolecidee from the Atlantic adjacent to Ireland.

By R. SourHern, B.Sc., Irish National Museum, Dublin.

THE collection of Polycheta made by the Scientific Staff of

the Fisheries Branch of the Department of Agriculture and

Technical Instruction for Ireland contains a number of species

belonging to the above pelagic families. With the exception

of the two species Yomopteris helgoland:ca and T’. septen-

trionalis, none of them has hitherto been recorded from the

British Marine Area. The list of species is as follows :—

* ‘Sur la Phylogénie des Dipneustes,’ 1895.

+ ‘Journal of Morphology,’ 1894, p. 102.

from the Atlantic adjacent to Ireland. 429

ALCIOPIN2.

Vanadis formosa, Claparéde.

Greeffia celuz (Greeff ).

Calhizona angelini (Kinberg).

setusa (Greet).

nasuta, Greetk,

TOMOPTERID&.

Tomopteris helgolandica, Greeff.

septentrionalis, Quatrefages (Steenstrup).

—— nissent, Rosa.

eavalli, Rosa.

TYPHLOSCOLECID&.

Travisiopsis lanceolata, sp. n.

levinsent, sp. N.

Sagiteila kowalewskiu, N. Wagner.

Sagitella sp.

Of these species only 7. helgolandica occurs in the coastal

waters and inland seas. ‘The others are found in the

Kuropean branch of the Gulf Stream, which flows in a

northerly direction past the west coast of Ireland.

A full report on this collection will shortly be published in

the ‘Scientific Investigations’ of the Fisheries Branch.

The two new species of T’ravisiopsis are distinguished by

the following characters :-—

~Travisiopsts lanceolata, sp. n.

Length 25-30 mm. Number of body-segments 22. Me-

dian dorsal papilla pear-shaped, with free posterior lobe.

Lateral tentacles long, reaching as far back as the middle of

the fourth segment. Prostomium conical, with filiform tip.

Cirri almost square, with narrow area of attachment. Anal

cirri powerful, lanceolate. Longitudinal muscles in dorsal

and ventral pairs, broad and close together.

Y Travistopsis levinsent, sp. n.

Length 20-24 mm. Body much slenderer than in the

previous species. Number of body-segments 25. Median

dorsal papilla sessile, without the posterior projecting lobe.

Lateral tentacles short and thick. In front of these, on each

side, is a smaller lobe. Prostomium conical, with filiform

tip. Cirri square, with very broad area of attachment.

Anal cirri powerful, spatulate. Longitudinal musclts in

dorsal and ventral pairs, narrower and further apart than in

T.. lanceolata.

430 Sir G. F, Hampson on

LX V.—Descriptions of new African Moths.

By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &e.

Noctuide.

Prvsrtane.

Polychrysia camptogamma, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with some greyish ;

tarsi ringed with whitish; abdomen grey suffused with

brown, whitish at base. Fore wing grey suffused with red-

brown and with slight dark irroration ; traces of a silvery

streak in base of submedian fold; subbasal line represented

by a curved silvery striga from costa; antemedial line repre-

sented by an oblique silvery striga from costa and inwardly

oblique sinuous silvery line from cell to inner margin; an

oblique silvery Y-shaped stigma below end of cell, filled in

with greyish and with downcurved silvery streak above it in

cell, the inner arm of the stigma sinuous, some golden

cupreous suffusion beyond and below it; postmedial line

indistinct, strongly bent outwards below costa and incurved

below the tail of the Y-shaped stigma, where there is some

silvery white on it, some greyish points beyond it on costa

and an oblique shade from below costa to its outer edge at

vein 4; subterminal line greyish defined on inner side by

dark brown from vein 7 to 2, and a wedge-shaped patch in

submedian fold excurved to termen at vein 6, then incurved,

a dark patch beyond it at middle ; a terminal series of black

strie defined on inner side by a greyish line. Hind wing

brown with a slight cupreous tinge ; cilia greyish with a

dark line at base; the underside grey-brown with diffused

grey-white medial shade.

Hab. Br. BE. Arrica, Kikuyu, Roromo (Crawshay), 1 3

type. Hap. 34 mm.

Plusia gammaloba, sp. un.

6. Head and thorax bright rufous mixed with grey ;

tegule with slight dark medial line and white tips; abdomen

pale rufous, the basal crest fiery red tipped with grey, the

crest on second segment brown tipped with grey. Fore

wing bright golden cupreous with slight dark irroration ;

subbasal line represented by a silvery striga from costa and

doublé striga from cell; antemedial line silvery defined by

cupreous brown, excurved below costa, angled inwards in

new African Moths. . 431

cell, oblique and sinuous from cell to inner margin; the

stigma formed by a small black spot defined at sides by

silvery striz above median nervure and a Y-shaped silvery

mark below the cell filled in with whitish, its tail bent

outwards and dilated into a triangular lobe filled in with

silvery white; reniform represented by a silvery striga

on upper discocellular, with elliptical cupreous brown mark

beyond it and two silvery striz below, forming with the

median nervure an incomplete triangle ; postmedial line in-

distinctly double, filled in with silvery grey, obliquely curved

and minutely waved from costa to submedian fold, where it

is angled inwards, then bent outwards, some grey-white

suffusion before and beyond it from costa to vein 3, narrowing

below; subterminal line silvery white, excurved from costa

to vein 6, then oblique, some grey-white beyond it at middle

and in submedian interspace; a fine silvery-white line just

before termen ; cilia grey-white mixed with cupreous brown.

Hind wing cupreous brown, the cilia with fine whitish line at

base and white tips; the underside whitish suffused and

irrorated with red-brown, an indistinct oblique postmedial

line, the area beyond it dark brown with a cupreous gloss,

?. Abdomen greyer; hind wing darker.

Hab. Mapaeascar, Betsileo (Cowan), 1 §, 1 2 type.

Exp., & 44, 2 40 mm.

Allied to P. biloba, Steph.

Plusia tetrastigma, sp. 0.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with

grey-white. Fore-wing grey-brown irrorated and striated

with dark brown, a large triangular patch of dark red-brown

extending obliquely from apex below costa into the end of

cell and down to vein 2; traces of a sinuous grey subbasal

line from costa to vein ] and of a sinuous grey antemedial

line; an oblique silvery stigma formed by a minute silver

lunule above median nervure towards end of cell, a round

spot below median nervure almost or quite touching an ellip-

tical spot with another round spot below it; reniform faintly

defined by grey and strongly constricted at middle; post-

medial line very slight and indistinct, grey, sinuous, angled

inwards in submedian fold below the silvery stigma; the

veins of terminal area slightly streaked with grey; a fine

waved grey subterminal line and fine waved grey line just

before termen. Hind wing whitish suffused with reddish

brown especially on terminal area; cilia whitish, with a brown

line through them ; the underside whitish irrorated with

432 Sir G. F. Hampson on

brown, the terminal area suffused with brown, a brown

discoidal lunule and faint subterminal shade.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), 1 9; Natat, Durban

(Bell-Marley), 1 ¢ type. Ezp. 34 mm.

Nearest to P. aranea, Hmpsn.

Plusia argyrodonta, sp. 0.

6. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey-white ; abdo-

men ochreous. Fore wing grey suffused with cupreous

brown and slightly striated with black ; subbasal line repre-

sented by double curved black striz from costa and oblique

white striga from cell defined on each side by black, rather

diffused on outer side; antemedial line double, black filled

in with whitish, obsolete on costal half and oblique from cell

to inner margin ; the stigma below the cell oblique V-shaped,

silvery white filled in with brownish white, its inner arm

sinuous ; reniform defined at sides by silvery white and black,

constricted at middle and slightly angled inwards above

median nervure; postmedial line double, filled in with

whitish, oblique from costa to submedian fold, then bent

outwards, somewhat dentate towards costa ; subterminal line

slight, whitish, defined on inner side by fuscous suffusion,

shghtly incurved at discal fold and angled outwards below

veins 4 and 3; a faint whitish line before termen and fine

black terminal line ; cilia white, mixed with brown at tips.

Hind wing pure white; a fine brown terminal line; the

underside with the costal area slightly irrorated with brown,

a discoidal point and postmedial series of minute streaks on

the veins.

Hab. Natat, Maritzburg, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 40 mm.

Allied to P. davendula, Hmpsn.

Plusia clarci, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown mixed with

grey-white; tegule with slight white line near base and

white tips. Fore wing pale grey largely suffused with

cupreous brown, especially at middle of medial area and

beyond the postmedial line, and sparsely irrorated with dark

brown ; subbasal line silvery white, straight, from costa to

vein ], a patch of cupreous brown suffusion beyond it; ante-

medial line represented by an oblique silvery-white striga

from costa and obliquely curved line from cell to inner margin

defined on each side slightly by dark brown; a small silver

U-shaped stigma filled in with grey below the cell towards

extremity, with a small rather triangular silver spot obliquely

new African Moths. 433

placed below it; reniform represented by an indistinct brown

bar on its inner edge and some slight spots on its outer, an

oblique brown shade to it from costa ; postmedial line double

grey-white filled in with brown, the outer line with silvery

outer edge, bent outwards below costa, then oblique, in-

curved at discal fold, then slightly sinuous ; a silvery-white

subterminal line from above vein 2 to tornus ; a grey-white

line just before termen from costa to vein 3, double towards

costa; a terminal series of slight dark brown lunules and

striz ; cilia brownish at base, grey-white at tips. Hind wing

whitish tinged: with brown, the terminal area broadly fuscous

brown with a cupreous tinge; cilia white, with a brown line

near base; the underside white thickly irrorated with brown,

oblique brown medial and postmedial rather indistinct lines,

and a broad diffused subterminal shade.

Hab. Natat, Durban (EF. L. Clark), 2 9 type. Ezp.

38 mm.

Nearest to P. davendula, Hmpsn.

Plusia microstigma, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown mixed with

grey; antenne with the shaft ringed with white towards

base ; tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing golden bronze-

brown thickly irrorated with grey ; traces of an oblique

antemedial line; the stigma below the cell small, oblique,

V-shaped, its outer arm and a small spot at its apex silvery

white ; orbicular and reniform very indistinctly defined by

grey, the former rather oblique elliptical, the latter con-

stricted at middle; an oblique indistinct rather diffused line

from lower angle of cell to inner margin; postmedial line

indistinct, oblique, sinuous; traces of a dark subterminal

line, excurved below vein 7, angled inwards at discal and

submedian folds and outwards below vein 4; a series of

minute white strie just before termen. Hind wing uniform

golden bronze-brown, the cilia with a pale line at base and

white tips ; the underside white thickly irrorated with brown,

the terminal area broadly fuscous, with some white irroration

near termen.

Hab. Goxv Coast (Johnston), 1 2 type. Hap. 26 mm.

Nearest to P. livida, Holl.

Plusia phocea, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax red-brown with a greyish tinge ;

tarsi ringed with whitish ; abdomen pale ochreous brown,

the basal crest and ventral surface grey-brown. Fore wing

red-brown with a silvery-grey gloss; subbasal line slight,

434 Sir G. F. Hampson on

whitish, from costa to vein 1; antemedial line obsolete on

costal half, slight, oblique, and silvery from cell to inner

margin, slightly defined on inner side by dark brown and on

outer by a dark shade expanding into a triangular patch

below the stigma, which is indistinct silvery U-shaped, with a

silvery-white point beyond its lower extremity; reniform

very indistinct, dark brown, with slight silvery points on its

inner and outer edges, rather quadrate ; an indistinct brown

spot at middle of costa and oblique shade from lower angle

of cell to inner margin; postmedial line slight, silvery, de-

fined on each side by dark brown, excurved below costa,

then oblique, excurved at middle and bent outwards below

submedian fold; subterminal line silvery grey defined on

inner side by dark brown suffusion, angled outwards at vein 7,

then slightly incurved and oblique to, tornus, some dark

suffusion beyond it at middle; a series of slight silvery striz

just before termen. Hind wing brown, with a cupreous

gloss; cilia white at tips; the underside whitish suffused

with brown, the terminal area broadly fuscous brown.

Hab. Natat, Durban (EH. L. Clark), 2 &§ type. Exp.

36 mm.

Closely allied to P. agramma, Guen.

Nocrvinz,

Exophila multistriata, sp. n.

Head and thorax grey-white tinged with rufous and

irrorated with a few black scales; abdomen pale brownish

grey. Fore wing pale ochreous brown with extremely

numerous pale striz and slight black irroration, suffused

with white except on terminal area; a faint oblique post-

medial dark shade from vein 5 to inner margin, with a black

spot on its outer edge at submedian fold; cilia somewhat

darker brown. Hind wing brownish ochreous with a faint

brown postmedial shade and some brown suffusion on termen ;

the underside ochreous white, the costal area and termen

except towards tornus irrorated with large black scales; a

black discoidal point.

Hab. Natat, Durban (Leigh), 3 g,5 2 type. Exp.

40-46 mm.

Closely allied to EZ. rectangularis, Hibn.

Lymantriade.

Caviria flavifrons, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; palpi, frons, and

new African Moths. 435

frout of pectus orange-yellow ; antennz with the branches

brownish ; fore and mid legs slightly streaked with brown.

Fore wing uniform silvery white. Hind wing semihyaline

white with a silvery gloss.

Hab. Br. E. Arnica, Mdimu (Betton), 1 ¢ type. Exp.

46 mm.

Allied to C. luteipes, W1k.

Redoa rufiterga, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax red-brown with some white mixed ;

palpi black and white; antenne with the shaft white, the

branches red-brown ; pectus and legs white, the fore and

mid legs tinged with ochreous and irrorated with black ;

abdomen white, with slight dark segmental rings except at

extremity and below, and lateral streaks except at extremity.

Fore wing silvery white with a very few black scales on veins

of terminal area; the costal edge yellowish, black towards

base and apex; a small black spot in middle of cell and four

points at lower angle; cilia yellow at tips. Hind wing pure

white.

Hab. 8. Niceria, Lagos (Boag), 1 g type. Exp. 50mm.

Pteredoa hololeuca, sp. n.

Fore wing with veins 10, 11 coincident.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pure white; palpi black

above; antennz with the branches brownish; tibiz and tarsi

streaked with black. Fore wing pure white. Hind wing

semihyaline white.

Hab. Ucanpa, Entebbe (Minchin), 1 2 type. ap.

o4 mm.

Near P. usebia, Swinh.

Pteredoa atripalpia, sp. nu.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; palpi black above ;

antennz brownish ochreous ; tibiz streaked with black, the

tarsi black ; abdomen ventrally tinged with ochreous. Fore

wing white tinged with ochreous. Hind wing white.

Hab. Asyssinia, Atbara R. (Gerrard), 1 ?, Galla Co.

(Degen), 1 2 type. Hap. 38 mm.

Near P. usebia, Swinh.

Porthesia erythrosticta, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax ochreous white ; palpi with some

black scales ; antenne brownish; abdomen white, the anal

436 Sir G. F. Hampson on

tuft fulvous yellow. Fore wing ochreous white; a post-

medial spot formed of black scales above vein 7 and orange-

red spot irrorated with black below vein 7, a minute orange-

red and black mark below vein 4, and three obliquely placed

orange-red and black spots between vein 2 and inner margin.

Hind wing white.

Hab, Supsn, Khartum (Longstaff), 1 % type. Ezp.

36 mm.

Resembles Euproctis rufopunctata, W1k.

Euproctis lepidographa, sp. n.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4: stalked almost to termen.

?. Head and thorax yellow ; abdomen white, the ventral

surface tinged with yellow, the anal tuft reddish brown.

Fore wing yellow; antemedial line defined, except at costa, by

broad bands of raised black scales interrupted at the veins

and submedian fold, curved; postmedial line defined on each

side by patches of raised black scales in the interspaces, con-

fluent at inner margin with the scales beyond the antemedial

line, the line angled outwards at vein 4, then oblique. Hind

wing white.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 2? type. Hap.

34 mm.

Allied to E. inconcisa, Wlk., from India.

Euproctis rufiterga, sp. un.

¢. Head and thorax white suffused with rufous; antenne

with the branches rufous; hind legs and abdomen white.

Fore wing white; a slight rufous tinge at base; a yellowish

patch below middle of cell; some black scales on disco-

cellulars and a large patch of raised black scales on a

yellowish patch between lower angle of cell and inner mar-

gin; a subterminal point below vein 8, small spot below 6,

and a few scales above tornus. Hind wing white.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 3 type. Eup.

26 mm.

Nearest to H. fasciata, W1k.

Euproctis melanopholis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with ochreous

yellow. Fore wing white tinged with ochreous yellow, the

inner area irrorated with a few large black scales except

towards base; a black discoidal point; subterminal points

formed of brown and black scales from costa to below vein 5

new African Moths. 437

and a point below vein 3, with yellow patches before them

below costa and at middle. Hind wing white.

On the right-hand side of the type the neuration is much

distorted, veins 6, 7 being strongly stalked, with a bar above

vein 7 as if to form part of a very long and incomplete

areole.

Hab. Goup Coast, Ashanti, Obuassi (Bergman), 1 ? type.

Exp. 36 mm.

Nearest to E. rubroguttata, Auriv.

Kuproctis fumitincta, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax reddish ochreous with a few brown

hairs; palpi and fore legs in front suffused with fuscous ;

abdomen brownish ochreous. [ore wing brownish ochreous ;

the costal edge brown, black towards base ; a faint reddish-

brown shade at end of cell from below costa to inner margin.

Hind wing ochreous suffused with brown. Underside of

both wings suffused with fuscous brown.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 g type. Exp.

20 mm.

Nearest to E. cervina, Moore, from Ceylon.

Euproctis xanthosoma, sp. n.

gd. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with grey-white ;

palpi orange; frons with some orange hairs; tarsi dark

brown banded with white; abdomen orange-yellow with

dorsal series of black spots, the lateral tufts of hair with

brown mixed. Fore wing dark brown mixed with grey-

white ; a subbasal brown point in cell ; an antemedial series

of points formed of raised brown scales from cell to inner

margin ; a point in upper part of middle of cell and point

below middle of cell ; slight bars across end of cell and on

discocellulars ; a postmedial punctiform line formed of brown

scales, oblique from vein 4 to submedian fold, then some-

what bent outwards to inner margin; a punctiform sub-

terminal line slightly exeurved at middle ; a terminal series

of blackish striz. Hind wing uniform dark brown; the

underside with a greyish tinge.

Hab. Stpan, White Nile, Kosti (Longstaf’), 1 % type.

Eap, 20 mm.

Very distinct from all other species known to me.

Lacipa heterosticta, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the patagia with

438 Sir G. I. Hampson on

orange spots, the anal tuft blackish brown. Fore wing

white ; subbasal orange spots below costa and cell; an ante-

medial orange spot below costa, a spot rather further from

base below the cell, and spot above vein 1; an orange bar

across middle of cell; a postmedial series of small orange

spots, obliquely curved from below costa towards apex to

below end of cell, then erect ; the spots below veins 5 and 4

sometimes black and the spot below end of cell sometimes

with some black on it. Hind wing white.

Hab. Ucanna, White Nile, Gondokoro (Reynes-Cole),5 2

type. Exp. 22-28 mm.

Allied to L. gemmata, Dist.

Lacipa argyroleuca, sp. un.

3. Head and thorax white, the latter with orange streaks

on dorsum and patagia; palpi and lower part of frons

orange ; antenne with the branches rufous; legs tinged

with brown, the fore femora black above ; abdomen white

tinged with yellow towards extremity. Fore wing silvery

white ; the costal edge brown; an orange subbasal band,

oblique to below the cell; an orange antemedial band,

interrupted at the veins, excurved in cell; an orange dis-

coidal spot; a maculate orange postmedial band, excurved to

vein 4, then incurved, the spots below veins 5 and 4 black ;

a subterminal series of orange spots. Hind wing white.

Hab. 8. Nierrta, Lagos, Ebute Meta (Boag), 1 ¢ type.

Exp. 24 mm.

Allied to L. gemmata, Dist.

Lacipa melanosticta, sp. n.

3d. Head and thorax white; palpi black fringed with

yellow in front; antennz with the branches brown; legs

black on inner side, the tarsi banded with black ; abdomen

yellowish white with blackish segmental rings. Fore wing

white, the costa fuscous, narrowly towards base; an ante-

medial black point in submedian fold, traces of a yellow

antemedial line angled outwards in cell; three black points

at end of cell in an inverted triangle and black points beyond

lower angle of cell below veins 5 and 4, with traces of an

oblique yellow postmedial line just beyond them slightly

incurved below vein 4; a series of black points before termen.

Hind wing pale yellow, with series of slight black points just

before termen from apex to vein 2. Underside of fore wing

suffused with fuscous, the inner area yellowish; hind wing

with black discoidal spot.

new African Moths. 439

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Nairobi (Ford), 1 3 type; Ucanpa,

Ketoma (Doggett), 1 ¢, Mulema (Doggett), 1d. Kap.

30 mm.

Allied to L. florida, Swinh.

Lacipa flavitincta, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow ; antenne

with the branches brownish. Fore wing white faintly tinged

with yellow, more strongly so at base, and very slightly

irrorated with fuscous scales; an indistinct curved yellow

antemedial line ; two black points in end of cell and one

beyond the cell; a yellow postmedial line, oblique from

costa towards apex to submedian fold, then erect ; traces of

an oblique brownish subterminal shade; a series of small

black spots just before termen. Hind wing white.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Machakos (Crawshay), 1 2? type;

Ucanpa, Mulema (Doggett), 1 2. Eup. 24 mm.

Allied to L. florida, Swinh.

Lacipa croceigramma, sp. 0.

6. Head and thorax white, the tegule orange; palpi

black fringed with yellow in front; antenne with the

branches rufous ; fore legs fuscous in front ; abdomen yellow

with black segmental rings. Fore wing silvery white ; sub-

basal orange spots below costa and cell; an antemedial

black point in submedian fold, followed by an orange band

slightly bent inwards below the cell; two black points in

end of cell and two or one just beyond the cell; an orange

postmedial band, slightly incurved below vein 4; a series of

black points just before termen. Hind wing white faintly

tinged with yellow ; the underside with black discoidal spot

and sometimes three small spots just before termen below

apex.

Hab. N. Niceria, Lokoja (Dudgeon), 3 3 type. Exp.

22 mm.

Allied to Z. sundara, Swinh.

Lelia evanescens, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax fulvous yellow ; palpi with the second

joint black above ; legs black in front; abdomen brownish

white, the ventral surface fulvous yellow. Fore wing pale

yellow, the costa tinged with fulvous towards base ; a post-

medial series of faint brownish spots, the spots below veins

3 and 2 bent inwards below the cell. Hind wing pale

yellow.

440 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Hab. Ueanna, White Nile, Gondokoro (Reynes-Cole),

3 3 type, Bugoma (Ladbury), 1 3, Marengi (Christy), 1 3;

Br. E. Arrica, Kanisa (Betton), 2 g ,Shambe (Betton), 12.

Exp. 30-40 mm.

Closely allied to L. setinotdes, Holl., and adspersa, H.-S.

Lelia fuscinotata, sp. n.

od. Head and thorax pale reddish brown mixed with

fuscous; legs blackish in front; abdomen pale ochreous,

the ventral surface deeper ochreous. Fore wing pale reddish

brown thickly irrorated with black ; two almost conjoined

medial black points in submedian interspace; a _ small

blackish spot just beyond the cell and a spot below vein 3

below end of cell; small subterminal black spots above and

below vein 7 and slight marks above and below vein 4; cilia

chequered pale reddish brown and fuscous. Hind wing

whitish tinged with ochreous brown ; traces of subterminal

fuscous spots from costa to vein 2, towards which they are

bent inwards ; the termen slightly irrorated with fuscous ;

the underside slightly irrorated with black except on inner

area, the subterminal spots more distinct.

?. Much darker brown; fore and hind wings without

spots.

Hab. Ucanna, Ruwenzori (Wollaston), 1 ¢ type, Marengi

(Christy), 1°.

Nearest to L. figlina, Dist.

Lelia perbrunnea, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax dark red-brown mixed with black-

brown ; abdomen red-brown. Fore wing dark red-brown

slightly irrorated with black ; a blackish discoidal bar. Hind

wing pale reddish brown with slight dark irroration.

Hab. Br. EB. Arrica, Njoro (Cholmley), 1 ¢ type. Ezp.

34-40 mm.

Nearest to L. figlina, Dist.

Lelia albida, sp. n.

d. Head and thorax fulvous yellow; abdomen white,

the ventral surface tinged with yellow. Fore wing yellowish

white, the base of costa slightly tinged with fulvous. Hind

wing semihyaline white.

Hab. S. Nicerta, Sapele (Sampson), 1 8 type. Ezap.

34 mm.

Near L. adspersa, H.-S., but without spots on fore wing.

new African Moths. 441

Lelia nigripes, sp. 0.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous yellow ; antenne

with the branches rufous; fore and mid legs black in front.

Fore wing semihyaline ochreous white, the base and costal

edge tinged with fulvous. Hind wing semihyaline ochreous

white. Underside of both wings tinged with fulvous ; fore

wing with a faint brownish tinge on disk.

Hab. N. Niceria, Borgu, Yelwa Lake (Migeod), 1 3 type.

Exp. 26 mm.

Near L. adspersa, H.-S., but without spots on fore wing.

Lelia seminuda, sp. n.

g. Head, thorax, anc abdomen fulvous brown; tibie and

tarsi tinged with fuscous. Fore wing fulvous brown, rather

thinly scaled and with a faint fuscous tinge on disk; cilia

yellowish rufous. Hind wing semihyaline rufous, the cilia

yellowish rufous.

?. Wings much paler semibyaline rufous; anal tuft

fuscous brown.

Hab. Suvan, White Nile, Roseires (Longstaf#), 1 g type,

Gondokoro (Reynes-Cole), 1 9; Br. E. Arrica, Sanduk

(Belton),1 9. Hap., 6 32, 9°44 mm.

Near L. testacea, Wlk., but without the discoidal spot on

fore wing.

Lelia atrisquamata, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white; palpi

blackish at tips; antennze with the branches brown ; fore

legs irrorated with black in front. Fore wing ochreous

white irrorated with a few large black scales; small spots

formed of aggregations of a few black scales at middle of

cell and lower angle. Hind wing white with a faint ochreous

Tmses | .

Hab. Gown Coast, Ashanti, Obuassi (Bergman), 1 2? type.

Eep. 56 mm.

Lelia sericea, sp. nu.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white ; palpi

orange; antennz with the branches rufous ; tibie and tarsi

streaked with fuscous ; abdomen fulvous yellow below. Fore

wing silky whitish tinged with brownish ochreous, the costal

area more ochreous, the veins slightly darker, the cilia

ochreous white. Hind wing silky whitish tinged with brown,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 30

442 Sir G. F. Hampson oa

the cilia ochreous white. Underside of both wings tinged

with rufous.

9. Anal tuft brown; wings semihyaline whitish, the veins

of fore wing brownish; the underside with the costa of both

wings slightly tinged with rufous.

Hab. Ucanpa, White Nile, Gondokoro (Reynes-Cole), 2 3 ,

Ketoma (Doggett), 1 2; TransvaaLt, Warmbad (Janse),1,

1¢ type. Exp. 38-40 mm.

Nearest to L. phlebitis, Hmpsn.

Lelia discolepia, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow; palpi,

fore and mid legs irrorated with black ; antenne with the

shaft irrorated with black, the branches black. Fore wing

ochreous yellow ; a patch of irroration formed of large black

scales in and beyond end of cell; a few large black scales

in cell near base and on inner and terminal areas ; the cilia

with some black scales at tips towards apex. Hind wing

rather paler ochreous yellow; the underside with a few black

scales on costal area towards apex.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Dudgeon), 1 2 type. Exp. 50 mm.

Lelia rivularis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax pale ochreous brown; abdomen

brownish white. Fore wing pale ochreous brown ; a blackish

antemedial point below the cell; an indistinct brownish line

from middle of costa, acutely angled outwards to lower angle

of cell, where it is met by an indistinct oblique line from

costa beyond middle, then bent inwards to origin of vein 2

and oblique to inner margin ; an oblique straight brown line

from costa towards apex to middle of inner margin, the area

before it rather whiter between veins 5 and 2; a brownish

subterminal line with more or less complete series of small

black spots on it and slightly defined on outer side by

ochreous, oblique below vein 4; cilia blackish at tips. Hind

wing white tinged with ochreous brown; a subterminal

maculate dark line from vein 6 to inner margin ; the termen

with slight brown irroration. Underside of fore wing with

diffused oblique brown patch at upper angle of cell and post-

medial line oblique to vein 2, then erect; hind wing with

dark discoidal spot and postmedial line excurved below

costa.

Ab. 1. Fore wing yellow; bind wing yellowish white.

Masevi.

new African Moths. 443

Hab. Ucanns, Masevi (Christy), 1 2, Ruwenzori (Wollas-

ton), 1 2 type. zp. 48 mm.

Allied to LZ. diapera, Hmpsn., and fracta, Schaus.

Lelia straminea, sp, n.

?. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with red-brown ;

fore tibie and tarsi red-brown on inner side; abdomen

ochreous white faintly tinged with rufous. Fore wing

ochreous tinged with rufous and irrorated with red-brown ;

antemedial line indistinct, red-brown, slightly excurved below

costa, then erect; slight brown points in and beyond lower

angle of cell and slight points or minute streaks beyond

upper angle above aud below vein 7; postmedial line red-

brown, very oblique, straight ; an oblique subterminal series

of smail brown spots in the interspaces from below vein 7 to

inner margin ; cilia red-brown. Hind wing creamy white

with a faint red-brown tinge at middle of termen; the

underside with the termen slightly irrorated with red-brown

from apex to vein 2.

Hab. 8S. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 2 2? type.

Exp. 50 mm.

Allied to L. rivularis.

Lela gigantea, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with red-

brown ; palpi with the second joint blackish above; fore

femora with some dark brown hair above. Fore wing

ochreous suffused with red-brown and slightly irrorated with

black, the basal half paler except at costa and inner margin

with oblique outer edge; traces of a rather diffused dentate

brownish antemedial line from below median nervure to

inner margin; a small spot formed of aggregated black

scales above base of vein 7; two rather diffused very oblique

brown postmedial lines and two similar subterminal lines

crossed by an oblique brown shade from apex to inner margin

just beyond postmedial line. Hind wing ochreous tinged

with rufous; a faint brownish discoidal spot; the terminal

area slightly irrorated with black; a fine brown terminal

line. Underside of fore wing with oblique fuscous-brown

discoidal bar; hind wing with discoidal lunule.

Hab, Cameroons, ¢ in Coll. Druce; Ucanpa, Bugoma

(Ladbury), 1 2 type. Exp. 82 mm.

Allied to L. rivularis.

Lela fulvicosta, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax fulvous brown, the branches of

30*

444 Sir G. F. Hampson on

antenne brown; abdomen dark greyish brown with the

ventral surface fulvous. Fore wing dark red-brown, the

costal edge and cilia fulvous. Hind wing semihyaline dark

red-brown, the cilia fulvous at tips.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Lokoja (Dudgeon), 1 g type. Hap.

22 mm.

Genus STENAROA, Noy.

Type S. ignepicta.

Proboscis minute; palpi porrect, extending about the

length of head ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round; antenne

of male bipectinate with long branches to apex and with

large tuft of hair from basal joint; tibie moderately fringed

ih hair, the hind tibiz with terminal pair of spurs only.

Fore wing rather long and narrow, the apex rounded, the

termen obliquely curved ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of

cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9, 10

stalked ; 1] from cell. Hind wing with vein 3 from near

angle of cell; 5 from above angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle ;

8 connected with the cell by a bar near middle.

Stenaroa ignepicta, sp. n.

¢. Head and tegule yellow mixed with fiery red;

antennee and thorax deep red-brown ; legs yellow, the tibize

tinged with fiery red; abdomen dark ‘red- brown, the ventral

surface yellowish white. Fore wing dark red-brown ; ante-

medial yellow and fiery-red spots in cell and submedian

interspace ; a large discoidal spot and slight spots on vein 2

and in submedian fold below end of cell; subterminal yellow

and fiery-red spots between veins 7, 6 and 5 and &. Hind

wing dark red-brown.

Hab. Mapacascar, Betsileo (Cowan), 1 g type. LEzp.

24 mm,

Aroa leonensis, sp. u.

g. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with greyish;

antennse with the shaft ochreous white, the branches red-

brown ; palpi and legs whitish tinged with brown ; abdomen

fuscous ringed with white, the ventral surface white. Fore

wing grey tinged with rufous and irrorated with fuscous ;

subbasal line brown somewhat sinuous and oblique, extending

to inner margin ; antemedial line whitish, oblique, slightly

excurved at median nervure, a band of chocolate-red suffusion

beyond it; an indistinct dark medial line, incurved at sub-

median fold ; a faint dark discoidal bar; the postmedial area

new African Moths. 445

with diffused whitish patch on disk ; two well-separated dark

postmedial lines incurved between vein 3 and submedian

fold; terminal area dark chocolate-brown, extending to

postmedial line on costal area, its inner edge then excurved,

angled inwards between veins 3 and 2 and ending on termen

above tornus ; a slight dark terminal line; cilia whitish

tinged with red-brown and with dark brown line through

them. Hind wing greyish brown, the apical area dark

brown obliquely from middle of costa to termen at vein 2 ;

cilia whitish tinged with brown and with dark brown line

through them ; the underside greyish tinged with red-brown

and irrorated with dark brown, the apical area darker, a

sinuous dark postmedial line.

Hab. Stexra Leone (Bartlett), 1 g type. Lup. 32 mm,

Allied to A. achrodisca, Hmpsn.

Crgyia vetusta, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with brown ;

antenne with the branches brown. Fore wing greyish

suffused with red-brown and more or less irrorated with

black, the medial avea more or less suffused with fuscous except

towards costa ; a faint blackish subbasal line from costa to

submedian fold; a diffused oblique sinuous antemedial line

defined by whitish on outer side; a reddish discoidal lunule

defined by black and produced at upper extremity ; post-

medial line diffused, black, dentate and excurved to vein 4,

then strongly incurved and defined on inner side by whitish ;

a curved subterminal series of rather elongate black spots

from costa to vein 3, towards costa placed on a whitish

patch; cilia rufous mixed with black. Hind wing brown

tinged with fuscous, the cilia paler and tinged with rufous.

Underside of both wings greyish suffused with fuscous brown,

the terminal area of fore wing and inner area of hind wing

grey.

Hab. Nicerta (Dudgeon), 1 $, Yorubaland, Ogbomoso

(Carter), 1 S type. Hap. 24 mm.

Allied to O. postica, W\k., from India.

Dasychira umbricolora, sp. n.

Abdomen with dorsal crests on basal segments.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen umber-brown, the last

with the crests blackish ; palpi and frons at sides blackish ;

tarsi blackish with pale rings; ventral surface of abdomen

white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing umber-brown with

446 Sir G. F. Hampson on

darker shadings and slightly irrorated with black; ante-

medial line hardly traceable, oblique below submedian fold ;

a few black scales on discocellulars and traces of an oblique

line from lower angle of cell to inner margin at antemedial

line ; postmedial line very indistinct, dark, excurved below

there is a faint streak of white scales between it and medial

line ; subterminal line indistinct, blackish, angled inwards

below costa, excurved below vein 7 and angled outwards

below vein 4, connected below veins 7 and 4 by short streaks

with the series of black strize just before termen ; a fine dark

terminal line ; cilia chequered brown and black. Hind wing

reddish brown, the cilia chequered brown and black; the

underside grey tinged and irrorated with brown, a blackish

discoidal lunule and maculate postmedial and subterminal

bands from costa to vein 1.

Hab. 8. Nicreria, Lagos, Ebute Meta (Boag), 1 ¢ type,

Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 @. Exp. 32-34 mm.

Nearest to D. striata, Holl.

Dasychira thermoplaga, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax pale brownish grey with a diffused

red-brown fascia on vertex of head and thorax ; palpi at sides

and frontal tuft red-brown; tarsi with the tufts of scales

blackish; abdomen grey tinged with brown, the crests

blackish. Fore wing: grey tinged with olive and irrorated

with red-brown; a red-brown patch at base of costa ex-

tending to just below the cell, where it is produced outwards ;

rather conical red-brown patches at middle of costa and inner

margin, the former including an indistinctly defined narrow

discoidal lunule ; small subterminal red-brown spots on costa,

below veins 5 and 2, and on inner margin; cilia with a series

of black-brown spots. Hind wing ochreous white tinged

with brown; cilia with a series of small brown spots; the

underside ochreous white slightly irrorated with brown.

Hab. Sterra Leone (Dudgeon), 1 g type. Exp. 30mm.

Nearest to D. whitei, Druce.

Dasychira endophea, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax black-brown mixed with some red-

brown and grey ; tarsi slightly ringed with whitish ; abdomen

grey-brown suffused with black-brown. Fore wing black-

brown mixed with some red-brown and grey, a diffused

ochreous patch suffused with red-brown on antemedial area

from costa to median nervure and a large subterminal patch

new African Moths. 447

from costa to just below vein 3 with irregular edges; an

indistinct curved black subbasal line from costa to vein 1 ;

traces of a curved antemedial line and of an oblique medial

line from lower angle of cell to inner margin; postmedial

line indistinct, dentate from costa to vein 4, then incurved ;

the pale patch with its inner edge angled outwards below

costa and at discal fold and its outer edge angled inwards at

discal fold; the subterminal line only defined by rather

dentate black-brown patches on its inner side, the mark

below costa placed on the pale patch, then angled outwards

to near termen at veins 7, 6, inwards at discal fold, outwards

at vein 4, then incurved; cilia intersected by whitish at the

veins. Hind wing greyish brown, the cilia whitish at tips ;

the underside ochreous suffused with reddish brown, a

diffused discoidal lunule, oblique diffused postmedial line,

and diffused subterminal line.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 9 type. Ezp.

56 mm.

Alhed to D. antica, Wik.,=albilunulata, Karsch.

Dasychira magnifica, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax brown mixed with yellowish, the

patagia with some long spatulate yellow and black scales ;

antenne with the shaft whitish irrorated with black ; tarsi

ringed with yellowish ; abdomen orange, the crests on three

basal segments black, followed by black bands on the

terminal segments, the anal tuft blackish tipped with yellow,

the ventral surface brown and orange mixed. Fore wing

pale red-brown irrorated with black, a band of blackish-

brown suffusion beyond the medial line, broad towards costa,

the terminal area tinged with greyish; subbasal line blackish,

excurved below costa and cell and ending at vein 1; ante-

medial and medial lines black defined on outer side by

greyish, minutely waved; reniform defined by slight black

points; postmedial line blackish defined on inner side by a

yellowish bar at costa, bent outward below costa, then

minutely dentate, angled outwards at vein 4, then incurved ;

a subterminal series of small somewhat dentate black spots

defined on outer side by whitish ; a slight irregularly crenu-

late black line just before termen. Hind wing bright orange,

the terminal area broadly black, its inner edge somewhat

excurved at middle ; cilia ochreous white and fuscous mixed ;

the underside orange, the costa and the terminal area irrorated

with black-brown, a black discoidal spot, a maculate sinuous

blackish postmedial band.

Hab. Nieerta (Dudgeon), 1 3 type. Eap. 64 mm.

448, Sir G. F. Hampson on

Dasychira phoca, sp. un.

Abdomen without dorsal crests.

¢. Head and thorax black-brown; tarsi mixed with

whitish ; abdomen brownish ochreous, the ventral surface

darker. J ore wing ochreous brown with a cupreous gloss ;

subbasal line blackish, excurved below costa and cell, and

ending at vein 1 ; antemedial line indistinct, blackish, curved,

waved; the discocellulars defined by blackish strie; a

waved blackish line from lower angle of cell to inner margin ;

postmedial line indistinct, dark, minutely dentate towards

costa, incurved and slightly sinuous below vein 4 an in-

distinct waved blackish subterminal line, excurved at veins

6 and 4; a series of curved blackish striz just before termen.

Hind wing white tinged with brownish ochreous.

?. Abdomen grey tinged with ochreous brown; fore

wing almost entirely suffused with black-brown ; hind wing

whitish tinged with fuscous brown; the underside white

thickly irrorated with brown.

Hab. Ucanva, Mulema (Doggett), 1 3 type. Hap. 36-

38 mm.

Dasychira pheosia, sp. n.

d. Head and thorax grey mixed with white and red-brown ;

antenne with the branches rufous; tips of patagia and meta-

thorax red-brown; fore tibiz and tarsi red-brown streaked

with blackish; abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous, a

dorsal black streak on basal segments, some dark brown

suffusion at middle. Fore wing ochreous tinged with

rufous ; an interrupted red-brown streak below basal half of

costa and two streaks in cell; a curved dark red-brown

fascia from base of costa along vein 1 to beyond middle,

then upwards to just before termen at vein 7; a slight

double streak with deep red-brown above it above medial

part of inner margin, bent upwards to above vein 1] at extre-

mity; the tornal area greyish; reniform faintly defined

by some dark scales; slight red-brown streaks below costa

towards apex; a fine blackish terminal line; cilia greyish

with some blackish at tips. Hind. wing yellowish white;

the cilia with a dark line through them; the underside with

faint brown spot at upper angle of cell.

2. Fore wing suffused with red-brown and irrorated with

blackish, the interspaces beyond the cell with obscure streaks,

the reniform more distinct, with pale centre; hind wing

suffused with brown; the underside suffused and. irrorated

new African Moths. 449

with brown, a dark discoidal spot and diffused curved post-

medial and subterminal lines.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 g type; 8. Ni-

cERIA, Lagos (Strachan),1 2. Ezxp., o 42, 9 44mm.

Near D. lignea, Butl., from Madagascar.

Dasychira griseinubes, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous mixed with

ochreous, the ventral surface of abdomen yellower. Fore

wing ochreous suffused with rufous and irrorated with red-

brown; a curved red-brown antemedial line slightly defined

on inner side by ochreous and with a diffused leadien-grey

band on its outer side from costa to above vein 1, obscurely

forked towards costa; reniform very indistinctly defined by

red-brown, its outer edge with long teeth on veins 6 and 4 to

postmedial line, which is red-brown, very strongly dentate,

the tooth on vein 4 extending to near termen, double below

vein 3; the terminal area suffused with red-brown and with

a faint sinuous dark line before termen ; cilia black-brown

at tips. Hind wing ochreous suffused with rufous; the

underside with diffused brown postmedial Jine, excurved to

vein 5, then incurved and ending at submedian fold, a rather

maculate brown subterminal line from costa to vein 2, obso-

lescent below vein 5.

Hab. S. Nigeria, Sapele (Sampson), 1 9 type. Hap.

42 mm.

Dasychira poliotis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax white mixed with pale brown; an-

tennze with the branches rufous; fore tibiz irrorated with

black, the tarsi blackish ringed with white; abdomen white,

dorsally suffused with pale reddish brown and with some

yellow at sides. Fore wing white tinged and thickly irrorated

with brown, the veins brown : ; traces of a waved antemedial

line; a triangular discoidal mark defined by brown; a brown

line from origin of vein 2 to inner margin, angled outwards

below vein 2, then slightly sinuous and traces of an obliquely

curved line from costa beyond the cell to lower angle of cell ;

postmedial line rather diffused, brown, obliquely curved and

somewhat dentate; traces of a maculate brownish subter-

minal line and a series of small blackish spots just before

termen ; a fine dark terminal line. Hind wing white.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), 1 9 type. Hap.

54 mm.

Allied to D. horsfieldi, Moore.

450 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Dasychira bryophilina, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax yellowish white with a black bar on

prothorax and paired spots on meso- and metathorax; palpi

and lower part of frons black; antennz with short black

branches ; femora black above, the tibize and tarsi banded

with black; abdomen white suffused with black. Fore wing

yellowish white ; a curved black subbasal line from costa to

below vein 1 near base, emitting a short streak below costa ;

the antemedial area with slight black striga above inner

margin; antemedial line strong, black, angled outwards at

median nervure and inwards at submedian fold; a black

patch at middle of inner margin conjoining the antemedial,

medial, and postmedial lines; a small round black spot at

middle of cell; reniform defined by black and with some

black in centre; medial line oblique from costa to reniform

and incurved from cell to the black patch, some black suffu-

sion beyond it below costa and cell; postmedial line black,

strongly bent outwards below costa, slightly angled inwards

at discal fold, below vein 4 incurved to near the medial line

and produced to very short streaks at the veins; a black

spot on costa before apex, very slight subterminal streaks

on the veins, and an oblique black bar at tornus; a black

terminal line; cilia intersected by black streaks. Hind wing

white tinged with fuscous, the terminal area suffused with

fuscous ; a slight discoidal lunule and terminal series of

points and striz ; cilia pure white; the underside with the

costal area suffused and irrorated with blackish, the discoidal

lunule stronger.

Hab. Carre Corony, Deelfontein (Sloggett), 1 9 type.

Exp. 32 mm.

Ailied to D. octophora, Hmpsn.

Dasychira pyrosoma, sp. 0.

3. Head and thorax white, the tegule, upper part of

patagia, throat, fore femora, and the tibiz tinged with yellow ;

palpi with the second joint black above, tinged with yellow in

front; antennze with the branches rufous; abdomen white,

the basal segment with slight dorsal tuft of orange-red

hair, the second to sixth segments with broad fiery scarlet

subdorsal bands, leaving slight white segmental lines and a

dorsal streak. Fore wing silvery white; traces of a bisinuate

yellowish antemedial line and of a discoidal Innule defined by

yellowish ; the terminal area with four fait curved yellowish

lines; cilia faintly yellowish at base. Hind wing silvery

white.

new African Moths. 451

Hab. Transvaar, Johannesburg (Cooke),1 g type. LEzp.

52 mm.

Allied to D. confinis, Dist.

Dasychira leucogramma, sp. n.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4 strongly stalked.

¢. Head and thorax white mixed with red-brown; abdo-

men white. Fore wing white suffused with red-brown; a

white streak in submedian fold ; an oblique white line from

costa before middle to the submedian streak near base,

another line from the same point on costa to the submedian

streak beyond middle, where it is joined by an oblique white

line from costa towards apex. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Sierra Leone, Port Lokko (Penny), 1 9 type.

Exp. 24 mm.

Aclonophlebia triangulifera, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with

rufous ; antennz black-brown except at base ; abdomen with

small dorsal black-brown spots on second, fourth, and fifth

segments and lateral spots on third and fourth segments.

Fore wing ochreous yellow tinged with red-brown and irro-

rated with dark brown on terminal half ; two slight subbasal

black points in submedian interspace ; a medial triangular

chocolate-brown patch from below origin of vein 2 to vein 1,

edged by black defined by pale yellow, and with oblique

black striz from its angles to inner margin; an ill-defined

conical yellow postmedial patch from costa to discal fold and

a spot between veins 4 and 3, before the subterminal series

of faint brownish spots incurved at discal fold; cilia with

some dark brown at tips. Hind wing creamy white, the

tornal area suffused with brownish.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Taveta (Rogers), 1 9 type. Exp.

338 mm.

Allied to A. flavinotata, Butl.

Lomadonta ochriaria, sp. u.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous yellow ;

palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen orange-

yellow; antennz with the branches rufous; anal tuft dark

brown mixed with greyish. Fore wing pale ochreous yellow

irrorated with dark brown; traces of a diffused oblique

shade of thicker irroration from middle of cell to inner margin,

a faint patch of thicker irroration in end of cell, and traces

452 Sir G. F. Hampson on

of curved postmedial and subterminal shades. Hind wing

white, the inner area and termen with an ochreous tinge.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 2 type. Lup.

40 mm.

Hypside.

Digama strabonis, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax white, the frons below and above,

the tegule at middle and sides, the patagia and prothorax

with paired black spots ; palpi with black spots at extre-

mities of first, second, and third joints ; pectus and legs

yellowish white, the fore coxe and pectus at sides with black’

spots; abdomen pale yellow, with dorsal, lateral, and sub-

lateral series of black spots. Fore wing grey-brown; an

irregular white patch at base edged with blackish and

almost conjoined to a large very irregular white antemedial

patch edged with blackish and with black spots on it below

the ceil and above inner margin, the upper edge of the patch

with two projections to below costa, and the outer edge with

two projections in submedian interspace, a small white spot

beyond it above inner margin; an elliptical white spot edged

with blackish in end of cell conjoined to a spot on costa and

with round black spot on it near its inner lower edge; a

broad extremely irregular white postmedial band edged with

blackish extending into the end of cell and with small black

spots on it at the angles of cell and small brown spots beyond

the cell above vein 6 and on vein 4, the upper spot elongate,

the band expanding on inner side at middle and at vein 1

and on outer with rounded projections below vein 7, at

middle and submedian interspace ; a series of darker brown

spots on termen. Hind wing pale yellow, with a blackish-

brown terminal band from apex to vein 3, where it narrows

to a point, its inner edge sinuous ; cilia white, brown at apex.

Underside of fore wing with brown fascia along median

nervure from before middle, expanding into a triangular

patch extending to below costa beyond the cell, asmall black

spot on costa before middle, a round spot at middle of cell,

and a diffused blackish patch at upper angle of cell.

Hab. Transvaat (Pead),1 ? type. Hap. 42 mm.

Allied to D. sinuosa, Hmpsn.

Digama nepheloptera, sp. nu.

3. Head and thorax white tinged with brown; tegule

with black spots ; patagia with black spots on shoulders and

new African Moths. 453

two above ; meso- and metathorax with black spots; palpi

with the third joint black ; antennz blackish; coxe with

black spots ; legs tinged with fuscous ; abdomen yellow, with

dorsal and lateral series of black spots, the ventral surface

brownish white. Fore wing brownish white, the costal area

and cell white to beyond middle, the markings defined by

white; a small black spot at base and three subbasal spots ;

antemedial spots below costa and cell and above vein 1],

obliquely placed ; two obliquely placed spots in middle of

cell ; a very irregular medial brown band, expanding and

blackish at costa, its inner edge angled inwards at submedian

fold and vein 1, its outer angled outwards in and below cell,

below submedian fold, and at inner margin ; a triangular

black-brown postmedial spot on costa and small black spots

above veins 6, 4,3; small irregular subterminal brownish

spots above and below veins 5 and 2, the terminal area

rather darker than the ground-colour and narrowing to a

point atapex. Hind wing white faintly tinged with ochreous.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), | ¢ type.” xp.

36 mm.

Nearest to D. spilosoma, Feld.

Digama septempuncta, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white, the frons and vertex of thorax

tinged with yellow, the frons above and below, the tegule,

shoulder, patagia, and prothorax with paired black points ;

palpi with black spots at extremities of first, second, and

third joints ; fore coxze and pectus at sides with black spots ;

fore tibiz and tarsi banded with fuscous ; abdomen yellow,

with lateral and sublateral series of black spots, the ventral

surface whitish. Fore wing creamy white; a black point at

base of costa, a subbasal point in cell, antemedial points

below costa and cell, a oe in middle of cell and two on

discocellulars. Hind wing yellow. Underside of fore wing

yellow, the costal edge whitish, a black point in middle of

cell and two slight discoidal points.

Hab. Ropricvurz (Manders), 1 ? type. Hap. 36 mm.

Nearest to D. insulana, Feld.

Caryatis stenoperas, sp. n.

dg. Head and tegule scarlet, the frons, vertex of head,

and tegulee with black spots ; palpi black, scarlet at base and

with white ring at extremity of second joimt; antennz

black, the shaft white above; thorax black, the tegule edged

with grey and scarlet, the vertex of thorax with three grey

454 Sir G. F. Hampson on

and scarlet streaks meeting behind; pectus scarlet, with

black-brown spots at sides ; legs black-brown streaked with

white; abdomen scarlet, with dorsal, Jateral, and sublateral

series of black spots. Fore wing grey-brown, the veins and

discal fold on basal half and the submedian fold and vein 1

to termen. finely streaked with white ; an oblique white band

from just below costa beyond middle to termen just above

tornus, somewhat expanding at middle; a slight scarlet

mark at base. Hind wing orange-scarlet, with narrow

black-brown band at apex.

Hab. Ucanpna, Entebbe (Minchin), 1 92 type. Eap.

54 mm,

Allied to C. phileta, Drury.

Geodena sphingifacies, sp. n.

g. Head black, the frons, two slight streaks on back of

head, and the tegule orange ; palpi white and orange at

base ; thorax white tinged with brown; abdomen white

with some brown at extremity, the ventral surface with the

basal segments tinged with fulvous, the terminal segments

with fuscous bands. Fore wing semihyaline white, the costa

fuscous black, the terminal area broadly fuscous black, the

outer edge of the white area running obliquely from below

costa just beyond middle to below vein 3, where it is acutely

angled, again angled at vein 2, then incurved and oblique to

inner margin towards tornus; a small white spot above

vein 6. Hind wing semihyaline white; a black point on

upper discocellular ; a fuscous black terminal band with very

irregular inner edge, incurved below costa, angled outwards

at vein 6, excurved to termen at vein 3, and angled inwards

at vein 2 and submedian fold.

Hab. Ucanna, Kimmi I. (Minchin), 2 8 type. ap.

42 mm.

Allied to G. inferma, Swinh.

Geodena monostigma, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with brown ;

palpi and branches of antennz blackish. Fore wing semi-

hyaline brownish white; a black discoidal spot and traces of

a postmedial spot in submedian fold. Hind wing semihyaline

brownish white, with a small black discoidal spot; both

wings with fine dark terminal line.

Hab. Ucanna (Doggett), 1 3 type. Hap. 40 mm.

Allied to G. semihyalina, Swinh., and disticta, B.-Baker.

new African Moths. 455

Soloe fumipennis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous orange ; palpi with

the third joint black ; antennz brown except towards base ;

femora at extremities and the tibiz and tarsi fuscous. Fore

wing semihyaline brown, the costal edge fuscous; a small

fulvous-orange mark at base; a round black spot in cell

before middle and another on discocellulars. Hind wing

semihyaline brown ; a round black discoidal spot.

Hab. Gazauanp, Chirinda Forest (Marshall), 2 ¢, 4 2

type. Harp. 48-50 mm.

Allied to S. trigutta, Wlk.

Sphingide.

PERGESINGE.

Hippotion pentagramma, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown ; palpi rufous at

sides except at tips ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen

white, the femora and tibie rufous streaked with white.

Fore wing pale grey-brown ; the costal edge rufous; traces

of two rufous antemedial lines, acutely angled outwards on

median nervure, then very oblique and not reaching inner

margin; a diffused rather bifid rufous patch beyond the cell

with some fuscous on it above vein 4; five very obliquely

curved postmedial brown lines, bent inwards to costa, the

outermost line rather stronger, met by an oblique streak

from apex and with blackish points on it at the veins; the

terminal area slightly irrorated with black. Hind wing

fuscous brown ; the subterminal area reddish from vein 5 to

submedian fold with slight dark spots on the veins; the

termen grey irrorated with black except at apex; cilia pale ;

the underside pale reddish striated with fuscous, the inner

area whitish, a slightly waved fuscous subterminal line from

costa to submedian fold, double towards costa.

Hab. Asysstnta, Daladu (Drake-Brockman), 1 §, 1 2;

SoMALILAND (Drake-Brockman), 1 g type. Eup. 46-58 mm.

Nearest to H. chloris, Roths.

Notodontide.

Spatalia baccata, sp. u.

9. Head and thorax grey-brown mixed with deep rufous ;

abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing grey-brown, the area

between subcostal nervure and vein 1 to postmedial line

456 Sir G. F. Hampson on

ochreous yellow thickly irrorated with deep blood-red ; an

oblique autemedial maculate silvery baud between subcostal

nervure and vein 1, defined on outer side by deep blood-red

and traversed by a slight blood-red striated line; a grey-

brown discoidal bar ; an oblique postmedial series of round

silvery spots from below costa to vein 1, the uppermost spot

traversed by a blood-red striga, the red and yellow extending

to just beyond the uppermost spot; a fine crenulate red-

brown subterminal line slightly defined on inner side by

grey ; a fine blackish terminal line. Hind wing grey-brown,

the cilia pale at tips; the underside white famtly tinged

with brown, especially on terminal area.

Hab. N. Nieeris, Ilorin (Lugard), 1 9 type. Hep.

32 mm.

Alhed to S. argyrophora, Umpsn.

Cerura marshalli, sp. 0.

¢. Heid and thorax white, the tegule tinged with

ochreous; palpi and frons below and at sides black; an-

tenn with the branches black and the shaft suffused with

black at middle; a black point on vertex of head; a black

band behind tegule, the dorsum of thorax black and two

black spots on metathorax, the tips of the black scales with

a silvery gloss; tibiz spotted with black, the tarsi black,

with some white hairs; abdomen black, with a few white

hairs, the hair at base white, the anal tuft with white hair

mixed, the ventral surface white. Fore wing silvery white ;

a subbasal black point below costa; the antemedial area

with some black scales at costa, on vein 1, and above inner

margin ; an oblique antemedial black band with irregularly

sinuous edges ; a medial black point on costa, followed by a

short bar, then a point; a rather elongate postmedial black

mark on costa, followed by two points, and a triangular

mark on inner margin just before tornus; cilia with a series

of black spots. Hind wing white, with a series of small

black spots on cilia and a small triangular spot on termen at

vein 1; the underside with black discoidal spot.

@. Abdomen dorsally irrorated with white; fore wing

with the medial bar on costa more prominent, the post-

medial patch more elongate, slight black marks above and

below vein 5 and some black scales above the triangular

patch.

Hab. MasuonatanD, Salisbury (Marshall), 3 3,6 ? type.

Exp., 8 50, 2 58-70 mm.

new African Moths. 457

Larva. Black-brown banded with white, the paired anal

appendages long and thorny.

Allied to C. spiritalis, Dist.

Cerura leonensis, sp. n.

?. Head and tegule white tinged with ochreous; palpi

and sides of frons black ; antennz with the branches black,

the shaft irrorated with black at middle; a black point on

vertex of head; thorax white, with blue-black band behind

tegulz, the dorsum blue-black, followed by a bar on meso-

thorax and paired bars on metathorax, the patagia with

paired blue-black spots ; pectus black in front, the tibize with

black spots and the tarsi black except at base; abdomen

white sparsely irrorated with blue-black, more thickly at

extremity, the second segment with dorsal black band, the

ventral surface white, with the extremity black slightly irro-

rated with white. Fore wing silvery white; subbasal line

represented by asmall black spot on costa, then by an irregu-

larly sinuous line of black scales; an antemedial oblique

baud formed of black spots irrorated with white, the spots

above and below vein | confluent; three rather wedge-shaped

black spots on medial part of costa, the medial line arising

from the middle spot, forming a slight curved striga on

discocellulars, represented by a few scales on vein 2 and a

slight line from submedian fold bent outwards to inner

margin ; an oblique black bar beyond the discocellulars ; an

elongate postmedial black mark on costa; the double post-

medial line arising beyond upper angle of cell, a slight line

of scales on its inner side connected with the discoidal striga

at lower angle of cell and enclosing the bar beyond the cell

except above, the outer postmedial line almost obsolete

beyond the cell, then the double line angled outwards at

veins 3, 2, and 1 and inwards below vein 2; a small black spot

on costa before the black subterminal line, which is incurved

below veins 6 and 3, angled outwards at veins 3, 2, and

- inwards below vein 2; a series of black spots on termen and

cilia, two spots forming a pair above tornus. Hind wing

white ; a black spot above middle of inner margin; the veins

towards termen slightly streaked with black and the apex

irrorated with black ; cilia almost wholly black towards apex,

then with series of black spots, the spot at vein 1 extending

onto termen. Underside white, both wings with black

discoidal spot and broad terminal band, narrowing to termen

above tornus of hind wing; fore wing with black spots on

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 31

458 Sir G. F. Hampson on

costa and white postmedial band defined on inner side by

black suffusion except on inner area.

Hab. Sizrra Leonz, 1 9 type. Lap. 66 mm.

Allied to C. liturata, W1k., from India.

Cerura argentescens, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax white mixed with black; pectus and

lower part of frons black; antennze with the branches black ;

pectus black-brown; legs white mixed with black-brown,

the tarsi ringed with brown; abdomen with the basal half

white, with some black hair at base, the terminal half black-

brown, the ventral surface white. Fore wing silvery white

slightly irrorated with blackish ; subbasal line double,

waved, angled inwards in submedian fold, the area. between

it and antemedial line suffused with black from costa to

median nervure and thickly irrorated with black on inner

area ; antemedial line double, angled outwards in submedian

fold and bent outwards to inner margin; medial line in-

distinct, double, waved, enclosing a tuft of black scales

on discocellulars; postmedial lne double, bent outwards

below costa, incurved at discal and submedian folds, some

small black spots beyond it on costa, and some black suffu-

sion from costa to vein 4 and from vein 2 to tornus; a

terminal series of strong black striz. Hind wing silvery

white, the veins tinged with fuscous; a rather diffused

oblique fuscous postmedial line; a terminal series of small

black spots. Underside of fore wing fuscous brown; hind

wing with medial fuscous bar from costa, the postmedial

line distinct and excurved below costa.

Hab. Natau (lidgedon),1 3 type. Hap. 40 mm.

Allied to C. liturata, Wik.

Cerura esmeralda, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale blue-green, the hair

on vertex of head whitish ; palpi and sides of frons black ;

a black spot on vertex of head ; branches of antennz black-

brown; a black band behind tegule, the patagia with black

annuli, the meso- and metathorax with paired black spots ;

tibie and tarsi banded with black. Fore wing pale blue-

green; a short black streak below base of cell; a subbasal

black striga from costa; antemedial line black defined on

inner side by silvery white, forming an annulus at costa and

produced to a slight black streak below the annulus, ex-

new African Moths. 459

curved and rather bidentate in submedian interspace, angled

inwards on vein 1; a black-defined triangle on middle of

costa and black line defined on outer side by silvery white

from lower angle of cell to inner margin, oblique and sinuous

to vein 1, then bent inwards, the silvery white running

obliquely from lower angle of cell to the costa beyond the

antemedial black annulus; two black bars with white. be-

tween them, followed by a point on postmedial part of costa;

postmedial line black defined on inner side by silvery white,

arising at vein 8, angled inwards at discal fold, outwards at

veins 4, 3, 2, inwards just below vein 2, where there is a

black fascia from just beyond it to tips of cilia just above

tornus, then excurved at vein 1; an irregular wedge-shaped

subterminal mark from costa to vein 7 enclosing a green

point on costa; the cilia intersected by black streaks in the

“imterspaces, those above and below vein 6 conjoined into a

hoop emitting a minute black streak on vein 6. Hind wing

glossy greenish white, with an oblique subterminal black

striga in submedian interspace and small conical spot on

termen ; the underside with black discoidal spot and small

postmedial spot on costa.

?. Pale sap-green ; abdomen dorsally banded with black

except at base and extremity ; fore wing with the medial area,

except towards costa and the area just beyond the postmedial

line, clouded with deeper sap-green.

Hab. Maswonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall, Dobbie), 2 2;

TRANSVAAL, Leydenburg Distr. (Ayres), 1 g,1 2, Pretoria

(Crawshay), 1 3 type, Jonannesburg (Cooke), 1 9. Hap.,

3 40, 9 48-52 mm.

Chadisra uncifera, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches, the apex

ciliated.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with

rufous ; palpi blackish above. Fore wing ochreous suffused

with red-brown and slightly irrorated with black ; slight sub-

basal black spots below costa and cell; double antemedial

black striz from costa, a slight streak below costa, a hook-

shaped mark defined by black from discal to submedian folds,

with a very oblique black streak from its lower edge to inner

margin near base; postmedial line very indistinct, double,

produced to long acute teeth on the veins, oblique below

vein 4, slight dark streaks beyond it above veins 6, 5, 4;

subterminal line represented by short blackish streaks on

460 Sir G. F. Hampson on

faint pale streaks in the interspaces from costa to vein 4, a

V-shaped mark below vein 4, and an obliquely curved band

defined on outer side by yellowish from vein 8 to inner

margin ; a terminal series of blackish striz ; cilia chequered

rufous and blackish. Hind wing ochreous suffused with

rufous; a black bar above tornus with slight striga above it ;

cilia chequered rufous and _ black.

Hab. Natat, 1 g type. Hap. 40 mm.

Y on ater

Chadisra nubifera, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches, of female

with short branches.

3. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown and some

black ; palpi black above ; tarsi brown ringed with whitish ;

abdomen pale fulvous yellow slightly irrorated with brown

and with whitish segmental lines towards extremity, the

ventral surface white irrorated with brown. Fore wing grey-

white thickly irrorated with brown, the basal area whiter,

the veins with slight blackish streaks ; a slight black streak

below base of cell and subbasal points below costa and above

and below vein 1; antemedial line indistinctly double, filled

in with white, excurved and waved, some fuscous suffusion

before it and slight oblique black streaks below vein 1 and

above inner margin ; traces of a diffused medial brown shade ;

postmedial line defined on outer side by whitish, then by

fuscous, minutely dentate and produced to black and white

streaks on the veins, excurved to vein 4, then incurved, some

blackish strize beyond it from costa; subterminal line repre-

sented by a series of small blackish spots on somewhat

dentate whitish patches and a bar from below vein 2 to inner

margin, somewhat incurved below vein 4; a terminal series

of black strie. Hind wing pure white, with subterminal

black bar above tornus with a black mark before it on inner

margin; a terminal series of black striz ; cilia blackish

towards tornus; the underside with the costal area slightly

irrorated with brown.

@?. Fore wing with subbasal band of dark suffusion and

more dark suffusion before the antemedial line; hind wing

with the terminal area slightly tinged with brown.

Hab. Br. K. Arrica, Taveta (Rogers), 1 g, 1 9? type.

kEzp., & 32, 9 34mm.

new African Moths. 461

Chadisra rosinaria, sp. 0.

Antennz of male bipectinate with long branches, short

towards apex.

d. Head and thorax rufous mixed with grey and some

black; palpi with the second joint black above ; tegulz with

white band before dorsal part of tips, which are black ;

patagia grey at shoulders, rufous above; a white band be fore

metathorax, which is mostly black; fore tibiz with black

ring ; abdomen ochreous white tinged with brown, a hairy

blackish crest at base, the ventral surface white. lore wing

rufous mixed with some grey-white, the area before sub-

terminal line whiter; subbasal line blackish, incurved in cell

and ending at vein |, the area before it whitish ; antemedial

line black, indistinctly double, especially on inner half, some-

what dentate towards costa, then straight and erect; post-

medial line blackish, faintly defined on outer side by white

and on both sides at costa and inner margin, slightly angled

outwards below costa and at vein 4, then incurved and

slightly angled outwards at vein 1, some whitish points with

fuscous striz between them beyond it on costa; subterminal

line formed of faint whitish spots defined by some black

scales and a more distinct black spot below vein 38; cilia

intersected by fuscous at the veins. Hind wing silky white,

the hair on inner area tinged with ochreous ; a rufous patch

on termen and cilia in submedian interspace defined on inner

side by a double blackish bar filled in with white ; the under-

side with the costa tinged with yellow and with slight rufous

marks beyond middle and towards apex.

Hab. Navau, Durban (Leigh), 1 & type. Exp. 42 mm.

Chadisra ochribasis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax rufous mixed with ochreous, the

patagia mostly white; legs whitish streaked with brown, the

tarsi ringed with brown ; abdomen white, with some reddish

brown and ochreous at base and extremity. Fore wing with

the basal half ochreous mixed with rufous, bounded by an

oblique smuous rufous line, the subbasal line represented by

a small dentate brown mark below costa, the antemedial by a

small spot on costa; an elongate brown mark below the cell

near base ; the rest of wing brown suffused and irrorated

with grey and with a broad band of white suffusion beyond

the medial line; postmedial line represented by a brown

striga from costa, then by pcints on the veins, bent out-

Ww ards below costa, then oblique, the costa beyond it with

462 Sir G. F. Hampson on

white points with dark streaks between them ; faint traces of

a whitish subterminal line with slight brown streaks before it

above veins 6, 5, 4, and a pair of small dentate marks in sub-

median interspace ; the veins of terminal area with dark

streaks and white points at their extremities. Hind wing

pure white, the veins of terminal half streaked with brown,

the terminal area suffused with red-brown, narrowing to

tornus ; cilia with series of white points and white tips,

wholly white towards tornus. Underside of fore wing with

the basal half white, the terminal half pale red-brown with

white points on costa; hind wing white, the veins streaked

with red-brown towards termen, which is suffused with red-

brown from apex to vein 2.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Laitokitok (Rogers), 3 3 type.

Hup. 62 mm.

Chadisra semiflava, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the

apical third ciliated.

3. Head and thorax pale yellow with a few rufous scales,

the metathorax with rufous spot; palpi brown above; an-

tenn rufous ; abdomen rufous, the ventral surface yellowish

white. Fore wing with the basal half pale yellow faintly

clouded in parts with rufous, the terminal half rufous mixed

with greyish ; two slight black points below costa near base

and traces of a black streak below the cell, with traces of

another minute black streak below it at middle; a minute

antemedial black streak below costa and another below

middle of costa and two in cell; medial line black defined

on inner side by rufous, slightly angled outwards below

costa, oblique and sinuous to below angle of cell, then in-

wardly oblique and excurved at vein 1; postmedial line

indistinctly double, oblique to vein 6, then dentate and

rather inwardly oblique, joined at vein 3 by another slightly

waved brown line from costa well before it, some rufous and

greyish marks beyond it on costa, a minute wedge-shaped

black mark below costa and slight rufous streak on vein 8 ;

subterminal line greyish defined on outer side by brown,

waved; a fine dark terminal line. Hind wing silky white ;

a brown patch on termen and cilia from vein 2 to below

vein 1, with a whitish striga on it angled outwards at vein 1 ;

the underside with the costal area yellowish, with minute

postmedial rufous points on and below costa.

Hab. Natau, Durban (Leigh), 1 g type. Exp. 46 mm.

Allied to C. curvilinea, Swinh. ;

new African Aloths. 463

Chadisra persimilis, sp. 0.

Antenne of male minutely serrate and fasciculate.

3. Head and tborax pale yellow slightly mixed with

brown, especially on tegule; palpi black except at base;

autennz brown with a blackish patch between them; fore

femora and tibiz streaked with black on inner side, the tibize

with oblique streaks, the tarsi ringed with brown; abdomen

pale yellow dorsally suffused with brown, the basal crest with

some black mixed. Fore wing with the basal half pale

yellow slightly irrorated and in parts clouded with brown,

extending on costa to middle and on inner area to subter-

minal line, the rest of wing brown broadly suffused with

grey-white on costal area; traces of a black streak below

base of cell, with faint annulate mark of brown and _ black

scales below it at middle; some slight brown suffusion below

costa near base and before middle ; minute antemedial black

streaks below costa and in cell; medial line blackish defined

‘on inner side by brown suffusion, oblique and sinuous from

costa to below angle of cell, then inwardly oblique and

angled outwards at vein 1; postmedial line black, slightly

defined on outer side by whitish towards costa, dentate,

shightly angled outwards at vein 6 and oblique below

vein 3, where it is joimed by a faint waved line from well

before it; subterminal line very indistinct, whitish defined

on inner side by brown, waved, incurved at discal fold and

in submedian fold to near postmedial line ; a series of slight

dark striz just before termen; cilia chequered with whitish

at tips. Hind wing white, the hair on inner area tinged with

ochreous ; a brown patch on termen and cilia from vein 2 to

below vein 1, with a white and blackish bar on its inner

edge; cilia pale rufous, white at tips; the underside with

the costal area tinged with yellow and slightly irrerated with

rufous.

Hab. Natau, Durban (Leigh), 1 ¢ type. Hep. 34 mm.

Almost identical in appearance with C. semiflava.

Somera poliostrota, sp. n.

Palpi with the third joint long and porrect.

6. Head and thorax dark reddish brown mixed with some

grey ; tarsi with pale rings; abdomen red-brown, the ventral

surface whitish. Fore wing red-brown mixed with grey,

glossy, the veins darker brown ; traces of a waved dark

antemedial line; postmedial line ‘indistinct, dark, bent out-

wards below costa, then oblique and somewhat dentate; a

Ab4 Bibliographical Notice.

faint lunulate whitish subterminal line; a fine dark terminal

line. Hind wing silky white tinged with red- brown ; a fine

dark terminal line ; cilia brown at base, whitish at tips.

Hab. Carz Conony, Namaqualand, O’okiep, 1 ¢ type.

Hep. 46 mm.

[To be continued.)

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Yorkshire Type Ammonites. Edited by S. 8. Buckman, F.G.S.;

with Photographs by J. W. Turcuzr. Part I. pp. i-xii, i-ii;

12 Plates and Descriptions Nos, 1-8, London: William Wesley

& Son, 1909.

Aut who concern themselves with the evidences of Evolution are of

necessity interested in the Ammonites, and, as a consequence,

treatises on this group are always welcome.

Scattered up and down the country, either in Museums or in

private Collections, valuable material bearing on this study has’

accumulated, yet, owing to their relative inaccessibility, much of

their usefulness is lost. Mr. 8. 8. Buckman, who has devoted

laborious days to the study of this group, realizing this, is endeavouring

to effect a remedy by describing in minute detail at least one of

these collections, whereby, doubtless, much new and valuable

evidence bearing on the general problem of the evolution of the

Ammonites will be brought to hight. He has, in short, begun the

g the Yorkshire type

Ammonites of the Jurassic; a large and valuable series.

The first-fruits of his labours are given in the part now before us.

The work is to appear in about 16 parts, each containing from 12 to

16 plates of the specimens more or less imperfectly described and

figured by those pioneers in this field of study, Young and Bird,

John Phillips and Martin Simpson. The works of the two first

named are not easily procurable ; those of Simpson are still more

difficult to obtain, a fact the more to be regretted since they

contain sterling work and matter of prime importance, though this

fact is not generally realized.

Mr. Buckman has undertaken the task of editing these early

contributions, supplementing the original descriptions by very

beautiful photographs of the specimens described—and most of these

figures appear now for the first time—and by concise editorial

comments.

The section on Terminology will no doubt be gratefully received ;

nevertheless it bears a most forbidding aspect, and we confess

we cannot see the value of a large percentage of the terms here

set forth. They certainly do nothing towards elucidating the

study, and if they fail in this they are indeed useless. But in this

perhaps the author, and others, will not agree. Be this as it may,

the work when completed will prove of the highest value to all

students of the group.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. |

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,

CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained. Prices on application.

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 vo 1826. A few imperfect

copies only on hand.

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832,

The Z'hird Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850.

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875.

The Fifth Serves, in 50 volumes, from 1876 to 1900.

Tayxor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d,

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following

prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,

The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. » £10.

The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. 9p. secbee

The Fourth Sertes, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. bin eee

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. i iebee

_ The Siath Series, in 20 volumes, from 1888 to 1897. sh ee

Tayzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Tropical Africa. By Hunsper Daven, F L. 8, Be

Tabunide.

By Grmmons Riesnno LOR ae Ue

LX. Three new ne See = xa Tn

LXI. Notes on bots Pee a Enyst Suman. zaeP

Bice Gee eee cers

LXIII. Some Remarks on the Pelouatean Caudal Fi ‘in.

H. Wuirenovsz, M = ee. of Birmingham . be

LXIY. A i Staidone See Note on ‘the Alsip, Tomo, fee

BURRS Bi eal ie OS

SouruErn, B.Sc., Irish National Museum, Dublin” = :

_ LXV. Descriptions of new African Moths. By Sir coe F.

PART, Bart, P.Z.8.) Gero oy Soiree anna Ha sua scene eon . 430

Bae ee a 4 es

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. : oe

Yorkshire Type Ammonites, ee By 8. 8. Booms, F 6.

oe ae to the Care of Maes Taylor and 1 Francis, ‘Printing O8 ee

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

Vol.5. §8 = EIGHTH SERIES. No, 30.

| oe en ANNALS :

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

3. , . CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT CG. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.8.,

: : AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L,S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Miss Hilda M. Bishop’s Paper on the Gastropod Foot and

Branchial Cavity.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:

odges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin,

—=

“YO!l, i. £aTlb i, FFICO 4S,

BULLETIN OF ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH

Issued by the Entomological Research Committee Gone Africa),

appointed by the Colonial Office.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet ack, B.C.

THE

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENGY OF BOMBAY.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of Shite Foe India in Councit.

By THEODORE COOKE, C.1.E.,

M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &C,

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA,

Vol. I., Part I. 8s., Part II. 9s., Part IIL. 10s.

Vol. IL, Parts I. & I. 9s. each, Parts ILL. & IV. 8s, each, Part V. 12s.

TayzEor and Frances, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN,

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncnorpHora: Curculionide). By

D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 7 (RuyNcHopHoRA: Curculionids, continued).

By G. C. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-150, pls. 1.-vi.) a

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol. IV. By Lorp Watsineuam. (Pp. 1-40,

pl. a 2

é The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Dunau & Co., Soho a

Ucuys SYNONV

OF NSEC TSN. =

SUPPLEMENT TO DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 1s71-

1877. 8s. 6d. net.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. — SPHINGES AND BOM-

BYCES. 1892. £2 2s. net. c

NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 16s. ne.

Taxtor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. id

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

No. 30. JUNE 1910.

LXVI.—Descriptions of new African Moths.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &c.

(Continued from p. 464. |

Stauropus atriguttata, sp. nu.

Antenne of female bipectinate with rather long branches

to near apex, which is simple.

2. Head ochreous white; palpi with the second joint

above and sides of frons black-brown; antenne rufous ;

thorax pale yellow-green mixed with brown ; pectus and legs

ochreous white, the pectus in front and fore tibiz on inner

side brown ; abdomen fuscous, the ventral surface ochreous

white tinged with brown. Fore wing pale ochreous suffused

with yellow-green and slightly irrorated with reddish brown,

some brown at base of inner margin; small subbasal black

spots below costa and cell, the former with a brown spot

before it; a double incurved slightly waved brown ante-

medial line, the inner line with black spot at costa, a black

spot on an ochreous patch just beyond it below the cell; a

black spot with an ochreous patch below it on subcostal

nervure towards end of cell; a slight ochreous discoidal

bar, with black spot at lower angle of cell; postmedial line

red-brown defined on outer side by ochreous, double between

veins 6 and 4, oblique from costa to vein 6, then waved,

oblique below vein 3; the postmedial area with a series of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 32

466 Sir G. F. Hampson on

black spots, bent inwards between veins 6 and 4 and oblique

below vein 4; a subterminal series of black spots, the spot

above vein 4 displaced inwards; cilia red-brown intersected

with greenish at the veins. Hind wing pale red-brown ; the

costal area pale green, with a rufous postmedial bar, followed

by a black patch near apex with some grey on it; cilia

ochreous white ; the underside with the inner area whitish.

Hab. 8. Nicrerta, Lagos (Strachan), 1 ¢ type; Masnona-

LAND (Dobbie), 1 2. Hap. 48-62 mm.

Nearest to S. viridescens, Wlk., from India.

Stauropus rivata, sp. n.

?. Head and tegule white mixed with yellow-green and

some rufous; palpi above and lower part of frons rufous ;

antenne rufous ; patagia green irrorated with black ; thorax

rufous ; pectus and legs ochreous tinged with rufous ; abdo-

men whitish tinged with rufous. Fore wing whitish suffused

with pale yellow-green and slightly irrorated with black-

brown; the base bright yellow-green defined by the double

black oblique and irregularly sinuous subbasal line; ante-

medial line obsolescent, brown, angled outwards below costa

and cell and excurved above inner margin; medial line

strong, brown, bent inwards in cell, then dentate and ex-

curved above inner margin ; postmedial line strong, brown,

angled outwards below costa, then incurved, angled outwards

at vein 4, then oblique and dentate, another line beyond it

defined on outer side by white, angled outwards just below

costa, oblique to vein 6, incurved to vein 4, then oblique and

minutely dentate ; subterminal line slight, dark, defined on

inner side by some white and on outer by brown suffusion

from costa to vein 4 and towards tornus, bent inwards

between veins 6 and 4 and below vein 2 and outwards to

near termen between veins 4 and 2; cilia brown slightly

intersected by ochreous at the veins. Hind wing pale

brown, the cilia with ochreous mixed; the underside with

the cell and inner area ochreous white.

Hab. 8. Niceria, Akassa (Lugard), 1 ¢ type. Lap.

58 mm.

. Nearest to S. viridescens, W1k., from India.

Stauropus calliope, sp. 1.

Head and thorax bright yellow-green irrorated with black,

the mesothorax with black-brown patch; palpi rufous,

whitish in front and black behind ; frons with some black at

sides ; antennve black with the branches rufous; pectus and

new African Moths. 467

legs ochreous white mixed with rufous, the tibiz green above ;

abdomen black-brown, the extremity green, with some black

hairs, the ventral surface yellowish white. Fore wing bright

yellow-green irrorated with black; subbasal line double,

black, excurved just below costa, at middle, and above inner

margin ; antemedial line slight, double, black, irregularly

waved, the lines wider apart at costa, angled outwards in

lower part of cell and at vein 1, aslight streak of white scales

beyond it in submedian fold; orbicular and reniform faintly

defined by white scales, the former amphora-shaped, the

latter narrow, an oblique black striga above it from costa ;

postmedial line double, black, waved, oblique, somewhat bent

inwards between veins 6 and 4, some black points beyond it

on costa; subterminal line black, with a brown patch before

it between veins 6 and 4, where it is incurved, and a smaller

patch in submedian interspace, dentate at veins 4, 3, 2, and

ending at tornus; cilia chequered brown and green. Hind

wing pale tinged with red-brown, especially on inner area,

the veins darker; cilia whitish at tips; the underside ochreous

white, with a faint red-brown tinge on costal area.

Hab. Navat, Durban (Leigh), 2 6, 1 2 type. Hap.,

3 50, 2 60 mm.

Larva. Whitish suffused with purplish pink and with

numerous fine white rivulet lines enclosing irregular spaces,

the ventral surface pale; eighth and ninth abdominal somites

with patch of small white spots emitting an oblique streak

to a lateral triangular patch on seventh somite; head with

pair of black fasciz ; stigmata black ringed and centred with

white ; second thoracic somite with pair of long subdorsal

horns.

Nearest to S. viridescens, Wik.

Stauropus atribasalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax dark reddish brown mixed with some

whitish ; palpi whitish in front; pectus and legs pale red-

brown mixed with whitish ; abdomen ochreous white suffused

with red-brown, the hair at base of dorsum black-brown.

Fore wing whitish tinged with pale yellow-green and irro-

rated with black-brown, the basal area suffused with black-

brown bounded by the double oblique waved black subbasal

line,angled inwards in cell to near base; antemedial line repre-

sented by an inwardly oblique black-brown striga from costa ;

some slight black-brown marks on discocéllulars and above

end of cell ; postmedial line very indistinct, dark, oblique

diffused and dentate from costa near apex to vein 4, where it

32*

468 Sir G. F. Hampson on

is angled outwards, then again oblique and with a slight spot

on it below vein 2; a subterminal blackish line, arising from

termen just below apex and slightly waved at veins 4, 3, 2;

cilia chequered with brownish. Hind wing white, with two

diffused brown bars from costa towards apex ; the hair of

inner area slightly tinged with rufous.

Hab. Natat,1 ¢ type. Lup. 44 mm.

Stauropus melanosticta, sp. n.

Head and thorax pale yellow-green; palpi, frons, and

antenne rufous, the palpi black above; some chocolate-

brown on vertex of head, behind the tegule, and on upper

edge of patagia; pectus and legs yellowish tinged with

rufous ; abdomen yellowish suffused with rufous, the extre-

mity green irrorated with brown. Fore wing pale yellow-

green irrorated with black ; a series of small red-brown spots

on costa ; a subbasal brown striga below the cell, followed

by a black spot above vein 1; an oblique antemedial series

of slight blackish spots bent outwards to costa, sometimes

with a black streak from it to subterminal line in submedian

fold; orbicular and reniform faintly defined by raised

greenish-white scales, closely approximated, the latter

narrow ; postmedial line slight, blackish, bent outwards

below costa, then dentate, oblique below vein 4, traces of

another dentate line beyond it; subterminal line formed by

a series of small rather dentate black spots, with more pro-

duced spots below veins 7 and 4; a crenulate black line just

before termen ; cilia brown, with a series of green points.

Hind wing yellowish tinged with rufous, the costal area

towards apex whitish, with three rufous bars ; cilia chequered

with whitish ; the underside white.

Hab. 8. Lone (Bartlett), 1 8; Goip Coast, Kumasi

(Whiteside), 1 6,1 2 type. Hap. 40-42 mm.

Allied to S. vernalis, Dist.

Stauropus octoginta, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax grey-green mixed with white and

fuscous; palpi white in front, black behind; antennz

brownish, the shaft barred with white; tegule white at

tips ; pectus and legs white mixed with blackish; abdomen

white, dorsally suffused with brown and with some black

hair at base, the extremity grey-green mixed with black, the

ventral surface tinged with yellow. Fore wing grey-green

thickly irrorated with black; subbasal line black, angled

new African Moths. 469

outwards below costa and cell and ending at vein 1; ante-

medial line indistinctly double, blackish, inwardly oblique

from costa to median nervure, then bent outwards and again

inwards to inrer margin, a rounded white patch before it

below the cell, and a rounded patch defined by white beyond

it, followed by a black streak in submedian fold to beyond

postmedial line; orbicular and reniform closely approxi-

mated, defined by white and forming the figure 80 ; post-

medial line double, black, angled outwards below costa, then

dentate, somewhat oblique, and the outer line bent outwards

to inner margin, some alternating black and white marks

beyond it on costa, and someslight black marks below costa ;

subterminal line black slightly defined on outer side by white,

minutely and irregularly waved, slightly excurved below costa

and at middle; cilia chequered blackish and grey-green.

Hind wing white; two diffused blackish bars from costa

towards apex; some ochreous hair on inner margin ; the

underside with slight black irroration on costa and a patch

of black scales at middle of costal area.

Hab. Transvaat (Cholmley), 1 g type. Hep. 40 mm.

Allied to S. vernalis, Dist.

Stauropus griseiviridis, sp. u.

g. Head and thorax pale grey-green slightly mixed with

whitish and brown; palpi white tinged with brown; frons

fuscous below, white above; antennz rufous, the basal joint

white ; pectus and legs white tinged with ochreous ; abdo-

men white tinged with ochreous and dorsally banded with

brownish, the hair at base black, the extremity green irro-

rated with black. Fore wing pale grey-green tinged with

brown in parts and slightly irrorated with blackish ; subbasal

line formed of black scales defined by whitish, inwardly

oblique, ending just below the cell where there is a black

point beyond it ; antemedial line double, black filled in with

whitish, inwardly oblique from costa to vein 1, then bent

outwards ; traces of closely approximated orbicular and

reniform stigmata defined by whitish, an oblique black striga

above them from costa; postmedial line indistinctly double,

blackish, oblique and irregularly waved, from costa towards

apex, somewhat incurved at discal fold and below vein 2;

a sinuous black subterminal line, somewhat angled outwards

at veins 4, 3, 2, then bent inwards; cilia chequered brown

aud whitish. Hind wing white, the veins tinged with

brown; the costal area grey-green crossed by slight double

sinuous blackish postmedial and subterminal lines; the

underside white.

470 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Hab. Care Cotony, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 40 mm.

Closely allied to S. vernalis, Dist.

Stauropus thalassina, sp. u.

¢. Head and thorax pale grey-green; palpi white, black

above; frons black at sides; antenne white, the branches

rufous ; a black band behind tegule; pectus and legs white,

the fore tibiz grey-green, the tibiz and tarsi with some

black ; abdomen white dorsally tinged with green and banded

with black, the hair at base black. Fore wing pale grey-

green; subbasal line formed by black scales, oblique, bent

outwards and terminating at submedian fold; antemedial

line strong, black defined on inner side by white, oblique,

sinuous, excurved in cell ; some black scales on discocellulars ;

medial line black, rather diffused, angled outwards at vein 6,

then dentate, oblique, confluent with the antemedial line at

inner margin ; postmedial line black defined on outer side

by white, slightly bent outwards below costa, then oblique,

sinuous, angled outwards at vein 4 and bent outwards to

inner margin, some black points beyond it on costa; a sub-

terminal series of rather lunulate black spots defined on inner

side by white, the spot above vein 4 further from termen ; a

series of small black spots just before termen and a series

on the cilia. Hind wing white, the hair on inner area tinged

with ochreous ; a slight oblique postmedial blackish striga

from costa, the costal area beyond it pale grey-green with a

diffused black patch at apex with faint diffused ochreous-

brown subterminal shade from it to vein 1; the underside

white with traces of medial and postmedial dark bars from

costa.

flab. Masnonauanp, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 ¢ type.

Exp. 42 mm.

Stauropus leucosticta, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen chocolate-brown slightly

mixed with greyish, the last with blackish crests towards

extremity. Fore wing chocolate-brown overlaid with greyish-

ochreous hairy scales; a white point at base of vein 1; three

obliquely placed antemedial points towards costa and a point

on vein 1; an obliquely curved postmedial series of small

wedge-shaped white spots on the veins with blackish points

before and beyond them. Hind wing chocolate-red with

some grey hair and slight dark bars on costal area towards

apex.

Hab. 8. Nicurta, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 3 type.

fup. 34 mm.

Allied to S. falsa, Holl.

new African Moths. ATI

Stauropus trichosa, sp. n.

o. Head, thorax, and abdomen chocolate-brown mixed

with greyish; palpi blackish, pale in front ; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen reddish ochreous, the fore legs

redder. Fore wing chocolate-brown suffused with dark

brown and slightly irrorated with hairy greyish scales, the

costal area rather redder and irrorated with ochreous; a

black point in end of cell and discoidal bar; traces of a

double dark postmedial line, oblique from costa to veiu 6,

angled inwards at discal fold and outwards at vein 4, then

again oblique ; some ochreous points on costa towards apex ;

traces of a dark subterminal line, excurved at middle; a

series of ochreous points on the cilia. Hind wing whitish

tinged with chocolate-brown, the costal area deep chocolate-

brown with some white hairs; an indistinct whitish post-

medial band, excurved at middle; cilia whitish at tips ; the

underside ochreous white faintly tinged with rufous.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 3 type. Eup.

38 mm.

Stauropus agramma, sp. 0.

Antenne of female very minutely serrate.

?. Head and thorax white with some black and brown

hairs ; palpi slight, black at sides; abdomen white slightly

irrorated with black. Fore wing white rather thickly

irrorated with black-brown; a subterminal series of small

indistinct brown spots, slightly excurved below vein 7 and at

middle. Hind wing white slightly tinged and irrorated with

brown; traces of a diffused brown postmedial line; the

underside white.

Hab. Masuonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 9 type.

Exp. 46 mm.

Stauropus steniptera, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with very short branches, the

apical third somewhat laminate and pilose.

6. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey; antennz

white, the branches tinged with rufous ; abdomen reddish

brown tinged with fuscous, some grey hair at base and

extremity ; hinder part of pectus, hind legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white. Fore wing white very thickly

irrorated with dark brown; a diffused straight dark subbasal

line; antemedial line dark, diffused towards costa, bent

outwards below submedian fold; postmedial line rather

diffused, dark, with short dark streaks beyond it on the veins,

472 Sir G. F. Hampson on

inwardly oblique between veins 4 and 2, then again erect, a

a faint diffused oblique shade beyond it from costa to vein 2

towards which it narrows; a waved brown subterminal line.

Hind wing white, the hair on inner area faintly tinged with

brown.

Hab. Masnonatann, Salisbury (Marshall), 2 3g type.

Exp. 386 mm.

Stauropus pergrisea, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown; palpi and

sides of frons black-brown, the head between antenne white

with a black streak; antennz white, the branches tinged

with rufous; abdomen brown mixed with fulvous, the

extremity whitish ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white mixed with brown. Fore wing white rather

thickly irrorated with brown; subbasal line brown, rather

diffused, angled outwards below costa, then oblique, ending

at submedian fold ; antemedial line brown, diffused towards

costa, angled outwards in cell and inwards in submedian

fold ; postmedial line brown, rather diffused, bent outwards

below vein 2 to near tornus; subterminal line indistinct,

brown, crenulate to termen at the veins. Hind wing white,

the hair on inner area slightly tinged with brown.

Hab. Natat, Durban (Whyte), 1 3 type. Hzp. 44 mm.

Stauropus pulverulenta, sp. n.

dg. Head and thorax grey-white tinged with brown; palpi

and front of pectus tinged with fuscous; abdomen fulvous

yellow with obscure brownish bands and some brown and

grey hair at base, the ventral surface white. Fore wing

white thickly irrorated with reddish brown; a faint brown

subbasal bar from costa; antemedial line indistinct, brown,

rather diffused, oblique from costa to vein 1; postmedial line

brown, rather diffused, bent inwards below vein 4, then

oblique to inner margin near tornus ; an indistinct lunulate

subterminal brown line. Hind wing white.

9. Abdomen with the two terminal segments black-

brown below and clothed with smooth scales instead of long

white hair.

Hab. Goup Coast, Ashanti (Dudgeon), 1 3, Kumasi

(Whiteside), 4 3,2 9 type. Eap., $ 80-40, ? 42-48 mm.

Stenostaura polioplaga, sp. n.

Palpi extending to just beyond the frons; antenne of

new African Moths. 473

male bipectinate with long branches to near apex which is

simple.

¢@. Head ochreous mixed with red-brown ; antenne red-

brown; thorax red-brown with some ochreous at sides ;

pectus, legs, and abdomen ochreous strongly tinged with

rufous, the last with the hair at base tipped with blackish.

Fore wing red-brown mixed with ochreous, the basal and

inner areas more ochreous ; subbasal line indistinctly double

filled in with ochreous and with black points at the veins,

excurved in cell and at vein 1 ; antemedial line double, the

outer line with black points at the veins, crenulate and some-

what inwardly cblique; a large round grey-white patch at

end of cell; postmedial line double filled in with ochreous,

minutely waved, excurved below costa, then oblique, the

veins beyond it streaked with black ; subterminal line re-

presented by a slight oblique ochreous striga from apex,

points on veins 7, 6, and points on veins 4, 3, 2, and 1 with

a slight dark line between them, a short ochreous streak

before it below vein 4 with an oblique line from its inner

edge to the ochreous on inner area; cilia chequered ochreous

and blackish. Hind wing ochreous suffused with rufous, the

cilia pale at tips; the underside ochreous white.

Hab. 8. Nigeria, Arochuku (Dudgeon), 1 3 type. Ezp.

28 mm.

Fentonia xylostola, sp. n.

Antenne of female with short branches, the terminal third

ciliated.

Head and tegulz ochreous white slightly mixed with red-

brown ; thorax and abdomen red-brown slightly mixed with

white ; pectus whitish ; tarsi with pale rings ; abdomen with

the ventral surface ochreous white. Fore wing red-brown

thickly irrorated with grey ; subbasal line formed by black

scales, excurved, from costa to vein 1; antemedial line

formed of raised black scales, incurved at submedian fold

and angled outwards above inner margin; postmedial line

formed by sparse black scales, oblique outwardly to costa,

then excurved to vein 2, then incurved ; traces of a whitish

subterminal line, slightly angled outwards below vein 7 and

at middle; an indistinct blackish crenulate line just before

termen. Hind wing red-brown, the cilia whitish at tips ;

the underside paler red-brown, the imner area ochreous

white.

Hab, Sierra Leone (Bartlett), 2 g type. Hap. 46 mm.

ATA Sir G. F. Hampson on

Genus PHYLLALIODES, noy.

Type P. agramma.

Proboscis absent ; palpi porrect to just beyond frons and

fringed with long hair; frons smooth, clothed with long

hair; eyes large, round; antenne of male bipectinate with

long "pranches to apex ; ‘thorax clothed with long rough hair

and without crests ; tibize clothed with long hair ; abdomen

with some rough hair at base and without crests. Fore

wing with the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved

and not crenulate ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 5 from

middle of discocellulars; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8, 9, 10

stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 stalked ;

5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated

to the cell to near extremity.

Fore wing of type with vein 7 forking well before termen

on right side only.

Phyllaliodes agramma, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax dark red-brown ; abdomen brownish

white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen dark

brown. Fore wing dark red-brown slightly irrorated with

white. Hind wing white slightly tinged with brown, the

veins browner; the underside with the costal area suffused

with brown.

Hab. Narvat, Pt. Shepstone (Aspinall), 1 3 type. Exp.

44 mm.

Antheua croceipuncta, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax bright yellow; antenne rufous;

palpi black fringed with crimson hair; pectus in front

crimson ; femora fringed with crimson hair; fore and mid

tibize and tarsi black, the hind tibiz black below, white above

fringed with brownish hair ; abdomen orange banded with

black, the ventral surface pale yellow. Fore wing bright

yellow ; an oblique antemedial series of four orange-red

points and a postmedial series of seven points, oblique below

vein 4. Hind wing pale yellow, the inner and terminal areas

tinged with orange; cilia white; the underside yellowish

white, the inner area yellower.

Hab. Gazatann, Mt. Chirinda (Marshall), 1 ¢ type.

Hep. 48 mm.

Antheua basipuncta, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax pale yellow; antenna pale fulvous ;

palpi black fringed with crimson hair; frons crimson with

new African Moths. 475

a white patch at middle; pectus in front crimson; femora

fringed with crimson hair, tibiz and tarsi black and white

mixed ; abdomen fulvous banded with black, the ventral

surface pale yellowish. Fore wing pale yellow; subbasal

orange-red points below casta and cell; an oblique ante-

mediai series of three points and a postmedial series of seven

points, oblique below vein 4. Hind wing white, the inner

margin with some yellow hair.

9. Head, thorax, and fore wing yellower; hind wing

yellow suffused with brown, the inner margin and cilia

yellow; underside of both wings suffused with brown, the

margins narrowly yellow.

Hab. Masyonatanp (Dobbie), 1 3,1 2 type; TRANnsvaaL

(Pead),1 3. Ezp., & 52-56, 9 62 mm.

Antheua albida, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax yellowish white ; antenne fulvous ;

palpi black fringed with crimson hair; frons crimson at

sides ; pectus crimson in front ; femora fringed with crimson

hair; tibiz and tarsi black “below, mostly white above ;

abdomen fulvous orange banded with black, the ventral

surface white. Fore wing yellowish white; an oblique

antemedial series of three faint orange-yellow points and a

postmedial series of seven points, oblique below vein 4.

Hind wing white, the inner area with some ochreous hairs.

?. Fore wing with the orange points more distinct, the

cilia pale yellow; hind wing pale yellow; the underside

yellow, the fore wing faintly tinged with brown except at

margins.

Hab. N. Ancota; Masuonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall,

Dobbie), 63,2 92 type. Hxp., 3 52-54, 9 56-62 mm.

Antheua trivitia, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax pale ochreous yellow; palpi and

sides of frons black; some black behind the eyes; antenne

rutous ; femora black above, the tarsi blackish above

abdomen deep rufous above, black at sides and extremity

and whitish below. Tore wing pale ochreous yellow ; short

black streaks from base on median nervure aud above inner

margin and a short streak beyond lower angle of cell above

vein 3. Hind wing white with some ochreous hair at base

of inner margin ; the cilia tinged with yellow at base.

Hab. Asysstnta (Degen), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 54 mm.

476 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Dinara encausta, sp. n.

$. Head, tegule, and prothorax pale yellow, palpi and sides

of frons deep rufous, the frons tinged with rufous ; antennz

rufous ; thorax rufous with some white hair on patagia and

metathorax; pectus and legs red-brown; abdomen rufous with

some black-brown hair at base, a lateral series of blackish

spots towards extremity and a sublateral series, the anal

tuft and ventral surface pale yellow. Tore wing yellow; a

subbasal black point in cell; a rufous fascia on inner area

except at base; a wedge-shaped fascia from median nervure

near base to termen between veins 4 and 2, where it is con-

fluent with the fascia on inner margin anda triangular patch

from termen below apex; cilia grey-brown with slight white

tips. Hind wing grey-brown, rather paler at base; the

underside ochreous, with some brownish suffusion from

median nervure near base to termen between veins 6 and 2.

Hab. Masnonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall, Dobbie), 8 3

type, Umtali (Marshall), 1 §; Gazauanp, Mt. Chirinda

(Marshall),5 g. Hxp. 40-48 mm.

Zana bidentata, sp. n.

g. Head and thorax black-brown mixed with grey and

some reddish yellow; antenne reddish yellow ; abdomen

fulvous brown, the base and extremity creamy white; the

ventral surface creamy white tinged with rufous. Fore wing

pale yellow suffused with rufous, the terminal half of inner

area to the cell and obliquely from beyond the cell to termen

below apex fuscous brown tinged with grey and irrorated

with black, interrupted by a creamy-white streak defined

below by rufous on vein 4 from just beyond angle of cell to

termen, the upper edge of this dark area bidentate at veins

6 and 7; cilia chequered black-brown and yellowish white.

Hind wing white, the cilia with some brown scales.

Hab. 8. Nieuria, Olokemeji (Dudgeon), 1 8 type. Exp.

44 mm.

Closely allied to Z. gallans, Karsch.

Zana anodonta, sp. n.

g. Head and thorax pale yellow, the pro- and meso-

thorax with some brown hair, the metathorax mostly brown ;

palpi brown ; antenne rufous; pectus and legs with brown

hair mixed; abdomen fulvous, the base and extremity

whitish, the anal tuft ochreous, the ventral surface white.

new African Moths. 477

Fore wing creamy white, the costa tinged with fulvous ; a

dark brown streak defined below by fulvous along median

nervure and above vein 4 from base to termen ; the inner

margin grey-brown and rufous except at base ; the area from

origin of vein 2 below the dark streak to tornus suffused

with grey and irrorated with a few black scales; an obliquely

downcurved dark brown streak from termen below apex to

vein 6, defined below by rufous and with a triangular patch of

grey suffusion irrorated with black below it extending to the

whitish streak which defines the dark medial streak above ;

cilia grey mixed with some black. Hind wing white; the

cilia chequered faintly with brown.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), 1 S$ type. xp.

42 mm.

Allied to Z. gallans, Karsch.

Zana ruficosta, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax pale yellow with fuscous streaks

above patagia ; palpi rufous ; fore femora and tibize mostly

brown, the tarsi banded with black; abdomen fulvous

orange, the extremity and ventral surface yellowish white ;

subdorsal black spots on third, fourth, and fifth segments and

a lateral series. Fore wing yellow; the terminal half of

costal area rufous, with a wedge-shaped black-brown patch

below it from before end of cell to termen below apex, its

lower edge indented by a small spot of the ground-colour at

upper angle of cell and dentate just before termen below

vein 6; a dark brown fascia along median nervure and below

vein 4 from base to termen, its lower edge with four slight

dentations from before vein 2 to vein 3; a rather diffused

brown fascia on inner margin except at base; the cilia with

a series of blackish points. Hind wing silky white; the

underside with the costal area tinged with orange-yellow.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Ashanti (Dudgeon), 1 ¢ type. Lup.

34 mm.

Allied to 7. aurofodine, Dist.

Genus AMPHIPHALERA, nov.

Type A. leuconephra.

Proboscis fully developed’; palpi short, porrect; frons

smooth ; eyes large, round; antenne simple and laminate

in both sexes; thorax clothed with hair only and without

crests ; tibiz moderately fringed with hair, the hind tibize

with two pairs of spurs ; abdomen smoothly scaled and with-

out crests. Fore wing rather long and narrow, the apex

478 Sir G. F. Hampson on

rounded, the termen evenly curved and not crenulate; vein 3

from before angle of cell; 5 from just above middle of

discocellulars ; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form a long

areole, 6 from the areole; 11 from cell. -Hind wing with

veins 3,4 from angle of cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ;

6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated to the cell to beyond middle.

Amphiphalera leuconephra, sp. n.

Head and thorax white mixed with brown; abdomen

fulvous yellow, greyish at extremity, the ventral surface

yellowish white faintly banded with brown. Fore wing pale

silky grey-brown irrorated with white; indistinct antemedial

dark points on the veins; reniform white, oblique bar-shaped,

the costal area suffused with white from well before to well

beyond it; a postmedial series of slight dark points on the

veins, arising just beyond the reniform and obliquely in-

curved below vein 4; a faint whitish subterminal line, ex-

curved below vein 7 and at middle, then oblique. Hind

wing yellowish white, the terminal area pale silky brown,

broad at costa, narrowing to tornus.

Hab. S1urra Lrone (Cator), 1 3; Goiv Coast, Volta R.

(Dudgeon), 1 2 type. Exp. 46 mm.

Paradiastema pulverea, sp. n.

Antenne of male with rather long uniseriate branches to

apex, of female with short branches.

6. Head and thorax creamy white, the patagia with some

fulvous; palpi blackish at tips; antenne black ; legs with

brown hair mixed; abdomen fulvous, the ventral surface

whitish slightly banded with black. Fore wing whitish

thickly irrorated with rufous, the termen narrowly and cilia

rufous. Hind wing silky white with a yellowish tinge.

2. Abdomen with the anal tuft brownish white, with a

blackish band at base; fore wing sometimes very thickly

irrorated with rufous,

Hab. Gop Coast, Cape Coast Castle (Higlett, Dudgeon),

1g, 4 2 type; S. Niczr1a (Dudgeon), 2 9. Eap. 46-

52 mm.

Resembles P. nigrocincta, Auriv., but the antenne of

female are pectinate instead of laminate.

Genus Lamoriopgs, nov.

Type L. metaleuca.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, rather slenderly

scaled and reaching to just above vertex of head; frons with

new African Moths. 479

* pointed conical prominence above; eyes large, round; an-

tennee of male long and ciliated ; thorax clothed chiefly with

scales and without crests; build very slender; legs very

‘long, the tibize smoothly scaled and with the spurs long ;

abdomen long and slender and without crests. Fore wing

very long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly

curved and not crenulate ; veins 3 and 4 from angle of cell ;

5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6 from upper angle; 9 from

10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole ; 11 touching 10

just beyond the areole. Hind wings with veins 3, 4 stalked ;

5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6,7 stalked; 8 approxi-

mated to the cell to near middle.

Leucania angustipennis, Saalm. Lep. Madag. fig. 252,

possibly belongs to this genus.

Lamoriodes metaleuca, sp. nu.

3g. Head and thorax blackish brown ; pectus and abdo-

men grey-white. Fore wing grey-brown tinged with fuscous

at base, the veins and discal fold streaked with black; traces

of an obliquely curved antemedial line; a black discoidal

point; postmedial line indistmet and faintly defined by

greyish on outer side, excurved from costa to vein 4, then

strongly incurved to inner margin near antemedial line ; a

fine black terminal line. Hind wing creamy white, the

terminal area tinged with brown ; a fine dark terminal line ;

the underside with dark discoidal point.

Hab. Sinrra Leone (Clements), 1 3 type. Exp. 22 mm.

Lamoriodes metaphea, sp. u.

3d. Head and thorax black-brown; pectus and abdomen

greyish fuscous. Fore wing fuscous brown, the veins and

discal fold streaked with blackish ; traces of a dark ante-

medial line bent inwards below submedian fold and with

white points at median nervure and vein 1; traces of a dark

postmedial line with white points at the veins, very oblique

below vein 6 to middle of inner margin; a terminal series of

minute black spots defined on inner side by white points.

Hind wing fuscous brown with a slight pale line at base of

cilia.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 g type. Exp.

28 mm.

Scrancia discalis, sp. 0.

Antenne of female bipectinate with moderate branches to

apex ; fore wing with the areole very long.

480 Sir G. F. Hampson on

?. Head and thorax ochreous suffused with red-brown,

the upper edge of patagia darker ; palpi black on inner side ;

antennze with the shaft whitish, the branches brown; fore

legs streaked with dark brown on inner side; abdomen

ochreous tinged with rufous, the crest at base with dark

brown mixed. Fore wing ochreous, suffused in parts with

red-brown and irrorated with a few black scales, especially on

the veins; a diffused black-brown patch in submedian inter-

space to origin of vein 2, extending to just below vein 1 at

base ; an indistinct diffused oblique brown bar from costa

before middle and oblique line from cell to vein 1 ; a rather

quadrate black-brown patch in end of cell; the extremity of

median nervure, discocellulars, and base of veins arising from

end of cell creamy white ; a double oblique sinuous brown

postmedial line filled in with creamy white from vein 7 to 2

with two faint oblique rufous lines from it to costa and one

to inner margin, the veins beyond it with blackish streaks ;

a maculate blackish subterminal line from vein 7 to 2,

angled outwards at vein 4, defined on inner side by pale

yellow and with the area beyond it browner; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing creamy white, the termen

tinged with brown from apex to vein 2; the underside with

the costal area suffused and irrorated with brown.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Taveta (Rogers), 2 9 type. Eup.

36 mm.

Scrancia stictica, sp. n.

Antennee of female bipectinate with short branches to

two-thirds length ; fore wing with the areole short and broad.

?. Head and thorax brown mixed with greyish; palpi

dark above, whitish below; abdomen grey suffused with

brown. Fore wing grey tinged with brown; a subbasal

black point in submedian fold; a slight antemedial dark

shade from submedian fold to inner margin, with a black

point beyond it on vein 1 ; a black discoidal striga defined

by greyish placed on a faint diffused medial brown shade,

narrowing to a slight bar at costa; a rather oblique double

postmedial series of black points on the veins from below

costa to inner margin; the apical part of costal area suffused

with fuscous ; traces of a pale waved subterminal line defined

on outer side by slight blackish marks on the veins, the area

beyond it tinged with grey-brown; a terminal series of

prominent black points. Hind wing whitish, the terminal

area suffused with brown; a faint discoidal striga ; cilia

whitish ; the underside whitish, the costa slightly irrorated

new African Moths. 451

with brown, a faint discoidal striga and subterminal shade

diffused to apex.

Hab. Nata, Durban (Clarke), 1 2 type. Exp. 48 mm.

Allied to S. accipiter, Schaus.

Scrancia leucopera, sp. n.

Antenne of female ciliated.

?. Head, tegule, and vertex of thorax ochreous mixed

with red-brown, the patagia and metathorax white; pectus

and legs whitish ; abdomen pale red-brown with white

segmental lines, the ventral surface whitish. Fore wing pale

red-brown irrorated with glittering scales, the base white,

with oblique outer edge; some slight white suffusion on

middle of costa, with two brown points beyond it ; reniform

white, elliptical, its centre slightly defined by brown; the

apical part of costal area white, its lower edge angled just

before termen, three slight brown spots on it at costa; post-

medial dark poimts above veins 5, 4, 3, and a subterminal

series of whitish points from the patch to inner margin, those

on veins 4, 3 nearer the termen; a terminal series of small

brown spots. Hind wing pale red-brown; a dark brown

terminal line with whitish points at the veins; the underside

whitish tinged with red: brown, the costal area irrorated with

red-brown, the terminal area suffused with red-brown, a

brown discoidal bar, curved postmedial line, and whitish

subterminal line bent inwards to costa and ending on termen

at vein 1.

Hab. S. Nicersa, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 Q type.

Exp. 44 mm.

Scrancia atrifrons, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax fuscous brown with a few whitish

scales, the frons deep black ; pectus grey ; abdomen grey

suffused with fuscous except at base. Fore wing fuscous

brown ; traces of sinuous black antemedial and medial lines ;

a faint whitish discoidal striga defined by black and with

some ochreous before and beyond it; postmedial line in-

distinct, double, dentate and produced to black and white

streaks on the veins ; a fine black terminal line. Hind wing

pale fuscous brown; the underside greyer.

Hab. Transvaat (Pead), 1 2 type. Exp. 30 mm.

Allied to S. africana, Auriv., but the wings much shorter.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 33

482 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Gargetta xylochroa, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches to apex ;

fore wing without fringe of hair on inner area below.

&. Head and thorax brown mixed with ochreous and

some fuscous; antennz pale ochreous ; abdomen ochreous

suffused with brown. Fore wing ochreous suffused with

brown and irrorated with a few black scales in submedian

fold; a subbasal black point below the cell; faimt traces of

a diffused antemedial line, oblique from costa to submedian

fold, then inwardly oblique; a black point in cell towards

extremity, with a very oblique dark shade to it from costa ;

a slight blackish discoidal striga, with oblique shade to it

from costa; a very indistinct double sinuous postmedial

line, the costa beyond it with pale poimts with fuscous

between them, the veins beyond it with slight blackish

streaks; a pale subterminal shade, oblique from costa just

before apex to submedian fold, then bent outwards to tornus ;

a terminal series of black points. Hind wing pure white,

with fine ochreous-brown terminal line with black points on

it from apex to vein 2; the underside with the costa slightly

tinged with ochreous.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Kikuyu (Crawshay), 1 3g type.

Exp. 32 mm.

Gargetta leuca, sp. n.

Antennz of male bipectinate with long branches to apex ;

fore wing without fringe of hair.

dg. Head and thorax white slightly tinged with rufous ;

antennze with the branches black at extreme base ; abdomen

whitish tinged with brown. Fore wing ochreous faintly

tinged with rufous and irrorated with a very few black

scales, the costal edge brown. Hind wing semihyaline

ochreous white.

Hab. Goup Coast, Volta (Dudgeon), 1 .g type. Lup.

36 mm.

Genus PsaLtsoDEs, nov.

Type P. atriasciata.

Proboscis absent; palpi porrect, extending about three

times length of head and fringed with rather long hair below ;

frons smooth; eyes large, round; antenne of female bi-

pectinate with long branches to apex and with tuft of very

long hair from basal joint in front; thorax clothed with hair

only and without crests, the patagia with pointed tufts of

hair from base of upper edge; tibize moderately fringed with

new African Moths. 483

hair; abdomen with some rough hair at base and without

crests. Fore wing long and narrow, the costa highly arched

towards apex, which is much produced, the termen very

obliquely curved and not crenulate ; veins 3 and 2 from close

together towards angle of cell; 5 from middle of disco-

cellulars ; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form a very long

areole ; 6 from the areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ;

6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated to the cell to middle.

Psalisodes atrifasciata, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown, some black

on upper edge of patagia at base; antenne with the shaft

whitish, the branches rufous, the tufts from basal joint dark

brown ; abdomen grey suffused with reddish brown. Fore

wing grey tinged with brown, especially at middle of costal

area, and irrorated with a few black seales; a black fascia

on basal half of median nervure defined below by white ; two

red-brown streaks in terminal half of cell, with a fine white

streak between them; antemedial line double, excurved in

cell to near its extremity, then angled inwards and black filled

in with white to the extremity of the fascia, again strongly.

excurved in submedian fold and very oblique to vein | before

middle, where it terminates; a white discoidal bar defined

on inner side by black; the extremity of median nervure

and bases of veins 5, 4, 3, 2 streaked with white; post-

medial line whitish defined on each side by slight black

points at the veins, arising at vein 5, straight to vein 2, then

excurved to inner margin near tornus ; an oblique series of

black streaks on the veins defined by white at tips and with

some red-brown between them from below apex to the post-

medial line at vein 4, an oblique brown shade from the extre-

mity of the streak on vein 4 to the postmedial line at vein 2 ;

a terminal series of minute black points at the veins. Hind

wing greyish suffused with brown ; cilia white at tips. ;

Hab. Br. EK. Arrica, Taveta (Rogers), 2 ?, Athi R.

(Betton), 1 2 type. Exp. 28-36 mm.

Ramesa euzopherodes, sp. n.

Fore wing with vein 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to

form a long areole ; autennz of female with short bravches

ending in a bristle.

2. Head and thorax brown mixed with ochreous white;

abdomen grey-brown, the ventral surface ochreous white.

Fore wing ochreous white faintly tinged with red-brown, the

33*

484 Sir G. F. Hampson on

terminal area suffused with brown, with black streaks on the

veins and brownish streaks in the interspaces; a black

streak below median nervure to origin of vein 2; a double

blackish medial line, almost obsolete towards costa and inner

margin, very strongly excurved in cell to near its extremity,

then angled inwards to extremity of the black streak, then

again excurved, a black streak in submedian fold from it to

the double waved postmedial line almost obsolete towards

costa and inner margin; subterminal line very indistinct,

pale, waved, obsolete towards costa and bent inwards below

vein 4 to near the postmedial line. Hind wing ochreous

white, the termen slightly tinged with brown from apex to

vein 2; the underside with the costal area slightly irrorated

with red-brown.

Hab. Ucanva, White Nile, Gondokoro (Reynes Cole), 1 9

type. Exp. 40 mm.

Allied to R. macrodonta, Hmpsn.

Ramesa dasychira, sp. 0.

Fore wing with veins 9 and 10 anastomosing with 8 to

form a moderate areole.

?. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey, some

yellowish white on vertex of head; tegule black, with

yellowish-white patch edged with black behind them ; pectus,

legs, and abdomen grey-brown, the tarsi ringed with whitish.

Fore wing brown mixed with some grey and irrorated with

black ; the first line medial, black, waved, defined on inner

side by grey-white, irrorated with large black scales, diffused

inwards towards inner margin ; a black discoidal bar ; post-

medial line black, defined on outer side by whitish, minutely

dentate, bent inwards to costa; subterminal line waved,

whitish ; a terminal series of black strie. Hind wing

whitish suffused with brown, the cilia whiter.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), 1 9 type. Lup.

34 mm.

Allied to R. macrodonta, Hmpsn.

‘Genus NoToxantTHa, nov.

Type N. sesamiodes.

Proboscis aborted, minute; palpi porrect, extending to

just beyond the frons, which has a horseshoe-shaped promi-

nence with raised edges; eyes large, round; antenne of

male bipectinate with long branches to apex, of female

ciliated ; thorax clothed with hair only and without crests ;

new African Moths. 485

tibiz moderately fringed with hair; abdomen without crests.

Fore wing with the apex produced and acute, the termen

evenly curved and not crenulate; veins 3, 4 from angle of

cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ; 9 and 10 anastomosing

with 8 to form a long areole, 6 from the areole ; 11 from

cell. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 5

from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated

to the cell to middle.

Notoxantha sesamiodes, sp. n.

Head chocolate-brown ; thorax white slightly tinged with

pink ; legs brown on inner side ; abdomen yellowish white

suffused with fulvous except at extremity, the ventral surface

tinged with brown. Fore wing pink sparsely irrorated with

black, the costal edge, median nervure, and veins arising

from it and vein 6 streaked with yellowish white. Hind

wing yellowish white suffused with brown except at base,

the terminal area and cilia tinged with pink; the underside

tinged with pink except on inner area.

Hab. N. Ancota; Masnonauanp, Salisbury (Marshall,

Dobbie), 2 8, 1 ¢ type; Transvaat (Pead), 1 S. LEzp.,

3 34, 2 40 mm.

Pydna rubritincta, sp. n.

Fore wing with veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked.

9. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown, the meta-

thorax rufous; fore femora black-brown on inner side;

abdomen pale grey-brown. Fore wing greys, ochreous

sparsely irrorated with black, the interspaces suffused with

rufous except on basal and costal areas ; an obliquely curved

postmedial series of black points on veins 6 to 1; a series of

blackish points just before termen. Hind wing grey, the

veins suffused with fuscous brown; the underside pale

greyish irrorated with brown and with a slight fuscous tinge

in and beyond lower part of cell.

Hab. Navat, Durban (Leigh), 1 2 type. Eup. 44 mm.

Pydna flavida, sp. n.

Fore wing with the areole short, vein 10 from beyond

the areole; antennz of male with long branches.

gd. Head and thorax ochreous white; antennze fulvous ;

palpi black at sides ; pectus blackish in front; fore femora

and tibiz black on inner side, the tarsi with some black

towards extremities ; abdomen fulvous, the anal tuft and

486 Sir G. F. Hampson on

ventral surface ochreous white. Fore wing ochreous white

sparsely irrorated with black scales ; subbasal points formed

of black scales below costa and cell; traces of an obliquely

curved antemedial series of points formed of black scales ; a

diffused patch of black scales in end of cell and some on

discocellulars ; an obliquely curved postmedial series of black

points on the veins and a subterminal series in the inter-

spaces ; some black scales on termen. Hind wing white,

with some brown irroration in and just beyond the cell.

Hab. Natat, Charlestown (Toppin), 1g, Durban (Bowker),

2 6 type. Hap. 40 mm.

Pydna brunnetfascia, sp. uv.

Fore wing with the areole short, vein 10 from beyond the

areole ; antennz of male with the branches long.

6. Head and thorax ochreous white tinged with brown

in front, the palpi and frons dark brown; pectus and legs

suffused with brown; abdomen ochreous white tinged with

brown, especially on dorsum of second and third segments.

Fore wing ochreous white slightly irrorated with brown ; a

dark reddish-brown fascia along median nervure from near

base to near termen below vein 5, narrowing to points at

extremities ; faint traces of a fascia formed of diffused brown

scales below costal area from middle of cell to below apex ;

a series of brown points just before termen. Hind wing -

“het white ; the underside with the costal area tinged with

rown.

Hab. Uprer Coneo (Wollaston),1 8 type. Ezp. 32mm.

Pydna minima, sp. n.

Fore wing with the areole short, vein 10 from beyond the

areole ; antennz of male with long branches.

&. Head and front of thorax dark brown; antennz

fulvous, the rest of thorax white ; pectus in front and legs

on inner side dark brown ; abdomen pale orange-yellow, the

base white, the ventral surface white tinged with brown.

Fore wing white rather sparsely irrorated with brown. Hind

wing silky white. Underside silky white, the costal area of

fore wing faintly tinged with rufous.

Hab. N. Niceria, Lokoja (Dudgeon), 1 3 type. Lap.

24 mm,

Pydna rubrifascia, sp. 0.

Fore wing with the areole long, vein 10 from beyond the

new African Moths. 487

areole; antenne of male with long branches, of female

ciliated.

Head and tegule rufous; thorax yellow; legs rufous in

front ; abdomen ochreous yellow. Fore wing pale yellow ;

a chestnut-red fascia from base below median nervure, ex-

panding into lower extremity of cell, then rather oblique to

vein 6 near termen, its lower edge somewhat dentate at the

veins ; some rufous scales on discocellulars ; slight rufous

subterminal spots above veins 3 and 2 and a series of points

just before termen. Hind wing yellow faintly tinged with

rufous ; the underside yellowish white, the costal area tinged

with rufous.

Hab. Masuonatanpd, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 g, Umtali

(Marshall), 1 3; Gazatanp, Mt. Chirinda (Marshall),

2? type. Hap., 5 32, 2 36 mm.

Closely allied to P. nana, Swinh., from India.

Pydna rhabdophora, sp. un.

Fore wing with the areole long, vein 10 from the areole ;

antenne of male with the branches long.

6. Head and thorax ochreous white tinged with brown;

antennz fulvous; frons blackish below; fore femora brown

above ; abdomen pale orange slightly banded with brown,

the ventral surface yellowish white, lateral and sublateral

series of small black spots. Fore wing ochreous white

thickly irrorated with brown; a black-brown fascia along

median nervure from near base to well beyond the cell, its

lower edge somewhat dentate at veins 2 and 3. Hind wing

white faintly tinged with ochreous; the underside white,

with the costal area slightly tinged with ochreous.

Hab. N. Niceria, Lokoja, Mt. Patti (Christy), 1 3 type.

Exp. 40 mm.

Pydna diatrecta, sp. n.

Fore wing with the areole long, vein 10 from the areole ;

antennz of male with long branches.

6. Head and thorax greyish ochreous tinged with brown,

the head with black scales mixed ; antennz fulvous ; pectus

in front and fore tibiz and tarsi on inner side blackish ;

abdomen greyish ochreous dorsally suffused with brown.

Fore wing greyish ochreous thickly irrorated with black ; a

slight blackish fascia on median nervure from before middle,

beyond the cell obliquely bent upwards to below apex,

stronger and somewhat maculate; obliquely placed subter-

minal small black spots above veins 3 and 2; a series of black

A488 Sir G. F’. Hampson on

points just before termen. Hind wing greyish suffused with

fuscous brown leaving the termen “pale ; the underside

whitish tinged with brown.

Hab. Ucanpa, Masevi (Christy), 1 8 type, Kampala

(Christy), 1g. Lap. 36 mm.

Turnaca rufisquamata, sp, n.

6. Head and thorax ochreous white mixed with rufous,

the branches of antennz blackish; palpi brown at side and

tips; abdomen ochreous white tinged with rufous dorsally

at base. Fore wing ochreous irrorated with hairy rufous

scales especially on inner margin; veins 6 and 4 with slight

dark streaks to the postmedial series of minute dark streaks

on the veins; the extremities of the veins with slight dark

streaks. Hind wing yellowish white.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 ¢ type. Exp.

42 mm,

Allied to T. grisea, Holl.

Catarctia terminipuncta, sp. n.

Fore wing with the termen strongly excised below apex ;

hind wing with the costa strongly excised before apex.

¢. Head and thorax ochreous white tinged with rufous;

palpi blackish at sides ; antenne rufous; dorsum of thorax

with black streak; fore legs pinkish on inner side; abdo-

men yellow, with subdorsal series of black spots, the hair at

base and extremity pink. Fore wing ochreous white suffused

with pale rufous; a small black spot in cell near base; a

small pink discoidal spot ; faint traces of a curved antemedial

line and of a postmedial line bent outwards below costa,

angled outwards at veins 4, 3, then incurved ; an indistinct

ah subterminal line, angled outwards at veins 7, 6, 4, 3,

incurved at discal fold and below vein 3 and ending at

tornus, the area beyond it somewhat deeper rufous; a ter-

minal series of black spots slightly defined by whitish.

Hind wing pale yellow, the costal area tinged with rufous,

a patch of pink suffusion on terminal area below vein 2

narrowing to tornus; a slight pinkish discoidal point; an

indistinct curved pinkish “postmedial line from costa to

discal fold ; traces of a sinuous whitish subterminal line

from costa to termen at vein 2, the area beyond it tinged

with rufous; two slight black points on termen below apex ;

cilia tinged with pink at apex. Underside of fore wing

whitish, the costal area suffused with pink to beyond middle,

a triangular patch of rufous suffusion before termen from

new African Moths. 489

costa to vein 8, with two whitish lunules on it below the

costa; hind wing whitish, the costal area suffused with

rufous and with fuscous before and beyond the subterminal

line, a small blackish discoidal spot.

Hab. Gown Coast, Ashanti, Obuassi (Bergman), 1 3 type.

Exp. 48 mm.

Genus TRICHOLOBA, nov.

Type T. (Antheua) carteri, Druce.

Proboscis aborted, small ; palpi upturned, slender, reaching

about to vertex of head; frons smooth, with large tuft of

hair above; eyes large, round; antennz in both sexes

bipectinate with long branches, the apical part laminate ;

thorax clothed with rough hair only and without crests ;

fore tibiz moderately fringed with hair, the mid and hind

tibie fringed with long “hair ; abdomen without crests.

Fore wing with the apex rectangular, the termen obliquely

curved and not crenulate ; vein 3 from just before angle of

cell; 5 from above middle of discocellulars; 9 from 10

anastomosing with 8 to form a long areole, 6 from middle of

areole, 8 from beyond it; 11 from cell. Hind wing with

very large lobe on costa near base fringed with thick long

hair on its outer edge extending to towards apex; veins 3, 4

from angle of cell; 5 from middle of discoccllulars ; 6, 7

shortly stalked; 8 approximated to the cell to towards

extremity.

Tricholoba airiclathrata, sp. un.

@. Head and thorax pale ochreous yellow mixed with

some reddish brown; palpi dark brown behind; fore legs

suffused with brown in front, the tarsi banded with brown ;

abdomen pale yellow, with some reddish brown at base of

dorsum. Fore wing creamy white irrorated with chocolate-

brown ; a subbasal chocolate-brown point below costa, with

an oblique elliptical patch below it extending to below the

cell and rather broken up by some of the ground-colour ;

two antemedial points below the costa, with traces of a double

waved line from them to inner margin; a small elliptical

chocolate annulus in end of cell intersected by a streak of

the ground-colour in discal fold ; a large elliptical chocolate

patch at lower angle of cell, hooked on discocellulars

and broken up by pale streaks on the veins ; traces of a

double postmedial ‘line, the lines widely separated and oblique

to vein 4, then inwardly oblique and more approximated ;

a conical patch of chocolate marks much broken up by the

490 Sir G. F, Hampson on

ground-colour on costa towards apex and some chocolate on

apical part of costa; subterminal line represented by a

double lunule between veins 5, 4 and double oblique waved

line from vein 8 to inner margin with some chocolate

between it and postmedial line between veins 3 and 2; the

termen thickly irrorated with chocolate towards tornus.

Hind wing pale yellow, the costal edge brownish towards

apex ; the underside with the lobe fringed with chocolate-

brown hair.

Hab. Simrra Leone (Dudgeon), 1 2 type. Hap.50 mm.

Scalmicauda heterogyna, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the

apical half simple ; fore wing narrow.

6. Head and tegule rufous deepening to chocolate be-

hind, the vertex of head yellowish ; the pointed crest behind

the tegulee very long ; thorax and abdomen ochreous white,

the pectus rufous in front. Fore wing pale fuscous brown,

the inner area pale brownish grey, extending beyond the

postmedial line to vein 3; traces of a slight pale subbasal

line from costa to vein 1; a slight obliquely curved ante-

medial brown line defined on outer side by whitish ; orbicular

and reniform with whitish annuli slightly defined by brown,

elliptical, open above, the former rather oblique and with a

round spot defined by brown below it in submedian inter-

space ; postmedial line double, rufous filled in with whitish .

and defined by whitish on outer side, oblique and straight

from costa just before apex to middle of inner margin; a

sinuous brown subterminal line angled outwards at veins 4,

3, 2, and inwards at vein 1; cilia brown. Hind wing white,

the inner area tinged with brown except towards base.

?. Abdomen rufous; fore wing rufous, the inner half

tinged with whitish ; hind wing pale rufous.

Hab. Detascoa Bay, 1 6 type; Nara, Pinetown

(Bowker), 1 2, Durban (Clarke), 192. Euxp., g 34, 2 48-

52 mm.

Allied to S. spisstcornis, Mab., from Madagascar.

Scalmicauda flavipennis, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the

apical half simple ; fore wing narrow.

3d. Head, tegulz, and a patch on prothorax bright rufous ;

palpi yellow tinged with rufous; thorax grey-brown, no

crest behind tegule; abdomen whitish tinged with brown,

the anal tuft long and tinged with rufous; pectus, legs, and

new African Moths. 491

ventral surface of abdomen yellow slightly tinged with

rufous. Fore wing pale yellow slightly irrorated with brown,

the costa rufous except at base, the inner area suffused with

rufous except at base; a fine sinuous brown subbasal line

from costa to vein 1; antemedial line fine, brown, excurved

below submedian fold; orbicular and reniform with fine

brown annuli, large, elliptical, open above, a similar mark

below the cell under the orbicular; postmedial line fine,

brown, oblique from costa to vein 3, then still more oblique ;

a crenulate subterminal brown line, the area beyond it

tinged with rufous; cilia rufous. Hind wing yellowish

white, the hair on vein 1| faintly tinged with rufous.

Hab. Sterra Leone (Bartlett), 1 3 type. Hap. 50 mm.

Scalmicauda argentescens, sp. 0.

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the

apical half simple ; fore wing narrow, the costa highly arched

towards apex.

6. Palpi and frons chocolate-brown, vertex of head white

tinged with rufous ; antennz pale rufous ; thorax red-brown

tinged with grey; abdomen red-brown, paler towards

extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

ochreous, the pectus in front and fore legs rufous. Fore

wing red-brown irrorated and suffused with silvery grey, the

costal area paler towards base ; a faint dark antemedial line

from cell to inner margin, angled outwards below the cell,

then oblique ; orbicular and reniform faintly defined by

blackish, closely approximated, the former oblique elliptical

with white point on its inner edge, the latter elliptical and

slightly constricted at middle with a small white spot be-

tween it and orbicular; postmedial line indistinct, dark,

defined on outer side by silvery grey, very oblique and

slightly incurved from apex to middle of inner margin;

the costa towards apex bright rufous; a subterminal

series of slight dark lunules in the interspaces, some

silvery-grey suffusion before and beyond it at tornus ;

cilia dark brown. Hind wing pale red-brown; the under-

side ochreous white with a faint rufous tinge.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi ( Whiteside), 1 @ type. Exp.

52 mm.

Scalmicauda niveiplaga, sp. n.

9. Head, tegule, and a patch on prothorax deep cho-

colate-red, the rest of thorax rufous; pectus, legs, and

abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous, the last dorsally

492 Sir G. F. Hampson on

suffused with brown except at extremity. Tore wing rufous

slightly irrorated with brown; subbasal line slight, brown,

oblique from costa to median nervure and ending at vein 1 ;

antemedial line brown, slightly angled inwards at submedian

fold, then excurved; orbicular and reniform defined by

brown, their centres also defined by brown, elliptical, the

latter somewhat constricted at middle on inner side, a round

blackish spot with pale point in centre below the orbicular ;

postmedial line brown slightly defined on inner side by

greyish, slightly angled outwards below costa, obliquely

curved to vein 2, then bent inwards and very oblique to

inner margin, an elongate wedge-shaped silvery-white patch

beyond it on costa; subterminal line represented by a series

of slight dark lunules in the interspace, the lunule below

vein 2 displaced inwards to near posimedial line; cilia

chocolate brown. Hind wing pale red-brown, the costal

area greyish; cilia whitish at tips; the underside ochreous

white. ;

Hab. 8. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 ¢ type.

Exp. 60 mm.

Resembles S. argenteo-maculata, Auriv.

Scalmicauda griseitincta, sp. n.

Antennee of male bipectinate with long branches to near

apex which is simple, of female with shorter branches ; fore

wing narrow, the apex rounded.

¢. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with ochreous

white; antennze with the shaft barred with white towards

base ; tegulee with slight dark medial line; fore tibiz with

the process on inner side large and pure white; tarsi banded

with white ; abdomen brown with a cupreous gloss, the anal

tuft long. Fore wing red-brown glossed with grey, the

veins with slight dark streaks, the submedian fold with series

of minute red-brown streaks ; a black point in cell near base ;

subbasal line red-brown, minutely waved, from costa to vein 1,

the costal area and cell beyond it suffused with red-brown ;

medial line double, bent outwards in cell, then oblique,

sinuous and angled inwards on vein 1; a dark discoidal

striga with white points at the angles of cell; postmedial

line double, the lines widely separated, obliquely curved and

minutely dentate, the outer line with dark points beyond it

on the veins, some white points beyond it on costa; sub-

terminal line brown, minutely waved and somewhat excurved

at middle; a fine dark terminal line and series of white

points at base of cilia. Hind wing grey-brown with a reddish

tinge, the cilia white at tips; the underside with faint patch

new African Moths. 493

of dark suffusion on costal area near base and indistinct

diffused sinuous postmedial line.

2. Hind wing fuscous brown.

Hab. Nata, Durban (Leigh), 1 g,1 2 type. Ezxp., 332,

9? 38 mm.

Larva. Brown, the warts minute, blackish ; head blackish ;

a pair of anal processes.

Scalmicauda xanthogyna, sp. n.

Antennze of male serrate and fasciculate, the apex simple,

of female minutely serrate; fore wing rather short and

broad.

¢. Head and thorax deep chocolate-red, the vertex of

head more yellow ; palpi yellow in front ; antennx rufous ;

-pectus and legs ochreous tinged with rufous; abdomen

reddish brown with pale segmental bands, the ventral surface

yellow. Fore wing deep chocoiate-red ; traces of an oblique

sinuous antemedial line; orbicular and reniform faintly

defined by brown, the former small, round, the latter elliptical

with its outer edge indented, a small annulus defined by

brown below the orbicular in submedian interspace; a

blackish point above base of vein 6; postmedial line indis-

tinct, dark, from costa towards apex, excurved below costa,

then oblique and crenulate to middle of inner margin, a

slight grey-brown patch beyond it on costa; a subterminal

series of slight black lunules in the interspaces, the lunule

below vein 3 with another lunule before it, and two pairs of

points below vein 2; slight dark marks on termen. below

veins 4 and 8. Hind wing pale red-brown, whitish at base ;

the cilia whitish at tips; the underside whitish tinged with

rufous.

9. Head and tegule yellow; thorax yellowish brown ;

abdomen yellow tinged with red-brown; fore wing king’s

yellow, the inner half except at base suffused with red-brown,

all the markings rather more diffused.

Hab. 8. Nicurta, Sapele (Sampson),1 3,1 2 type. Eap.,

3 42, 9 44 mm.

Scalmicauda albicostata, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax deep maroon-red; pectus and abdo-

men whitish tinged with rufous, the pectus in front, legs,

and hair at base of dorsum of abdomen red. Fore wing deep

maroon-red, the costal edge pure white; a faint whitish

antemedial line, oblique from costa to vein J, then bent in-

wards to inner margin ; postmedial line whitish, very oblique,

494 Sir G. F. Hampson on

slightly excurved from costa to vein 2, then slightly incurved.

Hind wing glossy white, the veins tinged with ochreous.

Hab. Masunonaxanp, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 92 type.

Exp. 50 mm.

Scalmicauda ectoleuca, sp. n.

Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate, the apex simple ;

fore wing short and broad, the tornus with a scale-tooth.

6. Head and thorax deep chocolate-red, the frons, vertex

of thorax, and outer edge of patagia with some yellow ;

pectus and legs yellow tinged with rufous ; abdomen dark

brown, the extremity and ventral surface yellow. Fore

wing with the base and costal half to postmedial line yellow,

the costal edge chocolate-red except at base, some red

irroration before antemedial line on inner area and before .

postmedial line, the area below the cell deep chocolate-red

from the antemedial line to tornus and a red patch beyond

the postmedial line above and below vein 5, the rest of

terminal area creamy white with some red irroration ; oblique

sinuous chocolate-red subbasal and antemedial lines, the

latter indistinctly double; orbicular and reniform defined by

chocolate-red, the former round, the latter filled in with

red suffusion and angled inwards on median nervure; traces

of a dark annulus below the orbicular in submedian inter-

space; postmedial line chocolate-red, oblique from costa

towards apex to vein 2, then incurved ; a double lunulate

black subterminal line. Hind wing dark brown ; the under-

side whitish tinged with brown especially on costal area.

Hab. 8. Niceria, Old Calabar (Sampson), 1 3 type.

Exp. 32 mm.

Scalmicauda rufula, sp. n.

Antenne of male with minute fascicles of cilia ; fore wing

narrow.

g. Head and thorax rufous mixed with greyish ; palpi

chocolate-brown at sides; antenne with the basal joint

white at tip; hind tarsislightly ringed with white; abdomen

rufous, the anal tuft very long. Fore wing rufous mixed

with greyish, the terminal area somewhat paler; a whitish

point at base of median nervure; subbasal line fine, double

filled in with whitish, slightly imcurved; antemedial line fine,

double filled in with whitish, sinuous; orbicular elliptical,

with whitish annulus slightly defined by brown, extending to

just below costa, and with fine sinuous double line filled in

with whitish from it to inner margin; reniform elliptical with

new African Moths. 495

whitish annulus and whitish line at middle, a blackish point

at its lower inner extremity and a small black spot before it

below the cell ; medial line fine, double filled in with whitish,

from below the costa well beyond the cell, oblique, slightly

waved between veins 3 and 1; two similar postmedial lines ;

a subterminal series of oblique whitish striz defined on outer

side by black in the interspaces, placed in echelon; a fine

dark terminal line. Hind wing rufous, the cilia white at

tips; the underside whitish suffused with rufous, traces of a

whitish postmedial band, rufous subterminal line, and series

of rufous strize before termen.

Hab. 8. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 g type.

Exp. 38 mm.

Ichthyura lentisignata, sp. n.

3. Head, dorsum of tegule, and a patch on prothorax

black-brown, the rest of thorax and abdomen reddish brown

mixed with greyish; antennze grey-brown ; pectus black-

brown in front. Fore wing grey-brown tinged with red-

brown, especially on apical area, and thickly irrorated with

black ; a black point in cell near base; two slight oblique

antemedial lines, the first. defined on outer side by whitish

and bent outwards at median nervure, the second defined on

inner side by whitish and slightly excurved below costa; a

slight ochreous discoidal striga with faint dark shade beyond

it and oblique ochreous line trom lower angle of cell to inner

margin with dark shade on its outer edge; a slight pale

oblique postmedial line from costa to just below vein 2,

somewhat excurved at vein 6 and incurved at discal fold, an

oblique dark shade from it at discal fold to termen at vein 3 ;

a subterminal series of slight dark points, somewhat excurved

below vein 7 and at middle and bent outwards to termen

above tornus ; a terminal series of slight black striz. Hind

wing white slightly irrorated with red-brown, the veins and

inner area tinged with red-brown; a slight red-brown ter-

minal line ; the underside white with the costal area irrorated

with brown.

Hab. Natat, Durban (Leigh), 1 g type. Ezp. 32 mm.

Allied to S. restitura, Wlk., from India.

Ichthyura albifasciata, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax white with a few dark hairs, the

dorsum of thorax tinged with rufous ; abdomen white slightly

tinged with brown; palpi pale rufous. Fore wing pale

rufous ; a wedge-shaped white fascia above and below median

nervure from near base to end of cell towards which it

496 Mr, 'T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

widens, a white patch slightly irrorated with brown between

veins 4, 38, another between extremities of veins 7, 6, and

some white irrorated with brown on costa towards apex ;

vein 7, the median nervure, and veins arising from it and

extremities of veins 6,7 streaked with white. Hind wing

white.

Hab. Sinrra Leone (Morgan), 1? type. Ezp. 34 mm.

Bombycide.

Trilocha obliquisigna, sp. n.

Fore wing with the termen evenly curved.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow slightly mixed

with red-brown; palpi and sides of frons red-brown ; legs

red-brown in front. Fore wing pale yellow sparsely irrorated

with red-brown, a brownish patch on termen below apex ;

the antemedial area with two slight red-brown marks on

costa and three very indistinct curved waved lines; an

obliquely curved blackish discoidal striga; an oblique post-

medial red-brown bar from costa; two red-brown subterminal

lines, the first indistinct and slightly waved, the second more

distinct and waved, forming a small spot at costa ; a rather

elongate red-brown apical mark ; cilia reddish brown. Hind

wing pale yellow slightly irrorated with red-brown, the inner

margin with three red-brown spots ; the antemedial area

with three very indistinct waved lines; a slight discoidal

point; two curved, waved postmedial lines, not reaching

costa and closely approximated towards inner margin; a

diffused subterminal red-brown shade from vein 4 to inner

margin; cilia red-brown; the underside with two discoidal

points, the two postmedial lines more distinct and reaching

the costa.

Hab. N. Ancoua, Kibokolo do Zombo (Lewis), 1 3 type.

Exp. 30 mm.

Resembles 7. albiceps, W1k., from Borneo.

[To be continued. }

LXVII.— Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XXI1X.

By T. D. A. CockERELL, University of Colorado.

Lithurgus chrysurus, Fonsc.

S.W. Persia (Zscalera). British Museum.

One female, which has the ventral scopa shining creamy

white, reddish in the middle. In all respects this Persian

Records of Bees. 497

insect seems practically identical with the Sicilian var. stculus,

Perez, but I have not had an opportunity of seeing Sicilian

examples,

Anthidium florentinum (Fabr.).

Cyprus (Miss Bates), 1 g. British Museum.

The specimen is larger than usual, and the seventh abdo-

minal segment is entirely black. It is possible that there is

a distinct Cyprian race.

Megachile gulhecensis, sp. n.

@ .—Length 20 mm. ; expanse about 33.

Shape as in the group of J. rufiventris, M. mystacea, &c.,

the rather long abdomen broadest about the junction of the

second and third segments ; head and thorax black, dorsally

with short inconspicuous black hair; face with black hair, a

little slightly pallid on each side; cheeks below with black

hair; prothorax and sides of metathorax with long yellowish-

white hair; pleura with black hair; head very large, broader

than thorax; clypeus short and broad, densely punctured,

toward the sides the punctures mixed very large and very

small, the lower margin straight or faintly concave, emitting

some long dark reddish hairs, and bounded on each side by a

prominent tubercular angle ; mandibles with a very broad

cutting-edge, only an apical and subapical tooth well-defined ;

region midway between the antenne elevated and reddish ;

antenne wholly dark, first three joints of flagellum nearly

equal; vertex very broad, with strong and close but well-

separated punctures on a shining ground ; cheeks broad, less

densely punctured; mesothorax densely and strongly punc-

tured; scutellum dull, rugoso-punctate ; area of metathorax

depressed centrally ; tegule ferruginous, with minute punc-

tures. Wings strongly infuscated, coloured somewhat as in

Chalicodoma sicula ; b.n. falling just short of t.-m.; apical

part of marginal cell rather slender. Legs reddish black,

with dark hair, the tibia behind largely chestnut-red, the

hair on tarsi becoming reddish, that on inner side of hind

tarsi bright ferruginous; claws simple. Abdomen dark

reddish, the first segment with a very broad well-defined

basin ; dorsal surface of abdomen densely covered with short

felt-like pale ochreous hair, on apical segment becoming

ferruginous ; ventral scopa entirely bright ferruginous.

Maxillary palpi with long hair; blade of maxilla conspicu-

ously but finely transversely ribbed ; second joint of labial

palpi a little longer than first ; middle femora very broad.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, v. 34

498 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Hab. Gulhek, Persia, July 1996 (E. Grant-Duf). British

Museum.

The clypeus shows no sign of the median tubercle found in

several of the large Asiatic species. This fine species is

evidently very close to MM. foersteri, Gerst., originally

described from Crete. I believe that it is identical with the

insect from Asia Minor described by Friese as M. foersteri

albescens. As the name albescens was preoccupied, W. A.

Schulz (1906) proposed to substitute leucotricha. The name

leucotricha, however, was earlier used (Cockerell, 1902) for

the representative or subspecies of JM. occidentalis found in

Southern California. The whitish colour of the abdomen in

M. gulhecensis is especially evident when seen from in front.

Megachile filleborni, Friese.

Near Johannesburg, Transvaal (A. J. Cholmley). British

Museum.

The specimen exactly agrees with one from Langenburg,

L. Nyassa (Fiilleborn).

Prosopis husela, sp. n.

Similar to P. elegans, Smith, but anterior border of

scutellum black and mesothorax with two discal longitudinal

yellow bands in addition to the marginal ones; first r.n.

meeting first t.-c.

? .—Length a little over 8 mm.

Abdomen ferruginous, not blackened as in @ elegans ;

pleura, behind the tubercles, with a very large yellow patch.

3d .—Length about 7 mm.

Pleura with a small yellow patch behind the tubercles,

Hab. Townsville, Queensland; two males, 27. 2. 03

(Ff. P. Dodd); in British Museum: one female, 7.1. 03

(Ff. P. Dodd). All from the ‘Turner collection.

Husela is a Malay word for eleven, in allusion to the bars

on the mesothorax.

Prosopis elegans huseloides, subsp. n.

9.—Similar to P. elegans, but smaller (length about

8 mm.) ; first three abdominal segments ferruginous, more or

less marked with black on disk, the others black ; sides of

clypeus without black stripes, but with ferruginous ; meso-

thorax with a transverse yellow band (not reaching sides)

along posterior margin ; scutellum (as in elegans, but not as

in husela) all yellow ; no yellow patch behind tubercles, but

Records of Bees. 499

one or two small, evanescent, yellow spots more posteriorly ;

first r.n. meeting first t.-c.

Hab. Townsville, Queensland; two females, 10. 1. 03

(Ff. P. Dodd). British Museum. From the Turner collection.

It is obvious that elegans, huseloides, and husela are very

closely related ; perhaps they are all forms of one species,

but I treat husela as specifically distinct because it has a very

striking appearance, and among the rather numerous P. elegans

I have seen there has been nothing at all like it.

Paleorhiza melanura, sp. 0.

? .—Length 9 mm.

Head and thorax light rather dull yellow, marked with

black ; abdomen light reddish testaceous or honey-colour,

entirely black, with black hair, beyond the third segment; head

long, face narrow, malar space large ; front densely punctured,

sides of vertex shining and sparsely punctured ; facial fovee

represented by grooves near the eye on vertex; vertex black,

and a broad black stripe extending downward to each an-

tenna, leaving between a narrower yellow stripe ascending

to middle ocellus; mouth-parts and hinder part of cheeks

honey-colour ; clypeus with two broad dark brown bars, the

margins of which are suffused; other parts of clypeus

reddish, and adjacent sides of face whitish; antenne dark

brownish or reddish beneath; mesothorax strongly and

closely punctured, black, with four longitudinal yellow bars,

the outer one marginal, none quite reaching the anterior

margin; scutellum with a broad black band, and on each side

(largely axillar) a transverse black mark; postscutellum all

yellow; area of metathorax large, strongly but finely and

regularly longitudinally grooved or fluted, bounded on each

side by a black punctured band. Legs rufo-testaceous ;

tegulse pale testaceous. Wings large, minutely hairy, very

pale yellowish, dusky at apex; stigma and nervures pale

ferruginous, darker towards the base; second s.m. receiving

both recurrent nervures; first abdominal segment with a

transverse dark band, the middle third of which is wanting ;

hind spur with about four strong teeth.

3 .—NSimilar, but the face narrower, and the very long and

narrow clypeus without dark bands ; apex of abdomen trun-

cate, more or less emarginate in the middle.

Maxillary comb very well developed, with large teeth, the

lowermost (most basad) of which are longest (the end one at

least 190 yw) and curved; blade of maxilla short (about 545 pw

beyond the origin of palpus), broad, very onunrrs Vea many

d4 >

500 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

apical bristles; hyaline area well developed, about 85 yw

broad in middle ; maxillary palpi 6-jointed, the joints sub-

equal, measuring in mw: (1) 187, (2) 187, (3) 204, (4) 204,

(5) 204, (6) 221, the last two slender ; tongue about 748 u

long, dagger-shaped, slender, the apical part linear, but

appearing broad because of the very abundant long branched

hairs; paraglossee small, oval, very hairy; labial palpi

4-jointed, the first two joints stout, the third medium, the

fourth slender ; joints in mw: (1) 170, (2) 136, (3) 136,

(4) 136.

Hab. Cairns, Queensland (Turner). Females labelled

Kaur. 1°02 5 2:02 3.02: males Kur, 12: 01-02) ar02;

Kur. is presumably Kuranda.

Paleorhiza flavomellea, sp. n.

9? .—Length about 7 mm.

Locking like a small P. melanura, with the same colour

and pattern, but the area of metathorax shining, not fluted ;

the clypeus without dark bars (sometimes a ferruginous spot

at each upper corner) ; the median black band of scutellum

continued on postscutellum, and projected as a ferruginous

mark (pointed at end) on metathorax.

3 .—HSimilar; length about 63 mm. ; face strongly con-

stricted below.

The mouth-parts of this species show the following cha-

racters :— .

Structure as in P. melanura ; tongue very broad at base,

rapidly narrowing to the linear apical part, with the usual

long hair; on each side is a separable tuft of hairs arising

from near the base. Hairs at end of maxillary blade strongly

plumose (in melanura they are quite simple).

Tongue 375 mw long; palpal joints measuring in p:

maxillary palpi (1) 85, (2) 153, (8) 153, (4) 153, (5) 170,

(6) 204; labial palpi (1) 102, (2) 85, (3) 102, (4) 110. A

curious comb of short erect bristles runs along inner side of

first two joints of maxillary palpi, and is not interrupted at

the suture. ‘The same comb is found in P. melanura.

Hab. Cairns, Queensland (Zurner),4 9,2 ¢. The males

are labelled Kur. 12.01: the females Kur. 12. 01; 3. 02;

5. 02. British Museum.

Paleorhiza basilura, sp. n.

9 .—Length about 8 mm.

Looking like a rather small P. melanura, with the same

colour and pattern, except as follows:—The shorter and

Records of Bees. 501

broader clypeus has a broad ferruginous band on each side,

each equal to the median yellow band, but not quite reaching

the lower margin; a longitudinal ferruginous band, becoming

black in front, runs across the pleura; the stigma is dark

rufo-fuscous, and the nervures are dilute fuscous; the first

abdominal segment has no dark marks; the bases of the

segments are yellow, especially at sides; the fourth segment

is deep purple instead of black, and is yellow at the base, the

yellow narrowing to a point medially; the apical segments

are dark shining blue. The postscutellum has no black mark,

and the area of metathorax is shining, ferruginous at sides,

wholly without fluting. The scape is light ferruginous in

front.

flab. Cairns, Queensland (Turner), 1 9. Kur. 12. 01.

British Museum.

Ca@LIOXxyYs.

The three Australian species have been described only in

the female. I have before me malesjof all three, from the

Turner collection, now in the British Museum. They may

be separated as follows :—

Length slightly over 12 mm.: wings brilliantly

purple, hyaline at base; some tufts of black

hair at sides of thorax behind, and lower down

a tuft of white hair; apical segment of abdo-

men with four terminal teeth, the two upper

ones scarcely more than rectangular, and with

a small tooth at each side basally; fourth

ventral segment with two strong keels, and

deeply excavated between them. (Cairns;

KorcOZs ye oe ia ccha sey o pecs «gata ee albiceps, Friese.

Smaller, length not over9mm.: wings infuscated,

not very dark, not purple; no tufts of black

hair at sides of thorax behind ............ ig

1. Scutellum with dense very large punctures; apical

segment of abdomen broader than long, with

six long teeth, the lateral ones finger-like but

very slender. (Mackay, 1.01.) ............ regine, Ckll.

Middle of scutellum smooth and shining; apical

segment of abdomen longer than broad, with

six well-developed teeth, the lateral ones spine-

kes” (Mackay OL OU eS coda.» catasrieh s 32 albolineata, Ckll.

Nomia aurantifer, sp. n.

9 .—Length about 12 mm.

Black, the abdomen without hair-bands, but with the hind

margins of segments 2 to 4 broadly smooth and shining and

502 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

of the most brilliant orange; no tooth or process on post-

scutellum or metathorax. Head and thorax dull, minutely

roughened, with scattered punctures; face broad, with a

slight raised line from middle ocellus to apex of clypeus, the

middle of which, a little below level of antenne, passes

through a shining elevation; clypeus strongly punctured ;

mandibles bidentate ; tongue linear, of moderate length ; hair

of head mainly whitish, inconspicuous, of pleura and sides of

metathorax the same, but black on mesothorax and scu-

tellum ; area of metathorax bow-shaped, with a double curve

on each side, the apex (middle) angulate, the concave basin

with delicate ridges; some pallid tomentum between meso-

thorax and scutellum. Legs black, with mainly dark hair;

tubercles with a conspicuous fringe of light hair; tegulee

moderately large, black. Wings strongly infuscated, ner-

vures fuscous, stigma rather small, reddish in middle; second

s.m. very smal], receiving r. n. at beginning of its last third ;

hair of abdomen scanty, mainly dark, pale reddish at sides

of first segment, and a dense pale reddish apical fringe on

fifth ; a little light colour on apical margin of first segment,

at extreme sides; ventral segments fringed with long pale

reddish hair. .

Hab. Cairns, Queensland (Turner). ‘ Kur. 4. 02,” 2 9.

British Museum.

A magnificent species, related to N. ccéncta, Smith, from

Key Island. WN. cincta, var. tomentifera, Friese, recorded

from Cairns, cannot be this insect, as it 1s smaller, and has

yellow-brown tegule and brown-yellow legs. ‘The thorax

also differs entirely in the pubescence.

Nomia darwinorum, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 105 mm.

Very close to N. pulchribalteata, Cam. (cotype from New

Britain compared), differing thus :—Somewhat larger; hair

ot face very dense, greyish white. Wings clearer, not so

brown, the outer margin broadly dusky. Hind femora more

swollen; hind tibiz and tarsi without red; abdominal bands

considerably broader, apple-green (very yellow-green) shot

with vermilion ; fourth ventral segment with a very distinet

fringe of white hair. Asin WN. pulchribalteata, the scutellum

is bituberculate, and the postscutellum has a pair of long

teeth, which arise from a mass of white tomentum. From

N. pulchribalteata austrovagans, Ckll., this is known by the

colour of the abdominal bands and hind legs,

Hab. Port Darwin, Australia, 12.02 (Turner). British

Museum.

Records of Bees. 503.

Nomia iridescens, Smith.

Singapore (H. N. Ridley). British Museum.

The abdominal bands are brilliant blue-green, shot with

purple ; the first five segments are banded in the male. The

thorax above has a good deal of fuscous hair in both sexes ;

this is not indicated in Bingham’s description (Hymenop.

Brit. India), but there is no doubt about the identity of my

insect, as I possess a cotype from F. Smith’s collection.

The tegule are pointed or caudate posteriorly.

Nomia tridescens, var. ridleyi, nov.

3 -—Structure exactly as in N. cridescens, but the five

abdominal bands yellow-green shot with orange-vermilion ;

-second s.m, much higher than broad.

Hab. Singapore (H. N. Ridley). British Museum.

Nomia (Crocisaspidia) muscatensis, sp. n.

9 .—Length about 11} mm.; expanse about 18.

With the typical Crocisaspidia scutellum and _post-

scutellum; head and thorax densely and minutely punctured,

the usual pubescence creamy white, on mesothorax more

ochreous; eyes strongly converging below ; clypeus not

carinate ; tongue linear; head black ; mandibles ferruginous,

black at tips; antenne entirely bright ferruginous; meso-

thorax and most of pleura black, rest of thorax clear ferru-

ginous; area of metathorax broadly triangular, dullish,

minutely beaded along the base. Legs clear ferruginous ;

tecule ferruginous, moderately large. Wings dusky, rather

reddish, stigma and nervures ferruginous; stigma small ;

second s.m. square, receiving first r.n. near itsend; abdomen

ferruginous, the first four segments with very broad ivory-

coloured tegumentary bands, the ferruginous parts rather

closely punctured; venter with shining pale yellow hair.

Hab. Muscat, Arabia (A. S. G. Jayakar, no. 27). British

Museum.

Nearest to WV. (Crocisaspidia) forbesit (W. F. Kirby) from

Socotra, and JV. lamellata, Smith, from Egypt, but distin-

guished by the prevailingly red coloration.

Nomia (Crocisaspidia) lamellata, Smith, 1875.

The type male, from Egypt, was examined and found

to have the Croctsaspidia scutellum and _ postscutellum.

504 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Abdomen with broad entire ivory-white bands, the first a little

greenish. Legs red, pointed process on hind tibie enormous.

The type female, labelled as from the Gaboon (Smith’s

description says Gambia), seems to be the same species, but

is perhaps distinct, as the abdomen (excluding bands) is

densely rugoso-punctate in male and smooth with separated

punctures in female. In both the scutellar lobes are ferru-

ginous.

The female should be regarded as the true type, being first

described.

Nomia (Crocisaspidia) crociseformis, Bingham, 1903.

The type male, from Abyssinia, was examined, and found

to be a genuine Crocisaspidia in every respect. Length

about 14 mm., expanse 25. Face covered with white hair.

Anterior wings dark fuscous; second s.m. square, less than

half length of third, first r.n. joining it near apex. ‘Tongue

elongate; flagellum dull ferruginous beneath; mesothorax

dull, ~ with dense small punctures, scutellum the same ; ante-

rior and middle tibiz and tarsi clothed with white hair on

outer side; hind tibize of the triangular type, the apical

projection ferruginous ; abdomen with large lateral quadrate

white spots, faintly tinged with green; hind femora swollen.

Walker wrote (1871) of WV. vespoides, Walker, and

NV. zonaria, Walker, from the Red Sea, that “‘ the thin forked

edge which forms the hind border of the scutellum”’ distin-

guishes them from other Nomie. I infer from this that they

belong to Crocisaspidia. N. zonaria is perhaps the same

as N, lamellata (Egyptian form).

Camptopeum persicum, sp. 0.

6 .—Length a little over 6 mm.

Black and very pale yellow; head and thorax with abun-

dant very pale yellowish hair; head black, with mandibles

(except tips), labrum, clypeus, large supraclypeal mark

(obtusely rounded above between antenne), dog-ear marks

(almost wholly above level of clypeus), and lateral marks

(ending above rather obtusely at about level of middle of

scape) all very pale yellow; scape pale yellow in front;

flagellum reddish brown above, orange beneath, the second

and third joints partly ringed with brown beneath; eyes

very broad; thorax black, with the following parts very light

yellow, upper border of ‘prothorax, tubercles, scutellum (or

the yellow reduced to a pair of transversely oblong spots),

postscutellum, and sometimes a pair of short oblique bands

Records of Bees. 505

along sides of area of metathorax ; there may also be a light

triangular mark on each side of metathorax, nearly hidden

by hair; area of metathorax irregularly longitudinally

wrinkled. Legs very light yellow, anterior femora with

nearly the basal two-thirds dark behind, and small dark

marks at bases of the other femora; claws bifid; tegule

pellucid, with a light yellow spot. Wings hyaline, a little

dusky, stigma and nervures pale brown; stigma small;

marginal cell rather obtusely pointed than truncate; second

s.m. about as long as first, receiving first r.n. a considerable

distance from base. All the abdominal segments with very

broad pale yellow bands, nearly covering the surface ; basad

of the bands the segments are black, but the apical margins

are subtranslucent testaceous; apical plate ferruginous, sub-

truncate, with rounded edges ; venter pale yellow.

Hab. 8.W. Persia (Escalera) ; 2 g. British Museum.

Apparently nearest to C. handlirschz, Friese, from Algeria,

but easily separated by the colour of the metathorax.

Bombus longiceps, Smith.

A worker from Baltistan agrees with Smith’s description.

It is a very pretty insect, the thoracic hair bright canary-

yellow and that at the end of the abdomen very bright red.

Friese and Wagner (1909) make this a variety of B. hor-

torum, but remark that they have no specimens. The malar

space in the specimen before me is only about as broad as

long, suggesting a doubt whether it is genuine longiceps (it

certainly is distinct from hortorum) ; but since the striking

coloration agrees with Smith’s account, and I do not know

whether “head elongate” is to be interpreted as meaning

excessively so, I cannot venture to regard it as a new species,

Thrinchostoma lemurie, sp. n.

3 —Length about 15 mm. ; thorax and abdomen about 12;

anterior wing not quite 11.

General structure as in 7’, renttanely, Saussure, but con-

siderably larger, with very dusky (brownish-grey) wings.

Head and thorax black, the abundant hair dull fulvous; eyes

very prominent ; clypeus greatly produced, as usual, with its

apical margin broadly pallid, testaceous shading into rufous;

antennz black, the flagellum obscurely dull ferruginous

beneath ; outer side of flagellum with very numerous con-

spicuous elongate pits; mesothorax closely punctured; area

of metathorax closely longitudinally wrinkled, the ruge

506 Hon. W. Rothschild on

connected by very numerous cross ones; tegule ferruginous.

Wings hairy, nervures and the large stigma fusco-ferruginous ;

b. n. falling short of t.-m.; second t.-c. with the usual patch

of black hair, but the nervure only slightly bent (not strongly

as in I’. bicometes). Legs ferruginous ; hind tibia with a

broad creamy-white lamina bearing the spurs; hind tarsi

very long, dull pale yellowish, with yellowish hair. Abdo-

men black, with the usual apical hair-bands, only evident in

certain lights, when they shine brilliantly ; disks of third and

fourth segments covered with a sort of brownish felt; fifth

ventral segment with a pencil of long yellowish hair on each

side, and a pair of small erect hair-pencils arising from base,

in the wide emargination of fourth segment. The hind

margins of the abdominal segments are dark, not whitish

hyaline as they are in JZ. orchidarum, Ckll., and other

African species. ;

Hab, Madagascar. British Museum, 95. 21.

For other species of this genus see Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist., April 1908, p. 343. “7. orthonne,” as there given, is

a misprint for 7’. othonne. Friese (1909) has added a species

T. sjéstedtd, described under Diagonozus.

LXVIII.—Deseriptions of a new Hawk-Moth and some new

Syntomide. By the Hon. WALTER RorascHiLp, Ph.D.

I. Meganoton hyloicoides, sp. n.

At first sight this insect resembles a giant Hyloicus franck.

6. Palpi cinnamon-brown mixed with grey; head and

tegule black, bordered with dark cinnamon-rufous; thorax

and patagia pale yellowish brown, with a broad central

black band; abdomen rufous-cinnamon, with brown central

band and darker edges to segments. Fore wing: base buffy

brown, basal third blackish brown, with five or six irregular

dark maroon and grey transverse zigzag bands; rest of wing

rufous-cinnamon, with irregular white, maroon, and grey

bands and patches; a large apico-costal sooty patch. Hind

wing: inner three-fourths cinnamon-brown, with indistinct

black patches near inner area; outer fourth black powdered

with yellowish grey; fringe cinnamon-rufous mixed with

whitish.

some new Syntomide. 507

Underside of both wings cinnamon-rufous, with two trans-

verse irregular black bands on fore wings and three more

distinct ones on hind wing.

Length of fore wing 74 mm.

Female (in coll. Kenrick) much larger and paler.

Hab. Ninay Valley, Central Arfak Mountains, Dutch New

Guinea, Nov. 1908 to January 1909 (A. ZL. Praté Coll.).

336.

II. Syntomide.

(1) Cosmosoma flavothoraz, sp. n.

3d. Legs clay-brown ; pectus golden yellow ; palpi black ;

antenne fuscous; head metallic blue; collar black ; tegule

and patagia sooty brown, a blue metallic spot at base of

patagia; thorax golden yellow; abdomen golden yellow,

last four segments black, with dorsal and lateral rows of

metallic-blue patches. Fore wing hyaline; costa, nervures,

inner margin, and apical fourth of wing sooty brown; disco-

cellular stigma black. Hind wing hyaline, margins and

nervures sooty black.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 2] mm.

Hab. Doubtful.

(la) Cosmosoma intensa, sp. n.

3 2. Similar to C. flavothoraz, but darker ; yellow areas

of body orange and dark areas of wings sooty black.

Hab. Cananche, Cundinamarca, June 1903 (M. de Mathan) ;

Paramba, Ecuador.

Ly Gf lS

Probably a subspecies of the preceding.

(2) Cosmosoma mathant, sp. n.

3. Legs black-brown; pectus golden and black; palpi

black; antennz black, tips whitish; head metallic blue;

thorax black, two spots on tegule, two at base of patagia,

and central band metallic blue; abdomen golden-orange, last

four segments and basal segment above black ; a central and

lateral lines on whole abdomen metallic blue. Fore wing

hyaline ; costal, inner, and terminal margins, nervures, and

apical fifth of wing sooty black. Hind wing hyaline, ner-

vures and margins sooty black.

508 Hon. W. Rothschild on

?. Similar, but black wing-areas wider and metallic-blue

spots on orange portion of abdomen absent.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 21, 9 24 mm.

Hab. Cananche, Cundinamarea, July 1903 (IL. de Mathan).

235,322.

(3) Cosmosoma chiriquensis, sp. n.

6 ?. Legs, head, andantennz sooty black; pectus golden

yellow; thorax golden yellow; abdomen golden yellow, a

patch on segments 2 and 3 and last two segments black.

Fore wing hyaline, base golden yellow followed by black

patch ; costa, outer margin, and apical fifth black. Hind

wing hyaline, base yellow, apex and fringe black; nervures

of both wings very narrowly marked black.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 22, 9 19 mm.

Hab. Chiriqui, Panama.

ad a AA Oe

(4) Cosmosoma rosenberg?, sp. n.

?. Fore coxee white; legs, pectus, and antenne dark

sooty brown; head black, frons edged with white; collar

white; thorax black, with white central patch; abdomen,

first three segments orange, each with dorsal patch of black,

rest of abdomen black. Fore wing hyaline; nervures, outer

and inner margins, and terminal fifth black ; two white spots

at base ; basal two-fifths of costa hyaline, rest black. Hind

wing hyaline, margins and nervures black.

3. Differs in having abdomen yellow, only last two

segments black.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Paramba, Hcuador, 3500 metres (dry season), April

1897 ; Chimbo, Ecuador, 2000 metres, August 1897 (W. £. Z.

Rosenberg) ; Rio Dagua, Columbia (W. F. H. Rosenberg).

322,280.

(5) Cosmosoma watsoni, sp. n.

?. Pectus, legs, head, and thorax sooty black ; abdomen

golden yellow, last three segments sooty black. Fore wings

hyaline opalescent; base, costa, nervures, a large cellular

stigma, and inner margin sooty black, outer fourth sooty

black, excised internally between veins 4 and 6. Hind wing

hyaline, nervures and broad margins sooty black.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Bouquete, Chiriqui, 3500 feet, Chiriqui ( Watson).

2°23

some new Syntomidee. 509

(6) Cosmosoma buchwaldi, sp. n.

g. Pectus sooty brown; legs sooty brown, fore tibize and

cox yellow; head sooty brown, vertex white, antennz and

thorax sooty brown; abdomen sooty brown, yellow on sides

of first three segments. Fore wing hyaline (yellowish) ;

nervures, outer margin, apical fifth, and large cellular stigma

sooty black ; basal third of costa hyaline, rest sooty black,

inner margin sooty black, with two orange lines on each side

of vein 1 from base for one-third its length. Hind wing

hyaline (yellowish) ; apex, nervures, and margins sooty

black.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Hab. Quevedo, Ecuador (v. Buchwald),

(7) Cosmosoma klagest, sp. n.

@. Pectus white; legs sooty brown; antenne black ;

head black, frons edged with white; thorax black, with

central white patch ; abdomen orange. Fore wing hyaline ;

nervures, inner margin, and apical third of wing black ; two

white spots at base, basal fourth of costa hyaline, rest black.

Hind wing hyaline ; apex, margins, and nervures black.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Caparo, Trinidad, Nov. 1905 (S. Md. Klages).

Lee

(8) Cosmosoma ockendeni, sp. n.

?. Pectus yellow; legs, head, antennee, and thorax

black ; abdomen, first three segments orange with lateral

black band, rest black. Fore wing hyaline, basal half of

costa hyaline, rest black, nervures and outer and inner margins

very narrowly black, apex black. Hind wing hyaline; ner-

vures, apex, and outer margin black, inner margin smoky

grey.

Length of fore wing 14 mm.

Hab. Santa Domingo, Carabaya, Peru, 6000 feet (wet

season), Nov. 1902 (G. &. Ockenden).

1 3.

(9) Cosmosoma analicincta, sp. n.

9. Legs brown, tibiz and coxe yellow; pectus and head

yellow ; antennz black; thorax deep orange ; abdomen deep

orange, anal segment black. Fore wing hyaline, outer and

inner margins and nervures black ; basal three-fifths of costa

510 Hon. W. Rothschild on

hyaline, rest of costa and apical fifth of wing black. Hind

wing hyaline; outer margin, apex, and nervures black, inner

area hyaline.

Length of fore wing 13 mm.

Hab. La Oroya, -Rio Inambari, 8.E. Peru, 3100 feet

(wet season), March 1905; La Union, Rio Huacamayo,

Carabaya, Peru, 2000 feet (wet season), Nov. 1904 (G. &.

Ockenden).

2 BOR.

(10) Cosmosoma plagiata, sp. n.

9. Pectus yellow; legs, head, antennz, and thorax

black; abdomen yellow, anal segment and a large dorsal

patch on segments 3, 4, and 5 black. Fore wing hyaline;

nervures, outer and inner margins, a large discocellular

stigma, and apical fourth of wing black; at tornus a black

patch ; basal two-thirds of costa hyaline, rest black. Hind

wing hyaline; apex, tornus, and nervures black, inner area

hyaline.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Santo Domingo, Carabaya, Peru, 6500 feet (wet

season), Dec. 1902 (G. &. Ockenden).

1 ee

(11) Gymnelia baroni, sp. n.

3. Pectus black ; first two pairs of legs black, with white

bands at joints, third pair black, with tarsi and spurs white;

head black, with two minute white spots at base of antenne ;

antenne deep oil-green; thorax black, outer half of tegule

brick-red ; abdomen black, a pair of brick-red spots on

segments 1,5, 6, and 7; the whole body above and below

very hairy. Fore wing hyaline golden; nervures, apical

fifth, inner margin, and large discocellular stigma black, with

oily sheen ; costa oil-green, with basal brick-red patch; an

orange streak on inner margin. Hind wing hyaline golden,

with nervures and very broad margins black.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Zamora, Keuador, 3000-4000 feet (0. T. Baron).

da: |

(12) Gymnelia ockendent, sp. n.

9. Pectus black ; legs black, fore tibize and coxe crimson;

head, antenne, and thorax black ; abdomen above black, with

two crimson lateral dots on second and third segments, below

black, with crimson patch on last segment and a white spot

—S

some new Syntomide. 511

on each side of second and third. Fore and hind wings

hyaline, base broadly black, nervures and margins black.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Hab. Santo Domingo, Carabaya, Peru, 6500 feet (wet

season), Nov. 1902 (G. &. Ockenden).

Po.

(13) Gymnelia pilosa, sp. n.

@. Pectus black; legs black and white; head black ;

antenne black, white tips; tegule black, with white central

spot; patagia black, with white marginal fringe of long

hairs ; thorax black ; abdomen black, with deep orange rings

and scattered long white hairs. Fore wings hyaline yellowish,

more brown near nervures; base black, with white spot;

inner margin black, with broad yellow band above it at basal

half, an orange dash on outer half; a large discocellular

stigma; nervures and outer margin black ; wing between

veins 6 and 8 at outer margin strongly excised, and a large

black spot at the excision ; basal two-thirds of costa hyaline,

rest black. Hind wing hyaline, base black, basal half covered

with a whitish fluorescence; inner area sooty grey, with

long white hairs; tornus, outer margin, nervures, and large

cellular stigma black.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab, Marcapata, EK. Peru, 10,800 feet (G. R. Ockenden).

eg.

(14) Lsanthrene mathani, sp. n.

3 2%. Pectus black, with metallic-blue spots; legs dark

brown, with blue metallic bands and white on coxe; head

black, with three metallic-blue spots ; antenne black ; tegule

black, apical third bright orange; patagia bright orange,

with black borders and a basal blue spot ; thorax black, with

four blue spots; abdomen metallic blue ; a basal transverse

yellow band; a dorsal black longitudinal band and very

narrow intersegmental orange lines, each segment edged with

black, last segment entirely orange. Fore wing hyaline

yellow ; outer margin, nervures, and large apical patch

black ; four-fifths of costa and- inner margin orange, rest

black. Hind wing hyaline yellow; fringe, tornus, and

nervures black.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Cananche, Cundinamarca, June 1903 (1. de Mathan) ;

Columbia (A. #. Pratt).

23d, ho.

512 On new African Snakes.

LXIX.—Descriptions of Four new African Snakes tn the

British Museum. By G. A. BouLtencer, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Flelicops gendrii.

Eye rather small ; rostral much broader than deep, hardly

visible from above, where it forms a suture with the bell-

shaped internasal; frontal once and a half as long as broad,

as long as its distance from the end of the snout, a little

shorter than the parietals ; loreal scarcely longer than deep ;

one or two preoculars, two postoculars, and two or three

suboculars, separating the eye from the labials; nine or ten

upper labials ; temporals 1+ 2 or 3; two pairs of chin-shields,

the anterior in contact with five or six lower labials. Scales

in 25 rows, dorsals strongly, laterals faintly keeled. Ventrals

151-153; anal divided; subcaudals 60-64. Black above,

pinkish yellow beneath, the two colours sharply defined on

the outer row of scales; a series of dark spots along the

middle of the lower surface of the tail.

Total length 630 mm.; tail 150.

Two female specimens from Labé, French Guinea, pre-

sented by Dr. E. Gendre.

Simocephalus unicolor.

Agreeing very closely with S. capensis, Smith, but differing

in the following points:—'T'wo superposed loreals; two pre-

oculars, lower very small; three postoculars. Uniform dark

brown above and beneath.

Total length 1240 mm.

A single temale specimen (V. 228; C.?) from Fort Hall,

Kenya District, British Hast Africa, 4000 ft., presented by

Mr. 8. L. Hinde.

Aparallactus christy?.

Diameier of eye greater than its distance from the oral

margin. Rostral broader than deep, the portion visible from

above measuring two-thirds its distance from the frontal ;

internasals shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal once and a

half as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end

of the snout, much shorter than the parietals; nasal divided,

in contact with the preocular; one postocular; a single

temporal; seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the

On the Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 513

eye, sixth forming a suture with the parietal ; first lower

labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial ; two

pairs of chin-shields, subequal in size, the anterior in contact

with four lower labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 163 ;

anal entire; subcaudals 34. Dark olive-grey above, with a

yellowish nuchal collar; upper lip and lower parts yellowish,

posterior ventrals and subcaudals with small dark spots.

Total length 270 mm.; tail 35.

A single female specimen from the Mabira Forest, Chagwe,

W. of Ripon Falls, Uganda, presented by Dr. C. Christy.

Vipera hindi.

Snout rounded, with obtuse canthus; eye moderate ;

rostral as deep as broad, divided into two by a transverse

suture; upper surface of head and temples with imbricate

strongly keeled scales; no supraocular shield ; 10 scales in

a transverse series from eye to eye, 11 round the eye; 8

upper labials, third and fourth separated from the eye by one

series of scales; three lower labials in contact with the chin-

shields. Scales in 25 rows, sharply keeled, outer row feebly

keeled. Ventrals 123; anal entire ; subcaudals 34. Brown

above, with two alternating series of darker, yellow-edged,

ocellar spots along the middle of the back and smaller dark

spots on the sides; a yellow line along the upper lip; lower

parts greyish olive, speckled with black.

Total length 300 mm. ; tail 40.

A single male specimen from Fort Hall, Kenya District,

4000 ft., presented by Mr. S. L. Hinde.

LXX.—WNotes on the Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity.

By Hitpa M. Bisnop, University College of Wales,

Aberystwyth.

[Plates XII. & XIII]

1. Introductory.

THE main point of this work has been the correlation of the

structural features of the foot of various Gastropods with its

observed functional activities.

For this purpose the following types have been studied :—

1. Haliotis tuberculata, alive and in section.

2. Patella vulgata, alive and in section.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 35

514 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

3. Trochus crassus and T’. ziziphinus, alive and in section.

4, Paludina vivipara, alive, by dissection, and in section.

5. Littorina litorea, L. obtusata, and L. rudis, alive and

in section, L. litorea also by dissection, and Lacuna

alive.

6. Cupra pyrum and C. europea, the former by means

of dissection and by series of sections, the latter

living and by series of sections.

The Gastropod foot has been studied by most observers

from the point of view of its function as a creeping-organ.

It is with certain subsidiary functions of the foot, such as

adhesion at rest, retraction into the shell, &c., that these

notes are chiefly concerned.

With regard to creeping, from my observations I am led

to believe that the manner in which it is effected is somewhat

as follows :—

The front part of the foot is extended forwards by the

pumping of blood into that region, and also by contraction of

the transverse muscle-fibres, which causes the stretching of

the longitudinal fibres and narrows the foot. The contrac-

tion of these transverse muscle-fibres and that of the oblique

muscle-fibres causes the formation of furrows in the creeping

surface of the foot, and the forward extension of the foot

gives to the fibres which lie perpendicular to that surface an

oblique direction forwards. ‘These perpendicular fibres

contract, and the result is the bringing forwards of the

visceral mass and at the same time the restoration to these

muscle-fibres of their original direction vertical to the sub-

stratum, but at a point in front of the original one. The

contraction of the longitudinal fibres brings the hinder part

of the foot forwards, and restores to the transverse fibres their

full length, so broadening the foot-sole. This completes the

cycle, which then starts afresh.

I cannot agree with Biedermann’s opinion (1905) that the

longitudinal muscle-fibres are all-important in creeping. In

the same paper he says that, if only the head-end of the foot

of Helix touches a glass plate, there immediately arises a set

of locomotor waves in the foot-sole, which spreads to the

parts not in contact, but no such system arises if even as

much as half of the hinder end of the foot touches the plate

when the head is not in contact. This hints that though the

waves appear at the back end of the foot and travel forwards,

yet they have their origin in the head region, 7. e. they are

controlled by the nerve-centres there. To Haliotis, however,

this description does not apply, for very often this form

Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 515

re-attaches itself by means of the back end of the foot, the

contact of which with the substratum starts the wave-system.

This might possibly be correlated with the presence in the

foot of Haliotis of longitudinal ganglionated pedal cords,

which are absent from that of Helix, the nerve-centres in

which type take the form of a pair of pedal ganglia in the

anterior part of the foot.

2. Adhesion at Rest.

When at rest, Patella, Haliotis, Trochus, Cyprea, Palu-

dina, and often Littorina, adhere to the substratum by the

creeping-surface of the foot ; the adhesion is between two

moist surfaces—the substratum, moist with water or mucus,

and the foot-sole, which is covered with mucus secreted by the

sub-epithelial gland-cells. The chief muscle-fibres brought

into play in adhesion are: those having a direction vertical

to the creeping-surface, which compress the foot from above

downwards, and the transverse and longitudinal fibres, which

by their contraction bring the greatest possible number of

perpendicular fibres above a certain area of the substratum,

producing firm adhesion. The amount of reduction of the

creeping-surface by the contraction of the transverse and

longitudinal muscle-fibres varies among the different genera,

and is correlated with the shape and relative size of the shell,

since it is by means of the shell that the exposed parts of the

body must be protected when the animal is at rest.

Patella has a very broad oval foot, which does not extend

beyond the cap-shaped shell during creeping, so that it shows

very little contraction of the creeping-surface during adhesion.

In the case of Haliot’s there is more contraction, but the

shape of the outline of the foot is little altered.

When Trochus is creeping the outline of the foot is long

and narrow, but on coming to rest the creeping-surface is

reduced and becomes oval in outline (and in Littorina litorea

and L. obtusata).

The foot of Cyprea europea is very long and narrow when

creeping, and has a straight anterior margin and a somewhat

pointed posterior one ; but when adhering, the outline of the

creeping-surface is broader and oval in shape and is about

half of the length to which it attains when creeping.

Paludina has a broad oval foot, with a straight anterior

margin, and the creeping-surface is little reduced in adhesion.

The species of Littortna which live high up the shore—

L. obtusata, L. rudis, and L. neritotdes—show a specialization

in their method of adhesion, as an adaptation to their high-

35*

516 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

tide habits. They have acquired a habit of adhering to the

rock when out of water by the rim of the shell, with the foot

entirely retracted. This is effected by means of mucus,

which hardens on exposure to the air, and so cements the

shell to the rock. The entire retraction of the foot lessens

the danger of access of drier air to the branchial cavity,

which would harden the mucus contained in it, thus injuring

the gills.

Lacuna, a member of the Littorinide, has been seen to

creep against the surface-film, and to let itself down from

this by a mucus-thread from about the middle of the foot.

Individuals of Cypraa europea kept in tanks have been

observed to creep along the sides of the tank above the surface

of the water, remain fixed for a time with the front end of

the foot folded back over the head-region, and then to gradually

lift the foot from the side of the tank, beginning at the

front. This continued until the animal remained fixed only

by the extreme back end of the foot, and finally the weight

became too great and it fell back into the water. In its

natural surroundings the animal creeps on the under side of

a stone or rock, and exactly the same process is gone through,

except that it becomes detached from the substratum and

remains suspended by a mucus-thread from the extreme back

end of the foot. The difference in the position of the mucus-

thread relatively to the foot in Lacuna and Cyprea is

probably due to the difference in the distribution of weight

in Cyprea from that in Lacuna, the visceral hump in Cyprea

being coiled symmetrically over the foot, while that of

Lacuna is coiled on the right side of the animal; and also

perhaps to the fact that the end of the foot in Cypraa, which

no longer possesses an operculum, is freer than is the case in

the operculate Lacuna. The mucus is secreted largely

probably by the anterior glandular groove of the foot.

Cyprea creeps about between tide-marks, especially upon

the under surtaces of rocks, stones, and weed. Siphonate

forms are commonly supposed to be purely carnivorous, but

individuals of Cyprea living in tanks have been found to

browse upon seaweeds, particularly Ulva latissima. Their

habit of creeping upon the under surfaces of rocks &e.

probably accounts for the external symmetry of the body with

regard to the centre of gravity, for symmetrical distribution

of weight would be an advantage in the maintenance of such

a position,

Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 517

3. Protection and Retraction.

In many primitive Gastropods protection is secured by

bringing down the shell over the animal, e. g. Patella and

Haliotis. The shell-muscle in the most primitive condition

is paired, but in Patella the two shell-muscles have lengthened

posteriorly and have fused to give a_horseshoe-shaped

muscle, and in Haliotis the right one has developed con-

siderably and has become central in position, while the left

one has become extremely reduced. In Gastropods which

have the visceral hump and shell coiled into a spiral, protec-

tion is secured by retraction of the animal into the shell. In

the case of forms possessing an operculum, the protection is

more complete than in those which have not this structure.

Pleurotomaria beyrichu, one of the most primitive coiled

forms, possesses a horny area, an imperfect operculum, on the

upper surface of the back end of the foot (Woodward), which

may serve as a protection against the friction of the shell and

against exposure when creeping.

The method of retraction of the foot is different in the

various genera.

Cyprea possesses no operculum; it is a descendant of

operculate forms which have lost this structure since the

establishment of a unilateral columellar muscle. In retrac-

tion, the foot is folded from side to side, the middle longitu-

dinal line of the foot being drawn up by contraction of the

muscle-fibres from the shell-muscle to the creeping-surface

(Pl. XID. fig. 1). This is probably correlated with the long

narrow shape of the shell-mouth. This method of retraction

involves very little danger of injury to the longitudinal pedal

cords where these are present (C. pyrum), and therefore packing

arrangements are much less elaborate than in Trochus, where

much transverse folding of the foot takes place. In some

cases, e.g. C. pyrum, the back end of the foot is folded

downwards and forwards in retraction—which perhaps .

indicates incomplete adaptation to the loss of an operculum.

In Trochus the sole of the foot is folded considerably in

retraction, the principal fold being in a transverse direction

in 7. umbilicarts and T. lineatus (fig. 3), and in a vertical

direction in 7. 2tzyphinus, Cyprea, and Huliotis, where the

foot is folded from side to side. This folding of the foot

would be liable to injure the longitudinal pedal nerve-cords,

and each is surrounded by a mass of loose connective tissue

which protects it from contact with the contracting muscle-

fibres. In Paludina the front part of the foot is folded in

518 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

two lateral folds and the back part curled forwards in retrac-

tion (fig. 2). In Littorina far less folding of the surface and

more contraction takes place (fig. 4). The reduction and loss

of the epipodium is probably partly correlated with the more

complete development of the habit of retraction in the

Monotocard Prosobranchs.

The mode of contraction is also correlated with the

arrangement and character of the nerve-supply.

In Trochus the longitudinal cords are obviously a drawback

to contraction of the creeping-surface in the middle line, since

nerve-tissue is non-contractile. Hence the surface of the

foot is thrown into folds (fig. 3). In the species in which

the foot is folded from back to front, this would render the

nerve-cords liable to injury if they were not protected in

some way from contact with the contracting muscle-fibres ;

therefore the cords are packed in very loose connective tissue

full of blood-spaces, and a large blood-space above and

between them serves as a cushion when the foot is folded

from front to back. There are oblique muscle-fibres crossing

below the blood-space and between the nerve-cords which

are a further protection to the latter.

In Paludina the nerve-supply of the foot is centred in a

pair of pedal ganglia and a pair of longitudinal nerve-cords.

To secure the ganglia from injury during retraction they are

packed in connective tissue, and a large blood-space runs

between them from between the pedal cords, Besides this

central channel, the pedal cords are further protected by

being each surrounded by a small blood-space.

In Littorina the pedal cords have disappeared and the

nerve-cells supplying the foot are concentrated in the pedal

ganglia. This greatly simplifies the question of retraction,

for concentration of the surface is possible to a far greater

extent than in Zrochus. Freer disposition of muscle-fibres

in the vertical plane is possible, and these, by their simul-

taneous contraction, pull up the whole foot. The result is

that no great folds are produced, as in the case of T’rochus,

though a certain amount of wrinkling of the surface takes

place.

4. Re-attachment.

Forms such as Patella, Trochus, and Littorina, living on

the exposed surface of rocks and weed, and Haliotis and

Cyprea, which creep on the under side of boulders in the

wave-disturbed zone, are subject to a constant danger of

being knocked away from their attachment to the sub-

Gastropod Fuot and Branchial Cavity. d19

stratum. Paludina is also subject to the same danger,

though ina less degree, because it inhabits freshwater streams

and ponds. These forms have different methods of re-attaching

themselves after being separated from the substratum.

Haliotis, when knocked away from attachment to the under

side of astone, uses the back end of the foot in attempting to

re-attach itself. This part of the foot is moved about, usually

several times on each side of the shell, until it comes in

contact with the substratum. This back end and either side

of the foot are brought into contact with the surface of the

rock or stone &c., and the muscle-fibres perpendicular to it

contract. This contraction brings a fresh part of the foot-

sole into contact with the rock, and the muscle-fibres perpen-

dicular to it contract and bring still more of the foot-sole into

contact, and soon. Finally, the shell and visceral hump are

pulled up, and the normal position is regained. The animal

can re-attach itself by means of either ‘side of the foot,

because, owing to the reduction of the spirally-coiled con-

dition of the visceral hump, the weight is practically symme-

trical in distribution.

When disturbed, Trochus, Cyprea, and Littorina retract

into the shell, but, being active forms, they soon push out of

the shell, examine the surroundings with the tentacles (in the

case of Trochus, if under water, with the epipodial tentacles

first), and then move the foot about to find a suitable object

on which to fix themselves. These three genera and Palu-

dina re-attach themselves in essentially the same way as does

Hlaliotis, except that the front end and right side of the foot

are used. In the case of Trochus, Littorina, and Paludina,

the back end of the foot is not available for this purpose,

owing to the presence of the operculum, while Cyprea has

descended from operculate forms. Also, probably, the habit

of using the front end of the foot is correlated with the

arrangement of the visceral hump, and it is the front part

which is most richly supplied with blood and possesses the

chief sensory developments and the most important mucus-

glands.

5. Notes on the Ctenidium in the above Genera.

The ctenidium of Cyprea represents the ordinary Pectini-

branch type, possessing only one series of leaflets, though in

this genus the curving of the ctenidium is a modification to

the peculiar form of the branchial cavity. The shape of the

leaflets in C. pyrum differs from that in C. europea. In

C. pyrum the leaflet is long and rather narrow, the afferent

520 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

and efferent edges being about equal in length (fig. 5). In

C. europea the afferent edge is short and the leaflet has a

long line of attachment to the mantle, so that only a small

part of the leaflet is actually free (fig. 6).

The afferent edge of a leaflet is that which is turned

towards the branchial roof, and the efferent edge faces

ventrally, ¢. e. lies uppermost when the roof of the branchial

cavity is turned back.

The structure of the leaflets is similar in the two species

‘fig. 8). Skeletal tissue stretches along each edge of the.

Jeaflet from the efferent edge, where it is considerably thick-

ened, but dies out at a short distance from this edge before it

reaches the afferent edge. At the point of attachment of

the efferent edge to the branchial roof the skeleton of one

leaflet is continuous with that of the next. The thickening

of the skeleton forms a definite skeletal rod, covering which

is a layer of cells some of which are apparently glandular,

mucus-secreting, and others are no doubt sensory. Stretching

down from the thickened part of the skeleton on each side of

the leaflet is a layer of rather low squarish cells with central

nuclei, possessing cilia on their free surface. ‘The cilia of

one leaflet, coming into contact with those of the next, keep

the leaflets apart, and so prevent the ctenidium from col-

lapsing. The epithelium of the rest of the leaflet consists of

fairly low cells. The internal structure, as in all the other

types described, consists of scattered connective-tissue cells

with large blood-spaces between them.

A comparison of Cyprea with other types as regards the

structure of the ctenidium is interesting.

In Emarginula, the skeleton of the leaflets is similar to

that in Cyprea, but the cells covering the efferent edge do

not appear to be glandular and the cilia-bearing cells are

much higher, with central nuclei (fig. 7).

The structure of the leaflets in /Zaliotis is somewhat similar

to that in Emarginula, but cilia are borne also by the cells

which cover the efferent edge, so that those cells corresponding

to the cilia-bearing layer in Hmarginula and Cyprea are less

clearly marked off in this genus (Fleure, 1904).

In Trochus, the thickened parts of the skeleton on each side

of the leaflet are further apart than in the preceding genera,

and Zrochus resembles Cyprea and Emarginula in the fact

that cilia are borne only by a layer of cells on each side of

the leaflet, and not on the edge as in Haliot’s, ‘lhis layer

consists of cells similar to those in Hmarginula, but the

nuclei are rather basal than central.

In Paludina, the leaflets are long and narrow, the efferent

Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 521

and afferent edges being both long and the line of attachment

short, so that they project very freely into the branchial

cavity. The structure of the leaflets is very similar to that

in Cyprea, except that here the cells corresponding to the

ciliated cells of that genus are much higher, with central

nuclei, and cilia are apparently absent or poorly developed.

This fact is perhaps correlated with the shape of the leaflet

(Pl. XIII. fig. 9). The ctenidial leaflets in Littorina differ

from all those already described in possessing practically no

skeleton.

In L. litorea the sides of the leaflet towards the efferent

edge are slightly strengthened by a small amount of skeletal

tissue. Cilia are borne by a layer of cells on each side

corresponding to that in Cyprea, Paludina, &c., which

stretches almost to the efferent edge of the leaflet and is not

very definitely marked off from the cells covering that edge.

The cilia-bearing cells are rather high and narrow, with

basal nuciei (fig. 10).

In L. obtusata there seems to be no skeleton present, and

the cilia-bearing cells are very high and narrow, with basal

nuclei (fig. 11).

In Littorina the afferent edges of the leaflets are continued

for some distance along the branchial roof as ridges in its

surface. This and the degeneration of the gill-skeleton are

modifications probably arising from the high-tide habitat of

Littorina. The skeleton of the ctenidial leaflets in Cyprea

resembles most closely that of Hmarginula, Haliotis, and

Paludina, and the structure is most similar to that of Paludina,

As would be expected, the structure of the leaflets in

L. litorea, the low-tide form, shows less divergence from the

primitive type than that of L. obtusata, which lives higher

up the tide.

Prof. G. C. Bourne, discussing the structure of the

ctenidium of Septaria, as characteristic of the Neritida,

describes a cilia-bearing region similar to that in the genera

described above, and states that there are cilia on the margin

of the lamella (cf. the above description for Haliotis). He

found, however, no supporting rods or skeletal bars in the

lamelle of Septaria (Bourne, 1908).

6. Notes on the Mucus-Glands in the Branchial Cavity

of Littorina,

In Littorina, there is a good deal of variation in the position

and extent of the mucus-gland among the different species,

and some difference exists between the two sexes in this

522 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

respect. It is weakly developed in the common species, and

in its place we find a vascular network (cf. Pelseneer, 1895).

In ZL. litorea, in the male (fig. 12) there are two glandular

areas—a large one on the ctenidial side of the rectum and a

smaller one on the other, @. e. the right side.

In the female (fig. 13) there is a good deal of glandular

tissue on the ctenidial side, but none on the other, along

which the oviduct runs.

In LZ. obtusata, in the male (fig. 14) there is a very small

amount of glandular tissue on the ctenidial side and a fairly

large amount on the other; in the female (fig. 15) there is no

definite gland at all.

In LZ. rudis (fig. 16) the glandular areas in the male are

somewhat similar to those of Z. obtusata, but in this species

in the female a small one is present on the ctenidial side of

the rectum (fig. 17).

Thus the low-tide species, L. litorea, possesses the most

highly developed mucus-tissue in the branchial cavity.

Its poorer development in the high-tide species, L. obtusata

and L. rudis, may perhaps be correlated with the habit

adopted by these species of complete retraction into the shell

during rest, by which means the branchial cavity is perfectly

protected, and also to their habit of remaining uncovered by

the tide, for mucus hardens on exposure to the air, and if

there were a great quantity of mucus present in the branchial

cavity, the latter might become clogged.

Pelseneer (1895) agrees that the mucus-gland is weak in

Littorina, less so in ZL. litorea than in the other common

species.

Bibliographical Summary.

1880. Simrotu, H.—‘ Das Fussnervensystem von Paludina vivipara.”

Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. xxxv.

1882. CarriERE, J.—“ Die Fussdriisen der Prosobranchier und das

Wassergefissystem der Lamellibranchien und Gastropoden.”

Arch. f. mikr. Anat. xxi.

1883. Hovussay, F.—“ Opercule et glandes du pied des Gastéropodes.”

Arch. Zool. exp. sér. 2, tome ii.

1887. Bouvirr, E. L.—‘Systéme nerveux des Gastéropodes Proso-

branches.” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 7, tome iii.

1890. THIELE, J.—‘“Ueber Sinnesorgane der Seitenlinie und das

Nervensystem von Mollusken.” Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xlix.

1890. Bouvier, E. L.—“ Sur le Systéme nerveux des Cyprées.” Zool.

Anz. xiii.

1890, Hatter, B.—‘ Die Morphologie der Prosobranchier.—II, Cy-

prea testudinaria.” Morph. Jahrb. xvi.

Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 523

1892. Tu1ELr, J.—“ Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Mollusken.—l. Ueber

das Epipodium.”’ Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. lil.

1894. Hatter, B.—Studien itiber docoglosse und rhipidoglosse Proso-

branchier. Leipzig, 1894.

1895, PELSENEER, P.—* Prosobranches aériens et Pulmonés *pranchi-

féres.”” Arch, de Biol. t. xiv.

1897. Car, L.—“ Movements of Freshwater Gastropods.” Biol.

Centralblatt, xvii. 1897.

1897. TureLn, J.— Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Mollusken.—2. Ueber

Hautdriisen und ihre Derivate.” Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. 1xii.

1901. Jorpan, H.—* Die Physiologie der Lokomotion bei Aplysia

limacina.” Zeitsch. f. Biologie, Miinchen, Bd. 41.

1903. Davis, J. R. A., and Firurr, H. J.— Patella.” L. M. B.C.

Memoirs.

1904, Freurs, H. J.—“ Zur Anatomie und Phylogenie von Haliotis

tuberculata.” Jena Zeitsch. Bd. 39.

1904. Boun, C.—‘ Oscillations des animaux littoraux synchrones de

la marée.” C, R. Acad. Sci. exxxix. p. 610 & p. 646.

1905. BrepermMann, W.—“ Studien iiber vergleichenden Physiologie

der peristaltischen Bewegungen.—II. Die lokomotorischen Wellen

der Schneckensohle.” Archiv fiir gesammte Physiologie, cvii.

1907. Ropert, A.—“‘ Remarques sur la progression des Rhipido-

glosses.” Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xxxii.

1907. ViEs.—‘Sur les ondes pédieuses des Motlusques reptateurs.”’

C. R. Acad. Sci. cxlv.

1907. VLEs et Dupors.—“‘Sur la reptation des Fissurelles.” Bull.

Soe. zool. France, xxxil.

I. The Neritide.” Proc. Zool. Soc. London.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XII. & XIII.

Fig. 1. The foot of C. europea retracted. s.,siphon; m.,mantle. x 6.

Fig. 2. Foot of Paludinu vivipara retracted, X 2. op., operculum.

Fig. 3. Foot of Trochus crassus, Montagu, retracted, x 2. ep.tent.,

epipodial tentacles.

Fig. 4. Foot of Littorina litorea retracted, x 4.

aig. 5. Ctenidial leaflet of Cyprea pyrum, X 15. eff.v., efferent

ctenidial vessel; eff., efferent edge of leaflet; aff, afferent

edge; skel., skeleton of leaflet; att¢., line of attachment of

leaflet to branchial roof.

Fig. 6. Ctenidial leaflet of C. europea, x 20.

Fig. 7. Section of leaflet of Emaryinula, highly magnified. .

Fig. 8. Ditto of Cyprea pyrum, highly magnified.

tg. 9. Ditto of Paludina vivipara, highly magnified.

Fig. 10. Ditto of Littorina litorea, highly magnified.

Fig. 11. Ditto of Littorina obtusata, highly magnitied.

Fig. 12. Branchial cavity of LZ. Utorea, S. mgl., mucus-gland; r.,

rectum ; ct., ctenidium; osph., osphradium.,

Fig. 13. Ditto ditto, Q. g.d., gonaduct.

Fig. 14. Ditto of L. obtusata, 3.

Fig. 15. Ditto ditto, 2.

Fg. 16. Ditto of L. rudis, ¢.

Fig. 17. Ditto ditto, 2.

524 Dr. W. T. Calman on Two Species

fteference letters.

aff. Afferent edge of cteni- | ep.tent. Epipodial tentacles.

* dial leaflet. | g-d. Gonaducet.

ant.gl.gr. Anterior glandular | m. Mantle.

groove. m.gl. Mucus-gland.

att, Line of attachment of op. Opereulum,

leaflet to branchial — osph. Osphradium.

roof. | r, Rectum.

ct. Ctenidium. | s» Siphon.

eff. efferent edge of cteni- skel. Skeleton of ctenidial

dial leaflet. leaflet.

eff.v. efferent ctenidial vessel. |

LXXI.—Wote on Two Species of the Genus Pandalus.

By W. T. Catman, D.Sc.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In a revision of the British prawns of the family Pandalide

published in 1899 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ili. pp. 27-

39) I pointed out that Pandalus bonnieri, Caullery, was

closely allied to P. leptocerus, S. I. Smith, found off the

Atlantic coast of North America, the latter species being

distinguished, however, by the minutely scabrous surface of

the body. Since then Dr. Appellof has suggested (‘ Meeres-

fauna von Bergen,’ Heft 2 & 3, Dekapoden Crustaceen,

p- 118, 1906) that #. bonniert should be regarded as “ nur

eine Ostlich-atlantische Varietiit von deptocerus,” since he

found some individuals to have scattered hairs on the carapace

(especially on the sides) and on the abdomen, and this view

has been adopted by several more recent writers. Having

lately had cecasion to make a careful comparison of the

specimens of both forms in the British Museum collection, I

find that they are distinguished by several characters which,

though small, are constant as far as our material goes, and

show no evidence of intergradation. Whether the two forms

are to be regarded as species, subspecies, varieties, or local

races I do not know, nor can I regard the question as of

much scientific importance in the present state of our know-

ledge ; at all events practical convenience seems best served

by retention of the binomial nomenclature.

Pandalus bonniert, Caullery.

Pandalus bonnieri, Calman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iil. p. 34,

pls. i-iv. fig. 3 (1899) (with synonymy); Sars, Rep. Norwegian

of the Genus Pandalus. 525

Fishery and Marine Inyest. i. no. 3, p. 28, pl. viii. figs. 5, 6 (1899)

(larval stages).

Pandalus platyceros, Brandt, Nordgaard, Hydrogr. and Biol. Invest.

Norwegian Fjords (Bergens Museum), 1905, p. 187.

Pandalus leptocerus, var. bonnieri, Appelléf, Meeresfauna von Bergen,

Heft 2 & 8, Dekapoden Crustaceen, p. 118 (1906); Wollebaek, Ber-

gens Mus. Aarbog, 1908, no. 12, p. 61; Kemp, Journ. Mar. Biol.

Assoc. vii. no. 5, p. 410 (1910).

In addition to the characters of this species given in my

former paper (J. c.), the following require mention as distin-

guishing it from P. leptocerus.

The surface of the carapace and abdomen is smooth and

polished, without trace of rugosity, and with only a few

minute scattered hairs, which, as a rule, are only conspicuous

near the lower edge on each side of the carapace. These

hairs are evenly distributed over the surface, not arranged in

rows as in P, leptocerus.

The interval separating the first two spines of the rostral

crest (on the carapace) is usually much less than that sepa-

rating the second and third ; sometimes it is nearly equal to

it, but only in one specimen have I noted it as slightly

greater. As a rule, the third spine is behind the orbital

notch; I have never seen it distinctly in front.

Fig. 1.

Pandalus bonnieri, Caullery. Proximal part of rostrum (above) and

basal segment of antennule (below).

The proximal tooth on the lower edge of the rostrum is

relatively short ; although sometimes a little longer than in

the specimen figured, its length is always much less than the

distance from its base to the upper edge of the rostrum (fig. 1).

The basal lobe of the antennule (stylocerite) is very broad

and its anterior edge is evenly curved (fig. 1).

526 On Two Species of the Genus Pandalus.

The Museum collection includes a large number of speci-

mens of this species from various localities off the east and

west coasts of Ireland and the west of Scotland.

Pandalus leptocerus, 8. I. Smith.

Pandalus leptocerus, 8.1. Smith, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. iii. p. 437 (1881) ;

Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, x. p. 58 (1882) ; Rep. U.S. Comm.

Fish. for 1882, p. 367, pl. v. fig. 1 (1884); A. Milne-Edwards,

Recueil ds Figures de Crustacés nouveaux ou peu connus, pl. xxii.

(1883); Mary J. Rathbun, Harriman Alaska Exped. x. p. 43 (1904).

Pandalus falcipes, Spence Bate, Rep. ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 668,

pl. exv. fig. 2 (1888).

Closely resembling P. bonnierd, from which it differs in

the following characters :—

“ The entire surface of the carapax and abdomenis slightly

roughened with short and irregular transverse punctate ridges

which give rise to very short bristle-like hairs.” This

sentence, quoted from 8. I. Smith, applies accurately to all

the specimens I have seen. On most parts of the surface the

ridges assume a crescentic form, giving the appearance of

imbricating scales, and they are quite easily seen even when,

as is often the case, the hairs have been rubbed off.

Fig. 2.

eae

Pandalus leptocerus, S. 1. Smith. Proximal part of rostrum (above)

and basal segment of antennule (below).

The interval separating the first two spines of the rostral

crest is commonly greater than that separating the second

and third; only in one specimen was it seen to be slightly

less. Asarule, the third spine is in front of the orbital notch,

but in a few specimens it is almost directly above it.

The proximal tooth on the lower edge of the rostrum is

On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena, 527

long and falciform ; its length is always much greater than

the distance from its base to the upper edge of the rostrum

(fig. 2).

All the appendages are noticeably more slender in the

specimens examined than in specimens of P. bonniert of

similar size. ‘The basal lobe of the antennule (stylocerite) is

narrower and more produced forwards than in P. bonnierd, and

there is a slight angulation of its anterior edge which seems

to be constant in all the specimens examined (fig. 2). The

type specimens of Spence Bate’s P. falcipes undoubtedly

belong to this species.

The Museum collection includes twenty-five specimens of

this species from various localities off the east coast of North

America, received from the U.S. National Museum and from

the collection of the Rev. Canon Norman.

LX XIJ.—On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena.

By Ernst SCHWARZ.

In 1906 Mr. Pocock described a new species of Cercocebus

which he called C. hamlynz, and which was said to have

come from the Upper Congo (this journal, ser. 7, vol. xviii.

1906). This animal still lives at the Zoological Gardens,

Regent’s Park. It is distinguished by its long whiskers, the

peak-shaped sagittal crest, tle flesh-coloured naked parts

(only a few tan spots in the face), and the light colour, which

presents a striking contrast to the dusky coloration of the other

members of the genus. When recently visiting the Zoological

Gardens at Rotterdam I was greatly astonished to find there

two examples of Cercocebus which in external form fully agreed

with the specimen living in London, while their colour was

entirely different. One of them was glossy black all over,

only the very long whiskers being greyish brown, with

black naked parts. The second specimen was quite white,

with pinkish naked parts, with only two tan spots between

the brown eyes. Both came, as Dr. Biittikofer kindly in-

formed me, from somewhere on the Upper Congo, and were

labelled Cercocebus aterrimus, Oudem. A _ third specimen,

fully agreeing with the type of C. hamlyni, lives in the

Antwerp Zoological Gardens. JI must add that in 1899

Dr. Sclater described a Cercocebus congicus from a monkey

he had seen at the Antwerp Gardens, which was stated to be

from Stanley Falls, Congo, and which had flesh-coloured

naked parts, and was “remarkable for its prominent crest on

the middle of the head and the long hairs on the cheeks” ;

528 Mr. E. Schwarz on

these latter were white, as seen from the full description as

well as from the photograph in the text.

It is quite obvious that all these monkeys present different

stages of albinism of the same species, C. aterrimus, first

described by Oudemans in 1890. The original description is

excellent, and points out all the differences which separate it

from C. albigena, together with a female of which the type

specimen was received at the Zoological Gardens, the Hague.

The differences are: C. albigena has soft dull black hair

and a mantle on the shoulders, while in C. aterrimus the fur

is coarse, glossy black, and the mantle is absent. ‘There is

also present a long brow-fringe in C. albigena, but not in

C. aterrimus. The cheeks of C. albigena are quite short-

haired, whereas C. aterrimus possesses long greyish-brown

whiskers partly concealing the ears. In C. albigena the

crest is occipital in position and broad behind ; in C. ater-

rimus the crest is quite vertical in the centre of the crown

and pointed.

It so happens that this same species (C. aterrimus) has

had bestowed upon it another name. When making some

remarks on C, albigena (Nov. Zool. vol. vii. 1900) Mr. Ly-

dekker mistook the description of C. aterrimus, which he

referred to a monkey in the British Museum belonging to

C. albigena albigena, as will be shown below. ‘This monkey

has a distinct brow-fringe, no whiskers, a mantle, and an

occipital crest, while the monkey he described and figured as

C. albigena rothschildi undoubtedly is the same as C. ater-

rimus of Oudemans, having no mane nor superciliary fringe,

being black all over except the long greyish-brown whiskers,

and having the characteristic peak-shaped crest on the crown

found in C.aterrimus. he British Museum possesses an

adult specimen which agrees in all details with C. aterrimus,

but which unfortunately has no skull. It was collected by

Mr. Simpson at Bena Dibele, Lukenye River, South Central

Congo. ‘This is the eighth specimen of this species known to

me, but the only one with exact locality. Most probably C. ater-

rimus inhabits the large basin south of the Central Congo, the

district of the Sankuru River, Lukenye River, &c. The

fact that two specimens (the types of both C. aterrimus and

C. congicus) were said to be from Stanley Falls only confirms

me in this opinion. Possibly Cercocebus aterrtmus occurs

together with a subspecies of Cercocebus albigena, which is met

with from the Cameroons to the Lake District, though it would

seem to me that C. albigena and its subspecies live rather

north of the Congo and in the Lake District, while the species

Cercocebus aterrimus and Cerecocebus albigena. 529

in question inhabits the country south of the great river. It

is specifically distinct from Cercocebus albigena.

It is necessary now to settle the question of the local races

of Cercocebus albigena itself. Lydekker (1900) and Pocock

(1906) have considered the subject, but both have arrived at

wrong conclusions, principally as they mixed up C. aterrimus

with this species.

The type of C. albigena, Gray, is in the British Museum.

It is a young animal, stated to be from “ West Africa,” and

comes, as I suppose, from somewhere on the Lower Congo.

A second specimen collected by Du Chaillu fully agrees

with it.

They are both black, with a sooty brown mane on the

shoulders, the region between the shoulders being darker.

The occipital crest is black for its greater part, and only quite

behind is it sooty brown. ‘The arms are black, the cheeks

greyish ; the thighs are sooty brown, only slightly darker

than the mane, the feet black. This form must stand as

Cercocebus albigena albigena, Gray. It inhabits the Lower

Congo region.

The second set of specimens comes from Eastern Africa :

Uganda (2 specimens) ; Mpanga Forest (2 specimens) ; Lake

Tanganyika (type of C. a. johnston’, Lyd.) ; Lake Mweru

(type of C. jamrachi, Poc.). They are very similar to the

preceding ones, but the mane is somewhat lighter, the region

between the shoulders not darker, and there are more brown

hairs in the occipital crest. The thighs are black or brownish

black. One specimen from Lake Tanganyika, the type of

C. a. gohnstoni, does not well agree with this description, the

coat being much shorter and the mane very dark. ‘This latter

feature, as Prof. O. Neumann pointed out, is due to the youth

of the specimen; a young animal from the Welle River

justifies this view. ‘he condition of the fur most probably is

the consequence of the animal having been kept in cap-

tivity. The type of OC. jamrachi, Pocock, has a distinct

brow-fringe, a mane, and an occipital crest, the condition of

the fur being quite as in C. albigena. It is white all over,

with pinkish naked parts and, curiously enough, brown eyes

like all the albinistic forms of C. aterrimus I have seen. I

have no doubt in referring it to C. albigena, and, as it comes

from the eastern part of its range, to subspecies johnston,

Lyd. Cercocebus albigena johnstoni inhabits the Upper Congo

and the Lake District from Uganda in the north to Lake

Mweru in the south.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, v. 36

530 On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena.

Mr. Lydekker, finally, mentions a specimen from Came-

roons which he believed to be C. a/bigena albigena. It has a

very long light brownish-grey mane, is scarcely darker

between the shoulders, and the occipital crest is formed, to a

considerable extent, of brownish hairs; in fact, the longest

hairs of the crest are brownish grey. The thighs are tinged

with greyish brown, though they are not so distinctly differen-

tiated from the general colour as in C. a. albigena. On the

arms there is a number of light hairs and some with light

tips. The underside of the body is not brown as in the other

subspecies, but of a greyish tint. Mr. Pocock notes this

specimen in his monograph of the genus Cercocebus, but he

doubts its having come from the Cameroons. At the Berlin

Zoological Gardens I remember having seen some Mangabeys

of this kind which came from the Cameroons, and, like the

specimen in question, had a remarkably light mantle. I

think this form is a distinct local race of C. albigena ; but

before bestowing a’ name on it I want to see some more

material.

he species of Mangabeys treated in this paper are

therefore :

A. Cercocebus aterrimus, Oudemans. /fab. Central Congo

Basin.

Syn. Cercocebus congicus, Scl.

C. hamlyni, Poe.

C. albigena rothschildi, Lyd.

C. albyena, Jentink.

B. Cercocebus albigena, Gray. Distr. Cameroons to Uganda

and Lake Mweru.

1. C. a. albigena, Gray. Hab. Lower Congo.

2. C. a johnston, Lyd. Hab. Upper Congo to Uganda

and Lake Mweru.

Syn. C. aterrimus, O. Neum.

C. jamrachi, Poe.

3. C.a. subsp. Hab. Cameroons.

Syn. C. a. albigena, Lyd.

I may add that the only white monkey of the genus Cerco-

pithecus known to me is a male of C. ethiops, L., in the

Zoological Gardens, Frankfurt-a./M. It has pinkish naked

parts, red eyes, but a blue scrotum. It has been figured by

the late Direktor Schoepf in the ‘ Leipziger LIllustrierte

Zeitung’ (August 8th, 1907) under the name of C. albogularis.

On the Caudal Fin of the Clupeide, se. 53

LXXIII.— On the Caudal Fin of the Clupeide, and on the

Teleostean Urostyle. By C. Tate Reagan, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Ir is generally recognized that the Clupeide are closely

related to the Elopide, differing from them only in a few

features of specialization; consequently a knowledge of the

structure of the latter family is essential to an understanding

of the anatomical features of the former.

When I wrote an account of the skeleton of the caudal fin

of the Klopidee (supra, p. 354) it did not occur to me that

there could be any question as to the homologies of the

elements which I described with those of the Clupeide ;

however, Mr. Whitehouse’s note in the last number of the

‘ Annals’ has shown me that I was mistaken, and I therefore

supplement my former paper with a description of the caudal

fin skeleton of the Clupeide, selecting for illustration that of

Chatoessus erebt.

Fig. 1.

Skeleton of caudal fin of Chatoessus erebi.

ep, epaxial basalia (epurals) ; uw, uroneurals ; ¢, last centrum; n, plate

representing neural arches of upturned centra; Ay, hypurals.

If the figure here given be compared with that of Hlops

(p. 355) it will be seen that in both there is a series of three

epaxial basalia or epurals (ep) and that the hypurals (Ay)

correspond well enough, the main difference being that in

36*

532 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Caudal Fin

Chatoessus there are only four supporting the upper lobe of

the fin, whereas there are five in Elops. The third hypural

of the lower lobe (marked 7 in the figure of Chatoessus) is in

each case attached to a centrum, to which there is also united

a pair of elements which I term “anterior uroneurals,” the

union being by suture in Elops and by ankylosis in Chato-

essus ; these anterior uroneurals are strong bones, directed

upwards and backwards, and can be readily separated from

each other right down to their junction with the centrum ;

they embrace a laminar bone, the paired nature of which is

sometimes evident, and which represents, in my opinion, the

neural arches of centra behind the one which bears the ante-

rior uroneurals; to the posterior edge of the anterior uroneurals

is attached a second pair of bones, posterior uroneurals, and a

third smaller distal pair is also present in both genera. In

Elops the uppermost hypural of the lower caudal lobe is

attached to the centrum behind that which bears the anterior

uroneurals ; in Chutoessus this hypural (marked 5 in the figure)

has probably ankylosed with its centrum, which is not present

as a separate element. ‘The next hypural (4) is articulated

with the last centrum in Hops, and in Chatoessus with a

small median element (c) which obviously represents the last

centrum; this sends up a spur-like process on each side of

the base of the hypural above it, these processes corresponding

to similar prolongations of the last centrum in Elops, pro-

tecting the sides of the notochord and concealed beneath the

posterior uroneurals.

Other Clupeidee do not differ very much from Chatoessus ;

the last centrum may not be recognizable as a distinct

element, and the epurals may be reduced in number to two,

but on the whole the variation is comparatively unimportant.

A detailed comparison shows that the Clupeide differ from

the Elopide in

(1) ankylosis of the neural and hemal arches with the

centra 5;

(2) ankylosis of the anterior uroneural with the third

last centrum ;

(3) disappearance of the penultimate centrum as a sepa-

rate element ;

(4) reduction or abortion of the last centrum ;

(5) reduction in number of the hypurals of the upper

caudal lobe from five to four.

Thanks to the courtesy of Mr. K. T. Newton I am able to

give a figure of the caudal fin skeleton of a young Clupea,

which he has already described and figured (Journ. Quekett

Micr. Club, (2) i. 1882, p. 82, pl. in. fig. 1). I have nothing

of the Clupeide and the Teleostean Urostyle. 538

to add to Mr. Newton’s very full and accurate description

but as his figure does not show quite clearly the precise limits

of the uroneurals I have made another drawing (fig. 2). The

principal differences from the adult Chatoessus are that the

uroneurals are more slender, the penultimate centrum is

distinct from the fifth hypural, and the last centrum is

segmented into three, clearly showing that the paired poste-

rior processes already described represent two incomplete

centra.

Skeleton of caudal fin of a young Clupea.

Lettering as in Fig. 1.

The name “ urostyle”’ has not usually been applied to any

of the pairs of bones (uroneurals) which protect the terminal

part of the notochord in the Clupeidze and many of the more

generalized Teleosts, but has been used to designate the

continuous styliform bony investment of the end of the noto-

chord in Gastrosteus and in some otber fishes. A comparative

study leaves no room for doubt that in many cases the

urostyle is merely the result of ankylosis of the uroneurals

and that centra take little or no part in its formation, and [

do not think that there are any fishes in which a urostyle has

been formed simply by ankylosis of posterior centra; but that

is a matter which requires further investigation. However,

there can be no question that in the Clupeide there is no

urostyle and that the bones so named by Mr, Whitehouse are

not derived from centra, but are the anterior of a series of

three pairs of bones, the uroneurals, which may be regarded

as neural arches pertaining to posterior centra which have

aborted.

5d4 Mr. O. Thomas on

LXXIV.—Three new Asiatic Mammals.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Murina lanosa, sp. n.

M. suilla group; larger and more hairy than the other

species.

Size comparatively large, the forearm longer than in any

of the other three species. Fur long, soft, and woolly ; hairs

of back over 8 mm. in length. Whole of interfemoral mem-

brane above fairly well covered with fur, but without a definite

posterior fringe. Limbs more hairy than usual, a number of

hairs on the carpal joint, base of the metacarpal bones, and a

line of thin fur along the outer side of the forearm; hind legs

and feet well covered. Below, both limbs and membranes

are practically naked. General colour above between clay-

colour and cinnamon, the hairs of the back dark slaty for their

basal halves. Under surface pale greyish drab, all the hairs

dark slaty basally, the ends dull whitish, becoming more drab

laterally. The fine hairs on the limbs glossy ochraceous or

tawny.

Skull as in JZ. suclla, but larger; the proportions of the

premolars as in that species.

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken in

the flesh) :—

Forearm 37'5 mm.

Head and body *49; tail *42; ear *15; third finger,

metacarpal 34, first phalanx 15; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 27°5.

Skull: greatest length 17:1; basi-sinual length 13 ; zygo-

matic breadth 9°5; breadth of brain-case 8:1; front of canine

to back of m* 5:6.

Hab. Ceram.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10.3.4. 24. Original

number 932. Collected September, 1909, by Mr. W. Stalker.

Of the four species of the suzl/a group this is the largest,

slightly exceeding florium in length of forearm ; it is richer

in colour than in the greyish balstont and florium, about

agreeing in this respect with swe//a; its limbs and inter-

femoral are more liberally clothed; its under surface is

darker coloured, the other three all having some wholly

light hairs on the abdomen; and the fur itself is longer and

woollier.

Besides Mr. Stalker’s specimen now described, the Museum

new Asiatic Mammals. aoe

contains a second example, also from Ceram, received with

the Tomes collection, and probably collected by Dr. A. R.

Wallace.

Mogera hainana, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between M, insularts and latouchet.

Colour as in M. /atouched or faintly browner. ‘Tail

shorter than in either of the allied species.

Skull with a size-index* of about 460-470, those of

latouchei and insularis being 390-406 and 483-496 respec-

tively. Outer corners of brain-case rounded, not sharply

angular. Small upper premolars set obliquely, crowded,

overlapping, the first longer than the other two, and more or

less completely two-rooted.

Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) :—

Tail 7 mm.; breadth of fore foot 14; hind foot (s. u.) 16.

Skull: greatest length 30:6; breadth of brain-case 15 ;

interorbital breadth 7; palatal length 12°3; front of canine

to back of m? 10°6.

flab. Hainan. Type from Mount Wuchi.

Type. Adult female. Original number 3. Collected

12th November, 1906, by a native employed by Mr. Alan

Owston. Four specimens.

That the mole of Hainan should be a distinct species is

quite natural, as the nearest forms geographically are

M. latouchet of N.W. Fo-kien and MZ. insularis of Formosa.

It is, however, curious that while those moles are distinguished

from their North Chinese and Japanese relatives by having

their anterior premolar small and single-rooted, the new

species, the most southern of all, should resemble in this

respect the more northern forms.

Tragulus versicolor, sp. n.

Larger than kanchil, smaller than napu. Anterior half of

body fulvous, posterior grey.

Size little exceeding that of members of the kanchil group,

of which 7’. k. affinis is the local representative, far less than

is usual in the napu group, to which 1’. versicolor seems to

belong. Fur, especially that of the neck and throat, coarse

and harsh, as in the napu group. Coloration above quite

unique in the genus, the head and anterior half of the body

fulvous (nearest to ‘‘ ochraceous buff”) as far back as just

behind the shoulders; the colour then changes abruptly to

grey, clear grey (about no. 6) on the sides, slightly suffused

* See P, Z, 8. 1907, p. 463,

536 Bibliographical Notice.

with buffy along a narrow dorsal area. No lighter markings

over eyes. ars large, fulvous brown. Nape-line dark

grizzled grey, not very sharply defined ; sides of neck bright

ochraceous buff. ‘Throat-markings well-defined, white and

dark fulvous, not blackish. Belly white along the centre, a

well-marked rich buffy line separating the white on each side

from the grey of the flanks, and breaking it across the loins

before it passes down the front of the hind legs. Fore limbs

rich fulvous, a narrow line on their inner side proximally

white. Hind limbs grey proximally, passing into dull

fulvous on the lower leg and feet. ‘l'ail above like back at

base, becoming more fulvous distally, white below and at

extreme end.

Skull rather larger than in 7. kanehil affinis, wuch smaller

than in J’. napu, but the tooth-row more approaches in length

that of the latter. Bulle large, rounded, more inflated than

in either of the other forms.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body 480 mm.; tail 50; hind foot (ce. u.)

(circa) 120.

Skull: condylo-basal length 95; greatest breadth 45:5 ;

nasals 54°5x13°3; interorbital breadth 29; upper cheek-

tooth series 36°6 ; premolars only 17:2.

Hab. Nhatrang, Annam,

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6. 11. 6. 39. Collected

22nd March, 1906, by Dr. J. Vassal. Four specimens.

This striking species is at once distinguishable from all

others by the peculiar difference in colour between the ante-

rior and posterior halves of the body, the former fulvous, the

latter grey, rather abruptly contrasted with each other.

Although far smaller than is usual in the napu group, it is

possibly a local representative of it, for it has the coarse hair

so characteristic of napu, its teeth are nearly as large, and the

kanchil group is already represented in Annam by 7. 4. affinis,

of which Dr. Vassal has also sent specimens.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum.

Vol. 1X. Catalogue of the Noctuids in the Collection of the British

Museum. By Sir Groner F, Hampson, Bart. London: Printed

by Order of the Trustees, 1910. Pp. xv, 552; figs. 247;

pls. exxxvii.—cxlvil.

Lxss than a year separates the publication of this volume of Sir

George F. Hampson’s epoch-making work from that of the last, the

Preface to Vol. VIII. being dated March 18th, 1909, and that of

Vol. IX. January 21st, 1910. Vol. IX. “is the third and final

part of the very large Noctuid subfamily Acronyctine ; it contains

Geological Society. 537

725 species belonging to 185 genera as compared with 843 species

belonging to 96 genera in Vol. VII., and 720 species belonging to

104 genera in Vol. VIII.”

This volume commences with a revised table of genera of the

subfamily Acronyctine and a folding diagram of the phylogeny ;

and pages 496-535 are devoted to additions and corrections to

Vols. VII. and VIII., and to a list of undetermined species pre-

sumed to belong to the Acronyctine.

The execution of the letterpress and illustrations is similar to

that of previous volumes, and calls for no special comment. A

considerable number of species here dealt with belong to well-known

European genera, such as Gortyna, Apamea, Hydrecia, Pyrrhia,

Ipimorpha, Calymnia, Dicycla, Arenostola, Cenobia, Sesamia, Cala-

mia, Huterpia, Panemeria, &c., and also several exotic genera, such

as Psychomorpha, Ovios, and Seudyra, which have generally been

(at least provisionally) referred by previous authors to the families

Agaristide, Lithosiide, &e.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 26th, 1910.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sc.D., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘On a Skull of Megalosawrus from the Great Oolite of

Minchinhampton.’ By Arthur Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S.,

F.L.S., Sec. GS.

The specimen was discovered and prepared by Mr. F. Lewis

Bradley, F.G.S., and shows for the first time the skull of Megalo-

saurus. It agrees closely with the Megalosaurian skulls of other

genera already discovered in the Jurassic and Cretaceous of North

America, and resembles Ceratosaurus in possessing a bony horn-

core on the nose. As in the jaws of Megalosaurus previously

known, the premaxilla of the new specimen bears four teeth ; but

these teeth are so different from those of the typical M. bucklandi

of the same horizon, that they prove the Minchinhampton fossil to

belong to a distinct species.

2. ‘The Vertebrate Fauna found in the Cave-Earth at Dog Holes,

Warton Crag (Lancashire)? By John Wilfrid Jackson, F.G.S.,

Assistant Keeper in the Manchester Museum.

The remains described in this communication were obtained

during the systematic investigation by the Author of a cave on

Warton Crag (West Lancashire) in 1909.

The cave, known as Dog Holes, is situated on the western side

of Warton Crag, and opens on a sloping ‘ pavement’ of limestone.

It owes its origin to the erosion of a series of master-joints in the

Carboniferous Limestone.

538 Geological Society.

The present entrance to the cave is by a vertical drop from the

general level of the ‘pavement.’ This entrance is undoubtedly of

secondary origin, and is due to the falling-in of the weakened roof

of one of the passages.

The specimens were derived from the cave-earth below the

surface-soil in one of the chambers of the cave. They comprise a

large series of small yertebrates, including Rodents, Insectivores,

Amphibians, Birds, ete. Among the Rodents are some interest-

ing forms, the chief of which are the Arctic and Norwegian

Lemmings, and the Northern Vole.

A large series of non-marine Mollusca was found along with

these remains, one species being of particular interest, namely

Pyramidula ruderata, only known in this country by its fossil

remains in Pleistocene deposits.

The Pleistocene age of the remains is fully discussed, as well as

their possible mode of origin through a former swallow-hole.

In many respects, the cave and its contents bear a striking

resemblance to the famous Ightham Fissures.

March 23rd, 1910.—Prof. W. W. Watts, Sc.D., M.Sc., F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :——

‘On Paleoxyris and other Allied Fossils from the Derbyshire and

Nottinghamshire Coalfield” By Lewis Moysey, B.A., M.B., B.C.,

F.G.S.

After reviewing the bibliography of Palwowyris, the Author

records the finding of 22 specimens.from Shipley Clay-pit (Derby-

shire), and over 130 from Digby Clay-pit (Nottinghamshire), also

several isolated examples from other localities in the district.

He describes Paleowyrts helicteroides (Morris): noting especially

the presence of a ‘ beak’, which had not, hitherto, been adequately

described. He then describes Palewovyris prendeli (Lesquereux)

from Shipley Clay-pit, again noticing the formation of the ‘ beak’,

The discovery of Palwowyris johnsont (Kidston) from Digby is

noted, and it is proposed that this fossil be removed into the genus

Vetacapsula.

The Author also describes a specimen of Vetacapsula cooperi

(Mackie & Crocker) from Newthorpe Clay-pit (Nottinghamshire),

He discusses the differences between this and other specimens,

and Mackie’s type-specimen, but considers it unadvisable to multiply

species.

A review of the bibliography of Fayolia is followed by the

description of a new species from Shipley Clay-pit; also a small

compressed example is described as near to Fayolia dentata (Renault

& Zeiller). The Author then discusses the distribution of these

organisms in time, and their possible affinities with the egg-capsules

of the Cestracionts and the Chimeeroids.

039

INDEX to VOL. V.

ABISPA, new species of, 49,

Aclonophlebia, new species of, 451.

Acratheus, characters of the new

genus, 16.

/Edimorphus, new species of, 374.

AXigeria, new species of, 401.

Agapostemon, new subspecies of,

363,

Alcidamia, new species of, 22.

Aletis, new species of, 599,

Alouatta, new species of, 79.

Amblyapis, characters of the new

genus, 362.

Amphiphalera, characters of the new

genus, 477.

Anaya, new species of, 316.

Andersen, K., on a new genus of

epomophorine bats, 97 ; on species

ot the genus Epomops, 99.

Andrena, new species of, 2C0.

Anmenopsyche, new species of, 400,

Antheua, new species of, 474.

Anthophora, new species of, 409.

Aparallactus, new species of, 512.

Arctonyx, new species of, 424,

Aristobulus, characters of the new

genus, 16.

Aroa, new species of, 444.

Arrow, G. J., on the lamellicorn

beetles of the genus Peltonotus,

153.

Arvicanthis, new species of, 85, 353.

Ashmeadiella, new species of, 22.

Astrosclera willeyana, on the affini-

ties of, 580.

Austen, E. E., on a new Indian

species of Musca, 114.

Azizus, characters of the new genus,

10.

Badezorus, characters of the new

genus, 15.

Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H., on new

European bats, 291,

Bather, F. A., on the nomenclature

of Echinoderms, 216,

Birds, new, 162.

Bishop, Miss H. M., on the gastro-

pod foot and branchial cavity, 513.

Bombus, new species of, 416.

Books, new:—Lankester’s Treatise

in Zoology, pt. vii. Appendiculata,

pt. i. Introduction and Protozoa,

125; Browne’s Descriptive Cata-

logue of the Dobrée Collection of

European Noctuze, 127; Third

Annual Report of the Committee

of Control of the South African

Locust Bureau, 294; Pierce’s Mo-

nographic Revision of the Twisted

Winged Insects comprising the

Order Strepsiptera, 887 ; Maxwell-

Lefroy’s Indian Insect Life, 388 ;

The Fauna of British India, Der-

maptera, 889; Buckman’s York-

shire Type Ammonites, 464; Cata-

logue of the Noctuide in the Col-

lection of the British Museum,

536,

Boulenger, G. A., on the lizards

allied to Lacerta muralis, 247; on

four new African snakes, 512.

Buckman, 8. §., on certain Jurassic

strata of South Dorset, 128; on

certain Jurassic Ammonites and

Brachiopoda, 129.

Burchell, W. J., on the lepidoptera

collected by, in Brazil, 322.

Calligaster, new species of, 35.

Calman, Dr. W. 'T., on new species

of wood-boring crustacea from

Christmas Island, 181; on two

species of the genus Pandalus, 524,

540

Camptopceum, new species of, 504,

Caryatis, new species of, 453.

Catarctia, new species of, 488.

Caviria, new species of, 434.

Cebus, new species of, 77.

Cephalophus, new species of, 92,

Cephalopod, on crustacea from the

gizzard of a deep-sea, 51.

Ceratina acantha, remarks on, 28.

Cercocebus aterrimus and C. albi-

gena, notes on, 527.

Cercopithecus, new species of, 81,

191, 202.

Cerura, new species of, 456.

Chadisra, new species of, 459.

Chelostoma, new species of, 23,

Chelura, new species of, 182.

Chilina, new species of, 111.

Chrysochloris, new species of, 84.

Clark, A. H., on an interesting struc-

tural analogy, 358.

Cleridz, notes on the, 55.

Clupeidz, on the caudal fin of the,

531.

Cobbold, E. S., on trilobites from

Comley, 390.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and

records of bees, 22, 135, 256, 361,

409, 496.

Ccelacanthus, new species of, 5.

Ccelioxys, new species of, 418; table

of the Australian species of, 501.

Coleoptera, new, 70, 153.

Colgar, new species of, 507.

Colletes, table of species of, 365.

Conepatus, new species of, 241.

Cooper, J. E., on new marine and

freshwater shells from the Falk-

land Islands, 110.

Cosmosoma, new species of, 507.

Costa’s Fauna del Regno di Napoli,

dates of publication of, 132.

Coventry, A. F., on the application

of the theory of dwarf males to

Myzostoma, 378.

Cricetomys, new subspecies of, 106,

198, 279.

Crinoidea, on the supplementary

plates in the, 358.

Crocidura, new species of, 175, 369.

Crocisa, new species of, 419.

Crossarchus, new species of, 195.

Crustacea from the gizzard of a deep-

sea cephalopod, on, 51; from the

Bay of Biscay, on, 158; new, 181.

Cryptoflata, new species of, 303.

INDEX.

Ctenomys, new species of, 242,

Culex, new species of, 264, 268, 376.

Cyamium, new species of, 112.

Dasychira, new species of, 445.

Davisia, characters of the new-

genus, 113.

Dendromus, new species of, 275.

Desmomys, characters of the new

genus, 284,

Diadasia, new species of, 366,

Diandrena, new species of, 24.

Digama, new species of, 452.

Dinara, new species of, 476.

Dioclerus, characters of the new

genus, 12.

Diploptera, new, 30.

Dipodillus, new species of, 197, 420.

Diptera, new, 114, 264, 378, 405.

T)iscoelius, new species of, 38.

Distant, W. L., on Oriental Cap-

side, 10; on some undescribed

Gerrine, 140; rhynchotal notes,

297.

Dobsonia, new subspecies of, 384.

Dollman, G., on new African mam-

mals, 92; on mammals from

Northern Rhodesia, 178; on new

forms of Cercopithecus and Gra-

phiurus, 202; on new African

dormice, 285.

Dortus, characters

genus, 18,

Druce, H., on new Heterocera from

tropical Africa, 393.

Dunkerly, J. 8., on the choano-

flagellate genera Salpingceca and

Polyceca, 186.

Echinoids, on some points in the

nomenclature of, 117, 216.

Ecrinesomus, characters of the new

genus, 2.

Elephantulus, new species of, 95.

Elimus, new species of, 38.

Elliot, Dr. D. G., on new species of

monkeys, 77.

Elopidz, on the caudal fin of the,

304.

Eohemera, new species of, 401.

Epeolus, new species of, 25,

Kpiphlceus, new species of, 72.

Epomops, notes on species of the

genus, 99.

Erinaceus, new species of, 193.

Eumenes, new species of, 41.

Euodus, characters of the

genus, 150.

Kuproctis, new species of, 436.

of the new

new

INDEX.

Euratas, characters of the

genus, 146,

Euxerus, new subspecies of, 419.

Exophila, new species of, 434.

Fabatus, characters of the new

genus, 147.

Fearnsides, W. G., on the Tremadoc

slates of S.E. Carnarvonshire,

294.

Felis, new subspecies of, 205.

Fentonia, new species of, 473.

Fisher, W. K., on new Pterasteridee

from the North Pacific, 167; on

new genera of starfishes, 171.

Fishes, new, 1.

Flatina, new species of, 301.

Fulton, H. C., on land-shells from

the island of Muswar, 370.

Funisciurus, new subspecies of, 196.

Gahan, C. J., notes on Cleridz, 55.

Galago, new species of, 77, 92.

Galeruclerus, characters of the new

genus, 75.

Gardiner, C. I., on the igneous and

associated sedimentary rocks of

the Glensaul district, 391,

Gargetta, new species of, 482.

Gastropod fvot and branchial cavity,

on the, 515.

Genneeus, new species of, 162.

Geodena, new species of, 454.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 128, 214, 294, 390, 537.

Gephyreaster, characters of the new

genus, 171,

Geraldtonia, characters of the new

genus, 311.

Gerastratus, characters of the new

genus, 148.

Gerris, new species of, 140,

Gobius minutus, on the life-history

and rate of growth in, 217; G. fla-

vescens, notes on, 257.

Graham, Dr. W. M., on new West-

African Culicidee, 264.

Graphiurus, new species of, 96, 204,

285.

Greeleyella, new species of, 361.

Gyninelia, new species of, 610.

Halictoides, new species of, 361.

Halictus, new species of, 260.

Hampson, Sir G, F., on new African

moths, 430, 465.

Heliconius, new subspecies of, 331,

Helicops, new species of, 512.

Helogale, new subspecies of, 194,

Hesperapis, new species of, 24,

new

541

Heteroptera, new, 10, 140.

Heterozonias, characters of the new

genus, 172.

Hexactinellid sponge-spicules and

their names, on, 208, 547.

Hippolyte gracilis, on the occurrence

of, in the British area, 216.

Hippotion, new species of, 455.

Homoptera, new, 299.

Hybomys, characters of the new

genus, 89.

Hymenaster, new species of, 170.

Hymenoptera, new, 22, 30, 256, 361,

409, 496.

Hume, Dr. W. F., on the Cretaceous

and Kocene strata of Egypt, 129.

Ichthyura, new species of, 495,

Idatius, characters of the new genus,

20.

Isanthrene, new species of, 511.

Ityrzea, new species of, 299,

Jackson, J. W., on the vertebrate

fauna from Dog Holes, 537.

Janias, characters of the new genus,

145

Joseph, E. G., on the lepidoptera

collected by Mr. W. J. Burchell

in Brazil, 322.

Jucundus, characters of the new

genus, 148,

Jugurtia, new species of, 33.

Katamenes, characters of the new

genus, 46,

Kirkpatrick, R., on hexactinellid

sponge-spicules and their names,

208, 547; on Merlia normani, 288 ;

on the affinities of Astrosclera wil-

leyana, 380.

Labus, new species of, 36,

Lacerta muralis, on the lizards allied

to, 247.

Lacipa, new species of, 437.

Lelia, new species of, 439.

Lagostomus, new species of, 245.

Lamoriodes, characters of the new

genus, 478,

Lasiocampa, new species of, 396.

Lasiodera, characters of the new

genus, 74.

Leggada, new species of, 86.

Lepidoptera, new, 331, 893, 430,

465, 506.

Leptopoma, new species of, 372.

Limnea, new species of, 110.

Limnoria, new species of, 184.

Lomadonta, new species of, 396, 451,

Lophuromys, new species of, 179,

542

Macrogalidia, characters of the new

genus, 4233.

Macronadata, new species of, 397.

Macropus agilis, on the subspecies

of, 164.

Malvinasia, characters of the new

genus, 115.

Mammals, new, 77, 83, 92, 97, 106,

165, 175, 191, 202, 205, 239, 273,

276, 282, 285, 291, 350, 351, 369,

383, 419, 422, 424, 534.

Meade-Waldo, G., on new species of

Diploptera, 30.

Megachile, new species of, 497.

Megaculex, new species of, 257,

Meganoton, new species of, 506.

Melicharia, new species of, 303.

Melissodes, new species of, 256,

Merlia normani, notes on, 288.

Metarctia, new species of, 394.

Metrocoris, new species of, 148.

Microdillus, characters of the new

genus, 197.

Modiolarca, new species of, 112.

Mogera, new species of, 535,

Mollusea, new, 8, 110, 370.

Monoculodes gibbosus, description

of the male of, 160.

Montezumia, new species of, 47.

Mortensen, Dr. Th., on some points

in the nomenclature of echinoids,

LLY,

Moysey, L., on Paleoxyris from the

Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire

coalfield, 538.

Murina, new species of, 534.

Mus, new subspecies of, 277,

Musca, new species of, 114.

Myotis, new species of, 384.

Myxosquamus, new species of,

270.

Myzostoma, on the application of the

theory of dwarf males to, 378.

Naboandelus, characters of the new

genus, 151.

Nacebus, characters of the new genus,

152.

Naiadites, new species of, 9.

Nannosciurus, new species of, 387.

Necrobioides, characters of the new

genus, 76.

Neosalurnis, characters of the new

genus, dll.

Newton, R. B., on upper paleozoic

shells trom Madagascar, 6.

Nomada, new subspecies of, 368.

Nomia, new species of, 259, 501.

INDEX.

Notoxantha, characters of the new

genus, 484.

Nycteris cinerea, remarks on, 240.

Oates, E. W., on new species of

silver-pheasants, 162.

Onychotrechus, new species of, 144,

Orgyia, new species of, 445.

Osgood, W. f1., on new African

rodents, 276; on new African

shrews, 369.

Otomys, new subspecies of, 207.

Palorhiza, new species of, 499.

Pandalus, notes ontwo species of, 524.

Papuina, new species of, 372.

Paradiastema, new species of, 478.

Paradoxurus, new species of, 385,

422.

Paraflata, new species of, 302.

Paragia, key to the genus, 31; new

species of, 32.

Parasalurnis, characters of the new

genus, 309.

Pareumenes, new species of, 45.

Pectinopalpus, characters of the new

genus, 375.

Pelecorhynchus, revision of thegenus,

402; new species of, 405.

Pelomys, new subspecies of, 276.

Peltonotus, new species of, 153.

Perodicticus, new species of, 351.

Petrodromus, new species of, 83.

Photinula, new species of, 111.

Phromnia, new species of, 300.

Phyllaliodes, characters of the new

genus, 474,

Pitthea, new species of, 398.

Planispira, new species of, 371.

Planorbis, new species of, 8.

Plerotes, characters of the new genus,

Plusia, new species of, 430.

Polycheta, new, 428.

Polychrysia, new species of, 430.

Polyceca, new species of, 188.

Pontostratiotes abyssicola, remarks

on, 53.

Porthesia, new species of, 435.

Poulton, Prof. E. B., on a new sub-

species of Heliconius nanna, 331.

Preston, H. B., on new marine and

freshwater shells from the Falk-

land Islands, 110.

Procavia, new species of, 107, 199,

285,

Prosopis, new species of, 29, 498;

table of the Australian species of,

133.

INDEX.

Protoxerus, new subspecies of, 85.

Psalisodes, characters of the new

genus, 482.

Psallus, new species of, 19.

Psephis, new species of, 114.

Pseudapiconoma, new species of, 391.

Pseudomelecta, note on the genus,

27.

Pteraster, new species of, 168.

Pteredoa, new species of, 435.

Pteropus, new species of, 383.

Ptilocercus, new subspecies of, 426.

Pydna, new species of, 485.

Ragmus, characters of the new genus,

18.

Ramesa, new species of, 483.

Redoa, new species of, 435.

Reed, F. R. C., on fossils from the

Glensaul district, 391.

Regan, C. T., on the caudal fin of the

Hlopide, 354; on the caudal fin

of the Clupeid, 531.

Reptiles, new, 512.

Reynolds, Prof. S. H., on the igneous

and associated sedimentary rocks

of the Glensaul district, 391.

thaphidoglossa, new species of, 34.

Rhinolophus, new species of, 192,

292.

Rhynchium, new species of, 60.

Rhynchotal notes, 297.

Ricardo, Miss G., a revision of the

genus Pelecorhynchus, 402.

Rothschild, Hon. W., on a new

hawk-moth and new Syntomide,

506,

Sabactus, characters of the new

genus, 21,

Salpingceca, note on the genus, 186.

Sampsigeramus, characters of the

new genus, 17.

Scalmicauda, new species of, 490.

Scaptochirus, new species of, 350.

Schwarz, E., on the wallabies re-

ferred to Macropus agilis, 164;

on some palm-civets, 422; on

Cercocebus aterrimus and C. albi-

gena, 527.

Sciurus, new subspecies of, 386,

Scott, Dr. T., on crustacea found in

the gizzard of a deep-sea cepha-

lopod, 61.

Scrancia, new species of, 479.

Sejanus, characters of the new genus,

20.

Serebzeus, characters of the mew

genus, 11,

545

Shann, E., on the life-history and

rate of growth in Gobius minutus,

217.

Sharpe, Richard Bowdler, obituary

notice of, 130, 215.

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of

publication of Costa’s Fauna del

Regno di Napoli, 152.

Simocephalus, new species of, 512.

Siphanta, new species of, 304.

Siphantoides, characters of the new

genus, 505.

Smith, 8., on the faunal succession

of the Upper Bernician, 214.

Sohenus, characters of the new genus,

14.

Soloe, new species of, 455.

Somera, new species of, 463.

Southern, R., on the Alciopine,

Tomopterid,and Typhloscolecide

from the Atlantic adjacent to Ire-

land, 428.

Spatalia, new species of, 455.

Spheriodiscus, characters of the new

genus, 171,

Sponge-spicules, on hexactinellid,

208, 347.

Stauropus, new species of, 465.

Stegomyia, new species of, 271,

373.

Stenaroa, characters of the new

genus, 444,

Stenostaura, new species of, 472.

Tachyoryctes, new species of, 276,

421.

Tassia, new species of, 401,

Tatera, new species of, 353.

Teleostean fishes, on the caudal fin

of the, 354, 426.

— urostyle, on the, 531.

Teneroides, characters of the new

subgenus, 69,

Teneromimus, characters of the new

genus, 70.

Thamnomys, new species of, 278, 282,

Theobald, F. V., on new Culicidee

from Ashanti, 373,

Thomas, O., on new African mam-

mals, 83, 191, 282, 351, 419: on

mammals from Eastern Buenos

Ayres, 239; on a new Chinese

mole, 350; on new mammals from

the E. Indian Archipelago, 383 ;

on new mammals from the Malay

Peninsula, 424; on new Asiatic

mammals, 534,

Thrinchostoma, new species of, 505,

544

Thrissacanthias, characters of the

new genus, 171.

Trabala, new species of, 397.

Tragulus, new species of, 535,

Travisiopsis, new species of, 429.

Tricholoba, characters of the new

genus, 489.

Triepeolus, new species of, 26.

Trilocha, new species of, 496.

Turnaca, new species of, 488.

Uxantis, new species of, 317.

Ventidius, characters of the new

genus, 149.

Vespertilio, new species of, 291.

Vipera, new species of, 515.

Walker, A. O., on crustacea from the

Bay of Biscay, 158 ; on the occur-

INDEX.

rence of Hippolyte gracilis in the

British Area, 216.

Whitehouse, R. H., on the teleostean

caudal fin, 426.

Woodward, Dr. A. Smith, on permo-

carboniferous fishes from Mada-

gascar, 1; on a skull of Megalo-

saurus, 537.

Wroughton, R. C., on new African

mammals, 106; on some servals

and an Otomys from East Africa,

205; on two new duikers from

Mt. Elgon, 273.

Xenoglossa, new species of, 367.

Xynthospilopteryx, new species of,

395,

Zana, new species of, 476.

END OF THE FIFTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLERT STRENT,

Eek fhe qe

hd ry, ig ne

hore

ered cua i

Ann dé Magq. Nat. Hist. §.8.Volt.V. PUL

d.Green del.et lith

PALAOZOIC FOSSILS FROM MADAGASCAR

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist.§.8.Vol.V. PUI

} Ay) / ~ <a

Wit z ys ye

if Y = ey

[Ls ll hj ji ae SS

Ezz =SS Sw

== S SS SSIs

—S> ~ ————

LEE

<= eS =

J.Green lith.

A Scott del.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist.S. 6: Vol. VOPEGE

d.Green lith.

A. Scott del.

COOPER & PRESTON, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 8. Vol. V. Pl. LV.

= | core I

7 =

be —_—_—___—— —_—— ‘ " |

oo =

5 6

CALMAN. Ann. § Magq. Nat. Hist. Su8. Vol-V. Pie

Ww: TD. C.del.

Aniud Mag. Nat. Hist.5.8.Vol.V.PU. VI.

Ib.

J.Green lith.

Aniv.& Mag. Nat Hist. SOL vol) Eee

d.Green hth.

KIRK PATRICK. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Fist. S. 8. Vol. V. ‘Er VEIT.

end spine

actine or

main ray 7

14 X 500

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.8.8.Vol.V. PL IX.

]

WD) jj

mini

KOSSz

me |

J.Green ith.

E. Shamn, del.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Mst.5.8.Vol. VP.

E.Shann, del. d.Green, lith.

KIRK PATRICK. slnn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 8. Vol. V. Pl. X7.

iy a ay A= - Bi \ ; \ Ny Sak fp my 1

7], CD < te

@ @ i} @ @ LEY, h \ 5 : > = =a <n : ath / as

Se A amin ete

Y, Wp _\ lg

D a

Qo x EH ee fale a ‘

x1000° // a

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.5.8.Vol.V. PU XIL

Rees es SS

)

J.Green hth.

Ann.& Mag.Nat.fist.5.8.Vol.V. PU.XI.

FM i Ht iy

rity

nina

Py. eff.

3.Green lith

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.

Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annais and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls,

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s,

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.

Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part I. 8s.,

Part I. 9s., Part III. 10s, Vol. IL., Part I. 9s., Part II. 9s., Parts III. &

IV. 8s. each, Part V. 12s.

Cunningham’s Binary Canon. 15s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. 1s,

Denning's Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s, 6d. net_Examination ofan

Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-

script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and

Surgeons. 6d,

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. :

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s, —

Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.

20s. each.—Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. Il., IIL, and IV. 15s. each,

—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each. —

Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bres. 20s, Vol. II.: Anrs AnD

Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.—Rhynchota. Vols. J.-III.

20s. each. Vol. IV., pts. 1 and2. 10s. each.—Butterflies. Vols. I. and II.

20s. each._Coleoptera. Vol. I. 10s,—Coleoptera, CHRYSOMELID#, —

Vol. I. 20s,—Mollusea. 10s.—Dermaptera. 10s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen's Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.

Vol. IL., Part X. 21s., Part XI. 21s.

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol, II, 12s.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srars, ls.

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d, net.

Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuineus & Bompycrs. 1892. £2 2s.

net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 16s, net.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 5s. net—Catalogue of

Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, Gd. net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Physical Abstracts. Vols. I.to III. 17s. 6d. each.

Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol.I., Part Il. 4s.

Part II. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s,

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons ;

Calendar. ls. net. :

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s, net. ;

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.

Dermatological Collection. 3rded. 4s. net.

Physiologica] Series. Vols, I. and II. 2nded. 12s, net each.

Appendices 5, 6, 7,8, and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s, 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1

to 3, 2s. each; Part 4,1s, Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d. :

‘Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. 1és,

_ RED LION COURT, FLEFT STREET, LONDON, EC.

ge ee Le aa a

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 30-—Righth Series,

; bPa ge.

LXVI. Descriptions of new African Moths. By Sir Groren F, |

Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &e. re Mee ey ES: he kidneaia tte Pere eas a 465

LXVIL. Tisabtibtians and Records of Bees.—XXIX, By T. D. <e

Cooxmnnrig University of Colorado 535, bouts aie alate aw ola et oc ate 496

eS i ch ihn eT FE

LXVIIJ. Descriptions of a new Hawk-Moth and some new Syn-

tomide. By the Hon. Watrer Rorascwirp, Ph.D. ............0. 506

at Sale yal dh

LXIX. Descriptions of Four new African Snakes in the British

Mitsoum. <“hy-G. A. Bovienene, ERB ois sa) cn ees oan

LXX. Notes on the Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. By

Hitpa M. Brsnop, University College of Wales, Aberystwyth.

Bla tea KIN MAD rote os os prea hy ee Pula Voice Mw a: aneoiase 513°

LXXI. Note on Two Species of the Genus Pandalus. By W. T.

Catan A wes DGS ve eae Ere een Cc cuss Ree OREM aL Ee eRe Pe a 504-4

LXXII. On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena. By

TRNST SCHWARZ 105° oss. cine, chins Patcsuie abe ube: eee oe ho gthatetng: teak ee 527

LXXIII. On the Caudal Fin of the Olupeide, and on the Tele-

ostean Urostyle. By C. Tarp Regan, M.A... ice es see cee ee ees 531 -

LXXIV. Three new Asiatic Mammals. By Oxprintp THomas .. 534

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalenz in the British Museum.

Vol. IX. Catalogue of the Noctwide in the Collection of the

British Museum. By Sir Grorge F. Hameson, Bart. ........ 536

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Geological Soelety< oxox Sete eta s nas oy tare aed 537, 538

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs, Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, ;

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

a. ‘ ho YJ

Met bated sa

A. aie

5 ap “jm

vn. AS? LA ~ J iw Uw a 1Maddst iti tt. ; POP bagi’ aye” e ee ies ree, 7

wiw

athe pire wht! "Sea tee gl ’ sf + weet \ : in fait vee

alte I il, Lo Pe bins ae : is “i

acces et 14 - ew ects q ‘y

,~ “ aeltttoeas sot dda

A we

pe phi ./ Aid “7, i La vv!

i ‘ * ~~ */* x ~ 4

ine = iS ws nh”

we 7 . ut iN We Be

oy ty eee Maree Ly Lowe ee ihe O55 a! Oe, dtee wpe pe Ogiw

4h. Wn cid Wyhiv'e One, hdl ‘dye agate Nana aat? tee A byes

wes

Niele ww

| Ady

i‘: ¢ F: = y' dee . i a. 44 beg ry ee e ie ~ aie ii i

ge eer” we od hl edtens edt ES awe bey ie ( yet ; od itagat we gagi AAA pt

e ph vo. pat

hi a ehh we hl wher we a Sy gaol

tw MB eg Situs ay OD gigiagte ge, a3 Sy) neh bid aw pl

tv ttede gop eet Nght fe

ahs i ve toed ot

i nS SORA, rete svatvicndete ? fone { eter Nal ioe! WA tg

FAN a le | ) she weet

gets sic re vie pian ss ener

Wil UR ‘it | yyy vi

gv” URES ty Sac Clee Maire Le Mt 1 vv

| Med ddd payin ind’ Vyuddds Vides aig itiadd ee aera sees Madd dhl bo

Se Te Ge WW id vy A Beye wwe it eee asa

‘ected elt we SPT tee

Coustyeee Wddt<-~. chy “Aw

META hid bh " thegdeeN teh ggy

ge Sy oy de ( a

ued’ vy

a ww tue Sug dCyed a esteady vw wae "< ida? ;

Tete pate adapt YE

¢ Uva we o 7

yigeet™

4 duel yw lis es ve te t! meg PH i

WN yt" PAA pO Prd Lf pr Th

Welt wen Weg evIre ever” Hf

yh tight! \ ADAMS TF i yy Hh

ig yy” Y eye todaynone fee ws Sd Agee gtd intr

1A! Fi why. ge dt oy igs” wets ay +s% ey 4 vw pa Aes) Aviest

She yteey a ~~ ww Te tee SAM, Wht yee Bi Oy hee aa Sc aukie ote

Ha Rete et poke gerd) ¥ Vs RRO oterd PPLE Ey

y Se a ' fe NaN PFPA ST me . NUS

Biepniatistel dc LuMeeeieeadbwiNiiga cassie td ies 2 ee

Ried bc dep ftit eae Ady ty

ren genpcetee CALL LTT aged suas wv

ee : “s “eyes 4

a wide tigdh gad ddas ‘eiveuede - Hppagt aid (ery

we hy Peed Th wha YAK STi

www tt fn dd

vA) MA

” sina tall ed al

I~ wei f “Wy ibd

Ad iyo pis giiereete Wied J oe we Wy! igh! as"

A F Ne f }

ry? Ki masne

y) Se Soh es shit id ae ad vy vty i dA i Wennyoer 7 *

{ begin ob > carteagtdeeeed fs ‘~~ wwe ~ Pe aie ad! | \ Ww Shed tates rete gig Ow ~

tes ; ev FOSS vyare' “4 ra 5 “ves” ett : iw viv. ase “je A ppt

Ley cpanel? ou sd ) Weds 9 Eat! DID tae REL

ast: Mee ‘yea giwdod? oi dtd dedds a, SF SMe ered id Ct Re ie mm to ee: ee Mi ait PS og es ue BL

An RA a

wresvetereeees eeeres

UR ADE DRAB BRR Ae HALF .

Ne ee ee 7

LARA hea A Rome aL err ore Pere

ade bkw,

bf eee As

at 268.4 Re a

4 ERA a * . Perera ine fr rr i erarneeers

ee Pree eee aaaaae,

As ee ae a enh aan

SR eR

LS et 84 whee,

rarer

Sarees A aA ea

eer s rrr See errs

eer ee

SLAP EAL AD IRR AMS

otelas Detect

rey ees Fe ‘ APH er

3 r rs ree Art QA SAAD Belen

n pth be ed fe Dat hl BP 5

ee es aah A A om fn ALB Bi RRR

PNA Dm AAD te

Ae A tm,

A Me

- OER eS tt BM

FBR ALES y ¢ as LAM te IM

an rr a es : rai : ~

SARL AAD ERM Fo ¥ ‘ tt ned ras awe ; : er ee

E SRO RIA RAR OE BTM . , LAME LI RB Bene, X 4 . . : .

ae peer rs ° RAS . : ry 2 a

SNe er re ee ee ee ee Tr vrrr ! Sa telenal - ‘ own e 7 *

MRE RRA, EPL BM PAM. i BIDEN Je ‘ Wiss nomena team

ever ae Pm ApS tgs OF ’

F SERRA OD:

DPA Rh teas ee pm

moet pe att PO

APPR A ee Re

oman

Oe ae OE mm, wince ‘

. aa nie ee Rn eng og : - pe ate ‘ Aas +.

- ; : rr SS anaatdetng smear :

; aa tae EAS AEN RS

oe . +44 et ot